Doc No
50987
51211
51212
51213
51214
51215
51301 (S)
51550
51562 PT 1
51562 PT 2
EN 10111
EN 10113 PT 1
EN 10113 PT 2
EN 10113 PT 3
Title
Measurement of Coating Thickness by the XRay Spectrometric Method (July)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Reverse Bend
Test of Wires (Sept)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Torsion Test
of Wires (Sept)
Testing of Metallic Coatings on Wires;
Coatings of Tin or Zinc (Dec)
Testing of Steel; Tensile Test for Round
Wires Using Knotted Specimens (Feb)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Wrapping Test
for Wires; General Information (Sept)
Materials Testing Machines; Verification of
Materials Testing Machines with the Aid of
Static Force Measuring Devices (Feb)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10002 Part 3,
August 1994 Edition)
Viscometry; Determination of Viscosity;
General Principles (Dec)
Viscometry; Determination of Kinematic
Viscosity Using the Standard Design
Ubbelohde Viscometer (Jan)
Viscometry; Determination of Kinematic
Viscosity Using the Ubbelohde
Microviscometer (Dec)
Continuously Hot-Rolled Low Carbon Steel
Sheet and Strip for Cold Forming Technical
Delivery Conditions March; Supersedes DIN
1614-2
Hot Rolled Products Made from Weldable,
Fine Grain Structural Steel; General
Technical Delivery Conditions (Apr)
(Together with the April 1993 Editions of
DIN EN 10028 Parts 1 and 3 and DIN EN
10113 Part 2, Supersedes DIN 17102,
October 1983 Edition)
Hot Rolled Products Made from Weldable,
Fine Grain Structural Steel; Technical
Delivery Conditions for Normalized Rolled
Steel (Apr) (Together with the April 1993
Editions of DIN EN 10028 Parts 1 and 3 and
DIN EN 10113 Part 1, Supersedes DIN
17102, October
Hot Rolled Products Made from Weldable,
Fine Grain Structural Steel; Technical
EN 10120
EN 10126
EN 10130
EN 10131
EN 10136
EN 10137-1
EN 10137-2
EN 10137-3
EN 10139
EN 10140
EN 10142
Delivery Conditions for Thermomechanically
Rolled Steel (Apr)
Steel Sheet and Strip for Welded Gas
Cylinders January
Cold Rolled Electrical Unalloyed Steel Sheet
and Strip Delivered in the Semi-Processed
State (Feb)
Cold Rolled Flat Steel Products for Cold
Forming; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1623 Part 1. February
1983 Edition)
Cold Rolled Uncoated Low Carbon and High
Yield Strength Steel Flats for Cold Forming;
Tolerances on Size and Geometrical
Tolerances (Jan) (Supersedes DIN 1541,
August 1975, Edition)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Nickel in Steel and Iron;
Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometric
Method (Apr)
Plate and Wide Flats Made of High Yield
Strength Structural Steel in the Quenched and
Tempered or Precipitation Hardened
Condition; General Delivery Conditions
(Nov)
Plate and Wide Flats Made of High Yield
Strength Structural Steel in the Quenched and
Tempered or Precipitation Hardened
Condition; Delivery Conditions for
Quenched and Tempered Steels (Nov)
Plate and Wide Flats Made of High Yield
Strength Structural Steel in the Quenched and
Tempered or Precipitation Hardened
Condition; Delivery Conditions for
Precipitation Hardened Steels (Nov)
Cold Rolled Uncoated Mild Steel Narrow
Strip for Cold Forming Technical Delivery
Conditions December; Supersedes DIN 1624,
June 1987 Edition
Cold Rolled Narrow Steel Strip; Dimensional
and Geometrical Tolerances October;
Supersedes DIN 1544, August 1975 Edition
Continuously Hot-Dip Zinc Coated Low
Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip for Cold
Forming; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Including Amendment A1 : 1995) (Aug)
EN 10143
EN 10147
EN 10149-1
EN 10149-2
40501 PT 1
40501 PT 2
40501 PT 3
40501 PT 4
40613
40614
40620 PT 2
40620 PT 3
40631
40633 PT 2
40633 PT 3
Continuously Hot-Dip Metal Coated Steel
Sheet and Strip; Tolerances on Dimensions
and Shape (Mar) (Supersedes DIN 59232,
July 1978 Edition)
Continuously Hot-Dip Zinc Coated Structural
Steel Sheet and Strip; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Including Amendment A1 :
1995) (Aug)
Hot-Rolled Products Made of High Yield
Strength Steels for Cold Forming; General
Delivery Conditions (Nov)
Hot-Rolled Products Made of High Yield
Strength Steels for Cold Forming; Delivery
Conditions for Thermomechanically Rolled
Steels (Nov)
Aluminium for Electrical Purposes; E-Al
Plate, Sheet and Strip; Technical Delivery
Conditions (June)
Aluminium for Electrical Purposes; E-Al and
E-AlMgSiO,5 Tubes; Technical Delivery
Conditions (June)
Aluminium for Electrical Purposes; E-Al and
E-AlMgSiO,5 Bars and Sections; Technical
Delivery Conditions (June)
Aluminium for Electrical Engineering; Wires
of Pure Aluminium; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Aug)
Products Based on Built-Up or Treated Mica
Paper for Electrical Insulation; Insulating
Laminate for Commutators; Dimensions
(July)
Products Based on Built-Up or Treated Mica
Paper for Electrical Insulation; Laminated
Wide and Small Strips; Dimensions (May)
Textile Sleevings for Electrical Insulation;
Test Methods (Sept)
Textile Sleevings for Electrical Insulation;
Requirements (Sept)
Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Tapes Used for
Electrical Insulation; Dimensions (Jan)
Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Tapes Used for
Electrical Insulation; Fabric-Based Tapes;
Types; Requirements; Testing (July)
Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Tapes Used for
Electrical Insulation; Tapes with
Thermosetting Lamina of Adhesive; Types;
40634 PT 1
40634 PT 2
40634 PT 3
41611 PT 4
41622 PT 1
41641 PT 1
42531 PT 1
42531 PT 2
42532 PT 1
42532 PT 2
42533 PT 1
42533 PT 2
42538
42539 PT 1
42539 PT 2
42551
42554
42556 PT 1
Requirements; Testing (July)
Electrical Insulating Films; Test Methods
(Nov)
Electrical Insulating Films; Material
Properties; Classification (Nov)
Electrical Insulating Films; Dimensions
(July)
Solderless Electrical Connections; Clip
Connections; Terminology, Requirements,
Testing (Apr)
Multipole Connectors with Blade Contacts 3
x 1 mm; Dimensions (Jan)
Tools for Solderless Electrical Connections;
Hand Crimping Tools; Concepts,
Requirements, Testing (Jan)
Transformers; Bushings for Indoor and
Outdoor Types; Insulation Classes 10 N to 30
N, 250 A; Assembly (Sept)
Transformers; Bushings for Indoor and
Outdoor Types; Insulation Classes 10 N to 30
N, 250 A; Single Parts (Sept)
Indoor and Outdoor Transformer Bushings;
Insulation Class 10 N to 30 N, 630 A;
Assembly (Sept)
Indoor and Outdoor Transformer Bushings;
Insulation Class 10 N to 30 N, 630 A; Single
Parts (Sept)
Indoor and Outdoor Transformer Bushings;
Insulation Classes 10 N to 30 N, 1000 to
3150 A; Assembly (Jan)
Indoor and Outdoor Transformer Bushings;
Insulation Class 10 N to 30 N, 1000 to 3150
A; Single Parts (Jan)
Transformers; Fixing Arrangement for
Bushings (Feb)
Transformers; Bushings for Indoor and
Outdoor Types; Insulation Class 3 N for 250
A to 3150 A; Assembly (Aug)
Transformers; Bushings for Indoor and
Outdoor Types; Insulation Class 3 N for 250
A to 3150 A; Single Parts (Aug)
Power Transformers; Oil Draining Devices
(Sept)
Thermometer Case for Oil-Immersed
Transformers (June)
Oil-To-Water Heat Exchanger for
42557
42560
42562 PT 1
42562 PT 2
42565
43156
43539 PT 1
43673 PT 1
43673 PT 2
43697
43732
43733
43734
43735
43762
43763
Transformers; Vertical Arrangement (Jan)
Oil-To-Air Heat Exchangers for
Transformers (Jan)
Transformers; Throttle-Valves NW 80;
Dimensions; Tightness Testing (Dec)
Transformers; Silica Gel Breathers with
Fillings of 1,2 to 4,8 kg; Assembly (Apr)
(Together with the April 1987 Edition of DIN
42562 Part 2, Supersedes the January 1966
Edition of DIN 42562)
Transformers; Silica Gel Breathers with
Fillings of 1,2 to 4,8 kg; Components (Apr)
(Together with the April 1987 Edition of DIN
42562 Part 1, Supersedes the January 1966
Edition of DIN 42562)
Power Transformers; Fans; Blade Diameter
350 mm, for Open-Air Installation (Sept)
Electric Traction; Conductor Rail;
Dimensions and Characteristics (Mar)
Storage Cells and Batteries; Testing; General
Information and General Test Methods (May)
Drilled Holes and Screw Connections for
Busbars; Rectangular Cross Section Busbars
(Feb)
Drilled Holes and Screw Connections for
Busbars; Channel Section Busbars (Feb)
Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear;
Multi-Position Switches (Apr)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Thermocouples for
Thermocouple Thermometers (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Straight Thermocouple
Thermometers without Interchangeable
Sensor Units (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Stop Flanges for
Thermocouple Thermometers and Resistance
Thermometers (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Sensor Units for
Thermocouple Thermometers (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Sensor Units for
Resistance Thermometers (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
43764
43765
43766
43767
43769
43771
43801 PT 1
43802 PT 2
43802 PT 3
43802 PT 4
44767
45635 PT 1
45635 PT 11
45635 PT 12
Temperature Sensors; Metal Protecting
Tubes for Thermometers with Inserted
Sensor Units (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Straight Thermometers
with Interchangeable Sensor Units (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Threaded-Stem
Thermometers with G 1/2 Mounting Thread
(Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Threaded-Stem
Thermometers with G 1 Mounting Thread
(Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Welded-Stem
Thermometers (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Thermometers Not
Fitted with Protecting Tubes (Mar)
Measurement and Control; Electrical
Temperature Sensors; Fast Response
Thermometers (Dec)
Electrical Measuring Instruments; Spiral
Springs; Dimensions (Aug)
Line Scales and Pointers for Indicating
Electrical Measuring Instruments; General
Requirements (Jan)
Line Scales and Pointers for Indicating
Electrical Measuring Instruments; Designs
and Dimensions (Jan)
Line Scales and Pointers for Indicating
Electrical Measuring Instruments; Scale
Graduation and Numbering (Jan)
Appliance Coupling for the Primary
Connection of Resistance Welding
Transformers; 200 A; 550 V (Feb)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Basic Method, Divided into
3 Grades of Accuracy (Apr)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission, Enveloping
Surface Method; Internal Combustion
Engines (Jan)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
45635 PT 14
45635 PT 15
45635 PT 16
45635 PT 22
45635 PT 24
45635 PT 32
45635 PT 35
45635 PT 38
45635 PT 41
45635 PT 41 SUPPL. 1
45635 PT 45
45635 PT 46
45635 PT 47
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Electrical Switchgear and
Control Gear (Mar)
Noise Measurement on Machines; Airborne
Noise Measurement, Enveloping Surface
Method, Air-Cooled Heat Exchangers (Air
Coolers) (July)
Measurement of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Machines; Enveloping Surface Method;
Turbogenerator Sets for Use in Thermal
Power Stations (Dec)
Measurement of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Machines; Enveloping Surface Method;
Machine Tools (June)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Flares (June)
Noise Measurement on Machines; Airborne
Noise Measurement, Enveloping Surface
Method, Pumps for Liquids (Mar)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Textile Machines (May)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Heat Pump Units with
Electrically Driven Compressors (Apr)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method, Reverberation Room
Method and In-Duct Method; Fans (Apr)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Hydraulic Assemblies (Apr)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Hydraulic Assemblies (Test
Report Specimen Form) (Apr)
Measurement of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Machines; Enveloping Surface Method;
Continuous Handling Equipment (June)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Cooling Towers (June)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
45635 PT 49
45635 PT 50
45635 PT 56
45635 PT 57
45635 PT 1601
45635 PT 1602
45635 PT 1603
45635 PT 1653
45635 PT 1654
45635 PT 1655
Surface Method; Chimneys (June)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Surface Treatment Plants
(May)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Valves (Aug)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method and In-Duct Method; FanAssisted Warm Air Generators, Fan-Assisted
Air Heaters and Fan Units of Air Handling
Devices (Oct)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Emission; Enveloping
Surface Method; Outboard Motors (Apr)
Measurement of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Machines; Enveloping Surface Method;
Metal Processing Machine Tools; Special
Stipulations for Lathes (July)
Measurement of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Machines; Enveloping Surface Method;
Metal Processing Machine Tools; Special
Stipulations for Drop Forging Hammers
(June)
Measurements of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Machines; Enveloping Surface Method;
Metal Processing Machine Tools; Special
Stipulations for Universal Presses (June)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Woodworking Machines;
Special Specifications for Double End
Shaping Machines (Oct)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Woodworking Machines;
Special Specifications for Multistage Edge
Lipping and Banding Machines (Oct)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Woodworking Machines;
Special Specifications for Final Trimming
Machines and Edge Lipping and Banding
Machines (Oct)
45635 PT 1656
45635 SUPPL. 1
45635 SUPPL. 2
45643 PT 1
45643 PT 2
45643 PT 3
45645 PT 2
45671 PT 1
45671 PT 2
45675 PT 2
45675 PT 3
46207
46211
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Woodworking Machines;
Special Specifications for Two-Side and
Multi-Side Planing and Milling Machine
(Oct)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Airborne Noise Measurement, Enveloping
Surface Method; Test Report (Test Record)
Form for Enveloping Surface Method (Feb)
Measurement of Noise Emitted by Machines;
Explanatory Notes on Noise Emission
Parameters (Dec)
Measurement and Assessment of Aircraft
Noise; Quantities and Parameters (Oct)
Measurement and Assessment of Aircraft
Noise; Aircraft Noise Monitoring Systems
Within the Meaning of Article 19a of the
Luftverkehrsgesetz (Civil Aviation Law)
(Oct)
Measurement and Assessment of Aircraft
Noise; Determination of Rating Level of
Aircraft Noise Exposure (Oct)
Standardized Determination of the Rating
Level for Noise Emissions; Noise Emissions
at the Place of Work (Aug)
Measurement of Exposure to Occupational
Vibration; Vibrometers; Requirements and
Testing (Sep)
Measurement of Occupational Vibration
Exposure; Measurement Method (Sept)
Exposure to Mechanical Vibration
Transmitted to the Hand-Arm System;
Measurement of Vibration Induced by
Portable Chain Saws (Sept)
Exposure to Mechanical Vibration
Transmitted to the Hand-Arm System;
Measurement of Vibration Induced by
Portable, Internal Combustion Engine Brush
Saws (Sept)
Connections for Electrical Devices; Sleeve
Terminals and Side Opening Sleeve
Terminals; Principal Dimensions and
Correlation (June)
Stamped Cable Sockets for Copper
Conductors (Mar)
46288
46400 PT 1 (S)
46400 PT 1 SUPPL 1 (S)
46400 PT 3 (S)
46406 PT 1
46406 PT 2
46415
46420
46424
46425
46431
46433
46433 EXTR. 1
46433 EXTR. 3
46435
Connecting Washers for Conductors (Aug)
Steel Flat Products with Special Magnetic
Properties; Cold Rolled, Non-Oriented,
Finally Annealed; Magnetic Sheet and Strip;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Apr)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10106)
Steel Flats with Special Magnetic Properties;
Cold Rolled, Non-Oriented, Finally Annealed
Magnetic Sheet and Strip; Hysteresis Loss at
Frequencies Above 100HZ (June)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10106)
Steel Flat Products with Special Magnetic
Properties; Grain-Oriented Magnetic Steel
Sheet and Strip; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Apr) (Superseded by DIN EN
10107)
Binding Wires for Electrical Machines;
Magnetic Steel Wire; Drawn and Tinned
(Jan)
Binding Wires for Electrical Machines; NonMagnetic Steel Wire; Drawn and Tinned
(Jan)
Copper and Copper Alloy Band; Cold Rolled
with Rounded (Lightly Rolled) Edges;
Dimensions (Oct)
Round Aluminium Wires for Electrical
Purposes; Drawn; Dimensions (June)
Switchgear; Extruded Channel Sections of
Aluminium for Busbars (Aug)
Round Aluminium Wires for Electrical
Purposes; Exactly Drawn; Dimensions (June)
Round Copper Wires for Electrical Purposes;
Precision Drawn; Dimensions (June)
Rectangular Wires and Rectangular Bars;
Drawn, with Radiused Edges; Dimensions
(Nov)
Rectangular Wires and Rectangular Bars;
Drawn, with Radiused Edges; Dimensions;
Selected Sizes for Electrical Machines and
Switchgear (Nov)
Rectangular Bars; Drawn, with Radiused
Edges; Dimensions; Selected Sizes for
Switchgears (Nov)
Winding Wires; Round Copper Wires,
Insulated; Enamelled; Dimensions and DC
Resistances (Apr)
46448 PT 1
46448 PT 2
46449
46453 PT 5
46460 PT 2
46460 PT 3
46460 PT 4
47600 PT 1
47600 PT 2
47600 PT 3
47600 PT 4
47600 PT 5
47600 PT 6
47600 PT 7
48200 PT 3
Insulating Varnishes and Insulating Resin
Materials for Electrical Engineering;
Impregnating Resin Materials; Test Methods
(Jan)
Insulating Varnishes and Insulating Resin
Materials for Electrical Engineering;
Impregnating Resin Materials; Types (Jan)
Insulating Varnishes and Insulating Resin
Materials for Electrical Purposes; Finishing
Varnishes; Test Methods (Apr)
Winding Wires; Round Copper Wires,
Enamelled; Testing of Resistance to
Transformer Oil in the Presence of Water
(Apr)
Winding Wires; Round Resistance Wires;
Enamelled, Self-Fluxing, Type V; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Dec)
Winding Wires; Round Resistance Wires;
Enamelled, Heat-Resistant with a
Temperature Index of 180, Type W 180;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (Dec)
Winding Wires; Round Resistance Wires;
Covered; Technical Conditions of Delivery
(Mar)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Protective Joint Boxes (Oct)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Internal Joint Boxes (Oct)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Correlation of Joint Boxes with
Paper-Insulated Cables; Correlation of Bare
Stranded Copper Bonding Wire (Oct)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Internal Design for Paper-Insulated
Cables (Oct)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Installation Instructions for PaperInsulated Cables (Oct)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Correlation of Joint Boxes with
Plastic Insulated Cables 0.6/1 kV (Oct)
Cast Metal Joint Boxes for Power Cables up
to 10 kV; Internal Design for Plastic
Insulated Cables 0.6/1 kV (Oct)
Wires for Stranded Conductors; Steel Wires
(Apr)
48200 PT 5
49020
50008 PT 1
50008 PT 2
50011 PT 11
50012 PT 1
50012 PT 2
50012 PT 3
50012 PT 4
50012 PT 5
50014
50101 PT 1
50101 PT 2
50102
50103-3
Wires for Stranded Conductors; Aluminium
Wires (Apr)
Conduit for Electrical Wiring; Screwed Steel
Conduit; Plain Conduit; Couplers (Jan)
Atmospheres and Their Technical
Application; Standard Atmospheres over
Aqueous Solutions; Saturated Salt Solutions,
Glycerol Solutions (Feb)
Atmospheres and Their Technical
Application; Standard Atmospheres over
Aqueous Solutions; Sulfuric Acid Solutions
(July)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Controlled-Atmosphere Test Installations;
General Terminology and Requirements
(Mar)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Methods of Measuring Humidity; General
(Jan)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Methods of Measuring Humidity;
Psychrometers (Jan)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Methods of Measuring Humidity; Hair
Hygrometer (Jan)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Methods of Measuring Humidity; Dew Point
Hygrometer (Jan)
Artificial Climates in Technical Applications;
Methods of Measuring Humidity; LiCl
Hygrometers (Nov)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Standard Atmospheres (July)
Testing of Metals; Erichsen Cupping Test on
Sheet and Strip Metal Having a Width of
Greater Than or Equal to 90 mm; Thickness
Range: 0,2 mm to 2 mm (Sept)
Testing of Metals; Erichsen Cupping Test on
Sheet and Strip Metal Having a Width of
Greater Than or Equal to 90 mm; Thickness
Range: over 2 mm up to 3 mm (Sept)
Testing of Metals; Erichsen Cupping Test on
Narrow Strip Metal; Width Range: 30 mm to
Less Than 90 mm September; Superseded by
DIN EN 1936, July 1999 Edition in Parts
Rockwell Hardness Testing of Metallic
50103 PT 1 (S)
50103 PT 2 (S)
50106
50111
50113
50115
50125
50131
50133
50141
50142
50149
50150
50151
50153
50162
50180 (S)
Materials; Modified Rockwell Scales Bm and
Fm (for Thin Sheet Steel) January
Testing of Metallic Materials; Rockwell
Hardness Test; C, A, B, F Scales (Mar)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10109-1)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Rockwell
Hardness Test; N and T Scales (Mar)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10109-1)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Compression
Test (Dec)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Bend Test
(Sept)
Testing of Metals; Rotating Bar Bending
Fatigue Test (Mar)
Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic
Materials Using Test Pieces Other Than ISO
Test Pieces (Apr)
Test Pieces for the Tensile Testing of
Metallic Materials (Apr) (Together with the
April 1991 Edition of DIN EN 10002 Part 1,
Supersedes March 1986 Edition)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Determination
of Shrinkage (July)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Vickers
Hardness Test; HV 0,2 to HV 100 (Feb)
Testing of Metals; Shear Test (Jan)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Flat Bending
Fatigue Test (Mar)
Testing of Malleable Cast Iron; Tensile Test
(Jan)
Testing of Steel and Cast Steel; Conversion
Table for Vickers Hardness, Brinell
Hardness, Rockwell Hardness and Tensile
Strength (Dec)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Bend Testing
of 0,05 to 1,0 mm Thick Sheet and Strip
Used for Manufacturing Springs (July)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Reverse
Bending Test of Sheets or Strips Less Than 3
mm Thick (Aug)
Testing of Clad Steels; Determination of
Shear Strength Between Cladding Metal and
Parent Metal in Shear Test (Sept)
Steel Tensile Test Pieces Taken
Perpendicular to the Product Surface to Be
Used to Determine the Reduction of Area
50191
50320
50351 (S)
50359-1
50431
50434
50435
50438 PT 3
50443-2
50443 PT 1
50445
50447
(July) (Superseded by DIN EN 10164)
Hardenability Testing of Steel by End
Quenching (Sept)
Wear; Terms; Systematic Analysis of Wear
Processes; Classification of Wear Phenomena
(Dec)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Brinell
Hardness Test (Feb) Superseded by DIN EN
10003-1, January 1995 Edition
Universal Hardness Testing of Metallic
Materials - Test Method October
Testing of Semiconductor Materials;
Measurement of the Resistivity of Silicon or
Germanium Single Crystals by Means of the
Four Probe/Direct Current Method with
Collinear Array (May) (ASTM F43-88)
Testing of Materials for Semiconductor
Technology; Detection of Crystal Defects in
Monocrystalline Silicon Using Etching
Techniques on (111) and (100) Surfaces
(Feb)
Testing of Semiconductor Materials;
Determination of the Radial Resistivity
Variation of Silicon or Germanium Slices by
Means of the Four-Probe/Direct Current
Method (May) (ASTM F81-89)
Testing of Materials for Use in
Semiconductor Technology; Determination
of Interstitial Atomic Boron and Phosphorus
Content of Silicon by Infrared Absorption
Spectroscopy (Feb)
Detection of Defects and Inhomogeneities in
Monocrystalline III-V Compound
Semiconductors by X-Ray Topography June
Testing of Materials for Use in
Semiconductor Technology; Detection of
Crystal Defects and Inhomogeneities in
Silicon Single Crystals by X-Ray
Topography (July)
Contactless Determination of the Resistivity
of Homogeneously-Doped Semiconductor
Slices with the Eddy Current Induction
Method (Apr)
Contactless Measurement of Sheet
Resistance of Semiconductor Layers Using
the Eddy Current Induction Method April
50451 PT 2
50452 PT 2
50453 PT 1
50453 PT 2
50460
50463
50470
50502
50503
50511
50551
50600
50601
50602
Determination of Cobalt, Chromium, Copper,
Iron and Nickel as Impurities in Hydrofluoric
Acid for Use in Semiconductor Technology
by Plasma-Induced Emission Spectrometry
(Oct)
Particle Analysis of Liquids for Use in
Semiconductor Technology Using Optical
Particle Counters (Mar)
Gravimetric Determination of Etch Rate of
Mixtures for Etching Silicon Single Crystals
for Use in Semiconductor Technology (Oct)
Spectrophotometric Determination of Etch
Rate of Mixtures for Etching Silicon Dioxide
Coatings for Use in Semiconductor
Technology (Oct)
Determination of Magnetic Properties of Soft
Magnetic Materials; General, Terminology
and Principles of Measurement (Aug)
Testing of Steel; Determination of the
Density of Iron/Silicon Alloy Magnetic Sheet
(July)
Testing of Permanent Magnet Materials;
Determination of the Demagnetization Curve
and Permanent Permeability in a Yoke;
Inductive Method (Sept)
Determination of Copper Content of
Unalloyed Copper Containing Not Less Than
99,90% of Copper May
Determination of Copper Content of Wrought
and Cast Copper Alloys May
Determination of Phosphorus Content of
Copper and Copper Alloys by the
Molybdovanadate Spectrometric Method
(Mar)
Determination of the Lead, Cadmium and
Copper Content of Zinc and Zinc Alloys by
Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (Oct)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Metallographic
Micrographs; Picture Scales and Formats
(Mar)
Metallographic Examination; Determination
of the Ferritic or Austenitic Grain Size of
Steel and Ferrous Materials (Aug)
Metallographic Examination; Microscopic
Examination of Special Steels Using
Standard Diagrams to Assess the Content of
50900 PT 1
50915
50915 PT 1 (S)
50916 PT 2
50917 PT 2
50920 PT 1
50922
51562 PT 3
52210 PT 5
53015
53017 (W)
53018 PT 1
53018 PT 2
53019 PT 1
Non-Metallic Inclusions (Sept)
Corrosion of Metals; Terminology; General
Concepts (Apr)
Testing the Resistance of Unalloyed and
Low-Alloy Steels to Intergranular Stress
Corrosion Cracking Caused by Exposure to
Corrosive Agents (Sept)
Testing the Unalloyed and Low Alloy Steels
Resistance to Intergranular Stress Corrosion
Cracking; Unwelded Products (Dec)
(Superseded by DIN 50915, September 1993
Edition)
Testing of Copper Alloys; Stress Corrosion
Cracking Test Using Ammonia; Testing of
Components (Sept)
Corrosion of Metals; Testing Under Natural
Conditions; Testing in Sea Water (Feb)
Corrosion of Metals; Corrosion Testing in
Flowing Liquids; General (Oct)
Corrosion of Metals; Testing the Resistance
of Metallic Materials to Stress Corrosion
Cracking; General (Oct)
Viscometry; Determination of Kinematic
Viscosity Using the Ubbelohde Viscometer;
Viscosity Relative Increment at Short Flow
Times (May)
Testing in Building Acoustics; Airborne and
Impact Sound Insulation; Field
Measurements of Airborne Sound Insulation
of Exterior Building Elements (July)
Superseded By EN ISO 140-5: December
1998
Viscometry; Measurement of Viscosity
Using the Hoeppler Falling-Ball Viscometer
September
Viscometry; Determination of the
Temperature Coefficient of Viscosity (Dec)
Viscometry; Measurement of the Dynamic
Viscosity of Newtonian Fluids with
Rotational Viscometers; Principles (Mar)
Viscometry; Measurement of the Dynamic
Viscosity of Newtonian Fluids with
Rotational Viscometers; Sources of Errors
and Corrections Concerning Cylinder;
Rotation Viscometers (Mar)
Viscometry; Determination of Viscosities
53120-1
53241-1
53402
53483 PT 1
53483 PT 2
53483 PT 3
53483 SUPPL. 1
53489
53804 PT 1
53804 PT 2
53804 PT 3
53804 PT 4
54111 PT 2
54123
and Flow Curves Using Standard Design
Rotary Viscometers with a Standard
Geometry Measuring System (May)
(Supersedes DIN 53788)
Determination of Medium-Range Air
Permeance of Paper and Board by the
Bendtsen Method June
Determination of Iodine Value by Methods
Using Wijs Solution May
Determination of Acid Value (Sept)
Superseded by EN ISO 3682: June 1998
Testing of Insulating Materials;
Determination of Dielectric Properties;
Definitions; General Information July
Testing of Insulating Materials;
Determination of Dielectric Properties;
Testing at Standard Frequencies of 50 Hz, 1
kHz, 1 MHz (Mar)
Testing of Insulating Materials;
Determination of Dielectric Properties;
Measuring Cells for Liquids for Frequencies
up to 100 MHz (July)
Testing of Insulating Materials;
Determination of the Dielectric Constant
(Relative Permittivity) and of the Loss
Factor; Measuring Equipment (Oct)
Testing of Electrical Insulating Materials;
Assessing the Effect of Electrolytic
Corrosion (Jan)
Statistical Interpretation; Measureable
(Continuous) Characteristics (Sept)
(Supersedes DIN 53804, January 1961
Edition)
Statistical Interpretation of Data; Countable
(Discrete) Characteristics (Mar)
Statistical Interpretation; Ordinal
Characteristics (Jan)
Statistical Interpretation of Data; Attribute
Characteristics (Mar)
Non-Destructive Testing; Testing of Metallic
Materials by X-Rays or Gamma Rays;
Radiographic Techniques for Castings of
Ferrous Materials (June)
Non-Destructive Test; Ultrasonic Method of
Testing Claddings Produced by Welding,
Rolling and Explosion (Oct)
55350 PT 14
55350 PT 21
55350 PT 22
55350 PT 23
55350 PT 24
55928 PT 2
55928 PT 1
55928 PT 4
55928 PT 4 SUPPL 1 A1
55928 PT 4 SUPPL 2 A1
Quality Assurance and Statistical
Terminology; Concepts Relating to Sampling
(Dec)
Quality Assurance and Statistical
Terminology; Statistical Terminology;
Random Variables and Probability
Distributions (May)
Quality Assurance and Statistical
Terminology; Statistical Terminology;
Special Probability Distributions (Feb)
Quality Assurance and Statistical
Terminology; Statistical Terminology;
Descriptive Statistics (Apr)
Quality Assurance and Statistical
Terminology; Statistical Terminology;
Inferential Statistics (Nov)
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic Metallic
Coatings; Designing for the Prevention of
Corrosion (May) Superseded by EN ISO
12944-3, July 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; General, Concepts and Corrosion
Loads (May) Superseded by EN ISO 12944-1
Together with DIN EN ISO 12944-2, July
1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Preparation and Testing of
Surfaces (May) Superseded by EN ISO
12944-4, July 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Preparation and Testing of
Surfaces Representative Photographic
Examples Amendment 1 to Supplement 1 to
DIN 55928 Part 4 (May) Superseded by EN
ISO 12944-4, July 1
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Preparation and Testing of
Surfaces Representative Photographic
Examples of Surfaces After Localized
Mechanical Grinding (Standard Preparation
Grade PMa) Supersede
55928 PT 5
55928 PT 6
55928 PT 7
55928 PT 9
58942 PT 2
58942 PT 3
58942 PT 4
59051
59110
59115
59130
59145
59146
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Coating Materials and Protective
Systems (May) Superseded by EN ISO
12944-5, July 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Execution and Inspection of
Corrosion Protection Work (May)
Superseded by EN ISO 12944-7, July 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Reference Areas (May) Superseded
by EN ISO 12944-7 Together with DIN EN
ISO 12944-8, July 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Composition of Binders and
Pigments for Coating Materials (May)
Medical Microbiology; Culture Media Used
in Bacteriology; Ready-To-Use Blood
Culture Bottles; Physical Chemical and
Biological Requirements (Sept)
Medical Microbiology; Culture Media Used
in Bacteriology; Dip Slides for
Bacteriological Urine Testing (Sept)
Medical Microbiology; Culture Media Used
in Bacteriology; Transport Systems for
Specimens Containing Bacteria; Physical,
Chemical and Biological Requirements (Oct)
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Sharp-Edged T-Bars;
Dimensions, Weights, Permissible Deviations
(Aug)
Steel Wire Rod; Dimensions; Permissible
Variations; Weights (Dec)
Steel Wire Rod for Bolts, Nuts and Rivets;
Dimensions, Permissible Variations, Weights
(Nov)
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Round Steel for Bolts
and Rivets; Dimensions, Permissible
Deviations on Dimension and Form (Sept)
Hot Rolled Steel Strip with Semicircular
Edges for Leaf Springs; Dimensions, Masses,
Permissible Deviations, Moments of Inertia
(June)
Hot Rolled Steel Strip of Rectangular Cross
59200
59220
59231
59232 (S)
59350
59360
59361
59370
59413
59600 (S)
59604 (S)
59610
59675
59700 (S)
Section, with Rounded Edges, for the
Manufacture of Springs; Dimensions,
Material and Form of Supply (Nov)
Flat Steel Products; Hot Rolled Wide Flats;
Dimensions, Permissible Variations on
Dimensions, Form and Weight (Oct)
Steel Flat Products; Hot Rolled Patterned
Plate; Dimensions, Mass, Permissible
Deviations (Sept)
Corrugated Sheet; Tile Sheet; Galvanized
(Apr)
Flat Steel Products; Hot Galvanized Wide
Strip and Sheet of Mild Unalloyed Steels and
General Structural Steels; Dimensions,
Permissible Deviations on Dimension and
Form (July) (Superseded by DIN EN 10143)
Precision Flat and Square Steel Bars;
Dimensions, Weights, Permissible Deviations
(Aug)
Ground and Polished Bright Round Steel;
Dimensions; Permissible Deviations
According to ISO Tolerance Zone h7 (Oct)
Ground and Polished Bright Round Steel;
Dimensions; Permissible Deviations
According to ISO Tolerance Zone h6 (Oct)
Steel Sections; Bright Square Edge Equal
Angles; Dimensions; Permissible Deviations,
Weights (July)
Cold Rolled Steel Sections; Permissible
Variations on Dimensions, Form and Weight
(Jan)
Strips, Plates and Sheets of Aluminium and
Wrought Aluminium Alloys; Hot Rolled;
Dimensions (Apr) (Superseded by DIN EN
485 Part 3)
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Slugs for Impact Extrusion (Jan) (Supersedes
DIN 59604 Part 1, July 1973 Edition, and
DIN 59604 Part 2, November 1970 Edition)
(Superseded by DIN EN 570, November
1994 Edition)
Lead Sheet; Dimensions (Jan)
High Grade Aluminium and Aluminium
Wrought Alloy; Wire and Bars for Rivets;
Drawn (May)
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
59701 (S)
59751
61360 PT 2
66034
66036
66037
66165 PT 1
66165 PT 2
EN 188
EN 203-2
EN 269
EN 271
EN 277
Extruded Square Bars; Dimensions,
Dimensional Deviations and Form
Tolerances (Aug) (Superseded by DIN EN
755-4)
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Extruded Hexagonal Bars; Dimensions,
Dimensional Deviations and Form
Tolerances (Aug) (Superseded by DIN EN
755-6)
Tubes and Hollow Hexagon Sections of
Wrought Aluminium Alloys for Free-Cutting
Machining on Automatics; Seamless Drawn;
Dimensions (Nov)
Synthetic Fibre Lifting Slings; Safety
Requirements and Testing (Mar)
Kilopond (kg f) - Newton; Newton Kilopond (kg f); Conversion Tables (Aug)
Metric Horsepower - Kilowatt; Kilowatt Metric Horsepower; Conversion Tables
(Aug)
Kilopond (kg f)/Square Centimetre - Bar; Bar
- Kilopond (kg f)/Square Centimetre;
Conversion Tables (Aug)
Particle Size Analysis; Sieve Analysis;
General Principles (Apr)
Particle Size Analysis; Sieve Analysis;
Procedure (Apr)
Extruded Ceramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of E Greater Than 10% (Group
AIII) (Dec) (Together with DIN EN 121.
DIN EN 186 Parts 1 and 2, December 1991
Editions, Supersedes DIN 18166, October
1986 Edition)
Gas-Heated Catering Equipment; Rational
Use of Energy (Mar)
Respiratory Protective Devices; Powered
Fresh Air Hose Breathing Apparatus
Incorporating a Hood; Requirements, Testing
and Marking (Dec)
Compressed Air Line and Powered Fresh Air
Hose Breathing Apparatus Incorporating a
Hood for Use in Abrasive Blasting
Operations; Requirements, Testing and
Marking (Mar)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Woven Polypropylene Fabric (June)
EN 312-1
EN 312-2
EN 312-4
EN 312-5
EN 312-6
EN 312-7
EN 313-1
EN 338
EN 340
EN 341
EN 344
EN 345
EN 346
Particleboard; General Requirements for All
Board Types November; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 312-3 and DIN EN
312-4, November 1996 Editions, is Intended
to Supersede parts of DIN 68761-1,
November 1986 Edition, DIN 68761-4,
February 1982 Edition,
Particleboard; Requirements for General
Purpose Board for Use in Dry Conditions
November
Particleboard; Requirements for LoadBearing Board for Use in Dry Conditions
November; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 312-1, November 1996 Edition, Is
Intended to Supersede Parts of DIN 68763,
September 1990 Edition
Particleboard; Part 5: Requirements for LoadBearing Board for Use in Humid Conditions
November; This Standard, TogetheJune;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 68763 September
1990 Edition
Particleboard; Requirements for Heavy Duty
Load-Bearing Board for Use in Dry
Conditions November
Particleboard Part 7: Requirements for
Heavy-Duty Load-Bearing Boards for Use in
Humid Conditions June
Plywood Classification and Terminology
Classification May
Structural Timber Strength Classes July
Protective Clothing; General Requirements
(Sept)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Descender Devices (Feb)
Requirements and Test Methods for Safety,
Protective and Occupational Footwear for
Professional Use (Jan) (Together with DIN
345, January 1993 Edition, will Supersede
DIN 4843, December 1988 Edition)
Specification for Safety Footwear for
Professional Use (Jan) (Together with EN
DIN 344, January 1993 Edition, will
Supersede DIN 4843, December 1988
Edition)
Specification for Protective Footwear for
Professional Use (Jan)
EN 347
EN 348
EN 352 PT 1
EN 352 PT 2
EN 353 PT 1
EN 353 PT 2
EN 354
EN 355
50949
50960 PT 1
50960 PT 2
876 PT 1
Specification for Occupational Footwear for
Professional Use (Jan)
Test Methods for Protective Clothing;
Determination of the Behaviour of Material
When Subjected to Small Splashes of Molten
Metal (Nov)
Hearing Protectors; Safety Requirements and
Testing Ear Muffs (Oct) (Together with DIN
EN 352 Part 2, October 1993 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 32760, June 1985 Edition)
Hearing Protectors; Safety Requirements and
Testing Earplugs (Oct) (This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 352 Part 1, October
1993 Edition, Supersedes DIN 32760, June
1985 Edition)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Guided Type Fall Arresters on
a Rigid Anchorage Line (Feb)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Guided Type Fall Arresters on
a Rigid Anchorage Line (Feb) (Supersedes
DIN 32769, February 1986 Edition)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Lanyards (Feb) (Supersedes
DIN 7471, July 1985 Edition)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Energy Absorbers (Feb)
(Supersedes DIN 32766, December 1981
Edition)
Non-Destructive Testing of Anodic
Oxidation Coatings on Pure Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloys by Measurement of
Admittance (Feb)
Electroplated and Chemical Coatings;
Designation and Specification in Technical
Documents (Feb) (Together with DIN 50960
Part 2, February 1986 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 50960, June 1963 Edition, Withdrawn in
July 1976)
Electroplated and Chemical Coatings;
Indications on Drawings (Feb) (Together
with DIN 50960 Part 1, February 1986
Edition, Supersedes DIN 50960, June 1963
Edition Withdrawn in July 1976)
Surface Plates; Natural Hard Rock Surface
Plates; Requirements and Testing August
876 PT 2
878
1912 PT 1
2250 PT 1
2270
2481
4646 PT 1 (S)
5512-1
5512-2
5512-4
6634
6773 PT 2
6773 PT 3
6773 PT 4
6773 PT 5
6785 (W)
Surface Plates; Cast Iron Surface Plates;
Requirements and Testing August
Dial Gauges October
Graphical Representation of Welded,
Soldered and Brazed Joints; Definitions and
Terms for Welding Joints, Edges and Welds
June
General-Purpose GO Ring Gauges and
Setting Ring Gauges and Setting Ring
Gauges for Pneumatic Length Measuring
Instruments, from 1 mm to 315 mm Nominal
Diameter November
Lever Gauges April
Thermal Power Plants; Graphical Symbols
June
Lenses for Eye Protectors; Principles,
Requirements, Dimensions, Marking March;
Superseded by DIN EN 166, September 1995
Edition
Steels for Use in Rail Vehicle Construction
Part 1: Hot-Rolled, Unalloyed Structural
Steels and Hot-Rolled Structural Steels with
Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance
May
Steels for Use in Rail Vehicle Construction
Part 2: Unalloyed Steels for Cold-Rolled Flat
Products up to 3 mm Thick May
Steels for Use in Rail Vehicle Construction
Part 4: Fine-Grain Structural Steels May
Means of Packaging; Rolled I-Steel for
Drums; Dimensions January
Heat-Treatment of Ferrous Metals; HeatTreated Parts; Representation and Indications
in Drawings; Hardening, Hardening and
Tempering, Quenching and Tempering May
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Metals; HeatTreated Parts; Representation and Indications
in Drawings; Surface Layer Hardening
November
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Metals; HeatTreated Parts; Representation and Indications
in Drawings; Case Hardening May
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Metals; HeatTreated Parts; Representation and Indications
in Drawings; Nitriding May
Manufacturing Spigots on Parts Turned on
66234 PT 2
66234 PT 3
66234 PT 5
68872
EN 84
EN 113
EN 723
EN 742
EN 10240
EN 10252
EN 10257-1
EN 10257-2
7725
7739 PT 1
Lathes; Indications on Drawings May
VDU Work Stations; Perceptibility of
Characters on Screens (May) (Superseded in
Parts by DIN EN 29241 Part 3 August 1993
Edition)
VDU Work Stations; Grouping and
Formatting of Data (Mar)
VDU Work Stations; Coding of Information
(Mar) (Superseded in Parts by EN 29241 Part
3 August 1993 Edition)
Plastic Chair Shells for Indoor Use;
Requirements; Testing (Jan)
Wood Preservatives; Acclerated Ageing of
Treated Wood Prior to Biological Testing Leaching Procedure May
Wood Preservatives; Test Method for
Determining the Protective Effectiveness
Against Wood Destroying Basidiomycetes;
Determination of the Toxic Values
November
Combustion Method for Determination of
Carbon on the Inner Surface of Copper Tubes
or Fittings October
Identification Card Systems; Intersector ID-1
Card Location of Contacts for Cards and
Devices Used in Europe (May)
Internal and/or External Protective Coatings
for Steel Tubes Specification for Hot Dip
Galvanized Coatings Applied in Automatic
Plants February; Supersedes DIN 2444,
January 1984 Edition
Magnetic Materials Methods of Measurement
of Magnetic Properties of Magnetic Steel
Sheet and Strip at Medium Frequencies May
Zinc or Zinc Alloy Coated Non-Alloy Steel
Wire for Armouring Either Power Cables or
Telecommunication Cables Part 1: Land
Cables July
Zinc or Zinc Alloy Coated Non-Alloy Steel
Wire for Armouring Either Power Cables or
Telecommunication Cables Part 2:
Submarine Cables July
Articles Made of Rubber, Plastics, Other
Polymers, Paper and Cardboard to Conform
with the Foodstuffs Law; Marking January
Laminated Products; Combined Pressboard
9771
17014 PT 3
17021 PT 1
18015 PT 1
18234 PT 1
19559 PT 2
28004 PT 2
18125-1
18230-1
19571-1
38406-26
50165
EN 1040
EN 1264-1
EN 12830
for Electrical Insulation; Requirements;
Testing July
Papers for Data Processing; Papers for
Continuous Forms; Dimensions July
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Materials;
Notation to Indicate Heat Treatment
Processes (May)
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Metals; Material
Selection; Steel Selection According to
Hardenability (Feb)
Electrical Installations in Dwellings; Design
Principles (Mar)
Fire Protection of Roofs with Single-Skin
Continuous Sheet Coverings Exposed to Fire
from Below; Concepts, Requirements and
Testing (Aug)
Measurement of Flow of Waste Water in
Open Channels and Gravity Conduits;
Venturi Flumes (July)
Flow Sheets and Diagrams of Process Plants;
Drawing Instructions (May)
Laboratory Tests for Determination of Soil
Density August
Structural Fire Protection in Industrial
Buildings Part 1: Determining the Design
Fire Resistance Time May
Curved Class C 250 Gully Tops of Size 500 x
500 Part 1: Assembly September
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Cations (Group E); Part 26:
Determination of Thallium by Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry (AAS) Using a
Graphite Furnace (E 26) July
Fatigue Testing of Spot Welded Joints in
Metals October
Basic Bactericidal Activity of Chemical
Disinfectants and Antiseptics Test Method
and Requirements (Phase 1) April
Floor Heating - Systems and Components Part 1: Definitions and Symbols November
Temperature Recorders for the Transport,
Storage and Distribution of Chilled, Frozen,
Deep-Frozen/Quick-Frozen Food and Ice
Cream; Tests, Performance, Suitability
October
EN 12900
EN 12919
EN ISO 90-2
EN 12192-2
EN 12193
EN 12324-2
52132
ISO 444
16749
17656
17658
28052-3
32507
Refrigerant Compressors; Rating Conditions,
Tolerances and Presentation of
Manufacturer's Performance Data July;
Supersedes DIN 8928, September 1986
Edition
Workplace Atmoshperes; Pumps for the
Sampling of Chemical Agents with a Volume
Flow Rate of over 5 l/min; Requirements and
Test Methods October
Light Gauge Metal Containers - Definitions
and Determination of Dimensions and
Capacities; Part 2: General-Use Containers
September; Supersedes DIN 20090-2,
February 1993 Edition
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures Granulometric Analysis; Part 2: Test Method
for Fillers for Polymer bonding Agents July
Light and Lighting Sports Lighting
November; Supersedes DIN 67526-1,
September 1973 Edition, DIN 67526-2,
November 1987 Edition, and DIN 67526-4,
June 1978 Edition
Irrigation Techniques - Reel Machine
Systems; Part 2: Specifications of
Polyethylene Tubes for Reel Machines
October; Supersedes DIN 19658-1, October
1988 Edition
Polymeric Bitumen Roofing Felt;
Requirements and Testing May
Phlogopite Mica Blocks, Thins and
Splittings; Grading by Size January; ISO
444:1981
Compression Moulds and Injection Moulds;
Dimensional Tolerances for Moulding Parts
July
Copper Casting Alloys; Ingot Metals;
Composition (June)
Copper-Nickel Casting Alloys; Castings
(June)
Nonmetallic Protective Coatings for Precast
Concrete Members Used in Process Plant
Units Organic Coatings (Dec)
Sampling for the Purpose of Determining the
Concentration of Air Pollutants within the
Operator's Breathing Zone During Welding
43790
50010 PT 1
50010 PT 2
50011 PT 12
53122 PT 2
53359
53523 PT 2
53543
55471 PT 1
55471 PT 2
55482 PT 1
EN 88
EN 126
EN 279 (S)
EN 316
EN 441-1
and Allied Processes (May)
Basic Principles for the Design of Line
Scales and Pointers (Jan)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Climatic Concepts; General Climatic
Concepts (Oct)
Climates and Their Technical Application;
Climatological Terms and Definitions;
Physical Terms and Definitions (Aug)
Artificial Climates in Technical Applications;
Air Temperature as a Climatological
Quantity in Controlled-Atmosphere Test
Installations (Sept)
Determination of Water Vapour
Transmission (Density of Moisture Flow
Rate) of Plastic Films, Elastomer Films,
Paper, Board and Other Sheet Materials;
Electrolysis Method (July)
Testing of Artificial Leather; Repeated
Flexure Test (Nov)
Determination of Mooney Viscosity of
Rubber; Test Apparatus (May)
Testing of Semi-Rigid Polyurethane (PUR);
Integral Cellular Materials; Materials for
Soles and Parts of Shoes (Feb)
Cellular Polystyrene for Packaging;
Requirements and Testing (Oct)
Cellular Polystyrene for Packaging; Design
of Moulded Packaging (Feb)
Cellular Polyurethane for Use in Packaging;
Requirements and Testing (Sept)
Pressure Governors for Gas Appliances for
Inlet Pressures up to 200 Mbar August
Multifunctional Controls for Gas Burning
Appliances (Aug)
Homogeneous Rubber Materials for Dynamic
Seals in Domestic Appliances Using
Combustible Gases up to 200 mbar (Oct)
(Together with DIN EN 291, October 1991
Edition, Supersedes DIN 3535 Part 2, April
1983 Edition) (Superseded by DIN EN 549,
Apr 1995 Ed)
Fibreboard; Definition, Classification and
Symbols (Aug)
Refrigerated Display Cabinets; Terms and
Definitions; (Includes Amendment A1: 1995)
EN 560
EN 561
EN 588-1
EN ISO 3915
EN ISO 4589-1
EN ISO 4589-2
EN ISO 5659-1
EN ISO 10093
EN ISO 12543-1
EN ISO 12944-1
EN ISO 12944-2
EN ISO 12944-3
EN ISO 12944-4
(Mar)
Gas Welding Equipment; Hose Connections
for Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes
(Nov) (Supersedes DIN 8542, September
1983 Edition)
Gas Welding Equipment; Quick-Action
Couplings with Shut-Off Valves for Welding,
Cutting and Allied Processes (Nov)
(Supersedes DIN 8544, November 1981
Edition)
Fibre-Cement Pipes for Drains and Sewers;
Pipes, Joints and Fittings for Gravity Systems
November
Measurement of Resistivity of Conductive
Plastics October
Plastics - Determination of Burning
Behaviour by Oxygen Index; Part 1:
Guidance September; ISO 4589-1: 1996
Plastics - Determination of Burning
Behaviour by Oxygen Index; Part 2:
Ambient-Temperature Test September; ISO
4589-2: 1996
Plastics - Smoke Generation; Part 1:
Guidance on Optical-Density Testing -Plastics - Fire Tests - Standard Ignition
Sources January; ISO 10093:1998
Laminated Glass and Laminated Safety Glass
Part 1: Definitions and Description of
Component Parts August; ISO 12543-1: 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint Systems; Part 1: General
Introduction July; ISO 12944-1:1998;
Together with DIN EN ISO 12944-2 July
1998 Supersedes DIN 55928-1, May 1991
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint Systems; Part 2:
Classification of Environments July; ISO
12944-2:1998; Together with DIN EN ISO
12944-1 July 1998 Supersedes DIN 55928-1,
May 1991
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint Systems; Part 3: Design
Considerations July; ISO 12944-3:1998;
Supersedes DIN 55928-2, May 1991
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint Systems; Part 4: Types of
EN ISO 12944-5
EN ISO 12944-6
EN ISO 12944-7
EN ISO 12944-8
EN ISO 12952-1
EN ISO 12952-2
EN ISO 12952-3
EN ISO 12952-4
EN 737-4
1060-1
Surface and Surface Preparation July; ISO
12944-4:1998; Supersedes DIN 55928-4,
May 1991
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint Systems; Part 5: Protective
Paint Systems July; ISO 12944-5:1998;
Supersedes DIN 55928-5, May 1991
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint Systems; Part 6: Laboratory
Performance Test Methods July; ISO 129446:1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint 7: Systems; Part Execution
and Supervision of Paint Work July; ISO
12944-7:1998; Supersedes DIN 55928-6,
May 1991 and Together with DIN EN ISO
12944-8, July 1998 Supersedes DIN 55928-7,
May 1991
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
Protective Paint 8: Development of
Specifications for New Work and
Maintenance July; ISO 12944-8:1998;
Supersedes DIN 55928-3, May 1991 and
Together with DIN EN ISO 12944-7, July
1998 Supersedes DIN 55928-7, May
Burning Behaviour of Bedding Items Part 1:
General Test Methods for the Ignitability by
a Smouldering Cigarette February; ISO
12952-1:1998
Burning Behaviour of Bedding Items Part 2:
Specific Test Methods for the Ignitability by
a Smouldering Cigarette February; ISO
12952-2:1998
Burning Behaviour of Bedding Items Part 3:
General Test Methods for the Ignitability by
a Small Open Flame February; ISO 129523:1998
Burning Behaviour of Bedding Items - Part 4:
Specific Test Methods for the Ignitability by
a Small Open Flame February; ISO 129524:1998
Medical Gas Pipeline Systems Part 4:
Terminal Units for Anaesthetic Gas
Scavenging Systems February
Building Lime; Concepts, Requirements and
Inspection March
4034-10
4102-4
4211
4754
8541-3
18230-2
EN 1365-1
EN 1365-4
EN 1366-1
EN 1366-2
EN 12015
EN 12016
EN 12067-1
Precast Unreinforced and Reinforced
Concrete Manholes and Inspection
Chambers; Brick Bottom Shaft Sections for
Buried Drains and Sewers; Requirements and
Testing October
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Overview and Design of Classified
Building Materials, Elements and
Components March
Masonry Cement; Requirements and
Inspection March
Heat Transfer Systems Operating with
Organic Heat Transfer Media; Safety
Requirements and Testing September
Rubber Oxygen Hoses for Welding, Cutting
and Allied Processes, with or without
Protective Cover, Designed for Special
Requirements Part 3: Safety Requirements
and Testing January; Supersedes DIN 8541-4
Structural Fire Protection in Industrial
Buildings Part 2: Determination of
Combustion Factor to Characterize the Fire
Behaviour of Stored Materials January
Fire Resistance Tests for Loadbearing
Elements Part 1: Walls October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 4102-2, September 1977
Edition
Fire Resistance Tests for Loadbearing
Elements Part 4: Columns October;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 4102-2, September
1977 Edition
Fire Resistance Tests for Service Installations
Part 1: Ducts October; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 4102-6, September 1977 Edition
Fire Resistance Tests for Service Installations
Part 2: Fire Dampers October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 4102-6, September 1977
Edition
Electromagnetic Compatibility; Product
Family Standard for Lifts, Escalators and
Passenger Conveyors; Emission August
Electromagnetic Compatibility; Product
Family Standard for Lifts, Escalators and
Passenger Conveyors; Immunity August
Gas/Air Controls for Gas Burners and Gas
Burning Appliances Part 1: Pneumatic Types
18551
18799-3
19571-2
24550-1
28090-3
28091-2
30672-1
38402-30
38406-28
EN 932-6
EN 934-2
EN 303-5
EN 328
December
Sprayed Concrete; Production and Inspection
(Mar)
Fixed Ladders; Part 3: Ladders for
Chimneys; Safety Requirements August
Curved Class C 250 Gully Tops of Size 500 x
500 Part 2: Components September
Hydraulic Filters; Concepts, Nominal
Pressures, Sizes, and Connecting Dimensions
January
Static Seals for Flanged Connections;
Chemical Resistance of Sheet Gasket
Materials September
Sheet Gasket Materials; Technical Delivery
Conditions for Compressed Fibre Gasket
Materials September
Corrosion Protection Wrapping Tape and
Heat Shrinkable Material for Pipes Designed
for Service Temperatures up to 50 Degrees C
September
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; General Information (Group A);
Pretreatment, Homogenization and Division
of Non-Homogeneous Water Samples (A 30)
July
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Cations (Group E) Part 28:
Determination of Dissolved Barium by
Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS) (E
28) May
Tests for General Properties of Aggregates
Part 6: Definitions of Repeatability and
Reproducibility July
Admixtures for Concrete, Mortar and Grout
Part 2: Concrete Admixtures - Definitions
and Requirements March
Heating Boilers Part 5: Heating Boilers for
Solid Fuels, Hand and Automatically
Stocked, with a Nominal Heat Output of Up
to 300kW - Terminology, Requirements,
Testing and Marking June; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 4702-1, March 1990 Edition
Heat Exchangers; Test Procedures for
Establishing the Performance of Forced
EN 437
EN 476
EN 736-2
EN 736-3
EN 737-1
EN 737-3
EN 738-1
EN 738-2
EN 738-4
EN 739
EN 752-4
EN 752-5
EN 814-1
EN 814-2
Convection Unit Air Coolers for
Refrigeration June
Test Gases, Test Pressures and Appliance
Categories April; Includes Amendment A1:
1997
General Requirements for Components Used
in Discharge Pipes, Drains and Sewers for
Gravity Systems August; Supersedes DIN
19543: 1982-08, DIN 19549: 1989-02, DIN
19550: 1987-10 and DIN 19550-2: 1990-05
Valves - Terminology Part 2: Definition of
Components of Valves November
Valves - Terminology; Part 3: Definition of
Terms August
Medical Gas Pipeline Systems Part 1:
Terminal Units for Compressed Medical
Gases and Vacuum February; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 13260-2, December 1984
Edition
Medical Gas Pipeline Systems Part 3:
Pipelines for Compressed Medical Gases and
Vacuum November
Pressure Regulators for Use with Medical
Gases Part 1: Pressure Regulators and
Pressure Regulators with Flow Metering
Devices April
Pressure Regulators for Use with Medical
Gases Part 2: Manifold and Line Pressure
Regulators December
Pressure Regulators for Use with Medical
Gases Part 4: Low-Pressure Regulators
Intended for Incorporation Into Medical
Equipment December
Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with
Medical Gases February
Drain and Sewer Systems Outside Buildings
Part 4: Hydraulic Design and Environmental
Considerations November
Drain and Sewer System Outside Buildings
Part 5: Rehabilitation November
Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps with
Electrically Driven Compressors - Cooling
Mode Part 1: Terms, Definitions and
Designations June
Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps with
Electrically Driven Compressors - Cooling
EN 814-3
EN 1083-1
EN 1089-3
EN 1095
EN 1232
EN 1304
EN 1317-1
EN 1317-2
EN 1363-1
EN 1363-2
EN 1364-1
EN 1364-2
EN 1504-1
EN 1522
EN 1523
Mode Part 2: Testing and Requirements for
Marking June
Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps with
Electrically Driven Compressors - Cooling
Mode Part 3: Requirements June
Power-Driven Brushes Part 1: Definitions
and Nomenclature July
Transportable Gas Cylinders - Cylinder
Identification Part 3: Colour Coding
December; Includes Corrigendum AC: 1997
and Amendment A1: 1999
Deck Safety Harness and Safety Line for Use
on Recreational Craft Safety Requirements
and Test Methods February
Workplace Atmospheres; Pumps for Personal
Sampling of Chemical Agents; Requirements
and Test Methods June
Clay Roofing Tiles for Discontinuous Laying
Product Definitions and Specifications
October;Supersedes DIN 52253-1 and
52253-2, December 1988 Editions
Road Restraint Systems; Part 1: Terminology
and General Criteria for Test Methods July
Road Restraint Systems; Part 2: Performance
Classes, Impact Test Acceptance Criteria and
Test Methods for Safety Barriers July
Fire Resistance Tests; Part 1: General
Requirements October
Fire Resistance Tests; Part 2:Alternative and
Additional Procedures October
Fire Resistance Tests for Non-Loadbearing
Elements Part 1: Walls October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 4102-2, September 1977
Edition
Fire Resistance Tests for Non-Loadbearing
Elements Part 2: Ceilings October;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 4102-2, September
1977 Edition
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - Part 1:
Definitions February
Windows, Doors, Shutters and Blinds; Bullet
Resistance - Requirements and Classification
February
Windows, Doors, Shutters and Blinds; Bullet
Resistance - Test Method February
EN 1598
EN 1610
EN 1671
EN 1793-1
EN 1793-2
EN 1793-3
EN 10253-1
EN 12309-1
EN 12373-2
EN 12549
EN 20140-3
EN 22553
Health and Safety in Welding and Allied
Processes Transparent Welding Curtains,
Strips and Screens for Arc Welding
Processes January
Construction and Testing of Drains and
Sewers October; Supersedes DIN 4033
November 1979 Edition
Pressure Sewerage Systems Outside
Buildings August
Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Test
Method for Determining the Acoustic
Performance Part 1: Intrinsic Characteristics
of Sound Absorption November
Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Test
Method for Determining the Acoustic
Performance Part 2: Intrinsic Characteristics
of Airborne Sound Insulation November
Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - Test
Method for Determining the Acoustic
Performance Part 3: Normalized Traffic
Noise Spectrum November
Butt-Welding Pipe Fittings Part 1: Wrought
Carbon Steel for General Use and without
Specific Inspection Requirements November
Gas-Fired Absorption and Adsorption Air
Conditioning and/or Heat Pump Appliances
with a Net Heat Input not Exceeding 70 kW;
Part 1: Safety October
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Anodizing; Part 2: Determination of Mass
per Unit Area (Surface Density) of Anodic
Oxidation Coatings - Gravimetric Method
February; Supersedes DIN 50944, January
1979 Edition
Acoustics Noise Test Code for Transfer
Driving Tools Engineering Method October;
Supersedes DIN 45635-66, May 1992
Edition
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements;
Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Insulation of Building Elements (ISO 140-3:
1995) (May)
Welded, Brazed and Soldered Joints;
Symbolic Representation on Drawings ISO
2553: 1992; March; Supersedes August 1994
EN 45510-4-1
EN 45510-4-3
EN ISO 3411
EN ISO 3822-1
EN ISO 4535
EN ISO 5135
EN ISO 8662-10
EN ISO 9876
EN ISO 11091
19683-16
28004 PT 1
28004 PT 3
28004 PT 4
Edition
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-1: Boiler Auxiliaries Equipment for Reduction of Dust Emissions
June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-3: Boiler Auxiliaries Drought Plant June
Earth-Moving Machinery Human Physical
Dimensions of Operator and Minimum
Operator Space Envelope October; ISO 3411:
1995
Laboratory Tests on Noise Emission from
Appliances and Equipment Used in Water
Supply Installations; Part 1: Method of
Measurement July; ISO 3822-1: 1999
Viterous and Porcelain Enamels - Apparatus
for Determination of Resistance to Hot
Detergent Solutions Used for Washing
Textiles January; ISO 4535:1983
Determination of Sound Powder Levels of
Noise from Air-Terminal Devices, AirTerminal Units, Dampers and Vslves by
Measurement in a Reverberation Room
February; ISO 5135: 1997; Supersedes DIN
EN 25135; Novemver 1991 Edition
Hand-Held Portable Power Tools Measurement of Vibrations at the Handle Part 10: Nibblers and Shears ISO 866210:1998; April
Ships and Marine Technology - Marine
Facsimile Receivers for Meteorological
Charts January; ISO 9876:1997
Construction Drawings Landscape Drawing
Practice October; ISO 11091: 1994
Soil Testing in Agricultural Hydrology Physical Laboratory Tests Part 16:
Determining the Aggregate Stability by Wet
Sieving December
Flow Sheets and Diagrams of Process Plants;
Concepts, Types of Diagram, Information
Content (May) (Supersedes DIN 28004 Part
10, August 1976 Edition)
Flow Sheets and Diagrams of Process Plants;
Graphical Symbols (May)
Flow Sheets and Diagrams of Process Plants;
28030 PT 1
28053
28090-1
28090-2
28091-1
28091-3
28091-4
40618
42023 PT 2
48203 PT 1
48203 PT 2
48203 PT 5
48203 PT 6
48203 PT 8
48203 PT 12
ISO 6271
Symbols (May)
Steel Flanged Joints for Use in Process
Engineering; Design and Construction (Sept)
Organic Coatings and Linings on Metal
Components Used in Process Engineering;
Requirements for Metallic Substrates April
Static Seals for Flanged Connections;
Characteristic Values and Test Methods
September
Static Seals for Flanged Connections; InProcess Testing of Sheet Gasket Materials
September
Sheet Gasket Materials; General September
Sheet Gasket Materials; Technical Delivery
Conditions for PTFE Sheet Gasket Materials
September
Sheet Gasket Materials; Technical Delivery
Conditions for Exfoliated Graphite-Based
Sheet Gasket Materials September
Laminated Products; Laminated Moulded
Tubes of Rectangular Cross-Section; PaperBase Laminate or Fabric-Base Laminate
(June)
Built-On Motors for Oil Burners; Mounting
Dimensions for the Mounting of the Oil
Pump (July)
Copper Wires and Copper Stranded
Conductors; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Mar)
Wrought Copper Alloy (Bz) Wires and
Conductors; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Mar)
Aluminium Wires and Aluminium Stranded
Conductors; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Mar)
E-AlMgSi Wires and E-AlMgSi Stranded
Conductors; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Mar)
Aluminium-Clad Steel Wires and
Aluminium-Clad Steel Stranded Conductors;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Mar)
Wires and Stranded Conductors; SteelReinforced E-AlMgSi Stranded Conductors;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Dec)
Clear Liquids -Estimation of Colour by the
Platinum-Colbalt Scale January; ISO
ISO 9957-3
EN 12903
EN 477
EN 478
EN 479
EN 549
EN 621
EN 681-1
EN 720-1
EN 720-2
EN 899
6271:1997
Fluid Draughting Media; Part 3: Water-Based
Coloured Draughting Inks - Requirements
and Test Conditions June; ISO 9957-3:1987
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Powdered
Activated Carbon November, This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 12915, November
1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN 19603, May
1969 Edition
Unplasticized Polyvinylchloride (PVC-U)
Profiles for the Fabrication of Windows and
Doors; Determination of the Resistance to
Impact of Main Profiles by Falling Mass
(Aug)
Unplasticized Polyvinylchloride (PVC-U)
Profiles for the Fabrication of Windows and
Doors; Determination of Appearance After
Exposure at 150 Degrees C (Aug)
Unplasticized Polyvinylchloride (PVC-U)
Profiles for the Fabrication of Windows and
Doors; Determination of Heat Reversion
(Aug)
Rubber Materials for Seals and Diaphragms
for Gas Appliances and Gas Equipment (Apr)
(Supersedes DIN EN 291, April 1992
Edition, and DIN EN 278 and DIN EN 279,
October 1991 Editions)
Non-Domestic Gas-Fired Forced Convection
Air Heaters for Space Heating Not Exceeding
a Net Heat Input of 300 kW, without a Fan to
Assist Transportation of Combustion Air
and/or Combustion Products March
Materials Requirements for Elastomeric Pipe
Joint Seals Used in Water and Drainage
Applications; Vulcanized Rubber June;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 4060, December
1988 Edition
Transportable Gas Cylinders Gases and Gas
Mixtures Part 1: Properties of Pure Gases
June
Gases and Gas Mixtures; Determination of
Flammability and Oxidizing Ability October
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sulfuric
Acid March; Supersedes DIN 19618 June
EN 923
EN 1077
EN 1080
EN 1094-1
EN 1096-1
EN 1308
EN 1322
EN 1323
EN 1324
EN 1346
EN 1347
EN 1399
EN 1761
EN 1765
EN 1900
EN 12081
EN 12065
EN 12098-1
1984
Adhesives Terms and Definitions May
Helmets for Alpine Skiers May
Impact Protection Helmets for Young
Children April
Insulating Refractory Products Part 1:
Terminology for Ceramic Fibre Products July
Glass in Building; Coated Glass; Part 1:
Definitions and Classification January
Adhesives for Tiles; Determination of Slip
March; Supersedes Part of DIN 18156 PT 4,
December 1984 Edition
Adhesives for Tiles; Definitions and
Terminology March
Adhesives for Tiles; Concrete Slab for Test
March; Supersedes Part of DIN 18156 PT 4,
December 1984 Edition
Adhesives for Tiles; Determination of Shear
Adhesion Strength of Dispersion Adhesives
March
Adhesives for Tiles; Determination of Open
Time March; Supersedes Part of DIN 18156
PT 4, December 1984 Edition
Adhesives for Tiles Determination of
Wetting Capability March
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Resistance to Stubbed and Burning Cigarettes
February
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies for Fuel
Truck Delivery; Specification April
Rubber Hose Assemblies for Oil Suction and
Discharge Services Specification for the
Assemblies November
Materials and Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs Non-Metallic Tableware
Terminology October
Railway Applications - Axleboxes
Lubricating Greases December
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Testing of Foam Concentrates
Designed for Generation of Medium and
High Expansion Foam and of Extinguishing
Powders UYsed on Liquefied Natural Gas
Fires October
Controls for Heating Systems; Outside
Temperature Compensated Control
EN 12325-3
EN 12353
EN 12808-1
EN 12878
EN ISO 1042
EN ISO 2808
EN 1514-3
EN 1514-4
EN 1521
EN 1525
EN 1526
EN 1527
EN 1536
EN 1542
Equipment for Hot Water Heating Systems
September
Irrigation Techniques - Centre Pivot and
Moving Lateral Systems; Part 3:
Terminology and Classification October
Chemical Disinfectants and Antiseptics
Preservation of Microbial Strains Used for
the Determination of Bactericidal and
Fungicidal Activity January
Adhesives and Grouts for Tiles; Part 1:
Determination of Chemical Resistance of
Reaction Resin Mortars June
Pigments for the Colouring of Building
Materials Based on Cement and/or Lime;
Specifications and Methods of Test
September; Supersedes DIN V 53237,
September 1994 Edition
One-Mark Volumetric Flasks August; ISO
1042:1998; Supersedes DIN 12664-1, August
1983 Edition
Paints and Varnishes Determination of Film
Thickness October; ISO 2808: 1997
Flanges and Their Joints Dimensions of
Gaskets for PN-Designated Flanges Part 3:
Non-Metallic PTFE Envelope Gaskets
August
Flanges and Their Joints Dimensions of
Gaskets for PN-Designated Flanges Part 4:
Corrugated, Flat or Grooved Metallic and
Filled Metallic Gaskets for Use with Steel
Flanges August
Determination of Flexural Strength of
Lightweight Aggregate Concrete with Open
Structure December
Driverless Industrial Trucks and Their
Systems December
Safety of Industrial Trucks Additional
Requirements for Automated Functions on
Trucks November
Building Hardware; Hardware for Sliding
Doors and Folding Doors Requirements and
Test Methods December
Execution of Special Geotechnical Work;
Bored Piles June; Supersedes Parts of DIN
4014, March 1990 Edition
Products and Systems for the Protection and
EN 1550
EN 1554
EN 1565-1
EN 1566-1
EN 1570
EN 1597-1
EN 1597-2
EN 1597-3
EN 1599
EN 1600
Repair of Concrete Structures; Test Methods
- Measurement of Bond Strength by Pull-Off
July
Safety of Machine Tools; Safety
Requirements for the Design and
Construction of Work-Holding Chucks
September
Conveyor Belts; Drum Friction Testing
January
Plastics Piping Systems for Soil and Waste
Discharge (Low and High Temperature)
Within the Buildings Structure - Styrene
Copolymer Blends (SAN+PVC) Part 1:
Specification for Pipes, Fittings and the
System December; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN 1455Plastics Piping Systems for Soil and Waste
Discharge (Low and High Temperature)
Within the Buildings Structure - Chloridnated
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-C) Part 1:
Specification for Pipes, Fittings and the
System December; This Standard, Together
with DIN 1
Saftey Requirements for Lifting Tables
August
Welding Consumables - Test Methods; Part
1: Test Piece for All-Weld Metal Test
Specimens in Steel, Nickel and Nickel Alloys
October; Supersedes DIN 32525-1,
December 1981 Edition
Welding Consumables - Test Methods; Part
2: Preparation of Test Piece for Single-Run
and Two-Run Technique Test Specimens in
Steel October
Welding Consumables - Test Methods; Part
3: Testing of Positional Capability of
Welding Consumables in a Fillet Weld
October
Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc
Welding of Creep-Resisting Steels;
Classification October; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 8575-1, April 1984 Edition
Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc
Welding of Stainless and Heat Resisting
Steels; Classification October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 8556-1, May 1986 Edition
EN 1603
EN 1602
EN 1604
EN 1605
EN 1606
EN 1607
EN 1608
EN 1609
EN 1636-6
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Dimensional
Stability Under Constant Normal Laboratory
Conditions (23 Degrees C / 50 % Relative
Humidity) January
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of the Apparent
Density January; Supersedes Parts of DIN
1101 Nov. 1989; DIN 18161-1 Dec. 1976;
DIN 18164-1 August 1992; DIN 18165-1
July 1991 and DIN 18174 Jan. 1981
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Dimensional
Stability Under Specified Temperature and
Humidity Conditions January; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 18161-1 Dec. 1976; DIN
18164-1 August 1992; DIN 18165-1 July
1991 and DIN 5343
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Deformation
Under Specified Compressive Load and
Temperature Conditions January; This
standard is Intended to Supersede Parts of
DIN 18164-1 Aug 1992 and Din 18165-1
July 1991
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Compressive
Creep January
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Tensile
Strength Perpendicular to Faces January;
This Standard is Intended to Supersede Parts
of DIN 1101 Nov 1989, DIN 18165-1 July
1991 and DIN 52274 July 1986 Editions
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Tensile
Strength Parallel to Faces January; This
Standard is intended to Supersede Parts of
DIN 18164-1, Aug 1992 and DIN 18165-1
July 1991
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Short-Term
Water Absorption by Partial Immersion
January
Plastics Piping Systems for Non-Pressure
Drainage and Seweragre - Glass-Reinforced
EN 1637
EN 1638
EN 1648-1
EN 1648-2
EN 1661
EN 1663
EN 1664
EN 1666
EN 1667
EN 1668
EN 1670
Thermosetting Plastics (GRP) Based on
Unsaturated Polyester Resin (UP) Part 6:
Practices for Installation December
Light Conveyor Belts Test Methods for the
Measurement of the Electrical Resistances
October
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Test Method for the Effects of
Cyclic Internal Pressure June
Leisure Accommodation Vehicles - 12 V
Direct Current Extra Low Voltage Electrical
Installations Part 1: Caravans January
Leisure Accommodation Vehicles - 12 V
Direct Current Extra Low Voltage Electrical
Installations - Part 2: Motor Caravans
January
Hexagon Nuts with Flange February
Prevailing Torque Type Hexagon Nuts with
Flange (with Non-Metallic Insert) February;
(ISO 7043: 1997, Modified); This Standard
Together with DIN EN 1666, February 1998
Edition, Supersedes DIN 6926, November
1983 Edition
Prevailing Torque Type All-Metal Hexagon
Nuts with Flange February; (ISO 7044: 1997,
Modified); This Standard Together DIN EN
1667, February 1998 Edition, Supersedes Din
6927, November 1983 Edition
Prevailing Torque Type Hexagon Nuts with
Flange (with Non-Metallic Insert), with
Metric Fine Pitch Thread February; (ISO
12125: 1997, Modified); This Standard
Together with DIN EN 1663, February 1998
Edition, Supersedes Din 6926, November
1983 Edition
Prevailing Torque Type All-Metal Hexagon
Nuts with Flange, with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread February; (ISO 12126: 1997,
Modified); This Standard Together with DIN
EN 1664, February 1998 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 6927, November 1983 Edition
Rods, Wires, Deposits for Tungsten Inert Gas
Welding of Non-Alloy and Fine-Grain Steels;
Classification October
Building Hardware - Corrosion Resistance
Requirements and Test Methods December
EN 1680
EN 1704
EN 1705
EN 1708-1
EN 1712
EN 1713
EN 1714
EN 1716
EN 1722
EN 1723
EN 1724
EN 1726-1
EN 1751
EN 1754
Valves for Polyethylene (PE) Piping
Systems; Test Method for Leaktightness
Under and After Bending Applied to the
Operating Mechanism March
Thermoplastics Valves; Test Method for the
Integrity of a Valve After Temperature
Cycling Under Bending March
Plastics Piping Systems; Thermoplastics
Valves; Test Method for the Integrity of a
Valve After an External Blow January
Welding; Basic Welded Joint Details in
Steel; Part 1: Pressurized Components May;
Supersedes DIN 8558-1, May 1967 Edition,
and DIN 8558-2, September 1983 Edition
Ultrasonic Examination of Welded Joints;
Acceptance Levels September
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
Ultrasonic Examination; Characterization of
Indications in Welds August
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
Ultrasonic Examination of Welded Joints
October
Polyethylene (PE) Tapping Tees; Test
Method for Impact Resistance of an
Assembled Tapping Tee March
Light Conveyor Belts Test Methods for the
Determination of the Maximum Tensile
Strength October
Light Conveyor Belts Method of Test for the
Determination of the Relaxed Elastic
Modulus October
Light Conveyor Belts; Test Method for the
Determination of the Coefficient of Friction
August
Self-Propelled Trucks up to and Including 10
000 kg Capacity and Industrial Tractors with
a Drawbar Pull up to and Including 20 000 N
Part 1: General Requirements November;
Supersedes DIN 15134, December 1992
Edition, DIN 15160-1, February 1989 Edition
and
Ventilation for Buildings; Air Terminal
Devices; Aerodynamic Testing of Dampers
and Valves January
Magnesium and Magnesium Alloy Anodes,
Ignots and Castings Designation System
EN 1762
EN 1770
EN 1790
EN 1794-1
EN 1794-2
EN 1795
EN 1800
EN 1801
EN 1808
EN 1822-1
EN 1822-2
EN 1822-3
August
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies for
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) (Liquid or
Gaseous Phase) and Natural Gas up to 25 Bar
(2,5 MPa) Specification December
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - Test
Methods; Determination of the Coefficient of
Thermal Expansion April
Road Marking Materials; Preformed Road
Markings August
Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - NonAcoustic Performance Part 1: Mechanical
Performance and Stability Requirements
October
Road Traffic Noise Reducing Devices - NonAcoustic Performance Part 2: General Safety
and Environmental Requirements October
Transportable Gas Cylinders (Excluding
LPG) Procedures for Change of Gas Service
November
Transportable Gas Cylinders; Acetylene
Cylinders; Basic Requirements and
Definitions February
Transportable Gas Cylinders; Filling
Conditions for Single Acetylene Cylinders
February
Safety Requirements on Suspended Access
Equipment Design Calculations, Stability
Criteria, Construction, Tests June
High Efficiency Air Filters (HEPA and
ULPA); Part 1: Classification, Performance
Testing, Marking July; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 1822-2 and DIN EN
1822-3, July 1998 Editions, Supersedes Parts
of DIN 24184, December 1990 Edition
High Efficiency Air Filters (HEPA and
ULPA); Part 2: Aerosol Production,
Measuring Equipment, Particle Counting
Statistics July; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 1822-1 and DIN EN 1822-3, July
1998 Editions, Supersedes Parts of DIN
24184, December 1990
High Efficiency Air Filters (HEPA and
ULPA); Part 3: Testing Flat Sheet Filter
Media July; This Standard, Together with
EN 1824
EN 1852-1
EN 1854
EN 1862
EN 1864
EN 1886
EN 1914
EN 1925
EN 1926
EN 1934
EN 1936
EN 1937
EN 1946-1
DIN EN 1822-1 and DIN EN 1822-2, July
1998 Editions, Supersedes Parts of DIN
24184, December 1990 Edition
Road Marking Materials; Road Trials March
Plastics Piping Systems for Non-Pressure
Underground Drainage and Sewerage Polyproplene (PP) - Part 1: Specifications for
Pipes, Fittings and the System February
Pressure-Sensing Devices for Gas Burners
and Gas Burning Appliances November;
Supersedes DIN 3398-1 and DIN 3398-2,
January 1992 Editions
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes Determination of the Relative
Flexural Creep Factor Following Exposure to
a Chemical Environment October
Inland Navigation Vessels - Wheelhouse and
Control Position Types and Safety
Requirements July
Ventilation for Buildings; Air Handling
Units; Mechanical Performance July
Inland Navigation Vessels; Ship's Boats
September
Natural Stone Test Methods; Determination
of Water Absorption Coefficient by
Capillarity May
Natural Stone Test Methods; Determination
of Compressive Strength May; Supersedes
DIN 52105, August 1988 Edition.
Thermal Performance of Buildings;
Determination of Thermal Resistance by Hot
Box Method Using Heat Flow Meter Masonry April; Supersedes Parts of DIN
52611-1, January 1991 Edition, and DIN
51611-2, April 1990 Edition
Natural Stone Test Methods; Determination
of Real Density and Apparent Density, and of
Total and Open Porosities July; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 52102, August 1988 Edition
Test Method for Hydraulic Setting Floor
Smooting and/or Levelling Compounds;
Standard Mixing Procedures October
Thermal Performance of Building Products
and Components; Specific Criteria for the
Assessment of Laboratories Measuring Heat
Transfer Properties; Part 1: Common Criteria
EN 1946-2
EN 1946-3
EN 1964-1
EN 1986-1
EN 1987-2
EN 10208-2
EN 10242
EN 10246-1
EN 10246-7
EN 12095
April
Thermal Performance of Building Products
and Components; Specific Criteria for the
Assessment of Laboratories Measuring Heat
Transfer Properties; Part 2: Measurements by
Guarded Hot Plate Method April
Thermal Performance of Building Products
and Components; Specific Criteria for the
Assessment of Laboratories Measuring Heat
Transfer Properties; Part 3: Measurements by
Heat Flow Meter Method April
Specification for the Design and Contruction
of Refillable Transportable Seamless Steel
Gas Cylinders of Water Capacities from 0,5
Litre up to and Including 150 Litres; Part 1:
Cylinders Made of Seamless Steel with an
Rm Value of Less Than 1 100 MPa March
Electrically Propelled Road Vehicles Measurement of Energy Performance Part 1:
Purely Electric Vehicles December
Electrically Propelled Road Vehicles Specific Requirements for Safety Part 2:
Functional Safety Means and Protection
Against Failures March
Technical Delivery Conditions for Steel
Pipes for Use with Combustible Fluids; Pipes
of Requirement Class B August; Supersedes
DIN 17172, May 1978 Edition
Threaded Pipe Fitting in Malleable Cast Iron
English Version of DIN EN 10242
(Supersedes DIN 2950, April 1983 Edition)
(Mar)
Non-Destructive Testing of Steel Tubes;
Automatic Electromagnetic Testing of
Seamless and Welded; (Except Submerged
Arc Welded) Ferromagnetic Steel Tubes for
Verification of Hydraulic Leak-Tightness
(Apr)
Non-Destructive Testing of Steel Tubes;
Automatic Full Peripheral Ultrasonic Testing
of Seamless and Welded; (Except Submerged
Arc Welded) Ferromagnetic Steel Tubes for
the Detection of Longitudinal Imperfections
(Apr)
Plastics Piping Systems; Brackets for
Rainwater Piping Systems; Test Method for
EN 12100
EN 12106
EN 12117
EN 12119
EN 12149
EN 12157
EN 12188
EN 12189
EN 12190
EN 12293
EN 12294
EN 12295
EN 12310-1
Bracket Strength August
Polyethylene (PE) Valves Test Method for
Resistance to Bending Between Supports
November
Polyethylene (PE) Pipes Test Method for the
Resistance to Internal Pressure After
Application of Squeeze-Off November
Plastics Fittings, Valves and Ancillaries
Determination of Gaseous Flow
Rate/Pressure Drop Relationships November
Plastics Piping Systems; Polyethylene (PE)
Valves; Test Method for Resistance to
Thermal Cycling August
Wallcoverings in Roll Form Determination of
Migration of Heavy Metals and Certain Other
Elements, of Vinyl Chloride Monomer and of
Formaldehyde Release January
Rotodynamic Pumps; Coolant Pumps Units
for Machine Tools; Nominal Flow Rate,
Dimensions August; Supersedes DIN 5440,
August 1978 Edition
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures; Test Methods
- Determination of Adhesion Steel-To-Steel
for Characterization of Structural Bonding
Agents July
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures; Test Methods
- Determination of Open Time July
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - Test Methods
Determination of Compressive Strength of
Repair Mortar December
Thermoplastics Pipes and Fittings for Hot
and Cold Water; Test Method for the
Resistance of Mounted Assemblies to
Temperature Cycling September
Plastics Piping Systems - Systems for Hot
and Cold Water Test Method for
Leaktightness Under Vacuum October
Thermoplastics Pipes and Associated Fittings
for Hot and Cold Water Test Method for
Resistance of Joints to Pressure Cycling
October
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Part 1:
Bitumen Sheets for Roof Waterproofing -
EN 12311-1
EN 12316-1
EN 12317-1
EN 12339
EN 12351
EN 12370
EN 12372
EN 12429
EN 12430
EN 12431
EN 12483
EN 12517
EN 12615
Determination of Resistance to Tearing (Nail
Shank) November
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Part 1:
Bitumen Sheets for Roof Waterproofing Determination of Tensile Properties
November; Supersedes Part of DIN 52123,
August 1985 Edition
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Part 1:
Bitumen Sheets for Roof Waterproofing Determination of Peel Resistance of Joints
November
Flexable Sheets for Waterproofing Part 1:
Bitumen Sheets for Roof Waterproofing Determination of Shear Resistance of Joints
November
Inland Navigation Vessels - Rope Tubs
October
Industrial Valves Protective Caps for Valves
with Flanged Connections November
Natural Stone Test Methods Determination of
Resistance to Salt Crystallization June;
Supersedes DIN 52111, March 1990 Edition
Natural Stone Test Methods; Determination
of Flexural Strength under Concentrated
Load June; Supersedes Parts of DIN 52112,
August 1988 Edition
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Conditioning to Moisture
Equilibrium under Specified Temperature
and Humidity Conditions August
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Behaviour
under Point Load August
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Thickness for
Floating Floor Insulating Products August;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 18164-2, March
1991 Edition, and DIN 18165-2, March 1987
Edition
Liquid Pumps; Pump Units with Frequency
Inverters; Guarantee and Compatibility Tests
August
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds
Radiographic Examination of Welded Joints
Acceptance Levels March
Products and Systems for the Protection and
EN 12636
EN 12643
EN 12706
EN 12760
EN 12814-1
EN 12827
EN 12904
EN 12956
EN 20898-7
EN ISO 140-5
EN ISO 252-1
EN ISO 449
Repair of Concrete Structures - Test
Methods; Determination of Slant Shear
Strength August
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - Test
Methods; Determination of Adhesion
Concrete to Concrete August
Rubber-Tyred Earth-Moving Machinery
Steering Requirements November, ISO 5010:
1992, Modified
Test Methods for Hydraulic Setting Floor
Smoothing and/or Levelling Compounds
Determination of Flow Characteristics
December
Socket Welding Ends for Steel Valves Socket
Welding Ends for Steel Valves November;
Supersedes DIN 3239-2, February 1978
Edition
Testing of Welded Joints of Thermoplastics
Semi-Finished Products products December
Inland Navigation Vessels; Connections for
the Transfer of Diesel Oil July
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sand and
Gravel November, Supersedes DIN EN
19623, January 1978 Edition
Wallcoverings in Roll Form; Determination
of Dimensions, Straightness, Spongeability
and Washability August; Together with DIN
EN 233, August 1999 Edition, Supersedes
DIN EN 233, February 1997 Edition
Mechanical Properties of Fasteners;
Torsional Test and Minimum Torques for
Bolts and Screws with Nominal Diameters 1
mm to 10 mm (ISO 898-7 : 1992) (April)
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements - Part 5:
Field Measurements of Airborne Sound
Insulation of Facade Elements and Facades
December; ISO 140-5:1998; Supersedes DIN
52210-5; July 1985 Edition
Textile Conveyor Belts - Adhesive Strength
between Constitutive Elements Part 1:
Methods of Test October; ISO 252-1: 1999
Magnetic Compasses, Binnacles and
Azimuth Reading Devices - Class A
EN ISO 898-1
EN ISO 3164
EN 29367-1
EN ISO 140-4
EN ISO 4672
EN ISO 6683
EN ISO 8092-3
EN ISO 8092-4
EN ISO 8728
EN ISO 8729
EN ISO 9455-13
EN ISO 140-6
September; ISO 449: 1997
Mechanical Properties of Fasteners Made of
Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel; Part 1: Bolts,
Screws and Studs November; ISO 898-1:
1999; Supersedes DIN EN 20898-1, April
1992 Edition
Earth-Moving Machinery Laboratory
Evaluation of Protective Structures Specification for Deflection-Limiting
Volume October; ISO 3164: 1995
General Requirements for Lashing and
Securing Arrangements on Road Vehicles for
Sea Transportation on Ro/Ro Ships
Commercial Vehicles and Combination of
Vehicles, Semi-Trailers Excluded (ISO 93671 : 1989) (Dec)
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements - Part 4:
Field Measurements of Airborne Sound
Insulation between Rooms December; ISO
140-4:1998; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 20140-3, March 1995 Edition, DIN
EN ISO 140-6 and DI
Rubber and Plastics Hoses; Sub-Ambient
Temperature Flexibility Tests October
Earth-Moving Machinery Seat Belts and Seat
Belt Anchorages October, ISO 6683: 1981 +
Amendment 1: 1990
Road Vehicles - Connections for On-Board
Electrical Wiring Harnesses Part 3: Tabs for
Multi-Pole Connections - Dimensions and
Specific November; ISO 8092-3: 1997
Road Vehicles - Connections for On-Board
Electrical Wiring Harnesses Part 4: Pins for
Single and Multi-Pole Connections Dimensions and Specific Requirements
November; ISO 8092-4: 1997
Ships and Marine Technology - Marine
Gyro-Compasses January; ISO 8728: 1997
Ships and Marine Technology - Marine
Radar Reflectors January; ISO 8729: 1997
Soft Soldering Fluxes - Test methods; Part
13: Determination of Flux Spattering June;
ISO 9455-13:1996; Supersedes Parts of DIN
8527-1, August 1997 Edition
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
EN ISO 140-7
EN ISO 9606-3
EN ISO 9606-4
EN ISO 9692-2
EN ISO 10669
EN ISO 11114-1
EN ISO 11114-3
EN ISO 11116-2
Buildings and of Building Elements - Part 6:
Laboratory Measurements of Impact Sound
Insulation of Floors December; ISO 1406:1998; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 20140-3, March 1995 Edition, DIN EN
ISO 140-4 and DIN
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements - Part 7:
Field Measurements of Impact Sound
Insulation of Floors December; ISO 1407:1998; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 20140-3, March 1995 Edition, DIN EN
ISO 140-4 and DIN EN I
Approval Testing of Welders - Fusion
Welding; Part 3: Copper and Copper Alloys
June; ISO 9606-3: 1999; Together with DIN
EN 287-2, September 1997 Edition, and DIN
EN ISO 9606-4, June 1999 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 8561, February 1974 Edition
Approval Testing of Welders - Fusion
Welding; Part 4: Nickel and Nickel Alloys
June; ISO 9606-4: 1999; Together with DIN
EN 287-2, September 1997 Edition, and DIN
EN ISO 9606-3, June 1999 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 8561, February 1974 Edition
Welding and Allied Processes - Joint
Preparation; Part 2: Submerged Arc Welding
of Steels September; ISO 9692-2: 1998;
Includes Corrigendum AC: 1999; Supersedes
DIN 8551-4, November 1976 Edition
Plain Washers for Tapping Screw and
Washer Assemblies Normal and Large Series
- Product Grade A November; Supersedes
DIN 6903, December 1990 Edition
Compatibility of Transportable Gas Cylinder
and Valve Materials with Gas Contents; Part
1: Metallic Materials July; ISO 111141:1997, Including Corrigendum AC:1998
Compatibility of Transportable Gas Cylinder
and Valve Materials with Gas Contents Part
3: Autogenous Ignition Test in Oxygen
Atmosphere June; ISO 11114-3:1997,
Including Corrigendum AC : 1998
Gas Cylinders; 17E Taper Thread for
Connection of Valves to Gas Cylinders; Part
2: Inspection Gauges August; ISO 11116-2:
EN ISO 11120
EN ISO 12224-2
EN ISO 13370
EN ISO 13760
EN ISO 13783
EN ISO 13789
EN ISO 13918
EN ISO 14114
EN ISO 14555
EN ISO 14683
EN ISO 14847
ISO 965-2
1999; Supersedes Parts of DIN 477-7,
January 1984 Edition
Refillable Seamless Steel Tubes of Water
Capacity Between 150 l and 3000 l; Design,
Construction and Testing June; ISO
11120:1999
Flux Cored Solder Wire - Specification and
Test Methods; Part 2: Determination of Flux
Content June; ISO 12224-2: 1997
Thermal Performance of Buildings - Heat
Transfer Via the Ground - Calculation
Methods December; ISO 13370:1998
Plastics Pipes for the Conveyance of Fluids
under Pressure; Miner's Rule - Calculation
Method for Cumulative Damage July; ISO
13760:1998
Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
End-Load Bearing Double Socket Joints;
Test Method for Leaktightness and Strength
While Subjected to Bending and Internal
Pressure July; ISO 13783:1997
Thermal Performance of Buildings Transmission Heat Loss Coefficient
Calculation Method October; ISO 13789:
1999
Welding - Studs and Ceramic Ferrules for
Arc Stud Welding December; ISO 13918:
1998; Supersedes DIN 32500-1:1991, DIN
32500-2:1991, DIN 32500-3: 1979, DIN
32500-4: 1975, DIN 32500-5: 1991, DIN
32500-6: 1994, DIN 32501-1: 1991, DIN
32501-2: 1991 and DIN 325
Acetylene Manifold Systems for Welding,
Cutting and Allied Processes September
Arc Stud Welding of Metallic Materials
December; ISO 14555: 1998; Supersedes
DIN 8563-10, December 1984 Edition
Thermal Bridges in Building Construction Linear Thermal Transmittance; Simplified
Methods and Default Values September; ISO
14683: 1999
Rotary Positive Displacement Pumps;
Technical Requirements August; ISO 14847:
1999
ISO General Purpose Metric Screw Threads Tolerances Part 2: Limits of Sizes for
ISO 965-3
2274
3440
4926
40616
40617
40625
45670
48203 PT 3
48203 PT 7
48203 PT 11
48204
50015
50018
50129
General Purpose External and Internal Screw
Threads - Medium Quality November; This
Standard Together with DIN ISO 262,
November 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN 1313, October 1
ISO General Purpose Metric Screw Threads Tolerances Part 3: Deviation for
Constructional Screw Threads November;
ISO 965-3: 1998; Supersedes DIN 13-27,
December 1983 Edition
Inspection Vee Blocks; Designs,
Requirements October
Temperature Control and Limiting Devices
for Heat Generating Systems; Safety
Requirements and Testing July
DN 400 to DN 1200 Steel Well Tops October
Laminated Products; Compression Moulded
Square Tubes of Paper-Base Laminate or
Fabric-Base Laminate (July)
Laminated Products; Compression Moulded
Hexagon Tubes of Paper-Base Laminate or
Fabric-Base Laminate (July)
Laminated Products; Solid Bars of PaperBase Laminate or Fabric-Base Laminate
(July)
Shaft Vibration Measuring Devices; Device
for Monitoring Relative Shaft Vibration;
Requirements (Nov)
Steel Wires and Steel Stranded Conductors;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Mar)
Copper Covered Steel Wires and Copper
Covered Steel Stranded Conductors;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Mar)
Wires and Stranded Conductors; SteelReinforced Aluminium Stranded Conductors;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Dec)
Steel Reinforced Aluminium Stranded
Conductors (Apr)
Atmospheres and Their Technical
Application; Constant Test Atmospheres
(Aug)
Sulfur Dioxide Corrosion Testing in a
Saturated Atmosphere June
Testing of Metallic Materials; Testing of
Welding Filler Metals for Liability to
Cracking (Oct)
50903
50925
50926
50929 PT 1
50929 PT 2
51649 PT 1
53488
53803 PT 3
53803 PT 4
55928 PT 3
55928 PT 8
59606 (S)
66118
66142 PT 2
66142 PT 3
Metallic Coatings; Pores, Inclusions, Blisters
and Cracks; Definitions (Jan)
Verification of the Effectiveness of the
Cathodic Protection of Buried Structures
(Oct)
Impressed Current Cathodic Corrosion
Protection in the Bottom Zone of Unalloyed
Steel Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (Oct)
Corrosion of Metals; Probability of Corrosion
of Metallic Materials When Subject to
Corrosion from the Outside; General (Sept)
Corrosion of Metals; Probability of Corrosion
of Metallic Materials When Subject to
Corrosion from the Outside; Service
Components Inside Buildings (Sept)
Determination of Explosion Limits of Gases
and Gas/Air Mixtures (Dec)
Testing of Plastic Sheets; Hole Test (Sept)
Sampling; Statistical Principles of Sampling
with Cross Classification According to Two
Equal-Ranked Criteria (June)
Sampling; Statistical Principles of Sampling
with Cross Classification According to Two
Hierarchical Criteria (June)
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Planning of Corrosion Protection
Work (May) Superseded by EN ISO 129448, July 1998
Corrosion Protection of Steel Structures by
the Application of Organic or Metallic
Coatings; Corrosion Protection of ThinWalled Structural Members (July)
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Sheet and Strip for Cans and Sealing Caps
(Nov) (Superseded by DIN EN 541, April
1995)
Particle Size Analysis; Size Analysis by Air
Classification; Fundamentals (Aug)
Representing and Characterizing the
Separation of Disperse Materials;
Application to Analytical Separation
Processes (July)
Representing and Characterizing the
Separation of Disperse Materials; Selection
and Determination of Parameters for
66234 PT 1
EN 300
EN 312-3
EN 313-2
EN 335-3
EN 336
EN 351-1
EN 351-2
50929 PT 3
50938
50939
50942
50962
50976
50978
Industrial Separation Processes (Sept)
VDU Work Stations; Geometrical Design of
Characters (Mar) (Superseded in Parts by
DIN EN 29241 Part 3 August 1993 Edition)
Oriented Strand Boards (OSB) Definitions,
Classifications and Specifications June
Particleboard; Requirements for Board for
Interior Fitments (Including Furniture) for
Use in Dry Conditions November; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 312-1,
November 1996 Edition, is Intended to
Supersede Parts of DIN 68761-1, November
1986 Edition, an
Plywood; Classification and Terminology;
Terminology (Apr)
Durability of Wood and Wood-Based
Products; Definition of Hazard Classes of
Biological Attack; Application to WoodBased Panels (Sept)
Structural Timber Coniferous Species and
Poplar; Sizes and Permissible Deviations
(Apr)
Preservative-Treated Solid Wood;
Classification of Preservative Penetration and
Retention (Aug)
Preservative-Treated Solid Wood; Guidance
on Sampling for the Analysis of PreservativeTreated Wood (Aug)
Corrosion of Metals; Probability of Corrosion
of Metallic Materials When Subject to
Corrosion from the Outside; Buried and
Underwater Pipelines and Structural
Components (Sept)
Alkaline Blackening Treatment of Ferrous
Components; Principles and Methods of Test
(Nov)
Chromating Aluminium; Principles and
Testing September
Phosphating Metals; Principles and Testing
September
Chromated Zinc Coatings on Ferrous
Materials November
Corrosion Protection; Hot-Dip Batch
Galvanizing; Requirements and Testing
(May)
Testing of Metallic Coatings; Adherence of
51045 PT 1
51222
EN ISO 7500-2
EN ISO 8502-2
EN ISO 7500-1
EN ISO 8502-3
EN ISO 8502-4
EN ISO 8502-6
EN ISO 11126-7
EN 594
Hot-Dip Zinc Coatings (Oct)
Determination of the Thermal Expansion of
Solids; Principles (Sept)
Pendulum Impact Testing Machines with a
Rated Initial Potential Energy of 50 J or Less
(June) Together with EN 10 045 PT 2,
January 1993 Edition, Supersedes DIN 51
306, September 1983 Edition
Metallic Materials - Verification of Static
Uniaxial Testing Machines; Part 2: Tension
Creep Testing Machines - Verification of the
Applied Load September; ISO 7500-2: 1996;
Supersedes DIN 51226, December 1977
Edition
Tests for the Assessment of Surface
Cleanliness; Part 2: Laboratory
Determination of Chloride on Cleaned
Surfaces June; ISO 8502-2: 1992
Verification of Static Uniaxial Testing
Machines Part 1: Tension/Compression
Testing Machines - Verification and
Calibration of the Force-Measuring System
November; ISO 7500-1: 1999; Supersedes
DIN EN 10002-2, July 1993 Edition
Tests for the Assessment of Surface
Cleanliness; Part 3: Assessment of Dust on
Steel Surfaces Prepared for Painting
(Pressure-Sensitive Tape Method) June; ISO
8502-3: 1992
Tests for the Assessment of Surface
Cleanliness Part 4: Guidance on the
Estimation of the Probability of
Condensation Prior to Paint Application
June; ISO 8502-4:1993
Tests for the Assessment of Surface
Cleanliness Part 6: Extraction of Soluble
Contaminants for Analysis - The Bresle
Method June; ISO 8502-6:1995
Specifications for Non-Metallic BlastCleaning Abrasives Part 7: Fused Aluminium
Oxide October; ISO 11126-7 : 1995,
Including Technical Corrigendum 1 : 1999;
Supersedes DIN 8201-6, July 1985 Edition
Test Methods for Timber Structures
Determination of Racking Strength and
Stiffness of Timber Frame Wall Panels July
EN 596
EN 599-1
EN 599-2
EN 672
EN 764
EN 844-1
EN 844-3
EN 862
EN 868-1
EN 920
EN 1014-1
EN 1014-2
EN 1014-3
Test Methods for Timber Structures Soft
Body Impact Testing of Timber Framed
Walls July
Durability of Wood and Wood-Based
Products; Performance of Preventative Wood
Preservatives as Determined by Biological
Tests; Specification According to Hazard
Class January
Performance of Wood Preservatives as
Determined by Biological Tests;
Classification and Labelling (Aug)
Resilient Floor Coverings; Determination of
Apparent Density of Agglomerated Cork
March
Pressure Equipment; Terminology and
Symbols Relating to Pressure, Temperature
and Volume (Nov) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
2401 PT 1, September 1991 Edition)
Round and Sawn Timber; Terminology;
General Terms Common to Round Timber
and Sawn Timber (April)
Round and Sawn Timber; Terminology;
General Terms Relating to Sawn Timber
(April)
Child-Resistant Packaging Requirements and
Testing Procedures for Non-Reclosable
Packages for Non-Pharmaceutical Products
May; Together with DIN EN 28317
Supersedes DIN 5559
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices which are to be Sterilized;
Part 1: General Requirements and Test
Methods May
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs Determination of
Dry Matter Content in an Aqueous Extract
August
Wood Preservatives; Sampling and Analysis
of Creosote and Creosoted Timber;
Procedure for Sampling Creosote (Aug)
Wood Preservatives; Sampling and Analysis
of Creosote and Creosoted Timber;
Procedure for Sampling Creosote (Jan)
Creosote and Creosoted Timber - Methods of
Sampling and Analysis Part 3: Determination
of the Benzo(a)pyrene Content of Creosote
EN 1014-4
EN 367
EN 379
EN 393
EN 394
EN 368
EN 395
EN 396
EN 399
EN 408
EN 420
EN 444
EN 473
EN 522
EN 523
EN 524-1
November
Methods of Sampling and Analysis for
Creosote and Creosoted Timber;
Determination of the Water-Extractable
Phenols Content of Creosote (Sept)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Heat and
Fire; Method of Determining Heat
Transmission on Exposure to Flame (Nov)
Specification for Welding Filters with
Switchable Luminous Transmittance and
Welding Filters with Dual Luminous
Transmittance (June)
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Buoyancy Aids - 50 N (May)
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Accessories (May)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Liquid
Chemicals; Method of Determining the
Resistance of Materials to Penetration by
Liquids (Jan) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
32763, September 1986 Edition)
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Life Jackets - 100 N (May)
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Life Jackets - 150 N (May)
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Life Jackets - 275 N (May)
Structural Timber and Glued Laminated
Timber; Determination of Some Physical and
Mechanical Properties (Apr)
General Requirements for Gloves (June)
Non-Destructive Testing; General Principles
for the Radiographic Examination of Metallic
Materials Using X-Rays and Gamma-Rays
April
Qualification and Certification of NDT
Personnel; General Principles (July)
Adhesives for Leather and Footwear
Materials - Bond Strength; Minimum
Requirements and Adhesive Classification
April
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons
Terminology, Requirements and Quality
Control July
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons Test Methods Part 1:Determination of Shape
EN 524-2
EN 524-3
EN 524-4
EN 524-5
EN 524-6
EN 1058
EN 1101
EN 1102
EN 1103
EN 1274
EN 1369
EN 1370
EN 1391
EN 1392
and Dimensions July
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons Test Methods Part 2:Determination of
Flexural Behaviour July
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons Test Methods Part 3: To-And-Fro Bending
Test July
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons Test Methods Part 4: Determination of
Lateral Load Resistance July
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons Test Methods Part 5: Determination of
Tensile Load Resistance July
Steel Strip Sheaths for Prestressing Tendons Test Methods Part 6: Determination of
Leaktightness (Determination of Water Loss)
July
Wood-Based Panel Products Determination
of Characteristic Values of Mechanical
Properties and Density (Apr)
Burning Behaviour of Curtains and Drapes;
Detailed Method of Determining the
Ignitability of Vertically Oriented Specimens
(Small Flame) (Jan)
Burning Behaviour of Curtains and Drapes;
Detailed Method of Determining the Flame
Spread of Vertically Oriented Specimens
(Jan)
Textiles; Detailed Method of Determining the
Burning Behaviour of Fabrics for Apparel
(Jan)
Powders for Thermal Spraying; Composition
and Technical Delivery Conditions August;
Supersedes DIN 32529, October 1983
Edition
Founding; Magnetic Particle Inspection
February
Founding; Surface Roughness Inspection by
Visualtactile Comparators February
Adhesives for Leather and Footwear
Materials - Method for Evaluating the
Bondability of Materials Minimum
Requirements and Material Classification
April
Adhesives for Leather and Footwear
Materials - Solvent-Based and Dispersion
EN 1395
EN 1541
EN 1815
EN 1885
EN 10002-4 SUPPL
EN 10045 PT 2
EN 10052
EN 10090
EN 12105
EN 24063
EN 27810
EN 27811 PT 1
EN 27811 PT 2
EN 27811 PT 3
Adhesives Test Methods for Measuring the
Bond Strength Under Specified Conditions
April
Acceptance Inspection of Thermal Spraying
Equipment (May) (Supersedes DIN 32521,
January 1989 Edition)
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs Determination of
Formaldehyde in an Aqueous Extract August
Resilient and Textile Floor Coverings
Assessment of Static Electrical Propensity
January
Feather and Down Terms and Definitions
June
Tensile Testing of Metallic Materials Part 4:
Verification of Extensometers Used in
Uniaxial Testing Examples for
Extensometers and Their Verification
January
Charpy Notched Bar Impact Test on Metallic
Materials; Verification of Pendulum Impact
Testing Machines (Jan) (Supersedes DIN
51222, January 1985 Edition and DIN 51306,
September 1983 Edition)
Vocabulary of Heat Treatment Terms for
Ferrous Products (Jan)
Valve Steels and Alloys for Internal
Combustion Engines March
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Moisture Content of Agglomerated
Composition Cork October
Welding, Brazing, Soldering and Braze
Welding of Metals; List of Process Names
and Reference Numbers for Use in Technical
Documentation (ISO 4063: 1990) (Sept)
(Supersedes DIN ISO 4063, July 1981
Edition)
Identification Cards; Physical Characteristics
(ISO 7810:1985) (Feb)
Identification Cards; Recording Technique;
Embossing (ISO 7811-1:1985) (Feb)
Identification Cards; Recording Technique;
Magnetic Stripe (ISO 7811-2:1985) (Feb)
Identification Cards; Recording Technique;
Location of Embossed Characters on ID-1
Cards (ISO 7811-3:1985) (Feb)
EN 27811 PT 4
EN 27811 PT 5
EN 29241 PT 1
EN 29241 PT 2
EN 29241 PT 3
EN 29367-2
EN 45001
EN 45002
EN ISO 14922-1
EN ISO 14922-2
EN ISO 14922-3
EN ISO 14922-4
ISO 2745
Identification Cards; Recording Technique;
Location of Read-Only Magnetic Tracks 1
and 2 (ISO 7811-4:1985) (Feb)
Identification Cards; Recording Technique;
Location of Read-Write Magnetic Tracks 3
(ISO 7811-5:1985) (Feb)
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs);
General Introduction (ISO 9241-1:1992)
(June)
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs);
Guidance on Task Requirements (ISO 92412:1992) (June)
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals; Visual
Display Requirements (ISO 9241-3:1992)
(Aug) (Supersedes Parts of DIN 66234 Part
1, March 1980 Edition, Part 2, May 1983
Edition, and Part 5 March 1981 Edition)
General Requirements for Lashing and
Securing Arrangements on Road Vehicles for
Sea Transportation on Ro/Ro Ships; SemiTrailers (ISO 9367-2:1994) (Jan)
General Criteria for the Operation of Testing
Laboratories (May)
General Criteria for the Assessment of
Testing Laboratories (May)
Thermal Spraying - Quality Requirements of
Thermally Sprayed Structures; Part 1:
Guidance for Selection and Use August; ISO
14922-1:1999
Thermal Spraying - Quality Requirements of
Thermally Sprayed Structures; Part 2:
Comprehensive Quality Requirements
August; ISO 14922-2:1999
Thermal Spraying - Quality Requirements of
Thermally Sprayed Structures; Part 3:
Standard Quality Requirements August; ISO
14922-3:1999
Thermal Spraying - Quality Requirements of
Thermally Sprayed Structures; Part 4:
Elementary Quality Requirements August;
ISO 14922-4:1999
Vitreous and Porcelain Enamels;
Determination of Resistance to Hot Sodium
ISO 2746
32539
50359-2
50359-3
ISO 2734
ISO 2747
EN 868-2
EN 868-3
EN 868-4
EN 868-5
EN 868-6
EN 868-7
Hydroxide September; ISO 2745:1998
Enamelled Articles for Service Under Highly
Corrosive Conditions; High Voltage Test
September; ISO 2746:1998
Flame Cleaning of Steel and Concrete
Surfaces July
Universal Hardness Testing of Metallic
Materials Part 2: Verification of Testing
Machines April
Universal Hardness Testing of Metallic
Materials Part 3: Calibration of Reference
Blocks April
Vitreous and Porcelain Enamels - Apparatus
for Testing with Alkaline Liquids February;
ISO 2734:1997
Enamelled Cooking Utensils; Determination
of Resistance to Thermal Shock September;
ISO 2747: 1998
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 2: Sterilization Wrap - Requirements and
Test Methods August
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 3: Paper for Use in the Manufacture of
Paper Bags (Specified in EN 868-4) and in
the Manufacture of Pouches and Reels
(Specified in EN 868-5) August
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 4: Paper Bags - Requirements and Test
Methods August
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 5: Heat and Self-Sealable Pouches and
Reels of Paper and Plastic Film Construction
- Requirements and Test Methods August
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 6: Paper for the Manufacture of Packs
for Medical Use for Sterilization by Ethylene
Oxide or Irradiation - Requirements and Test
Methods August
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 7: Adhesive Coated Paper for the
EN 868-8
EN 1194
EN 1403
EN 1438
EN 1624
EN 1625
EN 1971
EN 10250-3
EN 12373-5
EN 12373-6
EN 12373-7
Manufacture of Heat Sealable Packs for
Medical Use for Sterilization by Ethylene
Oxide or Irradiation - Requirements and Test
Methods Augu
Packaging Materials and Systems for
Medical Devices Which Are to Be Sterilized;
Part 8: Re-Usable Sterilization Containers for
Steam Sterilizers Conforming to EN 285 Requirements and Test Methods August
Timber Structures; Glued Laminated Timber;
Strength Classes and Determination of
Characteristic Values May
Corrosion Protection of Metals
Electrodeposited Coatings Method of
Specifying General Requirements October
Symbols for Timber and Wood-Based
Products October
Burning Behaviour of Industrial and
Technical Textiles Procedure to Determine
the Flame Spread of Vertically Oriented
Specimens October
Burning Behaviour of Industrial and
Technical Textiles Procedure to Determine
the Ignitability of Vertically Oriented
Specimens October
Copper and Copper Alloys - Eddy Current
Test for Tubes December
Open Die Steel Forgings for General
Engineering Purposes Part 3: Alloy Special
Steel December
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Anodizing; Part 5: Assessment of Quality of
Sealed Anodic Oxidation Coatings by
Measurement of Admittance February;
Supersedes DIN 50949, February 1984
Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Anodizing; Part 6: Assessment of Quality of
Sealed Anodic Oxidation Coatings by
Measurement of the Loss of Mass After
Immersion in Phosphoric Acid/Chromic Acid
Solution without Prior Acid Treatment
February; Supersedes DIN
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Anodizing; Part 7: Assessment of Quality of
Sealed Anodic Oxidation Coatings by
EN 12373-8
EN 12373-9
EN 12449
EN 12450
EN 12451
EN 12452
EN 12490
EN 12674-1
EN ISO 90-1
EN ISO 780
EN ISO 3175-2
EN ISO 4042
4102-1
4102-7
Measurement of the Loss of Mass After
Immersion in Phosphoric Acid/Chromic Acid
Solution with Prior Acid Treatment February
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Anodizing; Part 8: Determination of the
Comparative Fastness to Ultra-Violet Light
and Heat of Coloured Anodic Oxidation
Coatings February
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Anodizing; Part 9: Measurement of Wear
Resistance and Wear Index of Anodic
Oxidation Coatings Using an Abrasive Wheel
Wear Test Apparatus February
Copper and Copper Alloys - Seamless,
Round Tubes for General Purposes October
Copper and Copper Alloys - Seamless,
Round Copper Capillary Tubes October
Copper and Copper Alloys - Seamless,
Round Tubes for Heat Exchangers October
Copper and Copper Alloys - Rolled, Finned,
Seamless Tubes for Heat Exchangers October
Preservative-Treated Solid Wood
Determinatin of the Penetration and
Retention of Creosote in Treated Wood
January
Roll Containers; Part 1: Terminology
September
Light Gauge Metal Containers - Definitions
and Determination of Dimensions and
Capacities; Part 1: Open-Top Cans
September; ISO 90-1: 1997; Supersedes DIN
EN 20090-1, February 1993 Edition
Packaging; Pictorial Marking for Handling of
Goods ISO 780 : 1997; Supersedes DIN EN
20780, July 1993 Edition; July
Textiles - Dry Cleaning and Finishing - Part
2: Procedures for Tetrachloroethene October;
ISO 3175-2: 1998; This Standard, Together
with EN ISO 3175-2,October 1998 Edition,
Supersedes DIN EN ISO 3175, October 1995
Edition
Fasteners - Electroplated Coatings October
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Part 1: Classification of Building
Materials; Requirements and Testing May
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
4102-12
4102-16
4942
37
38
198
476 PT 2
669
861 PT 1
863 PT 1
863 PT 2
863 PT 3
863 PT 4
875
24191
25200
28410
Elements Part 7: Roofing - Concepts,
Requirements and Testing July
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Part 12: Fire Resistance of Electric
Cable Systems Required to Maintain Circuit
Integrity - Requirements and Testing
November
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Part 16: 'Brandschacht' Test May
DN 50 to DN 200 Screwed Steel Well
Tubing January
Conventional and Simplified Representation
of Gears and Gear Pairs December
Plain Bearings; Bearing Metal Lining for
Thick-Walled Multilayer Plain Bearings
December
Trimmed Sizes of Paper According to DIN
476; Examples for Application of the A
Series December
Trimmed Sizes of Paper C Series February
Bright Steel Shafts; Dimensions; Permissible
Deviations According to ISO Tolerance Zone
h9 October
Gauge Blocks; Concepts, Requirements,
Testing January
Micrometers; Standard Design Micrometer
Callipers for External Measurement;
Concepts, Requirements, Testing October
Micrometers; Built-In Micrometers,
Micrometer Depth Gauges; Concepts,
Requirements, Testing June
Micrometers; Special Design Micrometer
Callipers for External Measurement; Design
Characteristics, Requirements, Testing
October
Micrometers; Internal Micrometers;
Concepts, Requirements, Testing June
90 Degree Steel Squares March
Fittings for Use in Air Distribution Systems;
Lock-Seamed or Welded Sheet Steel Fittings
December; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 1505, February 1998 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 24191, November 1985 Edition
Bolts, Screws, Studs and Nuts Used in Rail
Vehicle Construction; Summary January
Vacuum Technology; Mass Spectrometer
28450-1
28450-2
28450-3
28450-4
28450-5
28450-6
28631
28633
31692-1
31692-2
31692-3
32518-2
32891
38402-11
Partial Pressure Gauges; Definitions,
Characteristics, Operating Conditions
November
PN 10 QuickZ-Acting Hose Couplings for
Tank Trucks in Sizes DN 50, DN 80, and DN
100 Part 1: Types, Design, Testing and
Marking March
PN 10 Quick-Acting Hose Couplings for
Tank Trucks in Sizes DN 50, DN 80 and DN
100 Part 2: Tank Adaptors (Type VK) March
PN 10 Quick-Acting Hose Couplings for
Tank Trucks in Sizes DN 50, DN 80 and DN
100 Part 3: Coupling Assemblies (Type MK)
March
PN 10 Quick-Acting Hose Couplings for
Tank Trucks in Sizes DN 50, DN 80 and DN
100 Part 4: Blanking Caps (Type MB) March
PN 10 Quick-Acting Hose Couplings for
Tank Trucks in Sizes DN 50, DN 80 and DN
100 Part 5: Blanking Plugs (Type VB) March
PN 10 Quick-Acting Hose Couplings for
Tank Trucks in Sizes DN 50, DN 80 and DN
100 Part 6: Coupling Assemblies and Tank
Adaptors with Integrated Hose Fittings
March
Ductile Iron Spigot and Socket Fittings with
Branch for Gas and Water Pipelines;
Dimensions and Requirements July
Ductile Iron Double Spigot Fittings with
Branch for Gas and Water Pipelines;
Dimensions and Requirements July
Lubrication and Lubrication Monitoring of
Plain Bearings March
Temperature Monitoring of Plain Bearings
March
Vibration Monitoring of Plain Bearings
March
Torsion Testing of Resistance Welded Joints
February
Tested Non-Calibrated Round Steel Link
Chains; Grade 2 April
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; General Information (Group A); Part
11: Sampling of Waste Water (A11)
December
38404-10
38405-23
38405 PT 29
38407-14
38410 PT 1
38412 PT 26
38415-1
43627-3
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Physical and Physicochemical
Parameters (Group C); Determination of
Calcite Saturation of Water (C 10) (Apr)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions (Group D); Determination of
Selenium by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (AAS) (D 23) (Oct)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions (Group D); Photometric
Determination of Nitrate Using Sulfosalicylic
Acid (D 29) (Modified Version of ISO 78903: 1988) (Nov)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Substance Group Analysis (Group
F); Determination of
Phenoxyalkanecarboxylic Acids by Gas
Chromatography and Mass Spectrometry
After Solid-Liquid Extraction and
Derivatization(F1
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Biological-Ecological Analysis of
Water (Group M); General Information on
Planning and Procedure in the Biological
Examination of Flowing Waters (M 1) (Dec)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Bio-Assays (Group L); Surfactant
Biodegradation and Elimination Test
Simulating Municipal Waste Water
Treatment (L 26) (May)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Bio-Assays with Microorganisms
(Group T) Determination of
Organophosphate and Carbamate Pesticides
by the Cholinesterase Inhibition Test (T 1)
(Feb)
Recessed House Connection Boxes for HRC
Fuses of Size 00 Rated for 100 A/500 V and
Size 1 Rated for 250 A/500 V October
ISO 2407
ISO 6722-1
ISO 6722-2
ISO 11342
ISO 12128
ISO 12302
ISO 12303
ISO 12308
ISO 14508
EN 26
EN 31
EN 32
EN 33
EN 36
EN 37
Test Conditions for Internal Cylindrical
Grinding Machines with Horizontal Spindle
Testing of Accuracy December; ISO 2407:
1997; Supersedes DIN 8631-1 and DIN
8631-2, July 1979 Editions
Road Vehicles - Unscreened Low-Tension
Cables; Part 1: Test Methods January; ISO
6722-1:1996
Road Vehicles - Unscreened Low-Tension
Cables; Part 2: Requirements January; ISO
6722-2:1996
Mechanical Vibration; Methods and Criteria
for the Mechanical Balancing of Flexible
Rotors May; ISO 11342:1998
Plain Bearings-Lubrication Holes, Grooves
and Pockets; Dimensions, Types,
Designation and Their Application to Bearing
Bushes July; ISO 12128:1995; Supersedes
DIN 1591 and DIN 1850-2, November 1982
Editions
Plain Bearings; Quality Characteristics Statistical Process Contol (SPC) July; ISO
13202:1993
Plain Bearings; Quality Characteristics Calculation of Machine and Process
Capabilities July; ISO 12303:1995
Plain Bearings; Quality Assurance - Sample
Types; Definitions, Applications and Testing
July; ISO 12308:1994; Supersedes DIN
31671, February 1979 Edition
Road Vehicles - Spark Plugs; Terminals
May; ISO 14508:1997
Gas-Fired Instantaneous Water Heaters for
Sanitary Uses, Fitted with Atmospheric
Burners February; Includes Corrigendum
AC:1998
Pedestal Wash Basins Connecting
Dimensions December
Wall-Hung Wash Basins Connecting
Dimensions January
Pedestal W.C. Pans with Close-Coupled
Flushing Cistern Connecting Dimensions
January
Wall-Hung Bidets with Over-Rim Supply
Connecting Dimensions January
Pedestal W.C. Pans with Independent Water
EN 81-1
EN 81-2
EN 286-4
EN 287-1
EN 287-2
EN 288-1
EN 288-2
EN 288-3
EN 288-4
EN 288-7
EN 288-8
EN 288-9
Supply Connecting Dimensions January
Safety Rules for the Construction and
Installation of Lifts; Part 1: Electric Lifts
February
Safety Rules for the Construction and
Installation of Lifts; Part 2: Hydraulic Lifts
February
Simple Unfired Pressure Vessels Designed to
Contain Air or Nitrogen; Aluminium Alloy
Pressure Vessels Designed for Air Braking
Equipment and Auxiliary Pneumatic
Equipment for Railway Rolling Stock (Nov)
Approval Testing of Welders - Fusion
Welding Part 1: Steel August; Includes
Amendment A1: 1997
Approval Testing of Welders - Fusion
Welding Part 2: Aluminium and Aluminium
Alloys September; Includes Amendment A1:
1997
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials; Part 1: General
Rules for Fusion Welding September;
Includes Amendment A1: 1997
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials Part 2: Welding
Procedure Specification for Arc Welding
October; Includes Amendment A1: 1997
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials Part 3: Welding
Procedure Tests for the Arc Welding of Steel
October; Includes Amendment A1: 1997
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials Part 4: Welding
Procedure Tests for the Arc Welding of
Aluminium and Its Alloys October; Includes
Amendment A1: 1997
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials; Approval by a
Standard Welding Procedure for Arc
Welding (Aug)
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials; Approval by a
Pre-Production Welding Test (Aug)
Specification and Approval of Welding
Procedures for Metallic Materials Part 9:
Welding Procedure Test for on Land and
EN 295-4
EN 295-6
EN 295-7
EN 297
EN 303-2
EN 932-3
EN 933-3
EN 933-4
EN 933-5
EN 933-1
Offshore Site Butt Welding of Transmission
Piplines June
Vitrified Clay Pipes and Fittings and Pipe
Joints for Drains and Sewers; Requirements
for Special Fittings, Adaptors and
Compatible Accessories (May) (Intended to
Supersede DIN 1230 PT 1 and DIN 1230 PT
6, February 1992 Editions)
Vitrified Clay Pipes and Fittings and Pipe
Joints for Drains and Sewers; Requirements
for Vitrified Clay Manholes (Dec)
(Supersedes DIN 1230 PT 9, November 1990
Edition)
Vitrified Clay Pipes and Fittings and Pipe
Joints for Drains and Sewers; Requirements
for Vitrified Clay Pipes and Joints for Pipe
Jacking (Dec)
Gas-Fired Central Heating Boilers; Type B11
and B11BS Boilers Fitted with Atmospheric
Burners of Nominal Heat Input Not
Exceeding 70 kW (Nov)
Heating Boilers Part 2: Heating Boilers with
Forced Draught Burners - Special
Requirements for Boilers with Atomizing Oil
Burners December; Supersedes Parts of DIN
4702-1, March 1990 Edition
Tests for General Properties of Aggregates;
Procedure and Terminology for Simplified
Petrographic Description November
Tests for Gemetrical Properties of
Aggregates; Part 3: Determination of Particle
Shape - Flakiness Index February
Tests for Geometrical Properties of
Aggregates; Part 4: Determination of Particle
Shape - Shape Index December; Supersedes
DIN 52114, August 1988 Edition
Tests for Geometrical Properties of
Aggregates Part 5: Determination of
Percentage of Crushed and Broken Surfaces
in Coarse Aggregate Particles February;
Supersedes DIN 52116 August 1988 Edition
Tests for Geometrical Properties of
Aggregates Part 1: Determination of Particle
Size Distribution - Sieving Method October;
This Standard, Together with DIN EN 933-2,
January 1996 Edition, is Intended to
EN 933-2
EN 933-8
EN 933-9
EN 947
EN 948
EN 950
EN 952
EN 961
EN 962
EN 969
EN 1012-2
Supersede DIN 52098, January 1990
Edition
Tests for Geometrical Properties of
Aggregates; Determination of Particle Size
Distribution: Test Sieves and Nominal
Aperture Sizes (Jan) (Supersedes Parts of
DIN 52098, January 1990 Edition) Jan;
Supersedes DIN 52098, January 1990
Tests for Geometrical Properties of
Aggregates Part 8: Assessment of Fines Sand Equivalent Test May
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped Refactory
Products Part 9: Assessment of Fines Methylene Blue Test December
Hinged or Pivoted Doors; Determination of
the Resistance to Vertical Load May;
Supersedes DIN EN 108, January 1982
Edition
Hinged or Pivoted Doors Determination of
the Resistance to Static Torsion November;
Supersedes DIN EN 129, November 1990
Door Leaves; Determination of the
Resistance to Hard Body Impact November;
Supersedes DIN EN 85, January 1981
Edition
Door Leaves General and Local Flatness Measurement Method November; Supersedes
DIN EN 24, July 1976 Edition
Gas Welding Equipment; Manifold
Regulators Used in Welding, Cutting and
Allied Processes up to 200 Bar October;
Supersedes DIN 8545, September 1981
Edition
Valve Protection Caps and Valve Guards for
Use with Industrial and Medical Gas
Cylinders; Design, Construction and Tests
September; Supersedes DIN 4668, September
1968 Edition
Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings, Accessories and
Their Joints for Gas Pipelines; Requirements
and Test Methods (Nov) (Supersedes DIN
28610 PT 2, January 1983 Edition, and Parts
of DIN 28600 and DIN 28610 PT 1, January
1983 Editions, DIN 28614, DIN 28615 PT 1,
Safety Requirements for Compressors and
Vacuum Pumps; Vacuum Pumps July
EN 1015-1
EN 1015-2
EN 1015-4
EN 1015-6
EN 1015-7
EN 1015-9
EN 1015-10
EN 1015-11
EN 1015-19
EN 1020
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
1: Determination of Particle Size Distribution
(By Sieve Analysis) December
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
2: Bulk Sampling of Mortars and Preparation
of Test Mortars December; This Standard is
Intended to Supersede DIN 18555-1,
September 1982 Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
4: Determination of Consistence of Fresh
Mortar (By Plunger Penetration) December;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 18555-2, September
1982 Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
6: Determination of Bulk Density of Fresh
Mortar December; Supersedes Parts of DIN
18555-2, September 1982 Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
7: Determination of Air Content of Fresh
Mortar December; Supersedes Parts of DIN
18555-2, September 1982 Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
9: Determination of Workable Life and
Correction Time of Fresh Mortar October;
Supersedes DIN 18555-8, November 1987
Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
10: Determination of Dry Bulk Density of
Hardened Mortar October; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 1015-11, October
1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN 18555-3,
September 1982 Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
11: Determination of Flexural and
Compressive Strength of Hardened Mortar
October; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 1015-10, October 1999 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 18555-3, September 1982
Edition
Methods of Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
19: Determination of Water Vapour
Permeability of Hardened Rendering and
Plastering Mortars December
Non-Domestic Gas-Fired Forced Convection
Air Heaters for Space Heating Not Exceeding
a Net Heat Input of 300 kW, Incorporating a
EN 1024
EN 1043-1
EN 1043-2
EN 1045
EN 303-3
EN 331
EN 334
EN 411
EN 416-1
EN 442-1
EN 442-2
EN 442-3
EN 445
EN 446
Fan to Assist Transportation of Combustion
Air and/or Combustion Products February
Clay Roofing Tiles for Discontinuous Laying
Determination of Geometric Characteristics
June
Hardness Testing of Welds in Metallic
Materials; Hardness Test on Arc Welded
Joints (Feb) (Supersedes DIN 50163-1, April
1982 Edition)
Hardness testing of Welds in Metallic
Materials; Micro Hardness Testing on
Welded Joints November
Fluxes for Brazing Classification and
Technical Delivery Conditions August;
Supersedes DIN 8511-1
Heating Boilers Part 3: Gas-Fired Central
Heating Boilers - Assembly Comprising a
Boiler Body and a Forced-Draught Burner
January
Manually Operated Ball Valves and Closed
Bottom Taper Plug Valves for Gas
Installations for Buildings April; Supersedes
Part of DIN 3537-1, June 1990
Gas Pressure Regulators for Inlet Pressures
up to 100 bar July
Sanitary Tapware; Waste Fittings for Sinks;
General Technical Specifications (June)
Single Burner Gas-Fired Overhead RadiantTube Heaters; Part 1: Safety November;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 3372-6, December
1988 Edition
Radiators and Convectors Technical
Specifications and Requirements (May)
Radiators and Convectors; Part 2: Test
Methods and Rating February
Radiators and Convectors; Part 3: Evaluation
of Conformity August
Grout for Prestressing Tendons; Test
Methods July; This Standard Together, with
DIN EN 446 and DIN EN 447, July 1996
Editions, Supersedes DIN 4227-5, December
1979 Edition
Grout for Prestressing Tendons Grouting
Procedures July; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN 445 and DIN EN 447, July
1996 Editions, Supersedes DIN 4227-5,
EN 447
EN 448
EN 449
EN 461
EN 474-1
EN 474-1/A1
EN 474-2
EN 474-3
EN 474-4
EN 474-5
EN 474-6
EN 480-1
EN 480-2
December 1979 Edition
Grout for Prestressing Tendons Specification
for Common Grout July; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 445 and DIN EN 446,
July 1996 Editions, Supersedes DIN 4227-5,
December 1979 Edition
Preinsulated Bonded Pipe Systems for
Underground Hot Water Networks; Fitting
Assemblies of Steel Service Pipes,
Polyurethane Thermal Insulation and
Polyethylene Outer Casing (Dec)
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Appliances
Domestic Flueless Space Heaters; (Including
Diffusive Catalytic Combustion Heaters)
(May)
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Appliances;
Flueless Non-Domestic Space Heaters Not
Exceeding 10 kW December; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 449, May 1996
Edition, Supersedes DIN 30686, November
1988 Edition
Safety of Earth-Moving Machinery; General
Requirements (Dec) (Supersedes DIN 24092,
December 1985 Edition) December;
Modified by DIN EN 474-1/A1, October
1999 Edition
Earth-Moving Machinery - Safety; Part 1:
General Requirements October; Modifies
DIN EN 474-1, December 1994 Edition
Safety of Earth-Moving Machinery;
Requirements for Tractor-Dozers (Mar)
Safety of Earth-Moving Machinery;
Requirements for Loaders (Mar)
Safety of Earth-Moving Machinery;
Requirements for Backhoe Loaders (Mar)
Safety of Earth-Moving Machinery;
Requirements for Hydraulic Excavators
August
Safety of Earth-Moving Machinery;
Requirements for Dumpers August
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout Part 1: Reference Concrete
and Reference Mortar for Testing March
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout; Determination of Setting
Time February
EN 480-4
EN 480-5
EN 480-6
EN 480-8
EN 480-10
EN 480-11
EN 480-12
EN 488
EN 489
EN 492
EN 494
EN 500-1
EN 500-2
EN 500-3
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout; Determination of
Bleeding of Concrete February
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout; Determination of
Capillary Absorption February
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout; Infrared Analysis
February
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout; Determination of the
Conventional Dry Material Content February
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout; Determination of the
Water-Soluble Chloride Content February
Admixtures for Concrete, Mortar, and Grout
- Test Methods; Part 11: Determination of
Air Void Characteristics in Hardened
Concrete February
Methods of Testing Admixtures for Concrete,
Mortar, and Grout - Part 12: Determination
of the Alkali Content of Admixtures January
Preinsulated Bonded Pipe Systems for
Underground Hot Water Networks; Valve
Assemblies for Steel Service Pipes with
Polyurethane Thermal Insulation and Outer
Polyethylene Casing (Dec)
Preinsulated Bonded Pipe Systems for
Underground Hot Water Networks; Joint
Assemblies for Steel Service Pipes with
Polyurethane Thermal Insulation and
Polyethylene Outer Casing (Dec)
Fibre-Cement Slates and Fittings for
Roofing; Product Specification and Test
Methods (Includes Amendment AC1: 1995
and Amendment A1: 1999) July
Fibre-Cement Profiled Sheets and Fittings for
Roofing; Product Specification and Test
Methods (Includes Amendment AC1: 1995
and Amendment A1: 1999) July
Safety of Mobile Road Construction
Machinery; Common Requirements (Mar)
Safety of Mobile Road Construction
Machinery; Specific Requirements for RoadMilling Machines (Feb)
Safety of Mobile Road Construction
EN 500-4
EN 500-5
EN 516
EN 517
EN 525
EN 528
EN 536
EN 539-2
EN 545
EN 558-1
EN 558-2
EN 585
Machinery; Specific Requirements for Soil
Stabilization Machines (Feb)
Safety of Mobile Road Construction
Machinery; Specific Requirements for
Compaction Machines (Mar)
Safety of Mobile Road Construction
Machinery; Specific Requirements for Joint
Cutters (Feb)
Installations for Roof Access; Walkways,
Treads and Steps (Aug)
Installations for Roof Access; Roof Safety
Hooks (Aug)
Non-Domestic Direct Gas-Fired Forced
Convection Air Heaters for Space Heating
Not Exceeding a Net Heat Input of 300 kW
November
Rail Dependent Storage and Retrieval
Equipment; Safety October
Road Constuction Machines; Ashpalt Mixing
Plants; Safety Requirements October
Clay Roofing Tiles for Discontinuous Laying
- Determination of Physical Characteristics;
Part 2: Test for Frost Resistance July;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 52253-1 and DIN
52253-2, December 1988 Editions
Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings, Accessories and
Their Joints for Water Pipelines;
Requirements and Test Methods (Jan)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 2614, February
1990 Edition, DIN 28600 and DIN 28610 PT
1, January 1983 Editions, DIN 28614, DIN
28615 PT 1, DIN 28
Face-to-Face and Centre-to-Face Dimensions
of Metal Industrial Valves for Use in Flanged
Pipe Systems; PN-Designated Valves (Dec)
(Supersedes DIN 3202 Pt 1, September 1984
Edition)
Face-to-Face and Centre-to-Face Dimensions
of Metal Industrial Valves for Use in Flanged
Pipe Systems; Class-Designated Valves
(Dec)
Gas Welding Equipment; Pressure
Regulators for Gas Cylinders Used in
Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes up to
200 Bar (Nov) (Supersedes DIN 8546,
August 1988 Edition)
EN 593
EN 595
EN 607
EN 612
EN 627
EN 598
EN 629-1
EN 629-2
EN 639
EN 640
EN 642
EN 649
EN 650
Industrial Valves Metallic Butterfly Valves
March; Supersedes DIN 3354-1 to DIN
3354-4, June 1982 Editions
Test Methods for Timber Sructures Testing
of Trusses for the Determination of Strength
and Deformation Behaviour July
PVC-U Eaves Gutters and Fittings;
Definitions, Requirements and Testing (Aug)
(Supersedes DIN 18469, May 1988 Edition)
Eaves Gutters and Rainwater Downpipes of
Metal Sheet; Definitions , Classification and
Requirements (May)
Specification for Data Logging and
Monitoring of Lifts, Escalators and Passenger
Conveyors (Sept)
Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings, Accessories and
Their Joints in Sewerage Applications;
Requirements and Test Methods (Nov)
(Supersedes DIN 19690, DIN 19691, DIN
19692 PT 1, and DIN 19692 PT 2, July 1978
Editions)
Type 25E Taper Thread for Connection of
Valves to Transportable Gas Cylinders;
Specifications August; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 477-1, May 1990 Edition
Type 25E Taper Thread for Connection of
Valves to Transportable Gas Cylinderes;
Gauge Inspection August
Requirements for Concrete Pressure Pipes
Including Joints and Fittings (Dec) (Together
with DIN EN 640, December 1994 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 4035, July 1990 Edition)
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipes and
Distributed Reinforcement Concrete Pressure
Pipes (Non-Cylinder Type), Including Joints
and Fittings (Dec) (Together with DIN EN
639, December 1994 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 4035, July 1990 ED)
Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipes,
Cylinder and Non-Cylinder Types, Including
Joints, Fittings and Specific Requirements for
Prestressing Steel for Pipes (Dec)
Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Polyvinyl
Chloride Floor Coverings; Specification
January
Polyvinyl Chloride Floor Coverings on Jute
EN 651
EN 652
EN 653
EN 654
EN 655
EN 661
EN 662
EN 663
EN 664
EN 665
EN 666
EN 684
EN 685
EN 692
EN 711
EN 718
EN 722-1
EN 727
EN 728
EN 730
or Polyester Felt Backing or on Polyester Felt
with Polyvinyl Chloride Backing;
Specification January
Polyvinyl Chloride Floor Coverings with
Foam Layer; Specification January
Polyvinyl Chloride Floor Coverings with
Cork-Based Backing; Specification January
Expanded (Cushioned) Polyvinyl Chloride
Floor Coverings; Specification January
Semi-Flexible Polyvinyl Chloride Floor
Tiles; Specification January
Floor Tiles of Agglomerated Composition
Cork with Polyvinyl Chloride Wear Layer
January
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
the Spreading of Water (Jan))
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Curling on Exposure to Moisture (Jan)
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Conventional Pattern Depth (Jan)
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Volatile Loss (Jan)
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Exudation of Plasticizers (Jan)
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Gelling (Jan)
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
Seam Strength July
Resilient Floor Coverings Classification July
Mechanical Presses; Safety August
Inland Navigation Vessels; Railings for
Decks; Requirements and Types (Mar)
Resilient Floor Coverings; Determination of
Mass Per Unit Area of a Reinforcement or a
Backing of Polyvinyl Chloride Floor
Coverings July
Liquid Fuel Heating Systems for Leisure
Accommodation Vehicles; Caravans and
Mobile Homes (Mar)
Thermoplastics Pipes and Fittings;
Determination of Vicat Softening
Temperature (VST) (Jan)
Plastics Piping and Ducting Systems;
Polyolefin Pipes and Fittings; Determination
of Oxidation Induction Time March
Gas Welding Equipment; Safety Devices for
EN 729-2
EN 729-3
EN 729-4
EN 731
EN 733
EN 734
EN 744
EN 746-1
EN 746-2
EN 746-3
Fuel Gases and Oxygen or Compressed Air;
General Specifications, Requirements and
Methods of Test (Aug) (Supersedes DIN
8521, December 1981 Edition)
Quality Requirements for Welding; Fusion
Welding of Metallic Materials;
Comprehensive Quality Requirements (Nov)
(Together with DIN EN 719, August 1994
Edition, DIN EN 729-3 and DIN EN 729-4,
November 1994 Editions, Supersedes DIN
8563 PT 2, October 1978 E
Quality Requirements for Welding; Fusion
Welding of Metallic Materials; Standard
Quality Requirements (Nov) (Together with
DIN EN 719, August 1994 Edition, DIN EN
729-2 and DIN EN 729-4, November 1994
Editions, Supersedes DIN 8563 PT 2,
October 1978 Editio
Quality Requirements for Welding; Fusion
Welding of Metallic Materials; Elementary
Quality Requirements (Nov) (Together with
DIN EN 719, August 1994 Edition, DIN EN
729-2 and DIN EN 729-3, November 1994
Editions, Supersedes DIN 8563 PT 2,
October 1978 Edit
Gas Welding Equipment; Air-Aspirated
Hand Blowpipes; Specifications and Methods
of Test (Aug) (Supersedes DIN 8543 PT 4,
November 1981 Edition)
PN 10 End-Suction Centrifugal Pumps with
Bearing Bracket; Nominal Duty Point, Main
Dimensions and Designation System (Aug)
PN 40 Side Channel Pumps; Nominal Duty
Point, Main Dimensions and Designation
System (Aug)
Thermoplastics Pipes; Test Method for
Resistance to External Blows by the Roundthe-Clock Method (Aug)
Industrial Thermoprocessing Equipment Part
1: Common Safety Requirements for
Industrial Thermoprocessing Equipment May
Industrial Thermoprocessing Equipment Part
2: Safety Requirements for Combustion and
Fuel Handling Systems May
Industrial Thermoprocessing Equipment Part
3: Safety Requirements for the Generation
EN 751-1
EN 751-2
EN 751-3
EN 755-1
EN 756
EN 757
EN 758
EN 759
EN 760
EN 772-2
and Use of Atmosphere Gases May
Sealing Materials for Metallic Threaded
Joints in Contact with 1st, 2nd and 3rd
Family Gases and Hot Water Part 1:
Anaerobic Jointing Compounds May
Sealing Materials for Metallic Threaded
Joints in Contact with 1st, 2nd and 3rd
Family Gases and Hot Water; Part 2: NonHardening Jointing Compounds August;
Supersedes DIN 30660, June 1982 Edition
Sealing Materials for Metallic Threaded
Joints in Contact with 1st, 2nd and 3rd
Family Gases and Hot Water; Part 3:
Unsintered PTFE Tapes (Including
Corrigendum AC: 1997) August; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 30660, June 1982 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extruded
Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles Part 1: Technical
Conditions for Inspection and Delivery
August; Replaces DIN 1748-2 February
1983; and Together with DIN EN 754-1
August 1997 Replaces DIN 1746-2 and DIN
1747-2 February 198
Wire Electrodes and Wire- Flux
Combinations for Submerged Arc Welding of
Non-Alloy and Fine-Grain Steels;
Classification; (Supersedes DIN 8557 PT 1,
April 1981 Edition) (Dec)
Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc
Welding of High Strength Steels;
Classification May; Supersedes DIN 8529-1,
April 1981 Edition
Tubular Cored Electrodes for Metal Arc
Welding with and without a Gas Shield of
Non-Alloy and Fine-Grain Steels
Classification May; Together with DIN EN
440 November 1994 Supersedes DIN 8559-1
July 1984
Technical Delivery Conditions for Welding
Filler Metals Type of Product, Dimensions,
Tolerances and Marking August; Together
with DIN EN 440; and DIN EN 758
Supersedes DIN 8559-1 and DIN EN 20544
Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding
Classification
Methods of Test for Masonry Units Part 2:
EN 772-3
EN 772-4
EN 772-7
EN 772-9
EN 773
EN 778
EN 791
EN 810
EN 815
EN 816
EN 817
EN 818-1
EN 818-2
Determination of Percentage Area of Voids
in Aggregate Concrete Masonry Units (by
Paper Indentation) October
Methods of Test for Masonry Units Part 3:
Determination of Net Volume and Percentage
of Voids of Clay Masonry Units by
Hydrostatic Weighing October
Methods of Test for Masonry Units Part 4:
Determination of Real and Bulk Density and
of Total and Open Porosity for Natural Stone
Masonry Units October
Methods of Test for Masonry Units Part 7:
Determination of Water Absorption of Clay
Masonry Damp-Proof Course Units by
Boiling in Water October; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 105-4, May 1984 Edition
Methods of Test for Masonry Units Part 9:
Determination of Volume and Percentage of
Voids and Volume Net of Calcium Silicate
Masonry Units by Sand Filling October
General Requirements for Components Used
in Hydraulically Pressurized Discharge Pipes,
Drains and Sewers June
Domestic Gas-Fired Forced Convection Air
Heaters for Space Heating not Exceeding a
Net Heat Input of 70 kW, Without a Fan to
Assist Transportation of Combustion Air
and/or Combustion Products March
Safety of Drill Rigs (Jan)
Dehumidifiers with Electrically Driven
Compressors; Rating Tests, Marking,
Operational Requirements and Technical
Data Sheet June
Safety of Unshielded Tunnel Boring
Machines and Rodless Shaft Boring
Machines for Rock November
Sanitary Tapware; Automatic Shut-Off
Valves PN 10 January; Supersedes DIN
3213, November 1989 Edition
Sanitary Tapware - Mechanical Mixers (PN
10); General Technical Specifications
October
Safety of Short Link Chains for Lifting
Purposes General Conditions of Acceptance
Safety of Short Link Chains for Lifting
Purposes Medium Tolerance Chain for Chain
EN 818-3
EN 818-4
EN 818-5
EN 822
EN 823
EN 824
EN 825
EN 826
EN 832
EN 834
EN 835
Slings, Grade 8
Short Link Chains for Lifting Purposes Safety; Part 3: Medium Tolerance Chains for
Chain Slings - Grade 4 July
Safety of Short Link Chains for Lifting
Purposes Chains Slings, Grade 8
Short Link Chains for Lifting Purposes Safety; Part 5: Chain Slings - Grade 4 July
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Length and
Width (Nov) (Intended to Supersede Parts of
DIN 1101, November 1989 Edition, DIN
18164 PT 1, August 1992 Edition, DIN
18165 PT 1, July 1991 Edition, DIN 18174,
Jan. 1981 ED)
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Thickness
(Nov) (Intended to Supersede Parts of DIN
1101, November 1989 Edition, DIN 18164
PT 1, August 1992 Edition, DIN 18165 PT 1,
July 1991 Edition, DIN 18174, Jan. 1981
ED)
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Squareness
(Nov) (Intended to Supersede Parts of DIN
1101, November 1989 Edition, DIN 18164
PT 1, August 1992 Edition, DIN 18165 PT 1,
July 1991 Edition, DIN 18174, Jan. 1981
ED)
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications; Determination of Flatness
(Nov) (Intended to Supersede Parts of DIN
18164 PT 1, August 1992 Edition, DIN
18165 PT 1, July 1991 Edition, and DIN
18174, January 1981 Edition
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Compression
Behaviour
Thermal Performance of Buildings
Calculation of Energy Use for Heating Residential Buildings December
Heat Cost Allocators for the Determination
of the Consumption of Room Heating
Radiators; Appliances with Electrical Energy
Supply (Nov)
Heat Cost Allocators for the Determination
EN 849
EN 850
EN 852-1
EN 853
EN 854
EN 855
EN 857
EN 869
EN 873
EN 874
EN 875
EN 876
EN 877
of the Consumption of Room Heating
Radiators; Appliances without an Electrical
Energy Supply, Based on the Evaporation
Principle (Apr)
Valves for Transportable Gas Cylinders;
Specification and Type Testing (Includes
Amendment A1: 1999) June
Pin-Index, Yoke-Type Valve Outlet
Connections for Medical Gas Cylinders
September; Supersedes DIN 477-8,
December 1980 Edition
Migration Assessment for Plastics Piping
Systems for the Transport of Water Intended
for Human Consumtion Determination of
Migration Values of Plastics Pipes
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies; Wire
Braid Reinforced Hydraulic Type;
Specification February
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies; Textile
Reinforced Hydraulic Type; Specification
February
Plastics Hoses and Hose Assemblies;
Thermoplastics Textile Reinforced Hydraulic
Type; Specification February
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies; Wire
Braid Reinforced Compact Type for
Hydraulic Applications Specification
February
Safety Requirements for High Pressure Metal
Diecasting Units December
Light Conveyor Belts; Principal
Characteristics and Applications January
Oxygen/Fuel Gas Blowpipes (Cutting
Machine Type) of Cylindrical Barrel; Types
of Construction, General Requirements and
Test Methods (June) (Supersedes DIN 8543
PT 5, September 1986 Edition)
Welds in Metallic Materials; Impact Tests
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 50122, August 1984
Edition)
Longitudinal Tensile Test on Weld Metal in
Fusion Welded Joints (Oct)
Cast Iron Pipes and Fittings, Their Joints and
Accessories for the Evacuation of Water from
Buildings Requirements, Test Methods and
Quality Assurance January; This Standard,
EN 895
EN 910
EN 911
EN 917
EN 921
EN 922
EN 932-1
EN 1052-1
EN 1052-2
EN 1053
EN 1054
EN 1055
EN 1056
Together with DIN 19522, January 2000
Edition, Supersedes DIN 19522-1 and DIN
195
Destructive Testing of Welds in Metallic
Materials; Transverse Tensile Test (Aug)
(Supersedes DIN 50120 PT 1, September
1975 Edition, and DIN 50120 PT 2, August
1978 Edition)
Bend Testing of Welds in Metallic Meterials
Elastomeric Sealing Ring Type Joints and
Mechanical Joints for Thermoplastics
Pressure Piping; Test Method for
Leaktightness under External Hydrostatic
Pressure (Sept)
Plastics Piping Systems Thermoplastics
Valves Test Methods for Resistance to
Internal Pressure and Leaktightness March
Thermoplastics Pipes; Determination of
Resistance to Internal Pressure at Constant
Temperature (Jan)
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Pipes and Fittings; Specimen Preparation for
Determination of the Viscosity Number and
Calculation of the K-Value (Jan)
Tests for General Properties of Aggregates;
Methods for Sampling November;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 52101, March 1988
Edition
Methods of Test for Masonry Part 1:
Determination of Compressive Strength
December; This Standard is Intended to
Supersede DIN 18554-1, December 1985
Edition
Methods of Test for Masonry; Part 2:
Determination of Flexural Strength October
Thermoplastics Piping Systems for NonPressure Applications; Test Method for
Watertightness (Dec)
Thermoplastics Piping Systems for Soil and
Waste Discharge Test Method for
Airtightness of Joints (Dec)
Thermoplastics Piping Systems for Soil and
Waste Discharge Inside Buildings; Test
Method for Resistance to Elevated
Temperature Cycling (Mar)
Plastics Pipes and Fittings; Method for
EN 1083-2
EN 1089-1
EN 1097-1
EN 1097-3
EN 1097-4
EN 1097-5
EN 1097-7
EN 1092-2
EN 1107-1
EN 1108
EN 1109
Exposure to Direct (Natural) Weathering
(May)
Power-Driven Brushes Part 2: Safety
Requirements July
Transportable Gas Cylinders; Gas Cylinder
Identification (Excluding LPG);
Stampmarking January
Testing for Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates; Determination of
the Resistance to Wear (Micro-Deval)
September
Tests for Mechanical and Physical Properties
of Aggregates Part 3: Determination of Loose
Bulk Density and Voids Supersedes DIN
52110, August 1985 Edition
Testing for Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates Part 4:
Determination of the Voids of Dry
Compacted Filler November
Testing for Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates; Part 5:
Determination of the Water Content by
Drying in a Ventilated Oven October
Testing for Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates; Part 7:
Determination of the Particle Density of
Filler - Pyknometer Method October
Circular Flanges for Pipes, Valves, Fittings
and Accessories, PN Designated Part 2: Cast
Iron Flanges June; Supersedes DIN 2532 021976; DIN 2533 02-1976; DIN 28604 011990; DIN 28605 01-1990; DIN 28606 011990; and DIN 28607 01-1990 and also
Supersedes Pa
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Determination of Dimensional Stability Part
1: Bitumen Sheets for Roof Waterproofing
October, Supersedes Parts of DIN 52123,
August 1985 Edition
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Bitumen
Sheets for Roof Waterproofing;
Determination of Form Stability under
Cyclical Temperature Changes October,
Supersedes Parts of DIN 52123, August 1985
Edition
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Bitumen
EN 1110
EN 1111
EN 1112
EN 1113
EN 1115-1
EN 1115-3
EN 1115-5
EN 1119
EN 1120
EN 1124-1
Sheets for Roof Waterproofing;
Determination of Flexibility at Low
Temperature October, Supersedes Parts of
DIN 52123, August 1985 Edition
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing; Bitumen
Sheets for Roof Waterproofing;
Determination of Flow Resistance at
Elevated Temperature October, Supersedes
Parts of DIN 52123, August 1985 Edition
Sanitary Tapware; Thermostatic Mixing
Valves (PN 10); General Technical
Specification August
Sower Outlets for (PN 10) Sanitary Tapware
March
Shower Hoese for (PN 10) Sanitary Tapware
March
Plastics Piping Systems for Underground
Drainage and Sewerage Under Pressure Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Based on Unsaturated Polyester Resin
(UP) - Part 1: General February; Supercedes
Parts of DIN 19565-1
Piping Systems for Underground Drainage
and Sewerage Under Presssure Made of
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Based on Unsaturated Polyester (UP)
Resin; Fittings November; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 19565-1, March 1989 Edition
Piping Systems for Underground Drainage
and Sewerage under Pressure Made of GlassReinforced Thermosetting Plastics (GRP)
Based on Unsaturated Polyester (UP) Resin;
Fitness for Purpose of the Joints November;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 19565-1, March
1989 Edi
Joints for Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting
Plastics (GRP) Pipes and Fittings; Testing for
Leaktightness and Resistance to Damage of
Flexable and Reduced-Articulation Joints
July
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes and Fittings Determination of
the Resistance to Chemical Attack from the
Inside of a Section in a Deflected Condition
July
Pipes and Fittings of Longitudinally Welded
EN 1124-2
EN 1124-3
EN 1125
EN 1154
EN 1155
EN 1158
EN 1169
EN 1170-1
EN 1170-2
EN 1170-3
EN 1170-4
EN 1170-5
Stainless Steel Pipes with Spigot and Socket
for Waste Water Systems; Part 1:
Requirements, Testing, Quality Control April
Pipes and Fittings of Longitudinally Welded
Stainless Steel Pipes with Spigot and Socket
for Waste Water Systems; Part 2: System S Dimensions April
Pipes and Fittings of Longitudinally Welded
Stainless Steel Pipes with Spigot and Socket
for Waste Water Systems; Part 3: System X Dimensions April
Building Hardware Panic Devices Operated
by a Horizontal Bar Requirements and Test
Methods November
Building Hardware Controlled Door Closing
Devices Requirements and Test Methods
May
Building Hardware Electrically Powered
Hold-Open Devices for Swing Doors
Requirements and Test Methods October
Building Hardware; Door Coordinator
Devices; Requirements and Test Methods
June
Precast Concrete Products General Rules for
Factory Production Control of Glass-Fibre
Reinforced Cement October
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement Part 1:
Measuring the Consistency of the Matrix by
the 'Slump Test' Method January
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement - Part 2:
Measuring the Fibre Content in Fresh GRC
by the 'Wash-Out Test' January
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement Part 3:
Measuring the Fibre Content of Sprayed
GRC January
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement - Part 4:
Measuring Bending Srength by the
'Simplified Bending Test' Method January
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement - Part 5:
Measuring Bending Strength by the
'Complete Bending Test' Method January
EN 1170-6
EN 1170-7
EN 1213
EN 1225
EN 1226
EN 1227
EN 1228
EN 1229
EN 1233
EN 1253-2
EN 1254-1
EN 1254-2
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement Part 6:
Determination of the Absorption of Water by
Immersion and Determination of the Dry
Density January
Precast Concrete Products Test Method for
Glass Fibre Reinforced Cement Part 7:
Measurement of Extremes of Dimensional
Variations Due to Moisture Content January
Building Valves Copper Alloy Stopvalves for
Potable Water Supply in Buildings Test and
Requirements December
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Determination of the Creep
Factor under Wet Conditions and Calculation
of the Long-Term Specific Ring Stiffness
August
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Test Method to Prove the
Resistance to Initial Ring Deflection August
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes Determination of the LongTerm Ultimate Relative Ring Deflection
Under Wet Conditions February
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Determination of Initial
Specific Ring Stiffness August
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes and Fittings; Test Methods to
Prove the Leaktightness of the Wall under
Short-Term Internal Pressure August
Determination of Chromium Content of
Water by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
August; Supersedes DIN 38406-10, June
1985 Edition
Gullies for Buildings Part 2: Test Methods
June; Supersedes Parts of DIN 19599,
November 1990 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloy Plumbing Fittings
Part 1: Fittings with Ends for Capillary
Soldering or Capillary Brazing to Copper
Tubes March; Together with DIN EN 12544, March 1998 Edition, Supersedes DIN
2856, February 1986 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloy Plumbing Fittings
Part 2: Fittings with Compression Ends for
EN 1254-3
EN 1254-4
EN 1254-5
EN 1255
EN 1256
EN 1264-2
EN 1264-3
EN 1267
EN 1277
EN 1286
EN 1287
EN 1289
EN 1290
EN 1291
EN 1293
Use with Copper Tubes March
Copper and Copper Alloy Plumbing Fittings
Part 3: Fittings with Compression Ends for
Use with Plastic Pipes March
Copper and Copper Alloy Plumbing Fittings
Part 4: Fittings Combining Other End
Connections with Capillary or Compression
Ends March; This Standard Together with
DIN EN 1254-1, March 1998 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 2856, February 1986 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloy Plumbing Fittings
Part 5: Fittings with Short Ends for Capillary
Brazing to Copper Tubes March
Inland Navigation Vessels; Swing Derricks
(Mar)
Gas Welding Equipment; Hose Assemblies
for Equipment for Welding, Cutting and
Allied Processes (May)
Floor Heating - Systems and Components Part 2: Determination of Thermal Input
November
Floor Heating - Systems and Components
Part 3: Dimensioning November
Valves Test of Flow Resistance Using Water
as Test Fluid November
Thermoplastics Piping Systems for Buried
Non-Pressure Applications; Test Methods for
Leaktightness of Elastomeric Sealing Ring
Type Joints (May)
Sanitary Tapware Low Pressure Mechanical
Mixing Valves General Technical
Specifications June
Sanitary Tapware Low Pressure Thermostatic
Mixing Valves General Technical
Specifications June
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
Penetrant Testing of Welds Acceptance
Levels March
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
Magnetic Particle Examination of Welds
March
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
Magnetic Particle Testing of Welds;
Acceptance Levels March
General Requirements for Components Used
in Pneumatically Pressurized Discharge
EN 1295-1
EN 1298
EN 1305
EN 1306
EN 1319
EN 1320
EN 1321
EN 1326
EN 1327
EN 1329-1
EN 1337-11
EN 1351
EN 1352
EN 1353
EN 1354
Pipes, Drains and Sewers June
Structural Design of Buried Pipelines under
Various Conditions of Loading Part 1:
General Requirements September
Mobile Access and Working Towers; Rules
and Guidelines for the Preparation of an
Instruction Manual (Apr)
Inland Navigation Vessels Connections for
the Discharge of Oil Residues March
Inland Navigation Vessels Connections for
the Discharge of Waste Water March
Domestic Gas-Fired Forced Convection Air
Heaters for Space Heating, with Fan-Assisted
Burners Not Exceeding a Net Heat Input of
70 kW October
Destructive Tests on Welds in Metallic
Materials; Fracture Test December;
Supersedes DIN 50127, August 1976 Edition
Destructive Tests on Welds in Metallic
Materials; Macroscopic and Microscopic
Examination of Welds December
Gas Welding Equipment; Small Kits for Gas
Brazing and Welding July
Thermoplastic Hoses for Gas Welding and
Allied Processes July
Plastics Piping Systems for Soil and Waste
Discharge (Low and High Temperature)
within the Building Structure - Unplasticized
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U) Part 1:
Specifications for Pipes, Fittings and the
System December; Together with DIN
19531-10, Decem
Structural Bearings Part 11: Transport,
Storage and Installation April; Supersedes
DIN 4141-4, October 1987 Edition
Determination of Flexural Strength of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete February
Determination of Static Modules of Elasticity
Under Compression of Autoclaved Aerated
Concrete or Lightweight Aggregate Concrete
with Open Structure February
Determination of Moisture Content of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete February
Determination of Compressive Strength of
Lightweight Aggregate Concrete with Open
Structure February
EN 1355
EN 1356
EN 1359
EN 1360
EN 1439
EN 1440
EN 1442
EN 1446
EN 1447
EN 1448
EN 1449
EN 1450
EN 1452-1
Determination of Creep Strain Under
Compression of Autoclaved Aerated
Concrete or Lightweight Aggregate Concrete
with Open Structures February
Performance Test for Prefabricated
Reinforced Components of Autoclaved
Aerated Concrete or Lightweight Aggregate
Concrete with Open Structure Under
Traverse Load February
Gas Meters; Diaphragm Gas Meters May;
Supersedes DIN 3374, July 1985 Edition
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies for
Measured Fuel Dispensing; Specification
January
Transportable Refillable Welded Steel
Cylinders for Liquefied Petroleum Gas
(LPG); Procedure for Checking Before,
During and After Filling November
Transportable Refillable Welded Steel
Cylinders for Liquified Petroleum Gas
(LPG); Periodic Requalification November
Transportable Refillable Welded Steel
Cylinders for Liquefied Petroleum Gas
(LPG) Design and Construction April
Thermoplastics Pipes; Determination of Ring
Flexibility (Mar)
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Determination of Long-Term
Resistance to Internal Pressure December
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Components; Test Methods to Prove
the Design of Rigid Locked Socket-andSpigot Joints with Elastomeric Seals
February
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Components Test Methods to Prove
the Design of Cemented Socket-and-Spigot
Joints February
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Components; Test Methods to Prove
the Design of Bolted Flange Joints February;
Includes Amendment A1:1998
Plastics Piping Systems for Water Supply Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Part 1: General September; This Standard
Together with DIN EN 1452-2, DIN EN
EN 1452-2
EN 1452-3
EN 1452-4
EN 1452-5
EN 1455-1
EN 1462
EN 1463-1
EN 1495
EN 1502
1452-3, DIN EN 1452-4 and DIN EN 14525, September 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN
19532, July
Plastics Piping Systems for Water Supply Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Part 2: Pipes September; This Standard
Together with DIN EN 1452-1, DIN EN
1452-3, DIN EN 1452-4 and DIN EN 14525, September 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN
19532, July 19
Plastics Piping Systems for Water Supply Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Part 3: Fittings September; This Standard
Together with DIN EN 1452-1, DIN EN
1452-2, DIN EN 1452-4 and DIN EN 14525, September 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN
19532, July
Plastic Piping Systems for Water Supply Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Part 4: Valves and Ancillary Equipment
September; This Standard Together with DIN
EN 1452-1, DIN EN 1452-2, DIN EN 1452-3
and DIN EN 1452-5, September 1999
Editions, Super
Plastics Piping Systems for Water Supply Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Part 5: Fitness and Purpose of the System
September; This Standard Together with DIN
EN 1452-1, DIN EN 1452-2, DIN EN 1452-3
and DIN EN 1452-4, September 1999
Editions, S
Plastics Piping Systems for Soil and Waste
Discharge (Low and High Temperature)
within the Building Structure - AcrylonitrileButadiene-Styrene (ABS) Part 1:
Requirements for Pipes, Fittings and the
System December; Together with DIN EN
1564-1 and DIN 1956
Brackets for Eaves Gutters; Requirements
and Testing June
Road Marking Materials - Retroflecting Road
Studs Part 1: Initial Performance
Requirments October
Lifting Platforms Mast Climbing Work
Platforms January
Inland Navigation Vessels; Boarding Ladders
EN 1505
EN 1506
EN 1514-1
EN 1514-2
50961
50966
50967
50968
50969
EN 10149-3
EN 10152
EN 10154
(Jan)
Sheet Metal Air Ducts and Fittings With
Rectangular Cross Sections - Dimensions
February: Supercedes Parts of Din 24190 and
DIN 24191
Sheet Metal Air Ducts and Fittings With
Circular Cross Section - Dimensions
February; Supercedes Parts of DIN 24145,
DIN 24147-1, DIN 24151-1, DIN 24151-2,
DIN 24152
Flanges and Their Joints Dimensions of
Gaskets for PN-Designated Flanges Part 1:
Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets with or Without
Inserts August; Supersedes DIN EN 2690
and DIN 2692 May 1966 and DIN 2691
November 1971
Flanges and Their Joints Dimensions of
Gaskets for PN-Designated Flanges Part 2:
Spiral Wound Gaskets for Use with Steel
Flanges August
Electroplated Coatings; Zinc and Cadmium
Coatings on Iron and Steel; Chromate
Treatment of Zinc and Cadmium Coatings
(June)
Electroplated Coatings; Autocatalytic NickelPhosphorus Coatings on Metal in Technical
Applications (May)
Electrodeposited Coatings of Nickel Plus
Chromium and Copper Plus Nickel Plus
Chromium (Jan)
Electrodeposited Coatings of Nickel and
Nickel Plus Copper (Jan)
Testing of High-Strength Steel Building
Elements for Resistance to HydrogenInduced Brittle Fracture and Advice on the
Prevention of Such Fracture (Dec)
Hot-Rolled Products Made of High Yield
Strength Steels for Cold Forming; Delivery
Conditions for Normalized or Normalized
Rolled Steels (Nov)
Electrolytically Zinc Coated Cold Rolled
Steel Flat Products; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Dec) (Supersedes DIN 17163,
March 1988 Edition)
Continuously Hot-Dip Aluminium-Silicon
(AS) Coated Steel Sheet and Strip; Technical
EN 10155
EN 10163 PT 1
EN 10163 PT 2
EN 10163 PT 3
EN 10164
EN ISO 6506-3
EN ISO 6508-1
EN ISO 6508-2
EN ISO 6508-3
EN ISO 9073-7
EN ISO 9163
Delivery Conditions (May)
Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric
Corrosion Resistance; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Aug)
Technical Delivery Conditions for the
Surface Condition of Hot Rolled Steel Plate,
Wide Flats and Sections; General
Requirements (Oct)
Technical Delivery Conditions for the
Surface Condition of Hot Rolled Steel Plate,
Wide Flats and Sections; Plate and Wide
Flats (Oct)
Technical Delivery Conditions for the
Surface Condition of Hot Rolled Steel Plate,
Wide Flats and Sections; Sections (Oct)
Steel Products with Improved Deformation
Properties Perpendicular to the Surface of the
Product; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Aug) (Supersedes DIN 50180, July 1989
Edition)
Metallic Materials - Brinell Hardness Test;
Part 3: Calibration of Reference Blocks
October; ISO 6506-3: 1999; Supersedes DIN
EN 10003-3, January 1995 Edition
Metallic Materials - Rockwell Hardness Test;
Part 1: Test Method (Scales A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, K, N, T) October; ISO 6508-1: 1999;
Supersedes DIN EN 10109-1, January 1995
Edition
Metallic Materials - Rockwell Hardness Test;
Part 2: Verification and Calibration of
Testing Machines (Scales A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, K, N, T) October; ISO 6508-2: 1999;
Supersedes DIN EN 10109-2, January 1995
Edition
Metallic Materials - Rockwell Hardness Test;
Part 3: Calibration of Reference Blocks
(Scales A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K, N, T)
October; ISO 6508-3: 1999; Supersedes DIN
EN 10109-3, January 1995 Edition
Test Methods for Nonwovens - Part 7:
Determination of Bending Length October;
ISO 9073-7:1995
Textile Glass - Rovings - Manufacture of
Test Specimens and Determination of Tensile
Strength of Impregnated Rovings December;
EN ISO 10320
EN ISO 11058
EN ISO 11130
EN ISO 11640
EN ISO 11642
EN ISO 11643
EN ISO 11646
EN ISO 12737
EN ISO 12947-1
EN ISO 12947-2
EN ISO 12947-3
ISO 9163: 1996
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products Identification on Site ISO 10320: 1999;
Supersedes DIN EN 30320, July 1993
Edition; April
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products;
Determination of Water Permeability
Characteristics Normal to the Plane, without
Load June; ISO 11058:1999
Corrosion of Metals and Alloys - Alternate
Immersion Test in Salt Solution November;
ISO 11130: 1999
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness - Colour
Fastness to Cycles of to-and-fro Rubbing
December; ISO 11640:1993; Supersedes DIN
53339, January 1978 Edition
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness; Colour
Fastness to Water December; ISO
11642:1993
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness; Colour
Fastness of Small Samples to Dry-Cleaning
Solutions December; ISO 11643:1993
Leather; Measurement of Area December;
ISO 11646:1993
Metallic Materials - Determination of PlaneStrain Fracture Toughness ISO 12737: 1996;
April
Determination of the Abrasion Resistance of
Fabrics by the Martindale Method - Part 1:
Martindale Abrasion Testing Apparatus ISO
12947-1: 1998; Supersedes DIN 53863-3,
July 1991 Edition; April
Determination of the Abrasion Resistance of
Fabrics by the Martindale Method - Part 2:
Determination of Specimen Breakdown ISO
12947-2: 1998; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN ISO 12947-3 and DIN EN ISO
12947-4, April 1999 Editions, Supersedes
DIN 53863Determination of the Abrasion Resistance of
Fabrics by the Martindale Method - Part 3:
Determination of Mass Loss ISO 12947-3:
1998; This Standard, Together with DIN EN
ISO 12947-2 and DIN EN ISO 12947-4,
April 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN 538634, Novemb
EN ISO 12947-4
EN ISO 12956
EN ISO 12958
EN ISO 13002
EN ISO 13431
EN ISO 13934-1
EN ISO 13934-2
EN ISO 13935-1
EN 10238
EN 10248-1
EN 10248-2
EN 10249-1
EN 10249-2
EN 10251
Determination of the Abrasion Resistance of
Fabrics by the Martindale Method - Part 4:
Assessment of Appearance Change ISO
12947-4: 1998; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN ISO 12947-2 and DIN EN ISO
12947-3, April 1999 Editions, Supersedes
DIN 53863-4, N
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products;
Determination of the Characteristic Opening
Size June; ISO 12956:1999
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products;
Determination of Water Flow Capacity in
Their Plane June; ISO 12958:1999
Carbon Fibre - Designation System for
Filament Yarns January; ISO 13002: 1998
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products
Determination of Tensile Creep and Creep
Rupture Behaviour November; ISO 13431:
1999
Tensile Properties of Fabrics - Part 1:
Determination of Maximum Force and
Elongation at Maximum Force Using the
Strip Method ISO 13934-1: 1999; Supersedes
DIN 53857-1, September 1979 Edition; April
Tensile Properties of Fabrics - Part 2:
Determination of Maximum Force Using the
Grab Method ISO 13934-2: 1999; Supersedes
DIN 53858, March 1979 Edition; April
Seam Tensile Properties of Fabrics and
Made-Up Textile Articles - Part 1:
Determination of Maximum Force to Seam
Rupture Using the Strip Method ISO 139351: 1999; April
Automatically Blast-Cleaned and
Automatically Prefabrication-Primed
Structural Steel Products November
Hot Rolled Non-Alloy Steel Sheet Piling;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Aug)
Hot Rolled Non-Alloy Steel Sheet Piling;
Tolerances on Shape and Dimensions (Aug)
Cold Formed Non-Alloy Steel Sheet Piling;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Aug)
Cold Formed Non-Alloy Steel Sheet Piling;
Tolerances on Shape and Dimensions (Aug)
Magnetic Materials; Methods of
Determination of the Geometrical
EN 10258
EN 10259
EN 10265
7739 PT 2
8560 (S)
9711 PT 1
9711 PT 2
9711 PT 3
9712
9713
9714
9715
10102
10163 PT 2
10164 PT 1
10164 PT 2
Characteristics of Electrical Steel Sheet and
Strip February
Cold-Rolled Stainless Steel Narrow Strip and
Cut Lengths; Tolerances on Dimensions and
Shape July; Supersedes DIN 59381, August
1980 Edition
Cold-Rolled Stainless Steel Wide Strip and
Plate/Sheet; Tolerances on Dimensions and
Shape July; Supersedes DIN 59382, August
1975 Edition
Magnetic Materials; Specification for Steel
Sheet and Strip with Specified Mechanical
Properties and Magnetic Permeability (Jan)
Laminated Products; Combined Pressboard
for Electrical Insulation; Types July
Qualification Testing of Welders for Welding
Steel May; Superseded by DIN EN 287 Part
1
Magnesium Extruded Sections; Technical
Conditions of Delivery February
Magnesium Extruded Sections; Design
February
Magnesium Extruded Sections; Permissible
Variations February
Aluminium and Magnesium Beams;
Extruded; Dimensions; Static Values August
Aluminium and Wrought Aluminium Alloy
Extruded Channel Sections; Dimensions;
Static Values September
Aluminium and Wrought Aluminium Alloy
Extruded Tee Sections; Dimensions; Static
Values September
Magnesium Semi-Finished Products;
Properties August
Microbiological Analysis of Meat and Meat
Products; Detection of Clostridium
Botulinum and Botulinum Toxin June
Microbiological Examination of Meat and
Meat Products; Determination of CoagulasePositive Staphylococci by the Drop Method
June
Microbiological Examination of Meat and
Meat Products; Determination of
Enterobacteriaceae by the Spatula Method
(Reference Method) August
Microbiological Examination of Meat and
10178 PT 1
10178 PT 2
10178 PT 3
10181 (W)
10182 PT 1
1732 PT 3
1733 PT 1
1736 PT 1
1736 PT 2
1737 PT 1
1737 PT 2
1749 PT 1 (S)
1749 PT 3
Meat Products; Determination of
Enterobacteriaceae by the Drop Method
August
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Determination of Coagulase-Positive
Staphylococci by a Method Involving
Selective Enrichment June
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Determination of Coagulase-Positive
Staphylococci by the Dilution Method April
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Determination of Coagulase-Positive
Staphylococci; Colony Count Technique
April
Microbiological Analysis of Milk; Detection
of Salmonellae; Reference Method March
Microbiological Analysis of Milk; Detection
of Inhibitors in Milk; Reference Method
October
Filler Metals for Welding Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloys; Sample and Specimen
Preparation, Mechanical Properties of AllWeld Metal June
Filler Metals for Welding Copper and Copper
Alloys; Composition, Application and
Technical Delivery Conditions June
Welding Filler Metals for Nickel and Nickel
Alloys; Composition, Application and
Technical Delivery Conditions August
Welding Filler Metals for Nickel and Nickel
Alloys; Sample, Test Pieces, Mechanical
Properties August
Filler Metals for Welding Titanium and
Titanium-Palladium Alloys; Chemical
Composition, Technical Delivery Conditions
June
Filler Metals for Welding Titanium and
Titanium-Palladium Alloys; Sample and
Specimen Preparation, Mechanical Properties
of All-Weld Metal June
Drop Forgings of Aluminium and Wrought
Aluminium Alloys; Strength Properties
December; Superseded by DIN EN 586-2,
November 1994 Edition
Aluminium Drop Forgings; (Highest Grade
Aluminium, High Grade Aluminium and
1749 PT 4
1806
1808
1809
1814
1823 PT 1
1823 PT 2
1831 PT 2
1833 PT 1
1833 PT 2
1834 PT 2
1835 PT 1
1837
1838
1840
1843
1844
1850 PT 2
1861
1862
1863
EN 21512
Wrought Aluminium Alloys); Design
Principles January
Aluminium Drop Forgings; (Highest Grade
Aluminium, High Grade Aluminium and
Wrought Aluminium Alloys); Permissible
Variations January
Taper Shanks for Cotter Retention June
Adaptor Sockets for Cotter Retention June
Driving Tenons for Tools with Parallel Shank
July
Tap Wrenches; Adjustable February
Angular Milling Cutters for Toolmaking;
Dimensions September
Single-Angle Cutters for Toolmaking;
Technical Delivery Conditions March
Inserted Tooth Side and Face Milling
Cutters; Technical Delivery Conditions April
Inverse Dovetail Cutters and Dovetail Cutters
with Parallel Shank; Dimensions April
Parallel Shank Dovetail Cutters; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
Narrow Side and Face Milling Cutters;
Technical Delivery Conditions April
Parallel Shanks for Milling Cutters;
Dimensions January
Circular Metal Slitting Saw Blades; FineToothed August
Circular Metal Slitting Saw Blades; CoarseToothed August
Circular Metal Slitting Saw Blades; Tooth
Forms; Side Clearance; Manufacturing
Tolerances August
Machine Tools; Painting of Machines; Grey
December
Machine Tools; Painting of Machines; Green
December
Plain Bearings; Bushes with Lubrication
Holes, Lubrication Grooves and Lubrication
Bore Reliefs November
Twist Drills for Jig Boring; Machines
January
End Mill Reamers for Jig Boring; Machines
January
Countersinks for Countersunk Head Rivets
January
Paints and Varnishes; Sampling of Products
EN 21524
EN 22313
EN 22719
EN 23015
EN 23270
EN 23758
EN 24260
EN 24624
EN 24920
EN 25077
EN 25080
EN 25163
EN 25164
EN 25978
in Liquid or Paste Form (ISO 1512: 1991)
(May)
Paints and Varnishes; Determination of
Fineness of Grind; (ISO 1524 : 1983) (Sept)
Textiles; Determination of the Recovery from
Creasing of a Horizontally Folded Specimen
by Measuring the Angle of Recovery (ISO
2313:1972) (Aug) (Supersedes DIN 53891
Part 1, February 1978 Edition)
Petroleum Products and Lubricants;
Determination of Flash Point by the PenskyMartens Closed Cup Method (ISO
2719:1988) (Dec) (Superseded DIN 51758,
August 1985 Edition)
Determination of Cloud Point of Petroleum
Products (ISO 3015: 1992) (May)
Paints, Varnishes and Their Raw Materials;
Temperatures and Humidities for
Conditioning and Testing (ISO 3270:1984)
(Sept)
Textiles; Care Labelling Code Using
Symbols (ISO 3758:1991) (Dec)
Determination of Sulfur Content in
Petroleum Products and Hydrocarbons by the
Wickbold Combustion Method (ISO 4260:
1987) (May)
Paints and Varnishes; Pull-Off Test for
Adhesion (ISO 4624:1978) (Sept)
(Supersedes DIN ISO 4624, June 1980
Edition)
Determination of Resistance to Surface
Wetting of Textile Fabrics (Spray Test); (ISO
4920 : 1981) (Aug)
Textiles; Determination of Dimensional
Change in Washing and Drying (ISO
5077:1984) (Feb)
Sisal Agricultural Twines; (ISO 5080:1977,
Modified) (Nov)
Determination of Knock Characteristics of
Motor and Aviation-Type Fuels; Motor
Method (ISO 5136: 1990) (Jan)
Determination of Knock Characteristics of
Motor Fuels; Research Method (ISO
5164:1990) (Jan)
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics;
Determination of Blocking Resistance (ISO
EN 26246
EN 26330
EN 27941
EN 29073 PT 1
EN 29073 PT 2
EN 29073 PT 3
EN 29073 PT 4
EN 29092
EN 29117
EN 29865
EN 31092
EN ISO 62
EN ISO 176
EN 625
5978:1990) (Nov)
Motor Gasoline and Aviation Fuels;
Determination of Existent Gum by the Jet
Evaporation Method (ISO 6246:1981) (Dec)
Domestic Washing and Drying Procedures
for Textile Testing (ISO 6330:1984) (Feb)
Analysis of Commercial Propane and Butane
by Gas Chromatography (ISO 7941:1988)
(Dec)
Textiles; Test Methods for Nonwovens;
Determination of Mass Per Unit Area (ISO
9073-1:1989) August
Textiles; Test Methods for Nonwovens;
Determination of Thickness (ISO 90732:1989) (Aug) (Supersedes DIN 53855 Part
2, October 1982 Edition)
Textiles; Test Methods for Nonwovens;
Determination of Tensile Strength and
Elongation (ISO 9073-3:1989) (Aug)
Textiles; Test Methods for Nonwovens;
Determination of Tear Resistance ISO 90734: 1989
Textiles; Nonwovens; Definition (ISO
9092:1988) (Aug)
Paints and Varnishes; Determination of
Through-Dry State and Through-Dry Time
(ISO 9117:1990) (Sept)
Textiles; Determination of the Water
Repellency of Fabrics by the Bundesmann
Rain-Shower Test (ISO 9865:1991) (Nov)
Measurement of Thermal and Water Vapour
Resistance of Textiles Under Steady-State
Conditions (Sweating Guarded-Hotplate
Test) (ISO 11092:1993) (Feb)
Plastics; Determination of Water Absorption
August; ISO 62: 1999; Supersedes DIN
53495, April 1984 Edition
Plastics; Determination of Loss of
Plasticizers - Activated Carbon Method
October; ISO 176: 1976; Supersedes DIN
53407, December 1971 Edition
Gas-Fired Central Heating Boilers; Specific
Requirements for the Domestic Hot Water
Operation of Combination Boilers of
Nominal Heat Input not Exceeding 70 kW
(Oct)
EN 735
EN 736-1
EN 752-1
EN 752-2
EN 752-3
EN 966
EN 971-1
EN 983
EN 1019
EN 1089-2
EN 1091
EN 1333
EN 1384
EN 1421
EN 1496
EN 29008
EN 29009
EN 29885
Overall Dimensions of Rotodynamic Pumps;
Tolerances (Aug)
Valves; Terminology; Types of Valves
(April)
Drain and Sewer Systems Outside Buildings;
Generalities and Definitions (Jan)
Drain and Sewer Systems Outside Buildings;
Performance Requirements September;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 19525, February
1957 Edition
Drain and Sewer Systems Outside Buildings:
Planning September; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 19525, February 1957 Edition
Helmets for Airborne Sports May
Terms and Definitions for Coating Materials;
General Terms September; This Standard,
Together with DIN 55945, September 1996
Edition, Supersedes DIN 55945, December
1988 Edition
Safety of Machinery; Safety Requirements
for Fluid Power Systems and Their
Components: Pneumatics September
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sulfur
Dioxide (Dec)
Transportable Gas Cylinders; Gas Cylinder
Identification (Excluding LPG);
Precautionary Labels January
Vacuum Sewerage Systems Outside
Buildings February
Pipework Components; Definition and
Selection of PN October; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 2401-1, September 1991 Edition
Helmets for Equestrian Activities November
Ammonium Chloride for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption June
Rescue Equipment; Rescue Lifting Devices
(June)
Glass Bottles; Determination of Verticality
(ISO 9008:1991) (June)
Glass Containers; Determination of Height
and Non-Parallelism of Finish with
Reference to Container Base (ISO
9009:1991) (June)
Wide-Mouth Glass Containers;
Determination of Deviation from Flatness of
10167
16873
EN 1348
2425 PT 3
19683-9
19683-13
19683-14
EN ISO 13935-2
EN ISO 13938-1
EN 591
EN 592
EN 597-1
Top Sealing Surface (ISO 9895:1991) (June)
Detection of Escherichia Coli 0157 in Meat
and Meat Products December
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Pipes and Fittings for Cable Ducting
Dimensions and Technical Delivery
Conditions December
Adhesives for Tiles Determination of Tensile
Adhesion Strength for Cementitious
Adhesives August
Plans for Public Utilities, Water Resources
and Long-Distance Lines; Plans for LongDistance Pipelines; Technical Regulation of
the DVGW (German Gas and Water
Engineers Association) May
Soil Testing in Agricultural Hydrology Physical Laboratory Tests; Part 9:
Determining the Water Permeability of
Saturated Core Samples May
Soil Testing in Agricultural Hydrology Physical Laboratory Tests; Part 13:
Determining the Solid Matter Content,
Porosity and Voids Ratio March
Soil Testing in Agricultural Hydrology Physical Laboratory Tests; Part 14:
Determining the Solid Matter Content of Bog
Soil March
Seam Tensile Properties of Fabrics and
Made-Up Textile Articles - Part 2:
Determination of Maximum Force to Seam
Rupture Using the Grab Method ISO 139352: 1999; April
Textiles Bursting Properties of Fabrics Part
1: Hydraulic Method for Determination of
Bursting Strength and Bursting Distension
October; ISO 13938-1 : 1999; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN ISO 13938-2,
October 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
53861-1, Nove
In Vitro Diagnostic Systems; Requirements
for User Manuals for In Vitro Diagnostic
Instruments for Professional Use (Nov)
In Vitro Diagnostic Systems; Requirements
for User Manuals for In Vitro Diagnostic
Instruments for Home Use (Nov)
Assessment of the Ignitability of Mattresses
EN 597-2
EN 601
EN 602
EN 603-1
EN 603-2
EN 604-1
EN 604-2
EN 610
EN 611-1
EN 611-2
EN 615
EN 622-1
EN 622-2
EN 622-3
EN 622-4
and Upholstered Bed Bases; Ignition Source:
Smouldering Cigarette (Jan)
Assessment of the Ignitability of Mattresses
and Upholstered Bed Bases; Ignition Source:
Match Flame Equivalent (Jan)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Castings;
Chemical Composition of Castings for Use in
Contact with Food (Feb)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Products; Chemical Composition of SemiFinished Products Used for the Fabrication of
Articles for Use in Contact with Food (Feb)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Forging Stock; Technical Conditions for
Inspection and Delivery November
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Forging Stock; Mechanical Properties
November
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cast
Forging Stock Part 1: Technical Conditions
for Inspection and Delivery March
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cast
Forging Stock Part 2: Tolerances on
Dimensions and Form March
Ingot Tin (Sept) (Supersedes DIN 1704, June
1973 Edition)
Pewter and Pewterware; Pewter (Sept)
Pewter and Pewterware; Pewterware August
Fire Protection; Fire Extinguishing Media
Specifications for Powders (Other Than Class
D Powders) English Version of DIN EN 615
(Feb)
Fibreboard - Specifications Part 1: General
Requirements August; Replaces DIN 68750
April 1958 and Parts of DIN 68754-1
February 1976
Fibreboard - Specifications Part 2:
Requirements for Hardboard August;
Replaces DIN 68750 April 1958 and Parts of
DIN 68754-1 February 1976
Fibreboard - Specifications Part 3:
Requirements for Medium Board August;
Replaces Parts of DIN 68754-1 February
1976
Fibreboard - Specifications Part 4:
Requirements for Softboard August;
EN 622-5
EN 634-1
EN 634-2
EN 635-2
EN 635-3
EN 636-1
EN 636-2
EN 636-3
EN 641
EN 683-1
EN 683-2
EN 683-3
EN 696
EN 697
EN 698
EN 699
EN 754-8
EN 755-2
Together with DIN EN 622-1; DIN EN 622-2
Supersedes DIN 68750
Fibreboard - Specifications Part 5:
Requirements for Dry Process Boards (MDF)
August
Cement-Bonded Particleboard; General
Requirements (Apr)
Cement-Bonded Particleboard; Requirements
for OPC Bonded Particleboard for Use in
Dry, Humid and Exterior Conditions October
Classification of Plywood by Surface
Appearance; Hardwood (Aug)
Classification of Plywood by Surface
Appearance; Softwood (Aug)
Specifications for Plywood; Part 1:
Requirements for Use in Dry Conditions
February
Specifications for Plywood; Part 2:
Requirements for Use in Humid Conditions
February
Specifications for Plywood; Part 3:
Requirements for Use in Exterior Conditions
February
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipes, Cylinder
Type, Including Joints and Fittings (Dec)
Aluminium and Aluminum Alloy Finstock
Technical Conditions for Inspection and
Delivery August
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Finstock;
Mechanical Properties November
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Finstock;
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form
November
Fibre Ropes for General Service; Polyamide
Ropes (Oct)
Fibre Ropes for General Service; Polyester
Ropes (Oct)
Fibre Ropes for General Service; Manila and
Sisal Ropes (Oct)
Fibre Ropes for General Service;
Polypropylene Ropes (Oct)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys - Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube Part 8: Porthole
Tubes - Tolerances on Dimensions and Form
October
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extruded
EN 755-3
EN 755-4
EN 755-5
EN 755-6
EN 755-7
EN 755-8
EN 789
EN 847-1
EN 851
EN 859
Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles Part 2:
Mechanical Properties August; Supersedes
DIN 1748-1 February 1983; Together with
DIN EN 754-2 August 1997 Supersedes DIN
1746-1 January 1987 and DIN 1747-1
February 1983
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extruded
Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles; Round Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form (Aug)
(Supersedes DIN 1799, September 1986
Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extruded
Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles; Square Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form (Sept)
(Supersedes DIN 59700, August 1986
Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extruded
Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles; Rectangular
Bars: Tolerances on Dimensions and Form;
(Sept) (Supersedes DIN 1770, September
1987 Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extruded
Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles; Hexagonal Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form; (Sept)
(Supersedes DIN 59701, August 1986
Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Extruded Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles Part 7:
Seamless Tubes - Tolerances on Dimensions
and Form October; Supersedes DIN 9107,
February 1987 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Extruded Rod/Bar, Tube and Profiles Part 8:
Porthole Tubes - Tolerances on Dimensions
and Form October
Test Methods for Timber Structures
Determination of Mechanical Properties of
Wood-Based Panel Products
Tools for Woodworking - Safety
Requirements Part 1: Milling Tools and
Circular Saw Blades July; Including
Corrigendum AC:1997
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Circle and
Circle Stock for the Production of Culinary
Utensils; Specifications (Sept)
Safety of Woodworking Machines; Handfed
EN 860
EN 861
EN 906
EN 918
EN 919
EN 930
EN 931
EN 941
EN 942
EN 954-1
EN 963
EN 964-1
EN 965
EN 984
EN 985
EN 986
EN 988
Surface Planing Machines October
Safety of Woodworking Machines; One-Side
Thickness Planing Machines August
Safety of Woodworking Machines; Surface
Planing and Thicknessing Machines October
Polyolefin Agricultural Twines August
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products
Dynamic Perforation Test (Cone Drop Test)
February
Fibre Ropes for General Service;
Determination of Certain Physical and
Mechanical Properties (Oct)
Footwear, Leather and Imitation Leather
Goods Manufacturing Machines - Roughing,
Scouring, Polishing and Trimming Machines
Safety Requirements April
Footwear Manufacturing Machines - Lasting
Machines Safety Requirements April
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Circle and
Circle Stock for General Applications;
Specifications (Sept)
Timber in Joinery General Classification of
Timber Quality
Safety of Machinery; Safety-Related Parts of
Control Systems Part 1: General Principles
for Design March
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products;
Sampling and Preparation of Test Specimens
May
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products;
Determination of Thickness at Specified
Pressures; Single Layers (May)
Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products;
Determination of Mass Per Unit Area May
Determination of the Mass Per Unit Area of
the Use Surface of Needled Floor Coverings
June
Textile Floor Coverings; Castor Chair Test
May
Textile Floor Coverings; Determination of
Dimensional Changes of Tiles Due to the
Effects of Varied Water and Heat Conditions
and Distortion out of Plane June
Zinc Alloy Sheet and Strip for Use in
Building Construction; Technical Delivery
Conditions August; Supersedes DIN 17770,
EN 994
EN 995
EN 1021 PT 1
EN 1021 PT 2
EN 358
EN 360
EN 361
EN 362
EN 363
EN 364
EN 365
EN 366
EN 369
EN 373
EN 374 PT 1
February 1990 Edition
Textile Floor Coverings; Determination of
the Side Length, Squareness and Straightness
of Tiles (Aug)
Textile Floor Coverings; Determination of
the Creep of Backings (Aug)
Assessment of the Ignitability of Upholstered
Furniture; Ignition Source: Smouldering
Cigarette (ISO 8191-1:1987, Modified) (Jan)
Assessment of the Ignitability of Upholstered
Furniture; Ignition Source: Match Flame
Equivalent (ISO 8191-2:1988, Modified)
(Jan)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Work Positioning Systems
(Feb) (Supersedes Parts of DIN 7470,
January 1982 Edition)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Retractable Type Fall
Arresters (Feb)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Full Body Harnesses (Feb)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Connectors (Feb)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; Fall Arrest Systems;
Terminology and General Requirements
(Feb)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Fall
from a Height; Test Methods (Feb)
Personal Protective Equipment Against Falls
from a Height; General Requirements for
Instructions for Use and for Marking (Feb)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Heat and
Fire; Assessment of Materials and Material
Assemblies When Exposed to a Source of
Radiant Heat (May)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Liquid
Chemicals; Method of Determining the
Resistance of Materials to Permeation by
Liquids (Apr)
Protective Clothing; Assessment of
Resistance of Materials to Molten Metal
Splash (Apr)
Protective Gloves Against Chemicals and
Micro-Organisms; Terminology and
EN 374 PT 2
EN 374 PT 3
EN 381 PT 1
EN 384
EN 385
EN 386
EN 388
EN 390
EN 391
EN 392
EN 407
EN 412
EN 415-4
EN 421
EN 452
EN 458
EN 463
EN 464
Performance Requirements (Apr)
Protective Gloves Against Chemicals and
Micro-Organisms; Determination of
Resistance to Penetration (Apr)
Protective Gloves Against Chemicals and
Micro-Organisms; Determination of
Resistance to Permeation by Chemicals (Apr)
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws; Test Rig for Testing Resistance
to Cutting by a Chain Saw (Apr)
Structural Timber Determination of
Characteristic Values of Mechanical
Properties and Density July
Finger-Jointed Structural Timber
Performance Requirements and Minimum
Production Requirements July
Glued Laminated Timber Performance
Requirements and Minimum Production
Requirements July
Protective Gloves Against Mechanical Risks
(Aug)
Glued Laminated Timber; Sizes and
Permissible Deviations (Mar)
Glued Laminated Timber; Delamination Test
of Glue Lines (Apr)
Glued Laminated Timber; Shear Test of Glue
Lines (Apr)
Protective Gloves Against Thermal Risks
(Heat and/or Fire) (Apr)
Protective Aprons for Use with Hand Knives
(Feb)
Safety of Packaging Machines Part 4:
Palletisers and Depalletisers August
Protective Gloves Against Ionizing Radiation
and Radioactive Contamination (June)
Class A Swap Bodies; Dimensions and
General Requirements (June)
Hearing Protectors; Recommendations for
Selection, Use, Care and Maintenance;
Guidance Document (Mar)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Liquid
Chemicals; Determination of Resistance to
Penetration by a Jet of Liquid (Jet Test)
(Sept)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Liquid
and Gaseous Chemicals, Including Aerosols
EN 468
EN 471
EN 485-2
EN 485 PT 1
EN 485 PT 3
EN 485 PT 4
EN 486
EN 487
EN 510
EN 511
EN 515
EN 518
EN 519
EN 530
EN 532
EN 541
and Solid Particles; Determination of Leak
Tightness of Gastight Suits (Internal Pressure
Test) (Sept)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Liquid
Chemicals; Determination of Resistance to
Penetration by Spray (Spray Test) (Sept)
High-Visibility Warning Clothing August
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Sheet,
Strip and Plate; Mechanical Properties
(Supersedes DIN 1745 Part 1, and Parts of
DIN 1788, February 1983 Editions)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Sheet,
Strip and Plate; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Jan) (Supersedes DIN 1745 Part
2, February 1983 Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Sheet,
Strip and Plate; Tolerances on Shape and
Dimensions for Hot-Rolled Products (Jan)
(Supersedes DIN 59600, April 1981 Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Sheet,
Strip and Plate; Tolerances on Shape and
Dimensions for Cold-Rolled Products (Jan)
(Supersedes DIN 1783 and Parts of 1784,
April 1981 Editions)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Extrusion
Ingots; Specifications (Feb)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Rolling
Ingots; Specifications (Feb)
Requirements for Protective Clothing for Use
Where There is a Risk of Entanglement with
Moving Parts (Mar)
Protective Gloves Against Cold (Nov)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys; Wrought
Products, Temper Designations (Dec)
Grading of Structural Timber Requirements
for Visual Strength Grading Standards July
Grading of Structural Timber Requirements
for Machine Strength Graded Timber and
Grading Machines July
Abrasion Resistance of Protective Clothing
Material; Test Methods (Jan)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Heat and
Flame; Test Method for Limited Flame
Spread (Jan)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Rolled
Products for Cans, Closures and Lids;
EN 546-1
EN 546-2
EN 546-3
EN 546-4
EN 550
EN 552
EN 554
EN 570
EN 573-1
EN 573-2
EN 573-3
Specifications (Apr) (Supersedes DIN 59606,
November 1982 Edition)
Aluminum Foil Technical Conditions for
Inspection and Delivery August
Aluminum Foil Mechanical Properties
August; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 485-2, March 1995 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 1788, February 1983 Edition
Aluminum Foil Tolerances on Dimensions
August; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 485-4, January 1994 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 1784, April 1981 Edition, and DIN
1784-3, June 1970 Edition
Aluminium Foil Part 4: Special Property
Requirements November
Sterilization of Medical Devices; Validation
and Routine Control of Ethylene Oxide
Sterilization (Nov)
Sterilization of Medical Devices; Validation
and Routine Control of Sterilization by
Irradiation (Nov)
Sterilization of Medical Devices; Validation
and Routine Control of Sterilization by Moist
Heat (Nov)
Impact Extrusion Slugs Obtained from
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Products; Specifications (Nov) (Supersedes
DIN 59604, January 1987 Edition)
Chemical Composition and Form of
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Products; Numerical Designation System
(Dec) (Intended to Supersede Parts of DIN
17007 PT 4, July 1963 Edition)
Chemical Composition and Form of
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Products; Chemical Symbol Based
Designation System (Dec) (Intended to
Supersede Parts of DIN 1700, July 1954
Edition)
Chemical Composition and Form of
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Products; Chemical Composition (Dec) (This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 573-4,
December 1994 Edition, Is Intended to
Supersede DIN 1712 PT 3, December 1976
Edition, & DIN 1725 PT 1,Fe
EN 573-4
EN 575
EN 576
EN 577
EN 586-1
EN 586-2
EN 1072
EN 1084
EN 1086
EN 1087-1
EN 1104
EN 1128
EN 1172
EN 1173
Chemical Composition and Form of
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Wrought
Products; Forms of Products (Dec) (This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 573-3,
December 1994 Edition, Is Intended to
Supersede DIN 1712 PT 3, December 1976
Edition, & DIN 1725 PT 1,Feb 8
Aluminium Master Alloys Produced by
Melting; Specifications (Sept) (Supersedes
DIN 1725 PT 3, June 1973 Edition)
Unalloyed Aluminium Ingots for Remelting;
Specifications (Sept) (Supersedes DIN 1712
PT 1, December 1976 Edition)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Liquid
Metal; Specifications (Sept)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Forgings
Part 1: Technical Conditions for Inspection
and Delivery October; Supersedes DIN 17492; November 1973 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Forgings;
Mechanical Properties and Additional
Properties (Nov) (Supersedes DIN 1749 PT 1
and DIN 17606 PT 1, December 1976
Editions)
Plywood; Description of Bending Properties
of Structural Plywood (Aug)
Plywood; Formaldehyde Release Classes
Determined by the Gas Analysis Method
(Aug)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid;
Recommendations on the Selection of Type
of Sack and the Liner in Relation to the
Product to Be Packed (June)
Particleboard; Determination of Moisture
Resistance; Boil Test (April)
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs; Determination of
Transfer of Antimicrobic Constituents (Nov)
Cement-Bonded Particleboard;
Determination of Hard Body Impact
Resistance (Nov)
Copper and Copper Alloy Sheet and Strip for
Building Purposes October; Supersedes DIN
17650, December 1988 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloys; Material
Condition or Temper Designation (Dec)
EN 1179
EN 1193
EN 1261
EN 1269
EN 1301-1
EN 1301-2
EN 1301-3
EN 1307
EN 1309-1
EN 1310
EN 1311
EN 1312
EN 1315-1
EN 1316-1
EN 1316-2
EN 1316-3
EN 1318
Zinc and Zinc Alloys; Primary Zinc (Mar)
(Supersedes DIN 1706, March 1974 Edition)
Timber Structures Structural Timber and
Glued Laminated Timber Determination of
Shear Strength and Mechanical Properties
Perpendicular to the Grain June
Fibre Ropes for General Service; Hemp
Ropes (Oct)
Textile Floor Coverings; Assessment of
Impregnations in Needled Floor Coverings
by Means of a Soiling Test May
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawn
Wire Part 1: Technical Conditions for
Inspection and Delivery November;
Supersedes DIN 1790-2, May 1997 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawn
Wire Part 2: Mechanical Properties
November; Supersedes DIN 1790-1,
February 1983 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawn
Wire Part 3: Tolerances on Dimensions
November
Textile Floor Coverings; Classification of
Pile Carpets June
Round and Sawn Timber Method of
Measurement of Dimensions Part 1: Sawn
Timber August
Round and Sawn Timber Method of
Measurement of Features August
Round and Sawn Timber Method of
Measurement of Biological Degradation
August
Round and Sawn Timber Determination of
the Batch Volume of Sawn Timber June
Dimensional Classification of Timber Part 1:
Hardwood Round Timber June
Hardwood Round Timber Qualitative
Classification Part 1: Oak and Beech June
Hardwood Round Timber Qualitative
Classification Part 2: Poplar June
Hardwood Round Timber Qualitative
Classification Part 3: Ash and Maples and
Sycamore December
Textile Floor Coverings Determination of the
Apparent Effective Thickness of the Backing
March
EN 1328
EN 1386
EN 1396
EN 1412
EN 1413
EN 1414
EN 1415
EN 1416
EN 1432
EN 1470
EN 1471
EN 1559-1
EN 1559-3
EN 1559-5
EN 1560
EN 1561
EN 1562
EN 1563
Cement-Bonded Particleboard;
Determination of Frost Resistance September
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Tread
Plate Specifications February; Supersedes
DIN 59605, March 1979 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Coil
Coated Sheet and Strip for General
Applications Specifications February
Copper and Copper Alloys; European
Numbering System (Dec)
Textiles Determination of pH of Aqueous
Extract May
Touch and Close Fasteners; Cycling
Procedure for Subsequent Testing January
Touch and Close Fasteners; Behaviour of Slit
Selvedges January
Touch and Close Fasteners; Determination of
Curvature January
Swap Bodies; Swap Tanks Dimensions,
Requirements, Test Methods and Operating
Conditions August
Textile Floor Coverings Classification of
Needled Floor Coverings Except for Needled
Pile Floor Coverings January
Textile Floor Coverings Assessment of
Changes in Appearance March
Founding - Technical Conditions of Delivery;
Part 1: General August; Supersedes DIN
1690-1, May 1985 Edition
Founding - Technical Conditions of Delivery;
Part 3: Additional Requirements for Iron
Castings August
Founding - Technical Conditions of Delivery
- Part 5: Additional Requirements for
Magnesium Alloy Castings January
Founding Designation System for Cast Iron
Material Symbols and Material Numbers
August
Founding Grey Cast Iron August; Supersedes
DIN 1691 ;Suppl 1 to DIN 1691; and DIN
50109
Founding; Malleable Cast Iron August;
Supersedes DIN 1692, January 1982 Edition,
and DIN 50149, January 1988 Edition
Founding; Spheroidal Graphite Cast Iron
August; Supersedes DIN 1693-1, October
EN 1564
EN 1592-1
EN 1592-2
EN 1592-3
EN 1592-4
EN 1652
EN 1653
EN 1654
EN 1655
EN 1669
EN 1676
EN 1706
1973 Edition, and DIN 1693-2, October 1977
Edition
Founding; Austempered Ductile Cast Iron
August
HF Seam Welded Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloy Tubes Part 1: Technical
Conditions for Inspection and Delivery
December
HF Seam Welded Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloy Tubes Part 2: Mechanical
Properties December
HF Seam Welded Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloy Tubes Part 3: Tolerances
on Dimensions and Form for Circular Tubes
December
HF Seam Welded Aluminium and Aluminiun
Alloy Tubes Part 4: Tolerances on
Dimensions and Form for Square,
Rectangular and Shaped Tubes December
Copper and Copper Alloys Plate, Sheet, Strip
and Circles for General Purposes March;
Supersedes DIN 17670-1, December 1983
Edition, DIN 17670-2, June 1969 Edition,
and Parts of DIN 1751 and DIN 1791, June
1973 Editions
Copper and Copper Alloys - Plate, Sheet and
Circles for Boilers, Pressure Vessels and Hot
Water Storage Units March; Supersedes DIN
17675-1, DIN 17675-2 and DIN 17675-3,
July 1980 Editions
Copper and Copper Alloys - Strip for Springs
and Connectors March; Supersedes DIN
1777, January 1986 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloys Declarations of
Conformity June
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys - Test
Methods; Earing Test for Sheet and Strip
February
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys; Alloyed
Aluminium Ingots for Remelting
Specifications February; Supersedes DIN
1725 PT 5, February 1986 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys - Castings
Chemical Composition and Mechanical
Properties June; Supersedes DIN 1725-2 and
DIN 1725-2 Suppl 1, February 1986 Editions
EN 1715-1
EN 1715-2
EN 1715-3
EN 1715-4
EN 1734
EN 1735
EN 1753
EN 1758
EN 1773
EN 1774
EN 1780-2
EN 1780-1
EN 1780-3
EN 1813
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawing
Stock Part 1: General Requirements and
Technical Conditions for Inspection and
Delivery November
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawing
Stock Part 2: Specific Requirements for
Electrotechnical Applications November
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawing
Stock Part 3: Specific Requirements for
Mechanical Uses (Excluding Welding)
November
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Drawing
Stock Part 4: Specific Requirements for
Welding Applications November
Rubber- or Plastic-Coated Fabrics;
Determination of Resistance to Water
Penetration by the Low Pressure Method
February
Rubber- or Plastic-Coated Fabrics;
Determination of Flexibility February
Magnesium Alloy Ingots and Castings
August; Replaces DIN 1729-2
Copper and Copper Alloys - Strip for Lead
Frames March
Textile Fabrics; Determination of Width and
Length March
Zinc Alloys for Foundry Purposes as Ingots
or in Liquid form November; Supersedes
DIN 1743-1, September 1978 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys;
Designation of Unalloyed and Alloyed
Aluminium Ingots for Remelting, Master
Alloys and Castings; Part 2: Chemical
Symbol Based Designation System February
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys;
Designation of Unalloyed and Alloyed
Aluminium Ingots for Remelting, Master
Alloys and Castings; Part 1: Numerical
Designation System February; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 17007-4, July 1963 Edition
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys;
Designation of Unalloyed and Alloyed
Aluminium Ingots for Remelting, Master
Alloys and Castings; Part 3: Writing Rules
for Chemical Composition February
Textile Floor Coverings Determination of
EN 1814
EN 1875-3
EN 1876-1
EN 1876-2
EN 1963
EN 1976
EN 1977
EN 1978
EN 10001
EN 10002 PT 1
EN 10002 PT 3
EN 10002 PT 5
EN 10016-1
Wool Fibre Integrity Using an Abrasion
Machine January
Textile Floor Coverings - Determination of
Resistance to Damage of Cut Edges Using
the Modified Vettermann Drum Test
February
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics
Determination of Tear Strength - Part 3:
Trapezoidal Method February
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics - LowTemperature Tests Part 1: Bending Test
January
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics - LowTemperature Tests Part 2: Impact Test on
Loop January; Supersedes DIN 53372,
December 1970 Edition
Textile Floor Coverings Tests Using the
Lisson Tretrad Machine January
Copper and Copper Alloys Cast Unwrought
Copper Products May; This Standard,
Together with Din En 1978, May 1998
Edition, Supersedes Din 1708, January 1973
Edition
Copper and Copper Alloy Copper Drawing
Stock (Wire Rod) May; Supersedes Din
17652 June 1982 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloys Copper Cathodes
May; This Standard, Together with Din En
1976, May 1998 Edition, Supersedes Din
1708, January 1973 Edition
Definition and Classification of Pig Iron
(Mar)
Tensile Testing of Metallic Materials;
Method of Test at Ambient Temperature
(Including Corrigendum ACI: 1990) (Apr)
Tensile Testing; Calibration of Force-Proving
Instruments Used for the Verification of
Uniaxial Testing Machines (Aug)
(Supersedes DIN 51301, February 1986
Edition)
Tensile Testing of Metallic Materials;
Method of Test at Elevated Temperature
(Feb) (Together with DIN EN 10002 Part 1,
April Edition, Supersedes DIN 50145, May
1975 Edition, Withdrawn in 1991)
Non-Alloy Steel Rod for Drawing or Cold
EN 10016-2
EN 10016-3
EN 10016-4
EN 10020
EN 10021
EN 10024
EN 10025
EN 10027 PT 1
EN 10028-4
EN 10027 PT 2
EN 10028-5
EN 10028-6
Rolling; General Requirements (April) (This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 10016-2,
April 1995 Edition, Supersedes DIN 17140
PT 1, March 1983 Edition)
Non-Alloy Steel Rod for Drawing or Cold
Rolling; Specific Requirements for General
Purpose Rod (April) (This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 10016-1, April 1995
Edition, Supersedes DIN 17140 PT 1, March
1983 Edition)
Non-Alloy Steel Rod for Drawing or Cold
Rolling; Specific Requirements for Rimmed
and Rimmed Substitute Low Carbon Steel
Rod, (April)
Non-Alloy Steel Rod for Drawing or Cold
Rolling; Specific Requirements for Rod for
Special Applications (April)
Definition and Classification of Steel;
English Version of DIN EN 10 020 (Sept)
General Technical Delivery Conditions for
Steel and Iron Products (Dec) (Supersedes
DIN 17010, June 1985 Edition)
Hot Rolled Steel Taper Flange I Sections;
Tolerances on Shape and Dimensions (May)
Hot Rolled Unalloyed Structural Steel
Products; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Includes Amendment A1: 1993) (Mar)
Designation Systems for Steels; Steel Names
and Principal Symbols; English Version of
DIN EN 10027 Part 1 (Sept)
Flat Products Made of Steels for Pressure
Purposes; Nickel-Alloy Steels with Specified
Low Temperature Properties (Sept)
(Supersedes Parts of 17280, July 1985
Edition)
Designation Systems for Steels; Numerical
System; English Version of Din EN 10 027
Part 2 (Sept) (Supersedes Parts of DIN 17007
Part 1, April 1959x Edition, and Supersedes
DIN 17007 Part 2, September 1961 Edition)
Flat Products Made of Steels for Pressure
Purposes; Part 5: Weldable Fine Grain Steels,
Thermomechanically Rolled February
Flat Products Made of Steels for Pressure
Purposes; Part 6: Weldable Fine Grain Steels,
Quenched and Tempered February
EN 10028 PT 1
EN 10028 PT 2
EN 10028 PT 3
EN 10029
EN 10034
EN 10036
EN 10045 PT 1
EN 10048
EN 10051
EN 10055
Flat Products Made from Steel for Pressure
Purposes; General Requirements (Apr)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 17280, July 1985
Edition, and, Together with DIN EN 10028
Part 2, Supersedes DIN 17155, October 1983
Edition and Together with the April 1993
Edition o
Flat Products Made from Steel for Pressure
Purposes; Unalloyed and Alloy Steels with
Elevated Temperature Properties (Apr)
(Together with DIN EN 10028 Part 1,
Supersedes DIN 17155, October 1983
Edition)
Flat Products Made from Steel for Pressure
Purposes; Weldable, Normalized, Fine Grain
Steels (Apr) (Together with DIN EN 10028
Part 1 and DIN EN 10113 Parts 1 and 2,
Supersedes DIN 17102, October 1983
Edition)
Hot Rolled Steel Plate 3 mm Thick or Above;
Tolerances on Dimensions, Shape and Mass
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1543, October 1981
Edition)
Structural Steel I and H Sections; Tolerances
on Shape and Dimensions (Mar) (Together
with the March 1994 Edition of DIN 1025
Parts 2 to 5, Supersedes the October 1963
Editions of DIN 1025 Parts 2, 3 and 4 and the
March 1965 Edition of DIN 1025 Part 5)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Total Carbon in Steel and
Iron; Gravimetric Method After Combustion
in a Stream of Oxygen (Apr)
Charpy Impact Test on Metallic Materials;
Test Method (Apr) (Together with DIN
50115, April 1991 Edition, Supersedes DIN
50115, February 1975 Edition)
Hot Rolled Narrow Steel Strip; Dimensional
and Geometrical Tolerances October
Continuously Hot-Rolled Uncoated
Unalloyed and Alloy Steel Plate, Sheet and
Strip; Tolerances on Dimensions and Shape
(Includes Amendment A1: 1997) Supersedes
Feb. 1992 Edition
Hot Rolled Steel Equal Flange Tees with
Radiused Root and Toes; Dimensions and
EN 10056 PT 2
EN 10067
EN 10071
EN 10079
EN 10083-1
EN 10083-2
EN 10083-3
EN 10084
EN 10088-1
EN 10088-2
EN 10088-3
EN 10106
EN 10107
Tolerances on Shape and Dimensions; (Dec)
(Supersedes DIN 1024, March 1982 Edition)
Structural Steel Equal and Unequal Leg
Angles; Tolerances on Shape and
Dimensions (Mar) (Together with the March
1994 Editions of DIN 1028 and DIN 1029,
Supersedes the October 1976 Edition of DIN
1028 and the July 1978 Edition of Din 1029)
Hot Rolled Bulb Flats; Dimensions and
Tolerances on Shape, Dimensions and Mass
December; Supersedes DIN 1019, January
1977 Edition
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Manganese in Steel and
Iron; Electrometric Titration Method (Apr)
Definition of Steel Products (Feb)
Quenched and Tempered Steels; Technical
Delivery Conditions for Special Steels
(Includes Amendment A1:1996) October
Quenched and Tempered Steels Part 2:
Technical Delivery Conditions for Unalloyed
Quality Steels October; Includes Amendment
A1:1996
Quenched and Tempered Steels; Technical
Delivery Conditions for Boron Steels (Feb)
Case Hardening Steels Technical Delivery
Conditions June
Stainless Steels; List of Stainless Steels
(Aug)
Stainless Steels; Technical Delivery
Conditions for General Purpose Sheet/Plate
and Strip (Aug) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
17440 and DIN 17441, July 1985 Editions)
Stainless Steels; Technical Delivery
Conditions for General Purpose SemiFinished Products, Bars, Rod and Sections
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 17440, July 1985
Edition) August
Cold Rolled Non-Oriented Electrical Steel
Sheet and Strip Delivered in the Fully
Processed State Feb; Supersedes DIN 46400
Part 1, April 1983 Edition, and Supplement 1
to DIN 46400 Part 1, June 1990 Edition
Grain-Oriented Electrical Steel Sheet and
Strip Delivered in the Fully Processed State
(Feb) (Supersedes DIN 46 400 PT 3, April
EN 10165
EN 10169-1
EN 10177
EN 10178
EN 10179
EN 10181
EN 10184
EN 10188
EN 10200
EN 10202
EN 10203
EN 10204
EN 10205
1989 Edition)
Cold Rolled Electrical Alloyed Steel Sheet
and Strip Delivered in the Semi-Processed
State (Feb)
Continuously Organic Coated (Coil Coated)
Steel Flat Products; General Information
(Definitions, Materials, Tolerances, Test
Methods) October
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Calcium in Steels; Flame
Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Method
(Apr)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Niobium in Steels;
Spectrophotometric Method (Apr)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Nitrogen (Trace Amounts)
in Steels; Spectrophotometric Method (Apr)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Lead in Steels; Flame
Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Method
(Apr)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Phosphorus in Steels and
Iron; Spectrophotometric Method (Including
Corrigendum AC : 1991) (Apr)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Chromium in Steels and
Iron; Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometric Method (Apr)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Boron Content of Steel by
Spectrophotometry; (May)
Cold Reduced Electrolytic
Chromium/Chromium Oxide Coated Steel
(Mar)
Cold Reduced Electrolytic Tinplate (Aug)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 1616, October
1984 Edition)
Inspection Documents for Metallic Products
(Includes Amendment A1 : 1995) (Aug)
(Supersedes DIN 50049, April 1992 Edition)
Cold Reduced Blackplate in Coil Form for
the Production of Tinplate or Electrolytic
Chromium/Chromium Oxide Coated Steel
(Jan) (Together with DIN EN 10203,
EN 10207
EN 10209
EN 10210-1
EN 10210-2
EN 10211
EN 10212
EN 10213-3
EN 10214
EN 10215
EN 10213-2
EN 10213-4
Supersedes DIN 1616, October 1984 Edition)
Steels for Simple Pressure Vessels; Technical
Delivery Conditions for Plate, Strip and Bars
September; Includes Amendment A1: 1997
Cold Rolled Low Carbon Steel Flat Products
for Vitreous Enamelling; Technical Delivery
Conditions (May) (Supersedes DIN 1623-3,
January 1987 Edition)
Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of
Non-Alloy and Fine Grain Structural Steel;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Sep)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 17120 and DIN
17121, June 1984 Editions, and of DIN
17123, DIN 17124 and DIN 17125, May
1986 Editions)
Hot Finished Structural Hollow Sections of
Non-Alloy and Fine Grain Structural Steel;
Part 2: Tolorances, Dimensions and Sectional
Properties November; Supersedes Din 59410
May 1974 Edition
Determination of Titanium in Steel and Iron;
Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometric
Method (Feb)
Chemical Analysis of Ferrous Materials;
Determination of Arsenic in Steel and Iron by
the Spectrophotometric Method (Aug)
Technical Delivery Conditions for Steel
Castings for Pressure Purposes; Steel Grades
for Use at Low Temperatures; (Jan)
(Together with DIN EN 10213-1, January
1996 Edition, Supersedes Parts of DIN 17
182, May 1992 Edition)
Continuously Hot-Dip Zinc-Aluminium (ZA)
Coated Steel Sheet and Strip; Technical
Delivery Conditions (April)
Continuously Hot-Dip Aluminium-Zinc (AZ)
Coated Steel Sheet and Strip; Technical
Delivery Conditions (April)
Technical Delivery Conditions for Steel
Castings for Pressure Purposes; Steel Grades
for Use at Room Temperature and Elevated
Temperature; (Jan) (Together with DIN EN
10213-1, January 1996 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 17245, December 1987 Edition)
Technical Delivery Conditions for Steel
Castings for Pressure Purposes; Austenitic
EN 10218-2
EN 10218 PT 1
EN 10219-1
EN 10219-2
EN 10213-1
EN 10221
EN 10222-1
EN 10223-1
EN 10223-2
and Austenitic-Ferritic Steel Grades; (Jan)
(Together with DIN EN 10213-1, January
1996 Edition, Supersedes Parts of DIN 17
445, November 1984 Edition)
Steel Wire and Wire Products: General; Wire
Dimensions and Tolerances August;
Supersedes DIN 177, November 1988
Edition, and Parts of DIN 2076, December
1984 Edition
Steel Wire and Wire Products; General Test
Methods (May)
Cold Formed Welded Structural Hollow
Sections of Non-Alloy and Fine Grain Steel;
Part 1: Technical Delivery Conditions
November; Supersedes DIN 17119 and DIN
17120, June 1984 Editions, and DIN 17123
and DIN 17125, May 1986 Editions
Cold Formed Welded Structural Hollow
Sections of Non-Alloy and Fine Grain
Structural Steel; Part 2: Tolerances,
Dimensions and Sectional Properties
November; Supersedes Din 59411,July 1978
Edition
Technical Delivery Conditions for Steel
Castings for Pressure Purposes; General (Jan)
(Together with DIN EN 10213-2, January
1996 Edition, Supersedes DIN 17245,
December 1987 Edition, and, Together with
DIN EN 10213-3, January 1996 Edition,
Supersedes Part
Surface Quality Classes for Hot Rolled Steel
Bars and Rod; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Jan)
Steel Forgings for Pressure Purposes Part 1:
General Requirements for Open Die Forgings
September; This Standard Supersedes DIN
17103, October 1989 Edition, and DIN
17243, January 1987 Edition; and Parts of
DIN 17100; January 1980 Edition
(Withdrawn in Jan
Steel Wire and Wire Products for Fences Part 1: Zinc and Zinc-Alloy Coated Steel
Barbed Wire March
Steel Wire and Wire Products for Fences Part 2: Hexagonal Steel Wire Netting for
Agricultural, Insulation, and Fencing
EN 10223-3
EN 10223-4
EN 10223-5
EN 10223-6
EN 10228-2
EN 10228-3
EN 10232
EN 10233
EN 10234
EN 10235
EN 10267
EN 12019
EN 12060
EN 12127
EN 12130
EN 12131
EN 12132-2
Purposes March
Steel Wire and Wire Products for Fences Part 3: Hexagonal Steel Wire Netting for
Engineering Purposes March
Steel Wire and Wire Products for Fences Part 4: Steel Wire Welded Mesh Fencing
June
Steel Wire and Wire Products for Fences Part 5: Steel Wire Woven Hinged Joint and
Knotted Mesh Fencing June
Steel Wire and Wire Products for Fences Part 6: Steel Wire Chain Link Fencing June
Non-Destructive Testing of Steel Forgings
Part 2: Penetrant Testing June
Non-Destructive Testing of Steel Forgings
Part 3: Ultrasonic Testing of Ferritic or
Martensitic Steel Forgings July
Metallic Materials; Tube (in Full Section)
Bend Test (Jan)
Metallic Materials; Tube Flattening Test
(Jan) (Supersedes DIN 50136, June 1979
Edition)
Metallic Materials; Tube Drift Expanding
Test (Jan) (Supersedes DIN 50135, August
1965 Edition)
Metallic Materials; Tube Flanging Test (Jan)
(Supersedes DIN 50139, November 1965
Edition)
Ferritic-Pearlitic Steels from Precipitation
Hardening from Hot-Working Temperatures
February
Zinc and Zinc Alloys Optical Emission
Spectrometric Analysis January
Zinc and Zinc Alloys - Method of Sampling
Specifications January
Textile Fabrics Determination of Mass Per
Unit Area Using Small Samples December
Feather and Down Test Methods Determination of the Filling Power (Massic
Volume) June
Feather and Down Test Methods Determination of the Quantitative
Composition of Feather and Down (Manual
Method) June
Feather and Down - Methods of Testing the
Down-Proof Properties of Fabrics Part 2:
EN 12163
EN 12164
EN 12165
EN 12166
EN 12167
EN 12168
EN 12222
Impact Test October
Copper and Copper Alloys - Rod for General
Purposes April; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 12164 and DIN EN 12165,
Supersedes DIN 1782, July 1969 Edition, and
Together with DIN EN 12164, DIN EN
12165 and DIN EN 12167, Supersedes DIN
17672-1, December 1
Copper and Copper Alloys - Rod for Free
Machining Purposes April; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 12163 and DIN EN
12165, Supersedes DIN 1782, July 1969
Edition, and Together with DIN EN 12163,
DIN EN 12165 and DIN EN 12167,
Supersedes DIN 17672-1, Dec
Copper and Copper Alloys - Wrought and
Unwrought Forging Stock April; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 12163 and
DIN EN 12164, Supersedes DIN 1782, July
1969 Edition, and Together with DIN EN
12163, DIN EN 12164 and DIN EN 12167,
Supersedes DIN 17672-1,
Copper and Copper Alloys - Wire for
General Purposes April; Supersedes DIN
1757, June 1974 Edition, DIN 17677-1,
December 1983 Edition, DIN 17677-2, June
1974 Edition, DIN 17682, August 1979
Edition, and Parts of DIN 2076, December
1984 Edition
Copper and Copper Alloys - Profiles and
Rectangular Bars for General Purposes This
Standard Together with DIN EN 12163, DIN
EN 12164 and DIN EN 12165, Supersedes
DIN 17672-1, December 1983 Edition, and
DIN 17672-2, June 1974 Edition, and,
Together with DIN
Copper and Copper Alloys - Hollow Rod for
Free Machining Purposes Supersedes DIN
17671-1, December 1983 Edition, DIN
17671-2, June 1969 Edition, and DIN 59752,
November 1973 Edition, Together with DIN
EN 12167, Supersedes DIN 17674-1,
December 1983 Edition
Standard Atmospheres for Conditioning and
Testing of Footwear and Components for
Footwear October
EN 12240
EN 12280-1
EN 12332-1
EN 12375
EN 12421
EN 12438
EN 12482-1
EN 12482-2
EN 20140 PT 2
EN 20354
EN 20594-1
EN 20140 PT 9
EN 20140 PT 10
EN 21680 PT 1
Touch and Close Fasteners Determination of
the Overall and Effective Widths of Tapes
and the Effective Width of a Closure August
Accelerated Ageing Tests Applicable to
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics - Part 1:
Heat Ageing January
Rubber-Or Plastics-Coated Fabrics Determination of Bursting Strength Part 1:
Steel Ball Method October
Packaging Flexible Aluminium Tubes Wall
Thickness Determination Method October
Magnesium and Magnesium Alloys,
Unalloyed Magnesium June
Magnesium and Magnesium Alloys;
Magnesium Alloys for Cast Anodes June
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys - Reroll
Stock for General Applications Part 1:
Specifications for Hot Rolled Reroll Stock
October
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys - Reroll
Stock for General Applications Part 2:
Specifications for Cold Rolled Reroll Stock
October
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements;
Determination, Verification and Application
of Precision Data (ISO 140-2 : 1991) (May)
Acoustics; Measurement of Sound
Absorption in a Reverberation Room (ISO
354 : 1985) (July)
Conical Fittings with a 6% (Luer) Taper for
Syringes, Needles and Certain Other Medical
Equipment; General Requirements (ISO 5941: 1986) (Jan)
Measurement of Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements;
Laboratory Measurement of Room-To-Room
Airborne Sound Insulation of a Suspended
Ceiling with a Plenum Above It (ISO 1409:1985) (Dec)
Acoustics; Measurement of Sound Insulation
in Buildings and of Building Elements;
Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Insulation of Small Building Elements (ISO
140-10:1991) (Sept)
Acoustics; Test Code for the Measurement of
EN 21680 PT 2
EN 21683
EN 21942 PT 3
EN 21942 PT 4
EN 23134 PT 1
EN 23134 PT 2
EN 23134 PT 3
EN 23134 PT 4
EN 23741
EN 23742
EN 24159
EN 24217
EN 24829 PT 1
Airborne Noise Emitted by Rotating
Electrical Machinery; Engineering Method
for Free-Field Conditions over a Reflecting
Plane (ISO 1680-1 : 1986) (Nov)
Acoustics; Test Code for the Measurement of
Airborne Noise Emitted by Rotating
Electrical Machinery; Survey Method (ISO
1680-2 : 1986) (Nov)
Preferred Reference Quantities for Acoustic
Levels (ISO 1683:1983) (Sep)
Dental Vocabulary; Dental Instruments (ISO
1942-3:1989) (Dec)
Dental Vocabulary; Dental Equipment (ISO
1942-4:1989) (Feb)
Light Metals and Their Alloys; Terms and
Definitions; Materials (ISO 3134-1:1985)
(Nov) (Supersedes Parts of DIN 17600 Part
1, December 1969 Edition)
Light Metals and Their Alloys; Terms and
Definitions; Unwrought Products (ISO 31342: 1985) (Nov)
Light Metals and Their Alloys; Terms and
Definitions; Wrought Products (ISO 3134-3:
1985) (Nov)
Light Metals and Their Alloys; Terms and
Definitions; Castings (ISO 3134-4: 1985)
(Nov)
Acoustics; Determination of Sound Power
Levels of Noise Sources; Precision Methods
for Broad-Band Sources in Reverberation
Rooms (ISO 3741 : 1988) (Nov)
Acoustics; Determination of Sound Power
Levels of Noise Sources; Precision Methods
for Discrete-Frequency and Narrow-Band
Sources in Reverberation Rooms (ISO
3742:1988) (Nov)
Determination of Manganese Content of
Ferromanganese and Ferro-Silicomanganese;
by the Potentiometric Method (ISO 4159 :
1978) (Apr)
Codes for the Representation of Currencies
and Funds (ISO 4217: 1990) (May)
Determination of Total Silicon Content of
Steel and Cast Iron by the Reduced
Molybdosilicate Spectrophotometric Method;
Silicon Contents Between 0,05 and 1,0 %;
EN 24829 PT 2
EN 24869 PT 3
EN 24934
EN 24935
EN 24937
EN 24938
EN 24943
EN 24946
EN 24947
EN 25136
EN 25923
EN 26184 PT 1
EN 26184 PT 2
EN 26184 PT 3
(ISO 4829-1: 1986) (Oct)
Determination of Total Silicon Content of
Steel and Cast Iron by the Reduced
Molybdosilicate Spectrophotometric Method;
Silicon Contents Between 0,01 and 0,05 %;
(ISO 4829-2: 1988) (Oct)
Hearing Protectors; Simplifies Method for
the Measurement of Insertion Loss of EarMuff Type Protectors for Quality Inspection
Purposes (ISO/TR 4869-3: 1989) February
Determination of Sulfur Content of Steel and
Cast Iron by the Gravimetric Method (ISO
4934 : 1980) (Apr)
Determination of Sulfur Content of Steel and
Iron by Infrared Absorption Spectroscopy
After Combustion in an Induction Furnace;
(ISO 4935: 1989) (July)
Determination of Chromium Content of Steel
and Iron by Potentiometric or Visual
Titration (ISO 4937 : 1986) (Nov)
Determination of Nickel Content of Steel and
Iron by Gravimetry or Volumetric Analysis;
(ISO 4938: 1988) (Oct)
Determination of Copper Content of Steel
and Cast Iron by Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry; (ISO 4943: 1985) (Oct)
Determination of Copper Content of Steel
and Cast Iron by the 2,2'-Diquinolyl
Spectrophotometric Method (ISO 4946:1984)
(Nov)
Determination of Vanadium Content of Steel
and Cast Iron by Potentiometric Titration
(ISO 4947 : 1986) (Nov)
Determination of Sound Power Radiated into
a Duct by Fans by the In-Duct Method (ISO
5136:1990 and Technical Corrigendum
1:1993) (Feb)
Fire Protection; Fire Extinguishing Media;
Carbon Dioxide (ISO 5923:1989) (Jan)
Explosion Protection Systems; Determination
of Explosion Indices of Combustible Dusts in
Air (ISO 6184-1:1985) (June)
Explosion Protection Systems; Determination
of Explosion Indices of Combustible Gases
in Air (ISO 6184-2:1985) (June)
Explosion Protection Systems; Determination
EN 26184 PT 4
EN 26352
EN 26501
EN 27182
EN 27243
EN 27520
EN 27526
EN 27527
EN 27574 PT 1
EN 27574 PT 2
EN 27574 PT 3
of Explosion Indices of Fuel/Air Mixtures
Other Than Dust/Air and Gas/Air Mixtures
(ISO 6184-3:1985) (June)
Explosion Protection Systems; Determination
of Efficacy of Explosion Suppression
Systems (ISO 6184-4 : 1985) (June)
Determination of Nickel Content of
Ferronickel; Gravimetric Method Using
Dimethylglyoxime (ISO 6352:1985) (Feb)
Ferronickel; Specification and Delivery
Requirements (ISO 6501:1988) (July)
Acoustics; Measurement, at Operator's
Position, of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Hand-Held Chain Saws (ISO 7182:1984)
(Oct)
Hot Environments; Estimation of the Heat
Stress on Working Man, Based on the
WBGT-Index (Wet Bulb Globe Temperature)
(ISO 7243:1989) (Dec)
Determination of Cobalt Content of
Ferronickel; Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometric Method (ISO 7520:1985)
(Feb)
Determination of Sulfur Content of Nickel,
Ferronickel and Nickel Alloys; Infrared
Absorption Method After Induction Furnace
Combustion (ISO 7526:1985) (Feb)
Determination of Sulfur Content of Nickel,
Ferronickel and Nickel Alloys; Iodimetric
Titration Method After Induction Furnace
Combustion (ISO 7527:1985) (Feb)
Statistical Methods for Determining and
Verifying Stated Noise Emission Values of
Machinery and Equipment; General
Considerations and Definitions (ISO 75741:1985) (Mar)
Statistical Methods for Determining and
Verifying Stated Noise Emission Values of
Machinery and Equipment; Methods for
Stated Values for Individual Machines (ISO
7574-2:1985) (Mar)
Statistical Methods for Determining and
Verifying Stated Noise Emission Values of
Machinery and Equipment; Simplified
Method for Stated Values for Batches of
Machines (ISO 7574-3:1985) (Mar)
EN 27574 PT 4
EN 27726
EN 27779
EN 27785 PT 1
EN 27917
EN 28049
EN 28050
EN 28092 PT 1
EN 28092 PT 2
EN 28343
EN 28662 PT 1
EN 28960
EN 28996
EN 29052 PT 1
Statistical Methods for Determining and
Verifying Stated Noise Emission Values of
Machinery and Equipment; Methods for
Stated Values for Batches of Machines (ISO
7574-4:1985) (Mar)
Thermal Environments; Instruments and
Methods for Measuring Physical Quantities
(ISO 7726:1985) (Dec)
Acoustics; Measurement of Airborne Noise
Emitted by Computer and Business
Equipment (ISO 7779:1988) (Nov)
Dental Handpieces; High-Speed Air-Turbine
Handpieces (Aug) (ISO 7785-1:1992)
Acoustics; Measurement, at Operator's
Position, of Airborne Noise Emitted by
Hand-Held Brush Saws (ISO 7917 : 1987)
(Nov)
Ferronickel Shot; Sampling for Analysis
(ISO 8049:1988) (July)
Ferronickel Ingots or Pieces; Sampling for
Analysis (ISO 8050:1988) (July)
Flat, Quick-Connect Terminations for Road
Vehicles; Tabs for Single Pole Connections
(ISO 8092-1:1989) (Jan)
Flat, Quick-Connect Terminations for Road
Vehicles; Tests and Performance
Requirements for Single Pole Connections
(ISO 8092-2:1988) (Jan)
Determination of Silicon Content of
Ferronickel; Gravimetric Method (ISO
8343:1985) (Feb)
Hand-Held Portable Power Tools;
Measurement of Vibration at the Handle;
General (ISO 8662-1:1988) (Jan)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 45675 Part 1,
September 1987 Edition)
Refrigerators, Frozen-Food Storage Cabinets
and Food Freezers for Household and Similar
Use; Measurement of Emission of Airborne
Noise (ISO 8960:1991) (Oct)
Ergonomics; Determination of Metabolic
Heat Production (ISO 8996:1990) (Dec)
Acoustics; Determination of Dynamic
Stiffness; Materials Used Under Floating
Screed in Dwellings (ISO 9052-1:1989)
(Aug) (Supersedes DIN 52214, December
EN 29168
EN 29295
EN 29658
EN 29735
EN 29992 PT 1
EN 30139 PT 1
EN 30202 PT 1
EN 30326 PT 1
EN 30993 PT 3
EN 30993 PT 4
EN 30993 PT 5
EN 31252
EN 31253
EN 45011
EN 45012
1984 Edition)
Dental Handpieces; Hose Connectors (Aug)
(ISO 9168:1991)
Acoustics; Measurement of High-Frequency
Noise Emitted by Computer and Business
Equipment (ISO 9295:1988) (Nov)
Determination of Aluminium Content of
Steel by Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry; (ISO 9658:1990) (July)
Electronic Data Interchange for
Administration, Commerce and Transport
(EDIFACT); Application Level Syntax Rules
(ISO 9735:1988, as Amended in 1990) (Aug)
Financial Transaction Cards; Messages
Between the Integrated Circuit Card and the
Card Accepting Device; Concepts and
Structures (ISO 9992-1:1990) (July)
Resilient Lining Materials for Removable
Dentures; Short-Term Materials (Aug) (ISO
10139-1:1991)
Financial Transaction Cards; Security
Architecture of Financial Transaction
Systems Using Integrated Circuit Cards; Card
Life Cycle (ISO 10202-1:1991) (July)
Laboratory Methods for Evaluating Vehicle
Seat Vibration; Basic Requirements (ISO
10326-1:1992) (June)
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices;
Tests for Genotoxicity, Carcinogenicity and
Reproductive Toxicity (ISO 10993-3:1992)
(Mar)
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices;
Selection of Tests for Interactions with Blood
(ISO 10993-4:1992) (June)
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices;
Tests for Cytotoxicity by In Vitro Methods
(Aug) (ISO 10993-5;1992)
Laser Devices; Minimum Requirements for
Documentation (ISO 11252:1993) (Nov)
Laser Devices; Mechanical Interfaces (ISO
11253:1993) (Nov)
General Criteria for Certification Bodies
Operating Product Certification (May)
General Criteria for Certification Bodies
Operating Quality System Certification
(May)
EN 45013
EN 45014
68140-1
EN ISO 10618
5067
5068
6049
6094-3
6738
6743
50454-2
53118
53885
54370
55428-1
55468-1
55468-2
EN 12861
ISO 366-4
ISO 3325
General Criteria for Certification Bodies
Operating Certification of Personnel (May)
General Criteria for Suppliers' Declaration of
Conformity (May)
Finger Joints in Wood Part 1: Finger-Jointed
structural Timber (Softwood) February
Carbon Fibre Determination of Tensile
Properties of Resin-Impregnated Yarns
October; ISO 10618: 1999
Round Wide-Mouth Glass Containers with
Facets September
Round Wide-Mouth Glass Containers with
Grip Recess September
Oval Wide-Mouth Glass Containers
September
Wired-Stopper Finishes for Bottles October
Classification of Paper and Board According
to Longevity January
Multi-Layer Wallpaper Base May
Determining Etch Pit Density in Single
Crystals of III-V Compound Semiconductors;
Part 2: Indium Phosphide October
Determination of Equilibrium Moisture
Content of Paper and Board in a Stack or in a
Reel August
Determination of Textile Product
Compressibility December; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN ISO 5084, October
1996 Edition, Supersedes DIN 53855-1,
August 1993 Edition
Determination of the Residue on Ignition of
Paper, Board and Pulp April
Solid Fibreboard; Requirements and Testing
July; Supersedes May 1991 Edition
Corrugated Fibreboard; Requirements and
Testing March
Wet Strength Corrugated Fibreboard;
Requirements and Testing March
Copper and Copper Alloys - Scrap October
Textile Machinery and Accessories - Reeds;
Part 4: Plastic Bound Metal Reeds Dimensions and Designation April; ISO 3664:1992
Sintered Metal Materials, Excluding
Hardmetals; Determination of Transverse
Rupture Strength July; ISO 3325:1996
ISO 4491-2
ISO 4491-3
ISO 8062
ISO 11659-1
ISO 11677-3
ISO 11825
ISO 13944
EN 207
EN 326-3
EN 635-5
EN 644
Metallic Powders - Determination of Oxygen
Content by Reduction Methods; Part 2: Loss
of Mass on Hydrogen Reduction (Hydrogen
Loss) July; ISO 4491-2:1997
Metallic Powders - Determination of Oxygen
Content by Reduction Methods; Part 3:
Hydrogen-Reducible Oxygen July; ISO
4491-3:1997
Castings; System of Dimensional Tolerances
and Machining Allowances August; ISO
8062:1994
Textile Machinery and Accessories Machine Parts in Contact with Textile
Processing Oils; Part 1: Determination of
Anticorrosive Effect Upon Steel August; ISO
11659-1:1995; Supersedes DIN 53992,
February 1984 Edition
Textile Machinery and Accessories - Main
Dimensions of Open End Loop Flat Steel
Healds and Their Corresponding HealdCarrying Rods; Part 3: Carryng Rods for
Healds with C-and J-Shaped End Loops July;
ISO 11677-3:1995; Supersedes DIN ISO
6457, June 1983 Edi
Textile Machinery and Accessories LatchType Needles for Knitting Machines
Coordination of Shank Widths and Hook
Heights November; ISO 11825: 1995;
Supersedes DIN 62140, August 1993 Edition
Lubricated Metal-Powder Mixes;
Determination of Lubricant Content by the
Modified Soxhlet Extraction Method July;
ISO 13944:1996; Supersedes DIN ISO 4495,
August 1987 Edition
Personal Eye Protection Filters and Eye
Protection Against Laser Radiation (Laser
Eye Protection) December
Wood-Based Panels - Sampling, Cutting and
Inspection Part 3: Inspection of a
Consignment of Panels October
Plywood - Classification by Surface
Appearance; Part 5: Methods for Measuring
and Expressing Characteristics and Defects
May
Paper - Untrimmed Sizes Primary Range and
Supplementary Range Designation and
EN 848-1
EN 848-3
EN 972
EN 1035
EN 1164
EN 1218-1
EN 1313-1
EN 1313-2
EN 1371-2
EN 1559-4
EN 1559-6
EN 1611-1
EN 1807
EN 1870-1
Tolerances, Expression of Direction of
Manufacture June
Safety of Woodworking Machines One-Side
Moulding Machines with Rotating Tool Part
1: Single Spindle Vertical Moulding
Machines November
Safety of Woodworking Machines; One-Side
Moulding Machines with Rotating Tool; Part
3: Numerical Control (NC) Boring Machines
and Routing Machines November
Tannery Machines - Reciprocating Roller
Machines; Safety Requirements February
Tannery Machines Moving Platen Machinery
- Safety Requirements July
Feather and Down - Test Methods
Determination of the Turbidity of an
Aqueous Extract October
Safety of Woodworking Machines Tenoning Machines; Part 1: Single-End
Tenoning Machines with Sliding Table
October
Round and Sawn Timber - Permitted
Deviations and Preferred Sizes Part 1:
Softwood Sawn Timber November; Includes
Amendment A1: 1999
Round and Sawn Timber - Permitted
Deviations and Preferred Sizes; Part 2:
Hardwood Sawn Timber January; Supersedes
DIN 68372, October 1975 Edition
Founding - Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Part
2: Investment Castings July
Founding - Technical Conditions of Delivery
Part 4: Additional Requirements for
Aluminium Alloy Castings July
Founding - Technical Conditions of Delivery;
Part 6: Additional Requirements for Zinc
Alloy Castings January
Sawn Timber Appearance Grading of
Softwood Part 1: European Spruces, Firs,
Pines and Douglas Firs November 1999
Safety of Woodworking Machines; Band
Sawing Machines October
Safety of Woodworking Machines; Circular
Sawing Machines; Part 1: Circular Saw
Benches (with and without Sliding Table)
and Dimension Saws July
EN 1870-2
EN 1912
EN 1981
EN 10056-1
EN 10087
EN 10160
EN 10228-1
EN 10228-4
EN 10250-2
EN 10269
EN 10271
EN 10274
EN 10275
Safety of Woodworking Machines; Circular
Sawing Machines; Part 2: Horizontal Beam
Panel Saws and Vertical Panel Saws July
Structural Timber - Strength Classes;
Assignment of Visual Grades and Species
August
Copper and Copper Alloys - Master Alloys
August; Supersedes DIN 17657, March 1973
Edition
Structural Steel Equal and Unequal Leg
Angles Part 1: Dimensions October;
Supersedes DIN 1028 and DIN 1029, March
1994 Editions
Free-Cutting Steels; Technical Delivery
Conditions for Semi-Finished Products, HotRolled Bars and Rods January; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 1651, April 1988 Edition
Ultrasonic Testing of Steel Flat Products of
Thickness Equal or Greater Than 6 mm
(Reflection Method) September
Non-Destructive Testing of Steel Forgings;
Part 1: Magnetic Particle Inspection July
Non-Destructive Testing of Steel Forgings;
Part 4:Ultrasonic Testing of Austenitic and
Austenitic-Ferritic Stainless Steel Forgings
October
Open Die Steel Forgings for General
Engineering Purposes Part 2: Non-Alloy
Quality and Special Steels December; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 10250-1,
December 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
17100, January 1980 Edition (Withdrawn in
January 1991)
Steels and Nickel Alloys for Fasteners with
Specified Elevated and/or Low Temperature
Properties November; This Standard
Supersedes DIN 17240, July 1976 Edition,
and, Together with DIN EN 10028-1, April
1993 Edition, DIN EN 10028-4, November
1994 Edition,
Electrolytically Zinc-Nickel (ZN) Coated
Steel Flat Products Technical Delivery
Conditions December
Metallic Materials; Drop Weight Tear Test
July
Metallic Materials; Tube Ring Hydraulic
EN 10277-1
EN 10277-2
EN 10277-3
EN 10277-4
EN 10277-5
EN 10283
EN 12243
EN 12246
EN 12248
EN 12249
EN 12402
EN 12406
EN 12410
EN 12422
EN 12423
EN 12454
EN 12548
Pressure Test July
Bright Steel Products; Technical Delivery
Conditions; Part 1: General October
Bright Steel Products; Technical Delivery
Conditions; Part 2: Steels for General
Engineering Purposes October
Bright Steel Products; Technical Delivery
Conditions; Part 3: Free-Cutting Steels
October
Bright Steel Products; Technical Delivery
Conditions; Part 4: Case-Hardening Steels
October
Bright Steel Products; Technical Delivery
Conditions; Part 5: Steels for Quenching and
Tempering October
Corrosion-Resistant Steel Castings
December; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 10213-1 and DIN EN 10213-4, January
1996 Editions, Supersedes DIN 17445,
November 1984 Edition
Touch and Close Fasteners Determination of
Dimensional Change in Washing and Drying
and Dry Cleaning December; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 3415-2, June 1990 Edition,
Withdrawn in January 1997
Quality Classification of Timber Used in
Pallets and Packaging September
Sawn Timber Used in Industrial Packaging;
Permitted Deviations and Preferential Sizes
September
Sawn Timber Used in Pallets; Permitted
Deviations and Guidelines for Dimensions
September
Lead and Lead Alloys; Methods of Sampling
for Analysis October
Swap Bodies; Thermal Swap Bodies of Class
C; Dimensions and General Requirements
August
Swap Bodies; Thermal Swap Bodies of Class
A; Dimensions and General Requirements
August
Sisal Twines July
Polypropylene Twines July
Founding; Visual Examination of Surface
Discontinuities - Steel Sand Castings July
Lead and Lead Alloy Ingots for Electtric
EN 12562
EN 12588
EN 12654-1
EN 12654-2
EN 12654-3
EN 12659
EN 12710
EN 12743
EN 12744
EN 12745
EN 12747
EN 12748
EN 12749
EN 12751
EN 12772
EN 12773
EN 12844
Cable Sheathing and for Sleeves November;
Supersedes DIN 17640-2, January 1986
Edition
Textiles Para-aramid Multifilament Yarns
Test Methods October
Lead and Lead Alloys; Rolled Lead Sheet for
Building Purposes July
Textile Glass - Yarns Part 1: Designation
December
Textile Glass - Yarns Part 2: Methods of Tset
and General Specifications December; This
Standard Together with DIN EN 12654-3,
December 1998 Edition, Supersedes DIN
60850-2, March 1987 Edition
Textile Glass - Yarns Part 3: General
Requirements for General Applications
December; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 12654-2, December 1989 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 60850-2, March 1987
Edition
Lead and Lead Alloys Lead November
Fiberboard Drums Removable Head (Open
Head) Drums with Closing Rings with a
Nominal Capacity of 15 [to 250] January;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 6141-1 and DIN
6141-2, December 1992 Editions
Footwear Test Methods for Outsoles Compression Energy November
Footwear Test Methods for Outsoles Delamination Resistance November
Footwear Test Methods for Insoles - Heel Pin
Holding Strength November
Footwear Test Methods for Insoles Abrasion Resistance November
Footwear Test Methods for Outoles, Insoles,
Lining and Insocks - Water Soluble Content
November
Footwear Ageing Conditioning November
Textiles; Sampling of Fibres, Yarns and
Fabrics for Testing October; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 53803-2, March 1994 Edition
Footwear - Test Methods for Outsoles
Dimensional Stability January
Footwear - Test Methods for Outsoles Needle
Tear Strength January
Zinc and Zinc Alloys - Castings;
EN 12858
EN 12971-1
EN 12971-2
EN 12971-3
EN 13002-2
EN 13003-1
EN 13003-2
EN 13003-3
EN ISO 105-A04
EN ISO 105-B08
EN ISO 105-J01
EN ISO 105-J02
EN ISO 105-Z10
Specifications January; Supersedes DIN
1743-2, April 1978 Edition
Paper; Printing and Business Paper;
Requirements for Continuous Stationery June
Specification for Textile Glass Chopped
Strands; Part 1: Designation July; Together
with DIN EN 12971-2 and DIN EN 12971-3,
July 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN 60851,
September 1983 Edition
Specification for Textile Glass Chopped
Strands; Part 2: Test Methods and General
Requirements July; Together with DIN EN
12971-1 and DIN EN 12971-3, July 1999
Editions, Supersedes DIN 60851, September
1983 Edition
Specification for Textile Glass Chopped
Strands; Part 3: Specific Requirements July;
Together with DIN EN 12971-1 and DIN EN
12971-2, July 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN
60851, September 1983 Edition
Carbon Fibre Yarns; Part 2: Test Methods
and General Specifications June
Para-Aramid Fibre Filament Yarns; Part 1:
Designation June
Para-Aramid Fibre Filament Yarns; Part 2:
Methods of Test and General Specifications
June
Para-Aramid Fibre Filament Yarns; Part 3:
Technical Specifications June
Textiles - Tests for Colour Fastness Part A04:
Method for the Instrumental Assessment of
the Degree of Staining of Adjacent Fabrics
October; ISO 105-A04: 1989
Textiles - Tests for Colour Fastness Part B08:
Quality Control of Blue Wool Reference
Materials 1 to 7 September; ISO 105-B08:
1995
Textiles - Tests for Colour Fastness; Part J01:
General Principles for Measurement of
Surface Colour September; ISO 105-J01:
1997
Textiles - Tests for Colour Fastness; Part J02:
Instrumental Assessment of Relative
Whiteness September; ISO 105-J02: 1997,
Including Technical Corrigendum 1: 1998
Textiles - Tests for Colour Fastness; Part
EN ISO 1421
EN ISO 2233
EN ISO 2286-1
EN ISO 2286-3
EN ISO 2566-1
EN ISO 2566-2
EN ISO 2286-2
EN ISO 3175-1
EN ISO 3651-1
Z10: Determination of Relative Colour
Strength of Dyes in Solution September; ISO
105-Z10: 1997
Rubber - or Plastics - Coated Fabrics;
Determination of Tensile Strength and
Elongation at Break August; ISO 1421:1998
Packaging; Complete, Filled Transport
Packages; Conditioning for Testing
September; ISO 2233: 1994; Supersedes DIN
EN 22233, February 1993 Edition
Rubber or Plastic-Coated Fabrics Determination of Roll Characteristics Part 1:
Methods for Determination of Length, Width
and Net Mass July; ISO 2286-1:1998;
Together with DIN EN ISO 2286-2 AND
DIN EN ISO 2286-3, July 1998 Supersedes
DIN EN 22286, Novemb
Rubber - or Plastics-Coated Fabrics Determination of Roll Characteristics Part 3:
Method for Determination of Thickness July;
ISO 2286-3:1998;Together with DIN EN ISO
2286-1 and DIN EN ISO 2286-2, July 1998
Supersedes DIN EN 22286, November 1993
Steel - Conversion of Elongation Values; Part
1: Carbon and Low Alloy Steels September;
ISO 2566-1: 1984
Steel - Conversion of Elongation Values; Part
2: Austenitic Steels September; ISO 2566-2:
1984
Rubber - or Plastics-Coated Fabrics Determination of Roll Characteristics Part 2:
Methods for Determination of Total Mass Per
Unit Area, Mass Per Unit Area of Coating
and Mass of Unit Area of Substrate July; ISO
2286-2:1998; Supersedes DIN 53365,
Novembe
Textiles - Dry Cleaning and Finishing - Part
1: Method for Assessing the Cleanability of
Textiles and Garments October, ISO 31751:1998; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN ISO 3175-2, October 1998 Edition,
Supersedes, DIN EN ISO 3175, October
1996 Edition
Determination of Resistance to Intergranular
Corrosion of Stainless Steels; Part 1:
Austenitic and Ferritic-Austenitic (Duplex)
EN ISO 3651-2
EN ISO 4044
EN ISO 4045
EN ISO 4047
EN ISO 4048
EN ISO 4674-2
EN ISO 5080
EN ISO 5270
EN ISO 5399
EN ISO 5470-1
EN ISO 6506-1
EN ISO 6506-2
Stainless Steels - Corrosion Test in Nitric
Acid Medium by Measurement of Loss in
Mass (Huey Test) August; ISO 3651-1:1998;
Supe
Determination of Resistance to Intergranular
Corrosion of Stainless Steels; Part 2: Ferritic,
Austenitic and Ferritic-Austenitic (Duplex)
Stainless Steels - Corrosion Test in Media
Containing Sulfuric Acid August; ISO 36512:1998; Supersedes DIN 50914: Sep
Leather - Preparation of Chemical Test
Samples October; ISO 4044: 1977;
Supersedes DIN 53303-2, May 1968 Edition
Leather - Determination of pH October; ISO
4045: 1977; Supersedes DIN 53312, January
1978 Edition
Leather - Determination of Sulphated Total
Ash and Sulphated Water-Insoluble Ash
December; ISO 4047:1977; Supersedes DIN
53305, December 1977
Leather - Determination of Matter Soluble in
Dichloromethane October; ISO 4048:1977;
Supersedes DIN 53306, December 1977
Edition
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics Determination of Tear Resistance - Part 2:
Ballistic Pendulum Method October; ISO
4674-2: 1998
Sisal Agricultural Twines October
Pulps - Laboratory Sheets Determination of
Physical Properties December; ISO 5270:
1998
Leather - Determination of Water-Soluble
Magnesium Salts - EDTA Titrimetric Method
October; ISO 5399:1984; Supersedes DIN
53310, May 1968 Edition
Rubber- or Plastics-Coated Fabrics Determination of Abrasion Resistance; Part
1: Taber Abrader September; ISO 5470-1:
1999
Metallic Materials - Brinell Hardness Test;
Part 1: Test Method October; ISO 6506-1:
1999; Supersedes DIN EN 10003-1, January
1995 Edition
Metallic Materials - Brinell Hardness Test;
Part 2: Verification and Calibration of
EN ISO 13938-2
EN ISO 14184-1
EN ISO 14419
EN ISO 14453
EN ISO 15318
EN ISO 15700
EN ISO 15701
EN ISO 15702
EN ISO 15703
EN 54-2
EN 1127-1
EN 12306
Testing Machines October; ISO 6506-2:
1999; Supersedes DIN EN 10003-2, January
1995 Edition
Textiles Bursting Properties of Fabrics Part
2: Pneumatic Method for Determination of
Bursting Strength and Bursting Distension
October; ISO 13938-2: 1999; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN ISO 13938-1,
October 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
53861-1, Novem
Determination of Formaldehyde - Part 1:
Free and Hydrolyzed Formaldehyde (Water
Extraction Method) February; ISO 141841:1998; Supersedes DIN 54260, February
1988 Edition
Textiles - Oil Repellency Hydrocarbon
Resistance Test December; ISO 14419: 1998
Pulps - Determination of Acetone-Soluble
Matter December; ISO 14453: 1997;
Supersedes DIN 54354, November 1977
Edition
Pulp, Paper and Board Determination of 7
Specified Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB)
December; ISO 15318: 1999; Supersedes
DIN V ENV 1798, August 1995 Edition
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness Colour
Fastness to Water Spotting October; ISO
15700: 1998
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness; Colour
Fastness to Migration into Plasticized
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) October; ISO 15701:
1998
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness Colour
Fastness to Machine Washing October; ISO
15702: 1998
Leather - Tests for Colour Fastness Colour
Fastness to Mild Washing October; ISO
15703: 1998
Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems Part
2: Control and Indicating Equipment
December; Supersedes Parts of DIN 14675,
January 1984 Edition
Explosive Atmospheres; Explosion
Prevention and Protection; Part 1: Basic
Concepts and Methodology October
Biotechnology; Guidance for Quality Control
EN 12307
EN ISO 9241-7
EN ISO 14460
EN ISO 14644-1
EN ISO 15212-1
34
879-1
879-3
1239
1319-3
2345
4924
6723-1
of Diagnostic Kits Used in Agriculture, Plant
and Animal Pest and Desease Control and
Environmental Contamination February
Biotechnology - Large-Scale Process and
Production Guidance for Good Practice,
Procedures, Training and Control for
Personnel February
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) - Part
7: Requirements for Display with Reflections
December; ISO 9241-7: 1998
Protective Clothing Against Heat and Flame
for Automobile Racing Drivers; Performance
Requirements and Test Methods July; ISO
14460:1999
Cleanrooms and Associated Controlled
Environments; Part 1: Classification of Air
Cleanliness July; ISO 14644-1:1999
Oscillation-Type Density Meters; Part 1:
Laboratory Instruments June; ISO 152121:1998
Protection Notices for Restricting the Use of
Documents January
Precision Dial Indicators Part 1: Analogue
Indicators June
Precision Dial Indicators Part 3: Analogue
Indicators with Electrical Limit Contacts
June
Covers for Well Tops and Other Water
Supply Structures; Design Requirements
February; Supersedes DIN 1239-1, DIN
1239-2, DIN 1239-3, DIN 1239-4 and DIN
1239-5, June 1963 Editions
Basic Concepts in Metrology; Evaluating
Measurements of a Single Measurand and
Expression of Uncertainty May; This
Standard, Together with the January 1995
Edition of DIN 1319-1, Supersedes August
1983 Edition
Translation Contracts April
Filter Sand and Gravel for Use in Wells;
Requirements and Testing August
90 g/m2 Paper for Use in Optical Character
Recognition Systems - Requirements and
Testing Part 1: Uncoated, Untreated Paper
July
6723-2
EN 1635
EN 1644-1
EN 1650
EN 1679-1
EN 1731
EN 1733
EN 1746
EN 1760-1
EN 1775
EN 1779
EN 1797-1
EN 1809
EN 1810
90 g/m2 Paper for Use in Optical Character
Recognition Systems - Requirements and
Testing Part 2: Coated, Treated, Carbonless
Copy Paper July
Bar Coding Test Specifications Bar Code
Symbols February
Test Methods for Nonwoven Compresses for
Medical Use Part 1: Nonwovens Used in the
Manufacture of Compresses April
Quantitative Suspension Test for the
Evaluation of Fungicidal Activity of
Chemical Disinfectants and Antiseptics Used
in Food, Industrial, Domestic and
Institutional Areas February
Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines Safety Part 1: Compression Ignition Engines
May
Mesh Type Eye and Face Protectors for
Industrial and Non-Industrial Use Against
Mechanical Hazards and/or Heat January;
Includes Amendment A1: 1997
Suction catheters for Use in the Respiratory
Tract May
Safety of Machinery Guidance for the
Drafting of the Noise Clauses of Safety
Standards December
Safety of Machinery; Pressure-Sensitive
Protective Devices; Part 1: General Principles
for the Design and Testing of PressureSensitive Mats and Pressure-Sensitive Floors
September
Gas Pipework for Buildings - Maximum
Operating Pressure Less Than or Equal to 5
Bar Functional Recommendations December
Non-Destructive Testing - Leak Testing;
Criteria for Method and Technique Selection
October
Cryogenic Vessels - Gas/Material
Compatibility Part 1: Oxygen Compatibility
April
Driving Accessories Buoyancy
Compensators Functional and Safety
Requirements, and Test Methods January
Body-Piercing Post Assemblies; Reference
Test Method for Determination of Nickel
Content by Flame Atomic Absorption
EN 1811
EN 1817
EN 1827
EN 1846-1
EN 1861
EN 1867
EN 1869
EN 1891
EN 1899-1
EN 1899-2
EN 1911-1
EN 1911-2
EN 1911-3
Spectrometry August
Reference Test Method for Release of Nickel
from Products Intended to Come into Direct
and Prolonged Contact with the Skin January
Resilient Floor Coverings Specification for
Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Smooth
Rubber Floor Coverings May
Respiratory Protective Devices; Half Masks
without Inhalation Valves and with Separable
Filters to Protect Against Gases or Gases and
Particles or Particles Only - Requirements,
Testing, Marking May
Firefighting and Rescue Service Vehicles Part 1: Nomenclature and Designation
February
Refrigerating Systems and Heat Pumps System Flow Diagrams and Piping
Instrument Diagrams; Layout and Symbols
July; Supersedes DIN 8972-1 and DIN 89722, June 1980 Editions
Machine Readable Cards - Health Care
Applications Numbering Systems and
Registration Procedure for Issuer Identifiers
December
Fire Blankets March
Personal Protective Equipment for
Prevention of Falls From a Height Low
Stretch Kernmantel Ropes June
Determination of Biochemical Oxygen
Demand of Water After n Days (BODn) Part
1 : Dilutution and Seeding Method with
Allythiourea Addition May; ISO 5815: 1989;
Modified; Supersedes DIN 38409-51; May
1987 Edition
Determination of Biochemical Oxygen
Demand of Water After n Days (BODn) Part
2: Method for Undiluted Samples May; ISO
5815: 1989; Modified; Supersedes DIN
38409-52; November 1987 Edition
Stationary Source Emissions - Manual
Method of Determination of HCI Part 1:
Sampling of Gases July
Stationary Source Emissions - Manual
Method of Determination of HCI Part 2:
Gaseous Compounds Absorption July
Stationary Source Emissions - Manual
EN 1922
EN 1923
EN 1938
EN 1948-1
EN 1948-2
EN 1948-3
EN 1985
EN 12006-1
EN 12006-2
EN 12006-3
EN 12010
EN 12011
EN 12021
EN 12055
Method of Determination of HCI Part 3:
Absorption Solutions Analysis and
Calculation July
Information Technology Character
Repertoire and Coating for Interworking with
Telex Services December
European Character Repertoires and Their
Coding 8-Bit Single Byte Coding June
Personal Eye Protection Goggles for
Motorcycle and Moped Users December
Stationary Source Emissions; Determination
of the Mass Concentration of PCDDs/PCDFs
Part 1: Sampling May
Stationary Source Emissions; Determination
of the Mass Concentration of PCDDs/PCDFs
Part 2: Extraction and Clean-Up May
Stationary Source Emissions; Determination
of the Mass Concentration of
PCDDs/PCDFs; Part 3: Identification and
Quantification May
Walking Aids; General Requirements and
Test Methods February
Non-Active Surgical Implants; Particular
Requirements for Cardiac and Vascular
Implants; Part 1: Heart Valve Substitutes
October
Non-Active Surgical Implants Particular
Requirements for Cardiac and Vascular
Prostheses Including Cardiac Valve Conduits
May
Non-Active Surgical Implants; Particular
Requirements for Cardiac and Vascular
Implants; Part 3: Endovascular Devices
January
Non-Active Surgical Implants Joint
Replacement Implants Particular
Requirements May
Instrumentation to be Used in Association
With Non-Active Surgical Implants General
Requirements March
Respiratory Protective Devices; Compressed
Air for Breathing Apparatus January; This
Standard Supersedes DIN 3188, September
1984 Edition, and Parts of DIN EN 132, May
1991 Edition
Liquid Chilling Packages and Heat Pumps
EN 12083
EN 940
EN 1315-2
EN 1371-1
5 PT 1
5 PT 2
5 PT 10
6 PT 1
6 PT 2
30 (W)
102
174
175
176
178
199 PT 1
199 PT 2
199 PT 3
with Electrically Driven Compressors Cooling Mode; Definitions, Testing and
Requirements March
Respiratory Protective Devices Filters with
Breathing Hoses (Non-Mask Mounted)
Particle Filters, Gas Filters and Combined
Filters - Requirements, Testing, Marking
June
Safety of Woodworking Machines;
Combined Woodworking Machines August
Dimensional Classification of Timber; Part 2:
Softwood Round Timber October
Founding - Liquid Penetrant Inspection; Part
1: Sand, Gravity Die and Low Pressure Die
Castings October
Drawing Practice; Axonometric Projections;
Isometric Projection December
Drawing Practice; Axonometric Projections;
Dimetric Projection December
Technical Drawings; Projections;
Terminology December
Technical Drawings; Representation in
Normal Projection; Views and Special
Representations December
Technical Drawings; Representation in
Normal Projection; Sections December
Drawing Practice; Simplified Presentations
December
Reference Temperature of Measuring Tools
and Workpieces October
Bright Flat Steel; Dimensions, Permissible
Variations, Weights
Polished Round Steel; Dimensions,
Permissible Deviations According to ISO
Tolerance Zone h9 October
Bright Drawn Hexagon Steel; Dimensions,
Permissible Variations, Weights February
Bright Square Steel; Dimensions, Permissible
Variations, Weights
Terminology Associated with Technical
Drawings and Item Lists; Technical
Drawings
Terms in Drawings and Parts Lists; Parts
Lists December
Terms in Drawings and Parts Lists;
Processing of Parts Lists, Terms in Code
199 PT 4
199 PT 5
250
323 PT 1
323 PT 2
406 PT 1 (S)
406 PT 2 (S)
406 PT 3 (S)
406 PT 10
406 PT 11
406 PT 12
461
488 PT 1
488 PT 2
Systems August
Terminology Associated with Technical
Drawings and Parts Lists; Amendments
October
Terminology Associated with Technical
Drawings and Parts Lists; Parts Lists
Processing, Evaluation of Parts Lists October
Rounding Radii
Preferred Numbers and Series of Preferred
Numbers; Basic Values; Calculated Values;
Rounded Values August
Preferred Numbers and Series of Preferred
Numbers; Introduction November
Dimensioning in Drawings; Kinds April;
Superseded by DIN 406 Part 10
Dimensioning on Drawings; Rules August;
Superseded by DIN 406 Parts 10, 11 and 12
Dimensioning in Drawings; Dimensioning by
Co-Ordinates July; Superseded by DIN 406
Parts 10, 11 and 12
Engineering Drawing Practice; Dimensioning
Concepts and General Principles December;
This Standard Supersedes April 1977 Edition
of DIN 406 Part 1 and, Together with
December 1992 Edition of DIN 406 Parts 11
and 12, Supersedes August 1981 Edition of
DIN 40
Engineering Drawing Practice; Dimensioning
Principles of Application December; This
Standard Superseded July 1975 Edition of
DIN 406 Part 3 and, Together with December
1992 Edition of DIN 406 PT 10 and PT 12,
Also Supersedes August 1981 Edition of DIN
406
Engineering Drawing Practice; Dimensioning
Tolerancing of Linear and Angular
Dimensions December; Modified Version of
ISO 406:1987; Together with December
1992 Editions of DIN 406 Parts 10 and 11,
Supersedes August 1981 Edition of DIN 406
Part 2
Graphical Representation in Systems of
Coordinates March
Reinforcing Steel; Grades, Properties,
Marking September
Reinforcing Steel; Reinforcing Steel Bars;
488 PT 3
488 PT 4
488 PT 5
488 PT 6
488 PT 7
536 PT 1
668
670
671
820 PT 1
820 PT 3 (W)
820 PT 4
824
862
865
866
874 PT 1
874 PT 2
877
997
998
Dimensions and Masses June
Reinforcing Steel; Reinforcing Steel Bars;
Testing June
Reinforcing Steel; Reinforcing Steel Fabric
and Wire; Design, Dimensions and Masses
June
Reinforcing Steel; Reinforcing Steel Fabric
and Wire; Testing June
Reinforcing Steel; Inspection June
Reinforcing Steel; Verification of
Weldability of Reinforcing Steel Bars; Test
Procedure and Evaluation June
Crane Rails; Hot Rolled Flat Bottom Crane
Rails (Type A) Dimensions, Section
Parameters and Steel Grades September
Bright Round Steel; Dimensions; Permissible
Deviations According to ISO Tolerance Zone
h11 October
Bright Round Steel; Dimensions; Permissible
Deviations According to ISO Tolerance Zone
h8 October
Bright Round Steel; Dimensions; Permissible
Deviations According to ISO Tolerance Zone
h9 October
Standards Work; Principles April
Standardization Procedure; Definitions
March
Standards Work; Working Procedure January
Technical Drawings; Folding to Filing Size
March
Vernier Callipers; Requirements and Testing
December
Graduated Steel Rules; Rules for Verification
Purposes; Requirements March
Graduated Steel Rules; Engineers' Rules;
Design, Requirements March
Steel Straight Edges; Dimensions, Technical
Conditions of Delivery August
Knife Edge Straight Edges; Dimensions,
Technical Conditions of Delivery August
Inclination Measuring Instruments (Levels)
June
Tracing Dimensions for Bars and Rolled
Steel Sections October
Hole Pitches in Unequal Steel Angles
October
999
1013 PT 1
1013 PT 2
1014 PT 1
1014 PT 2
1015
1017 PT 1
1017 PT 2
1018
1022
1024 (S)
1025-1
1025-2
1025 PT 3
Hole Pitches in Equal Steel Angles October
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Round Steel for
General Purposes; Dimensions, Permissible
Variations for Dimension and Form
November
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Round Steel for
Special Purposes; Dimensions, Permissible
Variations for Dimension and Form
November
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Squares for General
Purpose; Dimensions, Permissible Deviations
on Dimension and Form July
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Square for Special
Purpose; Dimensions, Permissible Deviations
on Dimension and Form July
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Hexagon Steel;
Dimensions, Weights, Permissible Variations
November
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Flat Steel for General
Purpose; Dimensions, Weights, Permissible
Variations April
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Flat Steel for Special
Purpose (in Bar Drawing Mills, Bolt and
Screw Factories, Etc.) Dimensions, Weights,
Permissible Variations March
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Half-Round Steel and
Half-Oval Steel; Dimensions, Weights,
Permissible Variations October
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Equal Angle SquaredEdge Steel (LS Steel); Dimensions, Weights,
Permissible Variations October
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Round-Edged T-Bars;
Dimensions, Weights, Permissible
Deviations, Static Values March; Superseded
by DIN EN 10055
Hot Rolled I and H Sections (I Series)
Dimensions, Mass and Static Parameters
May; This Standard, Together with DIN EN
10024, May 1995 Edition, Supersedes
October 1963 Edition
Hot Rolled I and H Sections; (IPB Series)
Dimensions, Mass and Static Parameters
November
Hot Rolled I and H Sections (IPBl Series)
Dimensions, Mass and Static Parameters
March; Together with DIN EN 10034,
1025 PT 4
1025 PT 5
1026
1027
1301 PT 1
1301 PT 2
1301 PT 3
1304 PT 1
1304 PT 2
1304 PT 3
1304 PT 5
1304 PT 6
1304 PT 7
1305
1310
1312
1314
1317 PT 1
1317 PT 2
Supersedes October 1963 Edition
Hot Rolled I and H Sections (IPBv Series)
Dimensions, Mass and Static Parameters
March; Together with DIN EN 10034,
Supersedes October 1963 Edition
Hot Rolled I and H Sections (IPE Series)
Dimensions, Mass and Static Parameters
March; Together with DIN EN 10034,
Supersedes March 1965 Edition
Steel Bars; Steel Sections; Hot Rolled Round
Edge Channels; Dimensions, Weights,
Permissible Variations, Static Values October
Steel Bars; Hot Rolled Round Edge Zeds;
Dimensions, Weights, Permissible
Variations, Static Values October
Units; Names and Symbols December
Units; Submultiples and Multiples for
General Use (Feb) February
Units; Conversions of Units No Longer to Be
Used October
Letter Symbols for Physical Quantities;
Symbols for General Use March
Letter Symbols for Physical Quantities;
Symbols for Use in Meteorology and
Geophysics September
Letter Symbols for Physical Quantities;
Symbols for Use in Electric Power
Engineering March
Letter Symbols for Physical Quantities;
Symbols for Use in Fluid Mechanics
September
Letter Symbols for Physical Quantities;
Symbols for Use in Electrical
Communications Engineering May
Letter Symbols for Physical Quantities;
Symbols to Be Used for Electrical Machines
January
Mass, as Weighed Value, Force, Weight
Force, Weight, Load; Concepts January
Composition of (Gaseous, Liquid and Solid)
Mixtures; Concepts, Symbols February
Geometrical Orientation March
Pressure; Basic Definitions, Units February
Standard Tuning; Standard Musical Pitch
March
Standard Tuning; Tuning-Fork August
1317 PT 3
1319-1
1319 PT 2
1333 PT 1 (W)
1333 PT 2 (W)
1353 PT 1
1353 PT 2
1367 PT 1
1455
1570
1581
1599
1614 PT 1
1616 (S)
1623 PT 1 (S)
1623 PT 2
1623 PT 3 (S)
1651
Standard Tuning; Tuning Frequency for
Organs June
Basic Concepts in Metrology Part 1: General
Concepts January; Partly Supersedes DIN
1319-2 and August 1983 Edition of DIN
1319-3
Basic Concepts in Metrology; Terminology
Relating to the Use of Measuring Instruments
January
Presentation of Numerical Data; Types of
Decimal Notation February
Presentation of Numerical Data; Rounding
February
Abbreviations of Designations; Elementary
Abbreviations April
Abbreviations of Denominations for (HalfFinished Products) April
Seal Wires of Galvanized Steel Wire August
Handwritings February
Hot Rolled, Ribbed and Grooved Spring
Steel; Dimensions, Weights, Permissible
Deviations, Static Values February
Steel Bars; Hinge Strip Profiles; Dimensions,
Weights December
Identification Markings for Steel August
Steel Flat Products; Hot Rolled Sheet and
Strip; Technical Delivery Conditions; Mild
Unalloyed Steels for Cold Reducing March
Tinplate and Blackplate Sheet; Grades,
Dimensions and Permissible Deviations
October; Superseded by DIN EN 10203
August 1991 and DIN EN 10205 January
1992
Steel Flat Products; Cold Rolled Sheet and
Strip; Technical Delivery Conditions; Mild
Unalloyed Steels for Cold Forming February;
Superseded by DIN EN 10130
Steel Flat Products; Cold Reduced Sheet and
Strip; Technical Delivery Conditions;
General Purpose Structural Steels February
Steel Flat Products; Cold Reduced Sheet and
Strip; Technical Delivery Conditions; Mild
Unalloyed Steels for Vitreous Enamelling
January; Superseded by DIN EN 10209, May
1996
Free-Cutting Steels; Technical Delivery
1652 PT 1
1652 PT 2
1652 PT 3
1652 PT 4
1653
1654 PT 1
1654 PT 2
1654 PT 3
1654 PT 4
1654 PT 5
1681
1683-1
1684-1
1685-1
1686-1
Conditions April
Bright Steel; General Technical Delivery
Conditions November
Bright Steel Made from Structural Steel;
Technical Delivery Conditions November
Bright Steel Made from Case Hardening
Steel; Technical Delivery Conditions
November
Bright Steel Made from Steel for Quenching
and Tempering; Technical Delivery
Conditions November
Surface Condition of Commercial Steel
Wires; Denominations and Abbreviations
Thereof January
Cold Heading and Cold Extruding Steels;
Technical Delivery Conditions; General
October
Cold Heading and Cold Extruding Steels;
Technical Delivery Conditions for Killed
Unalloyed Steels Not Intended for Heat
Treatment October
Cold Heading and Cold Extruding Steels;
Technical Delivery Conditions for Case
Hardening Steels October
Cold Heading and Cold Extruding Steels;
Technical Delivery Conditions for Steels for
Quenching and Tempering October
Cold Heading and Cold Extruding Steels;
Technical Delivery Conditions for Stainless
Steels October
Cast Steels for General Engineering
Purposes; Technical Delivery Conditions
June
Rough Steel Castings General Tolerances and
Machining Allowances (For Replacement
Purposes Only) August
Rough Castings of Malleable Iron General
Tolerances and Machining Allowances (For
Replacement Purposes Only) August
Rough Castings of Spheroidal Graphite Cast
Iron General Tolerances and Machining
Allowances (For Replacement Purposes
Only) August
Rough Castings of Grey Cast Iron General
Tolerances and Machining Allowances (For
Replacement Purposes Only) August
1687-1
1688-1
1690 PT 2
1690 PT 10
1693 PT 2
1694
1694 SUPPL. 1
1695
1695 SUPPL 1
1700
1702
1704 (S)
1705
1705 SUPPL. 1
1706 (S)
1712 PT 1 (S)
Rough Castings of Heavy Metal Alloys
Produced by Sand Casting General
Tolerances and Machining Allowances
August
Rough Castings of Light Metal Alloys
Produced by Sand Casting General
Tolerances and Machining Allowances (For
Replacement Purposes Only) August
Technical Delivery Conditions for Castings
Made from Metallic Materials; Steel
Castings; Classification into Severity Levels
on the Basis of Non-Destructive Testing June
Technical Delivery Conditions for Castings
of Metallic Materials; Supplementary
Requirements for Steel Castings Used for
Heavy-Duty Valves January
Cast Iron with Nodular Graphite; Unalloyed
and Low Alloy Grades; Properties in Cast-On
Test Piece October
Austenitic Cast Iron September
Austenitic Cast Iron; Reference Data on
Mechanical and Physical Properties
September
Abrasion Resisting Alloy Cast Iron
September
Wear Resisting Alloyed Cast Iron;
Information on Heat Treatment, Mechanical
and Physical Properties and Microstructure
September
Non-Ferrous Metals; Systematic Symbols
July; Intended to Be Superseded in Part by
DIN EN 573-2, December 1994 Edition
Nickel Anodes January
Tin June; Superseded by DIN EN 610,
September 1995 Edition
Copper-Tin and Copper-Tin-Zinc Casting
Alloys; (Cast Tin Bronze and Gunmetal);
Castings November
Copper-Tin and Copper-Tin-Zinc Casting
Alloys; (Cast Tin Bronze and Gunmetal);
Castings; Reference Data on Mechanical and
Physical Properties November
Zinc March; Superseded by DIN EN
1179:1996
Aluminium; Ingots December; Superseded
by DIN EN 576, September 1995 Edition
1712 PT 3 (S)
1714
1714 SUPPL. 1
1715 PT 1
1715 PT 2
1716
1716 SUPPL. 1
1718
1719
1725 PT 1 (S)
1725 PT 3 (S)
1729 PT 1
1742
1745 PT 1
1745 PT 2 (S)
1748 PT 3
1748 PT 4
1751
Aluminium; Half-Finished Products
December; Intended to Be Superseded by
DIN EN 573-3 Together with DIN EN 573-4,
December 1994 Editions
Copper-Aluminium Casting Alloys; (Cast
Aluminium Bronze); Castings November
Copper-Aluminium Casting Alloys; (Cast
Aluminium Bronze); Castings; Reference
Data on Mechanical and Physical Properties
November
Thermostat Metals; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Nov) November
Thermostat Metals; Testing the Specific
Thermal Curvature (Nov) November
Copper-Lead-Tin Casting Alloys; (Cast TinLead Bronze); Castings November
Copper-Lead-Tin Casting Alloys; (Cast TinLead Bronze); Castings; Reference Data on
Mechanical and Physical Properties
November
Copper Alloys; Definitions November
Lead; Composition January
Aluminium Alloys; Wrought Alloys
February; Intended to Be Superseded by DIN
EN 573-3 Together with DIN EN 573-4,
December 1994 Editions
Aluminium Alloys; Master Alloys June;
Superseded by DIN EN 575, September 1995
Edition
Wrought Magnesium Alloys August
Tin Alloys for Pressure Die Castings July
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Plate, Sheet and Strip Greater Than 0,35 mm
in Thickness; Properties (S) February
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Plate, Sheet and Strip Greater Than 0,35 mm
in Thickness; Technical Delivery Conditions
February; Superseded by DIN EN 485 Part 1
Aluminium Extruded Sections; (Highest
Grade Aluminium, High Grade Aluminium
and Wrought Aluminium Alloys); Design
December
Aluminium and Wrought Aluminium Alloy;
Extruded Profiles; Permissible Deviations
November
Sheet and Sheet Cut to Length of Copper and
1756
1759
1761
1763
1769 (S)
1770 (S)
1771
1783 (S)
1787
1791
1796 (S)
1797 (S)
Wrought Copper Alloys; Cold Rolled;
Dimensions June
Round Rod of Copper and Wrought Copper
Alloys; Drawn; Dimensions July
Rectangular Bars of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Drawn, with Sharp Edges;
Dimensions, Permissible Variations, Static
Values June
Square Rod of Copper and Copper Wrought
Alloys; Drawn, with Sharp Edges;
Dimensions July
Hexagon Rod of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Drawn, with Sharp Edges;
Dimensions July
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Drawn Rectangular Bars with Square Edges;
Dimensions, Dimensional Deviations and
Form Tolerances, Static Values September;
Superseded by DIN EN 754-5
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Extruded Rectangular Bars; Dimensions,
Dimensional Deviations and Form
Tolerances, Static Values January;
Superseded by DIN EN 755-5
Aluminium and Wrought Aluminium Alloy;
Extruded Angles; Dimensions; Static Values
September
Strips, Plates and Sheets of Aluminium and
Wrought Aluminium Alloys with
Thicknesses over 0,35 mm, Cold-Rolled;
Dimensions April; Superseded by EN 485
Part 4
Copper; Half-Finished Products January
Strip and Strip Cut to Length of Copper and
Wrought Copper Alloys; Cold Rolled;
Dimensions June
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Drawn Square Bars with Sharp Edges;
Dimensions, Dimensional Deviations and
Form Tolerances September; Superseded by
DIN EN 754-4
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Drawn Hexagonal Bars with Sharp Edges;
Dimensions, Dimensional Deviations and
Form Tolerances September; Superseded by
DIN EN 754-6
1798 (S)
1799 (S)
2076
2077
2257 PT 1
2257 PT 2
2268
2425 PT 5
2425 PT 6
2428
2429 PT 1
2429 PT 2
2429 PT 2 SUPPL. 1
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Drawn Round Bars; Dimensions,
Dimensional Deviations and Form
Tolerances September; Superseded by DIN
EN 754-3
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy
Extruded Round Bars; Dimensions,
Dimensional Deviations and Form
Tolerances September; Superseded by DIN
EN 755-3
Round Spring Wire; Dimensions, Masses,
Permissible Deviations December; Partially
Superseded by DIN EN 10218-2, August
1996 Edition
Spring Steel; Round, Hot Rolled;
Dimensions, Permissible Deviations on
Dimension and Form February
Terminology Used in Dimensional
Metrology; Units, Activities, Checking
Instruments; Metrological Concepts
November
Definitions of Length Verification Practice;
Measurement Errors and Uncertainties
August
Length Measurements with Graduations;
Parameters; Tolerancing October
Plans for Public Supplies, Water Engineering
and Long-Distance Pipelines; Maps and
Plans for Water Engineering October
Plans for Public Utilities, Water Resources
Management and for Long-Distance
Pipelines; Maps and Plans for Water
Engineering, Flood and Coastal Protection
February
Drawings for Pipelines; Forms for Isometric
Representation December
Symbolic Representation of Pipework
Components for Use on Technical Drawings;
Basic Requirements January
Symbolic Representation of Pipework
Components on Engineering Drawings;
Functional Representation January
Symbolic Representation of Pipework
Components on Technical Drawings;
Functional Representation; Examples for the
Representation of Open or Shut-Off Flow
4023
4102 PT 2
4102 PT 3
4102 PT 6
4150 PT 3
4228
4549
4102 PT 5
4620
4646 PT 8(S)
4753 PT 10
4753 PT 11
4757 PT 4
4841 PT 4
January
Borehole Logging; Graphical Representation
of the Results March
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Building Components; Building
Components; Definitions, Requirements and
Tests September
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Building Components; Fire Walls and NonLoad-Bearing External Walls; Definitions,
Requirements and Tests September
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Building Components; Ventilation Ducts;
Definitions, Requirements and Tests
September
Structural Vibration in Buildings; Effects on
Structures May
Precast Concrete Lattice Towers, Masts and
Columns February
Office Furniture; Desks, Machine Operator's
Desks and Visual Display Unit (VDU)
Desks; Dimensions November
Fire Behaviour of Building Materials and
Building Components; Fire Barriers, Barriers
in Lift Wells and Glazings Resistant Against
Fire; Definitions, Requirements and Tests
September; Superseded in Part by DIN 4102
Part 13
Hot Rolled Steel Strip with Rounded Edges
for the Manufacture of Springs; Dimensions,
Material and Form of Supply November
Lenses for Eye Protectors; Antifogging Test
September; Superseded by DIN EN 168
Water Heating Installations for Drinking
Water and Service Water; Cathodic
Corrosion Protection of Uncoated Steel
Vessels; Requirements and Testing May
Water Heaters and Hot Water Systems for
Drinking and Service Water; Indirect Heat
Exchangers; Requirements, Testing and
Marking February
Solar Heating Plants; Solar Collectors;
Determination of Efficiency, Heat Capacity
and Pressure Drop July
Protective Gloves; Leather Protective Gloves
for Welders; Safety Requirements and
4841 PT 5 (W)
4843 (S)
4890
4892
5497 (W)
5499
5512 PT 3
6164 PT 1
6164 PT 2
6164 PT 3
6174
6281
6403
6771 PT 1
6774 PT 3
6774 PT 4
6774 PT 10
6784
6880
Testing January
Protective Gloves; Grade 2 Gloves Affording
Protection Against Chemicals; Safety
Requirements, Testing April
Safety Footwear; Safety Requirements;
Testing December; Superseded by DIN 344
and DIN 345
Inch - Millimetre; Fundamentals for
Conversion February
Inch - Millimetre; Conversion Tables
February
Mechanics; Rigid Bodies; Symbols
December
Gross and Net Calorific Values; Terms
January
Stainless Steel Flats for Use in Rail Vehicle
Construction January
DIN Colour Chart; System Based on the 2
Deg. Standard Colorimetric Observer
February
DIN Colour Chart; Specification of Colour
Samples February
DIN Colour Chart; System Based on the 10
Deg. Standard Colorimetric Observer July
Colorimetric Evaluation of Colour
Differences of Surface Colours According to
the CIELAB Formula January
Generator Sets with Reciprocating Internal
Combustion Engines; Connection
Dimensions for Generators and Reciprocating
Internal Combustion Engines April
Measuring Tapes of Steel with Winder
Frames or Winder Cases February
Title Blocks for Drawings, Plans and Lists
December
Technical Drawings; Rules for Preparation;
Drawn Originals for Slides June
Technical Drawings; Rules for Preparation;
Drawn Masters for Printing Purposes April
Technical Drawings; Principles for the
Computer Aided Preparation of Drawings
December
Edges of Workpieces; Concepts; Indications
on Drawings February
Bright Key Steel Dimensions, Permissible
Variations, Weights April
6930 PT 2
7162
7470
7471 (S)
2271 PT 1
2271 PT 2
2271 PT 3
2271 PT 4
2273
2275
2276 PT 1
2276 PT 2
2277
2406
2425 PT 4
17230
17240
17245 (S)
17280
Steel Stampings; General Tolerances April
Plain Workshop and Inspection Gauges;
Manufacturing Tolerances and Permissible
Wear December
Protective Equipment Against Fall; Safety
Belts; Safety Requirements, Testing January;
Superseded in Part by DIN EN 358
Protective Equipment Against Fall;
Lanyards; Safety Requirements, Testing July;
Superseded by DIN EN 354
Pneumatic Length Measurement (Air
Gauging); Principles; Methods September
Pneumatic Length Measurement (Air
Gauging); Design Features of Instruments
Working in the High Pressure Range April
Pneumatic Length Measurement (Air
Gauging); Parameters of Instruments
Working in the High Pressure Range;
Requirements; Testing November
Pneumatic Length Measurement (Air
Gauging); General Information and Examples
of Application November
Sine Bars May
Feeler Gauges September
Inclination Measuring Systems; Cylindrical
Spirit Level Vials; Dimensions and
Requirements June
Inclination Measuring Systems; Electronic
Inclination Measuring Systems; Types and
Requirements June
Circular Levels; Terms; Construction
November
Pipelines; Symbols; Pipe Classes April
Plans for Public Utilities, Water Resources
and Long-Distance Lines; Sewer Network
Drawings of Public Sewerage Systems May
Ball and Roller Bearing Steels; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Sept)
Heat Resisting and Highly Heat Resisting
Materials for Bolts and Nuts; Quality
Specifications (July)
Ferritic Steel Castings with Elevated
Temperature Properties; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Dec) (Superseded by DIN EN
10213-1 and DIN EN 10213-2)
Steels with Low Temperature Toughness;
17350
17350 SUPPL. 1
17405
17410
17440
17441
17442
17443
17445
17455
17456
72781 PT 2
EN 2
EN 3 PT 3
Technical Delivery Conditions for Plate,
Sheet, Strip, Wide Flats, Sections, Bars and
Forgings (July) (Parts Superseded by DIN
EN 10028 Part 1, April 1993 Edition, and
DIN EN 10028-4, Sept. 1994 Edition)
Tool Steels; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Oct)
Tool Steels; Technical Conditions of
Delivery; Additional Information on Heat
Treatment (Oct)
Soft Magnetic Materials for Direct Current
Relays; Technical Conditions of Delivery
(Sept)
Materials for Permanent Magnets; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (May)
Technical Delivery Conditions for Stainless
Steel Plate, Hot Rolled Strip, and Bars for
Pressure Purposes, Drawn Wire and Forgings
September; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 10088-2 and DIN EN 10088-3,
August 1995 Editions, Supersedes July 1985
Edition
Technical Delivery Conditions for Stainless
Steel Cold-Rolled Strip, Slit Strip and Plate
Cut Therefrom for Pressure Purposes
February
Rolled, Wrought or Cast Stainless Steel
Products for Medical Instruments (Oct)
Rolled and Wrought Stainless Steel Products
for Surgical Implants; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Apr)
Stainless Steel Castings; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Nov) (Superseded in Part by
DIN EN 10213-1 and DIN EN 10213-4)
General Purpose Welded Circular Stainless
Steel Tubes; Technical Delivery Conditions
(July)
General Purpose Seamless Circular Stainless
Steel Tubes; Technical Delivery Conditions
(July)
Windscreen Wipers for Motor Vehicles;
Wiper Motors; Definitions; Testings (Oct)
Classification of Fires (Jan)
Portable Fire Extinguishers; Construction,
Resistance to Pressure, Mechanical Tests
(June)
EN 117
EN 131 PT 1
EN 131 PT 2
EN 138
EN 139
EN 700
EN 701
EN 702
EN 717-3
EN 747 PT 1
EN 747 PT 2
EN 754-1
EN 754-2
EN 754-3
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Limit of Effectiveness Against
Reticulitermes Santonensis (De Feytaud)
(Laboratory Method) (Aug)
Ladders; Terminology, Types, Functional
Sizes (Apr)
Ladders; Requirements, Testing, Marking
(Apr)
Respiratory Protective Devices; Fresh Air
Hose Breathing Apparatus for Use with Full
Mask, Half Mask or Mouthpiece Assembly;
Requirements, Testing and Marking (Dec)
Respiratory Protective Devices; Compressed
Air Line Breathing Apparatus for Use with
Full Mask, Half Mask or Mouthpiece
Assembly; Requirements, Testing and
Marking (Dec)
Fibre Ropes for General Service;
Polyethylene Ropes (Oct)
Fibre Ropes for General Service; General
Specifications (Oct)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Heat and
Flame; Determination of the Contact Heat
Transmission Through Protective Clothing or
Its Materials (Jan)
Wood-Based Panel Products Determination
of Formaldehyde Release by the Flask
Method May
Furniture; Bunk Beds for Domestic Use;
Safety Requirements (June)
Furniture; Bunk Beds for Domestic Use; Test
Methods (June)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube Part 1: Technical
Conditions for Inspection and Delivery
August; Together with DIN EN 755-1
Supersedes DIN 1746-2 and DIN 1747-2
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cold
Drawn Rod/Bars and Tube Part 2:
Mechanical Properties August; Together with
DIN EN 755-2 Supersedes DIN 1746-1 and
DIN 1747-1
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube; Round Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form;
(Supersedes DIN 1798, September 1986
EN 754-4
EN 754-5
EN 754-6
EN 754-7
EN 10236
EN 10237
10182 PT 2
10182 PT 3 (W)
10191 PT 1
10191 PT 2
10191 PT 3
10191 PT 4
10191 PT 5
Edition) (Jan)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube; Square Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form;
(Supersedes DIN 1796, September 1986
Edition) (Jan)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube; Rectangular Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form;
(Supersedes DIN 1769, September 1986
Edition) (Jan)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube; Hexagonal Bars:
Tolerances on Dimensions and Form;
(Supersedes DIN 1797, September 1986
Edition) (Jan)
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys - Cold
Drawn Rod/Bar and Tube Part 7: Seamless
Tubes - Tolerances on Dimensions and Form
October; Supersedes DIN 1795, February
1987 Edition
Metallic Materials; Tube Ring Expanding
Test (Jan) (Supersedes DIN 50137, June
1979 Edition)
Metallic Materials; Tube Ring Tensile Test
(Jan) (Supersedes DIN 50138, May 1979
Edition)
Microbiological Analysis of Milk; Detection
of Inhibitors in Milk; Routine Method
(Brilliant Black Reduction Test) October
Microbiological Analysis of Milk; Detection
of Inhibitors in Milk; Routine Method (Agar
Diffusion Test) October
Microbiological Examination of Milk;
Preparation of Samples of Milk and Liquid
Milk Products October
Microbiological Examination of Milk;
Preparation of Samples of Dried Milk, Dried
Whey, and Lactose October
Microbiological Examination of Milk;
Preparation of Samples of Milk Fat Products
October
Microbiological Examinations; Preparation
of Samples of Cheese and Cheese Products
October
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
10192 PT 1
10192 PT 2
10192 PT 3
10194
10195 PT 1 (W)
10311
10326
10331 (W)
10963
10964
11000
11001 PT 1
11001 PT 2
11001 PT 3
Preparation of Samples; Method of Analysis
of Edible Ices and Edible Ice Powder July
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Determination of Bacterial Count; Reference
Method ] April
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Determination of Bacterial Count; Simplified
Plate Count Method According to Koch
February
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Determination of Bacterial Count; PlateLoop Method February
Microbiological Analysis of Milk; Detection
of Streptococcus Agalactiae in Untreated
Milk September
Microbiological Analysis of Milk;
Microcolony Count; Enumeration of
Microcolonies by Stereomicroscopic Counts
December
Determination of the Water Dispersion in
Butter; Indicator Paper Method (Aug)
Determination of Sucrose and Glucose
Content in Milk Products and Ice Cream;
Enzymatic Method February
Determination of the Hardness of Butter
August
Sensory Analysis; Ranking Method
November
Sensory Analysis; Simple Descriptive Test
June
Agricultural Machines and Tractors;
Technical Safety Requirements August
Tractors and Machinery for Agriculture;
Agricultural Tractors; Special Safety
Requirements and Testing May
Agricultural Machines and Tractors;
Combine-Harvesters; Special Technical
Safety Requirements and Testing December;
Superseded in Part by DIN EN 632, August
1995
Agricultural Machines and Tractors; Reaping
Units, Hay Making Machines, Chopper
Forage Harvesters; Special Technical Safety
Requirements and Testing August;
Superseded in Part by DIN EN 632, August
1995
11001 PT 5
11001 PT 7
11001 PT 8
11004 PT 1
11090
11482
11483 PT 1
11483 PT 2
11487
11622 PT 1
11622 PT 2
11622 PT 3
11622 PT 4
11701
11902
Agricultural Machines and Tractors; Trailers;
Special Technical Safety Requirements and
Testing August; Superseded Parts by DIN
EN 1853, September 1999 Edition
Agricultural Machines and Tractors; BeetHarvesters; Special Safety Requirements and
Testing December
Agricultural Machines and Tractors;
Equipment for Harvesting Potatoes; Special
Technical Safety Requirements and Testing
December
Garden and Landscape Work; Shredders for
Vegetational Waste; Safety Requirements
and Testing March
Agricultural Machinery; Harrow Tines
September
Dairy Machinery; Storage Tanks for Milk
and Liquid Dairy Products May
Dairy Installations; Cleaning and
Disinfection; Consideration of the Action on
Stainless Steel January
Dairy Installations; Cleaning and
Disinfection; Consideration of the Action on
Sealing Materials February
Dairy Plant; Planning, Project Management
and Implementation January
Silage Containers; Dimensioning;
Construction; Structure; General Directions
for Above-Ground and Underground
Containers ] August
Silage Containers; Dimensioning;
Construction; Structure; Silage Containers
Made from Building Blocks, Precast
Reinforced Concrete Components and
Reinforced Concrete August
Silage Containers; Dimensioning;
Construction; Structure; Above-Ground
Wooden Containers for Silage August
Silage Containers; Dimensioning;
Construction; Structure; Silage Containers of
Steel August
Agricultural Machinery; Angular Beater Bars
for Combine-Harvesters; Profile April
Laundry and Dry-Cleaning Machines;
Testing of Output, Effect of Treatment and
Consumption of Working Materials; Test
12331
12395
12445
12446
12650 PT 6
12877
12878
12879 PT 1
12905
13151
16167
16168
16174
16175
16176
16181
Conditions and Methods September
Laboratory Glassware; Beakers October
Laboratory Instruments; Test Tubes January
Laboratory Instruments of Glass; Short-Stem
Funnels March
Laboratory Instruments of Glass; Long-Stem
Funnels (Bunsen Funnels) March
Mechanical, Physical and Electrical
Laboratory Apparatus; Piston Operated
Volumetric Apparatus; Gravimetric
Assessment of Metrological Reliability April
Electrical Laboratory Apparatus; Heating
Baths; General and Safety Requirements,
Testing March
Electrical Laboratory Equipment; Adjustable
Liquid-In-Glass Contact Thermometers and
Control Devices; General and Safety
Requirements, Testing December
Electrical Laboratory Equipment; ConstantTemperature Liquid Circulators; General and
Safety Requirements, Testing May
Porcelain Laboratory Ware; Buechner
Funnels and Hirsch Funnels July
Surgical Dressings; Dressing Packs July
Industrial Straight Stem Liquid-In-Glass
Thermometers with Round Case, of Nominal
Size 160; Dimensions and Nominal Ranges
September
Industrial 90 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with Round Case, of
Nominal Size 160; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial Straight Stem Liquid-In-Glass
Thermometers with Round Case, of Nominal
Size 250; Dimensions and Nominal Ranges
September
Industrial 90 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with Round Case, of
Nominal Size 250; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial 135 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with Round Case, of
Nominal Size 250; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial Straight Stem Liquid-In-Glass
Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
16182
16185
16186
16189
16190
16191
16195
16203
16204
16205
16206
Nominal Size 110; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial 90 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
Nominal Size 110; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial Straight Stem Liquid-In-Glass
Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
Nominal Size 150; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial 90 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
Nominal Size 150; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial Straight Stem Liquid-In-Glass
Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
Nominal Size 200; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial 90 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
Nominal Size 200; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial 135 Degree Angle Stem Liquid-InGlass Thermometers with V-Shaped Case, of
Nominal Size 200; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges September
Industrial Liquid-In-Glass Thermometers
with Round or V-Shaped Case; Requirements
and Testing September
Filled-System and Bimetallic Dial
Thermometers; Requirements and Testing
February
Bimetallic Dial Thermometers, Accuracy
Classes 1 and 2, with Case Diameters of 63,
80, 100 and 160 mm; Dimensions and
Nominal Ranges February
Filled-System Dial Thermometers, Accuracy
Classes 1 and 2, with an Elastic Measuring
Element and Case Diameters of 63, 80, 100
and 160 mm; Dimensions and Nominal
Ranges February
Filled-System Remote-Sensor Dial
Thermometers, Accuracy Classes 1 and 2,
with Case Diameters of 60, 63, 80, 100 and
160 mm or 72 x 72, 96 x 96, 144 x 144
Cases; Dimensions and Nominal Ranges
17111
17115
17118
17120
17121
17122
17123
17124
17145
17163 (S)
17173
17174
17176
17178
February
Low Carbon Unalloyed Steels for Bolts, Nuts
and Rivets; Technical Conditions of Delivery
(Sept)
Steels for Welded Round Link Chains;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Feb)
Cold Rolled Steel Sections; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Jan)
Welded Circular Steel Tubes for Structural
Steelwork; Technical Delivery Conditions
June; Superseded in Parts by EN 10210-1,
September 1994 Edition
Seamless Circular Steel Tubes for Structural
Steelwork; Technical Delivery Conditions
(June) (Superseded in Parts by EN 10210-1,
September 1994 Edition)
Steel Conductor Contact Rails for Electric
Traction; Technical Conditions of Delivery
(Mar)
Welded Circular Fine Grain Steel Tubes for
Structural Steelwork; Technical Delivery
Conditions (May) (Superseded in Parts by
EN 10210-1, September 1994 Edition)
Seamless Circular Fine Grain Steel Tubes for
Structural Steelwork; Technical Delivery
Conditions (May) (Superseded in Parts by
EN 10210-1, September 1994 Edition)
Round Wire Rod for Welding Filler Metals;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (May)
Steel Flat Products; Electrolytically Zinc
Coated Cold Rolled Strip and Sheet;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Mar)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10152)
Seamless Circular Tubes Made from Steels
with Low Temperature Toughness; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Feb)
Welded Circular Tubes Made from Steels
with Low Temperature Toughness; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Feb)
Seamless Circular Steel Tubes for Hydrogen
Service at Elevated Temperatures and
Pressures; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Nov)
Welded Circular Fine Grain Steel Tubes
Subject to Special Requirements; Technical
Delivery Conditions (May)
17179
17182
17200 (S)
17204
17205
17211
17221
17222
17223 PT 1
17223 PT 2
17224
17457
17458
17459
17460
Seamless Circular Fine Grain Steel Tubes
Subject to Special Requirements; Technical
Delivery Conditions (May)
General Purpose Steel Castings with
Enhanced Weldability and Higher
Toughness; Technical Delivery Conditions
(May) (Superseded in Part by DIN EN
10213-1 and DIN EN 10213-3)
Steels for Quenching and Tempering;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Mar)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10083 Part 1 and
DIN EN 10083 Part 2)
Seamless Circular Tubes Made from Steels
for Quenching and Tempering; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Nov)
Quenched and Tempered Steel Castings for
General Applications; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Apr)
Nitriding Steels; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Apr)
Hot Rolled Steels for Springs Suitable for
Quenching and Tempering; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Dec)
Cold Rolled Steel Strips for Springs;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (Aug)
Round Steel Wire for Springs; Patented Cold
Drawn, Carbon Steel Wire for Springs;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Dec)
Round Steel Wire for Springs; Oil Quenched
and Tempered Carbon and Alloy Steel Wire;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Sept)
Stainless Steel Wire and Strip for Springs;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Feb)
Welded Circular Austenitic Stainless Steel
Tubes Subject to Special Requirements;
Technical Delivery Conditions (July)
Seamless Circular Austenitic Stainless Steel
Tubes Subject to Special Requirements;
Technical Delivery Conditions (July)
Seamless Circular High-Temperature
Austenitic Steel Tubes; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Sept)
High-Temperature Austenitic Steel Plate and
Sheet, Cold and Hot Rolled Strip, Bars and
Forgings; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Sept)
17465
17470
17471
17560
17561
17562
17563
17564
17565
17566
17567
17568
17580
17599
17600 PT 1
17611
17615 PT 1
17615 PT 2
17615 PT 3
17640 PT 1
17640 PT 2
17640 PT 3
Heat Resisting Steel Castings; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Aug)
Heating Conductor Alloys; Technical
Delivery Conditions for Round and Flat Wire
(Oct)
Resistance Alloys (Apr) (Supersedes January
1966 Edition)
Ferrosilicon and Silicon; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Dec)
Ferromolybdenum; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferrotungsten; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferrovanadium; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferromanganese, Ferromanganese-Silicon
and Manganese; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferro-Chromium, Ferro-Chromium-Silicon
and Chromium; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferrotitanium; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferroboron; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Jan)
Ferronickel; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Jan)
Calcium-Silicon; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Ferroalloys; Particle Size Ranges (June)
Terminology of Non-Ferrous Metals; Generic
Term; Classification Features (Dec)
(Superseded in Part by EN 23134 Part 1)
Anodized Wrought Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloy Semi-Finished Products
with Coating Thicknesses of at Least 10 Glm;
Technical Delivery Conditions (June)
AlMgSi0,5 Precision Sections; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Jan)
AlMgSi0,5 Precision Sections; Design
Principles (Jan)
AlMgSi0,5 Precision Sections; Tolerances
(Jan)
Lead Alloys for General Purposes (Jan)
Lead Alloys for Cable Sheathing (Jan)
Lead Alloys for Storage Batteries (Jan)
17655
17660
17662
17663
17664
17665
17666
17673 PT 1
17674 PT 3
17674 PT 4
17674 PT 5
17678 PT 1
17745
17800
17850
17851
17860
17861
17862
17863
17864
Unalloyed and Low Alloy Copper Materials
for Casting; Castings (Nov)
Wrought Copper Alloys; Copper-Zinc
Alloys; (Brass); (Special Brass);
Composition (Dec)
Wrought Copper Alloys; Copper-Tin Alloys;
(Tin Bronze); Composition (Dec)
Wrought Copper Alloys; Copper-Nickel-Zinc
Alloys; (Nickel Silver); Composition (Dec)
Wrought Copper Alloys; Copper-Nickel
Alloys; Composition (Dec)
Wrought Copper Alloys; Copper-Aluminium
Alloys; (Aluminium Bronze); Composition
(Dec)
Low Alloy Wrought Copper Alloys;
Composition (Dec)
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Drop
Forgings; Properties (Dec)
Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Extruded
Sections; Design (June)
Copper and Copper Wrought Alloy Extruded
Sections; Extruded, Permissible Variations
(June)
Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Extruded
Sections; Drawn; Permissible Variations
(June)
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Hand
Forgings; Properties (Dec)
Wrought Alloys of Nickel and Iron;
Composition (Jan)
Commercially Pure Magnesium (July)
Titanium; Chemical Composition (Nov)
Titanium Alloys; Chemical Composition
(Nov)
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Plate, Sheet
and Strip; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Nov)
Seamless Circular Titanium and Titanium
Alloy Tubes; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Nov)
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Bars; Technical
Delivery Conditions (Feb)
Wire of Titanium (Nov)
Titanium and Wrought Titanium Alloy
Forgings (Hammer Forgings and Drop
Forgings); Technical Delivery Conditions
17865
17866
17869
18038
18232 PT 2
18232 PT 3
18914
18914 SUPPL. 1
19051 PT 3 SUPPL. 1
19263
19264
19268
19683 PT 1
19683 PT 2
19683 PT 3
(Feb)
Titanium and Titanium Alloy Investment
Castings and Rammed Graphite Castings;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Nov)
Welded Circular Titanium and Titanium
Alloy Tubes; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Nov)
Properties of Titanium and Titanium Alloys;
Information Relating to DIN 17860 Through
DIN 17866 (June)
Sports Halls; Squash Centres; Principles for
Planning and Construction (Apr)
Structural Fire Protection in Industrial
Buildings; Smoke and Heat Control
Installations Design, Construction,
Performance and Installation of Smoke Vents
(Nov)
Structural Fire Protection in Industrial
Buildings; Smoke and Heat Control
Installations; Smoke Vents; Testing (Sept)
Thin-Walled Cylindrical Steel Tower Silos
(Sept)
Thin-Walled Cylindrical Steel Tower Silos;
Explanatory Notes (Sept)
Tests for Reprographic Use; DIN-Test
Assembly (Test Table) for Testing the
Microfilming of Technical Drawings; Neutral
Density Cards for Use in Practice (Apr)
Glass Electrodes for pH Measurement (Jan)
pH Measurement; Reference Electrodes
(Dec)
Measurement of pH Value of Clear Aqueous
Solutions (Feb)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Grain Size Distribution by Sieving (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Grain Size Distribution After Pretreatment
Using Sodium Pyrophosphate (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Grain Size Distribution After Treatment
19683 PT 4
19683 PT 5
19683 PT 11
19683 PT 12
19684 PT 3
19684 PT 4
19684 PT 5
23320 PT 2
23320 PT 3
23320 PT 4
23320 PT 5
24081
28179
28187
28430
Using Water (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Water Content of Soil (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
the Soil Moisture Suction Pressure (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Density (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Physical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Bulk Density (Apr)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Chemical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
the Annealing Loss and the Annealing
Residue (Feb)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Chemical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
the Total Nitrogen Content of the Soil (Feb)
Methods of Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
Chemical Laboratory Tests; Determination of
Carbonate Content of Soil (Feb)
Flameproof Clothing for the Mining Industry;
Safety Requirements and Testing; One-Piece
Coveralls May
Flameproof Clothing for the Mining Industry;
Two-Piece Outfits (May)
Flameproof Clothing for the Mining Industry;
Underwear (May)
Flameproof Clothing for the Mining Industry;
Protective Hoods (May)
Safety in the Organization of Work; EarthMoving Machinery; Hand Signals (Nov)
Steel U-Tubes for Tubular Heat Exchangers;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Nov)
Tube-To-Tube-Sheet Joints in Tubular Heat
Exchangers (June)
Vacuum Technology; Rules for the
30783 PT 1
32760 (S)
32763
32764 PT 1 (S)
32766 (S)
32769 (S)
32771 (S)
32860
32876 PT 1
32876 PT 1 SUPPL. 1
32877
33403 PT 1
Measurement of Steam Jet Vacuum Pumps
and Steam Jet Compressors Using Steam as
the Working Fluid (Nov)
Modular Order in the Transportation Chain;
Horizontal Dimensional Coordination;
Concepts, Principles (Apr)
Hearing Protectors; Terminology, Safety
Requirements, Testing (June) (Superseded by
DIN EN 352 Part 1 and 2)
Grade 2 Clothing for Protection Against
Chemicals; Safety Requirements, Testing
(Sept) (Partially Supersedes DIN 4846 Part 1,
December 1965 Edition and DIN 4847,
September 1969 Edition) (Partially
Superseded by DIN EN 368, and DIN EN
465, May 1995 Edition)
Clothing for Protection Against Radiant
Heat; Type WS (Heavy Duty) Protective
Clothing; Safety Requirements, Testing (Feb)
(Superseded by DIN EN 531, April 1995
Edition)
Protective Equipment Against Fall; Energy
Absorbers; Safety Requirements, Testing
(Dec) (Superseded by EN 355)
Protective Equipment Against Fall; SelfLocking Safety Anchorages; Safety
Requirements, Testing (Feb) (Superseded by
EN 353 Part 2)
Protective Outfits for Welders Made from
Textile Fabrics; Safety Requirements and
Testing (Mar) (Superseded by DIN EN 4701, August 1995 Edition)
Mobile Drawing Boards; Terminology,
Requirements, Testing (Feb)
Electrical Length Measurement with
Analogue Data Acquisition; Concepts,
Requirements, Testing (Apr)
Electrical Length Measurement; General
Information and Examples of Application
(Apr)
Non-Contact Optoelectronic Length
Measurement; Concepts, Requirements and
Testing (Feb)
Climate at Workplaces and in Working
Environments; Basic Principles for
Determining Climates (Apr)
33411 PT 3
33411 PT 4
33414 PT 1
33417
40431 PT 1
40431 PT 2
40500 PT 4
40500 PT 5
6724-1
6724-2
7434
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7445
Human Physical Strength; Maximum Static
Action Moments Applied by Male Operators
When Actuating Hand-Wheels (Dec)
Human Physical Strength; Maximum Static
Action Forces (Isodynes) (May)
Ergonomic Design of Control Rooms; Seated
Work Stations; Terms and Definitions,
Principles, Dimensions (Apr)
Description of Position, Orientation and
Direction of Movement of Objects (Aug)
Steel Conduit Thread; Thread Gauges; "Go"
and "Not Go" Thread Ring Gauges (Nov)
Steel Conduit Thread; Thread Gauges; "Go"
and "Not Go" Thread Plug Gauges (Nov)
Copper for Electrical Engineering; Wires of
Copper and Copper-Silver Alloy; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Sept)
Copper for Electrical Purposes; Tinned Wire;
Technical Delivery Conditions (June)
65 to 85 g/m2 Paper for Use in Optical
Character Recognition Systems Requirements and Testing Part 1: Uncoated,
Untreated Paper July
65 to 85 g/m2 Paper for Use in Optical
Character Recognition Systems Requirements and Testing Part 2: Coated,
Treated Carbonless Copy Paper July
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Extension Bars (with
Male/Female Driving Squares) August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Tee Handle Square Drives August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Screwdrivers for Slotted Head
Screws August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Screwdrivers for Cross-Recessed
Head Screws August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Keys with Handle for Hexagon
Socket Screws August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Socket Single Hexagon Tee
Wrenches August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Spin-Type Socket Wrenches
7446
7447
7448
7449
8518
16085
19217
19731
23320-1
33922
33924
38406-29
38407-16
38407-17
38412-37
August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Single-Headed, Open-Ended
Engineers' Wrenches August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Single-End, Deep Offset Box
Wrenches August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Single Drive Hexagon Socket
Wrenches August
Hand Tools for Live Working at Voltages up
to 1 000 V Ratchet Handles August
Classification of Imperfections in Cuts
Produced by Oxygen Flame, Laser Beam or
Arc Plasma Cutting May
Control Pressure Gauges May
Measuring Systems for Liquids Other Than
Water Concepts, Requirements and Testing
November
Utilization of Soil Material May
Flameproof Protective Clothing for
Firefighters in the Mining Industry Part 1:
Safety Requirements and Testing April
Guidelines for Drafting Public Enviromental
Reports July
Guidelines for Performing an Environmental
Review as Part of Environmental
Management Activities April
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Cations (Group E) Determination of
61 Elements by Inductively Coupled Plasma
Mass Spectrometry (E 29) May
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge Substance Group Analysis (Group F)
Determination of Aniline Derivatives by Gas
Chromatography (F 16) June
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Substance Group Analysis (Group
F); Part 17: Determination of Selected
Nitroaromatics by Gas Chromatography (F
17) February
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
38414-20
38412-34
38414-21
38415-3
43460
43628
45669-1
45669-2
50163-2
50438-1
Sludge Bio-Assays (Group L) Part 37:
Determination of the Inhibitory Effect of
Water on the Growth of Photobacterium
Phosphoreum (Cell Multiplication Inhibition
Test) (L 37) April
Methods for the Examination of Water,
Waste Water and Sludge; Sludge and
Sediments (Group S) Part 20: Determination
of Six Selected Polychlotinated Biphenyls by
Gas Chromatography (S 20) January
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge Bio-Assays (Group L) Part 34:
Determination of the Inhibitory Effect of
Waste Water on the Light Emission of
Photobacterium Phosphoreum (Test Using
Preserved Luminescent Bacteria)
Methods for the Examination of Water,
Waste Water and Sludge; Sludge and
Sediments (Group S) Part 21: Determination
of Six Selected Polycyclic Aromatic
Hydrocarbons by High Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC) Using
Fluorescence Detection (S 21) Februa
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Bio-Assays with Microorganisms
(Group T); Part 1: Determination of the
Mutagenic Potential of Water Using the
Umu-Test (T 3) December
Contact Assignment for Circuit Breakers
Rated for Voltages Lower Than 52 kV;
Assignment of Auxiliary and Control Circuits
to Contact Pins in Plug Connectors October
Fuse Boxes for Circuit Protection Equipment
October
Mechanical Vibration and Shock
Measurement Part 1: Measuring Equipment
June
Mechanical Vibration and Shock
Measurement Part 2: Measurement Procedure
June
Vickers Hardness Testing of Resistance Spot,
Projection and Seam Welds (Low Load and
Microhardness Ranges) September
Determination of Interstitial Oxygen Content
50440
50441-1
50441-4
50446
50448
50449-1
50449-2
50452-3
51221 PT 3 (S)
51233
52130
52131
52133
of Silicon Intended for Use in Semiconductor
Technology by Infrared Absorption
Spectroscopy July
Measurement of Carrier Lifetime in SingleCrystal Silicon at Low Injection by the
Photoconductivity Method November
Determining the Dimensions of
Semiconductor Wafers Part 1: Thickness and
Thickness Variation July
Determining the Dimensions of
Semiconductor Wafers Part 4: Diameter and
Diameter Variation, and Flat Diameter,
Length and Depth March
Identification of Defects and Determination
of Their Densities in Silicon Epitaxial Layers
September
Determination of the Resistivity of SemiInsulating Semiconductors Using a Capacitor
January
Determination of Impurities in III-V
Compound Semiconductors by Infrared
Absorption Part 1: Carbon in Gallium
Arsenide July
Determination of Impurities in III-V
Compound Semiconductors by Infrared
Absorption Part 2: Boron in Gallium
Arsenide January
Particle Analysis of Liquids for Use in
Semiconductor Technology Part 3:
Calibration of Optical Particle Counters
October
Material Testing Machines; Tensile Testing
Machines; Small Tensile Testing Machines
(June) Together with DIN EN 10002 PT 2,
July 1993 Edition, and EN 10002-4, January
1995 Edition, Supersedes June 1980 Edition
of DIN 51221 PT 3; Superseded by DIN
51223
Safety Requirements for Materials Testing
Machines November
Bitumen Roofing Felt Requirements and
Testing November
Torch-On Bitumen Felt Requirements and
Testing November
Torch-On Polymeric Bitumen Felt
Requirements and Testing November
EN 148-1
ISO 128-20
ISO 128-21
ISO 128-22
ISO 2240
ISO 4073
ISO 5348
ISO 5800
ISO 8528-9
ISO 9022-6
ISO 9613-2
ISO 9923
Respiratory Protective Devices; Threads for
Facepieces; Part 1: Standard Thread
Connection April
Technical Drawings - General Principles of
Presentation; Part 20: Basic Conventions for
Lines December; ISO 128-20:1996;
Supersedes DIN 15-1, June 1984
Technical Drawings - General Principles of
Presentation; Part 21: Preparation of Lines by
CAD Systems December; ISO 128-21:1997
Technical Drawings - General Principles of
Presentation Part 22: Basic Conventions and
Applications for Leader Lines and Reference
Lines November; ISO 128-22: 1999
Photography; Colour Reversal Camera Films;
Determination of ISO Speed June; ISO
2240:1994; Supersedes DIN 4512-4, August
1985
Dental Equipment Items of Dental
Equipment at the Working Place
Identification System October; ISO 4073 :
1980; Supersedes DIN 13923, June 1978
Edition
Mechanical Vibration and Shock; Mechanical
Mounting of Accelerometers July; ISO
5348:1998
Photography; Colour Negative Films for Still
Photography; Determination of ISO Speed
June; ISO 5800:1987; Supersedes DIN 45125, November 1990
Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engine
Driven Alternating Current Generating Sets;
Part 9: Measurement and Evaluation of
Mechanical Vibrations January; ISO 85289:1995; Supersedes DIN 6280-11, November
1993
Optics and Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods; Part 6: Dust
May; ISO 9022-6:1994; Supersedes DIN
58390-6, February 1985 Edition
Attenuation of Sound During Propagation
Outdoors Part 2: General Method of
Calculation October; ISO 9613-2: 1996
Micrographics; Transparent A6 Microfiche;
Image Arrangements September; ISO 9923:
1994; Supersedes DIN 19054, February 1986
ISO 10390
ISO 12647-1
ISO 12647-2
ISO 12757-1
ISO 12757-2
ISO 13012
ISO 13752
ISO 13964
ISO 14145-1
ISO 14145-2
ISO 14238
ISO 14239
Edition
Soil Quality; Determination of pH May; ISO
10390:1994; Supersedes DIN 19684-1,
Febuary 1977
Process Control for the Manufacture of HalfTone Colour Separations, Proof and
Production Prints; Part 1: Parameters and
Measurement Methods June; ISO 126471:1996
Process Control for the Manufacture of HalfTone Colour Separations, Proof and
Production Prints; Part 2: Offset Lithographic
Processes June; ISO 12647-2:1996
Ball Point Pens and Refills; Part 1: General
Use February; ISO 12757-1:1998; This
Standard, Together with DIN ISO 12757-2,
February 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
16554-1 and DIN 16554-2, February 1982
Editions
Ball Point Pens and Refills; Part 2:
Documentary Use (DOC) February; ISO
12757-2:1998; This Standard, Together with
DIN ISO 12757-1, February 1999 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 16554-1 and DIN 16554-2,
February 1982 Editions
Linear Motion, Recirculating Ball, Sleeve
Type Rolling Bearings Accesories December;
ISO 13012: 1998 + Corr 1: 1999
Air Quality - Assessment of Uncertainty of a
Measurement Method under Field Conditions
Using a Second Method as Reference
January; ISO 13752:1998
Air Quality Determination of Ozone in
Ambient Air Ultraviolet Photometric Method
December; ISO 13964: 1998
Roller Ball Pens and Refills; Part 1: General
Use February; ISO 14145-1:1998
Roller Ball Pens and Refills; Part 2:
Documentary Use (DOC) Febuary; ISO
14145-2:1998
Soil Quality - Biological Methods,
Determination of Nitrogen Mineralization
and Nitrification in Soils and the Influence of
Chemicals on These Processess October; ISO
14238: 1997
Laboratory Incubation Systems for
ISO 14240-1
ISO 14240-2
EN 3-5
EN 54-4
EN 132
EN 136
EN 139/A1
EN 140
EN 144-2
EN 145
EN 175
EN 208
EN 247
EN 255-1
Measuring the Mineralization of Organic
Chemicals in Soil under Aerobic Conditions
October; ISO 14239: 1997
Determination of Soil Microbial Biomass
Part 1: Sustrate-Induced Respiration Method
October; ISO 14240-1: 1997
Determination of Soil Microbial Biomass
Part 2: Fumigation-Extraction Method
October; ISO 14240-2: 1997
Portable Fire Extinguishers Part 5:
Specification and Supplementary Tests June;
Includes Amendment AC:1997
Fire Dectection and Fire Alarm Systems Part
4: Power Supply Equipment December
Respiratory Protective Devices; Definitions
of Terms and Pictograms February
Respiratory Protective Devices Full-Face
Masks Requirements, Testing and Marking
April
Respiratory Protective Devices; Compressed
Air Line Breathing Apparatus for Use with
Full Face Mask, Half Mask or Mouthpiece
Assembly; Requirements, Testing, Marking
July
Respiratory Protective Devices - Half Masks
and Quarter Masks Requirements, Testing,
Marking December
Respiratory Protective Devices - Gas
Cylinder Valves; Part 2: Outlet Connections
February
Self-Contained Closed-Circuit Breathing
Apparatus, Compressed Oxygen/Nitrogen
Type; Requirements, Testing and Marking
September
Personal Protection; Equipment for Eye and
Face Protection During Welding and Allied
Processes August
Personal Eye Protection Eye Protectors for
Adjustment Work on Lasers and Laser
Systems (Laser Adjustment Eye Protectors)
December
Heat Exchangers; Terminology July
Air Conditioners, Liquid Chilling Packages
and Heat Pumps with Electrically Driven
Compressors - Heating Mode; Part 1: Terms,
Definitions and Designations July
EN 267
EN 255-2
EN 255-3
EN 255-4
EN 305
EN 306
EN 307
EN 308
EN 352-3
EN 381-4
Forced Draught Oil Burners Definitions,
Requirements, Testing, Marking November;
Supersedes October 1991 Edition and DIN
EN 267/A1, October 1996 Edition.
Air Conditioners, Liquid Chilling Packgages
and Heat Pumps with Electrically Driven
Compressors - Heating Mode; Part 2: Testing
and Requirements for Marking for Space
Heating Units July; Together with DIN EN
255-3: 1997-07 and DIN EN 255-4: 1997-07,
Supers
Air Conditioners, Liquid Chilling Packages
and Heat Pumps with Electrically Driven
Compressors - Heating Mode; Part 3: Testing
and Requirements for Marking for Sanitary
Hot Water Units July; Including
Corrigendum AC: 1997; Together with DIN
EN 255-2: 1997Air Conditioners, Liquid Chilling Packages
and Heat Pumps with Electrically Driven
Compressors - Heating Mode; Part 3:
Requirements for Space Heating and Sanitary
Hot Water Units July; Together with DIN EN
255-2: 1997-07 and DIN EN 255-3: 1997-07,
Supersed
Heat Exchangers; Definitions of Performance
of Heat Exchangers and the General Test
Procedure for Establishing Performance of
All Heat Exchangers July
Heat Exchangers; Methods of Measuring the
Parameters Necessary for Establishing the
Performance July
Heat Exchangers Guidelines to Prepare
Installation, Operating and Maintenance
Instructions Required to Maintain the
Performance of Any Type of Heat
Exchangers December; Supersedes DIN V
ENV 307, February 1991 Edition
Heat Exchangers; Test Procedures for
Establishing Performance of Air to Air and
Flue Gases Heat Recovery Devices June
Hearing Protectors - Safety Requirements
and Testing Part 3: Ear Muffs Attached to an
Industrial Safety Helmet February
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws; Part 4: Test Methods fo Chain
EN 381-7
EN 381-8
EN 381-9
EN 443
EN 455-1
EN 455-2
EN 465
EN 467
EN 470-1
EN 531
EN 547-3
EN 556
EN 571-1
Saw Protective Gloves September
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws; Part 7: Requirements for Chain
Saw Protective Gloves September
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws Part 8: Test Methods for Chain
Saw Protective Gaiters May
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws Part 9: Requirements for Chain
Saw Protective Gaiters May
Helmets for Firefighters December
Medical Gloves for Single Use Part 1:
Requirements and Testing for Freedom from
Holes July; Includes Amendment A1: 1998
Medical Gloves for Single Use Part 2:
Requirements and Testing for Physical
Properties July; Includes Amendment A1:
1998
Protective Clothing - Protection Against
Liquid Chemicals Performance Requirements
for Chemical Protective Clothing with SprayTight Connections Between Different Parts
of the Clothing (Type 4 Equipment) January;
Includes Amendment A1: 1998
Protective Clothing - Against Liquid
Chemicals Performance Requirements for
Garments Providing Protection to Parts of the
Body January; Includes Amendment A1:
1998
Protective Clothing for Use in Welding and
Allied Processes Part 1: General
Requirements June; Including Amendemnt
A1: 1998
Protective Clothing for Industrial Workers
Exposed to Heat September; Includes
Amendment A1: 1998
Safety of Machinery; Human Body
Measurements Part 3: Anthropometric Data
September
Sterilization of Medical Devices
Requirements for Terminally Sterilized
Medical Devices to be Labeled "Sterile"
January; Includes Amendment A1: 1998
Non-Destructive Testing; Penetrant Testing;
Part 1: General Priciples March; Supersedes
54152-1: 1989
EN 583-3
EN 710
EN 737-2
EN 740
EN 752-6
EN 752-7
EN 753-1
EN 753-2
EN 794-1
EN 794-2
EN 794-3
EN 812
EN 813
EN 828
EN 837-1
Non-Destructive Testing; Utrasonic
Examination Part 3: Transmission Technique
June
Safety Requirements for Foundry Moulding
and Coremaking Machinery and Plant and
Associated Equipment January
Medical Gas Pipeline Systems Part 2:
Anaesthetic Gas Scavenging Disposal
Systems - Basic Requirements June
Anaesthetic Workstations and Their
Modules; Particular Requirements February;
Includes Corrigendum AC:1998; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 1280-1,
September 1997 Edition, and DIN EN 12811, July 1998 Edition, Supersedes DIN 13252,
June 1984 Edition, a
Drain and Sewer Systems Outside Buildings
Part 6: Pumping Installations June
Drain and Sewer Systems Outside Buildings
Part 7: Maintenance and Operations June
Identification Card Systems; Intersector Thin
Flexible Cards; Part 1: General Technical
Specifications July
Identification Card Systems; Intersector Thin
Flexible Cards; Part 2: Magnetic Recording
Technique July
Lung Ventilators Part 1: Particular
Requirements for Critical Care Ventilators
September
Lung Ventilators Part 2: Particular
Requirements for Home Care Use September
Lung Ventilators Part 3: Particular
Requirements for Emergency and Transport
Ventiltors October
Industrial Bump Caps January
Personal Protective Equipment for
Prevention of Falls from a Height Sit
Harnesses April
Adhesives - Wettability Determination by
Measurement of Contact Angle and Critical
Surface Tension of Solid Surfaces January
Pressure Gauges Part 1: Bourdon Tube
Pressure Gauges - Dimensions, Metrology,
Requirements and Testing February; This
Standard Together with EN 837-3: 1997,
Supersedes 16005: 1987-02
EN 837-2
EN 837-3
EN 840-1
EN 840-2
EN 840-3
EN 840-4
EN 840-5
EN 840-6
EN 865
EN 866-1
EN 866-2
EN 866-3
EN 867-1
Pressure Gauges Part 2: Selection and
Installation Recommendations for Pressure
Gauges May
Pressure Gauges Part 3: Diaphragm and
Capsule Pressure Gauges - Dimensions,
Metrology, Requirements and Testing
February; This Standard Together with EN
837-1: 1997, Supersedes 16005: 1987-02
Mobile Waste Containers Part 1: Containers
with 2 Wheels with a Capacity from 80 l to
390 l for Comb Lifting Devices - Dimensions
and Design March
Mobile Waste Containers Part 2: Containers
with 4 Wheels with a Capacity from 500 l to
1200 l with Flat Lid(s), for Trunnion and/or
Comb Lifting Devices - Dimensions and
Design March
Mobile Waste Containers Part 3: Containers
with 4 Wheels with a Capacity from 770 l to
1300 l with Dome Lid(s), for Trunnion
and/or Comb Lifting Devices - Dimensions
and Design March
Mobile Waste Containers Part 4: Containers
with 4 Wheels with a Capacity from 750l to
1700l with Flat Lid(s), for Wide Trunnion or
BG- and/or Wide Comb Lifting Devices Dimensions and Design March
Mobile Waste Containers Part 5:
Performance Requirements and Test Methods
March
Mobile Waste Containers Part 6: Safety and
Health Requirements March
Pulse Oximeters; Particular Requirements
May
Biological Systems for Testing Sterilizers
and Sterilization Processes; Part 1: General
Requirements May
Biological Systems for Testing Sterilizers
and Sterilization Processes; Part 2: Particular
Systems for Use in Ethylene Oxide
Sterilizers May
Biological Systems for Testing Sterilizers
and Sterilization Processses; Part 3:
Particular Systems for Use in Moist Heat
Sterilizers May
Non-Biological Systems for Use in
EN 867-2
EN 867-3
EN 894-1
EN 894-2
EN 953
EN 960
EN 980
EN 999
EN 1041
EN 1047-1
EN 1060-3
EN 1073-1
Sterilizers; Part 1: General Requirements
May
Non-Biological Systems for Use in
Sterilizers; Part 2: Process Indicators (Class
A) May
Non-Biological Systems for Use in
Sterilizers; Part 3: Specification for Class B
Indicators for Use in the Bowie and Dick
Test May
Safety of Machinery - Ergonomic
Requirements for the Design of Displays and
Control Actuators Part 1: General Principles
for Human Interactions with Displays and
Control Actuators April
Safety of Machinery - Ergonomic
Requirements for the Design of Displays and
Control Actuators Part 2: Displays April;
Supersedes DIN 33413 PT 1, June 1984
Edition
Safety of Machinery - Guards General
Requirements for the Design and
Construction of Fixed and Movable Guards
November
Headforms for Use in the Testing of
Protective Helmets May; Includes
Amendment A1: 1998
Graphical Symbols for Use in the Labelling
of Medical Devices December; Includes
Amendment A1: 1999
Safety of Machinery the Positioning of
Protective Equipment in Respect of
Approach Speeds of Parts of the Human
Body December
Medical Devices; Information Supplied by
the Manufacturer April
Secure Storage Units - Classification and
Methods of Test for Resistance to Fire Part 1:
Data Cabinets April
Non-Invasive Sphygmomanometers; Part 3:
Supplementary Requirements for ElectroMechanical Blood Pressure Measuring
Systems September
Protective Clothing Against Radioactive
Contamination Part 1: Requirements and Test
Methods for Ventilated Protective Clothing
Against Particulate Radioactive
EN 1076
EN 1078
EN 1143-1
EN 1146
EN 1149-2
EN 1216
EN 1231
EN 1252-1
EN 1263-1
EN 1263-2
EN 1275
EN 1276
EN 1280-1
Contamination February
Pumped Sorbent Tubes for the Determination
of Gases and Vapors at the Workplace
Requirements and Test Methods November;
Includes Corrigendum AC: 1997
Helmets for Pedal Cyclists and for Users of
Skateboards and Roller Skates April
Secure Storage Units - Requirements,
Classification and Methods of Test for
Resistance to Burglary; Part 1: Safes,
Strongroom Doors and Strongrooms May
Self-Contained Open-Circuit Compressed Air
Breathing Apparatus Incorporating a Hood
October; Includes Amendments A1: 1998 +
A2: 1999
Electrostatic Properties of Protective
Clothing Part 2: Test Method for
Measurement of the Electrical Resistance
Through a Material (Vertical Resistance)
November
Heat Exchangers; Forced Circulation AirCooling and Air-Heating Coils; Test
Procedures for Establishing the Performance
April; Supersedes DIN V EN 1216, June
1995 Edition
Workplace Atmosphere; Short-Term
Detector Tube Measurement Systems;
Requirements and Test Methods March
Cryogenic Vessels - Materials Part 1:
Toughness Requirements for Temperatures
Below - 80 Degrees C May
Safety Nets Part 1: Safety Requirements and
Test Methods June; Supersedes DIN 32767
Safety Nets Part 2: Safety Requirements for
the Erection of Safety Nets July
Chemical Disinfectants and Antiseptics Basic Fungicidal Activity; Test Method and
Requirements (Phase 1) May
Quantitative Suspension Test for the
Evaluation of Bactericidal Activity of
Chemical Disinfectants and Antiseptics Used
in Food, Industrial, Domestic, and
Institutional Areas; Test Method and
Requirements (Phase 2, Step 1) August
Agent Specific Filling Systems for
Anaesthetic Vaporizers; Part 1: Rectangular
EN 1281-1
EN 1282-2
EN 1299
EN 1332-2
EN 1362
EN 1385
EN 1387
EN 1397
EN 1422
EN 1434-1
EN 1434-2
EN 1434-3
EN 1434-4
EN 1434-5
EN 1434-6
EN 1441
EN 1483
EN 1484
Keyed Filling Systems September
Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment
Conical Connectors Part 1: Cones and
Sockets July; Includes Amendment A1: 1998
Tracheostomy Tubes Part 2: Paediatric Tubes
October
Vibration Isolation of Machinery Information
for the Application of Source Isolation May
Identification Card Systems - Man-Machine
Interface; Part 2: Dimensions and Location of
a Tactile Identifier for ID-1 Cards October
Identification Card Systems; Device Interface
Characteristics - Classes of Device Interfaces
March
Helmets for Canoeing and White Water
Sports January
Machine Readable Cards - Health Care
Applications Cards: General Characteristics
November
Heat Exchangers; Hydronic Room Fan Coil
Units; Test Procedures for Establishing the
Performance May; Supersedes DIN V ENV
1397, May 1995 Edition
Sterilizers for Medical Purposes Ethylene
Oxide Sterilizers Requirements and Test
Methods November
Heat Meters Part 1: General Requirements
April
Heat Meters Part 2: Constructional
Requirements April
Heat Meters Part 3: Data Exchange and
Interfaces April
Heat Meters Part 4: Pattern Approval Tests
April
Heat Meters; Part 5: Initial Verification Tests
April
Heat Meters; Part 6: Installation,
Commissioning, Operational Monitoring and
Maintenance April
Medical Devices; Risk Analysis January
Water Quality; Determination of Mercury
August; Supersedes DIN 38406-12, July
1980 Edition
Guidelines for the Determination of Total
Organic Carbon (TOC) and Dissolved
Organic Carbon (DOC) in Water August
EN 1499
EN 1500
EN 1508
EN 1518
EN 1556
EN 1571
EN 1572
EN 1573
EN 1593
EN 1615
EN 1616
EN 1617
EN 1618
EN 1621-1
EN 1622
EN 12094-8
EN 12096
EN 12128
Chemical Disinfectants and Antiseptics Hygienic Handwash Test Method and
Requirements (Phase 2/Step 2) June
Chemical Disinfectants and Antiseptics Hygienic Handrub; Test Method and
Requirements (Phase 2/Step 2) October
Water Supply Requirements for Systems and
Components for the Storage of Water
December
Non-Destructive Testing; Leak Testing
Characterization of Mass Spectrometer Leak
Detectors June
Bar Coding Terminology September
Bar Coding; Data Identifiers April
Bar Coding Unique Identifier for Transport
Units April
Bar Coding; Multi Industry Transport Label
April
Non-Destructive Testing - Leak Testing
Bubble Emission Techniques November
Sterile Enteral Feeding Catheters and Giving
Sets for Single Use April
Sterile Urethral Catheters for Single Use
May; Includes Amendment A1:1999
Sterile Drainage Catheters and Accessory
Devices for Single Use April
Catheters Other Than Intravascular Catheters;
Test Methods for Common Properties April
Motorcyclists' Protective Clothing Against
Mechanical Impact Part 1: Requirements and
Test Methods for Impact Protectors January
Determination of the Threshold Odour
Number (TON) and Threshold Flavour
Number (TFN) of Water January
Fixed Firefighting Systems Components for
Gas Extinguishing Systems Part 8:
Requirements and Test Methods for Flexible
Connectors for CO2 Systems April
Mechanical Vibration; Declaration and
Verification of Vibration; Emission Values
September
Biotechnology - Laboratories for Research,
Development and Analysis Containment
Levels of Microbiology Laboratories, Areas
of Risk, Localities and Physical Safety
Requirements May
EN 12176
EN 12181
EN 12182
EN 12183
EN 12184
EN 12213
EN 12218
EN 12254
EN 12263
EN 12286
EN 12287
EN 12296
EN 12297
EN 12298
EN 12305
Characterization of Sludge Determination of
PH Value June; Supersedes DIN 38414-5,
September 1981 Edition
Oropharyngeal Airways April
Technical Aids for Disabled Persons General
Requirements and Test Methods November
Manually Propelled Wheelchairs
Requirements and Test Methods November;
This Standard, Together with DIN EN 12184,
November 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
13241-3, September 1992 Edition
Electrically Powered Wheelchairs, Scooters
and Their Chargers Requirements and Test
Methods November; This Standard Together
with DIN EN 12183, November 1999
Edition, Supersedes DIN 13241-3, September
1992 Edition
Cryogenic Vessels Methods for Performance
Evaluation of Thermal Insulation December
Rail Systems for Supporting Medical
Equipment December
Screens for Laser Working Places; Safety
Requirements and Testing February
Refrigerating Systems and Heat Pumps Safety Switching Devices for Limiting the
Pressure Requirements and Tests January;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 32733, January
1989 Edition
In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices;
Measurement of Quantities in Samples of
Biological Origin; Presentation of Reference
Measurement Procedures February
In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices;
Measurement of Quantities in Samples of
Biological Origin; Description of Reference
Materials August
Biotechnology - Equipment Guidance on
Testing Procedures for Cleanability May
Biotechnology - Equipment Guidance on
Testing Procedures for Sterilizability May
Biotechnology - Equipment Guidance on
Testing Procedures for Leaktightness May
Biotechnology; Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment Guidance for
the Sampling Strategies for Deliberate
Releases of Genetically Modified Plants
EN 12323
EN 12338
EN 12342
EN 12347
EN 12376
EN 12403
EN 12419
EN 12439
EN 12460
EN 12461
EN 12462
EN 12468
EN 12472
EN 12507
EN 12515
February
Bar Coding - Symbology Specifications
"Code 16K" September
Water Quality Determination of Mercury Enrichment Methods by Amalgamaton
October
Breathing Tubes Intended for Use with
Anaesthetic Apparatus and Ventilators
September
Biotechnology Performance Criteria for
Steam Sterilizers and Autoclaves June
In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices;
Information Supplied by the Manufacturer
with in Vitro Diagnostic Reagents for
Staining in Biology April
Bar Coding Structured Data Files September
Respiratory Protective Devices; Light Duty
Construction Compressed Air Line Breathing
Apparatus Incorporating a Full Face Mask,
Half Mask or Quarter Mask; Requirements,
Testing, Marking July
Sterile Rectal Catheters for Single Use
December
Biotechnology - Large-Scale Process and
Production; Guidance on Equipment
Selection and Installation in Accordance with
the Biological Risk April
Biotechnology - Large-Scale Process and
Production; Guidance for the Handling,
Inactivating and Testing of Waste April
Biotechnology Performance Criteria for
Pumps October
Biotechnology Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment; Guidance
for the Monitoring Strategies for Deliberate
Releases of Genetically Modified Plants
April
Method for the Simulation of Wear and
Corrosion for the Detection of Nickel Release
from Coated Items January
Transportation Services; Guidance Notes on
the Application of EN ISO 9002 to the Road
Transportation, Storage and Distribution
Industries October
Analytical Determination and Interpretation
of Thermal Stress Using Calculation of
EN 12522-1
EN 12522-2
EN 12544-1
EN 12544-3
EN 12563
EN 12564
EN 12568
EN 12598
EN 12619
EN 12626
EN 12673
EN 12682
EN 12683
Required Sweat Rate (ISO 7933: 1989,
Modified) November
Furniture Removal Activities; Furniture
Removal for Private Individuals; Part 1:
Service Specification August
Furniture Removal Activities; Furniture
Removal for Private Individuals; Part 2:
Provision of Service August
Non-Destructive Testing - Measurement and
Evaluation of the X-RatTube Voltage Part 1:
Voltage Divider Method December
Non-Destructive Testing - Measurement and
Evaluation of the X-Ray Tube Voltage Part
3: Spectrometric Method December
Non-Active Surgical Implants; Joint
Replacement Implants; Specific
Requirements for Hip Joint Replacement
Implants February
Non-Active Surgical Implants; Joint
Replacement Implants; Specific
Requirements for Knee Joint Replacement
Implants February
Foot and Leg Protectors Requirements and
Test Methods for Toecaps and Metal
Penetration-Resistant Inserts October
Oxygen Monitors for Patient Breathing
Mixtures; Particular Requirements June
Determination of the Mass Concentration of
Total Gaseous Organic Carbon at Low
Concentrations in Flue Gases; Continuous
Flame Ionisation Detector Method September
Laser Processing Machines Safety
Requiremnets (ISO 11553: 1996, Modified)
July
Water Quality; Gas Chromatographic
Determination of Some Selected
Chlorophenols in Water May
Biotechnology Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment Guidance for
the Characterization of the Genetically
Modified Organism by Analysis of the
Functional Expression of the Genomic
Modification October
Biotechnology Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment Guidance for
the Characterization of the Genetically
EN 12685
EN 12686
EN 12687
EN 12689
EN 12690
EN 12738
EN 12740
EN 12741
EN 12786
EN 12824
EN 12884
EN 12885
Modified Organism by Analysis of the
Molecular Stability of the Genomic
Modification October
Biotechnology Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment Guidance for
the Monitoring Strategies for Deliberate
Releases of Genetically Modified
Microorganisms, Including Viruses October
Biotechnology Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment Guidance for
the Sampling Strategies for Deliberate
Releases of Genetically Modified
Microorganisms, Including Viruses October
Biotechnology Modified Organisms for
Application in the Environment Guidance for
the Characterization of the Genetically
Modified Organism by Analysis of the
Genomic Modification October
Biotechnology Guidance on Assessment of
the Purity, Biological Activity and Stability
of Microorganism Based Products October
Biotechnology - Performance Criteria for
Shaft Seals April
Biotechnology - Laboratories for Research,
Development and Analysis Guidance for
Containment of Animals Inoculated with
Microorganisms in Experiments October
Biotechnology - Laboratories for Research,
Development and Analysis; Guidance for
Handling, Inactivating and Testing of Waste
October; Supersedes Parts of DIN 58956-4,
January 1986 Edition
Biotechnology - Laboratories for Research,
Development and Analysis; Guidance for
Biotechnology Laboratory Operations
October
Safety of Machinery; Guidance for the
Drafting of the Vibration Clauses of Safety
Standards October
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding
Stuffs Horizontal Method for the Detection
of Salmonella (ISO 6579: 1993, Modified)
February
Biotechnology - Performance Criteria for
Centrifuges April
Biotechnology - Performance Criteria for
EN 12918
EN 12941
EN 12942
EN 13220
EN 13401
EN 20354/A1
EN 45510-1
EN 45510-2-2
EN 45510-4-2
EN 45510-4-6
EN 45510-4-7
EN 45510-4-8
Cell Disrupters April
Determination of Parathion, ParathionMethyl and Some Other Organophosphorus
Coumpounds in Water by Dichloromethane
Extraction and Gas Chromatographic
Analyses November
Respiratory Protective Devices Powered
Filtering Devices Incorporating a Helmet or a
Hood - Requirements, Testing, Marking
January; Supersedes DIN EN 146, November
1991 Edition
Respiratory Protective Devices; Power
Assisted Filtering Devices Incorporating Full
Face Masks, Half Masks or Quarter Masks Requirements, Testing, Marking January;
Supersedes DIN EN 147, November 1991
Edition
Flow-Metering Devices for Connection to
Terminal Units of Medical Gas Pipeline
Systems January
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding
Stuffs; Horizontal Method for Enumeration
of Clostridium Perfringens - Colony Count
Technique June; ISO 7937: 1997, Modified
Measurement of Sound Absorption in a
Reverberation Room; Amendment 1: Test
Specimen Mountings for Sound Absorption
Tests October; ISO 354: 1985/AMD 1: 1997
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 1: Common Clauses
December
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 2-2: Electrical Equipment Uninterruptible Power Supplies December
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-2: Boiler Auxiliaries Gas-Air, Steam-Air and Gas-Gas Heaters
June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-6: Boiler Auxiliaries Flue Gas Desulphurization (DeSOx) Plant
June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-7: Boiler Auxiliaries - Ash
Handling Plant June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
EN 45510-4-9
EN 45510-4-10
EN 45510-5-1
EN 45510-5-2
EN 45510-5-3
EN 45510-5-4
EN 45510-6-1
EN 45510-6-2
EN 45510-6-3
EN 45510-6-7
EN 45510-8-1
EN ISO 389-3
EN ISO 389-4
EN ISO 389-7
Equipment; Part 4-8: Boiler Auxiliaries Dust Handling Plant December
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-9: Boiler Auxiliaries Sootblowers December
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment; Part 4-10: Boiler Auxiliaries Flue Gas Denitrification (De-NOx) Plant
December
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 5-1: Steam Turbines June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 5-2: Gas Turbines June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 5-3: Wind Turbines June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 5-4: Hydraulic Turbines,
Storage Pumps and Pump Turbines June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-1: Turbine Auxiliaries Deaerators June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-2: Turbine Auxiliaries Feedwater Heaters June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-3: Turbine Auxiliaries Condenser Plant June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-7: Turbine Auxiliaries Moisture Separator Reheaters June
Guide for Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 8-1: Control and
Instrumentation September
Reference Zero for the Calibration of
Audiometric Equipment; Part 3: Reference
Equivalent Threshold Force Levels for Pure
Tones and Bone Vibrators July; ISO 389-3:
1994, Including Technical Corrigendum
1:1995; Supersedes DIN EN 27566, March
1992 Edition
Reference Zero for the Calibration of
Audiometric Equipment; Part 4: Reference
Levels for Narrow-Band Masking Noise July;
ISO 389-4:1994; Supersedes DIN EN 28798,
March 1992 Edition
Reference Zero for the Calibration of
EN ISO 3452-3
EN ISO 3452-4
EN ISO 5457
EN ISO 5667-16
EN ISO 6222
EN ISO 6877
EN ISO 6887-1
EN ISO 7492
EN ISO 7551
EN ISO 7785-1
EN ISO 7885
EN ISO 7899-1
Audiometric Equipment; Part 7: Reference
Threshold under Free-Field and Diffuse-Field
Listening Conditions December; ISO 3897:1996; Supersedes Parts of DIN 45630-2,
September 1967 Edition
Non-Destructive Testing - Penetrant Testing Part 3: Reference Test Blocks February; ISO
3452-3:1998; Supersedes DIN 54152-3, July
1989 Edition
Non-Destructive Testing - Penetrant Testing Part 4: Equipment February; ISO 34524:1998
Technical Product Documentation; Sizes and
Layout of Drawing Sheets July; ISO 5457:
1999
Sampling of Water - Part 16: Guidance on
Biotesting of Samples Febuary; ISO 5667-16:
1998; Supersedes DIN 38412-1, June 1982
Edition
Water Quality; Enumeration of Culturable
Micro-Organisms - Colony Count by
Inoculation in a Nutrient Agar Culture
Medium July; Supersedes DIN 38411-5,
February 1983 Edition
Dental Root-Canal Obturating Points July;
ISO 6877: 1995; Supersedes DIN 13965,
August 1976
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding
Stuffs - Preparation of Test Samples, Initial
Suspension and Decimal Dilutions for
Microbiological Examination - Part 1:
General Rules for the Preparation of the
Initial Suspension and Decimal Dilutions ISO
6887-1:19
Dental Explorers August; ISO 7492:1997;
Supersedes DIN 13975: January 1972
Dental Absorbent Points August; ISO
7551:1996
Dental Handpieces; Part 1: High-Speed Air
Turbine Handpieces August; ISO 77851:1997; Supersedes DIN EN 27785-1,
August 1994 Edition
Sterile, Single-Use Dental Injection Needles
ISO 7885: 1996; April
Detection and Enumeration of Intestinal
Enterococci in Surface and Waste Water; Part
EN ISO 7944
EN ISO 8598
EN ISO 8980-3
EN ISO 9241-4
EN ISO 9241-5
EN ISO 9241-11
EN ISO 9241-15
EN ISO 9308-3
EN ISO 9339-2
EN ISO 9342
EN ISO 9703-3
EN ISO 9801
1: Miniaturized Method (Most Probable
Number) by Inoculatino in Liquid Medium
July; ISO 7899-1:1998
Optics and Optical Instruments; Reference
Wavelengths July; ISO 7944: 1998
Optics and Optical Instruments - Focimeters
December; ISO 8598: 1996; Supersedes DIN
58209-1, February 1980 Edition, and DIN
58209-2, September 1986 Edition
Uncut Finished Spectacle Lenses; Part 3:
Transmittance Specifications and Test
Methods July; ISO 8980-3:1999
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) - Part
4: Keyboard Requirements January; ISO
9241-4: 1998
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs); Part
5: Workstation Layout and Postural
Requirements August; ISO 9241-5: 1998
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) - Part
11: Guidance on Usability January; ISO
9241-11:1998
Ergonomic Requirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs); Part
15: Command Dialogues August; ISO 924115: 1997
Detection and Enumeration of Escherichia
Coli and Coliform Bacteria In Surface and
Waste Water; Part 3: Miniaturized Method
(Most Probable Number) by Inoculation in
Liquid Medium July; ISO 9308-3:1998
Contact Lenses - Determination of Thickness
- Part 2: Hydrogel Contact Lenses December;
ISO 9339-2:1998
Optics and Optical Instruments - Test Lenses
for Calibration of Focimeters December; ISO
9342:1996; Supersedes DIN 58206-1 and
DIN 58206-2, January 1983 Editions, and
DIN 58206-3, November 1977 Edition
Anaesthesia and Respiratory Care Alarm
Signals - Part 3: Guidance on Application of
Alarms December; ISO 9703-3:1998
Ophthalmic Instruments; Trial Case Lenses
July; ISO 9801:1997; Supersedes DIN
EN ISO 9888
EN ISO 9913-1
EN ISO 9917-2
EN ISO 9999
EN ISO 10304-4
EN ISO 10339
EN ISO 10341
EN ISO 10342
EN ISO 10343
EN ISO 10535
EN ISO 10846-1
EN ISO 10846-2
EN ISO 10938
EN ISO 10939
58207, November 1977 Edition
Evaluation of Ultimate Aerobic
Biodegradability of Organic Compounds in
Aqueous Medium Static Test (Zahn-Wellens
Method) November; ISO 9888: 1999;
Supersedes DIN EN 29888, April 1993
Edition
Contact Lenses; Part 1: Determination of
Oxygen Permeability and Transmissibility by
the FATT Method July; ISO 9913-1: 1996
Dental Water-Based Cements Part 2: LightActivated Cements October; ISO 9917-2:
1998
Technical Aids for Disabled Persons;
Classification August; ISO 9999:1998;
Supersedes DIN EN 29999: May 1994
Determination of Dissolved Anions in Water
by Liquid Chromatography of Ions; Part 4:
Determinatino of Chlorate, Chloride and
Chlorite in Water with Low Contamination
July; ISO 10304-4:1997
Contact Lenses; Determination of Water
Content of Hydrogel Lenses July; ISO
10339:1997
Ophthalmic Instruments; Refractor Heads
July; ISO 10341:1997
Ophthalmic Instruments; Eye Refractometers
July; ISO 10342:1997
Ophthalmic Instruments; Ophthalmometers
July; ISO 10343:1997
Hoists for the Transfer of Disabled Persons Requirements and Test Methods December;
ISO 10535:1998; Supersedes DIN 32979,
June 1992 Edition
Laboratory Measurement of Vibro-Acoustic
Transfer Properties of Resilient Elements Part 1: Principles and Guidelines ISO 108461:1997; April
Laboratory Measurement of Vibro-Acoustic
Transfer Properties of Resilient Elements Part 2: Dynamic Stiffness of Elastic Supports
for Translatory Motion - Direct Method ISO
10846-2: 1997; April
Ophthalmic Instruments; Chart Projectors
July; ISO 10938:1998
Ophthalmic Instruments; Slit-Lamp
EN ISO 10993-5
EN ISO 10993-9
EN ISO 10993-13
EN ISO 11070
EN ISO 11146
EN ISO 11290-2
EN ISO 11334-4
EN ISO 11426
EN ISO 11498
EN ISO 11499
EN ISO 11539
EN ISO 11670
EN ISO 11690-3
Microscopes August; ISO 10939:1998
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices
Part 5: Tests for In Vitro Cytotoxicity
November; ISO 10993-5: 1999; Supersedes
DIN EN 30993-5, August 1994 Edition
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices
Part 9: Framework for Identification and
Quantification of Potential Degradation
Products October; ISO 10993-9: 1999
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices Part 13: Identification and Quantification of
Degradation Products from Polymeric
Medical Devices ISO 10993-13: 1998; April
Sterile Single-Use Intravascular Catheter
Introducers July; ISO 11070:1998
Laser and Laser-Related Equipment Test
Methods for Laser Beam Parameters Beam
Widths, Divergence Angle and Beam
Propagation Factor September; ISO 11146:
1999
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding
Stuffs; Horizontal Method for the Detection
and Enumeration of Listeria Monocytogenes
- Part 2: Enumeration Method August; ISO
11290-2:1998
Walking Aids Manipulated by One Arm Requirements and Test Methods Part 4:
Walking Sticks with Three or More Legs
December; ISO 11334-4: 1999
Determination of Gold in Gold Jewellery
Alloys Cupellation Method (Fire Assay)
October; ISO 11426 : 1997; Supersedes DIN
EN 31426, September 1994 Edition
Dental Handpieces; Dental Low-Voltage
Electrical Motors August; ISO 11498:1997
Dental Cartridges for Local Anaesthetics
August; ISO 11499: 1997
Contact Lenses Classification of Contact
Lenses and Contact Lens Materials October;
ISO 11539: 1999
Test Methods for Laser Beam Parameters
Beam Positional Stability November; ISO
11670: 1999
Recommended Practice for the Design of
Low-Noise Workplaces Containing
Machinery - Part 3: Sound Propagation and
EN ISO 11715-1
EN ISO 11981
EN ISO 11990
EN ISO 12005
EN ISO 12085
EN ISO 12867
EN ISO 13212
EN ISO 13230
EN ISO 13997
EN ISO 14602
EN ISO 14660-2
ISO 128-24
ISO 15226
Noise Prediction in Workrooms January;
ISO/TR 11690-3:1997
Format of Digital Data Files for Data
Transfer for Profiling of Spectacle Lenses
Part 1: Two-Dimensional Tracers August;
ISO 11715-1:1998
Contact Lenses and Contact Lens Care
Products; Determination of Physical
Compatibility of Contact Lens Care Products
with Contact Lenses August; ISO 11981:
1999
Laser and Laser-Related Equipment
Determination of Laser Resistance of
Tracheal Tube Shafts November; ISO 11990:
1999
Lasers and Laser-Related Equipment Test
Methods for Laser Beam Parameters
Polarization October; ISO 12005: 1999
GPS - Surface Texture: Profile Method;
Motif Parameters May; ISO 12085:1996
Ophthalmic Instruments - Trial Frames
August; ISO 12867: 1998
Contact Lens Care Products; Guidelines for
Determination of Shelf-Life July; ISO
13212:1999
Ophthalmic Optics; Bar Code Specifications
June; ISO 13230:1999
Protective Clothing - Mechanical Properties
Determination of Resistance to Cutting by
Sharp Objects October; ISO 13997: 1999
Non-Active Surgical Implants - Implants for
Osteosynthesis - Particular Requirements
August, ISO 14602: 1998
Geometrical Product Specification (GPS) Geometrical Features Part 2: Extracted
Median Line of a Cylinder and a Cone,
Extracted Median Surface, Local Size of an
Extracted Feature November; ISO 14660-2:
1999
Technical Drawings - General Principles of
Presentation Part 24: Lines on Mechanical
Engineering Drawings December; ISO 12824: 1999; Supersedes DIN 15-2, June 1984
Edition
Technical Product Documentation; Life
Cycle Model and Allocation of Documents
9
32 PT 4
39
79
82
98
99
109 PT 1
109 PT 2
111
116
118 PT 1
138
189
204
205
208
209
217
238 PT 1
238 PT 2
254
281
311
October
Hand Taper Pin Reamers for Taper Pin Holes
June
Packaging; Packages for Pre-Packed Goods;
Deviations in Capacity May
Fixed Ball Handles October
Squares for Operating Spindles and
Operating Elements August
Knurls January
Rotatable Ball Handles October
Clamping Levers June
Driving Elements; Circumferential Speeds
December
Driving Elements; Centre Distances for VBelt Drives December
Driving Elements; Pulleys for Flat
Transmission Belts; Dimensions, Nominal
Torsional Moments August
Driving Elements; Flange Couplings;
Dimensions, Torques, Speeds December
Driving Elements; Pedestal Plain Bearings
for General Mechanical Engineering
Applications; Main Dimensions
Metal-Cutting Tools; Bores, Keyways and
Driving Features for Tools with Parallel Bore
and with 1 in 30 Taper Bore September
Driving Elements; Sole Plates; Main
Dimensions
Hand Taper Pin Reamers for Morse Tapers
Hand Taper Pin Reamers for Metric Tapers
Machine Chucking Reamers with Morse
Taper Shanks October
Machine Reamers with Screwed-On Blades
August
Arbors with Morse Taper for Shell Reamers
and Shell Drills September
Drill Chuck Mounting Arrangements; Taper
Arbors June
Drill Chuck Mounting Arrangements; Drill
Chuck Tapers March
Conical Tapers
Adhesives for Parquet Flooring;
Requirements, Testing and Application
March
Bridge Reamers with Morse Taper Shank
March
317
319
327 PT 1
327 PT 2
332 PT 1
332 PT 4
332 PT 7
333
338
339
340
341
345
346
347
373
375
377
406 PT 4 SUPPL. 1
442
443
459
468
469
470
471
502
Ejector Drifts for Taper Shanks with Flat
Tang
Control Elements; Ball Knobs December
Parallel Shank Slot Drills; Dimensions April
Parallel Shank Slot Drills; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
60 Degree Centre Holes; Types R, A, B, and
C April
Centre Holes for Rail Vehicle Axles
Machine Tools; 60 Degree Centre Holes;
Dimensioning September
60 Deg. Centre Drills; Types R, A, and B
April
Parallel Shank Twist Drills; Jobber Series
March
Parallel Shank Twist Drills for Use in Jig
Bushes March
Parallel Shank Twist Drills; Long Series
March
Morse Taper Shank Twist Drills, Long Series
for Use in Jig Bushes March
Morse Taper Shank Twist Drills March
Morse Taper Shank Twist Drills with
Oversize Shank March
Countersinks with 120 Degree Point Angle
March
Counterbores with Parallel Shank and Solid
Pilot August
Counterbores with Morse Taper Shank and
Detachable Pilot August
Extensions for Tools with Driving Square
August
Dimensioning on Drawings; Dimensioning
for Programming by Machine; Example of
Application December
Sealing Expanding Caps November
Sealing Push-In Caps November
Concrete Mixers; Definitions; Sizes;
Requirements
Crank Handles; Offset Type October
Crank Handles; Straight Pattern October
Sealing Washers
Circlips; (Retaining Rings) for Shafts;
Normal Type and Heavy Type September
Driving Components; Flanged Bearings;
503
504
509
523
611
615
616
617
618 PT 1
618 PT 2
618 (W)
620 PT 1
620 PT 2
620 PT 4
620 PT 6
623 PT 1
625 PT 1
625 PT 3
625 PT 4
628 PT 1
628 PT 3
Fastened with 2 Screws July
Driving Components; Flanged Bearings;
Fastened with 4 Screws July
Driving Components; Eye-Mounted Bearings
July
Undercuts August
Lathe Mandrels; Mandrels for WorkpieceMounting July
Overview of Standards for Rolling Bearings
October
Magneto Ball Bearings January
Rolling Bearings; General Plans of
Boundary; Dimensions February
Needle Roller Bearings with Cage;
Dimension Series 48 and 49 January
Needle Roller Bearings; Open End and
Closed End Drawn Cups with Cage March
Needle Roller Bearings; Sealed Open End
Drawn Cups with Cage March
Rolling Bearings; Needle Roller Bearings
with Cage; Drawn Cups with Open End,
Drawn Cups with Closed End June
Rolling Bearings; Gauging Methods for
Dimensional and Running Tolerances June
Rolling Bearings; Tolerances for Rolling
Bearings; Tolerances for Radial Bearings
February
Rolling Bearings; Tolerances for Rolling
Bearings; Radial Internal Clearance August
Chamfer Dimension Limits for Rolling
Bearings October
Designation System for Rolling Bearings
May
Rolling Bearings; Single Row Radial Contact
Ball Bearings April
Rolling Bearings; Double Row Radial
Contact Ball Bearings March
Rolling Bearings; Radial Contact Groove
Ball Bearings with Flanged Outer Ring
August
Single Row Angular Contact Radial Ball
Bearings December; Together with DIN 628
Parts 3 and 4, December 1993 Editions,
Supersedes March 1973 Edition of DIN 628
Part 1
Double Row Angular Contact Radial Ball
628 PT 4
628 PT 5
630
635 PT 1
685 PT 2
685 PT 3
685 PT 4
711
715
720
722
728
740 PT 1
740 PT 2
747 EXTR. 1 (W)
Bearings with Cage December; Together
with DIN 628 Parts 1 and 4, December 1993
Edition, Supersedes March 1973 Edition of
DIN 628 Part 1
Single Row Angular Contact Radial Ball
Bearings Four-Point Contact Bearings with
Two-Piece Inner Ring December; Together
with DIN 628 Parts 1 and 3, December 1993
Edition, Supersedes March 1973 Edition of
DIN 628 Part 1
Double Row Angular Contact Radial Ball
Bearings with Spacer Balls June; Together
with DIN 628 Parts 3 and 4, December 1993
Editions, Supersedes March 1973 Edition of
628 Part 1
Double Row Self-Aligning Ball Bearings
with Cylindrical and Tapered Bore
November
Rolling Bearings; Single-Row Self-Aligning
Roller Bearings August
Tested Round Steel Link Chains; Safety
Requirements November
Tested Round Steel Link Chains; Testing
November
Tested Round Steel Link Chains;
Identification Marking; Test Certificate
November
Rolling Bearings; Single Direction Thrust
Ball Bearings February
Rolling Bearings; Double Direction Thrust
Ball Bearings August
Rolling Bearings; Tapered Roller Bearings
February
Rolling Bearings; Single Direction Thrust
Cylindrical Roller Bearings August
Single Direction Self-Aligning Thrust
Bearings with Asymmetric Rollers February
Power Transmission Engineering; Flexible
Shaft Couplings; Technical Delivery
Conditions August
Power Transmission Engineering; Flexible
Shaft Couplings; Parameters and Design
Principles August
Shaft Heights for Driving and Driven
Machines; Selection for Electrical Machines
June
748 PT 1
748 PT 3
762 PT 1
762 PT 2
763
764 PT 1
764 PT 2
766
770 PT 1
770 PT 2
771
780 PT 1
780 PT 2
803
804
806
807
827 (W)
830
842 PT 1
844 PT 1
Cylindrical Shaft Ends; Dimensions;
Nominal Transmissible Torques January
Cylindrical Shaft Ends for Electrical
Machines July
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Continuous Conveyors; Grade 2,
Pitch 5 Diameter September
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Continuous Conveyors; Grade 3,
Pitch 5 Diameter September
Tested, Non-Calibrated, Long-Link Round
Steel Chains December
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Continuous Conveyors; Grade 2,
Pitch 3,5 Diameter September
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Continuous Conveyors; Grade 3,
Pitch 3,5 Diameter September
Calibrated and Tested Grade 3 Round Steel
Link Chains January
Shank Sections for Lathe and Planer Tools;
Rolled and Forged Shanks August
Shank Sections for Lathe and Planer Tools;
Machined all over; Not Required to Meet
Special Standards of Accuracy August
High Speed Steel Tips for Lathe and Planer
Tools September
Series of Modules for Gears; Modules for
Spur Gears May
Series of Modules for Gears; Modules for
Cylindrical Worm Gear Transmissions May
Machine Tools; Feeds for Machine Tools;
Nominal Values; Limiting Values;
Transmission Ratios March
Machine Tools; On-Load Speeds for
Machine Tools; Nominal Values; Limiting
Values; Transmission Ratios March
60 Degree Lathe Centres without Extractor
Nut February
Lathe Centres 60 Degree with Extractor Nut
November
Paper; Classes of Fibre Material September
Machine Handles; Long Pattern August
Single-Angle Milling Cutters; Dimensions
March
Parallel Shank End Mills; Dimensions April
844 PT 2
845 PT 2
847 PT 1
847 PT 2
850 PT 2
851 PT 1
851 PT 2
851 PT 3
852 PT 1
852 PT 2
855 PT 1
855 PT 2
856 PT 1
856 PT 2
857
867
868
884 PT 2
885 PT 2
950
951
981
Parallel Shank End Mills; Technical Delivery
Conditions April
Morse Taper Shank End Mills; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
Double Equal-Angle Milling Cutters;
Dimensions September
Double Equal-Angle Milling Cutters;
Technical Delivery Conditions May
Woodruff Cutters; Technical Delivery
Conditions April
T-Slot Cutters with Parallel Shanks;
Dimensions September
T-Slot Cutters with Morse Taper Shanks;
Dimensions September
T-Slot Cutters; Technical Delivery
Conditions May
Bore Type Thread Milling Cutters for ISO
Metric Threads; Dimensions September
Bore Type Thread Milling Cutters for ISO
Metric Threads; Technical Delivery
Conditions February
Semi-Circular Profile Milling Cutters;
Concave; Dimensions September
Concave Milling Cutters; Technical Delivery
Conditions May
Semi-Circular Profile Milling Cutters;
Convex; Dimensions September
Convex Milling Cutters; Technical Delivery
Conditions May
Metal-Cutting Tools; Milling Cutters;
Rotation; Flute Direction; End Thrust March
Basic Rack Tooth Profiles for Involute Teeth
of Cylindrical Gears for General Engineering
and Heavy Engineering February
General Definitions and Specification Factors
for Gears, Gear Pairs and Gear Trains
December
Cylindrical Milling Cutters; Technical
Delivery Conditions May
Side Milling Cutters; Technical Delivery
Conditions May
Handwheels; Offset-Arm Type; Round Hub
Hole June
Handwheels; Offset Arm Type; Square Hub
Hole April
Locknuts for Use with Rolling Bearings
983
1412
1414
1420
1433 (W)
1434 (W)
1435 (W)
1436 (W)
1448 PT 1
1449
1495 PT 1
1495 PT 2
1511
1591
1687 PT 4
1688 PT 3
1688 PT 4
1707 (S)
1732 PT 1
1732 PT 2
February
Retaining Rings with Lugs for Use on Shafts
(External Circlips) September
Twist Drills; Definitions December
Twist Drills of High- Speed Steel; Technical
Conditions of Delivery October
Reamers; Manufacturing Tolerances and
Designation November
Pins Without Head; Type m February
Pins with Small Head; Type m February
Pins with Small Head; Type mg February
Pins with Large Head; Type mg November
Conical Shaft Ends with External Thread;
Dimensions January
Conical Shaft Ends with Internal Thread;
Dimensions January
Sintered Metal Plain Bearings Which Meet
Specific Requirements for Fractional and
Subfractional Horsepower Electric Motors;
Spherical Bearings; Dimensions April
Sintered Metal Plain Bearings Which Meet
Specific Requirements for Fractional and
Subfractional Horsepower Electric Motors;
Cylindrical Bearings; Dimensions April
Pattern Equipment for Foundries; Production
and Quality April
Plain Bearings; Lubrication Holes,
Lubrication Grooves and Lubrication Bore
Reliefs for General Application November
Heavy Metal Alloy Raw Castings; Pressure
Die Castings; General Tolerances, Machining
Allowances August
Light Metal Alloy Raw Castings; Gravity Die
Castings; General Tolerances, Machining
Allowances October
Light Metal Alloy Raw Castings; Pressure
Die Castings; General Tolerances, Machining
Allowances August
Soft Solders; Composition, Use, Technical
Delivery Conditions February; Superseded
by DIN EN 29453
Filler Metals for Welding Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloys; Composition,
Application and Technical Delivery
Conditions June
Welding Filler Metals for Aluminium;
1866
1867
1868
1880-2
1880 PT 1
1889 PT 1
1889 PT 3
1889 PT 5
1890 PT 2
1891 PT 2
1892 PT 2
1893 PT 2
1895
1896
1910 PT 1
1910 PT 2
1910 PT 3
1910 PT 4
1910 PT 5
1910 PT 10
1910 PT 12
1912 PT 4
Testing by Welded Joints December
90 Degree Countersinks with Parallel Shank
and Solid Pilot June
90 Degree Countersinks with Morse Taper
Shank and Detachable Pilot June
Detachable Pilots for Counterbores and
Countersinks August
Shell End Mills with Tenon and Key Drive;
Technical Delivery Conditions May
Shell End Mills with Tenon and Key Drive;
Dimensions November
Cylindrical Die-Sinking Cutters with Parallel
Shank April
Tapered Die-Sinking Cutters with Parallel
Shank April
Die-Sinking Cutters; Technical Delivery
Conditions April
Straight Relieved Tooth Slotting Cutters;
Technical Delivery Conditions April
Interlocking Slotting Cutters; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
Interlocking Cylindrical Cutters; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
Side and Face Thread Milling Cutters for ISO
Metric Trapezoidal Threads; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
Machine Reamers for Morse Tapers May
Machine Reamers for Metric Tapers May
Welding; Concepts, Classification of
Welding Processes July
Welding; Welding of Metals, Processes
August
Welding; Welding of Plastics; Processes
September
Terminology Associated with Gas-Shielded
Arc Welding Processes April
Welding; Welding of Metals; Resistance
Welding; Classification of Processes
December
Welding; Mechanized Fusion Arc Welding
Processes; Terms July
Welding; Terminology Relating to Fusion
Welding of Metals August
Graphical Representation of Welded,
Soldered and Brazed Joints; Concepts and
Terms for Soldered and Brazed Joints and
1912 PT 5 (S)
1912 PT 5 SUPPL. 1 (S)
1913 PT 1 (S)
1942
1943
2079
2080 PT 1
2082 PT 1
2082 PT 2
2083 PT 1
2083 PT 2
2084 PT 2
2084 PT 3
2086 PT 2
2086 PT 3
2088
2089 PT 1
2089 PT 2
Seams May
Symbolic Representation of Welded,
Soldered and Brazed Joints; Symbols,
Dimensioning December; Modified Version
of ISO 2553, 1984 Edition; Superseded by
DIN EN 22553
Symbolic Representation of Welded,
Soldered and Brazed Joints; Symbols,
Dimensioning; Examples of Symbols
Denoting Welds as in ISO 2553 December;
Superseded by DIN EN 22553
Covered Electrodes for the Joint Welding of
Unalloyed and Low Alloy Steel;
Classification, Designation, Technical
Delivery Conditions June; Superseded by
DIN EN 499, January 1995 Edition
Acceptance Testing of Steam Generators;
(VDI Code of Practice) February
Thermal Acceptance Tests of Steam Turbines
February
7/24 Tapers for Spindle Noses for Machine
Tools August
7/24 Taper Shanks for Tools and Clamping
Devices; Type A December
Nuts for Milling Machine Arbors September
Nuts for Hob Arbors July
Bearing Sleeves for Milling Machine Arbors
for Milling Cutters with Longitudinal
Keyway April
Bearing Sleeves for Hob Arbors; Parallel
Type July
Spacer Collars for Hob Arbors for Hobs with
Longitudinal Keyway July
Spacer Collars for Hob Arbors for Hobs with
Transverse Slot July
Hob Arbors for Hobs with Longitudinal
Keyway July
Milling Machine Arbors for Hobs with
Clutch Drive July
Design of Cold Formed Helical Torsion
Springs November
Helical Compression Springs Made from
Round Wire or Rod; Calculation and Design
December
Design of Cold or Hot Formed Helical
Extension Springs November
2090
2091
2092
2093
2095
2096 PT 1
2096 PT 2
2097
2098 PT 1
2098 PT 2
2099 PT 1
2099 PT 2
2179
2180
2185
2187
2201 (W)
2207
2208 (W)
Helical Compression Springs Made of Flat
Bar Steel; Calculation January
Circular Section Torsion Bar Springs;
Calculation and Design June
Design of Conical Disc Springs January
Dimensions and Quality of Conical Disc
Springs January
Helical Springs Made of Round Wire;
Quality Specifications for Cold Coiled
Compression Springs May
Helical Compression Springs Made of Round
Wire and Rod; Quality Requirements for Hot
Formed Compression Springs November
Cylindrical Coil Compression Springs Made
from Round Rods; Quality Requirements for
Mass Production January
Helical Springs Made of Round Wire;
Quality Specifications for Cold Coiled
Tension Springs May
Helical Springs Made of Round Wire;
Dimensions for Cold Coiled Compression
Springs with Wire Diameter from 0.5 mm
Upwards October
Helical Springs Made of Round Wire;
Dimensions for Cold-Coiled Compression
Springs of Less Than 0.5 mm Wire Diameter
August
Helical Springs Made of Round Wire and
Rod; Data for Compression Springs; Printed
Form November
Helical Springs Made of Round Wire; Data
for Tension Springs; Printed Form November
Machine Taper Pin Reamers with Parallel
Shanks May
Machine Taper Pin Reamers with Morse
Taper Shanks May
Taper Sleeves for Tools with Morse Taper
November
Extension Sockets for Tools with Morse
Taper Shank October
Milling Machines; Milling Spindle Heads for
Cutter Heads; Internal Taper Morse 3 to 6
and Metric 50 to 200 August
Ends of Arbor; Mating Dimensions for
Milling Spindle Noses to DIN 2201 January
Machine Tools; Thrust Rings with Pin Holes;
2209 (W)
2211 PT 1
2211 PT 2
2211 PT 3
2216
2217 PT 1
2217 PT 2
2218
2239
2240 PT 1
2240 PT 2
2240 PT 3
2245 PT 1
2245 PT 2
2246 PT 1
2246 PT 2
2246 PT 3
2246 PT 4
2247 PT 1
2247 PT 2
Dimensions January
Machine Tools; Thrust Rings with Straight
Keyway; Dimensions January
Power Transmission Elements; Grooved
Pulleys for Narrow V-Belts; Dimensions,
Materials March
Power Transmission Elements; Grooved
Pulleys for Narrow V- Belts; Inspection of
Grooves March
Power Transmission Elements; Grooved
Pulleys for Narrow V- Belts; Assignment of
Pulleys to Electric Motors January
Open Ended V-Belts; Dimensions October
Driving Elements; Grooved Pulleys for VBelts; Dimensions; Material February
Driving Elements; Grooved Pulleys for VBelts; Testing of Grooves February
Endless V-Belts for Mechanical Engineering;
Calculation of Drives; Power Ratings April
Gauges for Use in Dimensional Metrology
Requirements and Testing January
Gauge Handles for Gauging Members up to
40 mm Nominal Diameter with 1 : 50 Taper
Shank November
Gauge Handles for Gauging Members over
40 mm Nominal Diameter; Handles, Fixing
Screws and Locking Prongs November
Gauge Handles for Gauging Members for
Use in Precision Engineering November
GO and NOT GO Plug Gauges from 1 mm to
40 mm Nominal Diameter November
GO and NOT GO Plug Gauges over 40 mm
up to 65 mm Nominal Diameter November
GO Plug Gauges from 1 mm to 40 mm
Nominal Diameter November
GO Segmental Cylindrical Bar Gauges over
120 mm up to 200 mm Nominal Diameter
November
GO Plug Gauges over 40 mm up to 120 mm
Nominal Diameter November
GO Plug Gauges over 40 mm up to 250 mm
Nominal Diameter for Use in Precision
Engineering November
NOT GO Plug Gauges from 1 mm to 40 mm
Nominal Diameter November
NOT GO Rod Gauges over 40 mm up to 500
2247 PT 3
2247 PT 4
2247 PT 5
2248 PT 1
2248 PT 2
2248 PT 3
2248 PT 4
2249 PT 1
2249 PT 2
2249 PT 3
2249 PT 4
2249 PT 5
2250 PT 2
2254-1
2254-2
2261
mm Nominal Diameter November
NOT GO Plug Gauges with Cylindrical
Gauging Member over 40 mm up to 120 mm
Nominal Diameter November
NOT GO Segmental Cylindrical Bar Gauges
over 120 mm up to 200 mm Nominal
Diameter November
NOT GO Plug Gauges with Cylindrical
Gauging Member over 40 mm up to 250 mm
Nominal Diameter, for Use in Precision
Engineering November
GO Gauging Members from 1 mm to 40 mm
Nominal Diameter November
GO Gauging Members over 40 mm up to 120
mm Nominal Diameter November
GO Segmental Cylindrical Bar Gauging
Members over 120 mm up to 200 mm
Nominal Diameter November
GO Gauging Members over 40 mm up to 250
mm Nominal Diameter for Use in Precision
Engineering November
NOT GO Gauging Members from 1 mm to
40 mm Nominal Diameter November
NOT GO Gauging Members with Spherical
Ends over 40 mm up to 500 mm Nominal
Diameter November
NOT GO Segmental Cylindrical Bar Gauging
Members over 120 mm up to 200 mm
Nominal Diameter November
NOT GO Cylindrical Gauging Members over
40 mm up to 120 mm Nominal Diameter
November
NOT GO Cylindrical Gauging Members over
40 mm up to 250 mm Nominal Diameter for
Use in Precision Engineering November
GO Ring Gauges and Setting Ring Gauges
from 1 mm to 315 mm Nominal Diameter for
Use in Precision Engineering November
General Purpose NOT GO Ring Gauges with
Nominal Diameters from 1 mm to 315 mm
January
NOT GO Ring Gauges with Nominal
Diameters from 1 mm to 315 mm, for Use in
Precision Engineering January
Measuring Instruments; Serrated Limit Plug
Gauges for Serrations 7 x 8 to 26 x 30
2262 PT 1
2262 PT 2
2263 PT 1
2263 PT 2
2264
2265
2266
2267
2310 PT 1
2310 PT 2
2310 PT 4
2310 PT 5
2310 PT 6
2559-4
2559 PT 1
2559 PT 2
According to DIN 5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated "Go" Plug
Gauges for Serrations 7 x 8 to 26 x 30
According to DIN 5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated "Go" Plug
Gauges for Serrations 30 x 34 to 120 x 125
According to DIN 5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated "Not Go"
Plug Gauges for Serrations 7 x 8 to 26 x 30
According to DIN 5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated "Not Go"
Plug Gauges for Serrations 30 x 34 to 120 x
125 According to DIN 5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated "Go" Ring
Gauges for Serrations According to DIN
5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated Master
Gauges for Serrations According to DIN
5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated "Not Go"
Gap Gauges for Serrations According to DIN
5481 Part 1 October
Measuring Instruments; Serrated Setting
Gauges for Serrated "Not Go" Gap Gauges
for Serrations According to DIN 5481 Part 1
October
Thermal Cutting; Terminology and
Nomenclature November
Thermal Cutting; Determination of Quality of
Cut Faces November
Thermal Cutting; Arc Plasma Cutting;
Process Principles, Terminology, Quality,
Dimensional Tolerances September
Thermal Cutting; Laser Cutting of Metallic
Materials; Principles of Process, Quality and
Dimensional Tolerances December
Thermal Cutting; Classification and
Description of Processes February
Weld Preparation; Inside Diameters of
Seamless Stainless Steel Pipes July
Edge Preparation for Welding; Directions
Regarding Edge Forms; Fusion Welding of
Butt Joints in Steel Tubes May
Edge Preparation for Welding; Matching of
Inside Diameter for Circumferential Welds
on Seamless Pipes February
2559 PT 3
2614
3535 PT 2(S)
3535 PT 3
3535 PT 5
3535 PT 6
3771 PT 1
3771 PT 3
3771 PT 5
3780
3961
3962 PT 1
3962 PT 2
3962 PT 3
3963
Weld Preparation; Inside Diameters of Steel
Pipes Required for Circumferential; Butt
Welding October
Cement Mortar Linings for Ductile Iron and
Steel Pipes and Fittings; Application,
Requirements and Testing February;
Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995 Edition
Sealants for Gas Supply; Homogenous
Elastomers for Sealants for Domestic
Appliances; Safety Requirements, Testing
April; Superseded by DIN EN 279 and EN
291
Sealants for Gas Supply; Elastomer Sealants
for Gas Supply Mains and Pipelines;
Requirements and Testing April
Rubber/Cork and Rubber/Cork Synthetic
Fibre Based Gasket Materials for Use with
Gas Valves, Gas Appliances and Gas
Pipework; Safety Requirements and Testing
December
Synthetic Fibre and Graphite Based Gasket
Materials for Use with Gas Valves, Gas
Appliances and Gas Pipework April
O-Rings for Use in Fluid Systems;
Dimensions to ISO 3601-1 December
O-Rings for Use in Fluid Power Systems;
Materials and Fields of Application
December
O-Rings for Use in Fluid Power Systems;
Design Details and Dimensions of Housings
November
Seals and Packings; Stuffing Box Diameters
and Related Packing Widths; Design Sheet
September
Tolerances for Cylindrical Gear Teeth; Bases
August
Tolerances for Cylindrical Gear Teeth;
Tolerances for Deviations of Individual
Parameters August
Tolerances for Cylindrical Gear Teeth;
Tolerances for Tooth Trace Deviations
August
Tolerances for Cylindrical Gear Teeth;
Tolerances for Pitch-Span Deviations August
Tolerances for Cylindrical Gear Teeth;
3964
3965 PT 1
3965 PT 2
3965 PT 3
3965 PT 4
3966 PT 1
3966 PT 2
3967
3968
3970 PT 1
3970 PT 2
3971
3972
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3993 PT 1
Tolerances for Working Deviations August
Deviations of Shaft Centre Distances and
Shaft Position; Tolerances of Casings for
Cylindrical Gears November
Tolerancing of Bevel Gears; Basic Concepts
August
Tolerancing of Bevel Gears; Tolerances for
Individual Parameters August) August
Tolerancing of Bevel Gears; Tolerances for
Tangential Composite Errors August
Tolerancing of Bevel Gears; Tolerances for
Shaft Angle Errors and Axes Intersection
Point Deviations August
Information on Gear Teeth in Drawings;
Information on Involute Teeth for Cylindrical
Gears August
Information on Gear Teeth in Drawings;
Information on Straight Bevel Gear Teeth
August
System of Gear Fits; Backlash; Tooth
Thickness Allowances; Tooth Thickness
Tolerances; Principles August
Tolerances for Single-Start Hobs for Involute
Spur Gears September
Master Gears for Checking Spur Gears; Gear
Blank and Tooth System November
Master Gears for Checking Spur Gears;
Receiving Arbors November
Definitions and Parameters for Bevel Gears
and Bevel Gear Pairs July) July
Reference Profiles of Gear-Cutting Tools for
Involute Tooth Systems According to DIN
867 February
Terms and Definitions for Cylindrical Worm
Gears with Shaft Angle 90 Degree October
Cylindrical Worms; Dimensions; Correlation
of Shaft Centre Distances and Gear Ratios of
Worm Gear Drives November
Measuring Element Diameters for the Radial
or Diametral Dimension for Testing Tooth
Thickness of Cylindrical Gears February
Helix Angles for Cylindrical Gear Teeth
August
Tooth Damage on Gear Trains; Designation,
Characteristics, Causes July) July
Geometrical Design of Cylindrical Internal
3993 PT 2
3993 PT 3
3993 PT 4
3998 PT 1
3998 PT 2
3998 PT 3
3998 PT 4
3998 SUPPL. 1
4000 PT 1 SUPPL. 1
4000 PT 1 (W)
4000 PT 9
4000 PT 23
4024 PT 1
4024 PT 2
4049 PT 1
4074 PT 2
4078
Involute Gear Pairs; Basic Rules August
Geometrical Design of Cylindrical Internal
Involute Gear Pairs; Diagrams for
Geometrical Limits of Internal Gear-Pinion
Matings August
Geometrical Design of Cylindrical Internal
Involute Gear Pairs; Diagrams for the
Determination of Addendum Modification
Coefficients August
Geometrical Design of Cylindrical Internal
Involute Gear Pairs; Diagrams for Limits of
Internal Gear - Pinion Type Cutter Matings
August
Denominations on Gears and Gear Pairs;
General Definitions September
Denominations on Gears and Gear Pairs;
Cylindrical Gears and Gear Pairs September
Denominations on Gears and Gear Pairs;
Bevel and Hypoid Gears and Gear Pairs
September
Denominations on Gears and Gear Pairs;
Worm Gear Pairs September
Denominations on Gears and Gear Pairs;
Alphabetical Index of Equivalent Terms
September
Tabular Lay-Outs of Article Characteristics;
Principles; Application in Article
Characteristics Lists February
Tabular Layouts of Article Characteristics;
Definitions and Principles April
Tabular Layouts of Article Characteristics for
Bolts, Pins, Rivets, and Keys January
Tabular Layouts of Article Characteristics for
Iron and Steel December
Machine Foundations; Flexible Structures
That Support Machines with Rotating
Elements April
Machine Foundations; Rigid Foundations for
Machinery Subject to Periodic Vibration
April
Hydrology; Concepts, Quantitative
September
Building Timber for Wood Building
Components; Quality Conditions for
Building Logs (Softwood) December
Plywood; Preferred Dimensions March
4079
4099
4187 PT 1 (W)
4187 PT 2 (W)
4187 PT 3 (W)
4312
4646 PT 2 (S)
4647 PT 1 (W)
4647 PT 2 (W)
4647 PT 3 (W)
4647 PT 6
4753 PT 4
4753 PT 5
4753 PT 6
4760
4761
Veneers; Thicknesses May
Welding of Reinforcing Steel; Execution of
Welding Work and Testing November
Screening Surfaces; Perforated Plates for
Test Sieves; Round Hole Perforations April
Screening Surfaces; Perforated Plates for
Test Sieves; Square Hole Perforations April
Screening Surfaces; Perforated Plates for
Test Sieves; Technical Conditions of
Delivery April
Industrial-Type Turbines; Steam Turbines
and Gas Expansion Turbines; Construction
Principles for Industrial-Type Turbines
December
Glasses for Eye-Protection Equipment;
Optical Test Methods December; Superseded
by DIN EN 167, November 1995
Glasses for Eye-Protection Equipment;
Protective Filters for Use in Welding
February
Glasses for Eye-Protection Equipment;
Protective Filters Against Ultra-Violet
Radiation (Protective UV Filters) September
Glasses for Eye-Protection Equipment;
Protective Filters Against Infra-Red
Radiation (Protective IR Filters) February
Glasses for Eye-Protection Equipment; Cover
Glasses February
Water Heating Installations for Drinking
Water and Service Water; Corrosion
Protection on the Water Side by
Thermosetting, Resin-Bonded Lining
Materials; Requirements and Testing July
Water Heating Installations for Drinking
Water and Service Water; Corrosion
Protection on the Water Side by Natural or
Synthetic Rubber Films; Requirements and
Testing July
Water Heating Installations for Drinking
Water and Service Water; Cathodic
Corrosion Protection of Enamelled Steel
Containers; Requirements and Testing
February
Form Deviations; Concepts; Classification
System June
Surface Character; Geometrical
4764
4766 PT 1
4766 PT 2
4769 PT 1
4769 PT 2
4769 PT 3
4771
4772
4774
4775
4776
4777
4923
4951
Characteristics of Surface Texture;
Terms/Definitions, Symbols December
Surfaces of Components Used in Mechanical
Engineering and Light Engineering;
Terminology According to Stress Conditions
June
Surface Roughness Associated with Types of
Manufacturing Methods; Attainable
Arithmetical Mean Value of Peak-To-Valley
Height Rz According to DIN 4768 Part 1
March
Surface Roughness Associated with Types of
Manufacturing Method; Attainable
Arithmetical Mean Value Ra According to
DIN 4768 Part 1 March
Roughness Comparison Specimens;
Technical Conditions of Delivery;
Application May
Roughness Comparison Specimens; Surfaces
Produced by Cutting with Periodic Profile
May
Roughness Comparison Specimens; Surfaces
Produced by Cutting with Aperiodic Profile
May
Measurement of the Profile Height Pt of
Surfaces April
Electrical Contact (Stylus) Instruments for
the Measurement of Surface Roughness by
the Profile Method November
Measurement of the Depth of Waviness by
Means of Electrical Contact Stylus
Instruments June
Measuring the Surface Roughness of
Workpieces; Visual and Tactile Comparison,
Methods by Means of Contact Stylus
Instruments June
Determination of Surface Roughness
Parameters RK, RPK, RVK, Mr1, Mr2,
Serving to Describe the Material Component
of the Roughness Profile May
Phase Correct Filters for Use in Electrical
Stylus Instruments May
Woven Wire Cloth for Well Construction
July
Straight Cutting Tools for Lathe Work with
High Speed Steel Cutting Edges September
4964 PT 1
4990 (W)
5107 (W)
5134 PT 1
5134 PT 4
5291
5296
5310
5401 PT 1
5401 PT 2
5401 (W)
5402 PT 1 (W)
5402 PT 2 (W)
5402 PT 3
5405 PT 1
5405 PT 2
5405 PT 3
5406
5415
5416
5418
High Speed Steel Tool Holder Bits
September
Groups of Application of Carbides for
Machining by Chip Removal July
Blacksmith's Chisels; Cold Chisels December
Saw Blades for Woodworking; Technical
Conditions of Delivery for Bandsaw Blades
August
Saw Blades for Woodworking; Technical
Conditions of Delivery for Circular Saw
Blades of Tool Steel September
Roller Buckles February
Rings February
Industrial Sewing Machines; Safety
Requirements September
Finished Steel Balls for Rolling Bearings
November; Together with DIN 5401 Part 2,
November 1993 Edition, Supersedes DIN
5401, January 1978 Edition
Balls of Materials Other Than Steel to DIN
17230, for Rolling Bearings November;
Together with DIN 5401 Part 1, November
1993 Edition, Supersedes DIN 5401, January
1978 Edition
Rolling Bearing Components; Balls January;
Superseded by DIN 5401 Parts 1 and 2,
November 1993 Editions
Rolling Bearing Components; Cylindrical
Rollers June) June
Rolling Bearing Components; Long Rollers
June
Rollers for Needle Roller Bearings March
Needle Roller Bearings; Radial Needle Roller
and Cage Assemblies March
Needle Roller Bearings; Thrust Needle Roller
and Cage Assemblies March
Needle Roller Bearings; Thrust Washers
March
Lockwashers and Locking Plates for Use
with Rolling Bearings February
Adapter Sleeves for Use with Rolling
Bearings February
Withdrawal Sleeves for Use with Rolling
Bearings March
Mounting Dimensions of Rolling Bearings
February
5419
5425 PT 1
5429 PT 1
5429 PT 2
5464
5471
5472
5480 PT 1
5480 PT 2
5480 PT 3
5480 PT 4
5480 PT 5
5480 PT 6
5480 PT 7
5480 PT 8
5480 PT 9
5480 PT 10
Felt Rings; Felt Strips; Ring Grooves for
Rolling Bearing Housings September
Rolling Bearings; Mounting Tolerances;
General Guidelines November
Rolling Bearings; Needle Bearing
Combinations; Needle Roller Thrust
Bearings and Needle Ball Thrust Bearings
August
Rolling Bearings; Needle Bearing
Combinations; Needle Angular Contact Ball
Bearings August
Straight-Sided Splines; Heavy Series
September
Machine Tools; Spline Shafts and Spline
Bore Profiles with 4 Splines; Internal
Centering; Dimensions August
Machine Tools; Spline Shafts and Spline
Bore Profiles with 6 Splines; Internal
Centering; Dimensions December
Involute Spline Joints; Principles October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Survey October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Modules 0,5, 0,6, 0,75, 0,8
and 1 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 1,25 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Modules 1,5 and 1,75
October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 2 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 2,5 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 3 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 4 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
5480 PT 11
5480 PT 12
5480 PT 13
5480 PT 14
5480 PT 15
5480 PT 16
5481 PT 1
5684 PT 1
5684 PT 2
5684 PT 3
5685
6063 PT 1
6094 PT 1
17678 PT 3
17678 PT 4
18156 PT 4
18262
18880 PT 1
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 5 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 6 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 8 October
Involute Spline Joints; 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Basic Dimensions and Test
Dimensions for Module 10 October
Involute Splines with 30 Degree Pressure
Angle Side Fits; Tolerances March
Involute Splines; Testing and Gauges for
Side Fit September
Involute Splines with 30 Degree Pressure
Angle; Hobs; Pinion Type Cutters; Broaches
March
Internal and External Serrations January
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Lifting Purposes; Grade 5 May
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Lifting Purposes; Grade 6 May
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Lifting Purposes; Grade 8 May
Untested, Round Steel Chains with Long or
Medium-Length Links February
Screw Threads Used Mainly for Plastic
Containers; Dimensions of Buttress Threads
May
Packaging; Finishes; Crown Finishes October
Hand Forgings of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Basis of Design (Dec)
Hand Forgings of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Permissible Variations (Dec)
Materials Used for the Application of
Ceramic Tiling by the Thin Bed Method;
Epoxy Resin Adhesives (Dec) Superseded in
Part by EN 1323-97, EN 1308-97 and EN
1346-97
Adjustable Non-Load- Bearing Spring Hinge
for Fire Protecting Doors (May)
Slow Combustion Room Heater Cookers for
Solid Fuels, Designed Primarily for Burning
Coal Products; Requirements, Testing,
Marking (Aug)
18889
18890
19208
19210
19301
19306
19559 PT 1
22252
EN 795
EN 796
EN 797
EN 798
EN 799
EN 800
EN 801
EN 811
EN 827
EN 829
Coal-Fired Water-Heater with Storage Boiler
without Pressure for Test Pressure of 1
Atmosphere; Terms Employed, Construction,
Quality, Capacity and Testing (Nov)
Slow-Combustion Stoves for Solid Fuel
(Sept)
Flow Measurement; Mating Dimensions and
Application of Shut-Off Valves for
Differential Pressure Transducers and
Differential Pressure Piping (Aug)
Methods for Measurement of Fluid Flow;
Differential Pressure Piping for Flow
Measurement Devices (July)
Newsprint; Outside Diameter of Rolls (Sept)
Uncoated Printing Papers; Letterpress Paper,
Offset Paper, Rotogravure Paper; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Sept)
Measurement of Flow of Waste Water in
Open Channels and Gravity Conduits;
General Information July
Calibrated and Tested Round Steel Link
Chains for Conveyors and Machines Used in
Mining (Sept) (Supersedes DIN 22252 Parts
1 and 2, December 1973 Editions)
Protection Against Falls from a Height;
Anchor Devices; Requirements and Testing
August
Bar Coding; Symbology Identifiers (Feb)
Bar Coding; Symbology Specifications:
'EAN/UPC' (Feb)
Bar Coding; Symbology Specifications:
'Codabar' (Feb)
Bar Coding; Symbology Specifications:
'Code 128' (Feb)
Bar Coding; Symbology Specifications:
'Code 39' (Feb)
Bar Coding; Symbology Specifications:
'Interleaved 2 of 5' (Feb)
Safety of Machinery; Safety Distances to
Prevent Danger Zones Being Reached by the
Lower Limbs December
Adhesives; Determination of Conventional
Solids and Constant Mass Solids Contents
(Jan)
Transport Packages for Medical and
Biological Specimens Requirements and
EN 838
EN 841
EN 842
6094 PT 11
6094 PT 12
6300
6303
6311 (W)
6320
6321
6324
6327 PT 1
6341 PT 1 (W)
6341 PT 2
6343 (W)
6347
6348
6349 PT 1
6349 PT 2
6349 PT 3
6349 PT 5
6350 PT 1
6350 PT 2
Tests
Workplace Atmospheres; Diffusive Samplers
for the Determination of Gases and Vapours;
Requirements and Test Methods (Dec)
Bar Coding; Format Description for
Symbology Specifications (Feb)
Safety of Machinery; Visual Danger Signals;
General Requirements, Design and Testing
August; Supersedes DIN 33404-2, October
1979 Edition
Packaging; Finishes; Vacuum Lug Type
Closure Finish November
Packaging; Finishes; 7,5 R Continuous
Thread Finishes for Bottles Subjected to
Internal Pressure January
Jigs and Fixtures for Form-Modifying
Production Processes; Denominations and
Their Abbreviations June
Knurled Nuts November
Thrust Pads May
Feet with Threaded Shank for Jigs and
Fixtures February
Support and Location Pins December
Operating Elements for Clamping Devices;
Survey January
Adjustable Adaptors for Tapered Tools;
Short Types June
Drawback Collets and Taper Sleeves for
Collets November
Drawback Collets; Collet Thread; Nominal
Dimensions; Tolerances; Limits June
Push-Out Collets April
Drill Jigs with Hinged Cover May
Drilling Jigs; Quick-Clamping January
Key-Type Three-Jaw Drill Chucks; Form A
with Fastening by Internal Cone March
Key-Type Three-Jaw Drill Chucks; Form B,
with Fastening by Threaded Hole Mar
Key-Type Three-Jaw Drill Chucks; Form C
with Fastening by Threaded Pin March
Key-Type Three-Jaw Drill Chucks; Technical
Conditions of Delivery March
Lathe Chucks, Hand-Operated; Jaws Not
Individually Adjustable with Cylindrical
Mounting Recess August
Lathe Chucks, Hand-Operated; Jaws Not
6351 PT 1
6351 PT 2
6352 PT 1
6353
6358
6359
6366 PT 2
6367
6369
6370
6378
6381
6382
6513 PT 2
6518 PT 1
6518 PT 2
6527
6528
6529
6535
Individually Adjustable; Mounting Recess
with 1 : 4 Taper December
Lathe Chucks, Hand-Operated; Jaws Also
Individually Adjustable with Cylindrical
Mounting Recess August
Lathe Chucks, Hand-Operated; Jaws Also
Individually Adjustable Mounting Recess
with 1 : 4 Taper December
Chuck Backplates with 1 : 4 Locating Taper;
Basic Flanges August
Lathe Chucks Power-Operated without
Through-Hole April
Milling Machine Arbors with 7/24 Taper
Shanks for Longitudinal or Transverse Drive
Cutters July) July
Reduction Sleeves with 7/24 Taper Shanks
for Parallel Shanks with Lateral Driving
Surfaces July
Clutch Drive Rings for Hob Arbors July
Cutter Retaining Screws for Milling Machine
Arbors February
Draw-In Rods for Quick Release Taper
Reception; Threaded End for Tool Retention
November
Fixtures; Machine Vices; Capacities;
Companion Dimensions; Permissible Errors;
Jaws February
Clip Bolts July
Aligning Arbors with Taper Shank
September
Tool Extension Sockets April
Corner Rounding Concave Cutters; Technical
Delivery Conditions April
Corner Rounding Concave Milling Cutters
with Parallel Shank; Dimensions April
Corner Rounding Concave Milling Cutters
with Parallel Shank; Technical Delivery
Conditions April
Solid Hardmetal End Mills with Stepped
Parallel Shank; Dimensions February
Solid Hardmetal End Mills with Continuous
Parallel Shank; Dimensions February
Parallel Shank Solid Hardmetal End Mills;
Technical Delivery Conditions February
Parallel Shanks for Hardmetal Twist Drills
and End Mills; Dimensions February
6537
6538 PT 1
6539
6540 PT 1
6540 PT 2
6720 PT 1
6720 PT 3 (W)
6728
6734 (W)
6799
6935
6935 SUPPL. 1
7150 PT 2
7157
7163
7164
7167
Stepped Parallel Shank Solid Hardmetal
Twist Drills; Dimensions April
Reinforced Parallel Shank Twist Drills with
Hardmetal Cutting Edges; Dimensions June
Continuous Parallel Shank Solid Hardmetal
Twist Drills; Dimensions May
Technical Delivery Conditions for DIN 6537
and DIN 6539 Solid Hardmetal Twist Drills;
Requirements April
Technical Delivery Conditions for DIN 6537
and DIN 6539 Solid Hardmetal Twist Drills;
Checking of Dimensions April
Papers for Teleprinters; Page Printer Papers
in Rolls and as Continuous Forms February
Papers for Teleprinters; Tape Printer Papers
February
Papers for Map Printing in Sizes; Wood-Free,
Uncoated; Requirements; Testing February
Duplicating Paper for Stencil Duplicators;
Material Types and Properties Oct) October
Lock Washers (Retaining Washers) for
Shafts September
Cold Bending of Flat Rolled Steel Products
October
Cold Bending of Flat Rolled Steel Products;
Factors for Compensating Value V for
Calculating the Flat Length October
ISO Systems of Limits and Fits; Testing of
Workpiece Elements with Cylindrical and
Parallel Mating Surfaces August
Recommended Selection of Fits; Tolerance
Zones; Allowances; Fit Tolerances January
Workshop Gap Gauges and Check Gauges
for ISO Fit Sizes from 1 to 500 mm Nominal
Dimension; Gauge Dimensions and
Manufacturing Tolerances August
Workshop Plug Gauges and Spherical End
Measuring Rods for ISO Fit Dimensions
from 1 to 500 mm Nominal Dimension;
Gauge Dimensions and Manufacturing
Tolerances August
Relationship between Tolerances of Size,
Form, and Parallelism; Envelope
Requirement without Individual Indication
on the Drawing January; Together with DIN
ISO 1101, March 1985 Edition, Supersedes
7168
7172
7274 PT 1
7274 PT 2
7521
7523 PT 1
7523 PT 2
7526
7526 SUPPL. 1
7527 PT 1
7527 PT 2
7527 PT 3
7527 PT 4
7527 PT 5
7527 PT 6
DIN 7184 Part 1, May 1972 Edition
General Tolerances for Linear and Angular
Dimensions and Geometrical Tolerances (Not
to Be Used for New Designs) April
Tolerances and Limit Deviations for Sizes
Above 3150 mm up to 10 000 mm;
Principles, Standard Tolerances and Limit
Deviations April
Packaging; Steel Canisters with Nominal
Volumes of 5, 10 and 20 l; Dimensions
September
Packaging; Steel Canisters with Nominal
Volumes of 5, 10 and 20 l; Safety
Requirements and Testing September
Steel Forgings; Technical Conditions of
Delivery August
Steel Forgings; Design of Drop Forgings;
Directives for Forging Drawings January
Steel Forgings; Design of Drop and Press
Forgings; Machining Allowances, Drafts,
Edge Radii, Fillet Radii, Base Thicknesses,
Wall Thicknesses, Rib Widths, and Rib Radii
September
Steel Forgings; Tolerances and Permissible
Variations for Drop Forgings January
Steel Forgings; Tolerances and Permissible
Variations for Drop Forgings; Examples for
Application May
Steel Forgings; Machining Allowances and
Permissible Variations for Open-Die Forged
Discs October
Steel Forgings; Machining Allowances and
Permissible Variations for Open-Die Forged
Pierced Discs October
Steel Forgings; Machining Allowances and
Permissible Variations for Seamless OpenDie Forged Rings October
Steel Forgings; Machining Allowances and
Permissible Variations for Seamless OpenDie Forged Bushes January
Steel Forgings; Machining Allowances and
Permissible Variations for Open-Die Forged
Rolled and Welded Rings January
Steel Forgings; Machining Allowances and
Permissible Variations for Open-Die Forged
Bars February
52338
52344
52346
52613
53153
53159
53167
53181
53217 PT 1
53217 PT 2
53217 PT 3
53217 PT 4
53217 PT 5
53230
53231
Methods of Testing Flat Glass for Use in
Buildings; Ball Drop Test on Laminated
Glass (Sept)
Testing of Glass; Testing the Effect of
Alternating Atmosphere on Multilayer
Insulating Glass (May)
Testing of Glass; Thrust Load Test on
Containers; Testing by Attributes and by
Variables (June)
Thermal Insulation Testings; Determination
of Thermal Conductivity by the Tube Method
(Jan)
Testing of Paints, Varnishes and Similar
Coating Materials; Bucholz Indentation Test
on Paint Coatings and Similar Coatings
(Nov) Superseded by EN ISO 2815: June
1998
Testing of Paints, Varnishes and Similar
Coating Materials; Determination of the
Degree of Chalking of Paint Coatings and
Similar Coatings by Kempf's Method (Sept)
Paints, Varnishes and Similar Coating
Materials; Salt Spray Test on Coatings (Dec)
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Determination of the Melting Range of
Resins by the Capillary Method (Mar)
Determination of Density of Paints,
Varnishes and Similar Coating Materials;
Survey of Test Methods (Mar)
Determination of Density of Paints,
Varnishes and Similar Coating Materials by
the Pyknometer Method (Mar)
Determination of Density of Paints,
Varnishes and Similar Coating Materials by
the Displacement Float Method (Mar)
Determination of Density of Paints,
Varnishes and Similar Coating Materials by
the Hydrometer Method (Mar)
Determination of Density of Paints,
Varnishes and Similar Coating Materials by
the Vibration Method (Mar)
Testing of Paints, Varnishes and Similar
Coatings; Rating Scheme for the Evaluation
of Tests (Apr)
Artificial Weathering and Ageing of Paint
Coatings by Exposure to Filtered Xenon Arc
53363
53370
53373
53375
53377
53378
53380
53380-3
53384
53386
EN 12135
EN 12136
EN 12137
EN 12138
EN 12139
EN 12143
Radiation (Apr)
Testing of Plastic Films; Tear Propagation
Test on Trapezoidal Specimens with a Slit
(May)
Testing of Plastics Films; Determination of
the Thickness by Mechanical Feeling
February
Testing of Plastic Films; Impact Penetration
Test with Electronic Data Recording (Sept)
Testing of Plastic Film and Sheeting;
Determination of the Coefficients of Friction
(Nov)
Testing of Plastic Films; Determination of
Dimensional Stability (May)
Testing of Plastic Films; Determination of
Colour Fastness to Hydrogen Sulphide (June)
Testing of Plastics Films; Determination of
the Gas Transmission Rate (June)
Determining the Gas Transmission Rate of
Plastic Film, Sheeting and Mouldings by the
Carrier Gas Method July
Artificial Weathering and Ageing of Plastics
by Exposure to Laboratory UV Radiation
Sources (Apr)
Testing of Plastics and Elastomers; Exposure
to Natural Weathering (June)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices Determination of
Nitrogen Content by the Kjeldahl Method
December
Fruit and Vegetable Juices Determination of
Total Carotenoid Content and Individual
Carotenoid Fractions December
Fruit and Vegetable Juices Determination of
Tartaric Acid in Grape Juices by High
Performance Liquid Chromatography
December
Fruit and Vegetable Juices Enzymatic
Determination of D-Malic Acid Content by
the NAD Spectrometric Method December
Surface Active Agents; Determination of the
Total Polyethylene Glycol Content of NonIonic Surface Active Agents (EO Adducts)
by HPLC/GPC April
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Soluble Solids Content by the Refractometric
Method October
EN 12144
EN 12145
EN 12146
EN 12147
EN 12148
EN 12173
EN 12177
EN 12196
EN 12197
EN 12199
EN 12221-1
EN 12221-2
EN 12244-1
EN 12244-2
EN 12270
EN 12275
EN 12277
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Total Alkalinity of Ash by the Titrimetric
Method October
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Total Dry Matter by the Gravimetric Method
with Loss of Mass on Drying October
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of Sucrose Content by the
NADP Spectrometric Method October
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Titrable Acidity February
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Hesperidin and Naringin in Citrus Juices by
High Performance Liquid Chromatography
October
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Fluoride December
Liquid Petroleum Products; Unleaded Petrol;
Determination of Benzene Content by Gas
Chromatography August
Gymnastic Eqiupment; Horses and Bucks;
Functional and Safety Requirements, Test
Methods August
Gymnastic Equipment; Horizontal Bars;
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
August
Resilient Floor Coverings Specifications for
Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Relief
Rubber Floor Coverings May
Changing Units for Domestic Use Part
1:Safety Requirements November
Changing Units for Domestic Use Part 2:Test
Methods November
Direct Gas-Fired Washing Machines of Heat
Input Not Exceeding 20 kW; Part 1: Safety
June
Direct Gas-Fired Washing Machines of Heat
Input Not Exceeding 20 kW Part 2: Rational
Use of Energy June
Mountaineering Equipment Chocks Safety
Requirements and Test Methods October
Mountaineering Equipment Connectors
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
October
Mountaineering Equipment; Harnesses -
EN 12278
EN 12308
EN 12324-1
EN 12324-4
51220
52289
52305
52452 PT 2
52455-3
54815-1
68800-2
73378
74324-1
EN 1044
EN 1838
EN 12534
Safety Requirements and Test Methods July;
Supersedes DIN 7947, June 1987 Edition
Mountaineering Equipment; Pulleys - Saftey
Requirements and Test Methods July
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Suitability Testing of Gaskets
Designed for Flanged Joints Used on LNG
Piping October
Irrigation Techniques - Reel Machine
Systems; Part 1: Size Series February
Irrigation Techniques - Reel Machine
Systems; Part 4: Check List of Users
Requirement October
General Requirements for Materials Testing
Machines, Including Verification and
Calibration (Jan) Supersedes December 1993
Edition of DIN 51300)
Determination of Chemical Resistance of
Safety Glazing Materials for Road Vehicles
September
Determining the Optical Distortion and
Refractive Power of Safety Glazing Material
for Road Vehicles June
Testing of Construction Sealants for
Compatibility with Chemicals (Sept)
Determination of Adhesion /Cohesion of
Construction Sealants After Exposure to
Artificial Light (Jan)
Pipes Made of Filled Polyester Resin
Moulding Materials Dimensions, Material
and Marking November
Wood Preservation in Building Construction;
Part 2: Preventive Structural Measures May
Polyamide Tubing for Use in Motor Vehicles
February
Polyamide Tubing for Air Braking Systems
Part 1: Requirements and Testing February
Brazing - Filler Metals July; Supersedes DIN
8513-1 and DIN 8513-2, October 1979
Editions, DIN 8513-3, July 1986 Edition,
DIN 8513-4, February 1981 Edition, and
DIN 8513-5, February 1983 Edition
Lighting Applications; Emergency Lighting
July; Supersedes DIN 5035-5, December
1987 Edition
Welding Consumables Wire Electrodes,
EN 12627
EN ISO 2860
ISO 68-1
ISO 261
ISO 262
ISO 666
ISO 724
ISO 965-1
ISO 1940-2
ISO 1985
7753 PT 1
Wires, Rods and Deposits for Gas Shielded
Metal Arc Welding of High Strength Steels
Classification November
Industrial Valves Butt Welding Ends for
Steel Valves October; Supersedes DIN 32391, October 1988 Edition
Earth-Moving Machinery Minimum Access
Dimensions October; ISO 2860: 1992
ISO General Purpose Screw Threads - Basic
Profile Part 1: Metric Screw Threads
November; ISO 68-1: 1998; This Standard,
Together with DIN 13-19, November 1999
Edition Supersedes DIN 13-19, December
1986 Edition
ISO General Purpose Metric Screw Threads
General Plan November; ISO 261 : 1998;
Supersedes DIN 13-12, October 1988
Edition, and Supplement to DIN 13-12,
November 1975 Edition
ISO General Purpose Metric Screw Threads
Selected Sizes for Screws, Bolts and Nuts
November; ISO 262: 1998; This Standard,
Together with DIN ISO 965-2, November
1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN 13-13,
October 1983 Edition
Machine Tools; Mounting of Plain Grinding
Wheels by Means of Hub Flanges August;
ISO 666:1996; Supersedes DIN 6375,
December 1987 Edition
ISO General Purpose Metric Screw Threads
Basic Dimensions November; ISO 724: 1993
ISO General Purpose Metric Screw Threads Tolerances Part 1: Principles and Basic Data
November; ISO 965-1 : 1998; Supersedes
DIN 13-14 and DIN 13-15, August 1982
Editions
Mechanical Vibration; Balance Quality
Requirements of Rigid Rotors; Part 2:
Balance Errors February; ISO 1940-2:1997
Machine Tools Test Conditions for Surface
Grinding Machines with Vertical Grinding
Wheel Spindle and Reciprocating Table
Testing of the Accuracy November; ISO
1985: 1998; Supersedes DIN 8633-1, May
1988 Edition
Endless Narrow V-Belts for Mechanical
7753 PT 3
7881 PT 5
8000
8002
8010
8011
8012
8013
8037
8038
8039
8041
8047
8048
8063 PT 4
8152 PT 3
8152 PT 4
8165 PT 1
8165 PT 2
Engineering Purposes; Dimensions January
Endless Narrow V-Belts for the Automotive
Industry; Dimensions of Belts and Pulley
Groove Profiles February
Winter Sports Equipment; Release Bindings
for Alpine Downhill Skiing; Adjustment
Scale for Release Values January
Design Dimensions and Errors of Hobs for
Involute Spur Gears; Fundamental Terms
October
Metal-Cutting Tools; Hobs for Spur Gears
with Clutch Drive Slot or Keyway; Modules
1 to 20 January
Carbide Tips for Drills; Point Angle 115
Degree for Heavy Loading September
Carbide Tips for Reamers, Countersinks,
Counterbores and End Mills September
Carbide Inserts for Centre Points May
Carbide Tips for Drills; Point Angle 85
Degree for Light Loading September
Twist Drills with Parallel Shank with Carbide
Tips for Drilling Metal August
Twist Drills with Parallel Shank with Carbide
Tips for Drilling Plastics (Thermosetting
Plastics) August
Parallel Shank Masonry Drills with Carbide
Tips April
Twist Drills with Morse Taper Shank with
Carbide Tips for Drilling Metal August
Side Milling Cutters; Carbide-Tipped
November
Side Milling Cutters with Exchangeable
Blades; Carbide-Tipped November
Pipe Joint Assemblies and Fittings for
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Pressure Pipes; Bushings, Flanges, Seals;
Dimensions September
Leaf Chains; Heavy Series LH February
Leaf Chains; Clevises and Sheaves for Heavy
Series LH Chains; Connecting Dimensions
February
Solid Bearing Pin Type FV Conveyor
Chains; Single-Strand and Double-Strand
Chains (Not to Be Used for New Designs)
March
Solid Bearing Pin Type FV Conveyor
8165 PT 3
8166
8167 PT 1
8167 PT 2
8167 PT 3
8168 PT 1
8168 PT 2
8168 PT 3
8189 PT 1
8189 PT 2
8192
8195
8196 PT 1
8196 PT 2
8199
8221
8236 PT 1
8236 PT 2
Chains; Attachment Plates (Not to Be Used
for New Designs) March
Solid Bearing Pin Type FVT Conveyor
Chains with Deep Plates (Not to Be Used for
New Designs) March
Rollers for Solid Breaking Pin Types FV and
FVT Conveyor Chains (Not to Be Used for
New Designs) March
ISO-Type M Conveyor Chains with Solid
Pins; Single Strand Chains and Double
Strand Chains March
ISO-Type M Conveyor Chains with Solid
Pins; Attachments; Material and Connecting
Dimensions March
ISO-Type MT Conveyor Chains with Solid
Pins and Deep Plates March
ISO-Type MC Conveyor Chains with Hollow
Pins; Single Strand Chains March
ISO-Type MC Conveyor Chains with Hollow
Pins; Attachments; Material and Connecting
Dimensions March
ISO-Type MCT Conveyor Chains with
Hollow Pins and Deep Plates March
Roller Chains for Agricultural Machinery;
Chains and Connecting Links March
Roller Chains for Agricultural Machinery;
Links with Attachment Plates and Driving
Plates March
Chain Wheels for Roller Chains as Specified
in DIN 8187; Dimensions March
Design and Selection of Chain Drives August
Toothing of Chain Wheels for Roller Chains
as Specified in DIN 8187 and DIN 8188;
Profile Dimensions March
Toothing of Chain Wheels; for Use with
Extended-Pitch Precision Roller Chains as
Specified in DIN 8181 Profile Dimensions
March
Toothing of Chain Wheels for Roller Chains
for Agricultural Machinery; Profile
Dimensions March
Driving Elements; Bushes for Plain Bearings
According to DIN 502, DIN 503 and DIN
504 July
Chronometric Terms; Indication, Rate March
Chronometric Terms; Frequency, Period July
8236 PT 3
8255 PT 1
8350
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8505 PT 1
8505 PT 2
8505 PT 3
8511 PT 2 (S)
8514 PT 1
8515 PT 1
8516
8521 (S)
8522
8523 (S)
Chronometric Terms; Coefficients of the
Rate July
Collets for Watches and Clocks; Slotted,
Round November
Scrapers April
Subland Twist Drills with Parallel Shank for
Clearance Holes and Countersinks for
Countersunk Head Screws February
Subland Twist Drills with Morse Taper
Shank for Clearance Holes and Countersinks
for Countersunk Head Screws February
Subland Twist Drills with Parallel Shank for
Clearance Holes and Counterbores for
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws and
Slotted Cheese Head Screws February
Subland Twist Drills with Morse Taper
Shank for Clearance Holes and Counterbores
for Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws and
Slotted Cheese Head Screws February
Subland Twist Drills with Parallel Shank for
Holes Prior to Tapping Screw Threads and
for Relief Countersinks February
Soldering and Brazing; General; Terms May
Soldering and Brazing; Classification of
Processes, Terms May
Brazing and Soldering; Classification of
Processes According to Energy Transfer
Media; Description of Processes January
Fluxes for Brazing and Soldering; Fluxes for
Soldering May; Superseded by DIN EN
29454 Part 1
Solderability; Terms July
Defects in Metallic Solder Joints; Brazing
Joints and High-Temperature Solder Joints;
Classification; Designations; Explanatory
Notes June
Soft Solders with Flux Cores on Resin Basis;
Composition, Technical Conditions of
Delivery; Testing August
Safety Devices Against Flashback and
Backflow in Welding, Cutting and Allied
Processes; Safety Requirements, Testing
December; Superseded by DIN EN 730
Production Processes of Autogenous
Engineering; Survey September
Acceptance Testings for Oxygen Cutting
8524 PT 2
8524 PT 3
8525 PT 1
8525 PT 2
8525 PT 3
8526
8528 PT 1
8528 PT 2
8541 PT 2
8542 (S)
8543 PT 4 (S)
8543 PT 5 (S)
8544 (S)
8545 (S)
Machines; Reproducible Accuracy,
Operational Characteristics May; Superseded
by DIN EN 28206
Defects in Metallic Welded Joints; Pressure
Welded Joints; Classification; Designations;
Explanatory Notes March
Defects in Metallic Welded Joints; Cracks;
Classification; Denominations; Explanatory
Notes August
Testing of Brazing Joints; Gap Brazed Joints;
Tensile Test November
Testing of Brazing Joints; Gap Brazed Joints;
Shear Test November
Testing of Brazed Joints; Tensile Testing of
High Temperature Brazed Close Joints July
Testing of Soldering Joints; Gap Soldered
Joints; Shear Test; Creep Shear Test
November
Weldability; Metallic Materials, Definitions
June
Weldability; Welding Suitability of General
Structural Steels for Fusion Welding March
Hoses for Welding, Cutting and Allied
Processes; Hoses with Protective Cover for
Use with Fuel Gas, Oxygen and Other NonCombustible Gases December
Hose Connections and Hose Couplers for
Equipment for Welding, Cutting and Allied
Processes September; Superseded by DIN
EN 560, November 1994
Blowpipes for Oxy-Fuel Gas Processes;
Manual Blowpipes for Fuel Gas/Aspirated
Air; Types, Concepts, Requirements, Testing,
Marking November; Superseded by DIN EN
731, August 1995
Blowpipes for Oxy-Fuel Gas Processes;
Machine Cutting Blowpipes for Fuel
Gas/Oxygen; Types, Concepts,
Requirements, Marking, Testing September;
Superseded by DIN EN 874, June 1995
Probe Couplings for Equipment and Gas
Hoses for Welding, Cutting and Related
Processes; Couplings for Hoses from 4 to 10
mm Internal Diameter November;
Superseded by DIN EN 561, November 1994
Manifold Regulators for Welding, Cutting
8549 (S)
8551 PT 1 (S)
8552 PT 1
8552 PT 3
8553
8554 PT 1
8554 PT 3
8555 PT 1
8556 PT 2 (W)
8557 PT 1(S)
8562
8563 PT 2 (S)
8563 PT 3 (S)
and Related Processes; Concepts,
Requirements and Testing September;
Superseded by DIN EN 961, October 1995
Bourdon-Tube Pressure Gauges Used in
Welding, Cutting and Related Processes with
50 mm or 63 mm Diameter Casing
December; Superseded by DIN EN 562,
November 1994
Edge Preparation for Welding; Edge Forms
on Steel; Gas Welding, Manual Arc Welding
and Gas-Shielded Arc Welding June;
Superseded by DIN EN 29692, April 1994
Weld Preparation; Groove Forms for
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys; Gas
Welding and Gas-Shielded Arc Welding May
Edge Preparation for Welding; Groove Forms
on Copper and Copper Alloys; Gas Welding
and Gas-Shielded Arc Welding July
Joining of Clad Steel Plate by Welding;
Requirements and Design February
Unalloyed and Low Alloy Filler Rods for
Gas Welding; Designation, Technical
Delivery Conditions May
Unalloyed and Low Alloy Filler Rods for
Gas Welding; Qualification Testing under
Normal Fabrication Conditions August
Filler Metals Used for Surfacing; Filler
Wires, Filler Rods, Wire Electrodes, Covered
Electrodes; Designation; Technical Delivery
Conditions November
Filler Metals for Welding Stainless and Heat
Resisting Steels; Testing of Covered Rod
Electrodes; Weld Metal Specimen April
Filler Metals for Submerged Arc Welding;
Joint Welding of Unalloyed and Alloy Steels;
Designation; Technical Delivery Conditions
April; Superseded by DIN EN 756
Welding of Vessels; Vessels of Metallic
Materials; Principles for Welding January
Quality Assurance of Welding Operations;
Requirements Regarding the Firm October;
Superseded by DIN EN 719, August 1994,
DIN EN 729-2, DIN EN 729-3 and DIN EN
729-4, November 1994
Quality Assurance of Welding Operations;
Fusion Welded Joints in Steel (Except Beam
8563 PT 30 (S)
8564 PT 1
8566 PT 1
8566 PT 2
8566 PT 3
8567
8571
8572 PT 1
8572 PT 2
8573 PT 1
8580
8605
8606
8607
8610
8611 PT 1
8611 PT 2
Welded Joints); Requirements, Classification
October; Superseded by DIN EN 25817
Quality Assurance of Welding Operations;
Fusion Welded Joints in Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloys (Except Beam Welded
Joints); Requirements, Classification
October; Superseded by DIN EN 30042
Welding of Pipelines; Steel Pipelines;
Manufacturing; Testing of Welds April
Metals for Thermal Spraying; Solid Wires for
Flame Spraying March
Filler Metals for Thermal Spraying; Solid
Wires for Arc Spraying; Technical Delivery
Conditions December
Metal Filler Wire and Rod and Plastics Filler
Materials for Thermal Spraying; Technical
Delivery Conditions February
Surface Preparation of Metal Surfaces for
Thermal Spraying September
Filler Metals and Auxiliary Metals for Metal
Welding; Concepts; Classification July
Determination of Diffusible Hydrogen in
Weld Metal; Manual Arc Welding March
Determination of Diffusible Hydrogen in
Weld Metal; Submerged Arc Welding March
Filler Metals for Welding Unalloyed and
Low Alloy Cast Iron Materials; Designation;
Technical Delivery Conditions January
Manufacturing Methods; Classification June
Machine Tools; Lathes of High Accuracy;
Swing up to 500 mm, Turning Length up to
1500 mm; Acceptance Conditions June
Machine Tools; Lathes of Normal Accuracy;
Swing up to 800 mm; Acceptance Conditions
June
Machine Tools; Lathes of Normal Accuracy;
Swing Above 800 up to 1600 mm;
Acceptance Conditions June
Machine Tools; Turret Lathes; Hand
Operated; Acceptance Conditions February
Machine Tools; Horizontal Single-Spindle
Automatic Lathes; Acceptance Conditions
January
Machine Tools; Horizontal Automatic
Lathes; Front-Loaded; Acceptance
Conditions January
8611 PT 3
8613
8613 SUPPL. 1
8615 PT 1
8615 PT 2
8615 PT 3
8615 PT 4
8620 PT 1
8620 PT 2
8620 PT 3
8620 PT 4
8620 PT 5
8620 PT 6
8625 PT 1
Machine Tools; Horizontal Automatic
Lathes; Swiss-Type Automatic Lathes;
Acceptance Conditions January
Acceptance Conditions for Machine Tools;
Multi-Spindle Automatic Lathes; Horizontal
Type for Rotating Workpieces March
Acceptance Conditions for Machine Tools;
Multi-Spindle Automatic Lathes; Horizontal
Type for Rotating Workpieces; Form for Test
Results March
Machine Tools; Milling Machines with
Horizontal Spindle and a Table of Variable
Height; Acceptance Conditions November
Machine Tools; Milling Machines with
Vertical Spindle and a Table of Variable
Height; Acceptance Conditions November
Machine Tools; Milling Machines with
Horizontal Spindle and Fixed Table;
Acceptance Conditions November
Machine Tools; Milling Machines with
Vertical Spindle and Fixed Table;
Acceptance Conditions November
Machine Tools; Boring (Drilling) and Milling
Machines with Horizontal Spindle;
Acceptance Conditions; General Introduction
May
Table-Type Boring and Milling Machines
with Horizontal Spindle; Acceptance
Conditions January
Machine Tools; Boring and Milling
Machines with Horizontal Spindle; TableType Machines; Rotary Tables; Acceptance
Conditions July
Machine Tools; Boring and Milling
Machines with Horizontal Spindle; FloorType Machines; Acceptance Conditions July
Machine Tools; Boring and Milling
Machines with Horizontal Spindle; WorkHolding Fixed Tables; Acceptance
Conditions February
Machine Tools; Boring and Milling
Machines with Horizontal Spindle; Planer
Type Machines with Movable Column;
Acceptance Conditions July
Machine Tools; Radial Drilling Machines
with Adjustable Arm; Acceptance Conditions
8626 PT 1
8626 PT 2
8626 PT 3
8626 PT 4
8626 PT 5
8630
8631 PT 2
8632 PT 1
8632 PT 3
8632 PT 4
8633 PT 3
8634
January
Machine Tools; Vertical Drilling Machines;
Box Type Drilling Machines; Acceptance
Conditions January
Machine Tools, Vertical Drilling Machines;
Pillar Type Drilling Machines; Acceptance
Conditions January
Machine Tools; Vertical Drilling Machines;
Single Column Coordinate Drilling Machines
with Vertical Spindle and Knee of Variable
Height; Acceptance Conditions January
Machine Tools; Vertical Drilling Machines;
Single Column Coordinate Drilling Machines
with Vertical Spindle and Table of Fixed
Height; Acceptance Conditions January
Machine Tools; Vertical Drilling Machines;
Double Column Coordinate Drilling
Machines with Vertical Spindle and Table of
Fixed Height; Acceptance Conditions
January
Machine Tools; External Cylindrical
Grinding Machines with a Movable
Workpiece Table; Acceptance Conditions
May
Machine Tools; Internal Cylindrical Grinding
Machines with Horizontal Spindle; Machines
Having a Surfacing Wheel Slide; Acceptance
Conditions July; Superseded by ISO 2407,
December 1999 Edition
Machine Tools; Surface Grinding Machines
with Horizontal Grinding Wheel Spindle and
Rectangular Reciprocating Table;
Acceptance Conditions May
Machine Tools; Surface Grinding Machines
with Horizontal Grinding Wheel Spindle with
Round Table; Acceptance Conditions April
Machine Tools; Surface Grinding Machines;
Surface Grinding Machines with Two
Columns; Grinding-Machines for Grinding
Slideways; Acceptance Conditions
November
Machine Tools; Surface Grinding Machines
with Vertical Grinding Wheel Spindle and
Round Table; Acceptance Conditions
February
Machine Tools; External Cylindrical
8635
8637
8651
8658 PT 1
8660 PT 1
8660 PT 2
8662 PT 1
8662 PT 2
8662 PT 3
8809
9005 PT 1
9005 PT 2
9005 PT 3
9844 (W)
9845
9859 PT 5 (W)
9869 PT 1
Centreless Grinding Machines; Acceptance
Conditions June
Acceptance Conditions for Machine Tools;
Vertical Honing Machines up to 500 mm
Length of Stroke January
Machine Tools; Grinding Spindles with
Cartridge Diameters up to 200 mm;
Acceptance Conditions May
Machine Tools; Straight Sided Power
Presses; Acceptance Conditions May
Machine Tools; Mechanical Dividing Heads;
Acceptance Conditions November
Machine Tools; Planing Machines; SingleColumn Planing Machines; Acceptance
Conditions May
Machine Tools; Planing Machines; TwoColumn Planing Machines; Acceptance
Conditions May
Machine Tools; Cavity Sinking EDM
Machines; Single Column Machines with
Cross Slide Table; Acceptance Conditions
August
Machine Tools; Cavity Sinking EDM
Machines; Single Column Machines with
Fixed Table; Acceptance Conditions August
Machine Tools; Cavity Sinking EDM
Machines; Straight Sided Machines with
Cross Slide Table; Acceptance Conditions
August
Circular Saw Blades of Tool Steel for
Woodworking August
Drop Forgings of Wrought Magnesium
Alloys; Technical Conditions of Delivery
November
Drop Forgings of Wrought Magnesium
Alloys; Design Principles January
Drop Forgings of Wrought Magnesium
Alloys; Permissible Variations January
Round Punches with Cylindrical Head May
Piercing Die Bushes and Punch Guide
Bushes February
Pressworking Tools; Shanks with Round
Cover Plate December
Terms for Tools for the Manufacture of Thin,
Primarily Surface-Intensive Workpieces;
Classification January
9869 PT 2
9870 PT 1
9870 PT 2
9870 PT 3
10079
10089
10955
15020 PT 1
15020 PT 2
15055
15090
15091
15092
15093
15094
15407 PT 2
16234 (W)
16746
Terms for Pressworking Tools; Cutting Tools
November
Terms for Stamping Practice; Production
Processes and Tools; General Terms and
Alphabetical Survey October
Terms for Stamping Practice; Production
Processes and Tools for Severing October
Terms for Stamping Practice; Production
Processes and Tools for Forming by Bending
October
Means of Packaging; One-Way Consignment
Boxes in One and Two Pieces for Butter Pats
and Butter Bars April
Means of Packaging; Folding Boxes for
Butter Samples March
Sensory Analysis; Testing of Container
Materials and Containers for Food Products
April
Lifting Appliances; Principles Relating to
Rope Drives; Calculation and Construction
February
Lifting Appliances; Principles Relating to
Rope Drives; Supervision During Operation
April
Steelworks, Rolling Mills and Cranes;
Interference Fits Using Oil Under Pressure;
Application, Dimensions, Design July
Cranes; Driving Wheel Units and Idler Wheel
Units; Assembly July
Cranes; Driving Wheel Units and Idler Wheel
Units; Travelling Wheel Shafts July
Cranes; Driving Wheel Units and Idler Wheel
Units; Sealing Covers July
Cranes; Driving Wheel Units and Idler Wheel
Units; Travelling Wheels July
Cranes; Driving Wheel Units and Idler Wheel
Units; Bearing Cage Rings July
Laminated Point Hooks for Spigot Ladles;
Components August
Papers for Recording Rolls, Recording
Charts and Recording Discs Used in
Recording Measuring Instruments November
Plastics, Paints and Varnishes; Thermosetting
Resins; Determination of Free Formaldehyde
in Condensation Resins April; Partially
Superseded by EN ISO 9020:1998
16760 PT 1
16864
16960 PT 1
16970
17007 PT 1
17007 PT 3
16860
17007 PT 4
17014 PT 1 (S)
17022-1
17022 PT 2
17022 PT 3
17052
17606 PT 1 (S)
17606 PT 2
Compression, Injection and Die-Casting
Moulds; Machined Plates, Undrilled
September
Dispersion, Solvent-Borne and Multi-Part
Adhesives for Elastomer Floor, Wall and
Ceiling Coverings; Requirements and Testing
July
Welding of Thermoplastics; Principles
February
Adhesives for Bonding Pipes and Pipe
System Elements of Rigid PVC; General
Quality Requirements and Testings (Dec)
Material Numbers; Skeleton Plan (Apr)
(Superseded by EN 10027 Part 2: 1992)
Material Numbers; Material Group 0: Pig
Iron, Master Alloys and Cast Iron (Jan)
Adhesives for Use with Floor, Wall and
Ceiling Coverings; Dispersion Adhesives and
Adhesives Based on Synthetic Rubber
Solutions for Use with Polyvinylchloride
(PVC) Floor Coverings without Backing;
Requirements and Testing April
Material Numbers; System of the Principal
Groups 2 and 3: Non-Ferrous Metals July;
Intended to Be Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 573-1, December 1994 Edition; Partially
Superseded by DIN EN 1780-1, February
1997 Edition
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Materials;
Terminology (Aug) (Superseded by EN
10052)
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Products;
Hardening and Tempering (Oct)
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Materials; Heat
Treatment Methods; Hardening and
Tempering of Tools (June)
Heat Treatment of Ferrous Materials; Heat
Treatment Methods; Case Hardening (Apr)
Temperature Uniformity in Heat Treatment
Furnaces; Requirements (Aug)
Open Die Forgings of Wrought Aluminium
Alloys; Strength Properties (Dec)
(Superseded by DIN EN 586-2, November
1994 Edition)
Open Die Forgings of Wrought Aluminium
Alloys; Technical Conditions of Delivery
17606 PT 3
17606 PT 4
17673 PT 2
17673 PT 3
17673 PT 4
17678 PT 2
24100 PT 1
24184
24189
24271 PT 1
24271 PT 2
24271 PT 3
24346
24400 PT 1
24400 PT 2
24420 PT 1
24537
24558
24960
(Nov)
Open Die Forgings of Wrought Aluminium
Alloys; Design Principles (Dec)
Open Die Forgings of Wrought Aluminium
Alloys; Permissible Variations (Dec)
Drop Forgings of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Dec)
Drop Forgings of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Design Principles (Jan)
Drop Forgings of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Permissible Variations (Jan)
Hand Forgings of Copper and Wrought
Copper Alloys; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Nov)
Machines for the Building and Building
Material Industry; Mechanical
Communication; Concepts Relating to
Materials Processing May
Type Testing of High Efficiency Particulate
Air Filters Using Paraffin Oil Mist as Test
Aerosol (Dec)
Testing of Air Cleaners for Internal
Combustion Engines and Compressors; Test
Methods (Jan)
Centralized Lubrication Systems;
Terminology; Classification (Apr)
Centralized Lubrication Systems; Graphic
Symbols for Technical Drawings (Apr)
Centralized Lubrication Systems; Technical
Quantities and Units (Apr)
Hydraulic Fluid Power; Hydraulic Systems;
General Rules for Application (Dec)
Three-Column Suspended Basket
Centrifuges; Connecting Dimensions to
Foundation (Oct)
Three-Column Suspended Basket
Centrifuges; Baskets; Housings; Dimensions
and Requirements (Dec)
Lists of Spare Parts; General (Sept)
Gratings; Dimensions and Loadbearing
Capacity (Oct)
Design and Construction of Pneumatic
Equipment (Oct)
Mechanical Seals; Types, Dimensions, Seal
Arrangements, Designation and Material
25409 PT 8
25424 PT 1
25427 PT 1
25427 PT 2
29895
30645 PT 1
30645 PT 2
30674 PT 1
30674 PT 2
30674 PT 3
30674 PT 4
30674 PT 5
30675 PT 1
30675 PT 2
30676
30677 PT 1
30677 PT 2
Code (June)
Remote Handling Devices for Use Behind
Shielding Walls; Power Manipulators;
Operating Elements; Arrangement and
Marking (Jan)
Fault Tree Analysis; Method and Graphical
Symbols (Sept)
Design of Gas-Filled Double-Bend Ducts in
Concrete Shields Against Gamma Radiation;
Terms and Conditions (Oct)
Design of Gas-Filled Double-Bend Ducts in
Concrete Shields Against Gamma Radiation;
Proportionment of the Duct and the
Embedded Iron Layers for Point Source
Radiation and Collimated Radiation (Oct)
Aerospace; Alternative Materials for
Fasteners (Mar)
Technical Delivery Conditions for Anodized
Aluminium Metal Signs (July)
Technical Delivery Conditions for Etched
Metal Signs (July)
Coating of Ductile Cast Iron Pipes;
Polyethylene Coating (Sept)
Cement Mortar Coatings for Ductile Iron
Pipes; Requirements and Testing (Oct)
Coating of Ductile Cast Iron Pipes; Zinc
Coating with Protective Covering (Sept)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995 Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
Coating of Ductile Cast Iron Pipes; Bitumen
Coating (May)
External Protection of Ductile Cast Iron
Pipes; Polyethylene Sleeving (Mar)
External Corrosion Protection of Buried
Pipes; Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel
Pipes (Sept)
External Corrosion Protection of Buried
Pipes; Corrosion Protection Systems for
Ductile Iron Pipes (Apr)
Design and Application of Cathodic
Protection of External Surfaces (Oct)
External Corrosion Protection of Buried
Valves; Normal Duty Coatings (Feb)
External Corrosion Protection of Buried
Valves; Heavy-Duty Thermoset Plastics
30678
30798 PT 1
30798 PT 2
30798 PT 3
31001 PT 1 (S)
31003
31005 (S)
31652 PT 1
31652 PT 2
31652 PT 3
31670 PT 8
31690
31693
31694
31696
31697
Coatings (Sept)
Polypropylene Coatings for Steel Pipes (Oct)
Modular Systems; Modular Coordination;
Terminology (Sept)
Modular Systems; Modular Coordination;
Principles (Sept)
Modular Systems; Modular Coordination;
Principles for the Application (Sept)
Safety Design of Technical Products; Safety
Devices; Concepts, Safety Distances for
Adults and Children (Apr) (Superseded by
DIN EN 294 and DIN EN 349)
Stationary Work Platforms, Including Access
Ways; Terminology, Safety Requirements,
Testing (Feb)
Safety Design of Technical Products;
Locking Devices; Couplings (Apr)
(Superseded by DIN EN 1088)
Plain Bearings; Hydrodynamic Plain Journal
Bearings Designed for Operation Under
Steady-State Conditions; Design of Circular
Cylindrical Bearings (Apr)
Plain Bearings; Hydrodynamic Plain Journal
Bearings Designed for Operation Under
Steady-State Conditions; Functions
Necessary When Designing Circular
Cylindrical Bearings (Feb)
Plain Bearings; Hydrodynamic Plain Journal
Bearings Designed for Operation Under
Steady-State Conditions; Operational
Parameters Necessary When Designing
Circular Cylindrical Bearings (Apr)
Plain Bearings; Quality Assurance for Plain
Bearings; Checking the Geometrical
Tolerances and Surface Roughness of Shafts,
Collars, and Thrust Collars (July)
Pedestal Plain Bearings; Plummer Blocks
(Sept) (Supersedes DIN 31690 Parts 1 to 4,
December 1983 Editions)
Pedestal Plain Bearings; Side Flange
Bearings (Sept)
Pedestal Plain Bearings; Centre Flange
Bearings (Sept)
Plain Thrust Bearings; Pivoted Pad Thrust
Bearings; Fitting Dimensions (Feb)
Plain Thrust Bearings; Ring Thrust Bearings;
31698
31699
32500 PT 2
32502
32504 PT 1
32505 PT 1
32505 PT 2
32505 PT 3
32505 PT 4
32505 PT 5
32505 PT 6
32506 PT 1
32506 PT 2
32506 PT 3
32506 PT 4
32509
32513
Fitting Dimensions (Feb)
Plain Bearings; Fits (Apr)
Plain Bearings; Shafts, Collars, Thrust
Collars; Geometrical Tolerances and Surface
Roughness (July)
Studs for Arc Stud Welding; Unthreaded
Studs and Ceramic Ferrules (June)
Imperfections in Plastic Welded Joints;
Classification, Terminology (July)
Translucent Screens at Welders' Working
Positions; Arc Welding Processes; Safety
Requirements, Testing and Marking (Oct)
Acceptance Inspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines; Principles and
Acceptance Conditions (Oct)
Acceptance Inspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines; Measurement of
Accelerating Voltage (Aug)
Acceptance Inspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines; Measurement of Beam
Current (Oct)
Acceptance Inspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines; Measurement of Welding
Speed (Oct)
Acceptance Inspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines; Measurement of
Tracking Accuracy (Apr)
Acceptance Inspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines; Measurement of Stability
of Focal Spot Position (Oct)
Testing of Solderability for Soft Soldering;
Wetting Tests (July)
Testing of Solderability for Soft Soldering;
Vertical Dipping Test for Specimens of
Copper Alloys; Testing; Assessment (July)
Testing of Solderability for Soft Soldering;
Vertical Dipping Test for Pre-Tinned
Specimens; Testing; Assessment (July)
Testing of Solderability for Soft Soldering;
Measurement of Wetting Force; Testing;
Assessment (July)
Hand-Operated Shut-Off Valves for Welding,
Cutting and Allied Processes; Designs,
Safety Requirements, Testing (Aug)
Soldering Pastes; Composition,
Requirements and Testing (Jan)
32514 PT 1
32515
32520 PT 1
32520 PT 3
32521 (S)
32523 (S)
32525 PT 2 (S)
32541
38406-25
38822 (S)
40622 PT 1
38407-8
40622 PT 2
Determination of Ferrite Number of
Austenitic Weld Metal; Measurement
Method (June)
Rating Levels for Brazed Joints (June)
Graphical Symbols for Welding; Basic
Graphical Symbols and Principles (Jan)
Graphical Symbols for Welding; Graphical
Symbols for Use on Arc Welding Equipment
(Feb)
Acceptance Inspection of Thermal Spraying
Equipment (Jan) (Superseded by DIN EN
1395:1996)
Determination of the Electrode Efficiency
When Welding with Covered Electrodes
(Apr) (Superseded by DIN EN 22401, April
1994 Edition)
Testing Filler Metals by Means of Weld
Metal Specimens; Test Pieces for
Determining Chemical Composition with
Low Heat Input (Aug) (Superseded by DIN
EN 26847, April 1994 Edition)
Management of Machines and Similar
Technical Equipment; Terminology
Associated with Activities (May)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Cations (Group E) Determination of
Aluminium by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (AAS) (E25) June
Woodworking Machines; Portable Cutter Bar
Chain Sawing Machines for One-Man
Operation; Safety Requirements and Testing
(Aug) (Superseded by DIN EN 608,
December 1994 Edition)
Varnished Fibre Materials Used for Electrical
Insulation; Varnished Papers; Dimensions
(Nov)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Substance Group Analysis (Group
F); Determination of Six Polycyclic Aromatic
Hydrocarbons (PAHs) in Water by Means of
High Performance Liquid Chromatography
(HPLC) Using Flouresc
Varnished Fibre Materials Used for Electrical
Insulation; Varnished Papers; Technical
44750 PT 7 (S)
44752
44753
44756 (S)
44757 PT 1 (S)
44757 PT 2 (S)
44769 (S)
45541
45544
45545
50011 PT 2
50017
50021
50049 (S)
50050 PT 1
50050 PT 2
50051
Conditions of Delivery (Nov)
Spot Welding Electrodes; Electrode Shanks
with Male Taper 1:10 and Parallel Fixing
Shanks (Sept) (Superseded by EN 25183 Part
2)
Electric Butt Welding Machines; Definitions
and Rating Details (June)
Electric Spot, Projection and Seam Welding
Machines and Spot and Seam Welding
Appliances; Definitions and Rating Details
(Dec)
Platens for Projection Welding Machines; TSlots (Aug) (Superseded by EN 20865,
February 1992 Edition)
Taper Ring Gauges for Male Tapers on Spot
Welding Electrodes; Tapers 1:10 and 1:5
(Aug) (Superseded by EN 25822)
Taper Ring Gauges for Male Tapers on Spot
Welding Electrode Shanks (Aug)
(Superseded by EN 25822)
Cooling Tubes with Thread for Electrode
Shanks (Sept) (Superseded by EN 29313,
July 1992 Edition)
Frequency Test Record St 33 and M 33 (33
1/3 Rev/Min; Stereo and Mono (Mar)
Rumble Measurement Test Record; St 33 and
M 33 (Mar)
Wow and Flutter Test Records; 33 1/3 and 45
U/Min (R.P.M.) (Dec)
Testing of Materials, Structural Components
and Equipment; Hot Cabinets; Directions for
the Storage of Specimens (May)
Atmospheres and Their Technical
Application; Condensation Water Test
Atmospheres (Oct)
Salt Spray Testing (June)
Inspection Documents for the Delivery of
Metallic Products (Apr) (This Standard
Incorporates the English Version of EN
10204.) (Superseded by DIN EN 10204,
August 1995 Edition)
Testing of Materials; Burning Behaviour of
Materials; Small Burning Cabinet (Apr)
Testing the Burning Behaviour of Materials;
Large Burning Cabinet (Jan)
Testing of Materials; Burning Behaviour of
50060
50100
50120 PT 1 (S)
50120 PT 2 (S)
50121 PT 3
50122 (S)
50123
50124
50163 PT 1 (S)
50164
50280
50282
50315
50322
50452-1
Materials; Burner (Feb)
Terminology Associated with Fire Testing of
Materials and Products (Nov)
Testing of Materials; Continuous Vibration
Test; Definitions; Symbols; Procedure;
Evaluation (Feb)
Testing of Steel; Tensile Test on Welded
Joints; Fusion Welded Butt Joints (Sept)
(Superseded by DIN EN 895, August 1995
Edition)
Testing of Steel; Tensile Test on Welded
Joints; Pressure Welded Butt Joints (Aug)
(Superseded by DIN EN 895, August 1995
Edition)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Technological
Bending Test on Welded Joints and Weld
Platings; Fusion Welded Platings (Jan)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Impact Test on
Welded Joints; Specimen Position, Notch
Position (Aug) (Superseded by DIN EN 875,
October 1995 Edition)
Testing of Non-Ferrous Metals; Tensile Test
on Welded Joints; Fusion Welded Butt Joints
(Apr)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Tensile Shear
Test on Resistance Spot Welded, Projection
Welded and Fusion Spot Welded Joints (Apr)
Testing of Metallic Materials; Hardness Test
on Welds; Transverse Sections of Joint
Welds (Apr) (Superseded by DIN EN 10431)
Testing of Metals; Top Tensile Test on
Resistance Spot Welded Joints; Resistance
Projection Welded Joints and Fusion Spot
Welded Joints (July)
Running Test on Radial Plain Bearings;
General (Oct)
Plain Bearings; the Tribiological Behaviour
of Metallic Antifriction Materials; Significant
Definitions (Feb)
Testing the Wear and Effectiveness of
Metallic Abrasives by Centrifugal Blasting
(Oct)
Wear; Wear Testing Categories (Mar)
Particle Analysis of Liquids for Use in
Semiconductor Technology by the
50902
50905 PT 1
50905 PT 2
50905 PT 3
50905 PT 4
50927
50928
50933
50977
50982 PT 3
50990
51004
51006
51007
51200
Microscopic Particle Determination (Nov)
Protective Coatings on Metals; Concepts,
Application Methods and Surface Preparation
(Jul)
Corrosion of Metals; Corrosion Testing;
Principles (Jan)
Corrosion of Metals; Corrosion Testing;
Corrosion Characteristics Under Uniform
Corrosion Attack (Jan)
Corrosion of Metals; Corrosion Testing;
Corrosion Characteristics Under Nonuniform
and Localized Corrosion Attack without
Mechanical Stress (Jan)
Corrosion of Metals; Corrosion Testing;
Corrosion Testing in Liquids Under
Laboratory Conditions without Mechanical
Stress (Jan)
Planning and Application of Electrochemical
Corrosion Protection of Internal Surfaces of
Apparatus, Containers and Tubes (Internal
Protection) (Aug)
Corrosion of Metals; Testing and Assessment
of the Corrosion Protection of Coated
Metallic Materials in Contact with Aqueous
Corrosive Agents (Sept)
Measurement of Coating Thickness by
Differential Measurement Using a Stylus
Instrument (Aug)
Non-Contact Measurement of Coating
Thickness on Continuously Moving Steel
Strip (Sept)
Principles of Coating Thickness
Measurement; Selection Criteria and Basic
Measurement Procedures (Aug)
Determination of Mass per Unit Area of
Metallic Coatings by Flame Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry (Nov)
Determination of Melting Temperatures of
Crystalline Materials Using Differential
Thermal Analysis (June)
Thermal Analysis; Principles of
Thermogravimetry (Oct)
General Principles of Differential Thermal
Analysis (June)
Materials Testing Machines; Design and
Application of Test Piece Holding Devices in
51221 PT 1
51221 PT 2
51223
51224 (S)
51228
51230
51231 PT 1
51232
51300 (S)
51302 PT 1
51302 PT 2
Hardness Testing Machines (Oct)
Tensile Testing Machines; General
Requirements (July) Together with DIN EN
10002-4, January 1995 Edition, EN 10002
PT 2, DIN 51220, DIN 51221 PT 1, DIN
51223, DIN 51228, DIN 51232 and DIN
51302 PT 1, July 1993 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 51220, October 1976 Ed
Tensile Testing Machines; Special
Requirements and Equipment (July)
Compression Testing Machines;
Requirements (July) Together with DIN EN
10002 PT 2, July 1993 Edition, and June
1980 Edition of 51221 PT 3
Materials Testing Machines; Hardness
Testing Machines with a Depth-Measuring
Device (Jan) (Superseded by DIN EN 101092, January 1995 Edition)
Fatigue Testing Machines General
Requirements (July) (Together with DIN EN
10002 PT 2, July 1993 Edition, and DIN EN
10002-4, January 1995 Edition, Supersedes
September 1988 Edition of DIN 51228)
Material Testing Machines; Dynstat
Apparatus for the Determination of Bending
Strength and Impact Strength of Small
Specimens (Dec)
Testing Installations for Building
Components; Floor Slabs or Beams (July)
Testing Machines for Static Testing of
Springs; General Requirements (July)
(Together with DIN EN 10002 PT 2, July
1993 Edition, and EN 10002-4, January 1995
Edition, Supersedes May 1986 Edition of
DIN 51232)
Verification of Materials Testing Machines;
General (Dec); (Superseded by DIN 51220)
Verification of Tensile, Compression and
Bend Testing Machines; Principles (July)
(Together with EN 10002 PT 2, July 1993
Edition, and EN 10002-4, January 1995
Edition, Supersedes March 1985 Edition of
DIN 51302 PT 1)
Materials Testing Machines; Verification of
Tensile, Compression and Bend Testing
Machines; Supplementary Verification of
51303
51304 (S)
51305
51306 (S)
51308
51431
51961
52175
52189 PT 1
53107
53113
53120 PT 2
53122 PT 1
53123 PT 1
Compression Testing Machines for Building
Materials (Aug)
Material Testing Machines; Standardized
Blocks for the Verification of Static Hardness
Testing Machines (Nov)
Material Testing Machines; Verification of
Hardness Testing Machines Fitted with
Indentation Depth Measuring Device (Sept)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10109-2, January
1995 Edition)
Material Testing Machines; Verification of
Hardness Testing Machines Fitted with an
Optical Indentation Depth Measuring Device
(Sept)
Material Testing Machines; Verification of
Pendulum Impact Testing Machines (Sept)
(Superseded by DIN EN 10045 Part 2 and
DIN 51222)
Verification of Force Measuring and Force
Application Systems Used in Construction
(June)
Testing of Lubricants; Determination of the
Magnesium Content of Lubricating Oils;
Direct Determination by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (AAS) (Feb)
Testing of Plastics Surfaces; Behaviour on
Exposure to Glowing Cigarettes (Aug)
Wood Preservation; Concepts; Principles
(Jan)
Testing of Wood; Impact Bending Test;
Determination of Impact Bending Strength
(Dec)
Testing of Paper and Board; Bekk Method
for the Determination of Smoothness (May)
Determining the Bursting Strength of Paper
June
Testing of Paper and Board; Determination
of Air Permeability; Method for Medium
Rates of Air Permeability According to
Schopper (Aug)
Testing of Plastics Films, Elastomer Films,
Paper, Board and Other Sheet Materials;
Determination of Water Vapour
Transmission Rate; Gravimetric Method
(Nov)
Testing of Paper and Board; Determination
53125
53127 (W)
53145 PT 1 (W)
53145 PT 2 (W)
53146 (W)
53147 (W)
53291
53292
53293
53294
53295
53438 PT 1
53438 PT 2
53438 PT 3
54109 PT 1 (S)
54109 PT 2 (S)
of Bending Stiffness; Resonant Length
Method (Jan)
Determination of Chloride Content in
Aqueous Extracts of Paper and Board (Aug)
Testing of Paper and Board; Determination
of Water-Soluble Sulfates in Paper (Apr)
Testing of Paper and Board; Basic
Measurement Requirements for the
Determination of the Reflectance Factor;
Measurement of Non-Fluorescent Samples
(Aug)
Testing of Paper and Board; Basic
Requirements for Measuring Reflectance
Factor; Measurement on Fluorescent Samples
(Aug)
Testing of Paper and Board; Determination
of Opacity (Mar)
Testing of Paper; Determination of
Transparency (Aug)
Testing of Sandwiches; Compression Test
Perpendicular to the Faces (Feb)
Testing of Sandwiches; Tensile Test
Perpendicular to the Faces (Feb)
Testing of Sandwiches; Bending Test (Feb)
Testing of Sandwiches; Shear Test (Feb)
Testing of Sandwiches; Peel Test by Means
of a Drum (Feb)
Testing of Combustible Materials; Response
to Ignition by a Small Flame; General Data
(June)
Testing of Combustible Materials; Response
to Ignition by a Small Flame; Edge Ignition
(June)
Testing of Combustible Materials; Response
to Ignition by a Small Flame; Surface
Ignition (June)
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Concepts, Image Quality
Indicators, Determination of Image Quality
Value (Oct) (Superseded by DIN EN 462
Part 1)
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Recommended Practice for
Determining Image Quality Values and
Image Quality Classes (July) (Superseded by
DIN EN 462-4)
54111 PT 1
54112
54120
54127 PT 1
54131 PT 1
54131 PT 2
54136 PT 1
54140 PT 3
54152 PT 2
54152 PT 3
54352 (S)
54360 (S)
54454
Non-Destructive Testing; Radiographic
Examination of Metallic Materials by X-Rays
or Gamma Rays; Radiographing of Fusion
Welded Joints (May)
Non-Destructive Testing; Films, Exposure
Screens, Cassettes for X-Ray and Gamma
Ray Radiographs; Dimensions (Aug)
Non-Destructive Testing; Calibration Block 1
and Its Use for the Adjustment and Control
of Ultrasonic Echo Equipment (July)
Superseded by EN 12223 January 2000
Non-Destructive Testing; Calibration of
Ultrasonic Flaw Detection Equipment and
Echo Height Evaluation (Jan)
Non-Destructive Testing; Magnetizing
Equipment for Magnetic Particle Flaw
Detection; Fixed and Mobile Equipment
Other Than Hand Magnets; Characteristics
and Their Determination (Mar)
Non-Destructive Testing; Magnetizing
Equipment for Magnetic Particle Flaw
Detection; Hand Magnets, Characteristics
and Their Determination (Mar)
Non-Destructive Testing; Magnetic Leakage
Flux Testing by Scanning with Probes;
Principles (Oct)
Non-Destructive Testing; Electromagnetic
Methods; Representation and General
Characteristics of Test Coil Assemblies (Jan)
Non-Destructive Testing; Penetrant
Inspection; Verification of Penetrant
Inspection Materials (July)
Non-Destructive Testing; Penetrant
Inspection; Reference Blocks for
Determination of the Sensitivity of Penetrant
Systems (July) Superseded By En ISO 34523: February 1999
Testing of Pulp; Determination of the Dry
Content of Pulp Samples (Oct) (Superseded
by DIN EN 20638)
Testing of Pulp; Laboratory Beating of Pulp
with the Jokro Mill (Nov) (Superseded by
DIN EN 25264 Part 3)
Testing of Adhesives for Metals and of
Bonded Metal Joints; Initial Break-Away
Test on Bonded Screw Threads (June)
54455
54600 PT 8
54600 PT 11
54603
54836
55026
55027
55028
55029
55058
55076
55141
55142
55143
55144
55145
55170
Testing of Adhesives for Metals and of
Bonded Metal Joints; Torsional Shear Test
(May)
Testing of Paper and Board; Testing for
Antimicrobial Additives; Determination of
the Methylene-Bis- Thiocyanate Content
(Mar)
Testing of Paper and Board; Testing for
Antimicrobial Additives; Determination of 2Oxo-2 (4'-Hydroxyphenyl) Acethydroximic
Acid Chloride Content (Sept)
Testing of Paper, Boxboard and Paper Board;
Determination of Glyoxal Content (Sept)
Testing of Combustible Materials;
Determination of Ignition Temperature (Feb)
Machine Tools; Spindle Noses with
Centering Taper and Flange; Dimensions
(Mar)
Machine Tools; Spindle Noses with
Centering Taper, Face Plate and Bayonet
Type Fastening, Accessories; Dimensions
(Mar)
Machine Tools; Mountings for Clamping
Devices; Connecting Dimensions for Spindle
Noses According to DIN 55026 and DIN
55027 (Mar)
Machine Tools; Spindle Noses and Face
Plates with Centering Taper; Camlock Type,
Accessories; Dimensions (Mar)
Spindle Noses for Adjustable Adapters;
Connecting Dimensions (Sept)
Machine Tools; Engraving Machines;
Templates and Template Grooves; Cross
Sections (Sept)
Machine Tools; Vertical Surface Broaching
Machines; Sizes (Aug)
Machine Tools; Horizontal Surface
Broaching Machines; Sizes (Aug)
Machine Tools; Vertical Internal Broaching
Machines; Sizes (Aug)
Machine Tools; Horizontal Internal
Broaching Machines; Sizes (Aug)
Machine Tools; Continuously Working
Horizontal Surface Broaching Machines
(Chain Broaching Machines); Sizes (Aug)
Open-Front Bench Type Eccentric Presses;
55181
55185
55211
55212
55220
55222 PT 1
55222 PT 2
55407 PT 1
55470
55510
55540 PT 1
55540 PT 1 SUPPL. 1
55801
55802
55803
55804
55805
55991 PT 1
58199
Sizes (Oct)
Machine Tools; Straight Sided Single Acting
Mechanical Presses with Nominal Forces
from 400 kN to 4000 kN; Sizes (May)
Machine Tools; Straight Sided High Speed
Mechanical Presses with Nominal Forces
from 250 kN to 4000 kN; Sizes (May)
Machine Tools; Beading Machines with
Swivelling Top Shaft; Sizes (Mar)
Machine Tools; Beading Machines with
Parallel Adjustable Top Shaft; Sizes (Mar)
Machine Tools; Swivel Bending Machine;
Sizes (Mar)
Machine Tools; Press Brakes; Sizes (Sept)
Machine Tools; Press Brakes; Acceptance
Conditions (Sept)
Packaging; General Technical Conditions of
Delivery and Supply (ATLB); Bases (Aug)
Packaging Accessories; Rewinding Tubes for
Aluminium Foils; Dimensions (July)
Packaging; Modular Coordination in
Packaging; Modular Sub-Multiples of the
600 mm x 400 mm Area Module (Mar)
Testing of Packaging; Determining the
Filling Ratio of Standard Capacity Prepacks;
Prepacks Whose Contents Are Indicated by
Weight (May)
Testing of Packaging; Determining the
Filling Ratio of Prepacks; Form Relating to
Coefficients of Variation for the Density of
the Packaged Material and for the Package
for Adhesives and Allied Products (Jan)
Machine Tools; Beading Machines;
Acceptance Conditions (Dec)
Machine Tools; Folding Machines;
Acceptance Conditions (Dec)
Machine Tools; Spinning and Planishing
Lathes; Acceptance Conditions (Dec)
Machine Tools; Guillotine Shears with
Parallel Guided Knife Beam; Acceptance
Conditions (Dec)
Machine Tools; Sheet Metal Bending Rolls;
Acceptance Conditions (Dec)
Coating Materials; Coatings for Nuclear
Installations; Requirements, Testing (Aug)
Spectacle Frames; Requirements and Testing
58383
58405 PT 1
58405 PT 2
58405 PT 3
58405 PT 4
61536
61537
61539
66054
66061 PT 1
66142 PT 1
68140
68705 PT 5
68755
68761 PT 1
68761 PT 4
(June)
Magnifiers; Types and Optical
Characteristics (Dec)
Spur Gear Drives for Fine Mechanics; Scope,
Definitions, Principal Design Data,
Classification (May)
Spur Gear Drives for Fine Mechanics; Gear
Fit Selection, Tolerances, Allowances (May)
Spur Gear Drives for Fine Mechanics;
Indication in Drawings, Examples for
Calculation (May)
Spur Gear Drives for Fine Mechanics; Tables
(May)
Mens' Coated Winterproof Outfits; Safety
Requirements and Testing (Feb) (Together
with DIN 61537, February 1988 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 61536, February 1983
Edition)
Thermal Waistcoat; Safety Requirements and
Testing (Feb) (Together with DIN 61536,
February 1988 Edition, Supersedes DIN
61536, February 1983 Edition)
Weatherproof Outfits; Weatherproof Jackets
and Trousers; Safety Requirements and
Testing (Nov)
Comparative Testing; Principles Regarding
Procedure (Nov)
Household Sewing Machines; Requirements
on the Operating Characteristics (Aug)
Representing and Characterizing the
Separation of Disperse Materials;
Fundamentals (July)
Wood Finger-Jointing (Oct)
Plywood; Veneer Plywood of Beech for
Building (Oct) (Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 315 August 1993 Edition and DIN EN
314 Part 2 August 1993 Edition)
Fibreboard Insulating Material Requirements,
Testing and Inspection (July)
Chipboard; General Purpose Flat Pressed
Particle Board; FPY Board November; Partly
Superseded by DIN EN 312-1, DIN EN 3123, and DIN EN 312-4, November 1996
Editions
Chipboard; Flat Pressed Board for General
Purposes; FPO Board February; Superseded
68762
68763
69001 PT 1 (W)
69001 PT 11 (W)
69001 PT 12
69001 PT 13
69001 PT 14
69001 PT 15
69001 PT 16
69001 PT 30 (W)
69001 PT 31
69001 PT 32
69001 PT 33
69001 PT 34
69001 PT 35
69001 PT 36 (W)
69001 PT 37 (W)
by DIN EN 312-1, DIN EN 312-3 and DIN
EN 312-4, November 1996 Editions
Chipboard for Special Purposes in Building
Construction; Concepts, Requirements,
Testing (Mar)
Flat Pressed Particleboard for Use in
Building Construction; Concepts,
Requirements, Testing and Inspection
September; Superseded by DIN EN 312-1,
DIN EN 312-3, and DIN EN 312-4,
November 1996 Editions; Parts Superseded
by DIN EN 312-5 June 1997
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
General; Synopsis; Fundamentals (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Assemblies; Drives; Types A to K (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Assemblies; Intermediate Shafts; Types A to
P (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Assemblies; Boring Spindles; Types A to D
(Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Assemblies; Spindle Seals; Types A to D
(Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Assemblies; Tapping Spindles; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Assemblies; Spindle Drives; Types A to F
(Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Drive
Shafts; Types A to F (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Driving Pinions; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Intermediate Shafts; Types A to G (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Boring
Spindles; Types A and B (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Tapping Spindles; Type A A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Covers; Types A and B (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Intermediate Flanges; Types A and B (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Bearing Flanges; Type A (Oct)
69001 PT 38
69001 PT 39
69001 PT 40 (W)
69001 PT 41
69001 PT 42
69001 PT 43
69001 PT 44 (W)
69001 PT 45
69001 PT 46
69001 PT 47 (W)
69001 PT 48
69001 PT 49
69001 PT 50
69001 PT 51
69001 PT 52
69051 PT 5
69104
69521
69524
69637
69718 PT 1
69718 PT 2
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Mounting Rings; Types A to D (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Protection Rings; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Thrust
Collars; Types A To C (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Guide
Sleeves; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Drive
Sleeves; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Pinion
Sleeves; Types A and B (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Clamping Wheels; Types A and B (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Clamping Pieces; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Keys;
Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Distance Rings; Types A and D (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Gauge
Rings; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Step
Rings; Types A and B (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Sleeves; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads;
Bearing Bushes; Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Multi-Spindle Heads; Gears;
Type A (Oct)
Machine Tools; Ball Screws; Connecting
Dimensions for Ball Nuts (Sept)
Grinding Wheels; Outside Diameters;
Thicknesses; Hole Diameters (Feb)
Machine Tools; Modular Units; Centre Bases
for Longitudinal Cycle Machines,
Constructional Sizes (Feb)
Machine Tools; Modular Units; Support
Brackets, Constructural Sizes (Jan)
Machine Tools; Modular Units; Tenon Drive
and Flanges for Multi-Spindle Heads;
Connecting Dimensions (Nov)
Machine Tools; External Cylindrical
Grinding Machines; Definitions and Terms
(May)
Machine Tools; Surface Grinding Machines
69718 PT 3
74279
74310 PT 1
74310 PT 2
75532 PT 1
75532 PT 2
82056
V 38407-11 (P)
EN 3-1
EN 3-2
EN 3-4
EN 3-6
EN 20 PT 1
EN 20 PT 2
EN 21
with Horizontal Grinding Spindle;
Definitions and Terms (Feb)
Machine Tools; Centreless External
Cylindrical Grinding Machines; Definitions
and Terms (Feb)
Compressed-Air Braking Systems; Overflow
Valves (Sept)
Air Braking Systems; Hoses; Dimensions;
Material; Marking (Aug)
Air Braking Systems; Hoses; Requirements;
Tests (Aug)
Transmission of Rotary Motions; Types of
Connection to Gears, Intermediate Gears,
Flexible Drive Shafts and Equipment (June)
Transmission of Rotary Motions; Flexible
Drive Shafts (Apr)
Round Steel Chains for Span; Tested
Uncalibrated Long Link (Nov)
German Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Substance Group Analysis (Group
F); Determination of Selected Organic
Pesticides by Automated Multiple
Development (AMD) (F 11) (Jan)
Portable Fire Extinguishers Description,
Duration of Operation, and Class A and B
Fire Tests July
Portable Fire Extinguishers Tightness,
Dielectric and Tamping Tests, and Special
Provisions July
Portable Fire Extinguishers Charges and
Minimum Required Fire July
Portable Fire Extinguishers; Provisions for
the Attestation of Conformity of Portable
Fire Extinguishers in Accordance with EN 31 to EN 3-5 (Oct)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Effectiveness Against Lyctus Brunneus
(Stephens); Application by Surface
Treatment (Laboratory Method) (Sept)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Protective Effectiveness Against Lyctus
Brunneus (Stephens); Application by
Impregnation (Laboratory Method) (May)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of Toxic
Values Against Anobium Punctatum (De
EN 46
EN 48
EN 49 PT 1
EN 49 PT 2
EN 54-1
EN 71-3
EN 71-6
EN 71 PT 2
EN 71 PT 5
EN 73
EN 118
EN 120
EN 125
EN 152 PT 1
Geer) by Larval Transfer (Laboratory
Method) (Apr)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Preventive Action Against Recently Hatched
Larvae of Hylotrupes Bajulus (Linnaeus)
(Laboratory Method) (Apr)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of
Eradicant Action Against Larvae of Anobium
Punctatum (De Geer) (Laboratory Method)
(Apr)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Effectiveness Against Anobium Punctatum
(de Geer) on the Basis of Egg-Laying and
Larval Survival; Application by Surface
Treatment (Laboratory Method) (Nov)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Effectiveness Against Anobium Punctatum
(de Geer) on the Basis of Egg-Laying and
Larval Survival; Application by
Impregnation (Laboratory Method) (Nov)
Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems;
Introduction October
Safety of Toys; Migration of Certain
Elements (Mar)
Safety of Toys; Graphical Symbol for Age
Warning Labelling (Sep)
Safety of Toys; Flammability (Jan)
Safety of Toys; Chemical Toys (Sets) Other
Than Experimental Sets (July)
Wood Preservatives; Accelerated Ageing of
Treated Wood Prior to Biological Testing;
Evaporative Ageing Procedure (Apr)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of
Preventive Effect on Reticulitermes
Santonensis (De Feytaud) (Laboratory
Method) (Feb)
Wood-Based Panel Products; Determination
of Formaldehyde Content; Extraction Method
(Known as Perforator Method) (Aug)
Flame Supervision Devices for Gas-Burning
Appliances; Thermo-Electric Types August
Test Methods for Wood Preservatives;
Laborabory Method for Determining the
Protective Effectiveness of a Preservative
Treatment of Converted Timber Against Blue
Stain in Service (Brushing Procedure) (Aug)
EN 152 PT 2
EN 165
EN 166
EN 167
EN 168
EN 172
EN 174
EN 204
EN 205
EN 252
EN 257
EN 270
EN 273
EN 275
EN 285
EN 288-5
Test Methods for Wood Preservatives;
Laboratory Method for Determining the
Protective Effectiveness of a Preservative
Treatment of Converted Timber Against Blue
Stain in Service (Application by Methods
Other Than Brushing) (Aug)
Personal Eye Protection; Vocabulary (Sept)
Personal Eye Protection; Requirements
(Sept) (Supersedes DIN 4646 PT 1, March
1983 Edition)
Personal Eye Protection; Optical Test
Methods (Nov) (Supersedes DIN 4646 Pt 2,
December 1975 Edition)
Personal Eye Protection; Non-Optical Test
Methods (Nov) (Supersedes DIN 4646 PT 8,
September 1986 Edition)
Personal Eye Protection; Sunglare Filters for
Industrial Use (Feb)
Personal Eye Protection; Ski Goggles for
Downhill Skiing March
Classification of Non- Structural Adhesives
for Joining Wood and Wood-Based Panel
Products (Oct)
Test Methods for Wood Adhesives for NonStructural Applications; Determination of
Tensile Shear Strength of Lap Joints (Oct)
Field Test Method for Determining the
Relative Protective Effect of a Wood
Preservative on Wood in Contact with Soil
(Apr)
Mechanical Thermostats for Gas Burning
Appliances August
Respiratory Protective Devices; Compressed
Air Line Breathing Apparatus Incorporating a
Hood; Requirements, Testing and Marking
(Dec)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Curative Action Against Lyctus Brunneus
(Stephens) (Laboratory Method) (Aug)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of the
Protective Effectiveness Against Marine
Borers (Nov)
Steam Sterilizers; Large Sterilizers February
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials; Approval by
Using Approved Welding Consumables (Oct)
EN 288-6
EN 291 (S)
EN 292-2
EN 292 PT 1
EN 294
EN 301
EN 302 PT 1
EN 302 PT 2
EN 302 PT 3
EN 302 PT 4
EN 309
Specification and Approval of Procedures for
Welding Metallic Materials; Approval
Related to Experience (Oct)
Static Rubber Seals in Domestic Appliances
Using Combustible Gases up to 200 mbar;
Specifications for Material (Apr) (Together
with DIN EN 279, October 1991 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 3535 Part 2, April 1983
Edition) (Superseded by DIN EN 549, Apr
1995 Ed)
Safety of Machinery; Basic Concepts and
General Principles for Design; Technical
Principles and Specifications (Includes
Amendment A1: 1995) (June)
Safety of Machinery; Basic Concepts and
General Principles for Design; Basic
Terminology, Methodology (Nov) (Together
with DIN EN 292 Part 2, November 1991
Edition, Supersedes DIN 31000/VDE 1000,
March 1979 Edition)
Safety of Machinery; Safety Distances to
Prevent Danger Zones from Being Reached
by the Upper Limbs (Aug) (Together with
DIN EN 349 June 1993 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 31001 Part 1, April 1983 Edition)
Adhesives (Phenolic and Aminoplastic) for
Loadbearing Timber Structures;
Classification and Performance Requirements
(Aug)
Test Methods for Adhesives for Loadbearing
Timber Structures; Determination of Bond
Strength in Longitudinal Shear (Aug)
Test Methods for Adhesives for Loadbearing
Timber Structures; Determination of
Resistance to Delamination (Laboratory
Method) (Aug)
Test Methods for Adhesives for Loadbearing
Timber Structures; Determination of the
Effect of Acid Damage to Wood Fibres by
Temperature and Humidity Cycling on the
Transverse Tensile Strength (Aug)
Test Methods for Adhesives for Loadbearing
Timber Structures; Determination of the
Effects of Wood Shrinkage on the Shear
Strength (Aug)
Particleboard; Definition and Classification
EN 310
EN 311
EN 314 PT 1
EN 314 PT 2
EN 315
EN 317
EN 318
EN 319
EN 320
EN 321
EN 322
EN 323
EN 324 PT 1
EN 324 PT 2
EN 325
EN 326-1
EN 330
(Aug)
Wood-Based Panels; Determination of
Modulus of Elasticity in Bending and of
Bending Strength (Aug)
Surface Soundness of Particleboard; Test
Method (Aug)
Plywood; Bonding Quality Test Methods
(Aug)
Plywood; Bonding Quality Requirements
(Aug) (Supersedes Parts of DIN 68705 Part
5, October 1980 Edition)
Plywood; Dimensional and Geometrical
Tolerances August; Supersedes Parts of DIN
68705 Part 5, October 1980 Edition
Particleboard and Fibreboard; Determination
of Swelling in Thickness After Immersion in
Water (Aug)
Fibreboard; Determination of Dimensional
Changes Associated with Changes in
Relative Humidity (Aug)
Particleboard and Fibreboard; Determination
of Tensile Strength Perpendicular to the
Plane of the Board (Aug)
Fibreboard; Determination of Resistance to
Axial Withdrawal of Screws (Aug)
Fibreboard; Cyclic Test in Humid Conditions
(Aug)
Wood-Based Panels; Determination of
Moisture Content (Aug)
Wood-Based Panels; Determination of
Density (Aug)
Wood-Based Panels; Determination of
Dimensions of Boards Determination of
Thickness, Width and Length (Aug)
Wood-Based Panels; Determination of
Dimensions of Boards Determination of
Squareness and Edge Straightness (Aug)
Wood-Based Panels; Determination of
Dimensions of Test Pieces (Aug)
Sampling, Cutting and Inspection of WoodBased Panel Products; Sampling and Cutting
of Test Pieces and Expression of Test Results
(Aug)
Wood Preservative; Field Test Method for
Determining the Relative Protective
Effectiveness of a Wood Preservative for Use
EN 335 PT 1
EN 335 PT 2
EN 344-2
EN 345-2
EN 346-2
EN 347-2
EN 349
EN 350-1
EN 350-2
EN 370
EN 381-2
EN 381-3
EN 381-5
EN 382 PT 1
Under a Coating and Not in Contact with Soil
(L-Joint Method) (June)
Durability of Wood and Wood-Based Panel
Products; Definition of Hazard Classes of
Biological Attack; General (Sept)
Durability of Wood and Wood-Based Panel
Products; Definition of Hazard Classes of
Biological Attack; Application to Solid
Wood (Oct)
Safety, Protective and Occupational
Footwear for Professional Use; Additional
Requirements and Test Methods August
Safety Footwear for Professional Use;
Additional Specifications August
Protective Footwear for Professional Use;
Additional Specifications August
Occupational Footwear for Professional Use;
Additional Specifications August
Safety of Machinery; Safety Distances to
Prevent Parts of the Human Body From
Being Crushed June; This Standard, Together
with the August 1992 Edition of DIN EN
294, Supersedes DIN 31001 Part 1, April
1983 Edition
Natural Durability of Solid Wood; Guide to
the Principles of Testing and Classification of
the Natural Durability of Wood (Oct)
Natural Durability of Solid Wood; Guide to
Natural Durability and Treatability of
Selected Wood Species of Importance in
Europe (Oct)
Wood Preservatives; Determination of
Eradicant Efficacy in Preventing Emergence
of Anobium Punctatum (De Geer) (May)
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws; Test Methods for Leg Protectors
(June)
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws; Test Methods for Footwear
(Mar)
Protective Clothing for Users of Hand-Held
Chain Saws; Requirements for Leg Protectors
(June)
Fibreboard; Determination of Surface
Absoption Test Method for Dry-Process
Fibreboard (Aug)
EN 382 PT 2
EN 397
EN 418
EN 439
EN 440
EN 457
EN 460
EN 462-3
EN 462-4
EN 462-5
EN 462 PT 1
EN 462 PT 2
EN 466
EN 469
Fibreboard; Determination of Surface
Absorption; Test Method for Hardboard
(Feb)
Industrial Safety Helmets (May)
Safety of Machinery; Emergency Stop
Equipment; Functional Aspects and
Principles for Design (Jan)
Shielding Gases for Arc Welding and Cutting
(May)
Wire Electrodes and Deposits for GasShielded Arc Welding of Non-Alloy and
Fine-Grain Steels; Classification Nov;
Supersedes DIN 8559-1, July 1984 Edition
Auditory Danger Signals; General
Requirements, Design and Testing (Modified
Version of ISO 7731 : 1986) (Apr)
Natural Durability of Solid Wood; Guide to
the Durability Requirements for Wood to be
Used in Hazard Classes (Oct)
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Image Quality Classes for
Ferrous Metals November
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Experimental Evaluation of
Image Quality Values and Image Quality
Tables (Dec) (Supersedes DIN 54109-2, July
1989 Edition)
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Image Quality Indicators
(Duplex Wire Type): Determination of Image
Unsharpness Value (May)
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Image Quality Indicators (Wire
Type) and Determination of Image Quality
Value (Mar) (Supersedes DIN 54109 Part 1,
October 1987 Edition)
Non-Destructive Testing; Image Quality of
Radiographs; Part 2: Image Quality
Indicators (Sep/Hole Type), Determination of
Image Quality Value (June)
Protective Clothing for Use Against Liquid
Chemicals; Performance Requirements for
Chemical Protective Clothing with LiquidTight Connections between Different Parts of
the Clothing (Type 3 Equipment) (May)
Protective Clothing for Firefighters;
EN 472
EN 475
EN 493
EN 499
EN 533
EN 542
EN 543
EN 547-1
EN 559
EN 562
EN 563
EN 574
EN 547-2
Requirements and Test Methods for
Protective Clothing for Firefighting (Jan)
Pressure Gauges; Vocabulary (Nov)
Medical Devices; Electrically-Generated
Alarm Signals (Apr)
Fasteners; Surface Discontinuities; Nuts
(July)
Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc
Welding of Non-Alloy and Fine Grain Steels;
Classification (Jan) (Supersedes DIN 1913
PT 1, June 1984 Edition)
Protective Clothing Affording Protection
Against Heat and Flame; Limited Flame
Spread Materials and Material Assemblies
February; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 532, January 1995 Edition, and DIN
66083, February 1997 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 32761, Apr
Adhesives; Determination of Density (Jan)
Adhesives; Determination of Apparent
Density of Powder and Granule Adhesives
(Jan)
Safety of Machinery; Human Body
Measurements; Part 1: Principles for
Determining the Dimensions Required for
Openings for Whole Body Access into
Machinery February; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 547-2 and DIN EN
547-3, February 1997 Editions, Superse
Gas Welding Equipment; Rubber Hoses for
Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes Sep;
Supersedes DIN 8541 Pt 1
Gas Welding Equipment; Pressure Gauges
Used in Welding, Cutting and Allied
Processes November; Supersedes DIN 8549,
December 1986 Edtion
Temperatures of Touchable Surfaces;
Ergonomics Data to Establish Temperature
Limit Values for Hot Surfaces (Aug)
Safety of Machinery; Two-Hand Control
Devices; Functional Aspects and Principles
for Design February; Supersedes DIN 24980,
August 1987 Edition
Safety of Machinery; Human Body
Measurements; Part 2: Principles for
Determining the Dimensions Required for
EN 582
EN 584-1
EN 584-2
EN 600
EN 608
EN 614-1
EN 626-1
EN 626-2
EN 633
EN 635-1
EN 643
EN 645
EN 646
EN 647
Access Openings February; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 547-1 and DIN EN
547-3, February 1997 Editions, Supersedes
DIN 33402-4, October 1986
Thermal Spraying; Determination of the
Tensile Adhesive Strength of Thermally
Sprayed Coatings (Jan)
Non-Destructive Testing; Industrial
Radiographic Film; Classification of Film
Systems (Oct)
Non-Destructive Testing; Industrial
Radiographic Film; Part 2: Control of Film
Processing by Means of Reference Values
January
Natural Rubber Latex Male Condoms (Apr)
Agricultural and Forestry Machinery;
Portable Chain Saws; Safety (Dec)
(Supersedes DIN 38822, August 1981
Edition)
Safety of Machinery; Ergonomic Design
Principles; Terminology and General
Principles (Apr)
Reduction of Risks to Health from Hazardous
Substances Emitted by Machinery; Principles
and Specifications for Machinery
Manufacturers (Nov)
Reduction of Risk to Health from Hazardous
Substances Emitted by Machinery;
Methodology Leading to Verification
Procedures August
Cement-Bonded Particleboard; Definition
and Classification (Dec)
Classification of Plywood by Surface
Appearance; General (Jan)
List of European Standard Qualities of Waste
Paper (Aug)
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs; Preparation of a
Cold Water Extract (Jan)
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs; Determination of
Colour Fastness of Dyed Paper and Board
(Jan)
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs; Preparation of a Hot
Water Extract (Jan)
EN 648
EN 657
EN 659
EN 671-1
EN 671-2
EN 676
EN 689
EN 717-2
EN 719
EN 724
EN 726-1
EN 726-2
EN 726-3
EN 726-4
Paper and Board Intended to Come into
Contact with Foodstuffs; Determination of
the Fastness of Fluorescent Whitened Paper
and Board (Jan)
Thermal Spraying; Terminology,
Classification (June)
Protective Gloves for Firefighters (Feb)
Fixed Firefighting Systems; Hose Systems;
Hose Reels with Semi- Rigid Hose (Feb)
Fixed Firefighting Systems; Hose Systems;
Hose Reels with Lay-Flat Hose (Feb)
Automatic Forced Draught Burners for
Gaseous Fuels December; Supersedes DIN
4788-2, February 1990 Edition
Workplace Atmospheres; Guidance for the
Assessment of Exposure by Inhalation to
Chemical Agents for Comparison with Limit
Values and Measurement Strategy (April)
Wood-Based Panel Products; Determination
of Formaldehyde Release by the Gas
Analysis Method (Jan)
Welding Coordination; Tasks and
Responsibilities (Aug) (Together with DIN
EN 729-2, EN 729-3 and EN 729-4,
November 1994 Editions, Supersedes DIN
8563 PT 2, October 1978 Edition)
Guidance on the Application of EN 29001
and EN 46001 and of EN 29002 and EN
46002 for Non-Active Medical Devices
(Dec)
Identification Card Systems;
Telecommunications- Integrated Circuit(s)
Cards and Terminals; Systems Overview
(Mar)
Identification Card Systems;
Telecommunications-Integrated Circuit(s)
Cards and Terminals; Security Framework
August
Identification Card Systems;
Telecommunications- Integrated Circuit(s)
Cards and Terminals; ApplicationIndependent Card Requirements (Nov)
Identification Card Systems;
Telecommunications- Integrated Circuit(s)
Cards and Terminals; ApplicationIndependent Card-Related Terminal
EN 726-6
EN 729-1
EN 765
EN 766
EN 767
EN 768
EN 769
EN 770
EN 775
EN 779
EN 787
EN 788
EN 856
EN 863
EN 864
EN 872
EN 924
EN 928
Requirements (Aug)
Identification Card Systems
Telecommunications-Intergrated Circuit(s)
Cards and Terminals Telecommunication
Features
Quality Requirements for Welding; Fusion
Welding of Metallic Materials; Guidelines
for Selection and Use (Nov)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Woven Polyolefin Fabric Other
Than Polypropylene Only (Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Jute Fabric (Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Woven Jute/Polyolefin Fabric (Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Lined Cotton Fabric (Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Woven Cotton/Polyolefin Fabic
(Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Paper
Sacks (Sept)
Manipulating Industrial Robots; Safety (ISO
10218: 1992, Modified) Aug
Particulate Air Filters for General
Ventilation; Requirements, Testing and
Marking (Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Sacks
Made of Polyethylene Film (Sept)
Sacks for the Transport of Food Aid; Tubular
Sacks Made of Composite Film (Sept)
Rubber Hoses and Hose Assemblies; RubberCovered Spiral Wire Reinforced Hydraulic
Type; Specification February
Mechanical Properties of Protective
Clothing; Determination of Puncture
Resistance (Nov)
Medical Electrical Equipment; Capnometers
for Use with Humans; Particular
Requirements December
Water Quality; Determination of Suspended
Solids in Water by Filtration Using Glass
Fibre Filters (Mar)
Solvent-Borne and Solvent-Free Adhesives;
Determination of Flashpoint (Jan)
Guidance on the Application of EN 29001
EN 967
EN 981
EN 982
EN 1032
EN 1033
EN 1037
EN 1038
EN 1050
EN 1060-1
EN 1060-2
EN 1061
EN 1082-1
EN 1088
EN 1093-3
and EN 46001 and of EN 29002 and EN
46002 for In Vitro Diagnostic Medical
Devices December
Head Protectors for Ice Hockey Players
December
System of Auditory and Visual Danger and
Information Signals January
Safety of Machinery; Safety Requirements
for Fluid Power Systems and Their
Components: Hydraulics September
Testing of Mobile Machinery in Order to
Determine the Whole-Body Vibration
Emission Value; General November
Hand-Arm Vibration; Laboratory
Measurement of Vibration at the Grip
Surface of Hand-Guided Machinery; General
(Nov)
Safety of Machinery; Prevention of
Unexpected Start-up (Apr)
Identification Card Systems;
Telecommunication Applications: Integrated
Circuit(s) Card Payphone August
Safety of Machinery; Principles for Risk
Assessment January
Non-Invasive Sphygmomanometers; General
Requirements (Dec)
Non-Invasive Sphygmomanometers;
Supplementary Requirements for Mechanical
Sphygmomanometers (Jan)
Self-Contained Closed-Circuit Breathing
Apparatus; Chemical Oxygen (NaCIO3)
Escape Apparatus; Requirements, Testing
and Marking December
Gloves and Arm Guards Protecting Against
Cuts and Stabs by Hand Knives; Part 1:
Chain Mail Gloves and Arm Guards March
Safety of Machinery; Interlocking Devices
Associated with Guards; Principles for
Design and Selection (Feb) (Supersedes DIN
31 005, April 1985 Edition)
Evaluation of Airborne Hazardous
Substances Emitted from Machinery;
Determination of Emission Rate of a
Specified Pollutant by the Bench Test
Method Using the Real Pollutant (May);
(Supersedes DIN 33 891-1, February 1989
EN 1093-4
EN 1149-1
EN 1174-1
EN 1174-2
EN 1174-3
EN 1189
EN 1281-2
EN 1282-1
EN 1283
EN 1325-1
EN 1464
EN 1465
EN 1475
EN 1476
Edition)
Evaluation of Airborne Hazardous
Substances Emitted from Machinery;
Determination of Capture Efficiency of an
Exhaust System by the Tracer Method (May)
Electrostatic Properties of Protective
Clothing; Surface Resistivity (Test Methods
and Requirements) (Jan)
Sterilization of Medical Devices;
Requirements for the Estimation of
Population of Microorganisms on a Product
(Mar)
Sterilization of Medical Devices; Guidance
on the Estimation of the Population of MicroOrganisms on Product February
Sterilization of Medical Devices; Estimation
of the Population of Micro-Organisms on
Product; Guide to the Methods for Validation
of Microbiological Techniques February
Water Quality; Determination of Phosphorus
by the Ammonium Molybdate Spectrometric
Method October
Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment;
Threaded Weight-Bearing Conical
Connectors; (ISO 5356-2: 1987, Modified);
(Jan)
Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment;
Tracheostomy Tubes; Tubes for Use in
Adults December
Heamodialysers, Haemodiafilters,
Heamofilters, Heamoconcentrators and Their
Extracorporeal Circuits June
Vocabulary for Value Management, Value
Analysis and Functional Analysis; Value
Analysis and Functional Analysis November
Adhesives; Determination of Peel Resistance
of High-Strength Adhesive Bonds by the
Floating Roller Method (ISO 4578: 1990,
Modified) (Jan)
Adhesives; Determination of Tensile LapShear Strength of Rigid-To-Rigid Bonded
Assemblies (ISO 4587: 1979, Modified)
(Jan)
EDI Directory D.93A (June)
EDI Message; Direct Payment Valuation
Message (CONDPV) (June)
EN 1477
EN 1478
EN 1479
EN 1480
EN 1481
EN 1485
EN 1486
EN 1497
EN 1498
EN 1574
EN 1575
EN 1576
EN 1577
EN 1578
EN 1579
EN 1580
EN 1581
EN 1582
EN 1583
EN 1584
EN 1585
EN 1586
EN 1587
EDI Message; Establishment of Contract
(CONEST) (June)
EDI Message; Invitation to Tender
(CONITT) (June)
EDI Message; Payment Valuation Message
(CONPVA) (June)
EDI Message; Quantity Valuation Message
(CONQVA) (June)
EDI Message; Tender (CONTEN) (June)
Water Quality; Determination of Adsorbable
Organically Bound Halogens (AOX)
November; Supersedes DIN 38409-14,
March 1985 Edition
Protective Clothing for Firefighters; Test
Methods and Requirements for Reflective
Clothing for Specialized Firefighting August
Rescue Equipment; Rescue Harnesses (June)
Rescue Equipment; Rescue Loops June
EDI Message; Bayplan/Stowage Plan,
Occupied and Empty Locations (BAPLIE)
(July)
EDI Message; Bayplan/Stowage Plan, Total
Numbers Message (BAPLTE) (July)
EDI Message; Credit Advice Message
(CREADV) (July)
EDI Message; Extended Credit Advice
Message (CREEXT) (July)
EDI Message; Customs Declaration Message
(CUSDEC) (July)
EDI Message; Debit Advice Message
(DEBADV) (July)
EDI Message; Forwarding and Consolidation
Summary Message (IFCSUM) (July)
EDI Message; Arrival Notice Message
(IFTMAN) (July)
EDI Message; Booking Confirmation
Message (IFTMBC) (July)
EDI Message; Firm Booking Message
(IFTMBF) (July)
EDI Message; Provisional Booking Message
(IFTMBP) (July)
EDI Message; Instruction Contract Status
Message (IFTMCS) (July)
EDI Message; Instruction Message
(IFTMIN) (July)
EDI Message; Payroll Deductions Advice
EN 1588
EN 1589
EN 1590
EN 1619
EN 1620
EN 1639
EN 1640
EN 1641
EN 1642
EN 1659
EN 1681
EN 1682
EN 1683
EN 1684
EN 1685
EN 1686
EN 1687
EN 1688
EN 1689
EN 1690
EN 1691
Message (PAYDUC) (July)
EDI Message; Extended Payment Message
(PAYEXT) (July)
EDI Message; Payment Order Message
(PAYORD) (July)
EDI Message; Remittance Advice Message
(REMADV) (July)
Large-Scale Process and Production in
Biotechnology; General Requirements for
Management and Organization for Strain
Preservation Procedures September
Large-Scale Process and Production in
Biotechnology; Design of Plant Buildings
According to the Degree of Hazard October
Medical Devices for Dentistry; Instruments
October
Medical Devices for Dentistry; Equipment
October
Medical Devices for Dentistry; Materials
October
Medical Devices for Dentistry; Dental
Implants October
In Vitro Diagnostic Systems; Culture Media
for Microbiology: Terminology January;
Supersedes DIN 58942-1, May 1984 Edition
EDI Message; Delivery Just in Time
Message (DELJIT) (Sept)
EDI Message; Despatch Advice Message
(DESADV) (Sept)
EDI Message; Delivery Schedule Message
(DELFOR) (Sept)
EDI Message; Passenger List Message
(PAXLST) (Sept)
EDI Message; Party Information Message
(PARTIN) (Sept)
EDI Message; Purchase Order Response
Message (ORDRSP) (Sept)
EDI Message; Purchase Order Message
(ORDERS) (Sept)
EDI Message; Purchase Order Change
Message (ORDCHG) (Sept)
EDI Message; Inventory Report Message
(INVRPT) (Sept)
EDI Message; Invoice Message (INVOIC)
(Sept)
EDI Message; Quality Data Message
EN 1692
EN 1693
EN 1694
EN 1695
EN 1696
EN 1697
EN 1698
EN 1699
EN 1700
EN 1701
EN 1702
EN 1703
EN 1707
EN 1826
EN 1833
EN 1836
EN 10002-4
EN 20090 PT 3
(QALITY) (Sept)
EDI Message; Quote Message (QUOTES)
(Sept)
EDI Message; Request for Quote Message
(REQOTE) (Sept)
EDI Message; Statement of Account
Message (STATAC) (Sept)
EDI Message; Superannuation Contributions
Advice Message (SUPCOT) (Sept)
EDI Message; Superannuation Maintenance
Message (SUPMAN) (Sept)
EDI Message; Forwarding and Transport
Shipment Charge Calculation Message
(IFTCCA) (Sept)
EDI Message; Forwarding and Transport
Rate Information Message (IFTRIN) (Sept)
EDI Message; Forwarding and Transport
Schedule and Availability Information
Message (IFTSAI) (Sept)
EDI Message; International Multimodal
Status Report Message (IFTSTA) (Sept)
EDI Message; Prices/Sales Catalogue
Message (PRICAT) (Sept)
EDI Message; Sanitary/Photosanitary
Certificate (SANCRT) (Sept)
EDI Message; Sales Data Report Message
(SLSRPT) (Sept)
Conical Fittings with a 6% (Luer) Taper for
Syringes, Needles and Certain Other Medical
Equipment; Lock Fittings January
Large-Scale Process and Production in
Biotechnology; Control Procedures for Raw
Materials November
EDI Message; Syntax and Service Report
Message (CONTRL) August
Personal Eye Protection; Sunglasses and
Sunglare Filters for General Use March
Tensile Testing of Metallic Materials;
Verification of Extensometers Used in
Uniaxial Testing (Jan) (Together with DIN
EN 10002 PT 2, DIN 51220, DIN 51221 PT
1, DIN 51223, DIN 51228, DIN 51232 and
DIN 51302 PT 1, July 1993 Editions,
Supersedes DIN 51220, O
Light Gauge Metal Containers; Definitions
and Determination of Dimensions and
EN 20187
EN 20287
EN 20534
EN 20535
EN 20638
EN 20865
EN 21864
EN 21974
EN 22063
EN 22206
EN 22234
EN 22244
EN 22247
Capacities; Aerosol Cans (ISO 90-3: 1986)
(Feb)
Standard Atmosphere for Conditioning and
Testing of Paper, Board and Pulps and
Procedure for Monitoring the Atmosphere
and Conditioning of Samples (ISO 187:1990)
(Nov)
Paper and Board; Determination of Moisture
Content by the Oven-Drying Method (Sept)
(ISO 287:1985)
Paper and Board; Determination of Thickness
and Apparent Bulk Density or Apparent
Sheet Density (ISO 534:1988) (Oct)
Paper and Board; Determination of Water
Absorptiveness by the Cobb Method (Sept)
(ISO 535:1991)
Pulps; Determination of Dry Matter Content
(ISO 638:1978) (Nov) (Supersedes DIN
54352, October 1977 Edition)
Slots in Platens for Projection Welding
Machines (ISO 865:1981) (Feb) (Supersedes
DIN 44756, August 1972 Edition)
Unrecorded 12,7 mm (0,5 in) Wide Magnetic
Tape for Information Interchange, 32 ftpmm
(800 ftpi), NRZ1, 126 ftpmm (3200 ftpi),
Phase-Encoded, and 356 ftpmm (9042 ftpi),
NRZ1 (ISO/IEC 1864 : 1992) (May)
Determination of Tearing Resistance of Paper
(Elmendorf Method) (Sept) (ISO 1974:1990)
Thermal Spraying; Zinc, Aluminium and
Their Alloys (Aug) (ISO 2063: 1991,
Modified) (Supersedes DIN 8565, March
1977 Edition)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Identification of Parts When Testing (ISO
2206: 1987) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Stacking Tests Using Static Load (ISO 2234:
1985) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Horizontal Impact Tests (Horizontal or
Inclined Plane Test and Pendulum Test) (ISO
2244 : 1985) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Vibration Test at Fixed Low Frequency (ISO
2247: 1985) (Feb)
EN 22248
EN 22401
EN 22568
EN 22872
EN 22873
EN 22874
EN 22875
EN 22876
EN 23035
EN 23994
EN 24178
EN 24180 PT 1
EN 24180 PT 2
EN 24185
EN 24230
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Vertical Impact Test by Dropping (ISO 2248:
1985) (Feb)
Covered Electrodes; Determination of the
Efficiency, Metal Recovery and Deposition
Coefficient (ISO 2401: 1972) (Apr)
(Supersedes DIN 32523, April 1984 Edition)
Hand and Machine-Operated Circular
Screwing Dies and Hand-Operated Die
Stocks (ISO 2568:1988) (June) (Supersedes
DIN 223 Parts 1, 3, and 10, September 1979
Editions, and DIN 225, December 1987
Edition)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Compression Test (ISO 2872: 1985) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages; Low
Pressure Test (ISO 2873: 1985) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Stacking Test Using a Compression Tester
(ISO 2874: 1985) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages; Water
Spray Test (ISO 2875: 1985) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages; Rolling
Test (ISO 2876: 1985) (Feb)
Single-Faced and Single-Wall Corrugated
Fibreboard Determination of Flat Crush
Resistance (Sept) (ISO 3035:1982)
Polymer Reinforced Thermoplastics Hoses
for Suction and Discharge (ISO 3994 : 1977)
(Apr)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Distribution Trials; Information to be
Recorded (ISO 4178: 1980) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
General Rules for the Compilation of
Performance Test Schedules; General
Principles (ISO 4180-1: 1980) (Feb)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
General Rules for the Compilation of
Performance Test Schedules; Quantitative
Data (ISO 4180-2: 1980) (Feb)
Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed
Conduits; Weighing Method (ISO
4185:1980) (Aug)
Hand and Machine-Operated Circular
Screwing Dies for Taper Pipe Threads, R
EN 24231
EN 25135
EN 25183 PT 1
EN 25183 PT 2
EN 25264 PT 2
EN 25264 PT 3
EN 25580
EN 25651
EN 25817
EN 25822
EN 25967
EN 25968
EN 26520
Series (ISO 4230:1987) (June) (Supersedes
DIN 5159, April 1986 Edition)
Hand and Machine-Operated Circular
Screwing Dies for Parallel Pipe Threads, G
Series (ISO 4231:1987) (June) (Supersedes
DIN 5158, April 1986 Edition)
Determination of Sound Power Levels of
Noise from Air Terminal Devices, High/Low
Velocity/Pressure Assemblies, Dampers and
Valves by Measurement in a Reverberation
Room (ISO 5135 : 1984) (Nov)
Resistance Spot Welding; Electrode
Adaptors, Male Taper 1 : 10; Conical Fixing,
Taper 1 : 10 (ISO 5183 : 1988) (Feb)
Resistance Spot Welding; Electrode
Adaptors, Male Taper 1 : 10; Parallel Shank
Fixing for End-Thrust Electrodes (ISO 51832 : 1988) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN 44750 Part
7, September 1976 Edition)
Laboratory Beating of Pulps; PFI Mill
Method (Sept) (ISO 5264-2:1979)
Laboratory Beating of Pulps; Jokro Mill
Method (Sept) (ISO 5264-3:1979)
(Supersedes DIN 54360, November 1977
Edition)
Non-Destructive Testing; Minimum
Requirements for Industrial Radiographic
Illuminators (ISO 5580 : 1985) (June)
Paper, Board and Pulps; Units for Expressing
Properties (ISO 5651:1989) (Nov)
Arc-Welded Joints in Steel; Guidance on
Quality Levels for Imperfections (ISO
5817:1992) (Sept) (Supersedes DIN 8563
Part 3, October 1985 Edition)
Spot Welding Equipment; Taper Plug Gauges
and Taper Ring Gauges (ISO 5822:1988)
(Feb) (Supersedes DIN 44757 Parts 1 and 2,
DIN 44758 Parts 1 and 2, August 1972
Editions)
Taps for Thread Cutting; Nomenclature of
the Main Types and Terminology (ISO 5967:
1981) (July)
Circular Screwing Dies; Terminology (ISO
5968 : 1981) (July)
Imperfections in Metallic Fusion Welds;
Classification and Terminology (ISO
EN 26591 PT 1
EN 26591 PT 2
EN 26599 PART 1
EN 26847
EN 26848
EN 26922
EN 27023
EN 27213
EN 27286
EN 27487 PT 2
EN 27487 PT 3
EN 27963
EN 27965 PT 1
6520:1982) (Dec) (Supersedes DIN 8524 Part
1, July 1986 Edition)
Sacks; Description and Method of
Measurement; Empty Paper Sacks (ISO
6591-1:1984) (Feb)
Sacks; Description and Method of
Measurement; Empty Sacks Made from
Thermoplastic Flexible Film (ISO 65912:1985) (Feb)
Sacks; Conditioning for Testing; Paper Sacks
(ISO 6599-1:1983) (Feb)
Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc
Welding; Deposition of a Weld Metal Pad for
Chemical Analysis (ISO 6847:1985) (Apr)
Tungsten Electrodes for Inert Gas Shielded
Arc Welding and for Plasma Cutting and
Welding; Codification (ISO 6848:1984)
(Oct)
Adhesives; Determination of Tensile
Strength of Butt Joints (ISO 6922:1987)
(May)
Sacks; Method of Sampling Empty Sacks for
Testing (ISO 7023:1983) (Feb)
Pulps; Sampling for Testing (ISO 7213:1981)
(Nov)
Graphical Symbols for Resistance Welding
Equipment; (ISO 7286:1986) (Dec)
(Supersedes DIN EN 32520 Part 2, May
1989 Edition)
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
130 mm (5,25 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad, 1,9 tpmm (48 tpi),
on Both Sides Track Format A (ISO 74872:1985) (Dec)
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
130 mm (5,25 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad, 1,9 tpmm (48 tpi),
on Both Sides; Track Format B (ISO 74873:1986) (Dec)
Ultrasonic Examination of Welds in Steel;
Calibration Block No. 2 (ISO 7963:1985)
(June) (Supersedes DIN 54122, December
1973 Edition)
Sacks; Drop Test; Paper Sacks (ISO 7965-
EN 28167
EN 28206
EN 28317
EN 28318
EN 28378 PT 1
EN 28378 PT 2
EN 28378 PT 3
EN 28430 PT 1
EN 28430 PT 2
EN 28430 PT 3
1:1984) (Feb)
Projections for Resistance Welding (ISO
8167:1989) (July) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
8519, July 1978 Edition)
Acceptance Testing of Oxygen Cutting
Machines; Testing the Accuracy and
Operational Characteristics (ISO 8206:1991)
(Aug) (Supersedes DIN 8523, May 1974
Edition)
Child-Resistant Packaging; Requirements
and Testing Procedures for Reclosable
Packages (ISO 8317:1989) (Feb) (Supersedes
Parts of DIN 55559)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Vibration Tests Using a Sinusoidal Variable
Frequency (ISO 8318:1986) (Feb)
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
130 mm (5,25 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad, 3,8 tpmm (96 tpi),
on Both Sides; Dimensional, Physical and
Magnetic Characteristics (ISO 8378-1:1986)
(Dec
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
130 mm (5,25 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad, 3,8 tpmm (96 tpi),
on Both Sides; Track Format A (ISO 83782:1986) (Dec)
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
130 mm (5,25 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad, 3,8 tpmm (96 tpi),
on Both Sides; Track Format B (ISO 83783:1986) (Dec)
Resistance Spot Welding; Electrode Holders;
Taper Fixing 1:10 (ISO 8430-1:1988) (July)
(Supersedes DIN 44768 Part 1, January 1980
Edition)
Resistance Spot Welding; Electrode Holders;
Morse Taper Fixing (ISO 8430-2:1988)
(July) (Supersedes DIN 44768 Part 2,
January 1980 Edition)
Resistance Spot Welding; Electrode Holders;
Parallel Shank Fixing for End Thrust (ISO
8430-3:1988) (July) (Supersedes DIN 44768
EN 28474
EN 28510 PT 1
EN 28510 PT 2
EN 28601
EN 28630 PT 1
EN 28630 PT 2
EN 28630 PT 3
EN 28768
EN 28860 PT 1
EN 28860 PT 2
Part 3, January 1980 Edition)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages; Water
Immersion Test (ISO 8474:1986) (Feb)
Adhesives; Determination of Peel Resistance
of Flexible-Bounded-To- Rigid Specimen
Assemblies by the 90 Degree Peel Test (ISO
8510-1:1990) (May)
Adhesives; Determination of Peel Resistance
of Flexible-Bounded-To- Rigid Specimen
Assemblies by the 180 Degree Peel Test (ISO
8510-2:1990) (May)
Data Elements and Interchange Formats;
Information Interchange; Representation of
Dates and Times (ISO 8601:1988, Including
Technical Corrigendum 1:1991) (Feb)
Data Interchange on 130 mm (5,25 in)
Flexible Disk Cartridges Using Modified
Frequency Modulation Recording at 13 262
ftprad, on 80 Tracks on Each Side;
Dimensional, Physical and Magnetic
Characteristics (ISO 8630-1:1987) (Mar)
Data Interchange on 130 mm (5,25 in)
Flexible Disk Cartridges Using Modified
Frequency Modulation Recording at 13 262
ftprad, on 80 Tracks on Each Side; Track
Format A for 77 Tracks (ISO 8630-2:1987)
(Mar)
Data Interchange on 130 mm (5,25 in)
Flexible Disk Cartridges Using Modified
Frequency Modulation Recording at 13 262
ftprad, on 80 Tracks on Each Side; Track
Format B for 80 Tracks (ISO 8630-3:1987)
(Mar)
Complete, Filled Transport Packages;
Toppling Test (ISO 8768:1986) (Feb)
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
90 mm (3,5 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad on 80 Tracks on
Each Side; Dimensional, Physical and
Magnetic Characteristics (ISO 8860-1:1987)
(Dec)
Information Processing; Data Interchange on
90 mm (3,5 in) Flexible Disk Cartridges
Using Modified Frequency Modulation
Recording at 7 958 ftprad on 80 Tracks on
EN 29104
EN 29142
EN 29293
EN 29313
EN 29453
EN 29454 PT 1
EN 29455 PT 1
EN 29455 PT 5
EN 29455 PT 8
EN 29455 PT 11
EN 29455 PT 14
EN 29529 PT 2
Each Side; Track Format (ISO 8860-2:1987)
(Dec)
Measurement of Fluid Flow in Closed
Conduits; Methods of Evaluating the
Performance of Electromagnetic Flowmeters
for Liquids (ISO 9104:1991) (Aug)
Adhesives; Guide to the Selection of
Standard Laboratory Ageing Conditions for
Testing Bonded Joints (ISO 9142:1990)
(Sept)
Information Processing; Volume and File
Structure of Flexible Disk Cartridges for
Information Interchange (ISO 9293:1987)
(Dec)
Resistance Spot Welding Equipment;
Cooling Tubes (ISO 9313:1989) (July)
(Supersedes DIN 44769, September 1976
Edition)
Solder Alloys; Chemical Composition and
Forms of Supply (ISO 9453:1990) (Feb)
(Supersedes DIN 1707, February 1981
Edition)
Soft Soldering Fluxes; Classification and
Requirements; Classification, Labelling and
Packaging (ISO 9454-1:1990) (Feb)
(Supersedes DIN 8511 Part 2, May 1988
Edition)
Soft Soldering Fluxes; Test Methods,
Determination of Non-Volatile Matter by the
Gravimetric Method (ISO 9455-1:1990)
(Feb)
Soft Soldering Fluxes; Test Methods, Copper
Mirror Test (ISO 9455-5:1992) (Feb)
Soft Soldering Fluxes; Test Methods,
Determination of Zinc Content (ISO 94558:1991) (Feb)
Soft Soldering Fluxes; Test Methods,
Solubility of Flux Residues (ISO 9455-11:
1991) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN 8527 Part 1,
June 1970 Edition)
Soft Soldering Fluxes; Test Methods,
Assessment of Tackiness of Flux Residues
(ISO 9455-14:1991) (Feb)
Information Processing Systems; Data
Interchange on 90 mm (3,5 in) Flexible Disk
Cartridges Using Modified Frequency
EN 29529 PT 1
EN 29653
EN 29692
EN 30042
EN 30993-1
EN 30993-6
EN 31427
EN 45003
EN 45004
EN 45503
LN 9368 PT 1
Modulation Recording at 15 916 ftprad, on
80 Tracks on Each Side; Track Format
(ISO/IEC 9529-2:1989) (Sept)
Information Processing Systems; Data
Interchange on 90 mm (3,5 in) Flexible Disk
Cartridges Using Modified Frequency
Modulation Recording at 15 916 ftprad, on
80 Tracks on Each Side; Dimensional,
Physical and Magnetic Char. (ISO/IEC 95291:1989) September
Adhesives; Test Method for Shear Impact
Strength of Adhesive Bonds (ISO 9653:1991)
(May)
Metal-Arc Welding with Covered Electrode,
Gas-Shielded Metal-Arc Welding and Gas
Welding; Joint Preparation for Steel (ISO
9692:1992) (Apr) (Superseded DIN 8551
Part 1, June 1976 Edition)
Arc-Welded Joints in Aluminium and Its
Weldable Alloys; Guidance on Quality
Levels for Imperfections (Aug) (ISO
10042:1992) (Supersedes DIN 8563 Part 30,
October 1985 Edition)
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices;
Guidance on Selection of Tests (ISO 10993-1
: 1992 + TC 1:1992) (Dec)
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices;
Tests for Local Effects After Implantation
(ISO 10993- 6: 1994) (Dec)
Determination of Silver in Silver Jewellery
Alloys; Volumetric (Potentiometric) Method
Using Potassium Bromide (ISO
11427:1993+AC:1994) (Apr)
Calibration and Testing Laboratory
Accreditation Systems; General
Requirements for Operation and Recognition
(ISO/IEC Guide 58:1993) (May)
General Criteria for the Operation of Various
Types of Bodies Performing Inspection
(June)
Attestation Standard for the Assessment of
Contract Award Procedures of Entities
Operating in the Water, Energy, Transport
and Telecommunication Sectors (Mar)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Composition of Code Numbers;
LN 9368 PT 2
LN 9368 PT 3
LN 9368 PT 4
LN 9368 PT 5
LN 9368 PT 6
LN 9368 PT 7
8960
10257-1
10258
10259
10370
10389
10759-1
10759-2
10779
12491
12594
Indications on Design Documents; Survey
(Apr)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Code Numbers for Pretreatments
(Apr)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Code Numbers for Chemical
Treatments (Apr)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Code Numbers for Anodic
Treatments (Apr)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Code Numbers for Cathodic
Treatments (Apr)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Code Numbers for Methods of
Electroless Produced Metallic Coatings (Apr)
Aerospace; Designation of Surface
Treatments; Code Numbers for Methods of
Organic Coating (Apr)
Requirements and Coding System for
Refrigerants November; Supersedes DIN
8962, October 1987 Edition
Sampling Fine-Cut Tobacco Part 1: General
October
Requirements for and Application of
Reference Cigarettes January
Determination of Citrate Content of
Wrapping Materials for Cigarette Filters,
Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products June
Determination of Acetate Content of
Wrapping Materials for Cigarette Filters,
Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products June
Determination of pH Value and Acidity of
Starch and Starch Products August
Determination of Saccharase Activity in
Honey by the Siegenthaler Method August
Determination of Saccharase Activity in
Honey by the Hadorn Method May
Determination of 16-O-Methylcafestol
Content in Roasted Coffee by HighPerformance Liquid Chromatography
February
Vacuum Desiccators for Laboratory Use July
Laboratory Glassware with Ground Cones or
Sockets August
12925-1
16700
16770 PT 1
7708 SUPPL.
7712
7737
7738
7742 PT 2
7745 PT 2
7746 PT 2
7749 PT 2
7865 PT 1
7865 PT 2
8902
8903
16771 PT 2
Laboratory Safety Cupboards for Storing
Flammable Liquids; Safety Requirements
and Testing April
Plastics; Moulding Techniques for Moulding
Materials; Production Processes and
Production Equipment; Definitions
September
Testing of Plastics; Preparation of Specimens
of Thermoplastic Moulding Materials by
Compression Moulding February
Types of Plastic Moulding Materials;
Properties of Test Specimens from Phenolic,
Aminoplastic and Aminoplastic/Phenolic
Compression Moulding Materials October
Hard Rubber Sheets February
Laminated Products; Vulcanized Fibre;
Types September
Laminated Products; Vulcanized Fibre;
Acceptance; Test Methods September
Cellulose Ester (CA,CP, CAB) Moulding
Materials; Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Their Properties November
Plastics Moulding Materials; Polymethyl
Methacrylate (PMMA) Moulding Materials;
Preparation of Specimens and Determination
of Their Properties April
Vinyl Chloride (VC) Polymers;
Homopolymers and Copolymers;
Determination of Properties July
Plastics Moulding Materials; Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC-P) Moulding Materials;
Preparation of Specimens and Determination
of Their Properties September
Elastomeric Joint Sealing Strip for Sealing
Joints in Concrete; Shape and Dimensions
February
Elastomeric Joint Sealing Strip for Sealing
Joints in Concrete; Material Requirements
and Testing February
Pressure Resistant Circular Soda Lime Glass
Panes for Sight Glasses for Unrestricted Use
at Low Temperatures February
Pressure Resistant Oblong Soda Lime Glass
Panes for Sight Glasses for Unrestricted Use
at Low Temperatures February
Plastics Moulding Materials;
16774 PT 2
16776 PT 2
16777 PT 2
16779 PT 2
16780 PT 2
16781 PT 2
16782 PT 1
16782 PT 2
16783 PT 2
16830 PT 1
16830 PT 2
16875
Styrene/Butadiene (S/B) Moulding Materials;
Preparation of Specimens and Determination
of Their Properties December
Plastics Moulding Materials; Polypropylene
(PP) Moulding Materials; Preparation of
Specimens and Determination of Their
Properties April
Plastics Moulding Materials; Polyethylene
(PE) Moulding Materials; Preparation of
Specimens and Determination of Their
Properties April
Plastics Moulding Materials; Impact
Resistant Acrylonitrile/Styrene (ASA, AES,
ACS) Moulding Materials (Except for
Butadiene-Modified Modified Moulding
Materials) Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Their Properties December
Polyalkylene Terephthalate Moulding
Materials; Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Their Properties October
Polymer Blend Thermoplastic Moulding
Materials; Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Their Properties October
Plastics Moulding Materials;
Polyoxymethylene (POM) Moulding
Materials; Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Their Properties January
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Moulding
Materials; Classification and Designation
November
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Moulding
Materials; Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Properties November
Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene
(PE-UHMW) Moulding Materials;
Preparation of Test Specimens and
Determination of Properties April
High Impact Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-HI)
Window Profiles; Testing July
White High Impact Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC-HI) Window Profiles; Requirements
July
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Pipes and Fittings for Buried Ducting;
Dimensions and Technical Delivery
Conditions January
53531 PT 2
53534
53536
53538-7
53538 PT 1
53538 PT 3
53538 PT 4
53538 PT 5
53538 PT 6
53539
53545
53551
53552
Determination of the Adhesion of Rubber to
Rigid Materials Using Conical Ended
Cylinders (Aug)
Determination of Linear Dimensions of
Rubber Test Pieces and Products (May)
Determination of Permeability of Rubber to
Gases (Oct)
Standard Reference Elastomers; Part 7:
Polyacrylate Rubber (ACM) for
Characterizing Service Fluids with Respect to
Their Action on ACM August
Standard Reference Elastomers;
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene Rubber (NBR),
Peroxide-Cured, for Characterizing Service
Fluids with Respect to Their Action on NBR
(Oct)
Standard Reference Elastomers;
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene Rubber (NBR), Low
Sulfur Cured, for Characterizing Service
Fluids with Respect to Their Action on NBR
(Aug)
Standard Reference Elastomers; Silicone
Rubber (MVQ), Peroxide Cured, for
Characterizing Service Fluids with Respect to
Their Action on MVQ (Oct)
Standard Reference Elastomers; Ethylene
Propylene Diene Rubber (EPDM), Peroxide
Cured, for Characterizing Service Fluids with
Respect to Their Action on EPDM (Oct)
Standard Reference Elastomers;
Hydrogenated Acrylonitrile Butadiene
Rubber (HNBR), Cross-Linked by Peroxide,
for Characterizing Service Fluids with
Respect to Their Action on HNBR (Aug)
Testing of Elastomers; Evaluation of Tear
Propagation, Adhesion and Peel Tests
September
Determination of Low-Temperature
Behaviour of Rubber; Principles and Test
Methods December
Testing of Rubber and Ebonite; Sampling
and Preparation of Specimens for Chemical
Testings (July)
Testing of Carbon Black; Determination of
the Amount of Components of Carbon Black
That Are Volatile on Heating (Sept)
53561
16887
16888 PT 1
16888 PT 2
16889 PT 1
16901
16906
16911
16911 SUPPL. 1
16916 PT 1
16916 PT 2
16925
16927
16941
8948
10220
10959
51083-7
51724-2
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of Total Sulphur Content (Jan)
Determination of the Long-Term Hydrostatic
Pressure Resistance of Thermoplastics Pipes
July
Determination of Chemical Resistance of
Thermoplastics Pipes; Polyolefin Pipes June
Determination of Chemical Resistance of
Thermoplastics Pipes; Unplasticized
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U) Pipes August
Determination of Chemical Resistance Factor
for Thermoplastics Pipes; Polyolefin Pipes
June
Plastics Mouldings; Tolerances and
Acceptance Conditions for Linear
Dimensions November
Testing of Plastic Sheeting and Films;
Sample and Specimen Preparation and
Conditioning September
Plastic Moulding Materials; Polyester Resin
Moulding Materials; Types; Requirements;
Testing January
Types of Plastic Moulding Materials;
Properties of Standard Test Specimens Made
of Polyester Resin Compression Moulding
Materials February
Plastic; Thermosetting Resins; Phenolic
Resins; Concept, Classification June
Plastics; Phenolic Resins; Testing September
High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Extruded
Sheet; Technical Delivery Conditions June
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet;
Technical Delivery Conditions December
Thermoplastics Extruded Profiles; General
Tolerances of Size, Form and Orientation
May
Testing of Desiccants for Drying Refrigerants
November
Sampling of Spices and Condiments for
Chemical, Physical and Sensory Analysis
May
Determination of Sensitivity of Taste by
Sensory Analysis July
Determination of Calcium Oxide in Fine
Ceramic Aluminosilicates April
Determination of Sulfur Compounds in Solid
EN 745
EN 936
EN 974
EN 993-10
EN 12120
EN 12902
EN ISO 1622-1
ISO 5682-1
ISO 13440
106 PT 1
106 PT 2
1045
1048 PT 1
1048 PT 2
1048 PT 5
Fuels June
Agricultural Machinery; Rotary Mowers and
Flail-Mowers; Safety August; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 11001-3, January 1998 Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Carbon
Dioxide January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Phosphoric Acid December
Methods of Testing Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 10: Determination of
Permanent Change in Dimensions on Heating
February
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Hydrogen Sulfite January
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Inorganic
Supporting and Flitering Materials Methods
of Test December
Polystyrene (PS) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials; Part 1: Designation System and
Basis for Specifications October; ISO 16221: 1994; Supersedes DIN 7741-1, December
1986 Edition
Equipment for Crop Protection - Spray
Equipment; Part 1: Test Methods for Sprayer
Nozzles July; ISO 5682-1:1996
Equipment for Crop Protection; Agricultural
Sprayers; Determination of the Volume of
Total Residual July; ISO 13440:1996
Sandlime Bricks and Blocks; Solid Bricks,
Perforated Bricks, Solid Blocks, Hollow
Blocks September
Sandlime Bricks and Blocks; Facing Bricks
and Hard-Burnt Facing Bricks November
Structural Use of Concrete; Design and
Construction July
Testing Concrete; Testing of Fresh Concrete
June; Together with DIN 1048 Part 5, June
1991 Edition, Superseded DIN 1048 Part 1,
December 1978 Edition
Testing Concrete; Testing of Hardened
Concrete (Specimens Taken In Situ) June
Testing Concrete; Testing of Hardened
1060 PT 2 (S)
1060 PT 3 (S)
1081
1082 PT 1
1082 PT 2
1082 PT 3
1082 PT 4
1164-1
1164 PT 8
1164 PT 100 (S)
1168 PT 1
1168 PT 2
1249 PT 1 (S)
1249 PT 10
Concrete (Specimens Prepared in Mould)
June; Together with DIN 1048 Part 1, June
1991 Edition, Supersedes DIN 1048 Part 1,
December 1978 Edition
Building Limes; Methods of Chemical
Analysis November; Superseded by DIN EN
459-2, March 1995 Edition
Building Limes; Methods of Physical Test
November; Superseded by DIN EN 459-2,
March 1995 Edition
Refractory Materials; Rectangular Refractory
Bricks; Dimensions January
Refractory Materials; Refractory Arch
Bricks; Dimensions January
Refractory Materials; Refractory Skewbacks;
Dimensions January
Refractory Materials; Basic Arch Bricks and
Refractory Bricks for Oxygen Steel-Making
Converters and Arc Furnaces; Dimensions
January
Refractory Materials; Refractory Arch Bricks
for Use in Rotary Kilns; Dimensions
February
Cement; Composition and Requirements
October; DIN 1164 PT 100, March 1990
Edition
Portland-, Iron Portland-, Blast-Furnace-, and
Trass Cement; Determination of the Heat of
Hydration with the Solution Calorimeter
November
Cement; Portland Oil Shale Cement;
Requirements, Testing and Inspection March;
Superseded by DIN 1164-1, October 1994
Edition
Building Plasters; Term and Definition,
Types and Application, Delivery and
Marking January
Building Plasters; Requirements, Testing,
Control July
Flat Glass for Building Construction;
Window Glass; Concept; Dimensions
August; Superseded by DIN EN 572-4,
January 1995 Edition
Glass for Use in Building Construction;
Chemical and Physical Properties August;
Superseded in Parts by DIN EN 572-1,
1249 PT 12
1286-1
1995 PT 1
1995 PT 2
1995 PT 3
1995 PT 4
1995 PT 5
1996 PT 1
1996 PT 2
1996 PT 3
1996 PT 4
1996 PT 5
1996 PT 6
1996 PT 8
1996 PT 9
1996 PT 10
1996 PT 11
January 1995 Edition
Glass for Use in Building Construction;
Toughened Glass; Dimensions, Working and
Requirements September
Sealed Multiple Glazing Units (Air-Filled)
Part 1: Long-Term Performance March
Bituminous Binders; Road Bitumen;
Requirements October
Bituminous Binders; Cutback Bitumen;
Requirements October
Bituminous Binders; Bitumen Emulsions;
Requirements October
Bituminous Binders; Dissolved Bitumen;
Requirements October
Bituminous Binders; Road Tars, PitchBitumen Mixtures and Cold Pitch Solutions;
Requirements October
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes; General,
Synopsis and Indications Relating to the
Evaluation of the Tests December
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes; Sampling
October
Testing of Asphalt; Sample Preparation May
Testing of Asphalt; Moulding of Specimens
from Bituminous Mixtures November
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes;
Determination of Water Content April
Testing of Asphalt; Determination of Binder
Content and Recovery of Binder October
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes;
Determination of Water Absorption
September
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes; Swelling
Test May
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes; Testing of
Behaviour of Mix in Respect of Immersion in
Water December
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes;
Determination of Marshall Stability and of
1996 PT 13
1996 PT 14
1996 PT 15
1996 PT 16
1996 PT 17
1996 PT 18
1996 PT 19
2078
2408 PT 1
2401 PT 1
2408 PT 2
2408 PT 2 SUPPL. 1
3051 PT 1
3051 PT 2
3051 PT 3
3051 PT 4
Marshall Flow Value July
Testing of Asphalt; Indentation Testing
Using a Flat-Ended Indentor Pin July
Testing of Asphalt; Determination of Grading
of Mineral Aggregate Recovered from
Asphalt July
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes;
Determination of Softening Point in
Accordance with Wilhelmi December
Testing of Bituminous Materials for Road
Building and Related Purposes;
Determination of Segregation Tendency
December
Testing of Asphalt; Determination of
Dimensional Stability When Heated (Nussel
Deformation Index) November
Testing of Asphalt; Herrmann Falling Ball
Test January
Testing of Asphalt; Determination of
Extensibility and Adhesion Using a Rabe
Joint Model May
Steel Wire for Wire Ropes May
Process Plant Piping; Project and
Construction Engineering Documents;
Terminology May
Pressure and Temperature Specifications for
Components Subjected to Internal and
External Pressure; Concepts and Nominal
Pressure Stages September; Superseded in
Parts by DIN EN 764, November 1994
Edition, and Partially Superseded by DIN EN
1333, October 1
Process Plant Piping Systems; Engineering
Documentation; Piping Models May
Process Plant Piping Systems; Engineering
Documentation; Piping Models; Examples
May
Steel Wire Ropes; Characteristics; Survey
March
Steel Wire Ropes; Characteristics; Types of
Ropes; Definitions April
Steel Wire Ropes; Characteristics;
Calculation; Factors March
Steel Wire Ropes; Characteristics; Technical
Conditions of Delivery March
3057
3058
3064
3078
3092 PT 1
3381
3398 PT 3
3399
4140
4219 PT 1
4219 PT 2
4226 PT 1
4226 PT 2
4226 PT 3
4226 PT 4
4235 PT 1
4235 PT 2
4235 PT 3
Steel Wire Ropes; Round Strand Rope 6 x 19
Filler March
Steel Wire Ropes; Round Strand Rope 6 x 19
Seale March
Steel Wire Ropes; Round Strand Rope 6 x 36
Warrington-Seale March
Steel Wire for Hoisting Ropes May
Socketing of Wire Ropes; Casting in Metal;
Safety Requirements and Testing May
Safety Devices for Gas Supply Installations
Operating at Working Pressures up to 100
Bar; Pressure Relief Governors and Safety
Shut-Off Devices June
Pressure Cut-Off Switches for Gaseous
Substances; Requirements and Testing
November
Gas Low-Pressure Cut-Off Valves; Safety
Requirements, Testing August
Insulation of Industrial and Domestic Service
Installations and Equipment Supersedes DIN
4140-1, August 1983 Edition and DIN 41402, June 1986 Edition
Lightweight Concrete and Reinforced
Lightweight Concrete of Dense Structure;
Properties, Manufacture and Inspection
December
Lightweight Concrete and Reinforced
Lightweight Concrete of Dense Structure;
Design and Construction December
Aggregates for Concrete; Aggregates of
Dense Structure (Heavy Aggregates);
Terminology, Designation and Requirements
April
Aggregates for Concrete; Aggregates of
Porous Structure (Lightweight Aggregates)
Terminology, Designation and Requirements
April
Aggregates for Concrete; Testing of Heavy
and Lightweight Aggregates April
Aggregates for Concrete; Inspection April
Compacting of Concrete by Vibrating;
Vibrators and Vibration Mechanics
December
Compacting of Concrete by Vibrating;
Compacting by Internal Vibrators December
Compacting of Concrete by Vibrating;
4235 PT 4
4235 PT 5
4281
4567
4569
4755 PT 1
4755 PT 2
4756
4787 PT 1
4788 PT 1
4790 (S)
7079-1
7080
7081
7708 PT 1
7708 PT 2
7708 PT 3
Compacting by External Vibrators During the
Manufacture of Precast Components
December
Compacting of Concrete by Vibrating;
Compacting of In-Situ by Formwork
Vibrators December
Compacting of Concrete by Vibrating;
Compacting by Surface Vibrators December
Concrete for Drainage Units; Manufacture,
Requirements and Testing March
Design of Special-Purpose Ladders for
Professional Use August
Step Stools; Concepts, Dimensions,
Requirements and Testing July
Oil Firing Installations; Oil Firing Equipment
for Central Heating Systems; Technical
Safety Requirements September
Oil Burning Installations; Fuel Oil Supply,
Fuel Oil Supply Systems; Safety
Requirements, Testing February
Gas Burning Equipment in Heating Plant;
Safety Requirements February
Atomizing Oil Burners; Concepts, Safety
Requirements, Testing, Marking September
Gas Burners; Gas Burners Without Blowers
June; Superseded in Parts by DIN EN 298
Oil-Pressure Atomizing Nozzles;
Dimensions, Requirements, Testing, Marking
September; Superseded by DIN EN 293
Pressure Resistant Circular Glass-to-Metal
Fused Panes for Sight Glasses for Mounting
between Flanged Frames May
Pressure Resistant Circular Toughened
Borosilicate Glass Panes for Unrestricted Use
at Low Temperatures May
Pressure Resistant Oblong Toughened
Borosilicate Glass Panes for Sight Glasses
for Unrestricted Use at Low Temperatures
May
Plastic Moulding Materials; Plastic Products;
Concepts December
Types of Plastic Moulding Materials;
Phenolic Moulding Materials October
Types of Plastic Moulding Materials;
Aminoplastic Moulding Materials;
Aminoplastic/Phenolic Moulding Materials
7708 PT 4
7708 PT 8
16945
16946 PT 1
16946 PT 2
16957
16972
16980
16985
16986
18158
18180
18184
18333
18541 PT 1
18541 PT 2
18555 PT 1
18555 PT 2
October
Types of Plastics Moulding Compounds;
Moulding Compounds for Cold Moulding
January
Soft Flow Thermosetting Moulding
Materials; Preparation of Specimens and
Determination of Their Properties February
Testing of Resins, Hardeners and
Accelerators, and Catalyzed Resins March
Cured Casting Resins; Testing March
Cured Casting Resins; Types March
Cast Polymethyl Methacrylate (PMMA)
Sheets; Technical Delivery Conditions June
Compression-Moulded Polyethylene (PE)
Sheets; Technical Delivery Conditions March
Thermoplastics Rods; Dimensions (May)
(Supersedes DIN 16800, April 1980 Edition,
DIN 16807, and DIN 16813, Mai 1980
(Editions, and DIN 16975, September 1974
Edition)
Semi-Finished Thermoplastics Products;
Technical Delivery Conditions (June)
Thermoplastics Flat Bars; Dimensions (May)
(Supersedes DIN 16802, DIN 16811, DIN
16814, and DIN 16974, May 1980 Editions)
Clinker Floor Tiles (Sept)
Gypsum Plasterboard; Types, Requirements
and Testing (Sept)
Gypsum Plasterboard Composites with
Polystyrene or Polyurethane Rigid Foam
Insulation (June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Cast Stone
Work June
Thermoplastics Sealing Strips for Sealing
Joints in In-Situ Concrete; Concepts,
Geometry and Dimensions (Nov)
Thermoplastics Sealing Strips for Sealing
Joints in In-Situ Concrete; Requirements,
Testing and Inspection (Nov)
Testing of Mortars Containing Mineral
Binders; General, Sampling, Test Mortar
September; DIN EN 1015-2 is Intended to
Supersede DIN 18555-1
Testing of Mortars Containing Mineral
18555 PT 4
18555 PT 5
18555 PT 6
18555 PT 7
18799-1
18799-2
18820 PT 1
18820 PT 2
18820 PT 3
18820 PT 4
19604
19608
Binders; Freshly Mixed Mortars Containing
Aggregates of Dense Structure (Heavy
Aggregates); Determination of Consistence,
Bulk Density and Air Content September
Testing of Mortars Containing Mineral
Binders; Hardened Mortars; Determination of
Linear and Transverse Strain and of
Deformation Characteristics of Masonry
Mortars by the Static Pressure Test (Mar)
Testing of Mortars Containing Mineral
Binders; Hardened Mortars; Determination of
Bond Shear Strength of Masonry Mortars
(Mar)
Testing of Mortars Containing Mineral
Binders; Determination of Bond Strength of
Hardened Mortar (Nov)
Testing of Mortars Containing Mineral
Binders; Determination of Water Retentivity
of Freshly Mixed Mortar by the Filter Plate
Method (Nov)
Fixed Ladders; Part 1: Ladders with Two
Stiles; Safety Requirements and Verification
August
Fixed Ladders; Part 2: Ladders with One
Stile; Safety Requirements and Verification
August
Glass Fibre Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester
(GF-UP) and Phenacrylic (GF-PHA) Resin
Structural Composites; Structure, Fabrication
and Properties (Mar)
Glass Fibre Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester
(GF-UP) and Phenacrylic (GF-PHA) Resin
Structural Composites; Characteristic Values
of Standard Composites (Mar)
Glass Fibre Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester
(GF-UP) and Phenacrylic (GF-PHA) Resin
Structural Composites; Protection of
Structural Layer (Mar)
Glass Fibre Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester
(GF-UP) and Phenacrylic (GF-PHA) Resin
Structural Composites; Testing and
Inspection (Mar)
Sodium Chloride for Use in Water
Treatment; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Mar)
Sodium Hypochlorite for Water Treatment;
19609
19610
19611
19616 PT 1
19616 PT 2
19619
19620
19633
19655
21252
28005 PT 1
28005 PT 2
28007 PT 2
28011
28013
28018
28019
28020
28021
Technical Conditions of Delivery (June)
Iron(II) Sulfate for Water Treatment;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Feb)
Hydrochloric Acid for Water Treatment for
Supply Water; Technical Conditions of
Delivery (Nov)
High-Calcium Lime for Use in Water
Treatment; Technical Delivery Conditions
(Apr)
Caustic Soda Solution for Water Treatment
Not for Regeneration of Ion Exchangers;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (Oct)
Caustic Soda Solution for Water Treatment
for Regeneration of Ion Exchangers;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (Dec)
Potassium Permanganate for Water
Treatment; Technical Conditions of Delivery
(Feb)
Trisodium Phosphate for Water Treatment;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (Aug)
Ion Exchange Resins for Water Treatment;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Jan)
Irrigation; Objectives, Basic Principles and
Methods October
Ropes for Hoisting Purposes; Flat Ropes
(June)
General Tolerances for Vessels; GeneralPurpose Vessels (Nov)
General Tolerances for Glass-Lined Steel
Vessels for Use in Process Engineering (Dec)
General Tolerances for Glass-Lined Steel
Columns for Use in Process Engineering
(Jan)
Torospherical Dished Ends (Jan)
Ellipsoidal Dished Ends (Jan)
Glass-Lined Steel Cylindrical Pressure
Vessels for Use in Process Engineering of
Capacity 0,063 to 10 m3 October
Vertical Glass-Lined Steel Pressure Vessels
for Permanent Storage of Capacity 12,5 to
125 m3 October
Horizontal Pressure Vessels of 0,63 m3 to 25
m3 Capacity for Use in Process Engineering
April
Vertical Pressure Vessels of 6,3 m3 to 100
m3 Capacity for Permanent Storage April
28022
28025 PT 1
28025 PT 2
28030 PT 2
28031
28032
28034
28036
28038
28040
28051
28052 PT 1
28052 PT 2
28054
28054-4
28054-5
28054 PT 2
28054 PT 3
Vertical Pressure Vessels of 0,063 m3 to 25
m3 Capacity for Use in Process Engineering
April
Nozzles of Stainless Steel; PN 10 and PN 16
(Oct)
Nozzles of Stainless Steel; PN 25 and PN 40
(Oct)
Flanged Joints for Chemical Apparatus;
Tolerances on Flange Dimensions (Feb)
Flanges for Welding for Use on Unalloyed
and Stainless Steel Vessels Not Subject to
Pressure (Feb)
Flanges for Welding for Use on Unalloyed
Steel Pressure Vessels (June)
Weld-Neck Flanges for Use on Unalloyed
Steel Pressure Vessels (Feb)
Flanges for Welding for Use on Stainless
Steel Pressure Vessels (Feb)
Flanges for Welding, with Cylindrical Hub,
for Use on Stainless Steel Pressure Vessels
(Feb)
Gaskets for Use with Flanged Joints (Feb)
Design of Metallic Components to Receive
Organic Coatings and Linings for Use in
Process Engineering (Sept) (Supersedes VDIRichtlinie (VDI Code of Practice) 2532,
January 1978 Edition)
Nonmetallic Protective Coatings and Linings
for Concrete Structural Elements in Process
Plants; Concepts and Selection Criteria (Feb)
(Supersedes June 1972 Edition of VDI 2533)
Nonmetallic Protective Coatings for Precast
Concrete Members Used in Process Plant
Units Design and Preparatory Treatment of
Substrates (Aug)
Organic Coatings for Application to Metallic
Components of Chemical Apparatus;
Requirements and Testing (Apr)
Sprayed Organic Coatings on Metallic
Components for Use in Process Engineering
October
Power Coatings on Metallic Components for
Use in Process Engineering December
Laminate Coatings on Metallic Components
for Use in Process Engineering (Jan)
Trowelled Coatings on Metallic Components
28055 PT 1
28055 PT 2
28063
28065
28080
28081 PT 1
28081 PT 2
28081 PT 3
28081 PT 4
28083 PT 1
28083 PT 2
28084-1
28084-2
for Use in Process Engineering (June)
Organic Linings for Application to Metallic
Components of Chemical Apparatus;
Requirements Sept; Supersedes Parts of VDIRichtlinie (VDI Code of Practice) 2534
Supplement 1, August 1966 Edition,
Supplement 2, June 1972 Edition,
Supplement 3, January 1967 E
Organic Linings for Application to Metallic
Components of Chemical Apparatus; Testing
(Feb) (Supersedes VDI-Richtlinie (VDI Code
of Practice) 2539, August 1967 Edition)
Enamelled Appliances for Use in Process
Engineering Technical Delivery Conditions
(July)
Thermal Shock Resistance of Enamelled
Steel Appliances and Pipe Fittings for
Process Engineering Applications (Aug)
Saddle Supports for Horizontal Cylindrical
Pressure Vessels; Designs and Dimensions
July
Tubular Vessel Supports; Dimensions (June)
Vessel Supports Made of Steel Sections;
Dimensions, Material and Design (Jan)
Type B Tubular Vessel Supports; Maximum
Permissible Loads on Tubular Supports for
Dished Ends (Sept)
Steel Profile Supports for Vessels; Maximum
Permissible Moments on the Vessel Wall
Due to Profile Support Loads (Jan)
Bracket Supports; Dimensions and Maximum
Loads (Jan)
Bracket Supports; Maximum Bending
Moments Imposed on the Vessel Wall
Resulting from Type A Bracket Support
Loads (Jan)
Welded and Loose Support Rings for Use
with Process Engineering Vessels; Part 1:
Calculation of Design Strength June;
Together with DIN 28084-2 and DIN 280843, June 1996 Editions, Supersedes the
September 1982 Edition of DIN 28084
Welded and Loose Support Rings for Use
with Process Engineering Vessels; Part 2:
Design Features, Dimensions and Maximum
Working Loads June; Together with DIN
28084-3
28086
28124 PT 1
28124 PT 2
28124 PT 3
28124 PT 4
28125 PT 1
28136 PT 1
28136 PT 2
28136 PT 3
28136 PT 4
28141
28145 PT 3
28153 PT 1
28153 PT 2
28084-1 and DIN 28084-3, June 1996
Editions, Supersedes DIN 28084 and Its
Supplement, September 1
Welded and Loose Support Rings for Use
with Process Engineering Vessels; Part 3:
Dimensions and Maximum Working Loads
of Rings for Unalloyed and Stainless Steel
Mixing Vessels June; Together with DIN
28084-1 and DIN 28084-2, June 1996
Editions, Supersedes
Lugs on Vessels for Use in Process
Engineering; Dimensions and Maximum Safe
Working Load (June)
Manhole Closures for Unalloyed and
Stainless Steel Unpressurized Vessels (Dec)
Manhole Closures for Unalloyed Steel
Pressure Vessels (Dec)
Manhole Closures for Stainless Steel
Pressure Vessels (Dec)
Manhole Closures Davits for Branch Covers
(Dec)
DN 150 to DN 600 Round Hinged Closures
(Aug)
Mixing Vessels for Use in Process
Engineering; Principal Dimensions (Feb)
Unalloyed and Stainless Steel Mixing
Vessels; Arrangement and Size of Cover
Nozzles and Manholes (May)
Glass-Lined Steel Mixing Vessels;
Arrangement and Size of Cover Nozzles and
Manholes (Oct) (Together with the October
1989 Edition of DIN 28136 Part 11,
Supersedes April 1984 Edition)
Mixing Vessels for Use in Process
Engineering; Wall Thickness of Unalloyed
and Stainless Steel Vessels (Sept)
Connecting Flanges for Unalloyed and
Stainless Steel Mixing Vessels for Use in
Process Engineering (Jan)
Weld-on Lugs for Glass- Lined Steel Mixing
Vessels Arrangement and Sizes (Sept)
Covers of Nominal Sizes DN 350 X 450, DN
500 and DN 600 for Glass- Lined Steel
Vessels (April)
DN 100 to DN 250 Covers for Glass-Lined
Steel Vessels (April)
28180
28181
40604 PT 1
40623 PT 1
40623 PT 2
40632 PT 1
40632 PT 2
50450-7
50450 PT 6
50986
51031 (S)
51032
51056 (S)
Seamless Steel Tubes for Tubular Heat
Exchangers; Dimensions, Dimensional
Deviations and Materials (Aug)
Welded Steel Tubes for Tubular Heat
Exchangers; Dimensions, Dimensional
Deviations and Materials (Aug)
Vulcanized Fibre; Panels, (Sheets), Sheeting,
Strips, Tapes (July)
Varnished Fibre Materials Used for Electrical
Insulation; Varnished Fabrics; Dimensions
(Nov)
Varnished Fibre Materials Used for Electrical
Insulation; Varnished Fabrics; Technical
Conditions of Delivery (Nov)
Varnished Fibre Materials Used for Electrical
Insulation; Varnished Glass Fabrics;
Dimensions (Nov)
Varnished Fibre Materials Used for Electrical
Insulation; Varnished Glass Fabric;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (July)
Determination of CO and H2 Impurities in
Nitrogen; Used as Carrier Gas and Doping
Gas in Semiconductor Technology by Gas
Chromatography and Reduction Gas Detector
April
Determination of CO and CO2 Impurities in
Nitrogen; Used as Carrier Gas and Doping
Gas in Semiconductor Technology by Gas
Chromatography (Mar)
Measurement of Coating Thickness; Wedge
Cut Method for Measuring the Thickness of
Paints and Related Coatings (Mar)
Testing of Articles Intended for Use in
Contact with Foodstuffs; Determination of
Release of Lead and Cadmium from Silicate
Surfaced Articles Intended for Use in Contact
with Foodstuffs (Feb) (Superseded by DIN
EN 1388-1 and DIN EN 1388-2)
Ceramics, Glass, Glass Ceramics, Vitreous
Enamels; Permissible Limits for the Release
of Lead and Cadmium from Articles Intended
for Use in Contact with Foodstuffs (Feb)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Determination
of Water Absorption and Apparent Porosity
(Aug) (Superseded by DIN EN 993-1 April
1995)
51067 PT 1
51067 PT 2 (S)
51068 PT 1
51075 PT 1
51075 PT 2
51075 PT 3
51075 PT 4
51075 PT 5
51076 PT 1
51078
51079 PT 1
51083-1
Testing of Ceramic Raw and Finished
Materials; Determination of the Compressive
Strength at Room Temperature (KDF) of
Refractories with a Total Porosity of up to
45% (May)
Testing of Ceramic Raw and Finished
Materials; Determination of the Compressive
Strength at Room Temperature (KDF) of
Refractories with a Total Porosity Exceeding
45% (May) (Superseded by DIN EN 1094-5,
September 1995)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Determination
of Resistance to Thermal Shock; Water
Quenching Method for Refractory Bricks
(May)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Chemical
Analysis of Silicon Carbide; Sample
Preparation and Calculation of Silicon
Carbide Content (Oct)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Chemical
Analysis of Silicon Carbide; Direct
Determination of the Free Carbon Content
(Mar)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Chemical
Analysis of Silicon Carbide; Determination
of the Total Carbon Content (Oct)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Chemical
Analysis of Silicon Carbide; Determination
of the Free Silicon Content (Oct)
Testing of Ceramic Materials; Chemical
Analysis of Silicon Carbide; Indirect
Determination of the Free Carbon Content
(Oct)
Determination of Silicon Carbide; in Ceramic
Materials Containing Oxidic Constituents
and Binders (Apr)
Preparation of Refractory Samples for
Chemical Analysis and for Determining the
Change in Mass on Drying Supersedes
51062, November 1961 Edition
Determination of Silicon Carbide; as a Raw
Material or a Constituent of Ceramic
Materials by Digestion with Sodium
Carbonate and Boric Acid (April)
Chemical Analysis of Fine Ceramic
Aluminosilicates General Information and
51083-5
51083-8
51083-11
51085
51086-1
51167
51172
51173
51174
51201
51290 PT 1
51290 PT 2
51290 PT 3
51290 PT 4
51345
51346
51350-6
Tests Report February
Determination of Titanium(IV) Oxide in Fine
Ceramic Aluminosilicates March
Determination of Magnesium Oxide (MgO)
in Fine Ceramic Aluminosilicates by Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry October
Determination of Barium Oxide (BaO) and
Strontium Oxide (SrO) in Fine Ceramic
Aluminosilicates by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry July
Determination of Total Sulfur in Oxidic
Materials March
Determination of Boron Trioxide in Oxidic
Materials for Ceramics, Glass and Glazes
April
Testing of Vitreous and Porcelain Enamels;
Determination of Crack Formation
Temperature in the Thermal Shock Testing of
Enamels for the Chemical Industry (Aug)
Vitreous and Porcelain Enamels for
Aluminium; Production of Specimens for
Testing (Oct)
Testing of Vitreous and Porcelain Enamels;
Determination of the Adhesion of Enamels
on Aluminium Under the Action of
Electrolytic Solution (Spall Test) (Oct)
Corrosion Testing of Enamel in Closed
Systems (May)
Testing of Wire Ropes (Mar)
Testing of Polymer Concrete for Use in
Mechanical Engineering; Terminology (May)
Testing of Polymer Concrete for Use in
Mechanical Engineering; Testing of Binders,
Fillers and Ready-To-Use Mixtures (May)
Testing of Polymer Concrete for Use in
Mechanical Engineering; Testing of
Specimens Prepared in Mould (May)
Testing of Polymer Concrete for Use in
Mechanical Engineering; In-Process Testing
of Components (May)
Testing the Compatibility of Fire-Resistant
Hydraulic Fluids with Metals (Aug)
Testing the Stability of Fire-Resistant
Hydraulic Fluids (Aug)
Determination of Shear Stability of PolymerContaining Lubricating Oils by the Shell
51353
51358
51373
51378
51382
51386 PT 1
51390-2
51391-1
51396-2
51397-1
51400 PT 1
51400 PT 3
51400 PT 4
51400 PT 7
51400 PT 8
Four-Ball Tester August
Testing of Insulating Oils; Detection of
Corrosive Sulfur; Silver Strip Test (Dec)
Testing of Corrosion Preventing Properties of
Lubricating Oils for Internal Combustion
Engines by the Seawater Immersion Test
August
Testing of Fire Resistant Heat Transfer
Fluids; Determination of Resistance to
Oxidation Including an Assessment of the
Catalyst Plates (Mar)
Determination of Carbon- Type Composition
of Mineral Oils (Mar)
Determination of Shear Stability of PolymerContaining Lubricating Oils by the Diesel
Injector Nozzle Method August
Testing of Corrosion Preventive Oils in a
Condensation Water Alternating Atmosphere
(Mar)
Determination of the Silicon Content of
Petroleum Products by WavelenghtDispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry
November
Direct Determination of Additive Elements in
Lubricants by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry August
Determination of Wear Elements in
Lubricants by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray
Spectrometry June
Determination of Iron Content of Lubricants
by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry After
Ashing January
Testing of Mineral Oils and Fuels;
Determination of the Sulfur Content (Total
Sulfur); General Working Principles (Feb)
Testing of Mineral Oils and Fuels;
Determination of the Sulfur Content (Total
Sulfur); Combustion According to Schoniger;
Thorin-Sulfonazo-III Titration (Feb)
Determination of Total Sulfur Content of
Gaseous Petroleum Products by the Lingener
Combustion Method (Oct)
Determination of the Sulfur Content (Total
Sulfur) of Petroleum Products by Oxidative
Microcoulometry (June)
Testing of Mineral Oils and Fuels;
51408 PT 1
51413 PT 1
51413 PT 2
51413 PT 3
51414 (S)
51415
51416 PT 1
51417-2
51431-2
51432
51432 PT 1 (S)
51433
51440 PT 1
Determination of Sulfur Content (Total
Sulfur); Nickel Reduction Method; Dithizone
Titration (Feb)
Testing of Liquid Petroleum Hydrocarbons;
Determination of Chlorine Content;
Wickbold Combustion Method (June)
Analysis of Liquid Petroleum Products by
Gas Chromatography; Determination of
Alcohol Content (Nov)
Analysis of Liquid Petroleum Products by
Gas Chromatography; Determination of
Benzene Content (Nov)
Testing of Liquid Petroleum Products;
Determination of Aromatics Content by Gas
Chromatography (Oct)
Testing of Petroleum Products;
Determination of the Benzene Content of
Gasolines by Infrared Spectroscopy (June)
(Superseded by DIN EN 238)
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Testing of the
Behaviour of Aviation Fuels in the Presence
of Water (July)
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Determination of the
Aluminium Content of Fuel Oils;
Determination by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (AAS) After Ashing (Apr)
Determination of Mineral Oil Content of
Water-Miscible Metalworking Lubricants by
Column Chromatography March
Determination of Magnesium Content of
Lubricants by Wavelenght-Dispersive X-Ray
Fluorescence Spectrometry July
Determination of Water and Solvent in Used
Oils and of Their Distillation Residue by the
Distillation Method (May) (Supersedes DIN
51432 Part 1, April 1982 Edition)
Testing of Used Oils; Determination of the
Percentage of Water, Solvent and Distillation
Residue in Used Oil; Distillation Method
(Apr) (Superseded by 51432, May 1992
Edition)
Determination of the Mineral Oil by Infrared
Spectrometry (May)
Determination of Phosphorus Content of
Petrol by Wavelength-Dispersive X-Ray
Spectrometry (XRS) (Oct)
51503-1
51515 PT 1
51520
51521
51522
51524 PT 1
51524 PT 2
51524 PT 3
51527 PT 1
51528
51551 PT 1
51551 (S)
51554 PT 1
51554 PT 2
51554 PT 3
Lubricants for Refrigeration Compressors
Requirements and Testing August
Lubricants and Governor Fluids for Steam
Turbines; L-TD Lubricating Oils and
Governor Oils; Minimum Requirements (Jan)
Non-Aqueous Metalworking Fluids;
Requirements and Testing October
Water-Miscible Metalworking Fluids;
Requirements and Testing October
Heat Transfer Fluids; Requirements and
Testing November
Pressure Fluids; Hydraulic Oils; HL
Hydraulic Oils; Minimum Requirements
(June)
Pressure Fluids; Hydraulic Oils; HLP
Hydraulic Oils; Minimum Requirements
(June)
HVLP Hydraulic Oils; Minimum
Requirements (Aug)
Testing of Petroleum Products;
Determination of Polychlorinated Biphenyls
(PCB); Preseparation by Liquid
Chromatography and Determination of Six
Selected PCB Compounds by Gas
Chromatography Using an Electron Capture
Detector (May)
Determination of the Thermal Stability of
Unused Heat Transfer Fluids July;
Supersedes DIN V 51528, January 1989
Edition
Determination of Conradson Carbon Residue
of Lubricants and Liquid Fuels (Apr)
(Supersedes DIN 51551, March 1986
Edition)
Testing of Lubricants and Liquid Fuels;
Determination of Conradson Carbon Residue
(Mar) (Superseded by DIN 51551 PT 1, April
1993 Edition)
Testing of Mineral Oils; Test of
Susceptibility to Ageing According to
Baader; Purpose, Sampling, Ageing (Sept)
Testing of Mineral Oils; Test of
Susceptibility to Ageing According to
Baader; Testing at 110 Deg. C (Sept)
Testing of Mineral Oils; Test of
Susceptibility to Ageing According to
51558 PT 1
51558 PT 3
51563
51575
51577 PT 2
51577 PT 4
51579
51581-2
51601 (S)
51603-1
51603-4
51603 PT 2
51603 PT 3
51603 PT 4
51603 PT 5
51604 PT 1
51604 PT 2
Baader; Testing at 95 Deg. C (Sept)
Testing of Mineral Oils; Determination of the
Neutralization Number; Colour-Indicator
Titration (July)
Testing of Petroleum Products;
Determination of Neutralization Number;
Colour Indicator Titration; Refrigerator Oils
(Oct)
Testing of Mineral Oils and Related
Materials; Determination of Viscosity
Temperature Relation; Slope m (Dec)
Testing of Petroleum Products;
Determination of Sulfated Ash (Nov)
Determination of Chlorine and Bromine
Contents of Petroleum Products by
Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry (Jan)
Determination of Chlorine and Bromine
Contents of Petroleum Products by EnergyDispersive X-Ray Spectrometry Using a
Miniature Spectrometer (Feb)
Testing of Paraffin; Determination of Needle
Penetration (May)
Determination of Evaporation Loss of
Petroleum Products by Gas Chromatography
May
Liquid Fuels; Diesel Fuel; Minimum
Requirements (Feb) (Superseded by EN 590
May 1993 Edition)
El Type Fuel Oils; Requirements and Testing
(Mar)
Types ZT, C and R Fuel Oils; Requirements
and Testing April
Types L, T and M Fuel Oils; Requirements
and Testing (Apr)
Fuel Oils; S Fuel Oil; Minimum
Requirements (July)
Types ZT and C Fuel Oils; Requirements and
Testing (Apr)
Type SA Fuel Oils; Minimum Requirements
(Feb)
FAM Testing Fluid for Polymer Materials;
Composition and Requirements (Nov)
Methanolic FAM Testing Fluid for Polymer
Materials; Composition and Requirements
(Mar)
51604 PT 3
51613
51619
51622
51631
51632
51633
51718
51724-1
51729-10
51730
51750 PT 1
51750 PT 2
51750 PT 3
51751
51755
51756 PT 1
51756 PT 7
51757
Methanolic Lower Layer FAM Testing Fluid
for Polymer Materials; Composition and
Requirements (Mar)
Testing of Liquefied Petroleum Gases;
Determination of Elementary Sulphur and
Residue on Evaporation (Apr)
Testing of Petroleum Products;
Determination of the Composition of
Liquefied Petroleum Gas; Analysis by Gas
Chromatography (Aug)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases; Propane,
Propene, Butane, Butene and Their Mixtures;
Requirements (Dec)
Petroleum Products; Special Boiling Point
Spirits; Requirements (Jan)
White Spirits; Requirements (Jan)
Benzene and Benzene Homologues;
Requirements (Nov)
Determination of Water Content and of
Analytical Moisture Content of Solid Fuels
September
Determination of Total Sulfur in Solid Fuels
June
Analysis of Coal Ash and Coke Ash by XRay Fluorescence (XFA) May
Determination of Fusibility of Fuel Ash
OctobeApril
Sampling of Petroleum Products; General
Information (Dec)
Sampling of Liquid Petroleum Products
(Dec)
Sampling of Pasty and Solid Petroleum
Products (Feb)
Determination of Distillation Chacteristics of
Liquid Petroleum Products February
Testing of Mineral Oils and Other
Combustible Liquids; Determination of Flash
Point by the Closed Tester According to
Abel-Pensky (Mar)
Determination of Knock Characteristics
(Octane Number) of Petrol; General (June)
Testing of Gasolines; Determination of
Knock Characteristics (Octane Number) of
Alcohols and Alcohol/Fuel Mixtures Using
the CFR Engine (Feb)
Determination of Density of Petroleum
51758 (S)
51762
51766
51769 PT 5
51769 PT 6
51773
51774 PT 3
51777 PT 2
51790 PT 3
51793
51794
51816 PT 2 (W)
51817
51853
51855 PT 1
Products (Apr)
Testing of Liquid Petroleum Products and
Other Combustible Liquids; Determination of
Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester
August; Superseded by DIN EN 22719
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Determination of
Reaction to Sulphuric Acid (Sept)
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Testing for
Hydrogen Sulphide (Sept)
Testing of Petroleum Products;
Determination of Lead Content (Total Lead)
of Gasolines; Complexometric Method
(June)
Determination of Total Lead Content of
Petrol with a Lead Content Exceeding 25mg/l
by Wavelength-Dispersive X-Ray
Spectrometry (XRS) (Nov)
Determination of Ignition Quality (Cetane
Number) of Diesel Fuels Using the BASF
Engine March
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Determination of
Bromine Assimilation by the Iodometric
Method (BC) (Aug)
Testing of Mineral Oil Hydrocarbons and
Solvents; Determination of Water Content
According to Karl Fischer; Indirect Method
(Sept)
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Determination of
Vanadium Content; Vanadium Content in the
Range of 0.4 to 4.0 mg/ kg; Determination by
Flameless Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
After Incineration (Apr)
Testing of Liquid Fuels; Determination of
Water Content and Sediments in Fuel Oils
and Crude Oils; Centrifuge Method (July)
Testing of Mineral Oil Hydrocarbons;
Determination of Ignition Temperature (Jan)
Testing of Lubricants; Conveying
Characteristics of Lubricating Greases;
Determination of Decompression
Characteristics (Feb)
Determination of Oil Separation from
Lubricating Grease under Static Conditions
April
Sampling of Gaseous Fuels November
Testing of Gaseous Fuels and Other Gases;
51855 PT 4
51856
51858
51865-1
51865-3
51872-5
51900 PT 1
51900 PT 2
51900 PT 3
51909
51912
51915
Determination of Sulphur Compound
Content; Range of Application, Purpose,
Terms (Jan)
Testing of Gaseous Fuels and Other Gases;
Determination of Sulphur Compound
Content; Hydrogen Sulphite Content,
Cadmium Acetate Method (Jan)
Testing of Gaseous Fuels and Other Gases;
Determination of Oxygen Content (June)
Gaseous Fuels and Other Gases; Calculation
of Gross and Net Calorific Values and of
Relative Density of Gas Mixtures (Nov)
Determination of Mercury Content of
Gaseous Fuels by Chemisorption on Iodine
and Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS)
September
Determination of Mercury Content of
Gaseous Fuels and Absorption in Solutions
by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS)
February
Determination of the Composition of
Gaseous Fuels and Other Gases by Capillary
Gas Chromatography August
Determination of Gross Calorific Value of
Solid and Liquid Fuels by the Bomb
Calorimeter and Calculation of Net Calorific
Value; General Information (Nov)
Testing of Solid and Liquid Fuels;
Determination of the Gross Calorific Value
by the Bomb Calorimeter and Calculation of
the Net Calorific Value; Method Using
Isothermal Water Jacket (Aug)
Testing of Solid and Liquid Fuels;
Determination of the Gross Calorific Value
by the Bomb Calorimeter and Calculation of
the Net Calorific Value; Method Using
Adiabatic Jacket (Aug)
Determination of the Linear Thermal
Expansion Coefficient of Solid Carbonaceous
Materials April
Determination of Hydrogen Content of Solid
Carbonaceous Materials April
Testing of Carbonaceous Materials;
Determination of Dynamic Modulus of
Elasticity by the Resonance Method; Solids
(Apr)
51917
51921
51932
51944
52006 PT 1
52006 PT 2
52006 PT 3
52007 PT 1
52007 PT 2
52010
52011
52012
52013
52015
52016
52023 PT 1
52096
Rockwell Hardness Testing of Carbonaceous
Materials by the Steel Ball Indentation
Method December
Determination of Quinoline-Insoluble Matter
in Pitch April
Determining Apparent Density of Machined
Cylindrical Electrodes Made of
Carbonaceous Materials May
Determining the Flexural Strength of
Carbonaceous Materials by Four-Point
Loading January
Testing of Bituminous Binders; Effect of
Water on Binder Coatings; Bitumen
Emulsion Binder Coating (Dec)
Testing of Bituminous Binders; Effect of
Water on Binder Coatings; Rapid Curing
Cutback or Cold Tar Binder Coating (Dec)
Bitumen and Coal Tar Pitch; Effect of Water
on Binder Coatings; Testing of Fluxed
Bitumen Binder Coatings (Sept)
Testing of Bituminous Binders;
Determination of Viscosity; General
Principles and Evaluation (Dec)
Testing of Bituminous Binders;
Determination of Viscosity; Measurement by
Drawn-Sphere Viscometer (Dec)
Testing of Bitumen; Determination of Needle
Penetration December; Superseded by EN
1426, December 1999
Determination of the Ring-And-Ball
Softening Point of Bitumen October;
Superseded by EN 1427, December 1999
Testing of Bitumen; Determination of the
Fraass Breaking Point (Aug)
Testing of Bitumen; Determination of
Ductility (July)
Testing of Bituminous Binders;
Determination of Paraffin Wax Content
(Dec)
Testing the Thermal Stability of Bitumen in a
Rotating Flask (Dec)
Testing of Bituminous Binders;
Determination of Flow Time by the Tar
Efflux Viscometer; Method of Measurement
(Dec)
Testing of Fillers for Road Construction;
52099
52102
52103
52108
52171
52112
52115 PT 2
52240 PT 1
52240 PT 2
52240 PT 3
Testing the Stiffening Action of Fillers on
Bitumen (Apr)
Determination of Content of Unwanted
Matter in Mineral Aggregates (Feb)
Determination of Absolute Density, Dry
Density, Compactness and Porosity of
Natural Stone and Mineral Aggregates (Aug)
Superseded in Parts by DIN EN 1936, July
1999 Edition
Determination of Water Absorption and
Saturation Coefficient of Natural Stone and
Mineral Aggregates (Oct) (Together with
DIN 52113, March 1965 Edition, Supersedes
November 1972 Edition)
Testing the Abrasive Wear of Inorganic NonMetallic Materials Using the Bohme Disk
Abrader (Aug)
Proportion of the Constituents and the
Mixing Ratio of Fresh Mortar and Fresh
Concrete (July)
Testing the Flexural Strength of Natural
Stone August; Together with DIN 52201,
May 1985 Edition, Supersedes September
1942 Edition and DIN 52205, August 1933
Edition, Withdrawn in 1985; Superseded in
Parts by DIN EN 12372, June 1999
Determination of Impact Resistance of
Mineral Aggregates; Testing of Crushed
Stone (Aug) (This Standard, Together with
DIN 52115 Part 1, August 1988 Edition,
Supersedes Parts of DIN 52109, October
1939 Edition, Withdrawn in 1985)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; General Information and Test
Report (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Digestion of Limestone (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Determination of Silicon (IV)
Oxide (Sept)
52240 PT 4
52240 PT 5
52240 PT 6
52240 PT 7
52240 PT 8
52241 PT 1
52241 PT 2
52241 PT 3
52241 PT 4
52241 PT 5
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Determination of Aluminium
Oxide (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Determination of Total Iron
Content Expressed as Iron (III) Oxide (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Determination of Titanium (IV)
Oxide (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Determination of Manganese
Content Expressed as MnO (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Limestone
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Carbonate; Determination of Calcium Oxide
and Magnesium Oxide (Sept)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; General Information
and Test Report (Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Digestion Method
(Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Determination
Silicon (IV) Oxide (Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Determination of
Aluminium Oxide (Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
52241 PT 6
52241 PT 7
52241 PT 8
52290-5
52290 PT 2
52290 PT 4
52292 PT 1
52293
52295
52303 PT 1
52303 PT 2
52320 PT 1
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Determination of
Total Iron Content Calculated as Iron (III)
Oxide (Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Determination of
Titanium (IV) Oxide (Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Determination of
Manganese Content Calculated as MnO
(Nov)
Analysis of Raw Materials Used in Glass
Production; Chemical Analysis of Dolomite
Containing Not Less Than 95% of Calcium
Magnesium Carbonate; Determination of
Calcium Oxide and Magnesium Oxide (Nov)
Security Glazing; Testing of Resistance
Against Explosive Effect and Classification
December
Testing of Security Glazing for Bullet
Resistance (Nov)
Testing of Security Glazing for Impact
Resistance (Nov)
Testing of Glass and Glass Ceramics;
Determination of Bending Strength; Coaxial
Double Ring Bending Test on Flat
Specimens with Small Test Area (Apr)
Testing of Glass; Testing the Tightness of
Gas-Filled Insulating Glazing Units (Dec)
Testing of Glass; Pendulum Impact Test on
Containers; Inspection by Attributes and by
Variables (Sept)
Methods of Testing Flat Glass for Use in
Buildings; Determination of Bending
Strength; Test with Specimen Supported at
Two Points (Aug)
Testing of Glass; Determination of Bending
Strength; Testing of Profile Glass (Mar)
Testing of Glass; Internal Pressure Test on
Hollow Glassware, Especially Glass
Containers; Inspection by Attributes (Nov)
52320 PT 2
52328
52337
53387
53393
53408
53421
53423
53424
53425
53427
53428
53430
53432
53435
53442
53444
53445
53451
Testing of Glass; Internal Pressure Test on
Hollow Glassware, Especially Glass
Containers; Inspection by Variables (Oct)
Testing of Glass; Determination of Mean
Linear Thermal Expansion Coefficient March
Methods of Testing Flat Glass for Use in
Buildings; Pendulum Impact Tests (Sept)
Artificial Weathering and Ageing of Plastics
and Elastomers by Exposure to Filtered
Xenon Arc Radiation (Apr) (Supersedes June
1982 Edition and the April 1974 Edition of
DIN 53389, Withdrawn in 1986)
Testing of Textile Glass-Reinforced Plastics;
Behaviour to the Effect of Chemicals (Mar)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of
Solubility Temperature of Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC) in Plasticizers (June)
Testing of Rigid Cellular Plastics;
Compression Test (June)
Testing of Rigid Cellular Materials; Flexural
Test (Nov)
Testing of Rigid Cellular Materials;
Determination of Dimensional Stability at
Elevated Temperatures with Flexural Load
and with Compressive Load (Dec)
Testing of Rigid Foams; Time-Dependent
Creep Compression Test Under Heat (Sept)
Determination of Shear Strength of Rigid
Cellular Materials Sandwiched Between
Metal Plates (Nov)
Determination of the Behaviour of Cellular
Plastics When Exposed to Fluids, Vapours
and Solids (Aug)
Testing of Rigid Cellular Materials; Tensile
Test (Sept)
Selfskinning Rigid Foams; Test Methods
(June)
Testing of Plastics; Bending Test and Impact
Test on Dynstat Test Pieces (July)
Flexural Fatigue Testing of Plastics Using
Flat Specimens (Sept)
Testing the Tensile Creep of Plastics (Jan)
Testing of Polymer Materials; Torsion
Pendulum Test August; Supersedes DIN
53520
Plastics; Directions for Preparing Test
53452
53453
53454
53457
53462
53463
53464
53465
53470
53474
53477
53479
53491
53497
53498
Specimens of Thermosetting Moulding
Materials (July)
Testing of Plastics; Flexural Test (Apr)
Testing of Plastics; Impact Flexural Test
(May)
Testing of Plastics; Compression Test April
Testing of Plastics; Determination of the
Elastic Modulus by Tensile, Compression
and Bend Testing (Oct)
Testing of Plastics; Martens Method of
Determining the Temperature of Deflection
Under a Bending Stress (Jan) (Supersedes
March 1965 Edition and July 1968 Edition of
DIN 53458)
Testing of Laminates; Splitting Test on
Laminated Sheets (Apr)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of
Shrinkage Properties of Moulded Materials
from Thermosetting Moulding Materials
November
Testing of Plastics; Determination of the
Closing Time of Thermosetting Compression
Moulding Materials (Apr)
Testing of Compression Moulding Materials;
Compression Mould for the Production of
Standard Specimens of Thermosetting
Compression Moulding Materials (June)
Testing of Plastics, Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of the Chlorine Content
August
Testing of Plastics; Determination of the
Particle Size and Particle Distribution of
Granular Thermosetting Compression
Moulding Materials by Sieve Analysis (May)
Testing of Plastics and Elastomers;
Determination of Density (July)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of the
Refractive Index and Dispersion (June)
Testing of Plastics; Hot Storage Test on
Mouldings Made of Thermoplastic Moulding
Materials Without External Mechanical
Stressing (Oct)
Testing of Plastics; Heat Storage of
Compression Moulding Made of
Thermosetting Compression Moulding
Materials February
53500
53504
53505
53507
53508
53509 PT 1
53509 PT 2
53512
53513
53514
53515
53516
53517
53519 PT 1
53519 PT 2
53521
Standard Times, Temperatures and
Humidities for the Conditioning and Testing
of Rubber Test Pieces (Sept)
Determination of Tensile Stress/Strain
Properties of Rubber (May)
Testing of Rubber, Elastomers and Plastics;
Shore Hardness Testing A and D (June)
Testing Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of the Tear Strength of
Elastomers; Trouser Test Piece March
Accelerated Ageing of Rubber October
Determination of Resistance of Rubber to
Ozone Cracking Under Static Strain May;
ISO 1431-1: 1989
Resistance of Rubber to Ozone Cracking;
Reference Methods for Determining Ozone
Concentration in Laboratory Test Chambers
(Nov)
Determination of Rebound Resilience of
Rubber December
Determination of Viscoelastic Properties of
Elastomers on Exposure to Forced Vibration
at Non-Resonant Frequencies March
Determining the Viscoelastic Propertiesof
Rubbers and Rubber Compounds by ParallelPlate Compression Testing June
Determination of Tear Strength of Rubber,
Elastomers and Plastic Film Using Graves
Angle Test Piece with Nick (Jan)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of Abrasion Resistance June
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of Compression Set After
Constant Strain April; Supersedes January
1972 Editions of DIN 53517 Parts 1 and 2
Testing of Elastomers; Determination of
Indentation Hardness of Soft Rubber (IRHD);
Hardness Testing on Standard Specimens
May
Testing of Elastomers; Determination of
Indentation Hardness of Soft Rubber (IRHD);
Hardness Testing on Specimens of Small
Dimensions; Micro-Testing May
Determination of the Behaviour of Rubber
and Elastomers When Exposed to Fluids and
Vapours November
53522 PT 1
53522 PT 2
53522 PT 3
53523 PT 1
53523 PT 3
53523 PT 4
53525 PT 2
53525 PT 3
53525 PT 4
53529 PT 1
53529 PT 2
53530
53531 PT 1
53562
53563
53568 PT 1
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Flexing
Endurance Test; Definitions, Apparatus,
Preparation of Test Pieces (Jan)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Flexing
Endurance Test; Determination of Resistance
to Flex Cracking (Jan)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Flexing
Endurance Test; Determination of Resistance
to Cut Growth (Jan)
Determination of Mooney Viscosity of
Rubber; Preparation of Test Pieces (Mar)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Testing
with the Mooney Shearing Disc Viscometer;
Determining the Mooney Viscosity (Nov)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Testing
with the Mooney Shearing Disc Viscometer;
Determining the Scorching Behaviour (Nov)
Testing of Rubber; Sampling and Preparation
of Specimens of Raw Rubber; General
Principles for Preparation of Specimens
(June)
Testing of Rubber; Sampling and Preparation
of Specimens of Raw Rubber; Preparation of
Specimens of Natural Rubber (NR) (June)
Testing of Rubber; Sampling and Preparation
of Specimens of Raw Rubber; Preparation of
Specimens of Styrene-Butadiene Rubber
(SBR) (June)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Measurement of Vulcanization
Characteristics (Curometry); General
Working Principles (Mar)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Measurement of Vulcanization
Characteristics (Curometry); Evaluation of
Cross-Linking Isotherms in Terms of
Reaction Kinetics (Mar)
Testing of Organic Materials; Separation Test
on Fabric Plies Bonded Together February
Determination of the Adhesion of Rubber to
Rigid Materials by the One-Plate Method
(Oct)
Sampling of Rubber Latex (May)
Testing of Latex; Determination of Total
Solids Content (May)
Testing of Plastics, Rubber and Elastomers;
53568 PT 2
53569 PT 2
53577
53578
53579 PT 2
53581
53584
53585
53586
53588
53589 PT 1
53597
53599 PT 1
53599 PT 2
53599 PT 3
Determination of Residue on Ignition without
Chemical Pretreatment of the Specimen July
Testing of Rubber, Elastomers and Plastics;
Determination of Residue on Ignition After
Pretreatment of the Specimen with Acid
(Sulphate Ash) May
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of Copper Content;
Determination by Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy (Nov)
Determination of Compression Stress Value
and Compression Stress-Strain Characteristic
for Flexible Cellular Materials (Dec)
Testing the Ageing Behaviour of Latex and
Polyurethane Foams December
Testing of Flexible Cellular Materials;
Hardness Test on Finished Parts;
Compressibility of Profiles (Apr)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of the Zinc Content (Mar)
Testing of Carbon Black; Determination of
the Sulphur Content (Sept)
Determination of the Carbon Black Content
in Rubber and Elastomers (July)
Testing of Carbon Black; Determination of
Residue on Ignition of Carbon Black (Sept)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of Factice in Elastomers (Aug)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of Manganese Content;
Photometric Method (Nov)
Latex; Determination of Density (Sept)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of the Lead Content;
Determination by Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy for Lead Contents up to 1000
mg/kg (0.1%) (May)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of the Lead Content;
Electrogravimetric and Gravimetric Method
for Lead Contents over 1000 mg/kg (0.1%)
(May)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Determination of the Lead Content;
Photometric Method for Lead Contents up to
1000 mg/kg (0.1%) (May)
53600
53601
53621 PT 1
53621 PT 2
53621 PT 3
53621 PT 4
53621 PT 5
53621 PT 6
53621 PT 8
53622 PT 1
53622 PT 2
53622 PT 3
Testing of Carbon Blacks; Determination of
the Bulk Density of Pelletized Carbon Blacks
for Use in the Rubber Industry (May)
Testing of Carbon Blacks; Determination of
the Dibutylphthalate Absorption of Carbon
Blacks (Dec)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of the Polyisoprene Content
(Jan)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of the Chloroprene Rubber
Content (Nov)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of the Acrylonitrile Content
and Calculation of the AcrylonitrileButadiene Copolymer Content (July)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of the Vinyl Acetate Content
and Calculation of the Ethylene-Vinyl
Acetate Copolymer Content (Dec)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of the Chlorobutyl Rubber
Content (July)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of Polyepichlorhydrin Content
and Epichlorhydrin-Ethylene Oxide
Copolymer Content (May)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Quantitative Determination of Polymers;
Determination of the Content of Butyl
Rubber and of Polyisobutylene (July)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Thin
Layer Chromatographic Analysis; Concepts
and General Principles (Sept)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; ThinLayer Chromatographic Analysis;
Identification of Antidegradants in Rubber
and Elastomers (June)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Thin
Layer Chromatographic Analysis; Detection
53623 PT 1
53670 PT 1
53670 PT 2
53670 PT 3
53715
53723 PT 1
53728 PT 3
53729
53733
53734
53739
53741
53742
53748
53749
of Vulcanizing Agents (June)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers;
Qualitative Analysis of Polymers; Analysis
of Polyurethanes (Polyurethane Elastomers)
(Aug)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Testing of
Rubber in Standard Test Mixes; Equipment
and Procedures (Feb)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Testing of
Rubber in Standard Test Mixes; Natural
Rubber (NR) (Feb)
Testing of Rubber and Elastomers; Testing of
Rubber in Standard Test Mixes; StyreneButadiene Rubber (SBR) (Feb)
Determination of Water Content of Plastics
by the Karl Fischer Method (May)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of
Moisture Content of Cellulose Acetate (NonPlasticized) (Jan)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of the
Viscosity Number of Polyethylene
Terephthalate (PETP) or Polybutylene
Terephthalate (PBTP) in Dilute Solution
January
Testing of Plastics; Determination of Free
Acid in Non-Plasticized Cellulose Acetate
(Nov)
Testing of Plastics; Size Reduction of Plastic
Products for Test Purposes (July)
Testing of Plastics; Sieve Analysis of
Powdered Plastics with the Air-Jet SieveApparatus (Jan)
Testing of Plastics; Influence of Fungi and
Bacteria; Visual Evaluation; Change in Mass
or Physical Properties (Nov)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of Volatile
Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Polystyrene; Gas
Chromatographic Method (Sept)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of the
Vinyl Acetate Content of Copolymers of
Vinyl Chloride and Vinyl Acetate; Infrared
Spectrographic Method (Sept)
Chemical Analysis of Phenol-Formaldehyde
Resins, Phenoplastic Moulding Materials and
Moulded Materials (July)
Chemical Analysis of Urea-, Thiourea- and
53768
53773 PT 2
53774 PT 2
53774 PT 5
53775 PT 3
53778 PT 1
53778 PT 2
53778 PT 3
53778 PT 4
53802 (S)
53805
53835 PT 2
53835 PT 3
Melamine-Formaldehyde Resins and
Aminoplastic Moulding Materials in the
Moulded and Unmoulded State (July)
Determination by Extrapolation of the LongTerm Behaviour of Glass Fibre Reinforced
Plastics (June)
Testing of Colouring Materials in Plastics;
Testing of Colouring Materials in Polyvinyl
Chloride Pastes (Plastisols); Preparation of
Samples (Aug)
Testing of Colouring Materials in Plastics;
Testing of Colouring Materials in
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Moulding
Compounds; Preparation of Specimens (Sept)
Testing of Colouring Materials in Plastics;
Testing of Colouring Materials in
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Moulding
Compounds; Determination of Thermal
Stability in the Long-Term Milling Test
(Sept)
Testing of Colorants in Plastics; Testing of
Colorants in Plasticized Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC-P); Determination of Bleeding of
Colorants (June)
Emulsion Paints for Interior Use; Minimum
Requirements (Aug)
Emulsion Paints for Interior Use; Evaluation
of Cleanability and of Wash and Scrub
Resistance of Coatings (Aug)
Emulsion Paints; Determination of Contrast
Ratio and Lightness of Coatings (Aug)
Emulsion Paints; Testing for Recoatability
After Specified Drying Time (Aug)
Testing of Textiles; Conditioning of Samples
to the Standard Atmosphere (July)
(Superseded by DIN EN 20139 September
1992 Edition)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Length of Staple Fibres; Terminology and
General Principles (Oct)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Elastic Behaviour of Single and Plied
Elastomeric Yarns by Repeated Application
of Tensile Load Between Constant Extension
Limits (Aug)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
53835 PT 4
53835 PT 13
53840 PT 1
53840 PT 2
53852
53855 PT 2 (S)
53855 PT 3
53859 PT 1
53859 PT 2
53890
53908 PT 1
53908 PT 3
Elastic Behaviour of Single and Plied Yarns
by a Single Application of Tensile Load
Between Constant Extension Limits (Aug)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Elastic Behaviour of Single and Plied Yarns
by a Single Application of Tensile Load
Between Constant Force Limits (Aug)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Elastic Behaviour of Textile Fabrics by a
Single Application of Tensile Load Between
Constant Extension Limits (Nov)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of
Parameters for the Crimp of Textured
Filament Yarns; Filament Yarns with a
Linear Density of up to 500 dtex (Nov)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of
Parameters for the Crimp of Textured
Filament Yarns; Filament Yarns with a
Linear Density Exceeding 500 dtex (Nov)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Length Ratios (Crimp) of Yarns in Fabrics
(Aug)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Thickness of Textile Fabrics with a Density
Not Exceeding 0,05 g/cm3 (Oct) (Superseded
by DIN EN 29073 Part 2)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of
Thickness of Textile Fabrics; Floor
Coverings (Jan)
Testing of Textiles; Tear Growth Testing of
Textile Fabrics; Tongue Tear Growth Test
(Jan)
Testing of Textiles; Tear Growth Testing of
Textile Fabrics; Leg Tear Growth Test (Jan)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Crease Recovery Angle of Area-Measured
Textiles; Method Using an Air-Dry Specimen
with Horizontal Fold and Erected Free Limb
(Jan)
Testing of Surface Active Agents and Textile
Auxiliaries; Determination of Dispersing
Power or Flocculation Preventive Power of
Surface Active Agents When Added to
Dyestuffs in Acidic Medium (Aug)
Testing of Surface Active Agents and Textile
Auxiliaries; Determination of Dispersing
53922
53934
53943 PT 1
53943 PT 3
54278 PT 2
54323 PT 1
54327
54332
54357
54402
54410
54411
54802-1
54802-2
54811
Power of Flocculation Preventive Power of
Surface Active Agents When Added to
Dyestuffs in Neutral Medium (Aug)
Calcium Carbide (July)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Resistance of Fabrics to Displacement (July)
Testing of Textiles; Cotton Fibre Maturity;
Concepts (Oct)
Testing of Textiles; Cotton Fibre Maturity;
Determination of the Percent Maturity;
Microscopic Method Using a Polarisation
Microscope (Mar)
Testing of Textiles; Coatings and Attendant
Materials; Determination of Condensation
Products Which Can Be Stripped by Means
of Hydrochloric Acid (Feb)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Wear of Textile Floor Coverings; Drum Test
for Determining Changes in Surface
Appearance (July)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Tread Comfort Value of Textile Floor
Coverings by Measuring the Strain Energy
Under Compression (July)
Testing of Textiles; Determination of the
Burning Behaviour of Textile Floor
Coverings (Feb)
Testing of Pulp; Determination of the Kappa
Number (Aug)
Testing of Ion Exchangers; Determination of
the Total Capacity of Anion Exchangers
(July)
Testing of Ion Exchangers; Determination of
Density (Oct)
Testing of Ion Exchangers; Recycling
Method for Testing Ion Exchangers and
Polymer Adsorption Resins (Apr)
Determining the Absorption of Hot
Plasticizers by Polyvinyl Chlorides (PVCs)
Using the Planetary Mixer Method
September
Determining the Absorption of Hot
Plasticizers by Polyvinyl Chlorides (PVCs)
Using the Static Method September
Testing of Plastics; Determining the Fluidity
of Plastics Melts by the Capillary Rheometer
54852
55610
55666
55682
55683
55688
55689
55912 PT 1
55952
55953
55955
55956
55957
55987
55995 (P)
(May)
Testing of Plastics; Determination of Flexural
Creep of Plastics by Three-Point Loading and
Four-Point Loading (Sept)
Testing of Pigments and Solvent-Soluble
Dyestuffs; Determination of Unsulfonated
Primary Aromatic Amines (Sept)
Determining the Equilibrium Concentration
of Formaldehyde in a Small Test Chamber
when Released from Coatings, Melamine
Foams and Textiles April
Determination of Solvents in Water-Thinned
Coating Materials by Gas Chromatography
(Nov)
Determination of Solvents in Coating
Materials Containing Solely Organic
Solvents by Gas Chromatography (Nov)
Determination of Purity of Ethylene Glycol
Ethers Used in Solvents for Paints, Varnishes
and Similar Coating; Materials by Gas
Chromatography (Apr)
Determination of Purity of Propylene Glycol
Ethers Used in Solvents for Paints, Varnishes
and Similar Coating; Materials by Gas
Chromatography (Apr)
Pigments; Titanium Dioxide Pigments;
Technical Delivery Specifications (July)
Binders for Paints and Varnishes; Cellulose
Ethers; Testing (June)
Binders for Paints and Varnishes; Cellulose
Esters of Organic Acids; Testing (May)
Binders for Paints and Varnishes; Methods of
Testing the Solubility of Resins and the
Thinning Properties of Resin Solutions (July)
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Determination of Monomeric Diisocyanates
in Isocyanate Resins (Nov)
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Determination of Fatty Acids by Gas
Chromatography (Oct)
Testing of Pigments; Determination of
Hiding Power Value of Pigmented Media;
Colorimetric Method (Feb)
Testing of Paints, Varnishes and Related
Products; Test for Impact Resistance to Grit
and Gravel of Paints, Varnishes and Related
61360 PT 1
61853 PT 1
61853 PT 2
61854 PT 1
61854 PT 2
61855 PT 1
61855 PT 2
EN 704
ISO 730-1
ISO 789-10
ISO 1409
Products Using Single-Impact Apparatus
(Aug)
Man-Made Fibre Lifting Slings; Concepts,
Dimensions, Modes of Assembly (Mar)
Textile Glass; Textile Glass Mats for Plastics
Reinforcement; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Apr) (Together with DIN 61853
Part 2, April 1987 Edition, Supersedes DIN
61853, June 1975 Edition)
Textile Glass; Textile Glass Mats for Plastics
Reinforcement; Classification and
Application (Apr) (Together with DIN 61853
Part 1, April 1987 Edition, Supersedes DIN
61853, June 1975 Edition)
Textile Glass; Woven Glass Fabrics for
Plastics Reinforcement; Woven Glass
Filament Fabric and Woven Roving;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Apr)
Textile Glass; Woven Glass Fabrics for
Plastics Reinforcement; Woven Glass
Filament Fabric and Woven Roving; Types
(Apr)
Textile Glass; Glass Roving for Plastics
Reinforcement; Technical Delivery
Conditions (Apr) (Together with DIN 61855
Part 2, April 1987 Edition, Supersedes DIN
61855, August 1975 Edition)
Textile Glass; Glass Roving for Plastics
Reinforcement; Classification and
Application (Apr) (Together with DIN 61855
Part 1, April 1987 Edition, Supersedes DIN
61855, August 1975 Edition)
Agricultural Machinery; Pick-Up Balers;
Safety August; Supersedes DIN 11001-4;
August 1980 Edition
Agricultural Wheeled Tractors; RearMounted Three-Point Linkage Part 1:
Categories 1, 2, 3 and 4 May; ISO 7301:1994; Supersedes DIN 9674, July 1983
(Withdrawn in September 1994)
Agricultural Tractors - Test Procedures; Part
10: Hydraulic Power at Tractor/Implement
Interface January; ISO 789-10:1996
Plastics/Rubber; Polymer Dispersions and
Rubber Latices (Natural and Synthetic);
Determination of Surface Tension by the
ISO 2004
ISO 2332
ISO 2796
ISO 2881
ISO 2896
ISO 3302-1
ISO 3302-2
ISO 3401
ISO 3585
ISO 4389
ISO 4630
ISO 5478
Ring Method July; ISO 1409:1995;
Supersedes DIN 53593, January 1980
Natural Rubber Latex Concentrate Centrifuged or Creamed, AmmoniaPreserved Types Specifications June; ISO
2004:1997; Supersedes DIN 53595-1 and
DIN 53595-2, October 1973
Agricultural Tractors and Machinery Connection of Implements Via Three-Point
Linkage; Clearance Zone Around Implement
January; ISO 2332:1993; Supersedes DIN
9620, May 1968
Rigid Cellular Plastics Test for Dimensional
Stability November; ISO 2796: 1986;
Supersedes DIN 53431, August 1977 Edition
Tobacco and Tobacco Products;
Determination of Alkaloid Content Spectrometric Method June; ISO 2881:1992;
Supersedes DIN 10241, Febuary 1982
Rigid Cellular Plastics Determination of
Water Absorption November; ISO 2896:
1987; Supersedes DIN 53433, July 1983
Edition
Rubber - Tolerances for Products Part 1:
Dimensional Tolerances October; ISO 33021 : 1996; Supersedes DIN 7715-2, February
1977 Edition, and DIN 7715-3, November
1983 Edition
Rubber - Tolerances for Products Part 2:
Geometrical Tolerances October; ISO 33022: 1998
Cigarettes; Determination of Alkaloid
Retention by the Filters - Spectrometric
Method July; ISO 3401:1991; Supersedes
DIN 10243, February 1982 Edition
Borosilicate Glass 3.3 Properties October;
ISO 3585 : 1998
Tobacco; Determination of Organochlorine
Pesticide Residues - Gas Chromatographic
Method June; ISO 4389:1997
Binders for Paints and Varnishes; Estimation
of Colour of Clear Liquids by the Gardner
Colour Scale January; ISO 4630:1997
Rubber; Determination of Styrene Content Nitration Method August; ISO 5478:1990;
Supersedes DIN 53621-7, July 1977 Edition
ISO 8759-1
ISO 9768
ISO 10448
ISO 10627-1
ISO 10627-2
ISO 10958-1
ISO 11471
ISO 11497
EN 14
EN 30-1-1
EN 30-1-2
EN 30-2-1
EN 30-2-2
Agricultural Wheeled Tractors - FrontMounted Equipment Part 1: Power Take-Off
and Three-Point Linkage October; ISO 87591 : 1998; Supersedes DIN 9612-1, September
1989 Edition, and DIN 9612-2, May 1989
Edition
Tea; Determination of Water Extract July;
ISO 9768:1994, Including Technical
Corrigendum 1:1998
Agricultural Tractors; Hydraulic Pressure for
Implements January; ISO 10448:1994;
Supersedes DIN 9679, October 1988
Agricultural Sprayers - Data Sheet; Part 1:
Typical Layout July; ISO 10627-1:1992
Hydraulic Agricultural Sprayers - Data Sheet;
Part 2: Technical Specifications Related to
Components July; ISO 10627-2:1996
Snowboards - Binding Mounting Area; Part
1: Requirements and Test Methods for
Snowboards without Inserts January; ISO
10958-1:1998
Agricultural Tractors and Machinery; Coding
of Remote Hydraulic Power Services and
Controls May; ISO 11471:1995
Telemark Skis and Bindings - Bindings
Mounting Area; Requirements and Test
Methods January; ISO 11497:1998
Dimensions of Bed Blankets (Oct)
Domestic Cooking Appliances Burning Gas
Part 1-1: Safety - General October
Domestic Cooking Appliances Burning Gas;
Part 1-2: Safety - Appliances Having ForcedConvection Ovens and/or Grills October;
This Standard, Together with DIN EN 30-22, October 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
3360-6, December 1985 Edition
Domestic Cooking Appliances Burning Gas
Part 2-1: Rational Use of Energy - General
October
Domestic Cooking Appliances Burning Gas;
Part 2-2: Rational Use of Energy Appliances Having Forced-Convection
Ovens and/or Grills October; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 30-1-2, October 1999
Edition, Supersedes DIN 3360-6, December
1985 Edition
EN 71-1
EN 98
EN 99
EN 100
EN 101
EN 102
EN 106
EN 116
EN 121
EN 122
EN 153
EN 154
EN 155
EN 163
EN 176
EN 186 PT 1
Safety of Toys Part 1: Mechanical and
Physical Properties November
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Dimensions
and Surface Quality (Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Water
Absorption (Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Modulus of
Rupture (Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Scratch
Hardness of Surface According to Mohs
(Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Resistance
to Deep Abrasion of Unglazed Tiles (Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Chemical
Resistance of Unglazed Tiles (Jan)
Diesel and Domestic Heating Fuels
Determination of Cold Filter Plugging Point
January
Extruded Ceramic Tiles with a Low Water
Absorption (E Less Than or Equal To 3%)
(Group AI) (Dec) (Together with DIN EN
186 Parts 1 and 2, DIN EN 187 Parts 1 and 2,
and DIN EN 188, December 1991 Editions,
Supersedes DIN 18166 October 1986
Edition)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Chemical
Resistance of Glazed Tiles (Oct)
Methods of Measuring the Energy
Consumption of Electric Mains Operated
Household Refrigerators, Frozen Food
Storage Cabinets, Food Freezers and Their
Combinations, Together with Associated
Characteristics (Nov)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Resistance
of Glazed Tiles to Surface Abrasion (Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Moisture
Expansion of Unglazed Tiles Using Boiling
Water (Jan)
Ceramic Tiles; Sampling and Acceptance
Inspection (Jan)
Dust-Pressed Ceramic Tiles with a Low
Water Absorption (E Less Than or Equal To
3%) (Group B I) (Jan)
Extruded Ceramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of 3% Less Than E Less Than or
Equal To 6% (Group AIIa) - Part 1 (Dec)
EN 186 PT 2
EN 187 PT 1
EN 187 PT 2
EN 196 PT 6
EN 196 PT 7
EN 196 PT 21
EN 201
EN 202
EN 228
EN 237
EN 238
(Together with DIN EN 121, DIN EN 186
Part 2, DIN EN 187 Parts 1 and 2 and DIN
EN 188 December 1991 Editions, Supersedes
DIN 18166, Oct 19
Extruded Ceramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of 3% Less Than E Less Than or
Equal To 6% (Group AIIa) - Part 2 (Dec)
(Together with DIN EN 121, DIN EN 186
Part 1, DIN EN 187 Parts 1 and 2 and DIN
EN 188 December 1991 Editions, Supersedes
DIN18166, October
Extruded Ceramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of 6% Less Than E Less Than or
Equal To 10% (Group AIIb) - Part 1 (Dec)
(Together with DIN EN 121, DIN EN 186
Parts 1 and 2, DIN EN 187 Part 2 and DIN
EN 188 December 1991 Editions, Supersedes
DIN 18166, Octob
Extruded Ceramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of 6% Less Than E Less Than or
Equal To 10% (Group AIIb) - Part 2 (Dec)
(Together with DIN EN 121, DIN EN 186
Parts 1 and 2, DIN EN 187 Part 1 and DIN
EN 188 December 1991 Editions, Supersedes
DIN 18166, Octob
Methods of Testing Cement; Determination
of Fineness (Mar)
Methods of Testing Cement; Methods of
Sampling and Sample Preparation (Mar)
(This Standard, Together with DIN 1164 Part
2, March 1990 Edition, Supersedes DIN 1164
Part 2, November 1978 Edition)
Methods of Testing Cement; Determination
of the Chloride, Carbon Dioxide and Alkali
Content of Cement (Mar)
Rubber and Plastics Machines; Injection
Moulding Machines; Safety Requirements
April
Ceramic Tiles; Determination of Frost
Resistance (Jan)
Automotive Fuels; Unleaded Petrol;
Requirements and Methods of Test (May)
Determination of Low Lead Concentrations
in Petrol by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
(Feb)
Determination of Benzene Content of Petrol
EN 264
EN 278 (S)
EN 289
EN 293
EN 298
EN 393/A1
EN 395/A1
EN 396/A1
EN 399/A1
EN 410
EN 413-2
EN 422
EN 438 PT 1
by Infrared Spectrometry (Feb) (Supersedes
DIN 51414, June 1985 Edition)
Safety Shut-Off Devices for Combustion
Plants Burning Liquid Fuel; Safety
Requirements and Testing (July)
Rubber Materials for Diaphragms in
Domestic Appliances Using Combustible
Gases up to 200 mbar (Oct) (Superseded by
DIN EN 549, April 1995 Edition)
Rubber and Plastics Machinery; Compression
and Transfer Moulding Presses; Safety
Requirements for the Design (Jan)
Oil Pressure Atomizing Nozzles; Minimum
Requirements and Testing (June) (Supersedes
DIN 4790 September, 1985 Edition)
Automatic Gas Burner Control Systems for
Gas Burners and Gas Burning Appliances
with or without Fans (Feb) (Supersedes Parts
of DIN 4788 Part 1, June 1977 Edition)
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Buoyancy Aids - 50 N Amendment A1 June
1998; Modifies DIN EN 393, May 1994
Edition
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Life Jackets - 100 N Amendment A1 June
1998; Modifies DIN EN 395, May 1994
Edition
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Life Jackets - 150 N Amendment A1 June
1998 Modifies Din EN 396, May 1994
Edition
Life Jackets and Personal Buoyancy Aids;
Life Jackets - 275 N Amendment A1 June
1998; Modifies DIN EN 399, May 1994
Edition
Glass in Building Determination of
Luminous and Solar Characteristics of
Glazing December; Supersedes DIN 67507,
June 1980 Edition
Masonry Cement Test Methods English
Version of DIN EN 413 PT 2 (Mar)
Safety of Rubber and Plastics Machines;
Blow Moulding Machines Intended for the
Production of Hollow Articles; Requirements
for Design and Construction (June)
Decorative High Pressure Laminated (HPL)
EN 438 PT 2
EN 441-5
EN 441-12
EN 450
EN 451-1
EN 451-2
EN 456
EN 459-2
EN 497
EN 513
EN 534
EN 544
EN 548
EN 564
EN 565
EN 566
EN 567
Sheets Based on Thermosetting Resins;
Specifications (ISO 4586-1 : 1987, Modified)
(Dec)
Decorative High Pressure Laminated (HPL)
Sheets Based on Thermosetting Resins;
Determination of Properties (ISO 4586-2 :
1988, Modified) (Feb)
Refrigerated Display Cabinets; Temperature
Test March
Refrigerated Display Cabinets; Part 12:
Measurement of the Heat Extraction Rate of
the Cabinets When the Condensing Unit is
Remote from the Cabinet August
Fly Ash for Concrete; Definitions,
Requirements and Quality Control (Jan)
Method of Testing Fly Ash; Determination of
Free Calcium Oxide Content (Jan)
Method of Testing Fly Ash; Determination of
Fineness by Wet Sieving (Jan)
Paints, Varnishes and Related Products;
Determination of Flashpoint by the Rapid
Equilibrium Method (Modified Version of
ISO 3679 : 1983) (Sept)
Building Lime; Test Methods (Mar)
(Supersedes DIN 1060 PT 2 and DIN 1060
PT 3, November 1982 Edition)
Specification for Dedicated Liquefied
Petroleum Gas Appliances Multi-Purpose
Boiling Burners for Outdoor Use April
Unplasticized Polyvinylchloride (PVC-U)
Profiles for the Fabrication of Windows and
Doors; Determination of the Resistance to
Artificial Weathering October
Corrugated Bitumen Sheets October
Bitumen Shingles with Mineral and/or
Synthetic Reinforcement October
Resilient Floor Coverings; Specification for
Plain and Decorative Linoleum September
Mountaineering Equipment; Accessory Cord;
Safety Requirements and Test Methods April
Mountaineering Equipment; Tape; Safety
Requirements and Test Methods April
Mountaineering Equipment; Slings; Safety
Requirements and Test Methods April
Mountaineering Equipment; Rope Clamps;
Safety Requirements and Test Methods April
EN 568
EN 569
EN 572-1
EN 572-2
EN 572-3
EN 572-4
EN 572-5
EN 572-6
EN 572-7
EN 581-1
EN 589
EN 590
EN 609-1
EN 623-1
EN 623 PT 2
EN 631-2
EN 631 PT 1
Mountaineering Equipment; Ice Anchors;
Safety Requirements and Test Methods April
Mountaineering Equipment; Pitons; Safety
Requirements and Test Methods April
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Definitions and General
Physical and Mechanical Properties (Jan)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 1249 PT 10,
August 1990 Edition)
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Float Glass (Jan)
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Polished Wired Glass (Jan)
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Drawn Sheet Glass (Jan)
(Supersedes DIN 1249 PT 1, August 1981
Edition)
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Patterned Glass (Jan)
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Wired Patterned Glass (Jan)
Basic Soda Lime Silicate Glass Products for
Use in Building; Wired or Unwired Channel
Shaped Glass (Jan)
Outdoor Furniture; Seating and Tables for
Camping, Domestic and Contract Use Part 1:
General Safety Requirements August
Automotive Fuels; Liquefied Petroleum Gas;
Requirements and Methods of Test (May)
Automotive Fuels; Diesel Fuel;
Requirements and Test Methods February
Agricultural and Forestry Machinery; Safety
of Log Splitters; Part 1: Wedge Splitters May
Monolithic Ceramics; General and Textural
Properties; Determination of the Presence of
Defects by Dye Penetration Tests (Apr)
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Monolithic
Ceramics; General and Textural Properties,
Determination of Density and Porosity (Nov)
Materials and Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs Catering Containers Part 2:
Dimensions of Accessories and Supports
September
Materials and Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs; Catering Containers; Dimensions
of Containers (Jan)
EN 632
EN 658-1
EN 660-1
EN 660-2
EN 669
EN 670
EN 673
EN 674
EN 675
EN 677
EN 678
EN 679
Combine Harvesters and Forage Harvesters;
Safety (Aug) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
11001 PT 2, December 1980 Edition, and
DIN 11001 PT 3, August 1980 Edition)
Advanced Technical Ceramics Mechanical
Properties of Ceramic Composites at Room
Temperature Part 1: Determination of Tensile
Properties January; Supersedes DIN E ENV
658-1, May 1993 Edition
Resilient Floor Coverings - Determination of
Wear Resistance Part 1: Stuttgart Test June;
Supersedes DIN 51963, December 1980
Edition
Resilient Floor Coverings - Determination of
Wear Resistance Part 2: Frick-Taber Test
June
Determination of Dimensional Stability of
Linoleum Tiles Caused by Changes in
Atmospheric Humidity November
Resilient Floor Coverings Indentification of
Linoleum and Determination of Cement
Content and Ash Residue November
Glass in Building Determination of Thermal
Transmittance (U Value) - Calculation
Method January
Glass in Building Determination of Thermal
Transmittance (U Value) by the Guarded Hot
Plate Method January; This Standard
Together with DIN EN 675, January 1999
Edition, Supersedes DIN 52619-2, February
1985 Edition
Glass in Building; Determination of Thermal
Transmittance (U Value) by the Heat Flow
Method January; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN 674, January 1999 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 52619-2, February 1985
Edition
Gas-Fired Central Heating Boilers Specific
Requirements for Condensing Boilers with a
Nominal Heat Input Not Exceeding 70 kW
August; Supersedes Parts of DIN 4702-6,
March 1990 Edition
Determination of the Dry Density of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (Feb)
Determination of the Compressive Strength
of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (Feb)
EN 680
EN 686
EN 687
EN 688
EN 690
EN 695
EN 703
EN 706
EN 707
EN 708
EN 709
EN 716-1
EN 716-2
EN 725-1
EN 725-5
EN 725-6
EN 725-7
Determination of the Drying Shrinkage of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (Feb)
Resilient Floor Coverings; Specification for
Plain and Decorative Linoleum on a Foam
Backing September
Resilient Floor Coverings; Specification for
Plain and Decorative Linoleum on a
Corkment Backing September
Resilient Floor Coverings; Specification for
Corklinoleum September
Agricultural Machinery; Safety of Manure
Spreaders (June)
Kitchen Sinks Connecting Dimensions
October
Silage Cutters; Safety (Aug)
Agricultural Machinery; Vine Shoot Tipping
Machines; Safety October
Agricultural Machinery Slurry Tankers
Safety September; Supersedes Parts of DIN
11001-5, March 1997 Edition
Agricultural Machinery; Safety of Soil
Working Machines with Powered Tools;
(May) (Supersedes Parts of DIN 11001-6,
August 1980 Edition)
Agricultural and Forestry Machinery;
Pedestrian Controlled Tractors with Mounted
Rotary Cultivators, Motor Hoes, Motor Hoes
with Drive Wheel(s) - Safety September;
Supersedes DIN 11001-9, February 1981
Edition
Children's Cots and Folding Cots for
Domestic Use; Safety Requirements (Dec)
Children's Cots and Folding Cots for
Domestic Use; Test Methods (Aug)
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders Part 1:
Determination of Impurities in Alumina June
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders; Determination of
the Particle Size Distribution (Mar)
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders; Determination of
the Specific Surface Area (Feb)
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders; Determination of
the Absolute Density (Jan)
EN 725-8
EN 725-9
EN 725-10
EN 725 PT 3
EN 732
EN 748
EN 749
EN 750
EN 774
EN 777-4
EN 12049
EN 12066
EN 12099
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders Part 8:
Determination of Tamped Bulk Density May
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders Part 9:
Dertermination of Untamped Bulk Density
May
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders Part 10:
Determination of Compaction Properties
April
Advanced Technical Ceramics; Methods of
Test for Ceramic Powders; Determination of
the Oxygen Content of Non-Oxides by
Thermal Extraction with a Carrier Gas (Apr)
Specifications for Dedicated Liquefied
Petroleum Gas Appliances; Absorption
Refrigerators April
Playing Field Equipment; Football Goals;
Functional and Safety Requirements, Test
Methods February; Includes Amendment
A1:1998
Playing Field Equipment; Handball Goals;
Functional and Safety Requirements, Test
Methods February; Includes Amendment
A1:1998
Playing Field Equipment; Hockey Goals;
Functional and Safety Requirements, Test
Methods February; Includes Amendment
A1:1998
Garden Equipment Hand-Held, IntegrallyPowered Hedge Trimmers; Safety December
Multi-Burner Gas-Fired Overhead Radiant
Tube Heater Systems for Non-Domestic Use;
Part 4: System H - Safety July
Solid Fertilizers and Liming Materials;
Determination of Moisture Content Using the
Gravimetric Method by Drying under
Reduced Pressure November; ISO
8189:1992, Modified
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Testing Of Insulating Linings for
Liquefied Natural Gas Impounding Areas
June
Plastics Piping Systems; Polyethylene Piping
Materials and Components; Determination of
EN 12107
EN 12118
EN 12121
EN 12122
EN 12123
EN 12124
EN 12125
EN 12126
EN 12133
EN 12134
EN 12325-2
EN 12346
EN 12432
EN 12466
Volatile Matter Content August
Injection-Moulded Thermoplastics Fittings,
Valves and Ancillary Equipment
Determination of the Long-Term Hydrostatic
Strength of Thermoplastics Materials for
Injection Moulding of Piping Components
November
Determination of Moisture Content in
Thermoplastics by Coulometry November
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Disulfite January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Ammonia
Solution January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Ammonium Sulfate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sodium
Sulfite December
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Thiosulfate December
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Liquefied
Ammonia December
Fruit and Vegetables Juices Determination of
Chloride Content by the Potentiometric
Titration Method December
Fruit and Vegetable Juices Determination of
Centrifugable Pulp Content December
Irrigation Techniques - Centre Pivot and
Moving Lateral Systems; Part 2: Minimum
Performances and Technical Characteristics
October
Gymnastic Equipment; Wall Bars, Lattice
Ladders and Climbing Frames; Saftey
Requirements and Test Methods August;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 7910, August 1975
Edition, and DIN 7911-1, September 1975
Edition
Gymnastic Equipment Balancing Beams
Functional and Safety Requirements, Test
Methods October
Resilient Floor Coverings Vocabulary June
EN 12475-1
EN 12475-2
EN 12475-3
EN 12475-4
EN 12547
EN 12575
EN 12576
EN 12582
EN 12586
EN 12628
EN 12630
EN 12631
EN 12632
EN 12634
EN 12655
Classification of Dense Shaped Refractory
Products; Part 1: Alumina-Silica Products
April
Classification of Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 2: Basic Products Containing
Less Than 7% Residual Carbon April
Classification of Dense Shaped Refractory
Products; Part 3: Basic Products Containing
from 7% to 30% Residual Carbon April
Classification of Dense Shaped Refractory
Products; Part 4: Special Products February
Centrifuges; Common Safety Requirements
April
Plastics Thermoset Moulding Compounds
Determination of the Degree of Fibre Wet
Out in SMC September
Plastics Reinforced Composites Preparation
of Compression Moulded Test Plates of
SMC, BMC and DMC September
Determination of the Polyethylene Glycol
Content According to Molar Mass in NonIonic Surface Active Agents (Ethoxylated) by
HPLC/ELSD May
Child Care Articles Soother Holder Safety
Requirements and Test Methods November
Driving Accessories Combined Buoyancy
and Rescue Devices Functional and Safety
Requirements, and Test methods October;
Supersedes DIN 32925, December 1985
edition
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Glucose, Fructose, Sorbitol and Sucrose
Contents - Method Using High Performance
Liquid Chromatography April
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of D- and L-Lactic Acid
(Lactate) Content - NAD Spectrometric
Method April
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of Acetic Acid (Acetate)
Content - NAD Spectrometric Method April
Petroleum Products and Lubricants;
Determination of Acid Number - NonAqueous Potentiometric Titration Method
February
Gymnastic Equipment Hanging Rings
EN 12662
EN 12703
EN 12705
EN 12720
EN 12721
EN 12722
EN 12742
EN 12752-1
EN 12752-2
EN 12829
EN 12856
EN 12857
EN 12905
EN 12906
Functional and Safety Requirements, Test
Methods October
Liquid Petroleum Products Determinatin of
Contamination in Middle Distillates October;
Supersedes DIN 51419 June 1983 Edition
Adhesives for Paper and Board, Packaging
and Disposable Sanitary Products;
Determination of Low Temperature
Flexibility or Cold Crack Temperature
October
Adhesives for Leather and Footwear
Materials Determination of Colour Change of
White or Bright Coloured Leather Surfaces
by Migration December
Furniture - Assessment of Surface Resistance
to Cold Liquids October; ISO 4211: 1979,
Modified
Furniture - Assessment of Surface Resistance
to Wet Heat October; ISO 4211-2: 1993,
Modified
Furniture - Assessment of Surface Resistance
to Dry Heat October; ISO 4211-3: 1993,
Modified
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
the Free Amino Acids Content - Liquid
Chromatographic Method April
Gas-Fired Type B Tumble Dryers of
Nominal Heat Input not Exceeding 20 kW;
Part 1: Safety October
Gas-Fired Type B Tumble Dryers of
Nominal Heat Input Not Exceeding 20 kW;
Part 2: Rational Use of Energy October
Surface Active Agents Preparation of Water
with Known Calcium Hardness October; ISO
2174: 1990; Modified
Foodstuffs - Determination of Acesulfame-K,
Aspartame and Saccharin; High Performance
Liquid Chromatographic Method July
Foodstuffs - Determination of Cyclamate;
High Performance Liquid Chromatographic
Method July
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Expanded
Aluminosilicate October
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for hHuman Consumption; Pumice
EN 12907
EN 12909
EN 12910
EN 12911
EN 12912
EN 12913
EN 12914
EN 12915
EN 12955
EN 13089
EN 20105-A02
EN 20105-A03
EN 20105-N01
October
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Pyrolised
Coal Material October
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
Anthracite October
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Garnet
October
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Manganese Greensand November
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Barite
November
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Powdered
Diatomaceous Earth November
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Cunsumption Powdered
Perlite November
Products Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Granular
Activated Carbon November; This Standard
Together with DIN EN 12903, November
1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN 19603 DIN
19603, May 1969 Edition
Determination of Aflatoxin B1, and the Sum
of Aflatoxins B1, B2, G1 and G2 in Cereals,
Shell-Fruits and Derived Products HighPerformance Liquid Chromatographic
Method with Post Column Derivatization and
Immunoaffinity Column Clean-Up
September
Mountaineering Equipment; Ice-Tools;
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
September; Supersedes DIN 7945, January
1985 Edition
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Grey
Scale for Assessing Change in Colour (Oct)
(ISO 105-A02:1993)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Grey
Scale for Assessing Staining (Oct) (ISO 105A03:1993)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Colour
EN 20105 PT C01
EN 20105 PT C02
EN 20105 PT C03
EN 20105 PT C04
EN 20105 PT C05
EN 20139
EN 20811
EN 786
EN 821-1
EN 821-2
EN 836
EN 836/A1
EN 843-1
EN 878
Fastness to Bleaching: Hypochlorite (ISO
105-N01:1993) (Mar)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Colour
Fastness to Washing: Test 1 (ISO 105-C01 :
1989) (Mar)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Colour
Fastness to Washing: Test 2 (ISO 105-C02 :
1989) (Mar)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Colour
Fastness to Washing: Test 3 (ISO 105-C03 :
1989) (Mar)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Colour
Fastness to Washing: Test 4 (ISO 105-C04 :
1989) (Mar)
Tests for Colour Fastness of Textiles; Colour
Fastness to Washing: Test 5 (ISO 105-C05 :
1989) (Mar)
Textiles; Standard Atmospheres for
Conditioning and Testing (ISO 139: 1973)
(Supersedes DIN 53802, July 1979 Edition)
September
Determination of Resistance of Textile
Fabrics to Water Penetration; Hydrostatic
Pressure Test (ISO 811 : 1981) (Aug)
Electrically Powered Walk-Behind and
Hand-Held Lawn Trimmers and Lawn Edge
Trimmers Mechanical Safety
Monolithic Ceramics; Thermophysical
Properties; Determination of Thermal
Expansion (Apr)
Monolithic Ceramics - Thermo-Physical
Properties; Part 2: Determination of Thermal
Diffusivity by the Laser Flash (or Heat Pulse)
Method August
Garden Equipment; Powered Lawnmowers;
Safety September
Garden Equipment; Powered Lawnmowers;
Safety Amendment A1 June 1998; Modifies
DIN EN 836, September 1997 Edition
Monolithic Ceramics; Mechanical Properties
at Room Temperature; Determination of
Flexural Strength (April)
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
Aluminium Sulfate September; Supersedes
DIN 19600, May 1987 Edition
EN 881
EN 882
EN 883
EN 888
EN 889
EN 890
EN 891
EN 892
EN 896
Chemical Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
Aluminium Chloride, Aluminium Chloride
Hydroxide and Aluminium Chloride
Hydroxide Sulfate (Monomeric) September;
Supersedes DIN 19634, March 1985 Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sodium
Aluminate September
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
Polyaluminium Chloride Hydroxide and
Polyaluminium Chloride Hydroxide Sulfate
September
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Iron (III)
Chloride April; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 889, DIN EN 890 and DIN EN 891,
April 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN 19602,
February 1987 Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Iron (II)
Sulfate April; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 888, DIN EN 890 and DIN EN 891,
April 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN 19602,
February 1987 Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Iron (III)
Sulfate April; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 888, DIN EN 889 and DIN EN 891,
April 1999 Editions, Supersedes DIN 19602,
February 1987 Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Iron (III)
Chloride Sulfate April; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 888, DIN EN 889 and
DIN EN 890, April 1999 Editions,
Supersedes DIN 19602, February 1987
Edition
Mountaineering Equipment; Dynamic
Mountaineering Ropes; Safety Requirements
and Test Methods November
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Hydroxide December; Supersedes DIN
19615, October 1971 Edition
EN 897
EN 898
EN 907
EN 908
EN 909
EN 913
EN 914
EN 915
EN 916
EN 927-1
EN 937
EN 955-2
EN 957-1
EN 957-5
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Carbonate December; Supersedes DIN
19612, July 1988 Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sodium
Hydrogen Carbonate April
Agricultural and Forestry Machinery
Sprayers and Liquid Fertilizers - Safety July
Agricultural and Forestry Machinery Reel
Machines for Irrigation Safety June;
Supersedes DIN 11001-10, January 1980
Edition
Agricultural and Forestry Machinery Centre
Pivot and Moving Lateral Types Irrigation
Machines Safety June
Gymnastic Equipment General Safety
Requirements and Test Methods
Gymnastic Equipment Parallel Bars and
Combined Asymmetric/Parallel Bars
Functional and Safety Requirements and Test
Methods
Gymnastic Equipment Asymmetric Bars
Functional and Safety Requirements and Test
Methods
Gymnastic Equipment Vaulting Boxes
Functional and Safety Requirements and Test
Methods
Coating Materials and Coating Systems for
Exterior Wood Surfaces; Classification and
Selection October
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Chlorine
May; Supersedes DIN 19607, March 1987
Edition
Chemical Analysis of Refractory Products;
Products Containing Silica and/or Alumina
(Wet Method) (June)
Stationary Training Equipment; Part 1:
General Safety Requirements and Test
Methods February; Includes Amendment
A1:1998
Stationary Training Equipment; Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Pedal Crank Training
Equipment August; Supersedes DIN 32932,
EN 957-7
EN 957-8
EN 957-2
EN 957-4
EN 958
EN 959
EN 993-1
EN 993-2
EN 993-3
EN 993-4
May 1989 Edition
Stationary Training Equipment Part 7:
Rowing Machines - Additional Specific
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
August
Stationary Training Equipment Part 8:
Steppers, Stairclimbers - Additional Specific
Safety Requirements and Test methods
August
Stationary Training Equipment; Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Strength Training Equipment
August; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 957-1 and DIN EN 957-4, August 1996
Editions, Supersedes DIN 32933-1, July 1990
Edition, and
Stationary Training Equipment; Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Strength Training August; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 957-1 and
DIN EN 957-2, August 1996 Editions,
Supersedes DIN 32933-1, July 1990 Edition,
and DIN 32933
Mountaineering Equipment; Energy
Absorbing Systems for Use in Klettersteig
(Via Ferrata) Climbing; Safety Requirements
and Test Methods November
Mountaineering Equipment; Rock Anchors;
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
November
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Determination of Bulk
Density, Apparent Porosity and True Porosity
(April) (Supersedes DIN 51056 and Parts of
DIN 51065 PT 1 August 1985 Editions
Along with DIN EN 1094-4, September
Editions)
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Determination of True
Density (April)
Methods of Testing Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 3: Test Methods for CarbonContaining Refractories August
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Determination of
Permeability to Gases (April)
EN 993-5
EN 993-6
EN 993-7
EN 993-8
EN 993-9
EN 993-12
EN 993-13
EN 993-14
EN 993-15
EN 993-16
EN 993-17
EN 1013-1
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products Part 5: Determination of
Cold Crushing Strength December;
Supersedes DIN 51067-1, May 1977 Edition
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Determination of
Modulus of Rupture at Ambient Temperature
(April)
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped Refactory
Products Part 7: Determination of Modulus
of Rupture at Elevated Temperatures
December
Methods of Testing Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 8: Determination of
Refractoriness-Under-Load August
Methods of Testing Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 9: Determination of Creep in
Compression July
Methods of Test Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 12: Determination of
Pyrometric Cone Equivalent (Refractions)
June
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Specification for
Pyrometric Reference Cones for Laboratory
Use (April)
Methods of Testing Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 14: Determination of Thermal
Conductivity by the Hot-Wire (Cross-Array)
Method June
Methods of Testing Dense Shaped Refractory
Products Part 15: Determination of Thermal
Conductivity by the Hot-Wire (Parallel)
Method June
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Determination of
Resistance to Sulfuric Acid (Sept)
Methods of Test for Dense Shaped
Refractory Products; Part 17: Determination
of Bulk Density of Granular Materials by the
Mercury Method with Vacuum January;
Supersedes DIN 51065-2, January 1976
Edition
Light-Transmitting Profiled Plastic Sheeting
for Single Skin Roofing Part 1: General
Requirements and Test Methods January
EN 1013-3
EN 1018
EN 1022
EN 1023-1
EN 1036
EN 1049 PT 2
EN 1062-1
EN 1062-3
EN 1066
EN 1067
EN 1081
EN 1094-4
EN 1094-5
EN 1114-1
EN 1114-2
Light-Transmitting Profiled Plastic Sheeting
for Single Skin Roofing - Part 3: Specific
Requirements and Test Methods for Sheets of
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Calcium
Carbonate August
Domestic Furniture; Seating; Determination
of Stability January
Office Furniture; Screens Dimensions May
Glass in Building; Mirrors from SilverCoated Float Glass for Internal Use July
Determination of Number of Threads Per
Unit Length of Textile Woven Fabrics;
Construction and Methods of Analysis (ISO
7211-2:1984, Modified) (Feb)
Coating Materials and Coating Systems for
Exterior Masonry and Concrete;
Classification December
Coating Materials and Coating Systems for
Exterior Masonry and Concrete; Part 3:
Determination and Classification of LiquidWater Transmission Rate (Permeability)
February
Sampling of Adhesives November
Adhesives Examination and Preparation of
Samples for Testing November
Resilient Floor Coverings; Determination of
the Electrical Resistance April; Supersedes
DIN 51953, August 1975 Edition
Insulating Refractory Products;
Determination of Bulk Density and True
Porosity (Sept) (This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 993-1, April 1995 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 51065 PT 1, August 1985
Edition)
Insulating Refractory Products;
Determination of Cold Crushing Strength
(Sept) (Supersedes DIN 51067 PT 2, May
1977 Edition)
Rubber and Plastics Machines; Extruders and
Extrusion Lines: Safety Requirements for
Extruders January
Rubber and Plastics Machines - Extruders
and Extrusion Lines; Part 2: Safety
Requirements for Die Face Pelletisers June
EN 1116
EN 1129-1
EN 1129-2
EN 1130-1
EN 1130-2
EN 1131
EN 1132
EN 1133
EN 1134
EN 1135
EN 1136
EN 1137
EN 1138
EN 1139
EN 1140
EN 1141
EN 1142
EN 1152
Coordinating Sizes for Kitchen Furniture and
Kitchen Appliances (Dec)
Foldaway Beds; Safety Requirements and
Testing; Safety Requirements (April)
Foldaway Beds; Safety Requirements and
Testing; Test Methods (April)
Cribs and Cradles for Domestic Use; Safety
Requirements July
Cribs and Cradles for Domestic Use; Test
Methods July
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Relative Density (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
pH Value (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
the Formol Number (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Sodium, Potassium, Calcium and Magnesium
Content by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
(AAS) (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Ash (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Phosphorus Content by the Spectrometric
Method (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of Citric Acid (Citrate)
Content by the NADH Spectrometric Method
(Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of L-Malic (L-Malate)
Content by the NADH Spectrometric Method
(Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of D-Isocitric Acid Content by
the NADPH Spectrometric Method (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Enzymatic
Determination of D-Glucose and D-Fructose
Content by the NADPH Spectrometric
Method (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Spectrometric
Determination of Proline Content (Dec)
Fruit and Vegetable Juices; Determination of
Sulfate Content (Dec)
Guards for Power Take-Off (PTO) Drive
Shafts on Tractors and Machinery for
EN 1153
EN 1160
EN 1161
EN 1162
EN 1163
EN 1165
EN 1167
EN 1176-1
EN 1176-2
EN 1176-3
EN 1176-4
EN 1176-5
EN 1176-6
EN 1176-7
EN 1177
EN 1183
Agriculture and Forestry; Wear and Strength
Tests (Dec)
Kitchen Furniture; Safety Requirements and
Test Methods for Built- in and Free Standing
Kitchen Cabinets and Work Tops (Feb)
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas; General Characteristics of
Liquefied Natural Gas August
Feather and Down; Method of Test for
Determining the Moisture Content October
Feather and Down; Method of Test for
Determining the Oxygen Index Number
October
Feather and Down; Method of Test for
Determining the Oil and Fat Content October
Feather and Down; Method of Test for
Determining Water-Soluble Chlorides
October
Feather and Down; Method of Test for
Measuring the Sizes of Quilts Filled with
Feather and/or Down August
Playground Equipment Part 1: General Safety
Requirements and Test Methods September
Playground Equipment Part 2: Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Swings October
Playground Equipment Part 3: Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Slides October
Playground Equipment Part 4: Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Runways October
Playground Equipment Part 5: Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Carousels December
Playground Equipment Part 6: Additional
Specific Safety Requirements and Test
Methods for Rocking Equipment October
Playground Equipment Part 7: Guidance on
Installation, Inspection, Maintenance and
Operation November
Impact Absorbing Playground Surfacing
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
November
Materials and Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs; Test Methods for Thermal Shock
EN 1184
EN 1185
EN 1198
EN 1199
EN 1200
EN 1201
EN 1202
EN 1203
EN 1204
EN 1205
EN 1206
EN 1207
EN 1208
EN 1209
and Thermal Shock Endurance August
Materials and Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs; Test Methods for Translucency
of Ceramic Articles August
Starches and Derived Products;
Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Content by
the Acidimetric Method (ISO 5379: 1983,
Modified) (Jan)
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Dihydrogen Orthophosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Disodium
Hydrogen Orthophosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Trisodium
Orthophosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Monopotassium Dihydrogen Orthophosphate
January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Dipotassium Hydrogen Orthophosphate
December
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Tripotassium Orthophosphate December
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Monocalcium Phosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Acid Pyrophosphate
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Tetrasodium Pyrophosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
Tetrapotassium Pyrophosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Calcium Polyphosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Silicate January
EN 1210
EN 1211
EN 1212
EN 1217
EN 1235
EN 1236
EN 1237
EN 1238
EN 1239
EN 1240
EN 1241
EN 1242
EN 1243
EN 1244
EN 1245
EN 1246
EN 1262
EN 1270
EN 1271
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Sodium
Tripolyphosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Potassium
Tripolyphosphate January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sodium
Polyphosphate January
Materials and Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs; Test Methods for Water
Absorption of Ceramic Articles January
Test Sieving of Solid Fertilizers; (ISO 8397 :
1988, Modified) (Sept)
Fertilizers; Determination of Bulk Density
(Loose) (ISO 3944 : 1992, Modified) (Aug)
Fertilizers; Determination of Bulk Density
(Tapped) (ISO 5311 : 1992, Modified) (Aug)
Adhesives Determination of the Softening
Point of Thermoplastic Adhesives (Ring and
Ball) June
Adhesives Freeze-Thaw Stability May
Adhesives Determination of Hydroxyl Value
and/or Hydroxyl Content May
Adhesives Determination of Acid Value May
Adhesives Determination of Isocyanate
Content May
Adhesives; Determination of Free
Formaldehyde in Amino and
Amidoformaldehyde Condensates May
Adhesives Determination of the Colour
and/or Colour Changes of Adhesive Coats
Under the Influence of Light May
Adhesives Determination of pH - Test
Method December
Adhesives Determination of Ash and
Sulphated Ash May
Determination of pH Value of Surfactant
Solutions or Dispersions September
Playing Field Equipment Basketball
Equipment Functional and Safety
Requirements, Test Methods February;
Supercedes Parts of DIN 7899
Playing Field Equipment Volleyball
Equipment Functional and Safety
Requirements, Test Methods March
EN 1272
EN 1278
EN 1302
EN 1334
EN 1372
EN 1373
EN 1376
EN 1377
EN 1378
EN 1379
EN 1388-1
EN 1388-2
EN 1405
Child Care Articles Table Mounted Chairs
Safety Requirements and Test Methods April
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Ozone
January
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
Aluminium-Based Coagulants; Analytical
Methods August
Beds and Mattresses; Methods of
Measurement and Recommended Tolerances
July
Test Method for Adhesives for Floor and
Wall Coverings; Peel Test October
Test Method for Adhesive for Floor and Wall
Coverings; Shear Test October
Foodstuffs; Determination of Saccharin in
Table Top Sweetener Preparations by
Spectrometry October
Foodstuffs; Determinations of Acesulfame K
in Table Top Sweetener Preparations by
Spectrometry October
Foodstuffs; Determination of Aspartame in
Table Top Sweetener Preparations by High
Performance Liquid Chromatography
October
Foodstuffs; Determination of Cyclamate and
Saccharin in Liquid Table Top Sweetener
Preparations by High Performance Liquid
Chromatography October
Silicate Surfaces in Contact with Foodstuffs;
Determination of the Release of Lead and
Cadmium from Ceramic Ware (Nov) (This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 1388-2,
November 1995 Edition, Supersedes DIN
51031, February 1986 Edition)
Silicate Surfaces in Contact with Foodstuffs;
Determination of the Release of Lead and
Cadmium from Silicate Surfaces Other Than
Ceramic Ware; (Nov) (Together with DIN
EN 1388-1, November 1995 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 51031, February 1986
Edition)
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Sodium
Alginate August
EN 1406
EN 1407
EN 1408
EN 1409
EN 1410
EN 1417
EN 1466
EN 1473
EN 1474
EN 1482
EN 1509
EN 1510
EN 1528-1
EN 1528-2
EN 1528-3
EN 1528-4
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption; Modified
Starches August
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Anionic
and Non-Ionic Polyacrylamides October;
Supersedes DIN 19622; December 1977
Edition
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Poly(Diallyldimethlammonium Chloride)
October
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
Polyamines October
Chemicals Used for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Cationic
Polyacrylamides October
Rubber and Plastics Machines; Two-Roll
Mills - Safety Requirements February
Child Care Articles Carry Cots and Stands
Safety Requirements and Test Methods April
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Design of Onshore Installions
November
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Design and Testing of
Loading/Unloading Arms November
Sampling of Solid Fertilizers and Liming
Materials (May)
Badminton Equipment; Functional and
Safety Requirements, Test Methods August
Tennis Equipment; Functional and Safety
Requirements and Test Methods November
Determination of Pesticides and
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in Fatty
Food; General January
Determination of Pesticides and
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in Fatty
Food; Extraction of Fat, Pesticides and PCBs,
and Determination of Fat Content January
Determination of Pesticides and
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in Fatty
Food; Clean-Up Methods January
Determination of Pesticides and
Polycholorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in Fatty
EN 1532
EN 1557
EN 1595
EN 1601
EN 1612-1
EN 1672-2
EN 1678
EN 1721
EN 1725
EN 1727
EN 1748-1
EN 1748-2
EN 1772
EN 1776
EN 1778
Food; Determination, Confirmatory Tests,
Miscellaneous January
Installations and Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Ship-to-Shore Interface
November
Surface Active Agents; Colorimetric
Characterization of Optically Clear Coloured
Liquids (Products) as X,Y,Z Tristimulus
Values in Transmission March
Pressure Equipment Made from Borosilicate
Glass 3.3; General Rules for Design,
Manufacture and Testing May
Unleaded Petrol Determination of Organic
Oxygenate Compounds and Total
Organically Bound Oxygen Content by Gas
Chromatography (O-FID) October
Rubber and Plastics Machines Reaction
Moulding Machines Part 1: Safety
Requirements for Metering and Mixing Units
November
Food Processing Machinery - Basic
Concepts; Part 2: Hygiene Requirements
June
Food Processing Machinery Vegetable
Cutting Machines Safety and Hygiene
Requirements June
Adhesives for Paper and Board, Packaging
and Disposable Sanitary Products Tack
Measurement for Pressure-Sensitive
Adhesives Determination of Rolling Ball
Tack December
Domestic Furniture Beds and Mattresses
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
February
Domestic Furniture Storage Furniture Safety
Requirements and Test Methods June
Glass in Building - Special Basic Products
Part 1: Borosilicate Glasses April
Glass in Building - Special Basic Products
Part 2: Glass Ceramics April
Surface Active Agents; Determination of
Wetting Power by Immersion (ISO 8022 :
1990, Modified) (Sept)
Gas Supply Systems Natural Gas Measuring
Stations Functional Requirements June
Characteristics Values for Welding
EN 1783
EN 1784
EN 1785
EN 1786
EN 1787
EN 1788
EN 1791
EN 1816
EN 1818
EN 1842
EN 1853
EN 1902
EN 1903
EN 1905
Thermoplastics Constructions Determinaton
of Allowable Stresses and Moduli for Design
of Thermoplastics Equipment December
Matches; Performance Requirements, Safety
and Classification April
Detection of Irradiated Food Containing Fat;
Gas Chromatographic Analysis of
Hydrocarbons March
Detection of Irradiated Food Containing Fat;
Gas Chromatographic/Mass Spectrometric
Analysis of 2-Alkylcyclobutanones March
Detection of Irradiated Food Containing
Bone; Method by ESR Spectroscopy March
Detection of Irradiated Food Containing
Cellulose; Method by ESR Spectoscopy
March
Detection of Irradiated Food from Which
Silicate Minerals Can Be Isolated; Method by
Thermoluminescence March
Surface Active Agents; Determination of the
Amine Oxide Content of Fatty Alkyl
Dimenthyl Amine Oxides March
Resilient Floor Coverings Specification for
Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Smooth
Rubbber Floor Coverings with Foam Backing
May
Resilient Floor Coverings Determination of
the Effect of Loaded Heavy Duty Castors
October
Thermoset Moulding Compounds (SMCBMC) Determination of Compression
Moulding Shrinkage November
Agricultural Machinery; Trailers with
Tipping Body; Safety September; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 11001-5, March 1997 Edition
Test Method for Adhesives for Floor
Coverings and Wall Coverings; Shear Creep
Test October
Test Method for Adhesives for Plastic or
Rubber Floor Coverings or Wall Coverings;
Determination of Dimensional Changes After
Accelerated Ageing October
Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Pipes, Fittings and Material; Method for
Assessment of the PVC Content Based on
Total Chlorine Content February
EN 1918-1
EN 1918-2
EN 1918-3
EN 1918-4
EN 1918-5
EN 1929-1
EN 1939
EN 1940
EN 1941
EN 1942
EN 1943
EN 1944
EN 1945
EN 1953
EN 1972
EN 1974
Gas Supply Systems; Underground Gas
Storage; Part 1: Functional
Recommendations for Storage in Aquifers
July
Gas Supply Systems; Underground Gas
Stprage; Part 2: Functional
Recommendations for Storage in Oil and Gas
Fields July
Gas Supply Systems; Underground Gas
Storage; Part 3: Functional
Recommendations for Storage in SolutionMined Salt Cavities July
Gas Supply Systems; Underground Gas
Storage; Part 4: Functional
Recommendations for Storage in Rock
Caverns July
Gas Supply Systems; Underground Gas
Storage; Part 5: Functional
Recommendations for Surface Facilities July
Basket Trolleys Part 1: Requirements and
Tests for Basket Trolleys with or Without a
Child-Carrying Facility December;
Supersedes DIN 32601, May 1981 Edition
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of Peel
Adhesion from Stainless Steel or From its
Own Backing November
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Breaking Strength (Apr)
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Elongation at Break (Apr)
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Thickness (Apr)
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of Static
Shear Adhesion (Apr)
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Unwind Adhesion at Low Speed (Apr)
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of Quick
Stick (Apr)
Atomising and Spraying Equipment for
Coating Materials Safety Requirements
December
Diving Accessories; Snorkels; Safety
Requirements and Test Methods September
Food Processing Machinery; Slicing
Machines; Safety and Hygiene Requirements
August
EN 1988-1
EN 1988-2
EN 12003
EN 12014-1
EN 12014-2
EN 12014-5
EN 12014-7
EN 12023
EN 12024
EN 12025
EN 12026
EN 12027
EN 12028
EN 12029
EN 12030
EN 12031
EN 12032
Foodstuffs - Determination of Sulfite Part 1:
Optimized Monier-Williams Method May
Foodstuffs - Determination of Sulfite Part 2:
Enzymatic Method May
Adhesives for Tiles; Determination of Shear
Adhesion Strength of Reaction Resin
Adhesives August
Foodstuffs - Determination of Nitrate and/or
Nitrite Content; Part 1: General
Considerations August
Foodstuffs - Determination of Nitrate and/or
Nitrite Content; Part 2: HPLC/IC Method for
the Determination of Nitrate Content of
Vegetables and Vegetable Products August
Foodstuffs - Determination of Nitrate and/or
Nitrite Content; Part 5: Enzymatic
Determination of Nitrate Content of
Vegetable-Containing Food for Babies and
Infants August
Foodstuffs - Determination of Nitrate and/or
Nitrite Content; Part 7: 'Continuous Flow'
Method for the Determination of Nitrate
Content of Vegetables and Vegetable
Products After Cadmium Reduction August
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of Water
Vapour Transmission in a Warm Humid
Atmosphere November
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Resistance to Elevated Temperature and
Humidity July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of Tear
Resistance by the Pendulum July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Unwinding Force at High Speed July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of Flame
Resistance July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Elongation under Static Load July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Determination of
Water-Soluble Corrosive Ions July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Impact Resistance July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Bursting Strength July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Bonding of Thermosetting Adhesive Tapes
EN 12033
EN 12034
EN 12035
EN 12036
EN 12047
EN 12048
EN ISO 177
EN ISO 183
EN ISO 305
EN ISO 483
EN ISO 489
EN ISO 660
EN ISO 1157
EN ISO 1163-1
During Curing July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of
Bonding of Thermosetting Adhesive Tapes
After Curing July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Measurement of the
Length of a Roll of Adhesive Tape July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Flagging of Adhesive
Tape July
Self-Adhesive Tapes; Solvent Penetration
into Adhesive Masking Tapes July
Solid Fertilizers; Measurement of Static
Angle of Repose November; ISO 8398:1989,
Modified
Solid Fertilizers and Liming Materials;
Determination of Moisture Using the
Gravimetric Method by Drying at (105+/-2)
Degrees C November; ISO 8190:1992,
Modified
Plastics; Determination of Migration of
Plasticizers October; ISO 177: 1988;
Supersedes DIN 53405, December 1981
Edition
Plastics; Qualitative Evaluation of the
Bleeding of Colorants October; ISO 183:
1976; Supersedes DIN 53415, April 1989
Edition
Determination of Thermal Stability of
Poly(Vinyl Chloride), Related ChlorineContaining Homopolymers and Copolymers
and Their Compounds Discoloration Method
October; ISO 305: 1990; Supersedes DIN
53381-2, May 1983 Edition
Plastics - Small Enclosures for Conditioning
and Testing Using Aqueous Solutions to
Maintain Relative Humidity at Constant
Value September; ISO 483: 1988
Plastics; Determination of Refractive Index
August; ISO 489: 1999
Animal and Vegetable Fats and Oils;
Determination of Acid Value and Acidity
August; ISO 660: 1996
Cellulose Acetate in Dilute Solution;
Determination of Viscosity Number and
Viscosity Ratio September; Supersedes DIN
53728-1, January 1970 Edition
Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
EN ISO 1163-2
EN ISO 1172
EN ISO 1597
EN ISO 1598
EN ISO 1622-2
EN ISO 1628-2
EN ISO 1872-1
EN ISO 2160
EN ISO 2580-1
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 1:
Designation System and Basis for
Specifications October; ISO 1163-1: 1995;
Supersedes DIN 7748-1, September 1985
Edition
Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 2:
Preparation of Test Specimens and
Determination of Properties October; ISO
1163-2: 1995; Supersedes DIN 7748-2,
March 1989 Edition
Textile-Glass-Reinforced Plastics - Prepregs,
Moulding Compounds and Laminates;
Determination of the Textile-Glass and
Mineral-Filler Content - Calcination Methods
December; ISO 1172:1996; Supersedes DIN
EN 60, November 1977
Unplasticized Cellulose Acetate;
Determination of Acetic Acid Yield
September; ISO 1597: 1994; Supersedes DIN
53730, October 1969 Edition
Cellulose Acetate; Determination of
Insoluble Particles September; ISO 1598:
1990
Polystyrene (PS) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials; Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimens and Determination of Properties
October; ISO 1622-2: 1995; Supersedes DIN
7741-2, December 1988 Edition
Determination of the Viscosity of Polymers
in Dilute Solution Using Capillary
Viscometers; Part 2: Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
Resins September; ISO 1628-2: 1998;
Supersedes DIN 53726, September 1983
Edition
Polyethylene (PE) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials; Part 1: Designation System and
Basis for Specifications October; ISO 18721: 1993; Supersedes DIN 16776-1, December
1984 Edition
Petroleum Products - Corrosiveness to
Copper - Copper Strip Test ISO 2160: 1998;
April
Acrylonitrile/Butadiene/Styrene (ABS)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 1:
Designation System and Basis for
EN ISO 2580-2
EN ISO 2813
EN ISO 2815
EN ISO 2897-1
EN ISO 2897-2
EN ISO 2898-1
EN ISO 2898-2
EN ISO 3001
EN ISO 3262-1
EN ISO 3262-8
EN ISO 3262-13
Specifications October; ISO 2580-1: 1997;
Supersedes DIN 16772-1, September 1987
Edition
Acrylonitrile/Butadiene/Styrene (ABS)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 2:
Preparation of Test Specimens and
Determination of Properties October; ISO
2580-2: 1994; Supersedes DIN 16772-2,
December 1988 Edition
Paints and Varnishes; Determination of
Specular Gloss of Non-Metallic Paint Films
at 20 Degree, 60 Degree and 85 Degree June;
ISO 2813: 1994, Including Technical
Corrigendum 1: 1997
Paints and Varnishes - Buchholz Indentation
Test June; ISO 2815:1973; Supersedes DIN
53153, November 1977
Impact-Resistant Polystyrene (PS-I)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 1:
Designation System and Basis for
Specifications October
Impact-Resistant Polystyrene (PS-I)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 2:
Preperation of Test Specimens and
Determination of Properties October
Plasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-P)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 1:
Designation System and Basis for
Specifications October
Plasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-P)
Moulding and Extrusion Materials; Part 2:
Preperation of Test Specimens and
Determination of Properties October
Plastics Epoxy Compounds Determination of
Epoxy Equivalent November; ISO 3001:
1999
Extenders for Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 1: Introduction and
General Test Methods August; ISO 32621:1997
Extenders for Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 8: Natural Clay
November; ISO 3262-8: 1999; Supersedes
DIN 55922, November 1988 Edition
Extenders for Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 13: Natural Quartz
EN ISO 3521
EN ISO 3673-1
EN ISO 3675
EN ISO 3681
EN ISO 3682
EN ISO 3961
EN ISO 4256
EN ISO 4577
EN ISO 4608
EN ISO 4612
EN ISO 4613-1
EN ISO 4629
EN ISO 4894-1
(Ground) August; ISO 3262-13:1997;
Supersedes DIN 55926: November 1988
Unsaturated Polyester and Epoxy Resins;
Determination of Overall Volume Shrinkage
October
Epoxy Resins; Part 1: Designation October
Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum
Products; Laboratory Determination of
Density - Hydrometer Method November;
ISO 3675: 1998
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Determination of Saponification Value by the
Titrimetric Method June; ISO 3681:1996;
Supersedes DIN 53401, June 1988
Binders Paints and Varnishes; Determination
of Acid Value by the Titrimetric Method
June; ISO 3682:1996; Supersedes DIN
53402, September 1990
Animal and Vegetable Fats and Oils;
Determination of Iodine Value August; ISO
3961: 1996
Liquefied Petroleum Gases - Determination
of Vapour Pressure - LPG Method January;
ISO 4256:1996
Polypropylene and Propylene-Copolymers;
Determination of Thermal Oxidative Stability
in Air-Oven Method September; ISO 4577:
1983; Supersedes DIN 53383-1, September
1975 Edition
Homopolymer and Copolymer Resins of
Vinyl Chloride for General Use;
Determination of Plasticizer Absorption at
Room Temperature August; ISO 4608:1998;
Supersedes DIN 53417-1: October 1977
Preperation of PVC Pastes for Test Purposes;
Planetary-Mixer Method October
Ethylene/Vinyl Acetate (E/VAC) Moulding
and Extrusion Materials; Part 1: Designation
and Specification October
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Determination of Hydroxyl Value Titrimetric Method July; ISO 4629: 1996;
Supersedes DIN ISO 4629, November 1979
Styrene/Acrylonitrile (SAN) Moulding and
Extrusion Materials; Part 1: Designation
System and Basis for Specifications October
EN ISO 4894-2
EN ISO 4895
EN ISO 6186
EN ISO 6251
EN ISO 6402-1
EN ISO 6402-2
EN ISO 7391-1
EN ISO 7391-2
EN ISO 7783-1
EN ISO 7783-2
EN ISO 8130-9
Styrene/Acrylonitrile (SAN) Moulding and
Extrusion Materials; Part 2: Preparation of
Test Specimens and Determination of
Properties October; ISO 4894-2: 1995;
Supersedes DIN 16775-2, December 1988
Edition
Liquid Epoxy Resins; Determination of
Tendency to Crystallize August; ISO 4895:
1997
Plastics; Determination of Pourability
August; ISO 6186:1998
Liquefied Petroleum Gases; Corrosiveness to
Copper - Copper Strip Test August; ISO
6251:1996
Impact-Resistant Acrylonitrile/Styrene
(ASA,AES,ACS) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials, Excluding Butadiene-Modified
Materials; Part 1: Designation System and
Basis for Specifications October
Impact-Resistant Acrylonitrile/Styrene
(ASA,AES,ACS) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials, Excluding Butadiene-Modified
Materials; Part 2: Preperation of Test
Specimens and Determination of Properties
October
Polycarbonate (PC) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials; Part 1: Designation System and
Basis for Specifications October; ISO 73911: 1996; Supersedes DIN 7744-1, July 1986
Edition
Polycarbonate (PC) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimens and Determination of Properties
October; ISO 7391-2: 1996, Supersedes DIN
7744-2, January 1989 Edition
Paints and Varnishes; Determination of
Water-Vapour Transmission Rate; Part 1:
Dish Method for Free Films June; ISO 77831: 1996, Including Technical Corrigendum 1:
1998
Coating Materials and Coating Systems for
Exterior Masonry and Concrete - Part 2:
Determination and Classification of WaterVapour Transmission Rate (Permeability)
ISO 7783-2:1999; April
Coating Powders; Part 9: Sampling July; ISO
EN ISO 8294
EN ISO 8618
EN ISO 8974
EN ISO 8985
EN ISO 8986-1
EN ISO 9020
EN ISO 10101-1
EN ISO 10101-2
EN ISO 10101-3
EN ISO 10248
EN ISO 10249
EN ISO 10366-1
8130-9:1992
Animal and Vegetable Fats and Oils;
Determination of Copper, Iron and Nickel
Contents by the Graphite Furnace Atomic
Absorption Method June; ISO 8294: 1994
Liquid Phenolic Resins; Conventional
Determination of Non-Volatile Matter
August; ISO 8618:1995
Phenolic Resins; Determination of Residual
Phenol Content by Gas Chromatography
August; ISO 8974: 1997; Supersedes DIN
ISO 8974, December 1991 Edition
Ethylene/Vinyl Acetate Copolymer (EVAC)
Thermoplastics; Determination of Vinyl
Acetate Content August; ISO 8985:1998
Polybutene (PB) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials Part 1: Designation System and
Basis for Specifications October; ISO 89861: 1993
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Determination of Free-Formaldehyde
Content of AMino Resins by the Sodium
Sulfite Titrimetric Method June; ISO
9020:1994 + TC 1 : 1996; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 16746, April 1986
Natural Gas - Determination of Water by the
Karl Fischer Method; Part 1: Introduction
July; ISO 10101-1: 1993; Together with DIN
EN ISO 10101-3, July 1998 Supersedes Parts
of DIN 51869, May 1986
Natural Gas - Determination of Water by the
Karl Fischer Method; Part 2: Titration
Procedure July; ISO 10101-2: 1993
Natural Gas - Determination of Water by the
Karl Fischer Method; Part 3: Coulometric
Procedure July; ISO 10101-3: 1993; Together
with DIN EN ISO 10101-1, July 1998
Supersedes Parts of DIN 51869, May 1986
Fluid Fertilizers; De-Aeration of Suspension
Samples by Film Disentrainment July; ISO
10248:1996
Fluid Fertilizers; Preliminary Visual
Examination and Preparation of Samples for
Physical Testing July; ISO 10249:1996
Methyl
Methacrylate/Acrylonitrile/Butadiene/Styrene
EN ISO 10366-2
EN ISO 10520
EN ISO 11215
EN ISO 11216
EN ISO 11248
EN ISO 11468
EN ISO 11542-2
EN ISO 11667
EN ISO 11681-2
EN ISO 11908
(MABS) Moulding and Extrusion Materials
Part 1: Designation System and Basis for
Specifications October; ISO 10366-1: 1993
Methyl
Methacrylate/Acrylonitrile/Butadiene/Styrene
(MABS) Moulding and Extrusion Materials
Part 2: Preparation of Test Specimens and
Determination of Properties October; ISO
10366-2: 1994
Native Starch - Determination of Starch
Content - Ewers Polarimetric Method
December; ISO 10520:1997; Supersedes DIN
10300-1, May 1971 Edition
Modified Starch - Determination of Adipic
Acid Content of Acetylated Di-Starch
Adipates - Gas-Chromatographic Method
December; ISO 11215:1998
Modified Starch; Determination of Content
of Carboxymethyl Groups in Carboxymethyl
Starch August; ISO 11216:1998
Thermosetting Moulding Materials
Evaluation of Short-Term Performance at
Elevated Temperatures October; ISO 11248:
1993
Preparation of PVC Pastes for Test Purposes;
Dissolver Method September; ISO 11468:
1997; Supersedes DIN 54800-2, November
1990 Edition
Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene
(PE-UHMW) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials - Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimens and Determination of Properties
January; ISO 11542-2:1998
Fibre-Reinforced Plastics - Moulding
Compounds and Prepregs Determination of
Resin, Reinforced-Fibre and Mineral-Filler
Content - Dissolution Methods October; ISO
11667: 1997
Machinery for Forestry - Portable Chainsaws - Safety Requirements and Testing Part 2: Chain-saws for Tree Service August;
ISO 11681-2: 1998
Binders for Paints and Varnishes; Amino
Resins - General Methods of Test June; ISO
11908:1996; Supersedes DIN 53187, October
1990
EN ISO 11909
EN ISO 12193
EN ISO 12543-2
EN ISO 12543-3
EN ISO 12543-4
EN ISO 12543-5
EN ISO 12543-6
EN ISO 13628-1
EN ISO 13628-4
EN ISO 14125
EN ISO 14501
EN ISO 14596
EN ISO 14935
Binders for Paints and Varnishes;
Polyisocyanate Resins; General Methods of
Test December; ISO 11909:1996
Animal and Vegetable Fats and Oils;
Determination of Lead Content - Graphite
Furnace Atomic Absorption Method August;
ISO 12193: 1994
Laminated Glass and Laminated Safety Glass
Part 2: Laminated Safety Glass August; ISO
12543-2 1998
Laminated Glass and Laminated Safety Glass
Part 3: Laminated Glass August; ISO 125433: 1998
Laminated Glass and Laminated Safety Glass
Part 4: Test Methods for Durability August;
ISO 12543-4: 1998
Laminated Glass and Laminated Safety Glass
Part 5: Dimensions and Edge Finishing
August; ISO 12543-5: 1998
Laminated Glass and Laminated Safety Glass
- Part 6: Appearance August; ISO 12543-6:
1998
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries;
Design and Operation of Subsea Production
Systems; Part 1: General Requirements and
Recommendations July; ISO 13628-1:1999
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries;
Design and Operation of Subsea Production
Systems; Part 4: Subsea Wellhead and tree
Equipment October
Fibre-Reinforced Plastic Composites;
Determination of Flexural Properties June;
ISO 14125:1998; Supersedes DIN EN 63
Milk and Milk Powder - Determination of
Aflatoxin M1 Content - Clean-Up by
Immunoaffinity Chromatography and
Determination by High-Performance Liquid
Chromatography January; ISO 14501: 1998
Petroleum Products Determination of Sulfur
Content - Wavelength-Dispersive X-Ray
Fluorescence Spectrometry August; ISO
14596: 1998; Supersedes DIN 51400-6,
December 1990 Edition
Petroleum and Related Products Determination of Wick Flame Persistence of
Fire-Resistant Fluids December; ISO
EN ISO 15141-1
EN ISO 15141-2
8154
ISO 12240-1
ISO 12240-2
ISO 12240-3
EN 179
EN 1435
EN 1543
EN 1767
EN 12039
EN 12115
EN ISO 15147
14935:1998
Determination of Ochratoxin A in Cereals
and Cereal Products - Part 1: HighPerformance Liquid Chromatographic
Method with Silica Gel Clean up December;
ISO 15141-1:1998
Determination of Ochratoxin A in Cereals
and Cereal Products - Part 2: HighPerformance Liquid Chromatographic
Method with Bicarbonate Clean up
December; ISO 15141-2:1998
Solid Bearing Pin Bush Chains September
Spherical Plain Bearings; Part 1: Radical
Spherical Plain Bearings July; ISO 122401:1998; Together with DIN ISO 12240-4,
July 1999 Supersedes DIN 648, August 1987
Spherical Plain Bearings; Part 2: Angular
Contact Radial Spherical Plain Bearings July;
ISO 12240-2:1998
Spherical Plain Bearings; Part 3: Thrust
Spherical Plain Bearings July; ISO 122403:1998
Building Hardware Emergency Exit Devices
Operated by a Lever Handle or Push Pad
Requirements and Test Methods November
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
Radiographic Examination of Welded Joints
October
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures; Test Methods
- Determination of Tensile Strength
Development for Polymers February
Products and Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - Test
Methods; Infrared Analysis September
Flexible Sheets for Waterproofing Bitumen
Sheets for Roof Waterproofing
Determination of Adhesive of Granules
November; Supersedes Parts of DIN 52123,
August 1985 Edition
Rubber and Thermoplastics Hoses and Hose
Assemblies for Liquid or Gaseous Chemicals
Specification August
Light Conveyor Belts; Tolerances on Widths
and Lengths of Cut Light Conveyor Belts
August; ISO 15147:1999
ISO 230-1
ISO 12145
ISO 12240-4
10
13-1
13-2
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-6
13-7
13-8
13-9
Test Code for Machine Tools; Part 1:
Geometric Accuracy of Machines Operating
Under No-Load or Finishing Conditions July;
ISO 230-1:1996; Supersedes DIN 8601,
December 1986 Edition
Resistance Welding Equipment; Angles for
Mounting Spot Welding Electrodes
September; ISO 12145:1998
Spherical Plain Bearings; Part 4: Spherical
Plain Bearing Rod Ends July; ISO 122404:1998; Together with ISO 12240-1, July
1999 Supersedes DIN 648, August 1987
Driving Squares for Rotating Tools with
Parallel Shanks June
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 1: Nominal Sizes for 1 mm to 68 mm
Diameter Coarse Pitch Threads November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 2: Nominal Sizes for 0,2 mm, 0,25 mm
and 0,35 mm Fine Pitch Threads with
Diameters from 1 mm to 50 mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 3: Nominal Sizes for 0,5 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 3,5 mm to 90
mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 4: Nominal Sizes for 0,75 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 5 mm to 110
mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 5: Nominal Sizes for 1 mm and 1,25 mm
Fine Pitch Threads with Diameters from 7,5
mm to 200 mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 6: Nominal Sizes for 1,5 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 12 mm to 300
mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 7: Nominal Sizes for 2 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 17 mm to 300
mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 8: Nominal Sizes for 3 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 28 mm to 300
mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
13-20
158-1
158-2
168-1
314
318
336
352
405-1
405-2
539-1
539-2
802-5
825
Part 9: Nominal Sizes for 4 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 40 mm to 300
mm November
General Purpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 20: Limits of Size for 1 mm to 68 mm
Diameter Course Pitch Threads with the
Recommended Tolerance Classes November
Metric Taper External and Mating Parallel
Internal Screw Threads Part 1: Dimensions,
Tolerances and Inspection June, Supersedes
DIN 158, August 1986 Edition
Metric Taper External and Mating Parallel
Internal Screw Threads Part 2: Gauges and
Gauging June
Glass Container Knuckle Thread Finishes
Thread Sizes April
Wing Nuts with Edged Wings September
Wing Screws with Edged Wings July
Drills for Use Prior to Tapping Screw
Threads April; Supersedes DIN 336-1, April
1969 Edition
Screwing Taps in Sets of 3 Taps for M 1 to
M 68 ISO Metric Screw Threads;
Dimensions September
General-Purpose Knuckle Threads; Part 1:
Profiles and Nominal Sizes November; This
Standard, Together with DIN 405-2,
November 1997 Edition, Supersedes the
November 1975 Edition of DIN 405-1
General-Purpose Knuckle Threads; Part 2:
Tolerances November; This Standard
Supersedes the October 1981 Edition of DIN
405-2 and, Together with DIN 405-1,
November 1997 Edition, the November 1975
Edition of DIN 405-1
Screw Plugs for Traps for Use with Waste
Pipes Part 1: Copper-Zinc Alloy Screw Plugs
April
Screw Plugs for Traps for Use with Waste
Pipes Part 2: Polypropylene (PP) Screw
Plugs April
Manufacturing Tolerances for the Threaded
Portion of Screwing Taps; Part 5: Ground
Taps for ISO Metric Threads - Interference
Fit Threads as in DIN 8141-1 February
Signs and Labels; Dimensions May;
918 SUPPL. 3
928
929
949 PT 2
977
1045/A1
1053-1
1053-2
1164-2
1409
1495-3
1961
1986-4
2215
2328-1
2328-2
2353
2395 PT 1
Supersedes DIN 825-1; DIN 825-2 and DIN
825-3 July 1983 Editions
Overview of European Standards for
Fasteners January
Square Weld Nuts February
Hexagon Weld Nuts February
Metric Interference-Fit Thread Studs; with a
Length of Engagement Equal to About 2,5 d
(Type B) July
Hexagon Weld Nuts with Flange February
Structural Use of Concrete; Design and
Construction December; Amendment A1
Masonry Part 1: Design and Construction
November; Together with DIN 1053-2,
November 1996 Edition, Supersedes DIN
1053-2, July 1984 Edition
Masonry Part 2: Masonry Strength
Classification on the Basis of Suitability
Testing November; Together with DIN 10531, November 1996 Edition, Supersedes July
1984 Edition
Cement; Part 2: Conformity Evaluation
November
High-Speed Steel Broaching Tools Technical
Delivery Conditions July
Sintered Metal Plain Bearings Subject to
Specific Requirements for Use in SmallPower and Fractional Horse-Power Electric
Motors; Part 3: Requirements and Testing
March
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part B: General Conditions of Contract
Relating to the Execution of Construction
Work May
Site Drainage Systems; Use of Sewer Pipes
and Fittings Made of Different Materials
November
Classical Endless V-Belts Dimensions
August
End Mills with 7/24 Taper Shank Part 1:
Dimensions December
End Mills with 7/24 Taper Shanks Part 2:
Technical Delivery Conditions April
Compression Fittings and Couplings
December
Rectangular and Square Welded Steel
2395 PT 2
2605-2
2825 PT 1
2825 PT 2
2826
2827
3476
3548 PT 1
3760
3852 PT 1 (S)
3852 PT 11
3871
3942
3943
3944
Hollow Sections; Dimensions September
Rectangular and Square Welded Steel
Hollow Sections; Technical Delivery
Conditions September
Steel Butt-Welding Pipe Fittings Part 2:
Elbows and Bends for Use at Full Service
Pressure June
Rubber Hose Assemblies for Steam and Hot
Water General Requirements February
Rubber Hose Assemblies for Steam and Hot
Water Testing February
Clamp Type Coupling Assemblies for Use
with DN 15 to DN 50 Steam and Hot Water
Hoses Rated for Pressures up to 18 Bar
February
Stainless Steel Flexible Hoses for Use with
Chemical Fluids February
Corrosion Protection of Water Valves and
Pipe Fittings by Epoxy Powder or Liquid
Epoxy Resin Linings; Requirements and
Testing August
Flanged Automatic Steam Traps October
Rotary Shaft Lip Seals September
Stud Ends and Tapped Holes with Metric
Fine Pitch Thread, for Use with Compression
Couplings, Valves and Screw Plugs;
Dimensions February; Superseded in Part by
DIN 3852 Part 11, May 1994 Edition
Stud Ends and Tapped Holes for Use with
Compression Couplings, Valves and Screw
Plugs Type E Stud End Dimensions May;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 3852 Part 1,
February 1992 Edition, and DIN 3852 Part 2,
November 1991 Edition
Male Fittings for Use with Compression
Couplings October
Compression Fittings and Couplings; Swivel
Type Male Stud Elbows with 24 Degree
Cone and O-Ring and with Type W Port as in
DIN 3861 May
Compression Fittings and Couplings; Swivel
Type Male Stud Tees (Stud Branch) with 24
Degree Cone and O-Ring and with Type W
Port as in DIN 3861 May
Compression Fittings and Couplings; Swivel
Type Male Stud Tees (Stud Run) with 24
3945
3946
4021
4165
4166
4208
4261 PT 4
4925-1
4925-2
4925-3
4927
5034-3
5034-4
5687-1
5901
5902
Degree Cone and O-Ring and with Type W
Port as in DIN 3861 May
Compression Fittings and Couplings; Swivel
Type Adaptors with 24 Degree Cone and ORing and with Type W Port as in DIN 3861
May
Compression Fittings and Couplings
Reducing 24 Degrees Swivel Adaptors with
Type W Compression End to DIN 3861
November
Ground Exploration by Excavation, Boring
and Sampling October
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Blocks and
Flat Units November
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Slabs and
Panels October
Anhydrite Binders April
Small Sewage Treatment Plants; Plants with
Sewage Aeration; Operation and
Maintenance June
Threaded Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC-U) Water Well Filter Pipes and
Casings Part 1: DN 35 to DN 100 Pipes with
Whitworth Pipe Thread April
Threaded Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC-U) Water Well Filter Pipes and
Casings Part 2: DN 100 to DN 200 Pipes
with Trapezoidal Thread April
Threaded Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC-U) Water Well Filter Pipes and
Casings Part 3: DN 250 to DN 400 Pipes
with Trapezoidal Thread April
DN 50 to DN 200 Steel Flanged Well Tubing
October
Daylight in Interiors; Methods of Calculation
September
Daylight in Interiors; Simplified Method of
Determining Window Sizes in Dwellings
September
Tested Medium Tolerance Round Steel Link
Chains Part 1: Grade 5 April
Flat Bottom Rails Dimensions, Static
Properties and Materials November; Replaces
DIN 5901-1
Fishplates for Flat Bottom Rails; Dimensions
and Materials November; Supersedes DIN
5904
5906
6305
6307
6319
6335
6336
6337
6346
6599
6908
6915
7500-1
7504
7513
7516
7603
7647
7968
7969
7990
5901 PT 2, March 1965 Edition
Steel Sleepers for Flat Bottom Rails;
Dimensions, Static Properties and Materials
November
Rail Clips for Grooveless Flat Bottom Rails;
Dimesions and Material November
Tommy Nuts with Fixed Bar January
Clamping Nuts with Movable Bar January
Spherical Washers and Conical Seats October
Palm Grips January
Star Knobs January
Ball-Ended Handles January
Parallels October
Applicability of Hard Cutting Materials for
Machining by Chip Removal; Information
Additional to ISO 513 Designation; (ISO/TR
11255: 1994) June
Conical Spring Washers for Screw and
Washer Assemblies August
Steel Hexagon Nuts with Large Width
Across Flats for High-Strenth Structural
Bolting December
Thread Rolling Screws for ISO Metric Screw
Thread; Dimensions, Requirements and
Testing August; Superseded by EN ISO
7085: January 2000 Edition and 7500-1:
January 2000 Edition
Self-Drilling Tapping Screws; Dimensions,
Requirements and Testing September
Hexagon Head and Slotted Head Thread
Cutting Screws; Dimensions, Requirements,
and Testing September
Cross Recessed Head Thread Cutting Screws;
Dimensions, Requirements, and Testing
September
Ring Seals and Gaskets November
Male Stud Compression Couplings August
Steel Hexagon Fit Bolts for Structural Steel
Bolting, for Supply with Hexagon Nuts
December
Steel Slotted Countersunk Head Screws for
Structural Steel Bolting for Supply with or
Hexagon Nuts December
Steel Hexagon Head Bolts for Structural
Steel Bolting, for Supply with Hexagon Nuts
December
8061
8074
8075
8077
8078
8164
8169
8182
8187-1
8188-1
8519
8527-1
8541-120
12492
16450
16451 PT 1
16451 PT 2
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride Pipes;
General Quality Requirements and Testing
August
Polyethylene (PE) Pipes; Dimensions August
Polyethylene (PE) Pipes; General Quality
Requirements and Testing August
Polypropylene (PP) Pipes; Dimensions July
Types 1, 2 and 3 Polypropylene (PP) Pipes;
General Quality Requirements and Testing
April
Bush Chains August
Rollers for Types M, MT, MC and MCT
Solid and Hollow Bearing Pin Conveyor
Chains September
Cranked-Link Roller Chains (Rotary Chains)
September
European Type Roller Chains; Simple,
Duplex and Triplex Chains March
American Type Roller Chains; Simple,
Duplex and Triplex Chains March
Annular and Elongated Projections for
Resistance Welding of Sheet Steel May
Fluxes for Soldering Heavy Metals; Part 1:
Requirements and Testing August; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 29455-11,
February 1994 Edition, and DIN EN ISO
9455-12, November 1994 Edition,
Supersedes the June 1970 Edition of This
Standard and the April
All-Fuel Gas Hoses and Gas Flux Hoses for
Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes Part
120: Safety Requirements and Testing May;
Together with DIN EN 559 Supersedes DIN
8541-1
Factory-Made Mortar Production, Inspection
and Delivery November
Nomenclature and Symbols for Fittings for
Use with Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC-U) Pressure Pipes June
Ductile Iron (GGG) Fittings for Use with
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Pressure Pipes; Technical Delivery
Conditions ` June
Ductile Iron (GGG) Fittings for Use with
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U);
Pressure Pipes; Dimensions June
16868-1
16869-1
16872
16894
16895
16966-7
16968
18015-2
18015-3
18121-1
18123
18124
18126
18127
18129
18134
18137-2
Wound and Filled Glass Fibre Reinforced
Polyester Resin Pipes; Dimensions
November
Centrifugally Cast and Filled Glass Fibre
Reinforced Polyester Resin Pipes;
Dimensions December
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGRP) Flanges; for Use with Thermoplastics
Pipe Fittings; Dimensions October
Crosslinked Medium Density Polyethylene
(PE-MDX) Pipes; General Quality
Requirements and Testing January
Crosslinked Medium Density Polyethylene
(PE-MDX) Pipes; Dimensions June
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGRP) Pipe Fittings and Joint Assemblies;
Requirements for and Testing of Bushes,
Flanges, and Flanged and Laminated Joints
(Apr)
Polybutene (PB) Pipes; General
Requirements and Testing December
Electrical Installations in Dwellings Part 2:
Requirements for Minimum Equipment
August
Electrical Installations in Dwellings; Part 3:
Circuit Arrangement and Location of
Electrical Equipment April
Determination of Moisture Content of Soil by
the Oven-Drying Method April
Determination of Particle Size Distribution of
Soil November
Determination of Particle Density of Soil
Using Pyknometers July
Determination of Minimum and Maximum
Dry Densities of Non-Cohesive Soil
November
Determination of Dry Density/Moisture
Content Relationship (Proctor Test)
November
Determination of the Lime Content of Soil
November
Determination of Deformation and Strength
Characteristics of Soil by the Plate Loading
Test (Jan)
Determination of the Shear Strength
Parameters of Soil by the Triaxial Test
18137 PT 1
18159 PT 1
18201
18202
18203-1
18299
18300
18301
18302
18303
18305
18306
18307
December
Determination of Shear Strength of Soil;
Terminology and General Requirements for
Testing (Aug)
Polyurethane (PUR) Foam Thermal
Insulating Material Applied in Situ
Applications, Requirements, Workmanship
and Testing (Supersedes DIN 18159 Part 2,
June 1978 Edition)
Tolerances in Building; Terminology,
Principles, Application and Compliance
Control April
Tolerances for Building Structures April
Tolerances for Building; Part 1: Precast
Ordinary, Reinforced and Prestressed
Concrete Components April
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); General
Rules Applying to All Types of Construction
Work June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Earthworks
(June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB);
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Drilling
Work June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB);
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Well Sinking
June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Timbering to
Trenchwork Sept; May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Groundwater
Lowering June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB);
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Underground
Drainage May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
18308
18313
18314
18315
18316
18317
18318
18319
18320
18330
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Laying of
Pressure Pipework Below Ground May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Land
Drainage (June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Diaphragm
Walling June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Sprayed
Concrete Work (June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Road
Construction: Surfacing without Binder
(June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Road
Construction: Surfacings with Hydraulic
Binders June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Road
Construction: Asphalt Surfacings June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Road
Construction: Sett and Slab Pavements, and
Surrounds (June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Trenchless
Pipelaying (June)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Landscape
Work June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB);
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Masonry
Work May
18331
18332
18334
18335
18336
18338
18339
18349
18350
18352
18353
18355
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Concrete
Work May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Natural Stone
Work May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Carpentry
May
Construction Contract Pocedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Structural
Steelwork June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV);
Waterproofing June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Roofing Work
May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Sheet Metal
Roofing and Wall Covering Work May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Repair Work
on Concrete Structures May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Plastering and
Rendering May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Wall and
Floor Tiling May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Laying of
Floor Screed May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
18356
18357
18360
18361
18363
18364
18366
18380
18381
18385
18386
Construction Contracts (ATV) Joinery May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Laying of
Parquet Flooring May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Mounting of
Door and Window Hardware May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Metalwork
May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Glazing June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Painting and
Varnishing June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB);
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Corrosion
Protection of Steel and Aluminium Structures
June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Application of
Decorative Coverings on Walls and Ceilings
(Dec)
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Installation of
Central Heating Systems and Hot Water
Supply Systems May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Installation of
Pipework for Gas, Water and Drainage
Services May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Installation of
Lifts, Escalators, Passenger Conveyors and
Materials Handling Equipment May
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB);
18421
18515 PT 1
18515 PT 2
18531
18540
EN 111
EN 115
EN 196-1
EN 196-2
EN 196-3
EN 196-5
EN 233
EN 234
EN 253
EN 259
EN 286-1
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV); Building
Management Systems June
Construction Contract Procedures (VOB)
Part C: General Technical Specifications in
Construction Contracts (ATV) Insulation of
Service Installations May
Design and Installation of Tile or Natural
Stone Cladding (Apr)
Design and Installation of Masonry Cladding
on Supports (Apr)
Bituminous and Polymeric Sheet Roofing;
Concepts, Requirements and Design (Sept)
Design and Sealing of Joints in External
Walls of Buildings (Feb) (Supersedes
October 1988 Edition)
Wall-Hung Hand Rinse Basins Connecting
Dimensions January
Safety Rules for the Construction and
Installation of Escalators and Passenger
Conveyors (June)
Methods of Testing Cement; Determination
of Strength (May)
Methods of Testing Cement; Chemical
Analysis of Cement (May)
Methods of Testing Cement; Determination
of Setting Time and Soundness (May)
Methods of Testing Cement; Pozzolanicity
Test for Pozzolanic Cement (May)
Wallcovering in Roll Form Specification for
Finished Wallpapers, Wall Vinyls and
Plastics Wallcoverings August; Together
with DIN EN 12956, August 1999 Edition,
Supersedes February 1997 Edition
Wallcoverings in Roll Form; Specification
for Wallcoverings for Subsequent Decoration
February; Includes Amendment A1:1996
Preinsulated Bonded Pipe Systems for
Underground Hot Water Networks; Pipe
Assemblies of Steel Service Pipes,
Polyurethane Thermal Insulation and
Polyethylene Outer Casing (Dec)
Wallcoverings in Roll Form Specification for
Heavy Duty Wallcoverings February
Simple Unfired Pressure Vessels Designed to
Contain Air or Nitrogen; Part 1: Pressure
EN 286-3
EN 969/A1
EN 970
EN 976-1
EN 976-2
EN 977
EN 978
EN 989
EN 990
EN 991
Vessels for General Purposes August
Simple Unfired Pressure Vessels Designed to
Contain Air or Nitrogen; Steel Pressure
Vessels Designed for Air Braking Equipment
and Auxiliary Pneumatic Equipment for
Railway Rolling Stock (Nov)
Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings, Accessories and
Their Joints for Gas Pipelines; Requirements
and Test Methods April; Amendment 1 April,
1999; Modifies DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition
Non-Destructive Examination of Fusion
Welds Visual Examination March
Underground Horizontal Cylindrical Tanks
of Glass-Reinforced Plastics (GRP) for the
Non-Pressure Storage of Liquid Petroleum
Based Fuels; Part 1: Requirements and Test
Methods for Single Wall Tanks September
Underground Horizontal Cylindrical Tanks
of Glass-Reinforced Plastics (GRP) for the
Non-Pressure Storage of Liquid Petroleum
Based Fuels; Part 2: Transport, Handling,
Storage and Installation of Single Wall Tanks
September
Underground Tanks of Glass-Reinforced
Plastics (GRP); Method for One Side
Exposure to Fluids September
Underground Tanks of Glass-Reinforced
Plastics (GRP); Determination of Factor
Alpha Particle and Factor Beta Ray
September
Determination of the Bond Behaviour
between Reinforcing Bars and Autoclaved
Aerated Concrete by the 'Push-Out' Test
(Sept)
Test Methods for Verification of Corrosion
Protection of Reinforcement in Autoclaved
Aerated Concrete and Lightweight Aggregate
Concrete with Open Structure (Sept)
(Supersedes Parts of DIN 4028, Jan 1982 Ed,
DIN 4232, Sept 1987 Ed)
Determination of the Dimensions of
Prefabricated Reinforced Components Made
of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete or
Lightweight Aggregate Concrete with Open
Structure (Sept) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
EN 992
EN 996
EN 997
EN 1011-1
EN 1012-1
EN 1393
EN 1394
EN 1398
EN 1401-1
EN 1411
EN 1418
EN 1423
EN 1424
EN 1436
4028, January 1982 Edition)
Determination of the Dry Density of
Lightweight Aggregate Concrete with Open
Structure (Sept) (Supersedes Parts of DIN
4028, January 1982 Edition, and DIN 4232,
September 1987 Edition)
Piling Equipment; Safety Requirements
(Apr) (Supersedes DIN 24096, June 1987
Edition)
WC Pans with Integral Trap October;
Supersedes DIN 1385, May 1988 Edition
Recommendations for Welding of Metallic
Materials Part 1: General Guidance for Arc
Welding April
Safety Requirements for Compressors and
Vacuum Pumps; Compressors July
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Determination of Initial
Longitudinal Tensile Properties December
Glass-Reinforced Thermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Determination of the Apparent
Initial Circumferential Tensile Strength
December
Dock Levellers November
Plastics Piping Systems for Non-Pressure
Underground Drainage and Sewerage Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC-U)
Part 1: Specifications for Pipes, Fittings and
the System December; Supersedes DIN V
19534-1, November 1992 Edition, and,
Together with
Thermoplastics Pipes; Determination of
Resistance to External Blows by the Staircase
Method (Mar)
Welding Personnel Approval Testing of
Welding Operators for Fusion Welding and
Resistance Weld Setters for Fully
Merchanized and Automatic Welding of
Metallic Materials January
Road Marking Materials Drop-On Materials:
Glass Beads, Antiskid Aggregates, and
Mixtures of the Two October
Road Marking Materials Premix Glass Beads
October
Road Marking Materials Road Marking
Performance for Road Users October
EN 12002
EN 12062
EN 12078
EN 12080
EN 12082
EN 12085
EN 12086
EN 12087
EN 12088
EN 12089
EN 12090
EN 12091
18545-2
18550-4
18557
18800-1/A1
18800-2/A1
Adhesives for Tiles; Determination of
Transverse Deformation for Cementitious
Adhesives and Grouts August
Non-Destructive Examination of Welds;
General Rules for Metallic Materials October
Zero Governors for Gas Burners and Gas
Burning Appliances December
Railway Applications - Axleboxes Rolling
Bearings December
Railway Applications - Axleboxes
Performance Testing December
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Linear
Dimensions of Test Specimens August
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Water
Transmision Properties August; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 18174 January 1981; and DIN
52615 November 1987
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Long-Term
Water Absorption by Immersion August;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 18165-1 July 1991
Thermal Products for Building Applications
Determination of Long-term Water
Absorption by Diffusion August
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Bending
Behaviour August; Supersedes Parts of DIN
1101 November 1989
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Shear
Behaviour August
Thermal Insulating Products for Building
Applications Determination of Freeze-Thaw
Resistance August
Glazing with Sealants Part 2: Sealants March
Plastering and Rendering Lightweight
Plasters Ausust
Factory-Made Mortar Production, Inspection
and Delivery November
Structural Steelwork; Design and
Construction; Amendment A1 (Feb)
Structural Steelwork; Analysis of Safety
Against Buckling of Linear Members and
Frames February; Amendment A1 to DIN
18807-6
18807-7
18807-8
19583-1
19583-2
19584-1
19584-2
19605
19635
19653
19702
19850-1
19850-2
21544
24147-1
24190
18800-2, November 1990 Edition
Trapezoidal Aluminium Sheeting and
Connections in Building Part 6:
Determination of Loadbearing Capacity by
Calculation September
Trapezoidal Aluminium Sheeting and
Connections in Building Part 7:
Determination of Loadbearing Capacity by
Testing September
Trapezoidal Aluminium Sheeting and
Connections in Building Part 8: Analysis at
Ultimate and Serviceability Limit States
September
Classes C 250 and D 400 Gully Tops of Size
500 X 500; Part 1: Assembly November
Classes C 250 and D 400 Gully Tops of Size
500 X 500; Part 2: Components November
Class D 400 Manhole Tops Part 1: Assembly
November
Class D 400 Manhole Tops Part 2:
Components June
Design of Fixed Granular-Bed Filters for
Water Treatment April
Chemical Feeders for Drinking Water
Treatment; Requirements, Testing and
Operation (DVGW Code of Practice)
November
Symbols for Irrigation System Equipment
November
Stability of Solid Hydraulic Structures
October
Fibre Cement Pipes and Fittings for Drains
and Sewers; Part 1: Dimensions of Pipes,
Branches and Bends November
Fibre Cement Pipes and Fittings for Drains
and Sewers Part 2: Dimensions of Joint
Assemblies November
Steel for Use in Mine Support Work;
Technical Delivery Conditions (July)
Circular Fittings for Use in Air Distribution
Systems; Types, Dimensions, Materials and
Classification December; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN 1506, February 1998
Edition, Supersedes DIN 24147-1, June 1993
Edition
Rectangular Ducting Sections for Use in Air
24151-1
24151-2
24152
EN 197-2
126
440
934 (S)
1115 (S)
1754 PT 1
2282 PT 3
Distribution Systems; Lock-Seamed or
Welded Sheet Steel Ducting Sections
December; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 1505, February 1998 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 24190, November 1985 Edition
Circular Ducting Sections for Use in Air
Distribution Systems; Class 1 Welded Sheet
Steel Ducting Sections December; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 1506,
February 1998 Edition, Supersedes DIN
24151-1, April 1990 Edition
Circular Ducting Sections for Use in Air
Distribution Systems; Class 2 Welded Sheet
Steel Ducting Sections December; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 1506,
February 1998 Edition, Supersedes DIN
24151-2, April 1990 Edition
Circular Ducting Sections for Use in Air
Distribution Systems; Lock-Seamed Sheet
Steel Ducting Sections December; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 1506,
February 1998 Edition, Supersedes DIN
24152, April 1990 Edition
CementPart 2: Conformity Evaluation
November; This Standard Together with DIN
EN197-1 and DIN 1164, November 2000
Edition, Supersedes DIN V ENV 1972,January 1996 Edition, DIN 1164-1,
October 1994 Edition,
ProductGrade C Washers; Designed for Use
with Hexagon Head Bolts and Nuts
March;Superseded by DIN EN ISO 7091,
November 2000 Edition
Washersfor Use in Timber Constructions
HexagonNuts with Metric Coarse and Fine
Pitch Thread; Product Classes A and
BOctober; Superseded by DIN EN 24032
ConcreteRoofing Tiles; Requirements,
Testing, Inspection May; Superseded by EN
490and EN 491, May 1994 Editions
CopperTubes; Seamless Drawn; Dimension
Ranges and Coordination of Tolerances
August
GOScrew Gauging Members for Workshop
Plug Gauges and Check Plugs for ISO
MetricScrew Threads over 40 mm up to 250
2526
2999 PT 6
3544 PT 1
4043
4262 PT 3
6276
6925
8187-3
15400
16962 PT 4
16962 PT 5
16962 PT 6
16962 PT 7
16962 PT 8
mm Nominal Diameter for Use in
PrecisionEngineering November
Flanges;Types of Contact Surfaces March
WhitworthPipe Threads for Tubes and
Fittings; Conical Screw Check Plugs; Sizes
January
High-DensityPolyethylene (HDPE) Valves;
Tapping Valves; Requirements and Test
September
Trapsfor Light Liquids (Fuel Oil Traps);
Principles of Construction, Installationand
Operation, Testing October
Subsoiland Dual-Purpose Concrete Field
Drains for Use in Road Construction and
CivilEngineering; Requirements and Testing
February
InternalCombustion Engines for General
Purposes; Valve Blocks for Compressed
AirContainers; 38 mm Bore April
PrevailingTorque Type All-Metal Hexagon
Nuts July
EuropeanType Roller Chains Part 3: Simple
Roller Chains with Extended Pins Connecting Dimensions August
LiftingHooks; Materials, Mechanical
Properties, Lifting Capacity and Stresses
June
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 and 2 Polypropylene (PP) PressurePipes;
Adaptors for Fusion Jointing, Flanges and
Sealing Elements; DimensionsNovember
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 and 2 Polypropylene (PP) PressurePipes;
General Quality Requirements and Testing
October
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines; Types 1 and
2;Injection Moulded Elbows for SocketWelding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines; Types 1 and
2;Injection Moulded Tee Pieces for SocketWelding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines; Types 1 and
2;Injection Moulded Sockets and Caps for
16962 PT 9
16962 PT 10
16962 PT 11
16962 PT 12
16962 PT 13
16963 PT 1
16963 PT 2
16963 PT 3
16963 PT 4
16963 PT 5
16963 PT 6
Socket-Welding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 and 2 Polypropylene (PP) PressurePipes;
Injection Moulded Reducers and Nipples for
Socket Welding; Dimensions(June)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 to 3 Polypropylene (PP) PressurePipes;
Injection-Moulded Fittings for Butt Welding;
Dimensions (Oct)
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines; Types 1 and
2;Turned and Pressed Reducing Sockets for
Butt-Welding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines; Types 1 and
2;Bushes, Flanges and Seals for SocketWelding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Type 1
and Type 2 Polypropylene (PP)Pressure
Pipes; Pipe Couplings; Dimensions (June)
PipeJoints and Elements for High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Pipe Bends of
Segmental Construction for ButtWelding;Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 and 2 High-Density Polyethylene(HDPE)
Pressure Pipes; Tees and Branches Produced
by Segment Inserts andNecking for Butt
Welding; Dimensions (Feb)
PipeJoints and Elements for High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Pipe Bends for ButtWelding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for HighDensity Polyethylene (PE-HD)
PressurePipes; Adaptors for Fusion Jointing,
Flanges and Sealing Elements;
Dimensions(Nov)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for HighDensity Polyethylene (PE-HD)
PressurePipes; General Quality Requirements
and Testing (Oct)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for HighDensity Polyethylene (PE-HD)
PressurePipes; Injection-Moulded Fittings for
16963 PT 7
16963 PT 8
16963 PT 9
16963 PT 10
1 (S)
7 (S)
13-10
13-11
13-19
13-50
13-52
13 PT 10
Butt Welding; Dimensions (Oct)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for HighDensity Polyethylene (PE-HD)
PressurePipes; Fittings for Resistance
Welding; Dimensions (Oct)
PipeJoints and Elements for High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Injection Moulded
Elbows for Socket-Welding; Dimensions
(Aug)
PipeJoints and Elements for High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Injection Moulded
Tee Pieces for Socket-Welding;
Dimensions(Aug)
PipeJoints and Elements for High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Injection Moulded
Sockets and Caps for SocketWelding;Dimensions (Aug)
TaperPins September; Superseded by DIN
EN 22339
ParallelPins September; Superseded by DIN
EN 22338
GeneralPurpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 10: Nominal Sizes for 6 mm Fine
PitchThreads with Diameters from 70 mm to
500 mm November
GeneralPurpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 11: Nominal Sizes for 8 mm Fine
PitchThreads with Diameters from 130 mm
to 1000 mm November
GeneralPurpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 19: Nominal Profiles November,
ThisStandard Together with DIN ISO 68-1,
November 1999 Edition,
SupersedesDecember 1986 Edition
GeneralPurpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 50: Tolerances for Cold-Formed
InternalThreads November
GeneralPurpose ISO Metric Screw Threads
Part 52: Tolerances for Multi-Start
ThreadsNovember
ISOMetric Screw Threads; 6 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 70 mm to500
mm; Nominal Sizes December
13 PT 11
13 PT 16
13 PT 17
13 PT 18
13 PT 19
13 PT 21
13 PT 22
13 PT 23
13 PT 24
13 PT 25
13 PT 26
13 PT 28
ISOMetric Screw Threads; 8 mm Fine Pitch
Threads with Diameters from 130 mm
to1000 mm; Nominal Sizes December
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Gauges for
External and Internal Threads;
GaugingSystem and Terminology January
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Gauges for
External and Internal Threads; Gauge
Sizesand Design Features January
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Gauges for
External and Internal Threads; Gauging
ofWorkpieces and Use of Gauges January
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Basic Profile and
Maximum and Minimum Material
ProfilesDecember
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Limits of Sizes
for Fine Screw ThreadswWithin the Range1
to 24,5 mm Nominal Diameter, Together
with the Commonly Used ToleranceClasses
October
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Limits of Sizes
for Fine Screw Threads within the Range25
to 52 mm Nominal Diameter, Together with
the Commonly Used ToleranceClasses
October
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Limits of Sizes
for Fine Screw Threads within the Range53
to 110 mm Nominal Diameter, Together with
the Commonly Used ToleranceClasses
October
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Limits of Sizes
for Fine Screw Threads within the Range112
to 180 mm Nominal Diameter, Together with
the Commonly Used ToleranceClasses
October
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Limits of Sizes
for Fine Screw Threads within the Range182
to 250 mm Nominal Diameter, Together with
the Commonly Used ToleranceClasses
October
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Limits of Sizes
for Fine Screw Threads within the Range252
to 1000 mm Nominal Diameter, Together
with the Commonly Used ToleranceClasses
October
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Coarse and Fine
13 PT 51
13 PT 52
63
66
74 PT 1
74 PT 2
74 PT 3
75 PT 1
76 PT 1
76 PT 2
76 PT 3
78
84
85
93
94
95
96
Screw Threads from 1 to 250 mm
ScrewThread Diameter; Root Cross-Sections,
Tensile Stress Cross-Sections and
PitchAngles September
ISOMetric Screw Threads; External Threads
for Transition Fits; Tolerances,
LimitDeviations, Limits of Size December
ISOMetric Screw Threads; Multi-Start
Threads November
SlottedCountersunk Head Screws; Small
Head; (Countersunk Heads of Type
HithertoUsed) May
Countersinksfor Countersunk Head Screws
with ISO 7721 Common Head Style April
Countersinksfor Countersunk Head Screws
December
Counterbores(Holes) for Cheese Head, Pan
Head and Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws
May
Counterbores(Holes) for Hexagon Bolts and
Nuts May
Countersinksfor Countersunk Head Screws;
Old Type April
ThreadRun-Outs and Thread Undercuts for
ISO Metric Threads in Accordance with
DIN13 December
ThreadRun-Outs and Thread Undercuts for
Pipe Threads Conforming to ISO 228 Part
1December
Runouts;Undercuts for Trapezoidal Threads,
Buttress Threads and Knuckle Threads
andOther Threads of Coarse Pitch January
ThreadEnds and Lengths of Projection of
Bolt Ends for ISO Metric Threads
inAccordance with DIN 13 December;
Partially Superseded by EN ISO 4753,
July2000 Edition
ProductGrade A Slotted Cheese Head Screws
August
ProductGrade A Slotted Pan Head Screws
August
TabWashers with Long Tab July
SplitPins September
SlottedRaised Countersunk (Oval) Head
Wood Screws December
SlottedRound Head Wood Screws December
97
101
103 PT 1
103 PT 2
103 PT 3
103 PT 4
103 PT 5
103 PT 6
103 PT 7
103 PT 8
103 PT 9
105 PT 1
105 PT 2
105 PT 3
105 PT 4
105 PT 5
124
125 PT 1
SlottedCountersunk (Flat) Head Wood
Screws December
Rivets;Technical Delivery Conditions May
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Thread;
Profiles April
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Thread;
General Plan April
ISO MetricTrapezoidal Screw Thread;
Allowances and Tolerances for Trapezoidal
ScrewThreads of General Purpose April
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Thread;
Nominal Dimensions April
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
Limiting Sizes for Nut Threads from 8 to100
mm; Nominal Diameter October
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
Limiting Sizes for Nut Threads from 105
to300 mm Nominal Diameter October
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
Limiting Sizes for Bolt Threads from 8 to100
mm Nominal Diameter October
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
Limiting Sizes for Bolt Threads from 105
to300 mm Nominal Diameter October
ISOMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
Gauging of External and Internal
Threads,Gauge Dimensions and Design
Features February
ClayBricks; Solid Bricks and Vertically
Perforated Bricks August
ClayBricks; Lightweight Vertically
Perforated Bricks August
ClayBricks; High Strength Bricks and High
Strength Engineering Bricks May
ClayBricks; Ceramic Engineering Bricks
May
ClayBricks; Lightweight Horizontally
Perforated Bricks and
LightweightHorizontally Perforated Brick
Panels May
SteelRound Head Rivets; with Nominal
Diameters from 10 to 36 mm
ProductGrade A Washers with a Hardness up
to 250 HV Designed for Use with
HexagonHead Bolts and Nuts March;
Superseded by DIN EN ISO 7089, November
125 PT 2
127
128
137
186
188
202
248
258
261
262 PT 1
262 PT 2
263 PT 1
263 PT 2
264 PT 1
264 PT 2
267 PT 2
2000Edition, Together With DIN EN ISO
7090, November 2000
ProductGrade A Washers with a Hardness
from 300 HV Designed for Use with
HexagonHead Bolts and Nuts March;
Superseded by DIN EN ISO 7089, November
2000Edition, Together With DIN EN ISO
7090, November 2000 E
SpringLock Washers with Square Ends or
Tang Ends October
CurvedSpring Lock Washers October
WaveSpring Washers
T-HeadBolts with Square Neck April
T-HeadBolts with Double Nib January
ScrewThreads General Plan November
SquareRing Spanners October
TaperPins with Thread Ends and Constant
Taper Lengths February
T-HeadBolts January
RoundScrew Thread with Clearance and
Steep Flank with Pitch 7 mm;
NominalDimensions
RoundScrew Thread with Clearance and
Steep Flank with Pitch 7 mm;
LimitingDimensions of Screw Threads and
Allowances - Permissible Deviations
andPermissible Wear of Screw Thread
Gauges
Single-Startand Double-Start Trapezoidal
Screw Thread with Clearance for Rail
Vehicles;Theoretical Values November
Singleand Double-Start Trapezoidal Screw
Threads with Clearance for Rail
Vehicles;Thread Limits and Allowances,
Permissible Manufacturing Variations
andPermissible Wear on Screw Gauges
November
RoundScrew Thread with Clearance and Flat
Flank with Pitch 7 mm; NominalDimensions
RoundScrew Thread with Clearance and Flat
Flank with Pitch 7 mm; LimitingDimensions
of Screw Threads and Allowances
Permissible Deviations andPermissible Wear
of Screw Thread Gauges May
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Design and Dimensional Accuracy
267 PT 3
267 PT 4 (S)
267 PT 6
267 PT 10
267 PT 13
267 PT 15
267 PT 18 (S)
267 PT 19 (S)
267 PT 20 (S)
267 PT 21 (S)
267 PT 24
267 PT 25 (P)
267 PT 26
267 PT 27
November
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Property Classes for Carbon Steel and
AlloySteel Bolts and Screws; Conversion of
Property Classes August
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Property Classes for Nuts (Previous
Classes)August; Superseded by DIN EN
20898 Part 2
Fasteners;Product Grade F September
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Hot-Dip Galvanized Parts January
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions for
Bolt/Nut Assemblies with
SpecificMechanical Properties, for Service
Temperatures from -200 Degrees C to
+700Degrees C August; Together with DIN
267 Part 29, Augus
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Prevailing Torque Type Nuts November
Fasteners;Technical Conditions of Delivery;
Components Made of Non-Ferrous
MetalsFebruary; Superseded by DIN EN
28839
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions,
Surface Discontinuities on Bolts and
ScrewsOctober; Superseded by DIN EN
26157 Parts 1 and 3
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Surface Discontinuities on Nuts
October;Superseded by DIN EN 493
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Widening Test for Nuts June; Superseded by
DINEN 493
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Property Classes for Nuts (Hardness
Classes)August
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Torsion Testing of M 1 to M 10 Bolts
andScrews November
Fasteners;Technical Delivery Conditions;
Steel Spring Washers for Bolt/Nut
Assemblies October
Fasteners;Adhesive-Coated Steel Screws,
Bolts and Studs; Technical Delivery
ConditionsMarch
267 PT 28
267 PT 29
268
271
272
276
276 PT 1 (S)
276 PT 2 (S)
276 PT 3 (S)
302
315
316
371
374
376
380 PT 1
380 PT 2
404
405-3
417 (S)
Fasteners;Steel-Screws, Bolts and Studs with
Locking Coating; Technical
DeliveryConditions March
Fasteners;Product Grades for Bolt/Nut
Assemblies for Service Temperatures from 200Degrees C, to +700 Degrees C August;
Together with DIN 267 Part 13, August1993
Edition, Supersedes DIN 267 Part 13, March
1
TangentialKeys and Tangential Keyways for
Alternating Shock Loads September
TangentialKeys and Tangential Keyways for
Constant Loads September
Testingof Magnesium Oxychloride Screeds
February
BuildingCosts June; Supersedes April 1981
Editions of DIN 276 Parts 1 to 3
BuildingCosts; Terminology April;
Superseded by DIN 276
BuildingCosts; Classification of Costs April;
Superseded by DIN 276
BuildingCosts; Ascertainment of Costs April;
Superseded by DIN 276
SteelCountersunk Head Rivets; with Nominal
Diameters from 10 to 36 mm
WingNuts with Rounded Wings July
WingScrews with Rounded Wings July
MachineTaps with Full Diameter Shank for
M 1 to M 10 and M 1 x 0,2 to M 10 x
1,25ISO Metric Screw Threads July;
Supersedes June 1981 Edition
MachineTaps for M 3 x 0,2 to M 52 x 4 ISO
Metric Screw Threads July; Supersedes
June1981 Edition
MachineTaps for M 3 to M 68 ISO Metric
Screw Threads July; Supersedes June
1981Edition
StubMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
Thread Profiles April
StubMetric Trapezoidal Screw Threads;
General Plan April
SlottedCapstan Screws September
GeneralPurpose Knuckle Threads Part 3:
Gauges for External and Internal Threads Types, Profiles and Tolerances November
SlottedSet Screws with Long Dog Point
427
431
432
433 PT 1
433 PT 2
434
435
436
438 (S)
439 PT 1 (S)
439 PT 2 (S)
444
462
463
464
466
467
472
475 PT 1
475 PT 2
477 PT 1
September; Modified Version of ISO 7435,
1983Edition; Superseded by DIN EN 27435
SlottedHeadless Screws with Chamfered End
September
PipeNuts with Thread as in ISO 228-1
October
ExternalTab Washers (Locking Tab Washers)
November
ProductGrade A Washers with a Hardness up
to 250 HV Designed for Use with
CheeseHead Screws March; Superseded by
DIN EN ISO 7092, November 2000 Edition
ProductGrade A Washers with a Hardness
from 300 HV Designed for Use with Cheese
HeadScrews March; Superseded by DIN EN
ISO 7092, November 2000 Edition
SquareTaper Washers for Use with Channel
Sections April
SquareTaper Washers for Use with I Sections
January
SquareWashers for Use in Timber
Constructions
SlottedSet Screws with Cup Point September;
Modified Version of ISO 7436, 1983Edition;
Superseded by DIN EN 27436
UnchamferedHexagon Thin Nuts; Product
Grade B October; Superseded by DIN EN
24036
ChamferedHexagon Thin Nuts; Product
Grades A and B October; Superseded by DIN
EN 28675and DIN EN 24035
Eyebolts
MachineTools; Internal Tab Washers for
Slotted Round Nuts for Hook Spanner
Accordingto DIN 1804 September
TabWashers with Long and Short Tab at
Right Angles
KnurledThumb Screws September
KnurledNuts with Collar September
KnurledNuts September
Circlips;(Retaining Rings) for Bores; Normal
Type and Heavy Type September
WidthsAcross Flats for Bolts, Screws, Valves
and Fittings January
Wrenchand Socket Openings November
GasCylinder Valves Rated for Test Pressures
477 PT 5
478
479
480
482
483
485
508
513 PT 1
513 PT 2
513 PT 3
525
526
529
536 PT 2
546
547
548
551 (S)
553 (S)
557
558 (S)
561
562
564
up to 300 Bar; Types, Sizes andOutlets May;
Superseded in Part by DIN EN 629-1 August 1996 Edition
GasCylinder Valves Rated for Test Pressures
up to 450 Bar; Types, Sizes andOutlets
February
SquareHead Bolts with Collar February
SquareHead Bolts with Short Dog Point
February
SquareHead Bolts with Collar and Oval Half
Dog Point February
NaturalStone Kerbs September
ConcreteKerbs August
PrecastConcrete Paving Flags April
T-NutsJanuary
MetricButtress Threads; Thread Profiles
April
MetricButtress Threads; General Plan April
MetricButtress Threads; Deviations and
Tolerances April
WeldStuds September
SafetyCups for Cheese Head Screws
According to DIN 84 May
Masonryand Foundation Bolts December
CraneRails; Type F (Flat); Dimensions,
Static Values, Steel Grades December
SlottedRound Nuts September
RoundNuts with Drilled Holes in One Face
September
RoundNuts with Set Pin Holes in Side
September
SlottedSet Screws with Flat Point September;
Modified Version of ISO 4766, 1983Edition;
Superseded by DIN EN 24766
SlottedSet Screws with Cone Point
September; Modified Version of ISO 7434,
1983Edition; Superseded by DIN EN 27434
ProductGrade C Square Nuts January
M 5to M 36 Hexagon Head Screws Threaded
up to the Head; Product Grade CSeptember;
Superseded by DIN EN 24018
HexagonSet Screws with Small Hexagon and
Full Dog Point February
SquareThin Nuts Product Grade B October
HexagonSet Screws with Small Hexagon,
571
580
582
601 (S)
603
604
605
607
608
609
626-1
626-2
628-6
649
653
659
660
661
662
674
675
695
787
797
820-4
Half Dog Point and Flat Cone Point February
HexagonHead Wood Screws December
LiftingEye Bolts March
LiftingEye Nuts April
M 5to M 52 Hexagon Head Bolts; Product
Grade C September; Superseded by DIN
EN24016
MushroomHead Square Neck Bolts October
FlatCountersunk Nib Bolts October
FlatCountersunk Square Neck Bolts with
Long Square October
CupHead Nib Bolts October
FlatCountersunk Square Neck Bolts with
Short Square October
HexagonFit Bolts February
RollingBearings with Spherical Outside
Surface and Extended Inner Ring Part
1:Insert Bearings July
RollingBearings with Spherical Outside
Surface and Extended Inner Ring Part
2:Housing for Insert Bearings July;
Supersedes DIN 626-3, February 1979
Edition
Single-Row,Angular Contact Radial Ball
Bearings with Contact Angles of 15 Degree
and 25Degree July
T-Slotsfor T-Head Bolts January
KnurledThin Thumb Screws September
TubularSingle End Tee Socket Wrenches
November
RoundHead Rivets; with Nominal Diameters
from 1 to 8 mm May
CountersunkHead Rivets; with Nominal
Diameters from 1 to 8 mm May
Oval-HeadRivets; with Nominal Diameters
from 1,6 to 6 mm May
MushroomHead Rivets; with Nominal
Diameters from 1,6 to 6 mm May
FlatCountersunk Head Rivets; with Nominal
Diameters from 3 to 5 mm October
Grade2 Chain Slings with Hook or Ring
Type Terminal Fittings July
TeeBolts May; ISO 299: 1987
SpecialFoundation Bolts November
StandardsWork Part 4: Working Procedure
835
906
908
909
910
910 PT 1 (S)
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
918 SUPPL. 1
918 SUPPL. 2
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
931 PT 1 (S)
January
Studs;with a Length of Engagement Equal to
About 2 d February
HexagonSocket Pipe Plugs January
HexagonSocket Screw Plugs January
HexagonHead Pipe Plugs January
Heavy-DutyHexagon Head Screw Plugs
January; Supersedes DIN 910 Part 1, June
1983Edition
HeavyDuty Hexagon Head Screw Plugs with
Shoulder and Parallel Screw Thread June;
HexagonSocket Head Cap Screws December;
Modified Version of ISO 4762
HexagonSocket Set Screws with Flat Point;
ISO 4062 Modified December
HexagonSocket Set Screws with Cone Point;
ISO 4027 Modified December
HexagonSocket Set Screws with Dog Point;
ISO 4028 Modified December
HexagonSocket Set Screws with Cup Point;
ISO 4029 Modified December
HexagonCap Nuts October
Fasteners;Terminology; Spelling of Terms;
Abbreviations September
Fasteners;Representation of Standardized
Fasteners and Their Nomenclature November
Fasteners;Synopsis of Available ISO
Standards and DIN Standards October
SlottedPan Head Screws with Small Head
September
SlottedPan Head Screws with Large Head
September
SlottedPan Head Screws with Small Head
and Full Dog Point September
SlottedPan Head Screws with Shoulder
September
SlottedRaised Countersunk Head Screws
with Full Dog Point September
SlottedCountersunk Head Screws with Full
Dog Point September
SlottedSet Screws with Full Dog Point
September
SlottedShoulder Screws September
M 1,6to M 39 Hexagon Head Bolts; Product
Grades A and B September; Superseded
byDIN EN 24014
931 PT 2
931 SUPPL. 1
933 (S)
935-1
935-3
937
938
939
940
946
949 PT 1
960 (S)
961 (S)
962
967
968
969
971 PT 1 (S)
971 PT 2 (S)
M 42to M 160 x 6 Hexagon Head Bolts;
Product Grade B September
HexagonHead Bolts with Shank; Masses
September
M 1,6to M 52 Hexagon Head Screws
Threaded up to the Head; Product Grades A
and BSeptember; Superseded by DIN EN
24017
HexagonSlotted Nuts and Castle Nuts with
Metric Coarse and Fine Pitch Thread
ProductGrades A and B October
HexagonSlotted Nuts with Metric Coarse
Pitch Thread Product Grade C October
HexagonThin Castle Nuts (Previous Design)
December
Studs;with a Length of Engagement Equal to
About 1 d February
Studs;with a Length of Engagement Equal to
About 1,25 d February
Studs;with a Length of Engagement Equal to
About 2,5 d February
Determinationof Coefficient of Friction of
Bolt/Nut Assemblies Under Specified
ConditionsOctober
MetricInterference- Fit Thread Studs; with a
Length of Engagement Equal to About 2d
(Type A) February
M8 x1 to M100 x 4 Hexagon Head Bolts
with Fine Pitch Thread; Product Grades A
andB January; Superseded by DIN EN 28765
M8 x1 to M52 x 3 Hexagon Head Bolts with
Fine Pitch Thread; Product Grades A andB
January; Superseded by DIN EN 28676
DesignationSystem for Fasteners September
ProductGrade A Cross Recessed Pan Head
Screws with Collar January
CrossRecessed Pan Head Tapping Screws
with Collar January
AxialLoad Fatigue Testing of Threaded
Fasteners December;Supersedes DIN
ISO3800-1, March 1978 Edition
Style1 Hexagon Nuts with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Property Classes 6 and 8October;
Superseded by DIN EN 28673
Style2 Hexagon Nuts with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Property Classes 10 and 12October;
974 PT 1
974 PT 2
976-1
976-2
979
980
982
984
985
986
988
1026-1
1052 PT 1
1052 PT 2
1052 PT 3
1053 PT 3
1053 PT 4
1054
1055 PT 1
Superseded by DIN EN 28674
Diametersof Counterbores (Holes) for Cheese
Head, Pan Head and Hexagon Socket Head
CapScrews May
Diametersof Counterbores (Holes) for
Hexagon Bolts and Nuts May
MetricThread Stud Bolts February
MetricInterference-Fit Thread Stud Bolts
February
HexagonThin Slotted Nuts and Castle Nuts
with Metric Coarse and Fine Pitch
ThreadProduct Grades A and B October
All-MetalPrevailing Torque Type Hexagon
Nuts May
PrevailingTorque Type Hexagon Nuts with
Nonmetallic Insert May
SpringRetaining Rings with Lugs for Use in
Bores (Internal Circlips) September
PrevailingTorque Type Hexagon Thin Nuts
with Nonmetallic Insert May
PrevailingTorque Type Hexagon Domed Cap
Nuts with Non-Metallic Insert October
ShimRings and Supporting Rings March
Hot-RolledSteel Channels with Taper
Flanges Dimensions, Mass and Static
ParametersMarch
StructuralUse of Timber; Design and
Construction April; Together with DIN 1052
Part 2,April 1988 Edition, Supersedes
October 1969 Edition
StructuralUse of Timber; Mechanically
Fastened Joints April; Together with DIN
1052Part 1, April 1988 Edition, Supersedes
DIN 1052 Part 1, October 1969 Edition
StructuralUse of Timber; Buildings in
Timber Frame Construction; Design
andConstruction April
ReinforcedMasonry; Design and
Construction February; Together with DIN
1053 Part 1,February 1990 Edition,
Supersedes November 1974 Edition
Masonry;Buildings of Prefabricated
Brickwork Components September
Subsoil;Permissible Loading of Subsoil
November
DesignLoads for Buildings; Stored Materials,
1055 PT 2
1055 PT 3
1055 PT 4
1055 PT 5
1055 PT 6
1056
1057 PT 1
1057 PT 2
1057 PT 3
1072
1075
1076
1080 PT 1
1080 PT 2
1080 PT 3
1080 PT 4
Building Materials and StructuralMembers;
Dead Load and Angle of Friction July
DesignLoads for Buildings; Soil
Characteristics; Specific Weight, Angle
ofFriction, Cohesion, Angle of Wall Friction
February
DesignLoads for Buildings; Live Loads June
DesignLoads for Buildings; Imposed Loads;
Wind Loads on Structures Unsusceptible
toVibration August; Supersedes Supplement
to DIN 1055 Part 4, February 1941Edition
DesignLoads for Buildings; Live Loads;
Snow Load and Ice Load June
DesignLoads for Buildings; Loads in Silo
Bins May
SolidConstruction, Free-Standing Chimneys;
Design and Construction October
BuildingMaterials for Free-Standing
Chimneys; Compass Bricks; Requirements,
Testing,Inspection July
BuildingMaterials for Free-Standing
Chimneys; Lining Blocks; Requirements,
Testing,Inspection July
BuildingMaterials for Free-Standing
Chimneys; Acid-Resistant Waterglass
Cements;Requirements, Testing, Inspection
July
Roadand Foot Bridges; Design Loads
December
ConcreteBridges; Dimensioning and
Construction April
EngineeringStructures Connected with Roads
and Tracks; Observation and Inspection
March
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Principles June
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Statics March
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Concrete Construction
andReinforced Concrete Construction,
Prestressed Concrete Construction,
MasonryConstruction March
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Concrete Construction,
CompositeSteel Construction and Steel
1080 PT 5
1080 PT 6
1080 PT 7
1080 PT 9
1084 PT 1
1084 PT 2
1084 PT 3
1100
1102
1101
1142
1143 PT 1
1144
1151
1152
1157
1158
1160
1163
1185 PT 1
Girders in Concrete March
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Timber Construction March
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Soil Mechanics and
FoundationEngineering March
Terms,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Water Engineering March
Concepts,Symbols and Units Used in Civil
Engineering; Railway Construction February
Control(Quality Control) of Concrete
Structures and Reinforced Concrete
Structures;Concrete B II on Building Sites
December
Control(Quality Control) of Concrete
Structures and Reinforced Concrete
Structures;Precast Components December
Control(Quality Control) of Concrete
Structures and Reinforced Concrete
Structures;Ready-Mixed Concrete December
HardAggregate for Cement-Bound Floor
Screed October
Installationof DIN 1101; Wood Wool Slabs
and Sandwich Composite Panels November
WoodWool Slabs and Sandwich Composite
Panels for Use as Insulating
BuildingMaterial; Requirements and Testing
November; Intended to Be Superseded
inParts by EN 822, EN 823, and EN 824,
November 1994 Edition
WireRope Grips for Rope Terminations to
Meet Safety Requirements January
RoundPlain Head Nails for Use in Automatic
Nailing Machines August
Nailsfor the Installation of Wood Wool
Composite Panels April
RoundPlain Head and Countersunk Head
Wire Nails April
RoundLost Head Wire Nails April
Decorator'sTacks April
WallHooks April
Cloutor Slate Nails April
MouldingNails April
Drainage;Control of Sub-Surface Water
Management by Draining with Pipes, OpenDitchDrainage and Amelioration of the
1185 PT 2
1185 PT 3
1185 PT 4
1185 PT 5
1187
1211 PT 1
1211 PT 2
1211 PT 3 (W)
1212 PT 1
1212 PT 2
1212 PT 3 (W)
1229
1230 PT 1 (W)
1230 PT 2 (W)
Subsoil; General Instructions and
SpecialCases November
Drainage;Control of Sub-Surface Water
Management by Drainage with Pipes, OpenDitchDrainage and Amelioration of the
Subsoil; Important Data for Planning
andDimensioning December
Drainage;Control of Sub-Surface Water
Management by Drainage with Pipes, OpenDitchDrainage and Amelioration of the
Subsoil; Construction December
Drainage;Control of Sub-Surface Water
Management by Drainage with Pipes, OpenDitchDrainage and Amelioration of the
Subsoil; Design and "As
Completed"Drawings December
Drainage;Control of Sub-Surface Water
Management by Drainage with Pipes, OpenDitchDrainage and Amelioration of the
Subsoil; Maintenance December
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U);
Drainpipes; Dimensions, Requirements,
TestingNovember
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps;
Brickwork and Concrete Manhole Step
IronsOctober
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps;
Precast Concrete Manhole Step IronsOctober
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps; BoltOn Step Irons October
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps;
Brickwork and Concrete Manhole Step
Ironswith Raised Edges October
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps;
Precast Concrete Manhole Step Irons
withRaised Edges October
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps; BoltOn Step Irons with Raised EdgesOctober
GullyTops and Manhole Tops for Vehicular
and Pedestrian Areas; Classification,Design
Requirements, Testing, Inspection and
Marking March
VitrifiedClayware for Sewers; Socket Pipes
and Fittings; Dimensions January
VitrifiedClayware for Sewers; Socket Pipes
and Fittings; Technical Delivery
1230 PT 3
1230 PT 6 (W)
1230 PT 7 (W)
1230 PT 9(S)
1236 PT 1
1236 PT 2
1236 PT 3
1260
1262
1263
1264 PT 1 (W)
1264 PT 2
1382
1389 PT 1
1389 PT 2
1390 PT 1
1440 (S)
1441
1445
ConditionsJanuary
Claywarefor Sewerage Systems; Ground
Slabs, Profiled Slabs, Channels and
Plates;Dimensions, Technical Conditions of
Delivery January
Claywarefor Sewerage; Pipes and Fittings
without Sockets; Dimensions August
Claywarefor Sewerage; Pipes and Fittings
without Sockets; Technical
DeliveryConditions August
VitrifiedClay Manholes for Use in Sewerage
Systems; Dimensions and Technical
DeliveryConditions November; Superseded
by DIN EN 295-6
ClassA and Class B Concrete Elements and
Buckets for Gullies; Design, Installationand
Assemblies November
ClassA and Class B Concrete Elements and
Buckets for Gullies; Concrete
ElementsNovember
ClassesA and B Concrete Elements and
Buckets for Gullies; Buckets November
LeadTraps December
PressurePipes of Lead for Non-Potable Water
Pipelines March
LeadWaste Pipes and Bends for Drainage
Systems September
StepIrons for Staggered Manhole Steps;
Requirements, Testing and Inspection April
StepIrons for Straight Manhole Steps
Requirements, Testing and
InspectionNovember
WallHung Wash-Out and Wash-Down Water
Closets Made of Sanitary
Porcelain;Dimensions October
Connectorsfor Water Closets; Dimensions
November
Connectorsfor Water Closets; Principles of
Construction and Testing October
Urinalsof Sanitary Porcelain; Wall-Hung;
Dimensions November
Washers;Type Medium for Bolts July;
Superseded by DIN EN 28738
Washers;Type Coarse for Bolts
ClevisPins; with Head and Stud End
February
1469
1470 (S)
1471 (S)
1472 (S)
1473 (S)
1474 (S)
1475 (S)
1476 (S)
1477 (S)
1478
1479
1480
1481 (S)
1564
1571
1573
1587
1615
1626
1628
1629
1630
GroovedPins, Half Length Grooved with
Gorge November
GroovedPins, Full Length Parallel-Grooved
with Pilot November; Superseded by DIN
EN28739
GroovedPins, Full Length Taper-Grooved
November; Superseded by DIN EN 28744
GroovedPins, Half Length Taper-Grooved
November; Superseded by DIN EN 28745
GroovedPins, Full Length Parallel-Grooved
with Chamfer November; Superseded by
DINEN 28740
GroovedPins, Half Length Reverse-Grooved
November; Superseded by DIN EN 28741
GroovedPins, Third Length Centre-Grooved
November; Superseded by DIN EN 28742
RoundHead Grooved Pins November;
Superseded by DIN EN 28746
CountersunkHead Grooved Pins November;
Superseded by DIN EN 28747
TurnbucklesMade from Steel Tube or Round
Steel Bar September
HexagonTurnbuckles February
Turnbuckles;Forged; (Open Type) September
Spring-TypeStraight Pins (Roll Pins); Heavy
Type November; Superseded by DIN EN
28752
SteelFittings for Railway Vehicles; Sockets;
Reducing Sockets April
CentralDimples for Spring Leaves January
Platesand Keys for Spring Buckles of Rail
Vehicles May
HexagonDomed Cap Nuts October
WeldedCircular Unalloyed Steel Tubes Not
Subject to Special Requirements;
TechnicalDelivery Conditions October
WeldedCircular Unalloyed Steel Tubes
Subject to Special Requirements;
TechnicalDelivery Conditions October
HighPerformance Welded Circular
Unalloyed Steel Tubes; Technical
DeliveryConditions October
SeamlessCircular Unalloyed Steel Tubes
Subject to Special Requirements;
TechnicalDelivery Conditions October
HighPerformance Seamless Circular
1754 PT 2
1754 PT 3
1755 PT 1
1755 PT 2
1755 PT 3
1785
1804
1816
1850-3
1850-4
1850-5
1850-6
1944
1946 PT 1
1946 PT 2
1946 PT 3
1946 PT 4
1946 PT 7
1947
Unalloyed Steel Tubes; Technical
DeliveryConditions October
CopperTubes; Seamless Drawn; Preferred
Dimensions for General Purposes August
CopperTubes; Seamless Drawn; Preferred
Dimensions for Pipelines April
WroughtCopper Alloy Tubes; Seamless
Drawn; Dimension Ranges and Coordination
ofTolerances August
CopperWrought Alloy Tubes; Seamless
Drawn; Preferred Dimensions for
GeneralPurposes August
CopperWrought Alloy Tubes; Seamless
Drawn; Preferred Dimensions for
PipelinesAugust
WroughtCopper and Copper Alloy Tubes for
Condensers and Heat Exchangers October
SlottedRound Nut for Hook Spanner; ISO
Metric Fine Thread March
RoundNut with Set Pin Holes Inside; ISO
Metric Fine Thread March
PlainBearings Part 3: Sintered Bushes July
PlainBearings Part 4: Artificial Carbon
Bushes July
PlainBearings Part 5: Thermoset Bushes July
PlainBearings Part 6: Thermoplastic Bushes
July
AcceptanceTests on Centrifugal Pumps;
(VDI Rules for Centrifugal Pumps) October
Heating,Ventilation and Air Conditioning;
Terminology and Graphical Symbols (VDI
Codeof Practice) October
Heating,Ventilation and Air Conditioning;
Requirements Relating to Health (VDI Code
ofPractice) January
VentilationSystems; (VDI Ventilation Rules);
Ventilation of Vehicles June
Heating,Ventilation and Air Conditioning;
HVAC Systems in Hospitals; (VDI Code
ofPractice) December
Heating,Ventilation and Air Conditioning;
Air Treatment Systems in Laboratories
(VDICode of Practice) June
ThermalPerformance Acceptance Testing of
Water Cooling Towers; (VDI Code
ofPractice) May
1960
1986-2
1986 PT 1
1986 PT 3
1986 PT 30
1986 PT 32
1986 PT 33
1988 PT 1
1988 PT 2
1988 PT 3
1988 PT 4
1988 PT 5
1988 PT 6
1988 PT 7
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
A: General Provisions Relating to the Award
ofConstruction Contracts December
SiteDrainage Systems Part 2: Sizing of
Discharge and Ventilating Pipework
March;This Standard, Together with
Supplement 1 to DIN 1986-2, March 1995
Edition,Supersedes September 1978 Edition;
Superseded in P
SiteDrainage Systems; Principles, Design and
Installation June; Superseded inPart by DIN
EN 12056-1, DIN EN 12056-2 and DIN EN
12056-3, January 2001Edition
Drainageand Sewerage Systems for
Buildings and Plots of Land; Rules for
Service andMaintenance July; Superseded in
Part by DIN EN 12056-5, January 2001
Edition
SiteDrainage Systems; Maintenance June
SiteDrainage Systems; Backflow Gates for
Non-Faecal Sewage; Inspection
andMaintenance June
SiteDrainage Systems; Backflow Gates for
Faecal Sewage; Inspection andMaintenance
October
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; General
(DVGW Code of Practice) December
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Materials,
Components, Appliances, Design
andInstallation; (DVGW Code of Practice)
December
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Pipe Sizing
(DVGW Code of Practice) December
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Drinking
Water Protection and Drinking Water
QualityControl (DVGW Code of Practice)
December
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Pressure
Boosting and Reduction (DVGW Code of
Practice)December
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Fire
Fighting Installations (DVGW Code of
Practice)December
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Prevention
of Corrosion and Scaling; (DVGW Code
ofPractice) December
1988 PT 8
1996 PT 20 (W)
1997 PT 1
1997 PT 2
1999 PT 2
1999 PT 4
1999 PT 5
1999 PT 6
2000
2001
2184-1
2184-2
2189
2248-1
2249-1
2272 PT 1
2278
DrinkingWater Supply Systems; Operation
(DVGW Code of Practice) December
Testingof Asphalt; Laboratory Preparation of
Bituminous Mixtures; Rolled Asphalt
MixtureNovember
Shut-OffValves for Site Drainage Systems;
Backflow Gates for Non-Faecal
Sewage;Requirements, Design Principles and
Materials May
Shut-OffValves for Site Drainage Systems;
Backflow Gates for Non-Faecal
Sewage;Testing May
PetrolInterceptors and Fuel Oil Interceptors;
Design, Installation and OperationMarch
CoalescenceInterceptors; Requirements
February
CoalescenceInterceptors; Testing February
CoalescenceInterceptors; Design, Installation
and Operation February
CentralDrinking Water Supply; Basic
Principles Relating to the Requirements
onDrinking Water; Planning, Construction
and Operation of the InstallationsNovember
Privateand Individual Drinking Water
Supply; Governing Principles Relating to
theRequirements to Be Met by Drinking
Water; Design, Construction and Operationof
the Supply Systems; DVGW Code of
Practice Febr
ScrewingTaps and Cold Forming Taps Part
1: Basic Dimensions of Long Shank Taps
April
ScrewingTaps and Cold Forming Taps Part
2: Basic Dimensions of Short Shank Taps
April
Cold-FormingTaps for G 1/16 to G 1 Pipe
Threads Dimensions May
GOGauging Members with Nominal
Diameters from 1 mm to 40 mm January
NOTGO Gauging Members with Nominal
Diameters from 1 mm to 40 mm January
InspectionEquipment Used in Dimensional
Metrology; Requirements; Auxiliary
MeasuringDevices August
DirtGrooves on Screw Thread Gauges for
Screw Threads with ISO Metric
2280
2281 PT 1
2281 PT 2
2281 PT 3
2282-1
2282 PT 2
2283 PT 1
2283 PT 2
2283 PT 3
2284-1
2284 PT 2
ProfileDecember
GOand NOT GO Screw Plug Gauges for ISO
Metric Screw Threads from 1 mm to 40
mmNominal Diameter November
GOWorkshop Screw Plug Gauges, Check
Plugs and Setting Plugs for ISO MetricScrew
Threads from 1 mm to 40 mm Nominal
Diameter November
GOWorkshop Screw Plug Gauges, Check
Plugs and Setting Plugs for ISO MetricScrew
Threads over 40 mm up to 200 mm Nominal
Diameter November
GOWorkshop Screw Plug Gauges and Check
Plugs for ISO Metric Screw Threads over40
mm up to 250 mm Nominal Diameter for Use
in Precision Engineering November
GOScrew Gauging Members for Workshop
Plug Gauges, Check Plugs and Setting
Plugsfor General Purpose ISO Metric Screw
Threads with Nominal Diameters from 1
mmto 40 mm January
GOScrew Gauging Members for Workshop
Plug Gauges, Check Plugs and Setting
Plugsfor ISO Metric Screw Threads over 40
mm up to 200 mm Nominal
DiameterNovember
NOTGO Workshop Screw Plug Gauges,
Check Plugs and Setting Plugs for ISO
MetricScrew Threads from 1 mm to 40 mm
Nominal Diameter November
NOTGO Workshop Screw Plug Gauges,
Check Plugs and Setting Plugs for ISO
MetricScrew Threads over 40 mm up to 200
mm Nominal Diameter November
NOTGO Workshop Screw Plug Gauges and
Check Plugs for ISO Metric Screw
Threadsover 40 mm up to 250 mm Nominal
Diameter, for Use in Precision
EngineeringNovember
NOTGO Screw Gauging Members for
Workshop Plug Gauges, Check Plugs and
SettingPlugs for General Purpose ISO Metric
Screw Threads with Nominal Diametersfrom
1 mm to 40 mm January
NOTGO Screw Gauging Members for
Workshop Plug Gauges, Check Plugs and
2285 PT 1
2285 PT 2
2299-1
2299-2
2284 PT 3
2311-1
2391 PT 1
2391 PT 2
2393 PT 1
2393 PT 2
2394 PT 1
2394 PT 2
2395 PT 3
2401 PT 3
SettingPlugs for ISO Metric Screw Threads
over 40 mm up to 200 mm Nominal
DiameterNovember
General-PurposeGO Screw Ring Gauges for
ISO Metric Screw Threads from 1 mm to 200
mm NominalDiameter November
GOScrew Ring Gauges for ISO Metric Screw
Threads over 50 mm up to 200 mmNominal
Diameter for Use in Precision Engineering
November
GeneralPurpose NOT GO Screw Ring
Gauges for ISO Metric Screw Threads with
Nominal Diametersfrom 1 mm to 200 mm
January
NOTGO Screw Ring Gauges for ISO Metric
Screw Threads with Nominal Diameters
from50 mm to 200 mm, for Use in Precision
Engineering January
NOTGO Screw Gauging Members for
Workshop Plug Gauges and Check Plugs for
ISOMetric Screw Threads over 40 mm up to
250 mm Nominal Diameter for Use
inPrecision Engineering November
Specificationand Approval of Procedures for
Laser Surface Treatment Part 1: Laser
SurfaceTreatment Procedures Using
Consumables May
SeamlessPrecision Steel Tubes; Dimensions
September
SeamlessPrecision Steel Tubes; Technical
Delivery Conditions September
WeldedPrecision Steel Tubes; Dimensions
September
WeldedPrecision Steel Tubes; Technical
Delivery Conditions September
Weldedand Sized Precision Steel Tubes;
Dimensions September
Weldedand Sized Precision Steel Tubes;
Technical Delivery Conditions September
Rectangularand Square Electric-Welded
Precision Steel Tubes; Dimensions and
TechnicalConditions of Delivery for Tubes to
Be Used in Motor Vehicle
ConstructionAugust
Pipelines;Pressure Ratings; Permissible
Working Pressures for Pipeline Components
2402
2403
2404
2410 PT 1
2410 PT 2
2410 PT 3
2410 PT 4
2413 PT 1
2413 PT 2
2413 (S)
2440
2441
2442
2445-1
2445-2
2445 SUPPL. 1
ofReinforced Concrete and Prestressed
Concrete September
Pipelines;Nominal Widths; Definition;
Grading February
Identificationof Pipelines According to the
Fluid Conveyed \ March
IdentificationColour Code for Heating
System Pipelines December
Tubes;General Review of Standards for Steel
Tubes January
Pipes;Survey of Standards for Tubes of
Ductile Cast Iron February
Pipes;Survey of Standards for Pipes from
Concrete, Reinforced Concrete
andPrestressed Concrete March
Pipes;Survey of Standards for Asbestos
Cement Pipes February
Designof Steel Pressure Pipes October;
Together with the October 1993 Edition
ofDIN 2413 Part 2, Supersedes the June 1972
Edition of DIN 2413
Designof Steel Bends Used in Pressure
Pipelines October; Together with the
October1993 Edition of DIN 2413 Part 1,
Supersedes the June 1972 Edition of DIN
2413
SteelPipes; Calculation of Wall Thickness
Subjected to Internal Pressure
June;Superseded by DIN 2413 Part 1 and
DIN 2413 Part 2
SteelTubes; Medium-Weight Suitable for
Screwing June
SteelTubes; Heavy-Weight Suitable for
Screwing June
SteelTubes of Specified Quality Suitable for
Screwing; Nominal Pressure 1 to 100August
SeamlessSteel Tubes Subjected to Dynamic
Loading; Part 1: Hot Finished Tubes for
Usein Fluid Power Sytems, Rated for
Pressures from 100 Bar to 500 Bar
September
SeamlessSteel Tubes Subjected to Dynamic
Loading; Part 2: Precision Tubes for Use
inFluid Power Sytems, Rated for Pressures
from 100 Bar to 500 Bar September
SeamlessSteel Tubes Subjected to Dynamic
2448
2449
2450
2458
2460
2470 PT 1
2470 PT 2
2500
2501 PT 1
2505 (D)
2509
2510 PT 1
2510 PT 2
2510 PT 3
2510 PT 4
2510 PT 5
2510 PT 6
2510 PT 7
2510 PT 8
2512
2513
2514
Loading Design Principles September
SeamlessSteel Pipes and Tubes; Dimensions,
Conventional Masses per Unit
LengthFebruary
SeamlessSteel Tubes in St 00; Dimensions
and Range of Application April
SeamlessSteel Tubes in St 35; Dimensions
and Range of Application April
WeldedSteel Pipes and Tubes; Dimensions,
Conventional Masses per Unit
LengthFebruary
SteelWater Pipes January
SteelGas Pipelines for Permissible Working
Pressures up to 16 Bar; Pipes andFittings
December
SteelGas Pipelines for Permissible Working
Pressures Exceeding 16 Bar;Requirements
for Pipeline Components May
Flanges;General Information; Survey August
Flanges;Mating Dimensions February
FlangedJoint Calculation January
DoubleEnd Studs September
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Survey, Range of Application and Examples
ofInstallation September
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Metric Thread with Large Clearance;
NominalDimensions and Limits August
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Stud-Bolts August
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Studs August
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Hexagon Nuts August
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank; Cap
Nuts September
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Extension Sleeves August
BoltedConnections with Reduced Shank;
Threaded Holes for Studs August
Flanges;Tongue and Groove; Nominal
Pressures 10 to 160; Design Sizes; Rings
March
Flanges;Projection and Recess; Nominal
Pressures 10 to 100; Design Dimensions May
Flanges;Projection with Groove and Recess;
2519
2527
2528
2543
2558
2561
2566
2573
2576
2605 PT 1
2609
2615 PT 1
2615 PT 2
2615 (S)
2616 PT 1
2616 PT 2
2617
2618
2619
Nominal Pressures 10 to 40;
DesignDimensions March
SteelFlanges; Technical Conditions of
Delivery August
BlankFlanges; Nominal Pressure 6 to 100
April
SteelFlanges; Technical Delivery Conditions
June
CastSteel Flanges; Nominal Pressure 16
September
PlainFace Oval Screwed Flanges; Nominal
Pressure 6 March
OvalScrewed Flanges with Socket; Nominal
Pressure 10 and 16 March
ScrewedFlanges with Socket; Nominal
Pressure 10 and 16 March
PlainFace Flanges for Brazing or Welding;
Nominal Pressure 6 March
Flanges,Slip-On Type for Brazing or
Welding; Nominal Pressure 10 March
SteelButt-Welding Pipe Fittings; Elbows and
Bends with Reduced Pressure FactorFebruary
SteelButt-Welding Pipe Fittings; Technical
Delivery Conditions February
SteelButt-Welding Pipes Fittings; Tees with
Reduced Pressure Factor May; Togetherwith
DIN 2615 Part 2, May 1992 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 2615, June 1964Edition
SteelButt-Welding Pipe Fittings; Tees for
Use at Full Service Pressure May;Together
with DIN 2615 Part 1, May 1992 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 2615, June1964 Edition
ButtWelding Steel Fittings; T June;
Superseded by DIN 2615 Part 1 and DIN
2615Part 2
SteelButt-Welding Pipe Fittings; Eccentric
Reducers with Reduced Pressure
FactorFebruary
SteelButt-Welding Pipe Fittings; Reducers
for Use at Full Service PressureFebruary
SteelButt-Welding Pipe Fittings; Caps
February
ButtWelding Steel Fittings; Welding Saddles;
Nominal Pressure 16 January
ButtWelding Steel Fittings; Bends for
Welding; Nominal Pressure 16 January
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2641
2642
2655
2656
2673
2693
2695
2696
2697
2698
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 400
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 250
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 320
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 1
and 2.5 March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 6
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 10
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 16
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 25
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 40
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 64
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 100
March
WeldingNeck Flanges; Nominal Pressure 160
March
LappedFlanges; Welding Neck Flanges;
Plain Collars; Nominal Pressure 6 March
Slip-OnFlanges; Upturned Welding Flanges;
Plain Collars; Nominal Pressure 10 March
LappedFlanges; Plain Collars; Nominal
Pressure 25 March
LappedFlanges; Plain Collars; Nominal
Pressure 40 March
LooseFlanges with Welding Neck; Nominal
Pressure 10 August
SealingRings for Flanges with Groove;
Nominal Pressures from 10 to 40 June
DiaphragmPackings and Diaphragm Weld
Seals for Flanged Connections; Nominal
Pressures64 to 400 January
LenticularRing Joint Gaskets for Flanged
Joint August
GroovedO-Rings and Seals for Flanged
Joints; Nominal Pressures 64 to 400 January
CorrugatedSteel Sheet Gaskets Incorporating
Asbestos Ropes for ND 25 to ND 250
FlangedConnections January
2848
2848 PT 10 (S)
2848 PT 11 (S)
2848 PT 12 (S)
2873
2874
2875
2876
2916
2917
2980
2981
2982
2983
2986
2987 PT 1
LinedSteel Flanged Pipes and Steel or Cast
Iron Flanged Fittings Rated for aPressure of
10 Bar (PN 10) December; Supersedes July
Edition and DIN 2848Parts 10 to 12, January
1982 Editions
FlangedLined Steel Fittings; Nominal
Pressure 10; Reducing Flanges
January;Superseded by DIN 2848, December
1993 Edition
FlangedLined Steel Fittings; Nominal
Pressure 10; Spacer Blocks January;
Supersededby DIN 2848, December 1993
Edition
FlangedLined Steel Fittings; Nominal
Pressure 10; Flanged Pipes January;
Supersededby DIN 2848, December 1993
Edition
EnamelledSteel Flanged Pipes and Fittings
Rated for 10 Bar (PN 10) November
SteelFlanged Pipes and Steel and Cast Iron
Flanged Fittings Lined with PTFE orPFA;
Technical Delivery Condition May
SteelFlanged Pipes and Flanged Fittings
Lined with Soft or Hard Rubber;
TechnicalDelivery Conditions May
EnamelledSteel Flanged Pipes and Fittings;
Technical Delivery Conditions May
BendingRadii for Seamless and Welded Steel
Tubes; Design Sheet July
SeamlessSteel Tubes for Superheated Steam
Pipelines and Headers May
ScrewedSteel Pipe Fittings September;
Superseded by EN 10241 August 2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Fittings with
Long Screw Thread August; Superseded by
EN10241 August 2000
ScrewedSteel Pipe Fittings; Parallel Nipples;
Taper Nipples September; Superseded byEN
10241 August 2000
ScrewedSteel Pipe Fittings; Bends
September; Superseded by EN 10241 August
2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Sockets
September; Superseded by EN 10241 August
2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Crosses, Tees,
2987 PT 2
2988
2990
2991
2993
2999 PT 1
2999 PT 2
2999 PT 3
2999 PT 4
2999 PT 5
3088
3090
3124
3158
3202 PT 1 (S)
Elbows September; Superseded by EN
10241August 2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Reducing Tees
and Elbows September; Superseded by
EN10241 August 2000
ReducingSockets; Threaded Steel Pipe
Fittings September; Superseded by EN
10241August 2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Hexagon
Nipples; Bushings September; Superseded by
EN10241 August 2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Plugs, Caps
September; Superseded by EN 10241
August2000
ThreadedSteel Pipe Fittings; Pipe Unions
September; Superseded by EN 10241
August2000
PipeThreads for Tubes and Fittings; Parallel
Internal Thread and Taper ExternalThread;
Thread Dimensions July
WhitworthPipe Threads for Tubes and
Fittings; Cylindrical Internal Thread and
ConicalExternal Thread; Gauging System
and Use of Gauges August
WhitworthPipe Threads for Tubes and
Fittings; Gauge Dimensions August
PipeThreads for Tubes and Fittings; Sizes for
Taper Screw Limit Plug Gauges forParallel
Internal Thread November
WhitworthPipe Threads for Tubes and
Fittings; Cylindrical Screw Limit Ring
Gauges forGauging Conical External
Threads; Sizes August
SteelWire Rope Slings for Lifting Purposes;
Safety Requirements, Marking andAssembly
May
WireRope Steel Thimbles August
SquareDrive Socket Wrenches for Hexagon
Bolts; Hand-Operated November
Valvesfor Use in Refrigerating Systems;
Safety Requirements, Testing and
MarkingDecember
Face-To-Faceand Centre-To-Face
Dimensions; Flanged Valves September;
Superseded by DIN EN558-1, December
1995 Edition
3202 PT 2
3202 PT 4
3202 PT 5
3230 PT 1
3230 PT 2
3230 PT 3
3230 PT 4
3230 PT 5
3230 PT 6
3239 PT 2
3266 PT 1
3266 PT 2
3337
3338
3339
3352 PT 1
3352 PT 2
End-To-Endand Centre-To-End Dimensions
of Valves; Weld-On Valves April
Face-To-Faceand Centre-To-Face
Dimensions of Valves; Valves with Female
Thread ConnectionApril
Face-to-Faceand Centre-to-Face Dimensions
of Valves; Valves for Connection
withCompression Couplings September
TechnicalConditions of Delivery for Valves;
Enquiry, Order and Delivery April
TechnicalConditions of Delivery for Valves;
General Requirements April
TechnicalDelivery Conditions for Valves;
Compilation of Test Methods April
TechnicalConditions of Delivery for Valves;
Valves for Potable Water
Service;Requirements and Testing March
TechnicalDelivery Conditions; Valves for
Gas Installations and Gas
Pipelines;Requirements and Testing August
TechnicalDelivery Conditions for Valves;
Requirements and Methods of Test for
Valvesfor Use with Flammable Liquids
September
Weld-OnEnds of Valves for Socket Welding
February
Valvesfor Drinking Water Installations on
Private Premises; PN 10 PipeInterrupters,
Pipe Disconnectors, Anti-Vacuum Valves
July
Valvesfor Drinking Water Installations on
Private Premises; PN 10 PipeInterrupters,
Pipe Disconnectors, Anti-Vacuum Valves;
Testing December
Connectionsfor Part-Turn Valve Actuator
Attachment; Dimensions of Driving
Components andFlanges September
Multi-TurnValve Actuator Attachment;
Dimensions of Type C Driving Components
December
Valves;Body Component Materials January;
Superseded in Part by DIN EN 15031,January Edition
GateValves; General Information May
CastIron Gate Valves with Metallic Seat and
Inside Screw Stem August
3352 PT 3
3352 PT 4
3352 PT 6
3352 PT 7
3352 PT 9
3352 PT 10
3352 PT 11
3352 PT 12
3352 PT 13
3356 PT 1
3356 PT 2
3356 PT 3
3356 PT 4
3356 PT 5
3357 PT 1
3357 PT 2
3357 PT 3
3357 PT 4
3357 PT 5
3384
3398 PT 4
3437
3441 PT 1
3441 PT 2
3441 PT 3
CastIron Gate Valves with Metallic Seat and
Outside Screw Stem August
CastIron Gate Valves with Elastomeric
Obturator Seatings and Inside Screw
StemJanuary
GateValves of Unalloyed and Low-Alloyed
Steel with Internal Stem Thread May
GateValves of Unalloyed and Low-Alloyed
Steel with External Stem Thread May
GateValves of Heat-Resistant Steel May
GateValves of Stainless Steel May
FlangedCopper Alloy Gate Valves December
SocketEnd Copper Alloy Gate Valves
December
Double-SocketCast Iron Gate Valves with
Elastomeric Obturator Seat and Inside Screw
StemOctober
GlobeValves; General Data May
GlobeValves; Cast Iron Stop Valves May
GlobeValves; Unalloyed Steel Stop Valves
May
GlobeValves; High Temperature Steel Stop
Valves May
GlobeValves; Stainless Steel Stop Valves
May
MetalBall Valves; General Requirements and
Methods of Test October
FullBore Steel Ball Valves December
ReducedBore Steel Ball Valves December
FullBore Nonferrous Metal Ball Valves
December
ReducedBore Nonferrous Metal Ball Valves
December
StainlessSteel Flexible Hose Assemblies for
Gas Applications Safety
Requirements,Testing and Marking May
PressureCut-Off Switches for Liquid Fuels
and Heat Transfer Oils October
GasStopvalves Rated for Pressures over 16
Bar; Requirements and AcceptanceTesting
June
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Valves; Requirements and Testing May
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Valves; Ball Valves; Dimensions August
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
3441 PT 4
3441 PT 5
3441 PT 6
3442 PT 1
3442 PT 2
3442 PT 3
3444
3475
3500
3502
3512
3536
3537 PT 1
3537 PT 3
Valves; Diaphragm Valves; Dimensions
August
Valvesof Rigid PVC (Unplasticized or Rigid
Polyvinyl Chloride); Y-Valves(Inclined-Seat
Valves), Dimensions June
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Valves; PN 6 and PN 10 Wafer Type
ButterflyValves; Dimensions January
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (UPVC)
Valves; Gate Valves with Inside Screw
StemDimensions March
Polypropylene(PP) Valves; Requirements
and Testing May
Fittingsof PP (Polypropylene); Ball Valves;
Dimensions October
Polypropylene(PP) Valves; Diaphragm
Valves; Dimensions July
ProtectiveCaps for Weld End or Threaded
End Pipe Fittings October
SpheroidalGraphite Cast Iron Valves and
Fittings Provided with Internal
CorrosionProtection by Means of
Enamelling, for Use in Drinking Water
Supply Systems;Requirements and Testing
September
PN 10Piston Type Gate Valves for Use in
Drinking Water Supply Systems February
Stopvalvesfor Drinking Water Supplies on
and in Private Property; Straight
PatternGlobe Valves with Oblique Bonnet,
Rated for Nominal Pressure PN 10
November
Stopvalvesfor Drinking Water Supplies on
and in Private Property; Straight
PatternGlobe Valves with Vertical Bonnet,
Rated for Nominal Pressure PN 10
November
Lubricantsfor Gas Valves and Controls;
Requirements, Testing November;
Superseded inParts by EN 377
GasStopvalves Rated for Pressures up to 4
Bar; Requirements and AcceptanceTesting
June
GasStopvalves Rated for Pressures up to 4
Bar; Requirements and AcceptanceTesting
for Laboratory Valves January
3543 PT 1
3543 PT 4
3546 PT 1
3547 PT 1
3567
3568
3570
3575
3840
3852-2
3853
3858
3859-1
3861
3867
3870
3872
3900
3901
3902
3903
MetalTapping Valves; Requirements, Testing
August
HighDensity Polyethylene (HDPE) Tapping
Valves for HDPE Pipes; Dimensions August
Stopvalvesfor Use in Drinking Water Supply
Systems; Requirements and Testing February
PN 4to PN 16 Gas and Water Stopvalves;
Requirements and Acceptance Testing June
PipeBrackets for NW 20 to 500 August
ClampingPlates for the Suspension of Pipes
on I and IP Steel Beams September
SteelStrap for Tubes of NW 20 to 500
October
HangerStraps with Welding End for Pipe
Hanging August
ValveBodies; Strength Calculation in
Respect of Internal Pressure September
StudEnds and Tapped Holes with Pipe
Thread, for Use with Compression
Couplings,Valves and Screw Plugs
Dimensions November
Solderlessand Soldered Pipe Unions;
Threaded Ends for Union Nuts; Design
SheetsNovember
WhitworthPipe Threads for Pipe Couplings;
Parallel Internal Threads and Taper
ExternalThreads; Thread Dimensions January
CompressionFittings and Couplings Part 1:
Technical Delivery Conditions February
SolderlessPipe Unions; Cutting Rings;
Design and Type W Bore Shape November
SolderlessPipe Unions with Cutting Ring;
Thrust Collars for Butt Joints November
Solderedand Solderless Pipe Couplings;
Coupling Nuts May
SolderlessPipe Couplings with Cutting Ring;
Coupling Nuts for Butt Joints June
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Compression Couplings with Tapered
Stud EndApril
OliveType Compression Couplings; Male
Stud Compression Couplings September
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Straight Compression Couplings April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Taper Stud Elbows April
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
4014
4017 PT 1
4017 PT 1 SUPPL. 1
OliveType Compression Couplings; Male
Stud Elbows September
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Equal Elbows April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Taper Stud Tees (Stud Branch) April
OliveType Compression Couplings; Male
Stud Tees (Stud Branch) September
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Equal Tees April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Weld-On Compression Couplings
April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Male Stud Bulkhead Compression
CouplingsApril
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Elbow Bulkhead Compression
Couplings April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Straight Bulkhead Compression
CouplingsApril
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Taper Stud Tees (Stud Run) April
OliveType Compression Couplings; Male
Stud Tees (Stud Run) September
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Equal Crosses April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Male Stud Elbow Assemblies April
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Male Stud Tee (Stud Branch)
AssembliesApril
SolderlessCompression Couplings with
Olive; Male Stud Tee (Stud Run) Assemblies
April
OliveType Compression Couplings; Male
Stud Coupling Assemblies September
BoredCast-In-Place Piles; Formation, Design
and Bearing Capacity March
Subsoil;Shear Failure Calculations for
Shallow Foundations with Vertical and
CentralLoading August
Subsoil;Shear Failure Calculations for
Shallow Foundations with Vertical and
CentralLoading; Explanations and Examples
4017 PT 2
4017 PT 2 SUPPL. 1
4018
4019 PT 1
4019 PT 2
4019 PT 2 SUPPL. 1
4020
4022 PT 1
4022 PT 2
4022 PT 3
4026
4026 SUPPL. 1
4028
4030 PT 1
of Calculation August
Subsoil;Shear Failure Calculations for
Shallow Foundations with Oblique and
EccentricLoading August
Subsoil;Shear Failure Calculations for
Shallow Foundations with Oblique and
EccentricLoading; Explanations and
Examples of Calculations August
Subsoil;Calculation of the Bearing Pressure;
Distribution under Spread
FoundationsSeptember
Subsoil;Settlement Calculations for
Perpendicular Central Loading April
Subsoil;Settlement Calculations in the Case
of Inclined and Eccentrically ActingLoading
February
Subsoil;Settlement Calculations in the Case
of Inclined and Eccentrically ActingLoading;
Explanations and Examples of Calculation
February
GeotechnicalInvestigations for Civil
Engineering Purposes October
Subsoiland Groundwater; Classification and
Description of Soil and Rock;
BoreholeLogging of Soil and Rock Not
Involving Continuous Core Sample
RecoverySeptember
Subsoiland Groundwater; Designation and
Description of Soil Types and
Rock;Stratigraphic Representation for
Borings in Rock March
Subsoiland Groundwater; Designation and
Description of Soil Types and Rock;
BoreholeLog for Boring in Soil (Loose Rock)
by Continuous Extraction of Cores May
DrivenPiles; Manufacture, Dimensioning and
Permissible Loading August
DrivenPiles; Manufacture, Dimensioning and
Permissible Loading; Explanations August
ReinforcedConcrete Slabs Made of
Lightweight Concrete with Internally Porous
Texture;Requirements, Testing, Design,
Construction, Installation January;
Supersededin Part by DIN EN 990, DIN EN
991, and DIN 9
Assessmentof Water, Soil and Gases for
4030 PT 2
4032
4034 PT 1
4034 PT 2
4035 (S)
4040 PT 1
4040 PT 2
4060
4084
4084 SUPPL. 1
4084 SUPPL. 2
4093
4095
4095 SUPPL. 1 (W)
Their Aggressiveness to Concrete; Principles
andLimiting Values June
Assessmentof Water, Soil and Gases for
Their Aggressiveness to Concrete; Collection
andExamination of Water and Soil Samples
June
ConcretePipes and Fittings; Dimensions;
Technical Conditions of Delivery January
PrecastUnreinforced and Reinforced
Concrete Components for Manholes over
BuriedDrains and Sewers; Dimensions and
Technical Delivery Conditions September
PrecastUnreinforced and Reinforced
Concrete Components for Well Shafts
andSoakaways; Dimensions and Technical
Delivery Conditions October
PrecastReinforced Concrete Pipes and
Precast Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipes
andFittings; Dimensions and Technical
Delivery Conditions July; Superseded byDIN
EN 639 and DIN EN 640, December 1994
Edition
GreaseInterceptor Systems; Concepts,
Nominal Sizes, Requirements and Testing
March
GreaseInterceptor Systems; Design,
Installation and Operation March
Pipe JointAssemblies with Elastomeric Seals
for Use in Drains and Sewers
Requirementsand Testing February
Subsoil;Calculations of Terrain Rupture and
Slope Rupture July
Subsoil;Calculations of Terrain Rupture and
Slope Rupture; Explanations July
Subsoil;Calculations of Terrain Failure and
Slope Failure; Examples of
CalculationSeptember
GroundTreatment by Grouting; Planning,
Grouting Procedure and Testing
September;Superseded by EN 12715 October
2000
Planning,Design and Installation of Drainage
Systems Protecting Structures AgainstWater
in the Ground June
Subsoil;Drainage of the Subsoil for the
Protection of Structures; Planning
4096
4102 PT 8
4102 PT 9
4102 PT 13
4102 PT 14
4102 PT 11
4102 PT 15
4102 PT 17
4103 PT 1
4103 PT 2
4103 PT 4
4107
4108 PT 2
4108 PT 3
andConstruction; Examples December
Subsoil;Vane Testing; Dimensions of
Apparatus, Mode of Operation, Evaluation
May
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Components; Small Scale Test Furnace May
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Seals for Cable
Penetrations;Concepts, Requirements and
Testing May
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Fire Resistant Glazing;Concepts,
Requirements and Testing May; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 4102 Part 5,September 1977
Edition
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Determination of the
BurningBehavior of Floor Covering Systems
Using a Radiant Heat Source May
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Building Components; Pipe
Encasements,Pipe Bushings, Service Shafts
and Ducts, and Barriers Across
InspectionOpenings; Terminology,
Requirements and Testing December
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; 'Brandschacht' May;
SupersedesParts of DIN 4102 Part 1, May
1981 Edition
FireBehaviour of Building Materials and
Elements; Determination of Melting Pointof
Mineral Fibre Insulating Materials; Concepts,
Requirements and TestingDecember
InternalNon-Loadbearing Partitions;
Requirements, Testing July
InternalNon-Loadbearing Partitions; Gypsum
Wallboard Partitions December
InternalNon-Loadbearing Partitions;
Partitions with Timber Framing November
Subsoil;Settlement Observations During and
After Construction of Structures January
HeatInsulation in Buildings; Heat Insulation
and Heat Storage; Requirements
andDirections for Planning and Construction
August
HeatInsulation in Buildings; Protection
4108 PT 4
4108 PT 5
4109
4111
4112
4113 (W)
4118
4119 PT 1
4119 PT 2
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4132
Against Moisture Caused by the
Climate;Requirements and Directions for
Planning and Construction August
ThermalInsulation in Buildings; Parameters
for Thermal Insulation and ProtectionAgainst
Moisture November
HeatInsulation in Buildings; Calculation
Methods August
SoundInsulation in Buildings; Requirements
and Testing November
DrillingDerricks; Design Principles March
TemporaryStructures; Code of Practice for
Design and Construction February
Aluminiumin Building Construction;
Directions for Calculation and Construction
ofAluminium Building Components February
HeadFrames and Winding Towers for Mines;
Design Loads, Calculation Principles
andDesign Principles June
Above-GroundCylindrical Flat-Bottomed
Tank Installations of Metallic
Materials;Fundamentals, Design, Tests June
Above-GroundCylindrical Flat-Bottom Tank
Structures of Metallic Materials;
CalculationFebruary
Protectionof Buildings in the Area of
Excavations, Foundations and Underpinnings
May)May
BuildingPits and Trenches; Slopes, Working
Space Widths, Sheeting August
GroundAnchorages; Design, Construction
and Testing November
Cast-In-SituConcrete Diaphragm Walls;
Design and Construction August;
PartiallySuperseded by EN 1538, July 2000
Edition
Earthworksand Foundation Engineering;
Diaphragm Wall Clays for Supporting
Liquids;Requirements, Testing, Supply,
Inspection August
SmallDiameter Injection Piles (Cast-In-Place
Concrete Piles and Composite
Piles);Construction Procedure, Design and
Permissible Loading April
Craneways;Steel Structures; Principles for
Calculation, Design and Construction
4132 SUPPL. 1
4141 PT 1
4141 PT 2
4141 PT 3
4141 PT 14
4149 PT 1
4150-2
4150-3
4158
4159
4160
4172
4212
4227 PT 2 (P)
4227 PT 4
4232
4261 PT 2
4261 PT 3
4262 PT 1
February
Craneways;Steel Structures; Principles for
Calculation, Design and
Construction;Explanations February
StructuralBearings; General Design Rules
September
StructuralBearings; Bearing Systems for
Civil Engineering Structures Forming Part
ofTraffic Routes (Bridges) September
StructuralBearings; Bearing Systems for
Buildings September
StructuralBearings; Laminated Elastomeric
Bearings; Design and Construction
September
Buildingsin German Earthquake Zones;
Design Loads, Dimensioning, Design
andConstruction of Conventional Buildings
April
StructuralVibration Part 2: Human Exposure
to Vibration in Buildings June
StructuralVibration Part 3: Effects of
Vibration on Structures February
FillerConcrete Joists for Reinforced and
Prestressed Concrete Floors May
StructurallyCooperating Bricks for Floors
and Wall Panels April
StructurallyNon-Cooperating Bricks for
Floors August
ModularCo-Ordination in Building
Construction July
ReinforcedConcrete and Prestressed Concrete
Craneways; Design and Construction January
PrestressedConcrete; Partially Prestressed
Structural Members May
PrestressedConcrete; Prestressed Lightweight
Concrete Structural Components February
NoFines Lightweight Concrete Walls; Design
and Construction September;Superseded in
Part by DIN EN 990, and DIN EN 992,
September 1995 Edition
SmallSewage Treatment Plants; Plants with
Sewage Aeration; Application,
Design,Construction and Testing June
SmallSewage Treatment Plants; Operation
and Maintenance of Septic Tanks September
PVC-Uand PE-HD Subsoil and Multi-
4271-1
4271-2
4271-3
4279 PT 1
4279 PT 2
4279 PT 3
4279 PT 4
4279 PT 5
4279 PT 6
4279 PT 7
4279 PT 9
4279 PT 10
Purpose Drain Pipes for Use in Road
Constructionand Civil Engineering;
Requirements and Testing March
ClassB 125 Manhole Tops for Sewerage
Systems Part 1: Assembly August
ClassB 125 Manhole Tops for Sewerage
Systems Part 2: Frames August
ClassB 125 Manhole Tops for Sewerage
Systems Part 3: Covers August
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; General
InformationNovember; Superseded by DIN
EN 805, March 2000 Edition
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; Pressure Pipes Made
ofDuctile Cast Iron November; Superseded
by DIN EN 805, March 2000 Edition
InternalHydrostatic Pressure Testing of
Water Pressure Pipes; Ductile Cast
IronPressure Pipes and Steel Pipes with
Cement Mortar Lining June; Superseded
byDIN EN 805, March 2000 Edition
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; Steel Pipes with
andwithout Bitumen Lining November;
Superseded by DIN EN 805, March 2000
Edition
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; Reinforced
ConcretePressure Pipes and Prestressed
Concrete Pressure Pipes November;
Supersededby DIN EN 805, March 2000
Edition
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; Asbestos-CementPressure
Pipes November; Superseded by DIN EN
805, March 2000 Edition
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; Pressure Pipes Made
ofRigid PVC (Rigid Polyvinylchloride)
November
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
Internal Pressure; Specimen Pages for
TestReports November; Superseded by DIN
EN 805, March 2000 Edition
Testingof Pressure Pipelines for Water by
4301
4340
4421
4424
4680 PT 1
4680 PT 2
4750 (W)
4751 PT 1 (W)
4751 PT 2 (W)
4752
4757 PT 1
4757 PT 2
4757 PT 3
Internal Pressure; Synopsis
November;Superseded by DIN EN 805,
March 2000 Edition
Ferrousand Non-Ferrous Metallurgical Slag
for Civil Engineering and
BuildingConstruction Use April
GasTurbines; Definitions; Designations
August
Falsework;Calculation, Design and
Construction August
TelescopicSteel Props; Safety Requirements,
Testing June
Stationary,Above-Ground, Steel Pressure
Vessels for the Storage of Liquefied
PetroleumGas; Dimensions and Mountings
May
Stationary,Partially Sunk, Steel Pressure
Vessels for the Storage of Liquefied
PetroleumGas; Dimensions and Mountings
May
SafetyRequirements for Low Pressure Steam
Generators August
HeatingInstallations; Safety Requirements for
Hot Water Central Heating Systems
withFlow Temperatures up to 110 Degrees
Celsius November
SafetyRequirements for Heating Installations
with Flow Temperatures up to 110Degrees
Celsius; Open and Closed Type Hot Water
Installations up to 300 000kcal/h with
Thermostatic Protection September
HighTemperature Water Central Heating
Systems with Flow Temperatures Higher
Than110 Degrees Celsius; (Protection
Against Pressures over 0.5 atu);
Equipmentand Installation January
SolarHeating Plants Operating on Water or
Water Mixtures as the Heat TransferMedium;
Requirements Relating to Safe Design and
Construction November
SolarHeating Plants Operating on Organic
Heat Transfer Media; RequirementsRelating
to Safe Design and Construction November
SolarHeating Plants; Solar Collectors;
Concepts, Safety Requirements; Testing
ofthe Standstill Temperature November
4799
4810
4918
4920
4922 PT 1
4922 PT 2
4922 PT 3
4930
4940
4941
5034-1
5034 PT 2
5035 PT 1
5035 PT 2
5035 PT 3
5035 PT 4
5035 PT 6
5035 PT 7
Heating,Ventilation and Air-Conditioning;
Testing of Air Distributions SystemsServing
Operating Theatres June
SteelPressure Vessels for Water Supply
Systems September
ScrewedSeamless Casing Pipes September
DN 32to DN 100 Threaded Steel Filter Pipes
with Slot Perforation for Drilled Wellsand
Driven Wells July
SteelFilter Pipes for Drilled Wells with Slot
Perforation and Fishing; (Butt StrapJoint)
February
SteelFilter Pipes for Drilled Wells with
Screwed Connection DN 100 to DN 500
April
SteelFilter Pipes for Drilled Wells; Flanged
Connection, NW 500 to NW 1000(Nominal
Diameter 500 to 1000) December
Pipesfor Use in Freezing Shaft Sinking;
Dimensions and Technical
DeliveryConditions June
SeamlessDrill Pipes for Water and Rock
Drillings According to the Percussive
Drillingand Core Drilling Process February
ScrewThreads for Drill Pipes for Seamless
Drill Pipes for Water and Rock
DrillingsAccording to the Percussion Drilling
and Core Drilling Method January
Daylightin Interior Part 1: General
Requirements October
Daylightin Interiors; Principles February
ArtificialLighting; Terminology and General
Requirements June
ArtificialLighting; Recommended Values for
Lighting Parameters for Indoor and
OutdoorWorkspaces September
ArtificialLighting of Interiors; Hospital
Lighting September
ArtificialLighting of Interiors; Special
Recommendations for Lighting
EducationalEstablishments February
ArtificialLighting; Measurement and
Evaluation December
ArtificialLighting of Interiors; Lighting of
Rooms with VDU Work Stations or
VDUAssisted Workplaces September
5156
5157
5417
5437
5542
5688 PT 1
5688 PT 3
5903-1
5903-2
6274
6275
6325 (S)
6330
6331
6332
6340
6368
6379
6434
6594
6596
6600
MachineTaps for G 1/16 to G 2 and Rp 1/16
to Rp 2 Pipe Threads May
ScrewingTaps in Sets of 2 Taps for G 1/16 to
G 4 and Rp 1/16 to Rp 4 Pipe Threads May
SecuringParts for Rolling Bearings; Snap
Rings for Bearings with Ring Groove
December
HandPumps; Semirotary Pumps; Sizes,
Performance and Dimensions June
Endsof Laminated Springs for Rail Vehicles
June
Grade5 Chain Slings with Hook or Ring
Type Terminal Fittings July
Grade8 Chain Slings with Hook or Ring
Type Terminal Fittings and Endless
SlingsJuly
Fishbolts(Type A) Part 1: Cup Oval Neck
Bolts November
Fishbolts(Types B and C) Part 2: Square
Headed Bolts November
InternalCombustion Engines for General
Purposes; Compressed Air Containers with
ValveBlock; 38 mm Bore; Assembly April
InternalCombustion Engines for General
Purposes; Compressed Air Containers
forPermissible Working Overpressures up to
30 Bar April
ParallelPins, Hardened; Tolerance Zone m6
October; Superseded by DIN EN 28734
HexagonNuts with a Height of 1,5 d August
HexagonCollar Nuts with a Height of 1,5 d
August
GrubScrews with Thrust Point August
Washersfor Clamping Devices April
Wrenchesfor Arbors for Shell End Mills
November
Studsfor Use with Tee Nuts August
RivetSets November
Drillswith Type A Hollow Taper Shanks and
Coolant Supply as in DIN 69893-1,
withIndexable Inserts Main Dimensions July
Drillswith Type A Hollow Taper Shanks and
Coolant Supply as in DIN 69893-1,
withIndexable Inserts Designation July
SteelTanks for the Storage of Flammable and
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
6607
6608 PT 1
6608 PT 2
6616
6618 PT 1
6618 PT 2
6618 PT 3
6619 PT 1
6619 PT 2
6623 PT 1
6623 PT 2
Liquids;Concepts and Inspection September
ExternalCorrosion Protection of
Underground Steel Storage Tanks;
Requirements andTesting January
HorizontalSingle-Wall Steel Tanks for the
Underground Storage of Flammable andNonFlammable Water Polluting Liquids
September
HorizontalDouble-Wall Steel Tanks for the
Underground Storage of Flammable andNonFlammable Water Polluting Liquids
September
HorizontalSingle-Wall and Double-Wall
Steel Tanks for the Above Ground Storage
ofFlammable and Non-Flammable Water
Polluting Liquids September
VerticalSingle-Wall Steel Tanks for the
Above Ground Storage of Flammable
andNon-Flammable Water Polluting Liquids
September
VerticalDouble-Wall Steel Tanks with
Vacuum-Based Leak Detection System, for
theAbove Ground Storage of Flammable and
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
LiquidsSeptember
VerticalDouble-Wall Steel Tanks with
Liquid-Based Leak Detection System, for
theAbove Ground Storage of Flammable and
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
LiquidsSeptember
VerticalSingle-Wall Steel Tanks for the
Underground Storage of Flammable andNonFlammable Water Polluting Liquids
September
VerticalDouble-Wall Steel Tanks for the
Underground Storage of Flammable andNonFlammable Water Polluting Liquids
September
VerticalSingle-Wall Steel Tanks with Less
Than 1000 Litre Capacity, for the
AboveGround Storage of Flammable and
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
LiquidsSeptember
VerticalDouble-Wall Steel Tanks with Less
Than 1000 Litre Capacity, for the
AboveGround Storage of Flammable and
6624 PT 1
6624 PT 2
6626
6627
6625 PT 1
6625 PT 2
6791
6792
6796
6797
6798
6883
6884
6885 PT 1
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
LiquidsSeptember
HorizontalSingle-Wall Steel Tanks with
Capacities Between 1000 and 5000 Litres, for
theAbove Ground Storage of Flammable and
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
LiquidsSeptember
HorizontalDouble-Wall Steel Tanks with
Capacities Between 1000 and 5000 Litres, for
theAbove Ground Storage of Flammable and
Non-Flammable Water Polluting
LiquidsSeptember
SteelManhole Shafts for Underground Tanks
Designed for the Storage of Flammableand
Non-Flammable Water Polluting Liquids
September
Collarsfor Masonry Manhole Shafts for
Underground Tanks Designed for the Storage
ofFlammable and Non-Flammable Water
Polluting Liquids September
SteelTanks Erected on Site, for the Above
Ground Storage of Hazardous
FlammableWater Polluting Liquids of Class
A III and of Non-Flammable Water
PollutingLiquids; Requirements and Testing
September
SteelTanks Erected on Site, for the Above
Ground Storage of Hazardous
FlammableWater Polluting Liquids of Class
A III and of Non-Flammable Water
PollutingLiquids; Design September
SemitubularPan Head Rivets; with Nominal
Diameters from 1,6 to 10 mm May
SemitubularCountersunk Head Rivets; with
Nominal Diameters from 1,6 to 10 mm May
ConicalSpring Washers for Bolt/Nut
Assemblies October
ToothedLock Washers July
SerratedLock Washers July
TaperKey Torque Transmission Parallel
Keys; Dimensions and Application February
TaperKey Torque Transmission; Gib-Head
Parallel Keys; Dimensions and
ApplicationFebruary
DriveType Fastenings without Taper Action;
Parallel Keys; Keyways; Deep PatternAugust
6885 PT 2
6885 PT 3
6886
6887
6888
6889
6900 PT 1
6900 PT 2
6900 PT 3
6900 PT 4
6900 PT 5
6902
6904
6905
6906
6907
6912
DriveType Fastenings without Taper Action;
Parallel Keys; Keyways; Deep Patternfor
Machine Tools; Dimensions and Application
December
DriveType Fastenings without Taper Action;
Parallel Keys; Shallow Pattern;Dimensions
and Application February
Stressed-TypeFastenings with Taper Action;
Taper Keys; Keyways; Dimensions and
ApplicationDecember
Stressed-TypeFastenings with Taper Action;
Taper Keys with Gib-Head; Keyways;
Dimensionsand Application April
DriveType Fastenings without Taper Action;
Woodruff Keys; Dimensions andApplication
August
TaperKey Torque Transmission; Gib-Head
Saddle Keys; Dimensions and
ApplicationFebruary
Screwand Washer Assemblies; Coarse
Threaded Screws with Captive Plain
WasherDecember
Screwand Washer Assemblies; Coarse
Threaded Screws with Captive Wave Spring
WasherDecember
Screwand Washer Assemblies; Coarse
Threaded Screws with Captive Curved
Spring LockWasher December
Screwand Washer Assemblies; Coarse
Threaded Screws with Captive Serrated
LockWasher December
Screwand Washer Assemblies; Coarse
Threaded Screws with Captive Conical
SpringWasher December
PlainWashers for Screw and Washer
Assemblies December
CurvedSpring Washers for Screw and
Washer Assemblies December
SpringLock Washers for Screw and Washer
Assemblies December
LockWashers for Screw Assemblies
December
SerratedLock Washers with External Teeth
for Screw and Washer Assemblies December
HexagonSocket Thin Head Cap Screws with
Pilot Recess for Wrench Key May
6914
6916
6917
6918
6924
6928
7273 PT 1
7331
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7346
7349
7431
7433
7500 PT 2
7591
7593
7604
High-StrengthHexagon Head Bolts with
Large Widths Across Flats for Structural
SteelBolting October
RoundWashers for High-Strength Structural
Steel Bolting October
SquareTaper Washers for High-Strength
Structural Bolting of Steel l SectionsOctober
SquareTaper Washers for High-Strength
Structural Bolting of Steel Channel
SectionsApril
PrevailingTorque Type Hexagon Nuts with
Nonmetallic Insert July
HexagonWasher Head Tapping Screws
November
KnuckleThreads for Steel Sheet Pieces up to
0.5 mm Thickness and
AppropriatedCouplings; Dimensions;
Tolerances July
CompressionRivets May
BreakMandrel Blind Rivets August
Brakeand Clutch Lining Rivets August
One-PieceTubular Rivets; Drawn from Strip
May
TubularRivets; Made from Tube May
RivetPins July
Spring-TypeStraight Pins; (Roll Pins) LightWeight Type November
PlainWashers for Bolts with Heavy Clamping
Sleeves July
Screwdriversfor Hexagon Insert Bits August
Adaptersfor Hexagon Insert Bits for Use with
Spiral Ratchet Drivers August
ThreadRolling Screws for ISO Metric
Thread; Guideline Values for Hole
DiametersDecember
WaterFittings for Domestic Installation;
Screwed Unions with Flat Gasket for
HoseConnection on Either Side, Designed for
Nominal Pressure 10 January
WaterFittings for Domestic Installation;
Screwed Unions with Flat Gasket
forConnection to Copper Tube on Either
Side, Designed for Nominal Pressure
10January
Light-DutyHexagon Head Screw Plugs
January
7631
7632
7633
7638
7639
7640
7644
7756
7952 PT 2
7964
7965
7967
7975
7977 (S)
7978 (S)
7979 (S)
7984
7989
7991
7992
7993
7995
7996
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Straight Compression Couplings January
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Reducers January
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Brazing Nipples January
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Equal Elbows January
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Equal Tees January
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Equal Crosses January
CompressionCouplings with Spherical Liner;
Male Studded Banjo Bolts for Ring
TypeNipples Jan
Valvesfor Vehicle Tyres; Valves Screw
Threads; Theoretical Values;
LimitingDimensions of Screw Threads
February
SheetMetal Rim Holes with Screw Thread;
Prepunch Hole Diameters October
ReducedShank Bolts and Screws with Coarse
Thread July
ScrewedInserts (Screw Plugs) September
SelfLocking Counter Nuts November
TappingScrew Connections; Guideline
Values for Core Hole Diameters and Use
August
TaperPins with Thread Ends and Constant
Point Lengths February; Superseded by
DINEN 28737
TaperPins with Internal Thread February;
Superseded by DIN EN 28736
ParallelPins with Internal Thread February;
Superseded by DIN EN 28733 and EN 28735
HexagonSocket Thin Head Cap Screws May
PlainWashers for Steel Construction July
HexagonSocket Countersunk Head Cap
Screws January
T-HeadBolts with Large Head December
RoundWire Snap Rings and Snap Ring
Grooves for Shafts and Bores April
CrossRecessed Raised Countersunk Head
Wood Screws December
CrossRecessed Pan Head Wood Screws
December
7997
7998
7999
8050
8062
8063 PT 1
8063 PT 2
8063 PT 3
8063 PT 5
8063 PT 6
8063 PT 8
8063 PT 11
8063 PT 12
CrossRecessed Countersunk Head Wood
Screws December
Threadsand Thread Ends for Wood Screws
February
HighStrength Hexagon Fit Bolts with Large
Widths Across Flats for StructuralSteel
Bolting December
ParallelShank Machine Reamers with
Carbide Tips and Short Cutting Portion June
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U,
PVC-HI) Pipes; Dimensions November
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (UPVC)Pressure Pipelines; Dimensions of
Socket Bends December
PipeJoints and Pipe Fittings for Pipes Under
Pressure Made of UnplasticizedPolyvinyl
Chloride (Rigid PVC); Bends Made by
Injection Moulding for Bonding;Dimensions
July
PipeJoints and Pipe Fittings for Pipes Under
Pressure Made of UnplasticizedPolyvinyl
Chloride (Rigid PVC); Screwed Pipe Joints;
Dimensions July
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCU)Pressure Pipes; General Quality
Requirements and Testing January
PipeJoints and Pipe Fittings for Pipes Under
Pressure Made of UnplasticizedPolyvinyl
Chloride (Rigid PVC); Injection Moulded
Elbows for Bonding;Dimensions July
PipeJoints and Pipe Fittings for Pipes Under
Pressure Made of UnplasticizedPolyvinyl
Chloride (Rigid PVC); Injection Moulded
Sockets, Caps and Nipplesfor Bonding;
Dimensions July
PipeJoints and Pipe Fittings for Pipes Under
Pressure Made of UnplasticizedPolyvinyl
Chloride (Rigid PVC); Sockets with Primary
Element of Copper-ZincAlloy (Brass) for
Bonding; Dimensions July
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (UPVC)Pressure Pipelines; Dimensions of
Flanged and Socket Fittings January
8072
8073
8076 PT 1
8079
8080
8093
8140-1
8140 PT 2
8140 PT 3
8141 PT 1
8141 PT 2
8187-2
8188-2
8188-3
8243
8245
Pipesof Low-Density PE (Low-Density
Polyethylene); Dimensions July
Pipesof Low-Density PE (Low-Density
Polyethylene); General Quality
Requirements;Testing March
ThermoplasticsPressure Pipelines; Metal
Compression Fittings for Polyethylene (PE)
Pipes;General Quality Requirements; Testing
March
ChlorinatedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-C)
Pipes; Dimensions December
ChlorinatedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-C)
Pipes; General Quality Requirements and
TestingJune
ParallelShank Machine Reamers with
Carbide Tips and Long Cutting Portion June
WireThread Inserts for ISO Metric Screw
Threads Part 1: Dimensions and
TechnicalDelivery Conditions July
WireThread Inserts for ISO Metric Screw
Threads; Tapped Holes for Thread
Inserts,Thread Tolerances October
WireThread Inserts for ISO Metric Screw
Threads; Gauges and Gauge Sizes March
ISO MetricCoarse and Fine Pitch Screw
Threads for Interference Fits in Aluminium
CastAlloys with Diameters from 5mm to
16mm Nominal Sizes, Tolerances and
Limitsof Size July
ISOMetric Coarse and Fine Pitch Screw
Threads for Interference Fits in
AluminiumCast Alloys with Diameters from
5mm to 16mm Gauges for Internal and
ExternalThreads July
EuropeanType Roller Chains Part 2: Simple
Roller Chains with Attachment Plates Connecting Dimensions August
AmericanType Roller Chains Part 2: Simple
Roller Chains with Attachment Plates Connecting Dimensions August
AmericanType Roller Chains Part 3: Simple
Roller Chains with Extended Pins Connecting Dimensions August
SlottedCheese Head Screws for Fine
Mechanics M 0.3 to M 1.4 November
SlottedCountersunk (Flat) Head Screws for
8546 (S)
8565 (S)
8901
8906
8912
8914
8975 PT 1
8975 PT 2
8975 PT 3
8975 PT 4
8975 PT 5
8975 PT 8
Fine Mechanics M 0.4 to M 1.4 October
PressureRegulators for Gas Cylinders Used
in Welding, Cutting and Related
Processes;Terminology, Requirements and
Testing August; Superseded by DIN EN
585,November 1994
ProtectionAgainst Corrosion of Steel
Structures by Thermal Spraying of Zinc
andAluminium; General Principles March;
Superseded by DIN EN 22063
HeatPumps; Heat Pumps Using Halogenated
Hydrocarbons; Protection of Soil,
GroundWater and Surface Water;
Requirements and Testing January
PN 40Flared Flange Solderless Compression
Couplings for Use in RefrigeratingSystems
June
CouplingNuts and Screwed Plugs for Use
with PN 40 Flared Flange
SolderlessCompression Couplings in
Refrigerating Systems June
90Degree Tapered Seal Rings and Caps for
Use with PN 40 Flared FlangeSolderless
Compression Couplings in Refrigerating
Systems June
RefrigeratingPlants; Safety Principles for
Design, Equipment and Installation;
DesignDecember
RefrigerationPlants; Safety Requirements for
Construction, Erection and
Operation;Selection of Materials for
Refrigeration Plants May
RefrigerationPlants; Safety Requirements for
Design, Equipment, Installation
andOperation; Data for Operating
Instructions April
RefrigeratingPlants; Safety Principles for
Design, Equipment and Installation;
TestCertificate and Identification Plate
February
RefrigeratingPlants; Safety Principles for
Design, Equipment and Installation;
TestingPrior to Commissioning February
RefrigerationPlants; Safety Requirements for
Construction, Equipment, Installation
andOperation; Level Indicating Devices for
8975 PT 9
9020 PT 1
9020 PT 2
9020 PT 3
9020 PT 3 SUPPL. 1
9020 PT 4
9020 PT 5
9021
9045
10134
10135
10198-1
10235
10316
Refrigerant Vessels, Liquid LevelIndicators
April
RefrigerationPlants; Safety Principles for
Design, Equipment and Installation;
FlexiblePipe Elements in the Refrigerant
Circuit October
Aerospace;Mass Breakdown for Aircraft
Heavier Than Air; Main Mass Groups and
Terms ofMass; Survey October
Aerospace;Mass Breakdown for Aircraft
Heavier Than Air; Main Mass Groups and
Terms ofMass; Definitions October
Aerospace;Mass Breakdown for Aircraft
Heavier Than Air; Group Mass Statement
October
Aerospace;Mass Breakdown for Aircraft
Heavier Than Air; Group Mass Statement;
CondensedVersion October
Aerospace;Mass Breakdown for Aircraft
Heavier Than Air; Detail Mass Statement
October
AerospaceSeries; Mass Breakdown for
Aircraft Heavier Than Air; Dimensional
andConstruction Data February
LargeSize Washers March; Superseded by
DIN EN ISO 7093-1, November 2000,
TogetherWith DIN EN ISO 7093-2,
November 2000 Editions
SnapRings September
GeneralRequirements Relating to Methods of
Detecting Microorganisms in
FoodstuffsUsing the Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR) November
Methodof Detecting Salmonella Using the
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
November
DeterminingPresumptive Bacillus Cereus in
Milk by Colony Count at 37 Degrees
CSeptember, This Standard Together With
DIN ISO EN 7932, February 1998Edition,
Supersedes the August 1992 Edition
Determiningthe Piperine Content of Pepper
and Pepper Oleorsins by HighPerformanceLiquid Chromatography (HPLC)
September
Determiningthe Acidity of Milk and Liquid
10479-1
10751-2
10777-2
11024
15001 PT 1
15001 PT 2
15002
15003
15018 PT 1
15018 PT 2
15018 PT 3
15019 PT 1
15019 PT 2
15025
15026
15030
15062 PT 1
Milk Products by the Soxhlet-Henkel
MethodAugust
ButyrometricDetermination of Fat Content of
Milk and Milk Products General Guidance
onthe Use of Butyrometric Methods and
Requirements for Amyl Alcohol
June;Supersedes DIN 10330, June 1977
Edition
Determiningthe Hydroxymethyfurfural
Content of Honey by White's Direct
PhotometricMethod September
Determiningthe Caffeine Content of Coffee
and Coffee Products Part 2: Routine
HPLCMethod June
SpringCotters January
Cranes;Vocabulary, Classification According
to Type November
Cranes;Vocabulary, Classification According
to Application July
LiftingAppliances; Load Carrying Devices;
Vocabulary April
LiftingAppliances; Load Suspending
Devices, Loads and Forces; Definitions
February
Cranes;Steel Structures; Verification and
Analyses November
Cranes;Steel Structures; Principles of Design
and Construction November
Cranes;Principles Relating to Steel
Structures; Design of Cranes on Vehicles
November
Cranes;Stability for All Cranes Except NonRail Mounted Mobile Cranes and
ExceptFloating Cranes September
Cranes;Stability for Non-Rail Mounted
Mobile Cranes; Test Loading and
CalculationJune
Cranes;Direction of Actuation and
Arrangement of Controls in Crane Cabins
January
LiftingAppliances; Marking of Points of
Hazard January
LiftingEquipment; Acceptance Testing of
Crane Installations; Principles November
Cranes;Rope Pulleys; Selected Ranges and
Correlation of Diameters and Overall
15062 PT 2
15105
15178
15207 PT 1
15261 PT 1
15261 PT 2
15262
15401 PT 1
15401 PT 2
15402 PT 1
15402 PT 2
15403
15404 PT 1
15404 PT 2
15405 PT 2
15408
15409
15410
WidthsJuly
Cranes;Rope Pulleys; Dimensions of Hubs
and Bearings July
LiftingHooks for Lifting Appliances; Point
Hooks With Collar August
IndustrialTrucks; Fork Arms for High-Lift
Trucks with ISO Fork Carrier; Fork Hooks
andFork Lock October
ContinuousMechanical Handling Equipment;
Idlers for Belt Conveyors Which Handle
LooseBulk Materials; Principal Dimensions
July
ContinuousMechanical Handling Equipment
for Loose Bulk Materials; Screw
Conveyors;Mating Dimensions February
ContinuousMechanical Handling Equipment
for Loose Bulk Materials; Screw
Conveyors;Helical Screw Blade February
ContinuousMechanical Handling Equipment;
Screw Conveyors for Loose Bulk
Materials;Design Principles January
LiftingHooks for Lifting Appliances; Single
Hooks; Unmachined Parts November
LiftingHooks for Lifting Appliances; Single
Hooks; Finished Parts with ThreadedShank
September
LiftingHooks for Lifting Appliances;
Ramshorn Hooks; Unmachined Parts
November
LiftingHooks for Lifting Appliances;
Ramshorn Hooks; Finished Parts with
ThreadedShank September
LiftingHooks for Hoists; Knuckle Threads
December
LiftingHooks; Technical Delivery Conditions
for Forged Hooks December
LiftingHooks; Technical Delivery Conditions
for Laminated Hooks November
LiftingHooks; In-Service Inspection of
Laminated Hooks November
CranesTwin Sheave Bottom Blocks;
Assembly July
Cranes;Quadruple Sheave Bottom Blocks;
Assembly July
SerialLifting Appliances; Single and Twin
Sheave Bottom Blocks for Electric
15411
15412 PT 1
15412 PT 2
15413
15414
15417
15418 PT 1
15418 PT 2
15418 PT 3
15421 PT 1
15421 PT 2
15421 PT 3
15422 PT 1
15422 PT 2
15422 PT 3
16726
Hoists;Assembly July
LiftingAppliances; Lifting Hook Suspensions
for Bottom Blocks August
BottomBlocks for Lifting Appliances; Cross
Pieces; Unmachined Parts August
BottomBlocks for Lifting Appliances; Cross
Pieces; Finished Parts August
BottomBlocks for Lifting Appliances; Lifting
Hook Nuts August
BottomBlocks for Lifting Appliances;
Securing Plates August
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Type D Rope Pulleys
with Plain Bearings July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Type C Rope Pulleys
with Deep Groove Ball Bearing,
withoutInternal Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Spacer Sleeves for
Type C Rope Pulleys with Deep Groove
BallBearing, without Internal Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Sealing Covers for
Type C Rope Pulleys with Deep Groove
BallBearing, without Internal Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Type B Rope Pulleys
with Deep Groove Ball Bearing and
InternalSleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Internal Sleeves and
Spacer Sleeves for Type B Rope Pulleyswith
Deep Groove Ball Bearing and Internal
Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Sealing Covers for
Type B Rope Pulleys with Deep Groove
BallBearing and Internal Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Type A Rope Pulleys
with Cylindrical Rolling Bearing andInternal
Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Internal Sleeves and
Spacer Sleeves for Type A Rope Pulleyswith
Cylindrical Rolling Bearing and Internal
Sleeve July
Cranes;Bottom Blocks; Sealing Covers for
Type A Rope Pulleys with CylindricalRolling
Bearing and Internal Sleeve July
PlasticRoofing Felt and Waterproofing Sheet;
Testing December; Partially Supersededby
EN 1928, July 2000 Edition, and DIN EN
12316-2 and DIN EN 12317-2, January2001
16729
16730
16731
16734
16735
16736
16737
16867
16869 PT 2
16870 PT 1
16871
16890
16891
16892
16893
Edition
EthyleneCopolymer Bitumen (ECB) Roofing
Felt and Waterproofing Sheet;
RequirementsSeptember
PlasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-P)
Roofing Felt Incompatible with
Bitumen;Requirements December
Polyisobutylene(PIB) Roofing Felt with
Backing; Requirements December
Man-MadeFibre Reinforced Plasticized
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-P) Roofing
FeltIncompatible with Bitumen;
Requirements December
PlasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-P)
Roofing Felt with Non-Woven Roving Inner
Layer;Requirements December
ChlorinatedPolyethylene (PE-C) Roofing Felt
and Waterproofing Sheet without
Backing;Requirements December
ChlorinatedPolyethylene (PE-C) Roofing Felt
and Waterproofing Sheet with Woven
FabricInner Layer; Requirements December
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGF) Pipes, Fittings and Joints for Usein
Chemical Pipelines; Technical Delivery
Conditions July
CentrifugallyCast Filled Glass Fibre
Reinforced Unsaturated Polyester (UP-GF)
Resin Pipes;General Quality Requirements,
Testing November
WoundGlass Fibre Reinforced Epoxy Resin
Pipes; Dimensions January
CentrifugallyCast Glass Fibre Reinforced
Epoxy Resin (EP-GF) Pipes; Dimensions
February
Pipesof Acrylnitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) or Acrylnitrile-StyreneAcrylester(ASA); General Quality
Requirements; Testing May
Pipesof Acrylnitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) or Acrylonitrile-StyreneAcrylester(ASA); Dimensions May
CrosslinkedPolyethylene (VPE) Pipes;
General Quality Requirements and Testing
March;Superseded in Parts by DIN EN 579
CrosslinkedPolyethylene (PE-X) Pipes;
16903 PT 1
16903 PT 2
16903 PT 3
16928
16935
16937
16938
16940
16961 PT 1
16961 PT 2
16962 PT 1
16962 PT 3
16962 PT 2
16963 PT 11
16963 PT 13
Dimensions November
OpenInsert Nuts for Plastic Mouldings
December
ClosedInsert Nuts with Disc for Plastics
Mouldings December
ClosedInsert Nuts with Dead Hole for
Plastics Mouldings December
Pipesof Thermoplastic Materials; Pipe Joints,
Elements for Pipes, Laying;
GeneralDirections April
Polyisobutylene(PIB) Waterproofing Sheet;
Requirements December
PlasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-P)
Waterproofing Sheet Compatible with
Bitumen;Requirements December
PlasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-P)
Waterproofing Sheet Incompatible with
Bitumen;Requirements December
ExtrudedHoses of Non-Rigid PVC (NonRigid Polyvinyl Chloride); Permissible
Variationsfor Dimensions for Which
Tolerances Are Not Indicated July
ThermoplasticsPipes and Fittings with
Profiled Outer and Smooth Inner Surfaces;
DimensionsFebruary
ThermoplasticsPipes and Fittings with
Profiled Outer and Smooth Inner Surfaces;
TechnicalDelivery Conditions February
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines Types 1 and 2;Bends
of Segmental Construction for Butt-Welding;
Dimensions August
PipeJoints and Elements for Polypropylene
(PP) Pressure Pipelines; Types 1 and 2;Bends
Formed from Pipe for Butt-Welding;
Dimensions August
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 and 2 Polypropylene (PP) PressurePipes;
Tees and Branches Produced by Segment
Inserts and Necking for ButtWelding;
Dimensions February
PipeJoints and Elements for High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Bushes, Flanges and
Seals for Socket-Welding; Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoints and Elements for High Pressure
16963 PT 14
16963 PT 15
16964
16965 PT 1
16965 PT 2
16965 PT 4
16965 PT 5
16966 PT 1
16966 PT 2
16966 PT 4
16966 PT 5
16966 PT 6
16966 PT 8
Polyethylene (HDPE) Pressure
Pipelines;Types 1 and 2; Turned and Pressed
Reducing Sockets for ButtWelding;Dimensions (Aug)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for Types
1 and 2 High-Density Polyethylene(HDPE)
Pressure Pipes; Injection Moulded Reducers
and Nipples for Socket Welding;Dimensions
(June)
PipeJoint Assemblies and Fittings for HighDensity Polyethylene (PE-HD)
PressurePipes; Pipe Couplings; Dimensions
(June)
WoundGlass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
Resin (UP-GF) Pipes; General
QualityRequirements and Testing (Nov)
WoundGlass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
Resin (UP-GF) Pipes; Type A
Pipes,Dimensions (July)
WoundGlass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
Resin (UP-GF) Pipes; Type B
Pipes,Dimensions (July)
WoundGlass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
Resin (UP-GF) Pipes; Type D
Pipes,Dimensions (July)
WoundGlass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
Resin (UP-GF) Pipes; Type E
Pipes,Dimensions (July)
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGF) Pipe Fittings and Joint
Assemblies;Fittings; General Quality
Requirements and Testing (Nov)
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGF) Pipe Fittings and Joints;
Elbows;Dimensions (July)
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGF) Pipe Fittings and Joints; Tees;
Nozzles;Dimensions (July)
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGF) Pipe Fittings and Joints;
Reducers;Dimensions (July)
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UPGF) Pipe Fittings and Joint
Assemblies;Collars, Flanges, Joint Rings,
Dimensions (July)
GlassFibre Reinforced Polyester Resin (UP-
16967 PT 2
16969
17022-4
17022-5
17125
17175
17177
17679
18000
18035 PT 2
18035 PT 3
18035 PT 8
18095 PT 1
18095 PT 2
18100
18121 PT 2
18122-1
18122 PT 2
18125 PT 2
18128
GF) Pipe Fittings and Joints;
LaminatedJoints; Dimensions (July)
GlassFibre Reinforced Epoxy Resin (EP-GF)
Pipe Fittings and Joints; Elbows; Tees;
Dimensions(July)
TypePB 125 Polybutene Pipes Dimensions
December; Supersedes November 1988
Edition
HeatTreatment of Ferrous Materials Part 4:
Nitriding and Nitrocarburizing January
HeatTreatment of Ferrous Materials Part 5:
Surface Hardening March
Squareand Rectangular Fine Grain Steel
Tubes (Hollow Sections) for
StructuralSteelwork; Technical Delivery
Conditions (May) (Superseded in Parts by
EN10210-1, September 1994 Edition)
SeamlessTubes of Heat-Resistant Steels;
Technical Conditions of Delivery
ElectricPressure-Welded Steel Tubes for
Elevated Temperatures; Technical
Conditionsof Delivery (May)
WroughtCopper and Copper Alloy Tubes
with Rolled Fins for Use in Heat
Exchangers(Oct)
ModularCoordination in Building (May)
SportsGrounds; Watering of Turfed Areas
and Tamped Areas (Jan)
SportsGrounds; Drainage (Dec)
SportsGrounds; Athletics Facilities (Jan)
SmokeControl Doors; Concepts and
Requirements (Oct)
SmokeControl Doors; Type Testing for
Durability and Leakage (Mar)
Doors;Wall Openings for Doors with
Dimensions in Accordance with DIN 4172
(Oct)
SoilAnalysis; Determination of Water
Content of Soil by Rapid Methods (Sept)
Determinationof Liquid and Plastic Limits of
Soil July
Subsoil;Testing of Soil Samples;
Determination of Shrinkage Limit (Feb)
SoilAnalysis; Determination of Soil Density;
Field Tests (May)
Determinationof Organic Matter Content of
18130-1
18136
18151
18152
18153
18157 PT 2
18157 PT 3
18159 PT 2 (S)
18162
18164 PT 1
18164 PT 2
18165 PT 1
18165 PT 2
18166 (S)
18168 PT 1
18168 PT 2
Soil on the Basis of the Ignition Loss (Nov)
LaboratoryTests for Determining the
Coefficient of Permeability of Soil May
Determinationof Compressive Strength of
Soil by the Unconfined Compression Test
August
LightweightConcrete Hollow Blocks (Sept)
LightweightConcrete Solid Bricks and
Blocks (Apr)
Normal-WeightConcrete Masonry Units
(Sept)
Applicationof Ceramic Tiling Using the
Thin-Bed Method; Dispersion Adhesives
(Oct)
Applicationof Ceramic Tiling by the Thin
Bed Method Using Epoxy Resin Adhesives
(Apr)
CellularPlastics as In-Situ Foam in Building;
In-Situ Foam Produced fromUreaFormaldehyde (UF) Resin for Thermal
Insulation, Application, Properties,Execution,
Testing (June) (Superseded by Din 18159 Pa
LightWeight Concrete Wall Slabs; NonReinforced (Aug)
RigidCellular Plastics Insulating Building
Materials; Thermal Insulating Materials(Aug)
(Intended to Be Superseded in Parts by DIN
EN 822, EN 823, EN 824, andEN 825,
November 1994 Edition) Parts of this Sta
RigidCellular Plastics Insulating Building
Materials; Polystyrene Foam ImpactSound
Insulating Materials (Mar)
FibreInsulating Building Materials; Thermal
Insulating Materials July; Intended toBe
Superseded in Parts by DIN EN 822, EN 823,
EN 824, and EN 825, November1994
Edition; Parts of this Standard are Supersedd
FibreInsulating Building Materials; Impact
Sound Insulating Materials (Mar)
CeramicSplit Tiles and Split Tile Accessories
(Oct) (Superseded by DIN EN 186 Parts1 and
2, and DIN EN 188)
LightCeiling Linings and Underceilings;
Construction Requirements (Oct)
LightweightCeiling Linings and Suspended
Ceilings; Verification of the
18174
18181
18182 PT 4
18183
18192
18195 PT 1
18195 PT 2
18195 PT 3
18195 PT 4
18195 PT 5
18195 PT 6
18195 PT 7
18195 PT 8
18195 PT 9
18195 PT 10
LoadbearingCapacity of Metal Substructures
and Hangers (Dec)
CellularGlass as Insulating Material for
Building Construction; Insulating
Materialsfor Thermal Insulation (Jan)
(Intended to Be Superseded in Parts by DIN
EN822, EN 823, EN 824, EN 825, November
1994 Editi
DryLining and Partitioning Using Gypsum
Plasterboard (Sept)
Accessoriesfor the Installation of Gypsum
Plasterboard, Nails (Jan)
PrefabricatedGypsum Plasterboard Metal
Stud Partitions (Nov)
BondedPolyester Fleece Used as an Inlay for
Bitumen and Polymer Bitumen
Sheeting;Concept, Designation,
Requirements, Testing (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
General, Terminology (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Materials (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Processing of Materials (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Damp-Proofing Against Moisture from the
Ground;Design and Workmanship (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Waterproofing Against Water That Exerts
NoHydrostatic Pressure; Design and
Workmanship (Feb)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Waterproofing Against Water That
ExertsHydrostatic Pressure from the Outside;
Design and Workmanship (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Waterproofing Sheeting Subjected to
HydrostaticPressure from the Inside; Design
and Workmanship (June)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Waterproofing over Movement Joints (Aug)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Penetrations, Transitions, Closures (Dec)
Waterproofingof Buildings and Structures;
Protective Layers and Protective Measures
(Aug)
18196
18200
18203 PT 2
18203 PT 3
18205
18216
18217
18232 PT 1
18304
18309
18310
18311
18312
18325
18351
SoilClassification for Civil Engineering
Purposes (Oct)
ConformityAssessment of Construction
Product Factory Product Control, ThirdPartyInspection, and Certification May
Tolerancesin Building; Prefabricated Steel
Components (May)
Tolerancesfor Building; Building
Components of Timber and Wood Based
Panel Products(Aug)
Brieffor Building Design April
FormworkTies; Requirements, Testing, Use
(Dec)
ConcreteSurfaces and Formwork Surface
(Dec)
StructuralFire Protection; Smoke and Heat
Control Installations; Terminology
andApplication (Sept)
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Piling
December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB);
Part C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV); Ground
Treatment by Grouting (Dec)
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specification
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Revetment
Work December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Dredging
Work December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV)
Underground Construction Work December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications in
ConstructionContracts (ATV) Track
Construction December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Work on
Non-Loadbearing External
18354
18358
18365
18367
18379
18382
18384
18451
18460
18469 (S)
18501
18516 PT 3
18516 PT 4
VerticalEnclosures of Buildings December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Asphalt
Flooring Work December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts(ATV) Installation
of Roller Shutters and SimilarEquipment
December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Flooring
Work December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Laying of
Wood Block Flooring December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Installation
of Air Conditioning SystemsDecember
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Electrical
Supply Systems Rated for Voltages upto
36kV December
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Installation
of Lightning Protection SystemsDecember
ConstructionContract Procedures (VOB) Part
C: General Technical Specifications
inConstruction Contracts (ATV) Scaffolding
Work December
ExternalRainwater Pipes and Eaves Gutters;
Concepts and Design Principles (May)
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride Eaves
Gutters; Requirements, Testing (May)
(Superseded byDIN EN 607, August 1995
Edition)
ConcretePavement Setts (Nov)
Back-Ventilated,Non-Loadbearing, External
Enclosures of Buildings, Made from Natural
Stone;Design and Installation (Jan)
Back-Ventilated,Non-Loadbearing, External
18530
18545 PT 1
18545 PT 3
18550 PT 1
18550 PT 2
18550 PT 3
18554 PT 1
18555-9
18556
18558
18560 PT 1
18560 PT 2
18560 PT 3
18560 PT 4
18560 PT 7
18800 PT 1
18800 PT 2
18800 PT 3
18800 PT 4
Enclosures of Buildings, Made from
Tempered SafetyGlass Panels; Requirements
and Testing (Feb)
SolidStructural Decks for Roofs; Design and
Construction (Mar)
Glazingwith Sealants; Rebates (Feb)
Glazingwith Sealants; Glazing Systems (Feb)
Plaster;Terminology and Requirements (Jan)
Plaster;Plasters Made of Mortars Containing
Mineral Binders; Application (Jan)
Plasteringand Rendering; Thermal Insulating
Rendering Systems Made of Mortar
withMineral Binder and Using Expanded
Polystyrene (ESP) as Aggregate (Mar)
Testingof Masonry; Determination of
Compressive Strength and of Elastic
ModulusDecember; DIN EN 1052-1 is
Intended to Supersede DIN 18554-1
Testingof Mortar Containing Mineral
Binders; Part 9: Determining the
CompressiveStrength of Hardened Mortar
September
Testingof Coating Materials for Synthetic
Resin Plasters and of Synthetic ResinPlasters
(Jan)
SyntheticResin Plasters; Terminology,
Requirements, Application (Jan)
FloorScreeds; Concepts, General
Requirements and Testing (May)
FloorScreeds; Floating Screed (May)
FloorScreeds; Bonded Screed (May)
FloorScreeds; Unbonded Screed (May)
FloorScreeds; Heavy-Duty Screed (May)
(Supersedes August 1981 Edition of DIN
18560Part 5)
StructuralSteelwork; Design and
Construction (Nov)
StructuralSteelwork; Analysis of Safety
Against Buckling of Linear Members and
Frames(Nov) (Together with DIN 18800 Part
3, November 1990 Edition, Supersedes
DIN4114 Part 1 July 1952xx Edition,
andDIN 4114
StructuralSteelwork; Analysis of Safety
Against Buckling of Plates (Nov)
StructuralSteelwork; Analysis of Safety
18800 PT 7
18801
18806 PT 1
18807-9
18807 PT 1
18807 PT 2
18807 PT 3
18808
18960
19522 PT 1
19522 PT 2
19530 PT 1
19530 PT 2
19537 PT 1
18809
19531
Against Buckling of Shells (Nov)
SteelStructures; Fabrication, Verification of
Suitability for Welding (May)
StructuralSteel in Buildings; Design and
Construction (Sept)
CompositeSteel and Concrete Structures;
Composite Columns (Mar)
TrapezoidalAluminium Sheeting and
Connections in Building Part 9: Structural
Detailingand Installation June
TrapezoidalSheeting in Building; Trapezoidal
Steel Sheeting; General Requirements
andDetermination of Loadbearing Capacity
by Calculation (June)
TrapezoidalSheeting in Building; Trapezoidal
Steel Sheeting; Determination ofLoadbearing
Capacity by Testing (June)
TrapezoidalSheeting in Building; Trapezoidal
Steel Sheeting; Structural Analysis
andDesign (June)
SteelStructures; Structures Made from
Hollow Sections Subjected to
PredominantlyStatic Loading (Oct)
RunningCosts of Buildings August
CastIron Spigot (SML) Drainpipes and
Fittings; Dimensions (Feb)
CastIron Spigot (SML) Drainpipes and
Fittings; Technical Delivery Conditions(Feb)
SteelSocket Pipes and Fittings for Sewers;
Dimensions (Feb)
SteelSocket Pipes and Fittings for Sewers;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Feb)
HighDensity Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipes and
Fittings for Drains and Sewers;Dimensions
(Oct)
SteelRoad Bridges and Foot Bridges; Design
and Construction Sept; Together withDIN
18800 Part 1, March 1981 Edition, and DIN
18800 Part 7, May 1983 Edition,Supersedes
DIN 1073, July 1974 Edition, Supplement
UnplasticizedPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U)
Socket Pipes and Fittings for Discharge
SystemsInside Buildings; Dimensions and
Technical Delivery Conditions
(Nov)Superseded by EN 1329-1, December
1999, Together wi
19535 PT 2
19537 PT 2
19537 PT 3
19538
19541
19545 (P)
19549
19551 PT 4
19557 PT 1
19560-10
19565 PT 1
19565 PT 5
High-DensityPolyethylene (HDPE) Pipes and
Fittings for Hot Water Resistant (HT)
Drainsand Sewers Inside Buildings;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Apr)
(SupersedesParts of the March 1977 Edition
of DIN 19535
High-DensityPolyethylene (HDPE) Pipes and
Fittings for Drains and Sewers;
TechnicalDelivery Conditions (Jan)
PrefabricatedHigh Density Polyethylene (PEHD) Manholes for Use in Sewerage
Systems;Dimensions and Technical Delivery
Conditions (Nov)
ChlorinatedPolyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipes
and Fittings with Sockets for Hot
WaterResistant (HT) Sanitary Pipework
Inside Buildings; Dimensions,
TechnicalDelivery Conditions (June)
Trapsfor Drainage Systems; Functional
Requirements (Jan)
WasteFitting (Traps and Accessories);
Principles of Construction and Testing May
Manholesfor Buried Drains and Sewers;
General Requirements and Testing (Feb)
SewageTreatment Plants; Rectangular Tanks
with Suction Type Sludge Scraper;
MainDimensions (May)
SewageTreatment Plants; Mineral Filter
Media for Percolating Filters;
Requirements,Testing, Delivery, Placing
(May)
Polypropylene(PP) Pipes and Fittings for Hot
Water Resistant Waste and Soil
DischargeSystems Inside Buildings; Part 10:
Fire Behaviour, Quality Control
andInstallation March; This Standard,
Together with DI
CentrifugallyCast and Filled Polyester Resin
Glass Fibre Reinforced (UP-GF) Pipes
andFittings for Buried Drains and Sewers;
Dimensions and Technical
DeliveryConditions March; Partially
Superseded by DIN EN
PrefabricatedGlass Fibre Reinforced Plastic
(UP-GF) Manholes for Use in Sewerage
Systems;Dimensions and Technical Delivery
19569 PT 1
19569 PT 2
19570 PT 1
19578 PT 1
19578 PT 2
19580
19599
19606
19617
19624
19630
19632
19636
19643
19650
Conditions (Nov)
Principlesfor the Design of Structures and
Technical Equipment for Sewage
TreatmentPlants; General Principles (Feb)
Principlesfor the Design of Structures and
Equipment for Sewage Treatment
Plants;Installations for Separating and
Thickening Solids (May)
Analysisof Waste Brine and Salt-Laden
Bodies of Water; Sampling (Apr)
StopValves for Site Drainage Systems; AntiFlooding Valves for Faecal SewageSystems;
Requirements (Feb)
StopValves for Site Drainage Systems; AntiFlooding Valves for Faecal SewageSystems;
Testing and Inspection (Feb)
SurfaceWater Drainage Channels for Traffic
Areas; Classification, Design,
Marking,Testing and Inspection (Dec)
Gulliesand Manhole Tops for Use in
Buildings Classification, Design
andConstruction, Testing and Inspection
(Nov) Superseded by DIN EN 12534,February 2000 Edition, Together with
Standards DIN EN 1253-1 to
Chlorinatorsfor Water Treatment; Equipment,
Installation and Operation (Feb)
SodiumChlorite Solution for Water
Treatment; Technical Conditions of Delivery
(Oct)Superseded by DIN EN 805, March
2000 Edition
PrecoatFilters for Water Treatment (June)
Guidelinesfor the Construction of Water
Pipelines; DVGW Code of Practice
(Aug)Superseded by DIN EN 805, March
2000 Edition
MechanicalFilters for Drinking Water
Installations; Requirements, Testing (DVGW
Code ofPractice) (Apr)
WaterSofteners for Use in Drinking Water
Supply Installations; Requirements
andTesting (DVGW Code of Practice) (July)
Treatmentfor Disinfection of Swimming Pool
and Bathing Pool Water (Apr)
HygieneParameters for Irrigation Water
February
19657
19658 PT 3
19661 PT 1
19684 PT 6
19684 PT 7
19684 PT 8
19700 PT 10
19700 PT 11
19700 PT 12
19700 PT 13
19700 PT 14
19704
19705
Protectionof Water Courses, Dikes and
Coastal Dunes; Guidelines (Sept)
Polyethylene(PE) Coiling Pipes and Hoses
for Use in Irrigation Systems; Hoses of
NonrigidMaterial with Woven Fabric Inner
Layer; Dimensions and Technical
DeliveryConditions (Oct)
Guidelinesfor Hydraulic Structures; Crossing
Works; Bridges, Aqueducts,
Culverts,Inverted Syphons, Casings (Oct)
Methodsof Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
ChemicalLaboratory Tests; Determination of
Oxalate Soluble Iron Content in a Soil(Feb)
Methodsof Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
ChemicalLaboratory Tests; Determination of
Easily Soluble Bivalent Iron in a Soil(Feb)
Methodsof Soil Analysis for Water
Management for Agricultural Purposes;
ChemicalLaboratory Tests; Determination of
Exchange Capacity of a Soil and of
theAmount of Exchangeable Cations (Feb)
DamPlants; General Specifications (Jan)
(Together with DIN DIN 19700 Part
11,Supersedes DIN 19700 Part 1, December
1965 Edition, Together with DIN 19700Part
12, Supersedes DIN 19700 Part 99, October
1980 E
DamPlants; Dams (Jan) (Together with DIN
19700 Part 10, January 1986
Edition,Supersedes DIN 19700 Part 1,
December 1965 Edition)
DamPlants; Flood Retarding Basins) (Jan)
(Together with DIN 19700 Part 10,January
1986 Edition Supersedes DIN 19700 Part 99,
October 1980 Edition)
DamPlants; Weirs (Jan) (Together with DIN
19700 Part 10, January 1986
Edition,Supersedes DIN 19700 Part 2, June
1969 Edition)
DamPlants; Pumped-Storage Reservoirs (Jan)
HydraulicSteel Structures; Criteria for
Design and Calculation (Sept)
HydraulicSteel Structures; Recommendations
for Design, Construction and Erection(Sept)
19733-1
19733-2
19734
19752
19800 PT 1
19800 PT 3
19850 PT 3
20314
20379
20400
21541
21552
22101
22107
22425
24080
24083
24086
Determinationof Dehydrogenase Activity in
Soils Using Triphenyltetrazolium Chloride
July
Determinationof Dehydrogenase Activity in
Soils Using Iodotetrazolium Chloride (INT)
July
Determiningthe Chromium(VI) Content of
Soil in Phosphate Buffered Extract January
HydroelectricPower Plants; Rules for
Planning and Operation (Apr) (Supersedes
DIN 19753,DIN 19754, March 1956
Editions)
AsbestosCement Pipes and Fittings for
Pressure Pipelines; Pipes; Dimensions (Jan)
Asbestos-CementPipes and Fittings for
Pressure Pipelines; Joint Assemblies;
Dimensions (Mar)
Fibre-CementManholes for Use in Sewerage
Systems; Dimensions and Technical
DeliveryConditions (Nov)
ScrewThreads for Drill Pipes with Diameters
Exceeding 100 mm for Large HoleBorings in
the Mining Industry (July)
DrillBits with Tapered Connection for
Percussive Wet Rock Drilling (Mar)
KnuckleThreads with Large Load-Bearing
Depth (Mar)
GISections for Mine Support (Apr)
BeadedIB and GI Sections for Mine Support
(Apr)
ContinuousMechanical Handling Equipment;
Belt Conveyors for Bulk Materials; Bases
forCalculations and Design (Feb)
ContinuousMechanical Handling Equipment;
Idler Sets for Belt Conveyors for Loose
BulkMaterials; Principal Dimensions (Aug)
TriangularNuts for Use with Electrical
Equipment in Mining (Mar)
Earth-MovingMachinery; Hydraulic
Excavators; Cable-Operated, Excavators;
Terms (Mar)
Earth-MovingMachinery; Hydraulic
Excavators; Indication of Load-Lifting
Capacity (Nov)
Earth-MovingMachinery; Hydraulic
Excavators, Digging Forces; Terms and
24087
24092 (S)
24096 (S)
24118
24163 PT 1
24163 PT 2
24163 PT 3
24166
24194 PT 1
24289 PT 1
24530
24531
28054-1
28117
28122
28136-3
28146
28151
Definitions;Nominal Values (Oct)
Earth-MovingMachinery: Determination of
Stability of Hydraulic Excavators;
SafetyRequirements (Mar)
Earth-MovingMachinery; Safety
Requirements (Dec) (Superseded by DIN EN
474-1, December1994 Edition)
ConstructionMachinery; Determination of the
Stability of Pile Drivers; SafetyRequirements
(June) (Superseded by EN 996: 1996)
ConstructionMachines and Machines for
Building Materials; Concrete Delivery
Pipelines;Dimensions (Feb)
Fans;Performance Testing; Standard
Characteristics (Jan)
Fans;Performance Testing; Standardized Test
Airways (Jan)
Fans;Performance Testing of Small Fans
Using Standardized Test Airways (Jan)
Fans;Technical Delivery Conditions (Jan)
DuctingComponents for Ventilation
Equipment; Tightness Testing of Sheet Metal
Ductsand Sheet Metal Ducting Components
(Nov)
ReciprocatingDisplacement Pumps and Pump
Units; Requirements and Testing (Dec)
Designof Steel Stairs with Open Bar Grating
Treads (Oct)
OpenBar Grating Treads for Steel Stairs
(Oct)
OrganicCoatings on Metallic Components for
Use in Process Engineering Part
1:Requirements and Testing September
PN 10to PN 40 Loose Flanges (Feb)
BlankFlanges with Stainless Steel Facing, of
Nominal Sizes DN 125 to DN 500 andRated
for Nominal Pressures PN 10 to PN 40 (Sept)
MixingVesselsfor Use in Process
Engineering Part 3: Arrangement and Size of
CoverNozzles for Glass-Lined Steel Mixing
Vessels November
Glass-LinedSteel Baffles for Mixing Vessels
for Use in Process Engineering
MountingDimensions June
Arrangementand Size of Jacket Nozzles on
Glass-Lined Steel Mixing Vessels for Use
28403
28404
28429
28431
28500
28600
28603
28610 PT 1
28624
28627
28646
28610 PT 2 (S)
28614
inProcess Engineering November
VacuumTechnology; Quick Release
Couplings; Clamped Type Couplings (Sept)
VacuumTechnology; Flanges; Dimensions
(Oct)
VacuumTechnology; Acceptance
Specifications for Sputter Ion Pumps (Aug)
VacuumTechnology; Acceptance
Specifications for Liquid Ring Vacuum
Pumps (Jan)
Cast IronPressure Pipes and Special Castings;
Technical Conditions of Delivery (Aug)
DuctileIron Pressure Pipes and Fittings for
Gas and Water Pipelines; TechnicalDelivery
Conditions (Jan) (Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 545, January 1995Edition, and DIN EN
969, November 1995 Edition)
DuctileCast Iron Pipes and Fittings; Spigot
and Socket Joints; Connecting
Dimensionsand Masses (Nov)
DuctileIron Pressure Pipes with Socket with
Cement-Mortar Lining for Gas and
WaterPipelines; Dimensions and Masses
(Jan) (Superseded in Part by EN 545,
January1995 Edition, and DIN EN 969,
November 1995 Edi
DuctileIron Collars for Use with Gas and
Water Pipes; Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Supersededin Part by DIN EN 545, and DIN
EN 969, November 1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket 30 Degree Bends
for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
DuctileIron Blank Flanges for Use with Gas
and Water Pipes; Dimensions and Mass(Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995 Edition, and DIN EN969,November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Pressure Pipes with Socket for
Gas and Water Pipelines Rated forPressures
over 4 Bar up to and Including 16 Bar;
Dimensions and Masses (Jan)(Superseded by
DIN EN 969, November 1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Pipes with Cast-On Flanges for
Use with Gas and Water
Pipelines;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
28615 PT 1
28615 PT 2
28622
28623
28625
28626
28628
28629
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Pipes with Welded-On Flanges
for Use with Gas and Water
Pipelines;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Together with the January 1990 Edition of
DIN28615 Part 2, Supersedes the March
1976 Edition of DIN 2
DuctileIron Pipes with Screwed-On Flanges
for Use with Gas and Water
Pipelines;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Together with the January 1990 Edition of
DIN28615 PT 1, Supersedes the March 1976
Edition of DIN 28
DuctileIron Flanged Socket Pieces for Use
with Gas and Water Pipes; Dimensions
andMass (Jan) (Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 545, January 1995 Edition, and DINEN
969, November 1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Flanged Spigot Pieces for Use
with Gas and Water Pipes; Dimensions
andMass (Jan) (Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 545, January 1995 Edition, and DINEN
969, November 1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket 90 Degree Bends
for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969,
November1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket 45 Degree Bends
for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket 22 1/2 Degree
Bends for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket 11 1/4 Degrees
Bends for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
28630
28632
28634
28637
28638
30295 PT 1
30295 PT 2
30670
30671
30673
28639
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket Tees with Flange
Branch for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket Tees with Socket
Branch for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double Socket Tapers for Use
with Gas and Water Pipes; Dimensions
andMass (Jan) (Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 545, January 1995 Edition, and DINEN
969, November 1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double-Flanged 90 Degree
Bends for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double-Flanged 90 Degree
Duckfoot Bends for Use with Gas and
WaterPipes; Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545,
January1995 Edition, and DIN EN 969,
November 1995 Edition)
RoundedTrapezoidal Threads; Nominal
Dimensions (May)
RoundedTrapezoidal Threads; Limiting
Screw Thread Dimensions and
Allowances;Permissible Deviations and
Permissible Wear of Thread Gauges (May)
PolyethyleneCoatings for Steel Pipes and
Fittings; Requirements and Testing
(Apr)(Supersedes July 1980 Edition)
ThermosetPlastic Coatings for Buried Steel
Pipes (June)
BitumenCoatings and Linings for Steel Pipes,
Fittings and Vessels (Dec)
DuctileIron Double-Flanged 45 Degree
28643
28645
32525 PT 4
32633
33923
33927
34800
34801
34810
34811
34812
34813
34814
34815
34816
37080
37081
37082
Bends for Use with Gas and Water
Pipes;Dimensions and Mass (Jan)
(Superseded in Part by DIN EN 545, January
1995Edition, and DIN EN 969, November
1995 Edition)
DuctileIron All-Flanged Tees for Use with
Gas and Water Pipes; Dimensions and
Mass(Jan) (Superseded in Part by DIN EN
545, January 1995 Edition, and DIN EN969,
November 1995 Edition)
DuctileIron Double-Flanged Tapers for Use
with Gas and Water Pipes; Dimensions
andMass (Jan) (Superseded in Part by DIN
EN 545, January 1995 Edition, and DINEN
969, November 1995 Edition)
Testingof Filler Metals by Means of Weld
Metal Specimens; Test Piece for
Determiningthe Hardness for Surfacing (Mar)
StandardAddition Methods Used in Chemical
Analysis December
Guidelinesfor Drawwing Up Checklists for
Environment Audits March
Useof Life Cycle Assessment Studies (for
Environmental Management Systems)
inMarketing, Advertising and Public
Relations Work March
SteelHexalobular Head Bolts with Small
Flange April
SteelHexalobular Head Bolts with Large
Flange December
PlasticHexagon Head Screws September
Cross-RecessedFlat Head Plastic Screws
September
Cross-RecessedPan Head Plastic Screws
September
Cross-RecessedCheese Head Plastic Screws
September
PlasticHexagon Nuts September
PlasticWashers Standard Series September
PlasticWashers Large Series September
AdjustingEquipment for Brake Blocks;
Survey and Arrangement (Sept)
AdjustingEquipment for Brake Blocks;
Brackets; Spring Plates (July)
AdjustingEquipment for Brake Blocks;
Compression Springs; Spring Bolt (Sept)
38402 PT 1
38402 PT 13
38402 PT 14
38402 PT 15
38402 PT 16
38402 PT 18
38402 PT 19
38402 PT 20
38402 PT 22
38402 PT 41
38402 PT 42
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water, and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Recording of Analysis Results (A1) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling from Aquifers (A13) (Dec)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling of Untreated Water and Drinking
Water(A14) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling of Flowing Waters (A15) (July)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling of Sea Water (A 16) (Aug)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling Water from Mineral Springs and
Spas(A 18) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling of Swimming Pool and Bathing
PoolWater (A 19) (Apr)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling of Tidal Waters (A20) (Aug)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Sampling of Cooling Water for Industrial
Use(A 22) (June)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Inter-Laboratory Tests; Planning
andOrganization (A 41) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
38402 PT 51
38402 PT 71
38404 PT 3
38404 PT 4
38404 PT 5
38404 PT 6
38404 PT 13
38404 PT 15
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Evaluation of Inter-Laboratory Tests (A
42)(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Calibration of Analytical Methods,
Evaluationof Analytical Results and Linear
Calibration Function
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;General Information (Group A);
Verification of Equivalence of Two
AnalyticalMethods by Comparing the Results
Obtained with an Ide
GermanStandard Methods for Analysing of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge; Physical
andPhysical-Chemical Parameters (Group C);
Determination of Absorption in theField of
UV Radiation (C3) (Dec)
GermanStandard Methods for Analysing of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge; Physical
andPhysical-Chemical Parameters (Group C);
Determination of Temperature (C4)(Dec)
GermanStandard Methods for Examination
of Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
Physicaland Physico-Chemical
Characteristics; (Group C); Determination of
pH Value(C5) (Jan)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Physicaland Physico-Chemical
Parameters; (Group C); Determination of the
OxidationReduction (Redox) Potential (C 6)
(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Physical and Physicochemical
Parameters (Group C); Determination of
Tritium(C13) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Physical and Physico-Chemical
Parameters (Group C); Determination of
BetaActivity per Unit Volume in Drinking
38404 PT 16
38404 PT 18
38405 PT 1
38405 PT 4
38405 PT 5
38405 PT 10 (S)
38405 PT 12 (S)
38405 PT 13
38405 PT 17
38405 PT 21
Water, Ground Water
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Physical and Physicochemical
Parameters (Group C) Determination
ofRadionuclides in Drinking Water, Ground
Water, Surface Water an
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Physical and Physicochemical
Parameters (Group C) Determination of
Radium 226Concentration in Drinking
Water, Ground Water, Surfa
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Chloride Ions (D 1) (Dec)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Fluoride (D 4) (July)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Sulfate Ions (D 5) (Jan)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
Anions(Group D); Determination of Nitrite
Ion (D 10) (Feb) (Superseded by DIN
EN26777)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
Anions(Group D); Determination of Arsenic
(D 12) (June) (Superseded by DIN EN26595)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
Anions(Group D); Determination of
Cyanides (D 13) (Feb)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
Anions(Group D); Determination of Borate
Ions (D 17) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Dissolved Silicate by Spectrometry (D 21)
38405 PT 26
38405 PT 27
38405 PT 14
38405 PT 24
38406 PT 2
38406 PT 6
38406 PT 7
38406 PT 8
38406 PT 9
38406 PT 11
(Oct)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Dissolved Sulfide by Spectrometry (D 26)
(Apr)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Readily Liberated Sulfide (D 27) (July)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Determination of
Cyanides in Drinking Water, and in
Groundwaterand Surface Water with Low
Pollution Levels (D 1
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Anions(Group D); Photometric
Determination of Chromium(VI) Using 1,5Diphenylcarbonohydrazide (D 24) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Manganese (E 2) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
Cations(Group E); Determination of Lead (E
6) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Copper by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry(AAS) (E 7) (Sept)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Zinc (E8) (Oct)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E) Determination of
Aluminium by Spectrometry (E9) (Feb)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Nickel by Atomic Absorption
38406 PT 13
38406 PT 14
38406 PT 16
38406 PT 18
38406 PT 22
38406 PT 23
38406 PT 24
38407-3
38407-18
Spectrometry(AAS) (E 11) (Sept)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Potassium by Atomic
AbsorptionSpectrometry (AAS) Using an
Air-Acetylene Flame (E 13) (July)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Sodium by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry(AAS) Using an Air-Acetylene
Flame (E 14) (July)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, Copper,
Thallium,Nickel, Cobalt by Voltammetry
(E16) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Dissolved Silver by Atomic
AbsorptionSpectrometry Using
Electrothermal Atomization (E 18) (Ma
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Ag, Al, As, B, Ba, Be, Bi, Ca, Cd, Co,Cr, Cu,
Fe, K, Li, Mg, Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, P, Pb, S, Sb,
Se
Cations(Group E); Determination of
Ammonium Nitrogen by Flow Analysis
(E23) (Dec)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Cations (Group E); Determination of
Cobalt by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry(AAS) (E24) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
SludgeSubstance Group Analysis (Group F)
Part 3: Determination of
PolychlorinatedBiphenyls (PCBs) by Gas
Chromatography (F) July
GermanStandard Methods for the
38408 PT 3
38408 PT 5
38408 PT 23
38407 PT 2
38407 PT 4
38407 PT 5
38407 PT 9
38408 PT 21 (S)
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
SludgeSubstance Group Analysis (Group F)
Part 18: Determination of 15
PolycyclicAromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) in
Water by High Performance
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; GaseousComponents (Group G);
Determination of Ozone (G 3) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Gaseous Components (Group G);
Determination of Chlorine Dioxide (G 5)
(June)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Gaseous Constituents (Group G);
Determination of Oxygen Saturation Index
(G23) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Substance Group Analysis (Group F);
Determination of Low-VolatilityHalogenated
Hydrocarbons by Gas Chromatography (F 2)
(Feb)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Substance Group Analysis (Group F);
Determination of Readily
VolatileHalogenated Hydrocarbons (F4)
(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Substance Group Analysis (Group F);
Determination of Readily
VolatileHalogenated Hydrocarbons by Gas
Chromatographic Head Space An
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Substance Group Analysis (Group F);
Determination of Benzene and Some of
ItsDerivatives by Gas Chromatography (F9)
(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Gaseous Constituents (Group G);
38408 PT 22 (S)
38409 PT 1
38409 PT 2
38409 PT 6
38409 PT 7
38409 PT 8
38409 PT 13
38409 PT 17
Determination of Dissolved Oxygen in
Water,Winkler Iodometric Method (G 21)
(May) (Superseded
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Gaseous Constituents (Group G);
Determination of Dissolved Oxygen Using
theMembrane Oxygen Probe (G 22) (Nov)
(Superseded by
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Parameters Characterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination
ofTotal Dry Residue, Filtrate Dry Residue
and Residue on
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Parameters Characterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination
ofFilterable Matter and the Residue on
Ignition (H 2) (M
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Summary Indices of Actions and
Substances (Group H); Water Hardness (H
6)(Jan)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Summary Indices of Actions and
Substances (Group H); Determination of
Acidand Base Capacity (H7) (May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; SummaryIndices of Actions and
Substances (Group H); Determination of
ExtractableOrganically Bonded Halogens
(EOX) (H 8) (Sept)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
SummaryAction and Material; Characteristic
Parameters (Group H); Determination
ofPolycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)
in Drinking
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
SummaryAction and Material Characteristic
38409 PT 18
38409 PT 19
38411 PT 8
38413 PT 1
38413 PT 4
38409 PT 20
38409 PT 26
38409 PT 27
38409 PT 28
Parameters (Group H); Determination of
NotEasily Volatile and Lipophilic Substances
(Boil
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
SummaryAction and Material Characteristic
Parameters (Group H); Determination
ofHydrocarbons (H 18) (Feb)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Summary Indices of Actions and
Substances (Group H); Determination
ofDirectly Separable Lipophilic Substances
(H 19) (Feb)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Microbiological Methods (Group K);
Detection of Pseudomonas Aeruginosa (K
8)(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;Individual
Components (Group P); Determination of
Hydrazine (P 1) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Individual Constituents (Group P);
Determination of Carbon Disulfide (P
4)(Sept)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Parameters Characterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination
ofSubstances That React with Disulfine Blue
(H 20) (Jul
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Parameters Characterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination
ofthe Bismuth-Chelating Index, IBiK (H 26)
(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; ParametersCharacterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination of
Total BoundNitrogen (H 27) (July)
GermanStandard Methods for the
38409 PT 41
38409 PT 43
38409 PT 44
38410 PT 2
38411 PT 1
38411 PT 6
38412 PT 9 (S)
38412 PT 11
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Parameters Characterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination
ofBound Nitrogen After Reduction with
Devarda's Alloy a
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Summary Action and Material
Characteristic; Parameters (Group
H);Determination of the Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD) in the Range o
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;
SummaryAction and Material Characteristic
Parameters (Group H); Determination of
theChemical Oxygen Demand (COD); Short
Duration Me
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Parameters Characterizing Effects
and Substances (Group H); Determination
ofChemical Oxygen Demand (COD) for a
Range from 5 to 50
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Biological-Ecological Analysis of
Water (Group M); Determination of
theSaprobic Index (M 2) (Oct)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Microbiological Methods (Group K);
Preparation for the
MicrobiologicalExamination of Water
Samples (K 1) (Feb)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Microbiological Methods (Group K);
Determination of Escherichia Coli
andColiform Organisms (K 6) (June)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Bio-Assays (Group L); Determination
of the Inhibitory Effect of WaterConstituents
on the Growth of Scenedesmus Green Algae
(L
GermanStandard Methods for the
38412 PT 13
38412 PT 14
38412 PT 16
38414 PT 1
38414 PT 4
38414 PT 6
38412 PT 24
38412 PT 25 (S)
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; TestMethods Using Water
Organisms (Group L); Determination of the
Effect onMicrocrustacea of Substances
Contained in Water (Daph
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; TestMethods Using Organisms
(Group L); Determination of Oxygen
Consumption in anAquatic Environment
(SPG and SVG) by Means of Li
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; TestMethods Using Water
Organisms (Group L); Determination of
Oxygen Productionby Means of the Light
and Dark Bottle Method Unde
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; TestMethods Using Water
Organisms (Group L); Determination of
Chlorophyll a inSurface Water (L 16) (Dec)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Sampling of Sludges (S 1) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Leachability by Water (S 4)
(Oct)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Oxygen Consumption Rate
(S 6) (Apr)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge;Bio-Assays
(Group L); Determination of
Biodegradability by Use of SpecialMethods
of Analysis (24) (Apr)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; TestMethods Using Water
Organisms (Group L); Determination of
BiodegradabilityStatic Test (L 25) (Jan)
38412 PT 27
38412 PT 30
38412 PT 31
38412 PT 33
38412 PT 341
38413 PT 2
38413 PT 5
38414 PT 2
(Superseded by DIN EN
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Bio-Assays (Group L); Determination
of the Inhibitory Effect of Waste Wateron the
Oxygen Consumption of Pseudomonas
Putida (L 27)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Bio-Assays (Group L); Determining
the Tolerance of Daphnia to the Toxicity
ofWaste Water by Way of a Dilution Series
(L30) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Bio-Assays (Group L); Determining
the Tolerance of Fish to the Toxicity ofWaste
Water by Way of a Dilution Series (L31)
(Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Bio-Assays (Group L); Determining
the Tolerance of Green Algae to theToxicity
of Waste Water (Scenedesmus Chlorophyll
Fluorescenc
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Bio-Assays (Group L); Determination
of the Inhibitory Effect of Waste Wateron the
Light Emission of Photobacterium
Phosphoreum (
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Individual Constituents (Group P);
Determination of Vinyl Chloride
byHeadspace; Gas Chromatography (P 2)
(May)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge;Individual Constituents (Group P)
Determination of Ethyl-enediaminetetraacetic
Acid (EDTA) and Nitrilotriacetic Acid
(NTA) by Pola
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
38414 PT 3
38414 PT 7
38414 PT 8
38414 PT 9
38414 PT 10
38414 PT 11
40430
40450
45645-1
45645-2
38414 PT 12
Determination of Water Content of Dry
Residue and ofSolids Content (S 2) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Loss on Ignition and
Residue onIgnition of the Dry Matter of a
Sludge (S 3) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Digestion Using Aqua Regia for
SubsequentDetermination of the AcidSoluble Portion of Metals (S 7)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of the Amenability to
AnaerobicDigestion (S 8) (June)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand
(COD) (S 9)(Sept)
GermanStandard Methods for the Analysis of
Water, Waste Water and Sludge; Sludgeand
Sediments (Group S); Determination of the
Proportion of Sludge Volume andSludge
Volume Index (S 10) (Sept)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Sampling of Sediments (S 11) (Aug)
SteelConduit Thread; Dimensions (Feb)
ElectricLight Fittings; Glass Screw Threads
for Glass Guards and Caps (Dec)
DeterminingNoise Rating Levels from
Measured Data Part 1: Environmental Noise
July
DeterminingNoise Rating Levels from
Measured Data Part 2: Occupational Noise
July
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Phosphorus in Sludges and
38414 PT 13
38414 PT 15
38414 PT 17
38414 PT 18
45657
45680
48063 PT 1
50135 (S)
50136 (S)
50137 (S)
50138 (S)
50139 (S)
50455-2
Sediments(S 12) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Detection of Salmonellae in Disinfected
SewageSludge (S 13) (Mar)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of the Specific Residual Beta
Activityin Sludge, Sediment and Suspended
Matter (S 1
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Strippable and
ExtractableOrganically Bound Halogens (S
17) (Nov)
GermanStandard Methods for the
Examination of Water, Waste Water and
Sludge; Sludgeand Sediments (Group S);
Determination of Adsorbed Organically
Bound Halogens(AOX) (S18) (Nov)
SoundLevel Meters Requirements for Special
Applications July
Measurementand Evaluation of LowFrequency Environmental Noise March
SplitPins; Dimensions (Feb)
Testingof Metallic Materials; Drift
Expanding Test for Tubes (Aug) (Superseded
byDIN EN 10234)
Testingof Metallic Materials; Flattening Test
on Tubes (June) (Superseded by DIN
EN10233)
Testingof Steel; Ring Expanding Test on
Tubes (June) (Superseded by (Superseded
byDIN EN 10236)
Testingof Metallic Materials; Ring Tensile
Test on Tubes (May) (Superseded by DIN
EN10237)
Testingof Steel; Flanging Test on Tubes
(Nov) (Superseded by DIN EN 10235)
Characterizationof Photoresists Used in
Semiconductor Technology Part 2:
Determination ofPhotosensitivity of Positive
Photoresists November
50456-2
50456-3
50457-1
50457-2
50931-1
50934-1
50934-2
50934-3
50934-4
51043
51083-2
51350 PT 4
51350 PT 5
Characterizationof Encapsulating
Compounds for Electronic Components Used
in SimiconductorTechnology Paet 2:
Determination of Ionic Impurities Using
PressureExtraction April
Characterizationof Encapsulating
Compounds for Electronic Components Used
in SemiconductorTechnology Part 3:
Determination of Cationic Impurities August
Determinationof Components in Dopant Gas
Mixtures Used in Semiconductor Technology
(WetChemical Method) Part 1: Diborane in
Hydrogen-Diborane Mixtures November
Determinationof Components in Dopant Gas
Mixtures Used in Semiconductor Technology
(WetChemical Method) Part 2: Phosphine in
Nitrogen-Phosphine Mixtures November
CorrosionTesting of Drinking Water
Distribution Systems Part 1: Determining
Changes tothe Composition of Drinking
Water November; Supersedes December
1960 Editionof DIN 50931
Methodsof Evaluating the Effectiveness of
Water Treatment Equipment for
CorrosionControl Part 1: General April
Methodsof Evaluating the Effectiveness of
Water Treatment Equipment for
CorrosionControl Part 2: Equipment for
Reducing the Release of Corrosion Products
IntoDrinking Water April
Methodsof Evaluating the Effectiveness of
Water Treatment Equipment for
CorrosionControl Part 3: Field Testing of
Equipment for Removing Scale April
Methodsof Evaluating the Effectiveness of
Water Treatment Equipment for
CorrosionControl Part 4: Laboratory Testing
of Equipment for Removing Scale April
Trass;Requirements, Test (Aug)
DeterminingSilicon (IV) Oxide in Fine
Ceramic Aluminosilicates June
Testingof Lubricants; Testing by the Shell
Four-Ball Tester; Determination ofWelding
Load of Consistent Lubricants (Jan)
Testingof Lubricants; Testing by the Shell
Four-Ball Tester; Determination of
51352 PT 1
51352 PT 2
51360 PT 1
51360 PT 2
51363 PT 2
51367
51368
51369
51375 PT 2
51379 PT 2
51379 PT 3
51380
WearCharacteristics for Consistent
Lubricants (Jan)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of
Ageing Characteristics of Lubricating
Oils;Increase in Conradson Carbon Residue
After Ageing by Passing Air Through
theLubricating Oil (Aug)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of
Ageing Characteristics of Lubricating
Oils;Conradson Carbon Residue After
Ageing by Passing Air Through the
LubricatingOil in the Presence of Iron (III)
Oxide (Aug)
Testingof Cooling Lubricants; Determination
of Corrosion Preventing Characteristicsof
Cooling Lubricants Mixed with Water;
Herbert Corrosion Test (Aug)
Testingof Cooling Lubricants; Determination
of Corrosion Preventing Characteristicsof
Cooling Lubricants Mixed with Water;
Chip/Filter Paper Method (July)
Testingof Petroleum Products; Determination
of Phosphorus Content of LubricatingOils
and Additives by X-Ray Spectrometry (Sept)
Testingof Cooling Lubricants; Determination
of the Stability of Emulsifiable
CoolingLubricants in Mixture with Hard
Water (May)
Determinationof Fraction Separated by
Hydrochloric Acid from Water Mix Metal
WorkingFluids (Nov)
Testingof Cooling Lubricants; Determination
of the pH Value of Water-Mixed
CoolingLubricants (July)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of 1,2Ethanediol Content of Unused Motor Oilsby
Gas Chromatography (Mar)
Determinationof Molybdenum Content of
Lubricating Oils by Wavelength-Dispersive
X-RaySpectrometry (Nov)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of the
Molybdenum Content of Lubricating Oils
byAtomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS)
(July)
Determinationof Readily Volatile
Components in Used Automotive Engine
51391 PT 2
51391 PT 3
51394
51400-4
51404 PT 2
51443
51501
51502
51503-2
51506
51510
51511
51513
51517 PT 1
51517 PT 2
Oils by GasChromatography (Nov)
Determinationof Additive Elements Content
of Lubricants by Wavelength -Dispersive XRayFluorescence Spectrometry (XRS) (Mar)
DirectDetermination of Additive Elements
Content of Lubricants by InductivelyCoupled
Plasma/Optical Emission Spectrometry
(ICP/OES) (Oct)
Testingof Lubricants; Testing of LowViscosity Lubricating Oils for Oxidation
andCorrosion Inhibiting Properties (Oct)
Determiningthe Total Sulfur Content of
Petroleum Products by the Lingener
CombustionMethod April; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN ISO 6326-5, April
1998Edition, Supersedes the October 1990
Edition
Testingof Lubricants and Fuels;
Determination of Copper Content of
Lubricating Oilsand Liquid Fuels; Direct
Determination by Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry(May)
DirectDetermination of the Boron Content of
Lubricating Oils by Atomic
AbsorptionSpectrometry (May)
Lubricants;Lubricating Oils L-AN; Minimum
Requirements (Nov)
Designationof Lubricants and Marking of
Lubricant Containers, Equipment and
LubricatingPoints (Aug)
TestingUsed Lubricants for Refrigeration
Compressors November
Lubricants;VB and VC Lubricating Oils with
and without Additives and VDL
LubricatingOils; Classification and
Requirements (Sept)
Lubricants;Z Lubricating Oils; Minimum
Requirements (Feb)
Lubricants;SAE Viscosity Grades for Engine
Lubricating Oils (Aug)
Lubricants;B Lubricating Oils; Minimum
Requirements (Feb)
CLubricating Oils; Minimum Requirements
(Sept)
CLLubricating Oils; Minimum Requirements
(Sept)
51517 PT 3
51568
51574
51581
51585
51587
51589 PT 1
51590 PT 2
51599
51739
51802
51803
51807 PT 1
51813
51825
CLPLubricating Oils; Minimum
Requirements (Sept)
Testingof Lubricating Oils; Determination of
Ability to Flow; U-Tube Method (June)
Testingof Lubricants; Sampling of
Lubricating Oils from Internal Combustion
Engines(Apr)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of
Evaporation Loss of Lubricating Oils;
(NoackTest) (Sept)
Testingof Lubricants; Testing of CorrosionProtection Properties of Steam-TurbineOils
and Hydraulic Oils Containing Additives
(Dec)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of the
Ageing Behaviour of Steam Turbine Oilsand
Hydraulic Oils Containing Additives (Aug)
Determinationof Water Separation Ability of
Lubricating Oils and Low-Flammability
FluidsAfter Contact With Steam (Mar)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of the
Content of Material Insoluble in R 12
inRefrigerator Oils; Method at -40 Degrees C
(233 K) (June)
Testingof Lubricating Oils; Determination of
Demulsification Capacity According tothe
Stirring Method (Oct)
DeterminingHard Coal Dilatation May
TestingLubricating Greases for Their
Corrosion-Inhibiting Properties by the
SKFEmcor Method (Apr)
Testingof Lubricants; Determination of Ash
in Lubricating Greases March
Testingof Lubricants; Test of the Behaviour
of Lubricating Greases in the Presenceof
Water; Static Test (Apr)
Determinationof Solid Matter Content of
Lubricating Greases; (Particle Sizes Above
25Micrometer) (Sept) (Supersedes DIN
51813 Part 1, May 1979 Edition)
TypeK Lubricating Greases (Aug) (This
Standard Supersedes the June 1981 Editionof
DIN 51825 Part 1, the December 1979
Edition of DIN 51825 Part 2, and theJune
1981 Edition of DIN 51825 Part 3
Withdrawn in J
51826
51827
51855-8
51857
51900-1
51958
51960
51962 (S)
51964 (S)
52004
52100 PT 2
52101
Lubricants;Type G Lubricating Greases
(Nov)
Determinationof Lead Content of Lubricating
Greases by Atomic Absorption
SpectrometryAfter Incineration (Jan)
Determinationof Sulfur Compounds in
Gaseous Fuels and Other Gases - Part 8:GasChromatographic Method Using Specific
Detectors for Determining HydrogenSulfide,
Carbonyl Sulfide and Other Sulfur
Compounds Ju
Calculationof Superior and Inferior Calorific
Value, Density and Wobbe Index of
GaseousFuels and Other Gases March;
Supersedes DIN 51850, April 1980 Edition,
andDIN 51858, November 1982 Edition
Determiningthe Gross Calorific Value of
Solid and Liquid Fuels Using the
BombCalorimeter, and Calculation of Net
Calorific Value Part 1: GeneralInformation
April
Testingof Organic Floor Coverings (Except
Textile Floor Coverings);
ChemicophysicalEffect of Test Agents up to
24 Hours (Mar)
Testingof Organic Floor Coverings
(Excluding Textile Floor Coverings); Testing
ofFlammability (Aug)
Testingof Organic Floor Coverings (Except
Textile Floor Coverings); Determination
ofthe Change in Dimensions After Heat
Treatment (May) (Superseded by DIN
EN434, November 1994 Edition)
Testingof Organic Floorings (Except Textile
Floorings); Determination of Thicknessof the
Wear Layer (Aug) (Superseded by DIN EN
429)
Determiningthe Density of Bituminous
Binders April; This Standard, Together with
DIN ENISO 3838, December 1995 Edition,
Supersedes June 1989 Edition
PetrographicExamination of Natural Stone
and Mineral Aggregates; General (Nov)
Samplingof Natural Stone and Mineral
Aggregates March; Partially Superseded by
DIN EN932-1, November 1996 Edition
52104 PT 1
52104 PT 2
52123
52128
52143
52206
52210-7
52210 PT 3
52210 PT 6
52214 (S)
52219
52251 PT 2
52251 PT 3
52251 PT 5
52252 PT 1
Testingof Natural Stone; Freeze-Thaw Cyclic
Test; Methods A to Q (Nov)
Testingof Natural Stone; Freeze-Thaw Cyclic
Test; Method Z (Nov)
Testingof Bitumen and Polymer Bitumen
Sheeting and Felts August; Superseded in
Partby EN 1107-1, EN 1108, EN 1109 and
EN 1110, October 1999 Editions
SupersededBy EN 12039, November 1999;
Supersed By EN 1231
BituminousRoof Sheeting with Felt Core;
Definition; Designation; Requirements (Mar)
BitumenRoofing Felt with Glass Fleece Base;
Terms and Definitions,
Designation,Requirements (Aug)
Testingof Roofing Slates; Acid Resistance
Test (Mar)
Testingof Airborne and Impact Sound
Insulation Part 7: Laboratory Measurement of
theNormalized Flanking Level Difference
December; Supersedes May 1989 Edition
Testingof Acoustics in Buildings; Airborne
and Impact Sound Insulation;
LaboratoryMeasurements of Sound
Insulation of Building Elements and Field
MeasurementsBetween Rooms (Feb)
Testingof Acoustics in Buildings; Airborne
Impact and Sound Insulation; Measurementof
Level Difference (May)
Testingof Acoustics in Buildings;
Determination of the Dynamic Stiffness
ofInsulating Layers for Floating Screeds
(Dec) (Superseded by DIN EN 29052 Part1)
On-SiteMeasurement of Noise Emitted by
Water Supply and Drainage Systems (July)
IndirectMethods of Determining the Frost
Resistance of Roofing Tiles; Determinationof
Water Absorption (Apr)
IndirectMethods of Determining the Frost
Resistance of Roofing Tiles; Determination
ofCoefficient of Impregnation (Apr)
IndirectMethods of Determining the Frost
Resistance of Roofing Tiles; Determinationof
Drying Shrinkage and Firing Shrinkage (Apr)
Testingthe Frost Resistance of Facing Bricks
and Clinker Blocks; Freezing of SingleBricks
52252 PT 2
52252 PT 3
52271
52273 (W)
52274
52450
52451
52452 PT 1
52455 PT 1
52455 PT 4
52459
52611 PT 1
52611 PT 2
on All Sides (Dec)
Testingthe Frost Resistance of Facing Bricks
and Clinker Blocks; Freezing of
BricksArranged in Test Blocks (Dec)
Testingthe Frost Resistance of Facing Bricks
and Clinker Blocks; Freezing of TestWalls
on One Side (Dec)
Testingof Mineral Fibre Insulating Materials;
Behaviour at Elevated Temperatures(June)
Testingof Mineral Fibre Insulating Materials;
Determination of Combustible MatterContent
(Dec)
Testingof Mineral Fibre Insulating Materials;
Determination of Interlaminar
TensileStrength Perpendicular to Plane of
Insulating Layer July; Parts of thisStandard
are Superseded by DIN EN 1607 January
1997
Testingof Inorganic Non-Metallic Building
Materials; Determination of Shrinkage
andExpansion on Small Specimens (Aug)
Testingof Building Sealants; Determination
of the Change in Volume After
ThermalStress; Dipping and Weighing
Method (Feb)
Testingof Building Sealants for
Compatibility with Construction Materials
(Oct)(Supersedes September 1978 Edition of
DIN 52453 Part 1 and April 1977 Editionof
DIN 53453 Part 3.)
Testingof Building Construction Sealants;
Determination of Adhesion/Cohesion
AfterConditioning in Standard Atmosphere,
Water, or at Elevated Temperature (Apr)
Testingof Building Construction Sealants;
Determination of Adhesion/Cohesion
WhenSubjected to an Extension/Compression
Cycle at Alternating Temperature (Apr)
Testingof Building Sealants; Determination
of the Water Absorption of BackfillMaterial;
Retentive Capacity (June)
Determinationof Thermal Resistance of
Building Elements; Laboratory Method (Jan)
Determinationof Thermal Resistance of
Building Elements; Use of Measured Values
inBuilding Applications (Apr)
52612 PT 1
52612 PT 2
52612 PT 3
52614
52615
52617
52619 PT 1
52924-2
53124
53215
53240-2
53769 PT 1
53769 PT 2
Testingof Thermal Insulating Materials;
Determination of Thermal Conductivity by
theGuarded Hot Plate Apparatus; Test
Procedure and Evaluation (Sept)
Testingof Thermal Insulating Materials;
Determination of Thermal Conductivity
byMeans of the Guarded Hot Plate
Apparatus; Conversion of the Measured
Valuesfor Building Applications (June)
Testingof Thermal Insulating Materials;
Determination of Thermal Conductivity by
theGuarded Hot Plate Apparatus; Thermal
Resistance of Laminated Materials forUse in
Building Practice (Sept)
Testingof Thermal Insulations;
Determination of Heat Dissipation of Floors
(Dec)
Testingof Thermal Insulating Materials;
Determination of Water Vapour
(Moisture)Permeability of Construction and
Insulating Materials Nov; Supersedes
DIN52615 Part 1, June 1973 Edition and
DIN 53429, Februa
Determinationof the Water Absorption
Coefficient of Construction Materials (May)
Testingof Thermal Insulation; Determination
of Thermal Resistance and Overall
HeatTransfer Coefficient of Windows;
Measurement of the Whole Construction
(Nov)
Determinationof Exxtractable Constituents of
Paper and Board Part 2: Soluble
ConstituentsSeptember; Supersedes January
1976 Edition and DIN 52924-3, January
1976Edition
Determiningthe pH of Aqueous Extracts of
Paper, Board and Pulp August
Determiningthe Non-Volatile Matter Content
of Bituminous Coating Materials November
CatalysedAcylation and Titrimetric Method
of Determining Hydroxyl Value October
Testingof Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastics
Pipes; Determination of the
LongitudinalShear Strength of Type B Pipe
Fittings (Nov)
Testingof Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastics
53769 PT 3
53769 PT 6
53914
54141 PT 1
54141 PT 2
54141 PT 3
54408
55902
55903
55908
55912-2
55998
68121 PT 1
68163
68701
68702
Pipes; Long-Term Hydrostatic Pressure
Test(Dec)
Testingof Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastics
Pipes; Determination of Initial andLongTerm Ring Stiffness (Nov)
Testingof Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastics
Pipes; Testing of Pipes and Fittings
UnderPulsating Internal Pressure (Apr)
Determiningthe Surface Tension of
Surfactants July
Non-DestructiveTesting; Eddy Current
Testing of Pipes and Tubes; General
Remarks on TestingUsing Concentric Test
Coils and the Single-Frequency Method (Oct)
Non-DestructiveTesting; Eddy Current
Testing of Pipes and Tubes; Reference
Method for theDetermination and Calibration
of the Properties of an Eddy Current
TestingSystem Using Concentric Test Coils
(Oct)
Non-DestructiveTesting; Eddy Current
Testing of Pipes and Tubes; Procedure (Feb)
Determiningthe Bulk Density, Equilibrium
Moisture and Solids Content of Ion
ExchangeResins November
ZincChromate Pigments Requirements and
Testing April
StrontiumChromate Pigments Requirements
and Testing April
Methodsof Analyzing Zinc Oxide Pigments
July; Supersedes DIN 55908-2, February
1982Edition
Methodsof Analysing Titanium Dioxide
Pigments October
TechnicalDelivery Conditions for and
Testing of Propylene Glycol Ethers for Use
asSolvents for Paints, Varnishes and Similar
Coatings May
WoodProfiles for Windows and Window
Doors; Dimensions and Quality
Requirements(Sept)
Nailsfor Assembling Timber Pallets (Jan)
WoodBlock Flooring for Industrial Use
(Sept)
WoodBlock Flooring for Use in Assembly
Halls, Schools, Residential Buildings,School
70013 PT 1 (S)
70013 PT 3 (S)
70014 PT 1
70018 (S)
70020 PT 2
70020 PT 6
70615
70616
70617
70618
71459
72781 PT 1
74361 PT 2
Workshops and Similar Areas (June)
SwapBodies for Lorries and Trailers;
Connecting Dimensions and Centering
Device(May) (Superseded by DIN EN 284
April 1992 Edition)
SwapBodies for Trucks and Trailers;
Requirements and Testings (June)
(Supersededby DIN 283)
Vehiclesfor Transportation of Swap Bodies;
Connecting Dimensions (June)
SteadyLeg with Safety Device for Swap
Bodies (Mar) (Superseded by DIN EN 284
April1992 Edition)
GeneralDefinitions for Automotive
Engineering; Weights (June)
AutomotiveEngineering; Power (Nov)
HexagonNuts with Small Widths Across
Flats for Use in Automotive Engineering
(NotIntended for New Designs) (Mar)
(Together with DIN 70616, March 1990
Edition,Supersedes DIN 70615/DIN 70616,
February 1964 Ed
HexagonThin Nuts with Small Widths
Across Flats for Use in Automotive
Engineering(Not Intended for New Designs)
(Mar) (Together with DIN 70615, March
1990Edition, Supersedes DIN 70615/DIN
70616, February 19
HexagonSlotted Nuts with Small Widths
Across Flats for Use in Automotive
Engineering(Not Intended for New Designs)
(Mar) (Together with DIN 70618, March
1990Edition, Supersedes DIN 70617/DIN
70618, February
HexagonThin Slotted Nuts with Small
Widths Across Flats for Use in
AutomotiveEngineering (Not Intended for
New Designs) (Mar) (Together with DIN
70617,March 1990 Edition, Supersedes DIN
70617/DIN 70618, Feb
AirFilter Elements for Commercial Vehicles;
Dimensions (May)
WindscreenWipers for Motor Vehicles;
Designations (Dec)
DiscWheels for Motor Vehicles and Trailers;
Fasteners for Stud Centring (Nov)
74361 PT 3
75001
79012
80704
80705
82003 PT 1
82003 PT 2
82004
82006
82008
82010
82013
82016
82017 (W)
82018 (W)
82024 (W)
82048 (W)
82101
83313
86015
86037 PT 1
86037 PT 2
86037 PT 3
DiscWheels for Motor Vehicles and Trailers;
Dimensions and Fasteners forAttachment
with Centring on Wheel Bore (Nov)
Classesof Application for Measuring Devices
in Motor Vehicles (Mar)
ScrewThreads for Bicycles and Mopeds;
Theoretical Values; Limiting Screw
ThreadDimensions (Oct)
BowNuts; Metric Screw Thread (Aug)
ThinNuts with Coarse Pitch and Fine Pitch
Thread and with Small Widths AcrossFlats
(Aug)
CargoLifting Gear; Accessories and Fittings;
Summary (Feb)
CargoLifting Gear; Accessories and Fittings;
Technical Conditions of Delivery(Feb)
Turnbuckleswith Oval Eyes, Double Lugs
and Round Eyes (Jan)
OvalEyes with Screwed Shank for Swivels
and Turnbuckles (Apr)
DoubleLugs with Screwed Shank for Swivels
and Turnbuckles (Apr)
RoundEyes with Screwed Shank for Swivels
and Turnbuckles (Apr)
RoundNuts (Feb)
CargoShackles (Feb)
CargoHooks (Nov)
CargoHook Swivels (Feb)
RoundEye Plates (Feb)
DoubleYoke Pieces for Spun Trunnions
(Mar)
Shackles(Feb)
Wire-RopeSockets (Oct)
Applicationand Installation of Unplasticized
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U) Pipework
withCemented Joints on Ships (Mar)
LooseFlanges and Welded Stub Ends for
Pipes of Forged Copper Alloys;
NominalPressures 10, 16 and 25; Summary
(May)
LooseFlanges and Welded Stub Ends for
Pipes of Forged Copper Alloys;
NominalPressures 10, 16 and 25; Welded
Stub Ends (May)
LooseFlanges and Welded Stub Ends for
Pipes of Forged Copper Alloys;
86041 PT 1
86041 PT 2
86042
86086
86500
86501
86502
86528
86545 (W)
86552
86720
87001 (W)
87003 PT 1 (W)
87010 (W)
87020 (W)
87102
NominalPressures 10, 16 and 25; Loose
Flanges (May)
WeldingFlanges for Tanks and Sea Boxes;
Nominal Pressure 10 and 16 (Aug)
WeldingFlanges for Outboard Connections;
Nominal Pressure 10, 16, 40, 160 (Dec)
DummyHole Plates (Spectacle Flanges);
Mating Dimensions According to
NominalPressure 10 and 16 (Sept)
Copper-NickelAlloy Welding Pipe Fittings;
Technical Delivery Conditions (Aug)
Valvesand Gate Valves with Screwed
Connections; Survey of Types for
Shipbuilding(Aug)
GunmetalScrewed-Bonnet Type Shut-Off
Valves with Non-Soldered Cutting Ring TypePipe Unions (July)
GunmetalScrewed Bonnet Non-Return
Valves with Non-Soldered Pipe Unions with
CuttingRing (July)
TabWashers for Screwed Bonnet Valves
(June)
VentValve; R 1/4"; NP 16; up to 110 Deg. C
(Apr)
SteelScrewed Bonnet Valves with NonSoldered Cutting Ring-Type Pipe Unions
(Apr)
BronzeWedge-Type Flat-Sided Gate Valves
with Screwed Bonnet and Flanges; ND 16;
NW20 to 100 (Sept)
DrainCocks in Red Brass; Nominal Size R
1/4" to to R 1"; ND 10: up to 80Deg. C; ND
16: up to 40 Deg. C (Feb)
LockableDrain Cocks in Red Brass; Nominal
Size R 1/2" to R 1"; ND 6 up to40 Deg. C;
List of Sizes and Parts List (Feb)
GlandlessCocks in Red Brass with Unions
with 25 Deg. Seat Angle; NW 4 to 25; ND
10: upto 80 Deg. C; ND 16: up to 40 Deg. C
(Feb)
GlandCocks in Red Brass with Unions with
25 Deg. Seat Angle; NW 6 to 25; ND 16:
upto 80 Deg. C; ND 25: up to 40 Deg. C
(Feb)
Casingsfor Non-Return Flaps in Accordance
with DIN 87 101 (June)
87103
87104
87105
87106
87107
87901
CATALOGUE
EN 356
EN 442-2/A1
EN 527-1
EN 934-4
EN 934-6
EN ISO 3452-2
EN ISO 7438
EN ISO 7799
Coversfor Non-Return Flaps in Accordance
with DIN 87101 (June)
FlapInserts for Non-Return Flaps in
Accordance with DIN 87 101 (June)
ScrewPlugs with Cylindrical Extension for
Non-Return Flaps in Accordance with
DIN87101 (June)
LockingDevices for Non-Return Flaps in
Accordance with DIN 87 101 (June)
Gasketsfor Non-Return Flaps in Accordance
with DIN 87101 (June)
SniffleValves for Pumps; Size R 3/8" to R
3/4"; ND 16 up to 100 Deg. C(Apr)
Translationsof DIN Standards Volume 3
Supplement
Glassin Building Security Glazing Testing
and Classification of Resistance
AgainstManual Attack February; Supersedes
DIN 52290-3, June 1984 Edition, DIN522904, and Parts of DIN 52290-1, November 1988
Editi
Radiatorsand Convectors; Part 2: Test
Methods and Rating September; Modifies
DIN EN442-2, February 1997 Edition
OfficeFurniture - Work Tables and Desks
Part 1: Dimensions July; Supersedes
DIN4549, November 1982 Edition
Admixturesfor Concrete, Mortar and Grout Part 4: Admixtures for Grout forPrestressing
Tendons - Definitions, Requirements and
Conformity March
Admixturesfor Concrete, Mortar and Grout Part 6: Sampling, Conformity
Control,Evaluation of Conformity, Marking
and Labelling March
Non-DestructiveTesting Penetrant Testing
Part 2: Testing of Penetrant Materials
June;Supersedes DIN 54152-2, July 1989
Edition
MetallicMaterials Bend Test July; ISO 7438 :
1985; Supersedes DIN 50111,
September1987 Edition
MetallicMaterials - Sheet and Strip 3 mm
Thick or Less Reverse Bend Test July;
ISO7799 : 1985; Supersedes DIN 50153,
August 1979 Edition
ISO 6
EN 1097-6
EN 1822-4
EN ISO 683-17
ISO 128-23
ISO 128-25
ISO 525
ISO 815
ISO 1012
ISO 1407
Black-and-WhitePictorial Still Camera
Negative Film/Process Systems
Determination of ISOSpeed February; ISO 6:
1993; Supersedes DIN 4512-1; May 1993
Edition
Testingfor Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates Part 6:
Determination ofParticle Density and Water
Absorption January; Together with DIN EN
1936,July 1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
52102, August 1
HighEfficiency Particulate Air Filters (HEPA
and ULPA) Part 4: DeterminingLeakage of
Filter Element (Scan Method) February;
Together with DIN EN 1822-1to DIN EN
1822-3, July 1998 Editions, and DIN EN
1822-5
Heat-TreatedSteels, Alloy Steels and FreeCutting Steels Part 17: Ball and Roller
BearingSteels April; ISO 683-17 : 1999;
Supersedes DIN 17230, September 1980
Edition
TechnicalDrawings - General Principles of
Presentation Part 23: Lines on
ConstructionDrawings March; ISO 12823:1999
TechnicalDrawings - Gemeral Principles of
Presentation Part 25: Lines on
ShipbuildingDrawing June; ISo 128-25:
1999; Supersedes DIN 15-3, May 1986
Edition
BondedAbrasive Products General
Requirements August; ISO 525: 1999;
Supersedes DIN69100-1, July 1988 Edition,
DIN 69104, February 1981 Edition , and DIN
69105,June 1972 Edition
Vulcanizedand Thermoplastic Rubber
Determination of Compression Set at
Ambient,Elevated or Low Temperatures
March; ISO 815:1991 + Technical
Corrigendum1:1993; Supersedes DIN 51517,
April 1987 Edition
PhotographyFilms in Sheets and Rolls for
General Use Dimensions April; ISO 1012 :
1998
RubberDetermination of Solvent Extract
ISO 1502
ISO 1802
ISO 2005
ISO 2027
ISO 2261
ISO 2344
ISO 2704
ISO 2723
ISO 2846-1
ISO 2974
ISO 2977
January; ISO 1407: 1992; Supersedes
DIN53553, May 1979 Edition
ISOGeneral-Purpose Metric Screw Threads
Gauges and Gauging December; ISO
1502:1996; Supersedes DIN 13-16, DIN 1317, and DIN 13-18, January 1987 Edition
NaturalRubber Latex Concentrate
Determination of Boric Acid Content
January; ISO1802: 1992; Supersedes DIN
53605, Febuary 1977 Edition
NaturalRubber Latex Concentrate
Determination of Sludge Content January
1996; ISO2005:1992; Supersedes DIN
53592, April 1971 Edition
Evaporated,Preserved Natural Rubber Latex
Concentrate Specification November; ISO
2027:1990
ReciprocatingInternal Combustion Engines Hand-Operated Control Devices
StandardDirection of Motion August; ISO
2261: 1994; Supersedes February 1994
Edition
RoadVehicles M14 x 1,25 Spark-Plugs with
Conical Seating and Their Cylinder
HeadHousings April; ISO 2344 : 1998
M 10x 1 Spark-Plugs with Flat Seating and
their Cylinder Head Housings March;
ISO2704: 1998; Supersedes August 1977
Edition
Vitreousand Porcelain Enamels for Sheet
Steel Production of Specimens for
TestingJuly; ISO 2723: 1995; Supersedes
February 1978 Edition
GraphicTechnology - Colour and
Transparency of Ink Sets for Four-ColourPrintingPart 1: Sheet-Fed and Heat-Set Web
offset Lithographic Printing March;
ISO2846-1: 1997
DieselEngines High-Pressure Fuel Injection
Pipe End-Connections with 60 DegreeFemale
Cone August; ISO 2974: 1994; Supersedes
September 1991 Edition
PetroleumProducts and Hydrocarbon
Solvents Determination of Aniline Point and
MixedAniline Point November; ISO 2977 :
1997
ISO 3046-6
ISO 3308
ISO 3366
ISO 3402
ISO 3547-1
ISO 3547-2
ISO 3547-3
ISO 3547-4
ISO 3711
ISO 3766
ISO 3914-1
ISO 3914-2
ReciprocatingInternal Combustion Engines Performance Part 6: Overspeed
ProtectionOctober; ISO 3046-6:1990;
Supersedes December 1983 Edition
RoutineAnalytical Cigarette-Smoking
Machine Definitions and Standard
ConditionsDecember; ISO 3308: 2000
CoatedAbrasives Abrasive Rolls August; ISO
3366: 1999; Supersedes DIN
69179,December 1979 Edition
Tobaccoand Tobacco Products Atmosphere
for Conditioning and Testing December;
ISO3402: 1999
PlainBearings - Wrapped Bushes Part 1:
Dimensions November; ISO 3547-1 :
1999;Supersedes DIN 1494-1, June 1983
Edition
PlainBearings - Wrapped Bushes Part 2: Test
Data for Outside and Inside
DiameterNovember; ISO 3547-2 : 1999;
Supersedes DIN 1494-2, June 1983 Edition
PlainBearings - Wrapped Bushes Part 3:
Lubrication Holes, Lubrication Grooves
andLubrication Indentations November; ISO
3547-3 : 1999; Supersedes DIN 14943,December 1983 Edition
PlainBearings - Wrapped Bushes Part 4:
Materials November; ISO 3547-4 :
1999;Supersedes DIN 1494-4, December
1983 Edition
LeadChromate Pigments and Lead ChromateMolybdate Pigments Specifications
andMethods of Test November, ISO 3711:
1990; Supersedes DIN 55975,
September1973 Edition
ConstructionDrawings Simplified
Representation of Concrete Reinforcement
September, ISO3766: 1995; This DIN ISO
4066, September 1996 Edition,Supersedes
DIN 1356-10,March 1991 Edition
TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 1: Recommended
MainDimensions September, ISO 3914-1:
1994; Supersedes July 1983 Edition
TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 2: Dimensions,
ISO 3914-3
ISO 3914-4
ISO 3914-5
ISO 3914-6
ISO 3914-7
ISO 4066
ISO 4387
ISO 4531-1
ISO 4783-1
Tolerancesand Designation of Tubes for
Open-End Spinning Machines September,
ISO3914-2: 1994; Supersedes August 1983
Edition
TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 3: Dimensions,
Tolerancesand Designation of Tubes for Tape
Yarns September, ISO 3914-3:
1994;Supersedes September 1985 Edition
TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 4: Dimensions,
Tolerancesand Designation of Tubes for
Textured Yarns September, ISO 3914-4:
1994;Supersedes August 1990 Edition
TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 5: Dimensions,
Toleranceand Designation of Tubes for
Continous Spin-Drawn Synthetic Filament
YarnsSeptember , ISO 3914-5 1994;
Supersedes DIN 64410TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 6: Dimensions,
Tolerancesand Designation of Tubes for
Cross-Wound Packages in Winding and
TwistingSeptember, ISO 3914-6: 1994
Supersedes DIN 64410-5
TextileMachinery and Accessories Cylindrical Tubes Part 7: Dimensions,
Tolerancesand Designation of Perforated
Tubes for Cheese Dyeing September,ISO
3914-7:1994 Supersedes DIN 64410-4,
November 1977 Editi
ConstructionDrawings - Bar Scheduling
September, ISO 4066: 1994; This Standard
Togetherwith DIN ISO 3766, September
1996 Edition, Supersedes DIN 1356-10,
February1991 Edition
CigarettesDetermination of Total and
Nicotine-Free Dry Particulate Matter Using
aRoutine Analytical Smoking Machine
December; ISO 4387: 2000
Releaseof Lead and Cadmium from
Enamelled Ware in Contact with Food April;
ISO4531-1 : 1998
IndustrialWire Screens and Woven Wire
Cloth - Guide to the Choice of Aperture Size
ISO 5294
ISO 5832-1
ISO 5832-2
ISO 5832-3
ISO 4783-2
ISO 4783-3
ISO 5832-4
ISO 5832-8
ISO 5832-9
ISO 5832-12
ISO 5834-1
ISO 5834-2
andWire Diameter Combinations Part 1:
Generalities ISO 4783-1: 1989;
SupersedesMarch 1995 Edition
SynchronousBelt Drives Pulleys May; ISO
5294: 1989
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
1: Wrought Stainless Steel August; ISO58321: 1997; Supersedes DIN 17443, April 1986
Edition
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
2: Unalloyed Titanium August; ISO5832-2:
1999
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
3: Wrought Titanium 6-Aluminium4Vanadium Alloy August; ISO 5832-3: 1996
IndustrialWire Screens and Woven Wire
Cloth - Guide to the Choice of Aperture Size
andWire Diameter Combinations Part 2:
Preferred Combinations for Woven
WireCloth ISO 4783-2: 1989; Supersedes
March 1995 Ed
IndustrialWire Screens and Woven Wire
Cloth - Guide to the Choice of Aperture Size
andWire Diameter Combinations Part 3:
Preferred Combinations for Pre-Crimped
orPressure-Welded Wire Screens ISO 47832: 198
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
4: Cobalt-Chromium-Molybdenum
CastingAlloy August; ISO 5832-4: 1996
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
8: WroughtCobalt-Nickel-ChromiumMolybdenum-Tungsten-Iron Alloy August;
ISO 5832-8:1997
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
9: Wrought High Nitrogen StainlessSteel
August; ISO 5832-9: 1992
Implantsfor Surgery - Metallic Materials Part
12: Wrought Cobalt-ChromiumMolybdenumAlloy August; ISO 5832-12:
1996
Implantsfor Surgery - Ultra-High Molecular
Weight Polyethylene Part 1: Powder
FormAugust; ISO 5834-1: 1998; Supersedes
DIN 58834, June 1979 Edition
Implantsfor Surgery - Ultra-High Molecular
ISO 6149-1
ISO 6149-2
ISO 6149-3
ISO 6176
ISO 6745
ISO 6751
ISO 6753-1
ISO 7506
ISO 7612
ISO 7708
ISO 7934
Weight Polyethylene Part 2: Moulded
FormsAugust; ISO 5834-2: 1998; Supersedes
DIN 58836, June 1979 Edition
Portsand Stud Ends with ISO 261 Threads
and O-Ring Sealing Part 1: Ports withO-Ring
Seal in Truncated Housing November; ISO
6149-1 : 1993; This Standard,Together with
DIN ISO 6149-2 and DIN ISO 6149-3, Nove
Portsand Stud Ends with ISO 261 Threads
and O-Rings Sealing Part 2: Heavy-Duty
(SSeries) Stud Ends - Dimensions, Design,
Test Methods and RequirementsNovember;
ISO 6149-2 : 1993; This Standard, Together
wit
Portsand Stud Ends with ISO 261 Threads
and O-Rings Sealing Part 3: Light-Duty
(LSeries) Stud Ends - Dimensions, Design,
Test Methods and RequirementsNovember;
ISO 6149-3 : 1993; This Standard, Together
wit
TextileMachinery Warp Sizing Machines
Maximun Usable Width February; ISO 6176
: 1994
ZincPhosphate Pigments for Paints
Specifications and Methods of Test
December;ISO 6745 : 1990; Supersedes DIN
55971, December 1976 Edition
Toolsfor Moulding Ejector Pins with
Cylindrical Head November; ISO 6751 :
1998;Supersedes DIN 1530-1, October 1988
Edition
Toolsfor Pressing and Moulding - Machined
Plates Part 1: Machined Plates for
PressTools, Jigs and Fixtures March; ISO
6753-1: 1994; Supersedes DIN 98731,October 1987 Edition
TextileMachinery and Accessories
Numbering of Harnesses for Drawing-in on
JacquardMachines January; ISO 7506 : 1992
DieselEngines - Base-Mounted in-Line Fuel
Injection Pumps Mounting
DimensionsFebruary; ISO 7612 : 1994
ParticleSize Fraction definitions for HealthRelated Sampling January; ISO 7708 :1995
StationarySource Emissions Determination of
the Mass Concentration of Sulfur Dioxide -
ISO 8297
ISO 8405
ISO 8693
ISO 8466-2
ISO 8694
ISO 8756
ISO 8764-1
ISO 8764-2
ISO 8909-2
ISO 8909-3
ISO 9022-3
Hydrogen Peroxide/Barium
Perchlorate/Thorin Method July; ISO 7934 :
1989,Including Amendment 1 : 1998
Determinationof Sound Power Levels of
Multisource Industrial Plants for Evaluation
ofSound Pressure Levels in the Environment
Engineering Method August; ISO 8297:1994
Toolsfor Moulding Ejector Sleeves with
Cylindrical Head - Basic Series for
GeneralPurposes November; ISO 8405 :
1998; Supersedes DIN 16756, October
1988Edition
Toolsfor Moulding Flat Ejector Pins August;
ISO 8693: 1998; Supersedes DIN 15304,October 1988 Edition
WaterQuality - Calibration and Evaluation of
Analytical Methods and Estimation
ofPerformance Characteristics Part 2:
Calibration Strategy for Non-LinearSecond
Order Calibration Functions September; ISO
8466
Toolsfor Moulding Shouldered Ejector Pins
August; ISO 8694: 1998; Supersedes
DIN1530-2, October 1988 Edition
AirQuality - Handling of Temperature,
Pressure and Humidity Data October;
ISO8756 : 1994
AssemblyTools for Screws and Nuts
Screwdrivers for Cross-Recessed Head
Screws Part 1:Driver Points December; ISO
8764-1: 1999; Supersedes DIN 5260-1,
January 1994Edition, DIN 5260-2,
November 1961 Edition,
Screwdriversfor Cross-Recessed Head
Screws Part 2: General Requirements,
Lengths ofBlades and Marking of HandOperated Screwdrivers December; ISO 87642: 1992;Supersedes DIN 5262, January 1994
Edition
ForageHarvesters Part 2: Specification of
Characteristics and Performance October;ISO
8909-2 : 1994
ForageHarvesters Part 3: Test Methods
October; ISO 8909-3 : 1994
Opticsand Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods part 3:
ISO 9022-8
ISO 9022-9
ISO 9022-10
ISO 9022-11
ISO 9022-12
ISO 9136
ISO 9136-2
ISO 9138
ISO 9284
ISO 9622
ISO 9957-2
MechanicalStress September; ISO 9022-3 :
1998; Supersedes DIN 58390-3, June
1985Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods Part 8: High
Pressure,Low Pressure, Immersion
September; ISO 9022-8 : 1994; Supersedes
DIN 58390-8,July 1987 Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods Part 9: Solar
RadiationSeptember; ISO 9022-9 : 1994;
Supersedes DIN 58390-9, January 1983
Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods Part 10:
CombinedSinusoidal Vibration and Dry Heat
or Cold September; ISO 9022-10 :
1998;Supersedes DIN 58390-10, October
1988 Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods Part 11: Mould
GrowthSeptember; ISO 9022-11 : 1994;
Supersedes DIN 58390-11, June 1985
Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Environmental Test Methods Part 12:
ContaminationSeptember; ISO 9022-12 :
1994; Supersedes DIN 58390-12, September
1986Edition
AbrasiveMacrograms Determination of Bulk
Density September; ISO 9136 : 1989
AbrasiveGrains - Determination of Bulk
Density Part 2: Microgrits July; ISO 91362:1999
AbrasiveGrains Sampling and Splitting
September; ISO 9138 : 1993
AbrasiveGrains - Test-Sieving Machines
September; ISO 9284 : 1992; Supersedes
DIN69109, December 1985 Edition
WholeMilk Determination of Milkfat, Protein
and Lactose Content - Guidance on
theOperation of Mid-Infrared Instruments
December; ISO 9622: 1999
FluidDraughting Media Part 2: Water-Based
Non-India Link - Requirements and
TestConditions July; ISO 9957-2 : 1995
ISO 10069-1
ISO 10069-2
ISO 10071
ISO 10110-10
ISO 10110-12
ISO 10110-1
ISO 10110-2
ISO 10110-3
ISO 10110-4
ISO 10110-5
Toolsfor Pressing - Elastomer Pressure
Spring Part 1: General Specification
March;ISO 10069-1: 1991; Supersedes DIN
9835-1, March 1987 Edition
Toolsfor Pressing - Elastomer Pressure
Spring Part 2: Specification of
AccessoriesMarch; ISO 10069-2: 1991;
Supersedes DIN 9835-2, March 1984 Edition
Toolsfor Pressing Ball-Lock Punches April;
ISO 10071 : 1991; Supersedes DIN
9843,January 1983 Edition, and Parts of DIN
9839, MAy 1983 Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 10: Table Representing Data of a Lens
Element February; ISO10110-10:1996
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 12: Aspheric Surfaces February; ISO
10110-12:1997
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 1: General February; ISO 10110-1:1996;
Supersedes DIN 3140-1,October 1978
Edition, and DIN 58170-51, June 1973 Edi
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 2: Material Imperfections - Stress
Birefringence February; ISO 101102:1996;Supersedes DIN 3140-4, October
1978 Ed
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 3: Material Imperfections - Bubbles and
Inclusions February; ISO10110-3:1996;
Supersedes DIN 3140-2, October 1978
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 4: Material Imperfections Inhomogeneity and Striae February;ISO
10110-4:1997; Supersedes DIN 3140-3,
October 197
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 5: Surface Form Tolerances February;
ISO 10110-5:1996, IncludingTechnical
ISO 10110-6
ISO 10110-7
ISO 10110-8
ISO 10110-9
ISO 10110-11
ISO 10242-1
ISO 10242-2
ISO 10315
ISO 10330
ISO 10362-1
Corrigendum 1:1996; Supersedes DIN 3140Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 6: Centring Tolerances February; ISO
10110-6:1996; SupersedesDIN 3140-6,
October 1978 Edition, DIN 58170-52, July
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 7: Surface Imperfection Tolerances
February; ISO 10110-7:1996;Supersedes
DIN 3140-7, October 1978 Edition, and DIN
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements and
SystemsPart 8: Surface Texture February;
ISO 10110-8:1997; Supersedes DIN 31408,October 1978 Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 9: Surface Treatment and Coating
February; ISO 10110-9:1996;Supersedes
DIN 3140-9, April 1978 Edition
Opticsand Optical Instruments Preparation of
Drawings for Optical Elements andSystems
Part 11: Non-Toleranced Data February; ISO
10110-11:1996; SupersedesDIN 58165,
February 1972 Edition
Toolsfor Pressing - Punch Holder Shanks
Part 1: Type A March; ISO 10242-1:
1998;Supersedes DIN 9859-3, August 1995
Edition
Toolsfor Pressing - Punch Holder Shanks
Part 2: Type C ISO 10242-2:
1991;Supersedes DIN 9859-5, July 1992
Edition
Cigarettes- Determination of Nicotine in
Smoke Condensates Gas-Chromatographic
MethodDecember; ISO 10315: 2000
Sychronizers,Ignition Circuits and
Connectors for Cameras and Photoflash Units
ElectricalCharacteristics and Test Methods
December; ISO 10330 : 1992; Supersedes
DIN19014, January 1984 Edition
Cigarettes- Determination of Water in Smoke
Condensates Part 1: GasChromatographicMethod December; ISO
10362-1: 1999
ISO 10374
ISO 10444
ISO 10531
ISO 10602
ISO 10694
ISO 11259
ISO 11263
ISO 11268-2
ISO 11268-3
ISO 11451-1
ISO 11451-2
ISO 11451-3
FreightContainers Automatic Identification
August; ISO 10374 : 1991,
IncludingAmendment 1 : 1995
Informationand Documentation international
Standard Technical Report Number
(ISRN)March; ISO 10444 : 1994
PackagingComplete, Filled Transport
Packages Stability Testing of Unit Loads
March;ISO 10531:1992
PhotographyProcessed Silver-Gelatin Type
Black-and-White Film Specifications
forStability October; ISO 10602 : 1995
SoilQuality - Determination of Organic and
Total Carbon After Dry
Combustion(Elementary Analysis) August;
ISO 10694 : 1995
SoilQuality Simplified Soil Description
August; ISO 11259: 1998
SoilQuality - Determination opf Phosphorus
Spectometric Determination ofPhosphorus
Soluble in Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate
Solution December; ISO 11263: 1994
SoilQuality - Effects of Pollutants on
Earthworms (Eisenia Fetida) Part
2:Determination of Effects on Reproduction
March; ISO 11268-2: 1998
SoilQuality - Effects of Pollutants on
Earthworms Part 3: Guidance on
theDetermination of Effects in Field
Situations March; ISO 11268-3: 1999
RoadVehicles - Electrical Disturbances by
Narrowband Radiated
ElectromagneticEnergy - Vehicle Test
Methods Part 1: General and Definitions
March; ISO11451-1: 1995 + Technical
Corrigendum 1: 1996; This Stan
RoadVehicles - Electrical Disturbances by
Narrowband Radiated
ElectromagneticEnergy - Vehicle Test
Methods Part 2: Off-Vehicle Radiation
Source March; ISO11451-2: 1995 +
Technical Corrigendum 1: 1996; This
RoadVehicles - Electrical Disturbances by
Narrowband Radiated
ElectromagneticEnergy - Vehicle Test
Methods Part 3: On-Board Transmitter
ISO 11451-4
ISO 11906
ISO 12098
ISO 12132
ISO 12156-1
ISO 12647-3
ISO 13655
ISO 13715
ISO 13754
ISO 13773
ISO 13778
ISO 13804
Simulation March;ISO 11451-3: 1994; This
Standard Together with DIN I
RoadVehicles - Electrical Disturbances by
Narrowband Radiated
ElectromagneticEnergy - Vehicle Test
Methods Part 4:Bulk Current Injection (BCI)
March; ISO1145 This Standard Together
with DIN ISO 11451-1 to
MicrographicsMicrofilming of Serials
Operating Procedures May; ISO 11906: 1999
CommercialVehicles with 24 V Systems 15Pole Connectors between Towing Vehicles
andTrailers - Dimensions and Contact
Allocation May; ISO 12098 : 1994
PlainBearings - Quality Assurance of ThinWalled half Bearings Design Failure
ModeEffects Analysis June; ISO 12132 :
1999
DieselFuel - Assessment of Lubricity Using
the High-Frequency Reciprocating
Rig(HFRR) Part 1: Test Method December;
ISO 12156-1: 1997, Including
TechnicalCorrigendum 1: 1998
GraphicTechnology Process Control for the
Manufacture of Half-Tone
ColourSeparations, Proof and Production
Prints; Part 3: Coldest Offset Litographyand
Letterpress on Newprint May; ISO 126473:1998
GraphicTechnology Spectral Measurement
and Colorimetric Computation for Grahpic
ArtsImages February; ISO 13655:1996
TechnicalDrawings Edges of Undefined
Shape - Vocabulary and Indications
December; ISO13715: 2000
TextileMachinery and Accessories Hexagon
Nuts and Slotted Nuts for Spinning
andTwisting Spindles December; ISO 13754:
1999
RubberPolychloroprene Latex Determination
of Alkalinity August; ISO 13773: 1997
PlainBearings - Quality Assurance of ThinWalled Half Bearings Selective Assemblyof
Bearings to Achieve a Narrow Clearance
Range June; ISO 13778 : 1999
Vitreousand Porcelain Enamels for
ISO 13805
ISO 13926-2
ISO14145-2
EN 1
EN 34
EN 38
EN 40 PT 1
EN 87
EN 124
EN 130
EN 141
EN 143
EN 144-1
EN 159
EN 177
EN 178
Aluminium Production of Specimens for
Testing December;ISO 13804: 1999;
Supersedes Din 51172, October 1986 Edition
Determinationof Adhesion of Enamals on
Aluminium Under the Action of Electrolytic
SolutionNovember; ISO 13805 : 1999;
Supersedes Din 51173, October 1986 Edition
PenSystems Part 2: Plungers and Discs for
Pen-Injectors for Medical Use October;ISO
13926-2
RollerBall Pens and Refills; Part 2:
Documentary Use (DOC) Febuary;
ISO14145-2:1998
FluedOil Stoves with Vaporizing Burners
July
Wall-HungW.C. Pans with Close-Coupled
Cistern; Connecting Dimensions (July)
Wall-HungW.C. Pans with Independent
Water Supply; Connecting Dimensions (July)
LightingColumns; Definitions and Terms
(Feb)
CeramicTiles; Definitions, Classification,
Characteristics and Marking (Jan)
GullyTops and Manhole Tops for Vehicular
and Pedestrian Areas; DesignRequirements,
Type Testing, Marking and Quality Control
(Aug)
Methodsof Testing Doors; Test for Change in
Stiffness of the Door Leaves by
RepeatedTorsion (Nov)
RespiratoryProtective Devices - Gas Filters
and Combined Filters Rdequirements,
Testing,Marking May
RespiratoryProtection Devices - Particel
Filters Requirements, Testing, Marking May
RespiratoryProtective Devices - Gas Cylinder
Valves Part 1: Thread Connections forInsert
Connector November
Dust-PressedCeramic Tiles with a High
Water Absorption (E Greater Than 10%) Group B III(Dec)
Dust-PressedCeramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of 3% Less Than E Less Than or
Equal To6% (Group B IIa) (Dec)
Dust-PressedCeramic Tiles with a Water
Absorption of 6% Less Than E Less Than or
EN 197-1
EN 200
EN 201/A1
EN 209
EN 210
EN 232
EN 241
EN 246
EN 248
EN 250
EN 251
EN 274
EN 283
EN 284
EN 295 PT 5
Equal To10% (Group B IIb) (Dec)
CementPart 1: Composition, Specifications
and Conformity Criteria for
CommonCements February
SanitaryTaps; General Technical
Specifications for Single Taps and Mixing
Taps(Nominal Size 1/2), PN 10, with a
Minimum Flow Pressure of 0,05 MPa (0,5
Bar)(July)
Rubberand Plastics Machines Injection
Moulding Machines Safety Requirements
July;Modifies DIN EN 201 April 1997
Edition
SteelDrums Removable Head (Open Head)
Drums with a Minimum Total Capacity of
210lFebruary; Supersedes DIN 6644-1,
February 1987 Edition
SteelDrums Non-Removable Head (Tight
Head) Drums with a Minimum Total
Capacity of216,5l February; Supersedes DIN
6643-1, July 1988 Edition
Baths;Connecting Dimensions (Feb)
LiquidPetroleum Products Determination of
Sodium Content - Atomic
AbsorptionSpectrometric Method December
SanitaryTaps; General Specifications for
Flow Rate Regulators (Jan)
SanitaryTaps; General Technical
Specifications for Electrodeposited Nickel
ChromeCoatings (Jan)
RespiratoryEquipment Open-Circuit SelfContained Compressed Air Diving
ApparatusRequirements, Testing, Marking
March
ShowerTrays; Connecting Dimensions (Feb)
SanitaryTaps; Waste Fittings for Basins,
Bidets and Baths; General
TechnicalSpecifications (Mar)
SwapBodies; Testing (Aug) (Supersedes DIN
70013 Part 3, June 1976 Edition)
ClassC Swap Bodies; Dimensions and
General Requirements (Apr) (Supersedes
DIN70013 Part 1 May 1982 Edition, and
DIN 70018, March 1981 Edition)
VitrifiedClay Pipes and Fittings and Pipe
Joints for Drains and Sewers;
EN 303-6
EN 326-2
EN 327
EN 357
EN 378-1
EN 377
EN 378-2
EN 378-3
EN 378-4
EN 380
EN 383
Requirementsfor Perforated Vitrified Clay
Pipes and Fittings (Aug)
HeatingBoilers Part 6: Heating Boilers with
Forced Draught Burners SpecificRequirements for the Domestic Hot
Water Operation of Combination Boilers
withAtomizing Oil Burners of Nominal Heat
Input Not Exce
Wood-BasedPanels - Sampling, Cutting and
Inspection Part 2: Quality Control in
theFactory October
HeatExchange Forced Convection Air
Cooled Refrigerant Condensors Test
Procedurefor Establishing Performance
November, Supersedes DIN V ENV 327,
June 1991Edition
Glassin Building Fire-Resistant Glazed
Elements with Transparent or
TranslucentGlass Products Classification of
Fire Resistance December
RefrigeratingSystems and Heat Pumps Safety and Environmental Requirements;
Part 1: BasicRequirements, Definitions,
Classification and Selection Criteria
September
Lubricantsfor Applications in Appliances and
Associated Controls Using
CombustibleGases Except Those Designed
for Use in Industrial Presses (July)
(SupersedesParts of DIN 3536 November
1982 Edition)
RefrigeratingSystems and Heat Pumps Safety and Environmental Requirements;
Part 2:Design, Construction, Testing,
Marking and Documentation September
RefrigeratingSystems and Heat Pumps Safety and Environmental Requirements;
Part 3:Installation Site and Personal
Protection September
RefrigeratingSystems and Heat Pumps Safety and Environmental Requirements;
Part 4:Operation, Maintenance, Repair and
Recovery September
TestMethods for Timber Structures; General
Principles for Static Load Testing(Oct)
TestMethods for Timber Structures;
EN 409
EN 414
EN 415-1
EN 415-2
EN 415-3
EN 417
EN 423
EN 424
EN 425
EN 426
EN 427
EN 428
EN 429
EN 430
Determination of Embedding Strength
andFoundation Values for Dowel-Type
Fasteners (Oct)
TestMethods for Timber Structures;
Determination of the Yield Moment of
Nails(Oct)
Safetyof Machinery Rules for the Drafting
and Presentation of Safety StandardsOctober
PackagingMachines Safety Part 1:
Terminology and Classification of Packaging
Machinesand Associated Equipment October;
Supersedes DIN 8740-1, DIN 8740-3,
DIN8740-4, DIN 8740-7 to DIN 8740-9,
April 1981 Edit
Safetyof Packaging Machines Part 2: PreFormed Rigid PAckaging Machines October
Safetyof Packaging Machines Part 3: Form,
Fill and Seal Machines October;
ThisStandard, Together with DIN EN 415-1,
October 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN87402 and DIN 8740-5, April 1981 Editions
Non-RefillableMetallic Gas Cartridges for
Liquefied Petroleum Gas, with or without a
Valve,for Use with Portable Appliances;
Construction, Inspection, Testing
andMarking (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
the Effect of Stains (Oct)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
the Effect of the Simulated Movement of
aFurniture Leg (Oct)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
the Effect of a Castor Chair (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Width, Length, Straightness and Flatness
ofSheet Material (Oct)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
the Side Length, Squareness and
Straightnessof Tiles (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Overall Thickness (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
the Thickness of Layers (Nov)
(SupersedesDIN 51964, August 1975
Edition)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
EN 431
EN 432
EN 433
EN 434
EN 435
EN 436
EN441-12
EN 453
EN 454
EN 455-3
EN 474-7
EN 474-8
EN 474-9
EN 474-10
EN 474-11
EN 481
EN 482
EN 483
Mass per Unit Area (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Peel Resistance (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Shear Force November
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Residual Indentation After Static
Loading(Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Dimensional Stability and Curling
AfterExposure to Heat (Nov) (Supersedes
DIN 51962, May 1977 Edition)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Flexibility (Nov)
ResilientFloor Coverings; Determination of
Density (Nov)
RefrigeratedDisplay Cabinets; Part 12:
Measurement of the Heat Extraction Rate of
theCabinets When the Condensing Unit is
Remote from the Cabinet August
FoodProcessing Machinery Dough Mixers
Safety and Hygiene Requirements August
FoodProcessing Machinery Planetary Mixers
Safety and Hygiene Requirements August
MedicalGloves for Single Use Part 3:
Requirements and Testing for
BiologicalEvaluation February
Safetyof Earth-Moving Machinery Part 7:
Requirements for Scrapers May
Safetyof Earth-Moving Machinery Part 8:
Requirements for Graders May
Safetyof Earth-Moving Machinery Part 9:
Requirements for Pipelayers May
Safetyof Earth-Moving Machinery Part 10:
Requirements for Trenchers May
Safetyof Earth-Moving Machinery Part 11:
Requirements for Earth and
LandfillCompactors May
WorkplaceAtmospheres; Size Fraction
Definitions for Measurement of Airborne
Particles(Sept)
WorkplaceAtmospheres; General
Requirements for Methods of Measuring
Chemical Agents(Sept)
Gas-FiredCentral Heating Boilers Type C
Boilers of Nominal Heat Input Not
EN 490
EN 491
EN 501
EN 502
EN 504
EN 505
EN 506
EN 507
EN 508-1
EN 508-2
EN 508-3
EN511
EN 512
EN 514
Exceeding 70kW June; Supersedes DIN
3368-5, July 1985 Edition
ConcreteRoofing Tiles and Fittings; Product
Specifications (May) (Together with EN491,
May 1994 Edition, Supersedes DIN 1115,
May 1987 Edition)
ConcreteRoofing Tiles and Fittings; Test
Methods (May) (Together with EN 490,
May1994 Edition, Supersedes DIN 1115,
May 1987 Edition)
RoofingProducts from Metal Sheet;
Specification for Fully Supported Roofing
Productsof Zinc Sheet (Nov)
RoofingProducts from Metal Sheet
Specification for Fully Supported Roofing
Productsof Stainless Steel Sheet January
RoofingProducts from Metal Sheet
Specification for Fully Supported Roofing
Productsof Copper Sheet January
RoofingProducts from Metal Sheet
Specification for Fully Supported Roofing
Productsof Steel Sheet December
RoofingProducts from Metal Sheet
Specification for Self-Supporting Products
ofCopper or Zinc Sheet December
RoofingProducts from Metal Sheet
Specification for Fully Supported Roofing
Productsof Aluminium Sheet January
RoofingProducts form Metal Sheet
Specification for Self-Supporting Products
ofSteel, Aluminium or Stainless Steel Sheet
Part 1: Steel December
RoofingProducts form Metal Sheet
Specification for Self-Supporting Products
ofSteel, Aluminium or Stainless Steel Sheet
Part 2: Aluminium December
RoofingProducts form Metal Sheet
Specification for Self-Supporting Products
ofSteel, Aluminium or Stainless Steel Sheet
Part 3: Stainless Steel December
ProtectiveGloves Against Cold (Nov)
Fibre-CementPressure Pipes and Joints (Nov)
(Supersedes DIN 19800 PT 2, January
1973Edition)
UnplasticizedPolyvinylchloride (PVC-U)
Profiles for the Fabrication of Windows and
EN 526
EN 578
EN 579
EN 580
EN 603-3
EN 609-2
EN 614-2
EN 671-3
EN 681-2
EN 681-3
EN 681-4
Doors -Determination of the Strength of
Welded Corners and T-Joints March
Gangwayswith a Length Not Exceeding 8 m
for Inland Navigation Vessels
Requirements,Types (Nov)
PlasticsPiping Systems; Plastics Pipes and
Fittings; Determination of the Opacity(Sept)
PlasticsPiping Systems; Cross-Linked
Polyethylene (PE-X) Pipes; Determination
ofDegree of Cross-Linking by Solvent
Extraction (Sept) (Supersedes Parts of
DIN16892, March 1985 Edition)
PlasticsPiping Systems; Unplasticized
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U) Pipes; Test
Methodfor the Resistance to
Dichloromethane at a Specified Temperature
(DCMT) Sept
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys - Wrought
Forging Stock Part 3: Tolerance on
Dimensionsand Form June
Agriculturaland Forestry Machinery - Safety
of Log Splitters - Part 2: Screw
SplittersMarch
Safetyof Machinery - Ergonomic Design
Principles Part 2: Interactions between
theDesign of Machinery and Work Tasks
October
FixedFirefighting Systems - Hose Systems
Part 3:Maintenance of Hose Reels withSemiRigid Hose and Hose Systems with Lay-Flat
Hose October; IncludesCorrigendum
AC:2000; Supersedes Parts of DIN 14461-1,
Janua
ElastomericSeals Material Requirements for
Pipe Joint Seals Used in Water and
DrainageApplications Part 2: Thermoplastic
Elastomers October
ElastomericSeals Material Requirements for
Pipe Joint Seals Used in Water and
DrainageApplications Part 3: Cellular
Materials of Vulcanized Rubber October;
ThisStandard, Together With DIN EN 681-1,
December
ElastomericSeals Material Requirements for
Pipe Joint Seals Used in Water and
DrainageApplications Part 4: Cast
EN 705
EN 713
EN 714
EN 715
EN 721
EN 726-5
EN 726-7
EN 741
EN 743
EN 746-4
EN 753-3
EN 761
EN 763
Polyurethane Sealing Elements October
Glass-ReinforcedThermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes and Fittings; Methods for
RegressionAnalyses and Their Use (Aug)
MechanicalJoints Between Fittings and
Polyolefin Pressure Pipes; Test Method
forLeaktightness Under Internal Pressure of
Assemblies Subjected to Bending(Mar)
NotEnd-Loadbearing Elastomeric Sealing
Ring Type Joints Between
ThermoplasticPressure Pipes and Fittings;
Test Method for Leaktightness Under
InternalHydrostatic Pressure without End
Thrust (Aug)
End-LoadBearing Joints Between Small
Diameter Thermoplastics Pressure Pipes
andFittings; Test Method for Leaktightness
Under Internal Water Pressure,Including End
Thrust (Mar)
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles Safety
Ventilation Requirements October
IdentificationCard Systems
Telecommunications Integrated Circuit(s)
Cards and TerminalsPart 5: Payment
Methods May
IdentificationCard Systems
Telecommunications-Integrated Circuit(s)
Cards and TerminalsPart 7: Security Module
January
ContinuousHandling Equipment and Systems
Safety Requirements for Systems and
TheirComponents for Pneumatic Handling of
Bulk Materials March
PlasticsPiping and Ducting Systems;
Thermoplastics Pipes; Determination of
theLongitudinal Reversion (Mar)
IndustrialThermoprocessing Equipment Part
4: Particular Safety Requirements for Hot
DipGalvanising Thermoprocessing
Equipment May
IdentificationCard Systems - Intersector Thin
Flexible Cards - Part 3: Test Methods March
Glass-ReinforcedThermosetting Plastics
(GRP) Pipes; Determination of the Creep
Factor UnderDry Conditions (Aug)
Injection-MouldedThermoplastics Pipe
EN 771-2
EN 771-4
EN 771-6
EN 772-1
EN 772-11
EN 772-13
EN 772-15
EN 772-16
EN 772-18
EN 772-19
EN 772-20
EN 777-1
EN 777-2
Fittings; Test Method for Visually Assessing
Effects ofHeating (Sept)
Specificationfor Masonry Units Part 2:
Calcium Silicate Masonry Units August
Specificationfor Masonry Units Part 4:
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units
August;Supersedes Parts of DIN 4165,
November 1996 Edition
Specificationfor Masonry Units Part 6:
Natural Stone Masonry Units January
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 1:
Determination of Compressive
StrengthSeptember
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 11:
Determination of Water Absorption
ofAggregate Concrete, Manufactured Stone
and Natural Stone Masonry Units Due
toCapillary Action and the Initial Rate of
Water Abs
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 13:
Determination of Net and Gross DryDensity
of Masonry Units (Except for Natural Stone)
September
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 15:
Determination of Water VapourPermeability
of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry
Units September
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 16:
Determination of Dimensions September
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 18:
Determination of Freeze-Thaw Resistanceof
Calcium Silicate Masonry Units September
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 19:
Determination of Moisture Expansion
ofLarge Horizontally Perforated Clay
Masonry Units September
Methodsof Test for Masonry Units; Part 20:
Determination of Flatness of Faces
ofAggregate Concrete, Manufactured Stone
and Natural Stone Masonry UnitsSeptember
Multi-BurnerGas-Fired Overhead Radiant
Tube Heater Systems for Non-Domestic Use
Part 1:System D - Safety October;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 3372-6, December
1988Edition
Multi-BurnerGas-Fired Overhead Radiant
EN 777-3
EN 790
EN 795/A1
EN 802
EN 803
EN 804
EN 805
EN 809
EN 818-6
EN840-3
EN 840-5/A1
Tube Heater Systems for Non-Domestic Use
Part 2:System E - Safety October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 3372-6, December 1988Edition
Multi-BurnerGas-Fired Overhead Radiant
Tube Heater Systems for Non-Domestic Use
Part 3:System F - Safety October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 3372-5, December 1988Edition
InlandNavigation Vessels; Stairs with
Inclination Angles of 45 Degrees to
60Degrees Requirements and Types (Oct)
ProtectionAgainst Falls from a Height Anchor Devices Requirements and
TestingJanuary; Modifies DIN EN 795,
August 1996 Edition
Injection-MouldedThermoplastics Fittings
for Pressure Piping Systems; Test Method for
MaximumDeformation by Crushing (Sept)
Injection-MouldedThermoplastics Fittings
for Elastic Sealing Ring Type Joints for
PressurePiping; Test Method for Resistance
to a Short-Term Internal Pressure withoutEnd
Thrust (Aug)
Injection-MouldedPlastics Socket Fittings for
Solvent-Cemented Joints for Pressure
Piping;Test Method for Resistance to a
Short-Term Internal Hydrostatic
Pressure(Aug)
WaterSupply - Requirements for Systems and
Components Outside Buildings
March;Supersedes DIN 4279-1, November
1975 Edition, DIN 19630, August 1982
Edition,and Parts of DIN 4279-3, June 1990
Edition, DIN 427
Pumpsand Pump Units for Liquids Common
Safety Requirements October
Short-LinkChains for Lifting Purposes Safety Part 6: Chain Slings - Specification
forInformation for Use and Maintenance to
Be Provided by the Manufacturer March
MobileWaste Containers Part 3: Containers
with 4 Wheels with a Capacity from 770 lto
1300 l with Dome Lid(s), for Trunnion
and/or Comb Lifting Devices -Dimensions
and Design March
MobileWaste Containers; Part 5:
Performance Requirements and Test
EN 840-6/A1
EN 846-2
EN 846-3
EN 846-8
EN 846-9
EN 846-10
EN 846-11
EN 846-5
EN 846-6
EN 846-7
EN 866-4
MethodsSeptember; Modifies DIN EN 840-5,
March 1997 Edition
MobileWaste Containers Part 6: Safety and
Health Requirements December;
ModifiesDIN EN 840-6, March 1997 Edition
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 2: Determination of
BondStrength of Prefabricated Bed Joint
Reinforcement in Mortar Joints August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 3: Determination of
ShearLoad Capacity of Welds in
Prefabricated Bed Joint Reinforcement
August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 8: Determination of
LoadCapacity and Load Deflection
Characteristics of Joist Hangers August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 9: Determination ofFlexural
Resistance and Shear Resistance of Lintels
August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 10: Determination of
LoadCapacity and Load Deflection
Characteristics of Brackets August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 11: Determination
ofDimensions and Bow of Lintel August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 5: Determination of
Tensileand Compressive Load Capacity and
Load Displacement Characteristics of
WallTies (Couple Test) August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 6: Determination of
Tensileand Compressive Load Capacity and
Load Displacement Characteristics of
WallTies (Single End Test) August
Methodsof Test for Ancillary Components
for Masonry Part 7: Determination of
ShearLoad Capacity and Load Displacement
Characteristics of Shear Ties and SlipTies
(Couplet Test for Mortar Joint Connections)
A
BiologicalSystems for Testing Sterilizers and
EN 866-5
EN 866-6
EN 866-7
EN 866-8
EN 868-9
EN 868-10
EN 893
EN 894-3
EN 900
EN 901
Sterilization Processes Part 4:Particular
Systems for Use in Irradiation Sterilizers
January
BiologicalSystems for Testing Sterilizers and
Sterilization Processes Part 5:Particular
Systems for Use in Low Temperature Steam
and FormaldehydeSterilizers January;
Supersedes DIN 58948-14, January 1987 Ed
BiologicalSystems for Testing Sterilizers and
Sterilization Processes Part 6:Particular
Systems for Use in Dry Heat Sterilizers
January; Supersedes DIN58947-4, November
1990 Edition
BiologicalSystems for Testing Sterilizers and
Sterilization Processes Part 7:Particular
Requirements for Self-Contained Biological
Indicator Systems forUse in Moist Heat
Sterilizers January
BiologicalSystems for Testing Sterilizers and
Sterilization Processes Part 8:Particular
Requirements for Self-Contained Biological
Indicator Systems forUse in Ethylene Oxide
Sterilizers February
PackagingMaterials and Systems for Medical
Devices Which are to be Sterilized - Part9:
Uncoated Nonwoven Materials of
Polyolefines for Use in the Manufacture
ofHeat Sealable Pouches, Reels and Lids Requir
PackagingMaterials and Systems for Medical
Devices Which are to be Sterilized - Part10:
Adhesive Coated Nonwoven Materials of
Polyolefines for Use in theManufacture of
Heat Sealable Pouches, Reels and Lids
MountaineeringEquipment Crampons Safety
Requirements and Test Methods December
Safetyof Machinery Ergonomic
Requirements for the Design of Displays and
ControlActuators Part 3: Control Actuators
June
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption CalciumHypochlorite March
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption SodiumHypochlorite March; Supersedes DIN
EN 902
EN 903
EN 932-5
EN 933-7
EN 938
EN 939
EN 966/A1
EN 1011-3
EN 1013-4
EN 1013-5
EN 1015-12
EN 1015-17
19608, June 1976 Edition
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Hydrogen
PeroxideApril
Determinationof Anionic Surfactants in
Water by Measurement of the Methylene
Blue ActiveSubstances (MBAS) Index (ISO
7875-1:1984, Modified) (Jan)
Testsfor General Properties of Aggregates
Part 5: Common Equipment and
CalibrationJanuary
Testsfor Geometrical Properties of
Aggregates Part 7: Determination of
ShellContent - Percentage of Shells in Coarse
Aggregates May
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption - Sodium
ChloriteMarch; Supersedes DIN 19617,
October 1971 Edition
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption HydrochloricAcid April; Supersedes DIN
19610, November 1975 Edition
Helmetsfor Airborne Sports July; Modifies
DIN EN 966, May 1996 Edition
Recommendationsfor Welding of Metallic
Materials Part 3: Arc Welding of Stainless
SteelsJanuary
LightTransmitting Profiled Plastic Sheeting
for Single Skin Roofing - Part 4:Specific
Requirements, Test Methods and
Performance of Polycarbonate (PC)Sheets
February
LightTransmitting Profiled Plastic Sheeting
for Single Skin Roofing - Part 5:Specific
Requirements, Test Methods and
Performance of
Polymethylmethacrylate(PMMA) Sheets
February
Methodsof Test for Mortar for Masonry Part
12: Determination of Adhesive Strength
ofHardened Rendering and Plastering
Mortars on Substrates June; Supersedes
DIN18555-6, November 1987 Edition
Methodsof Test for Mortar Masonry; Part 17:
Determination of Water-Soluble
EN 1017
EN 1023-2
EN 1023-3
EN 1026
EN 1027
EN 1034-1
EN 1034-3
EN 1047-2
EN 1052-4
EN 1059
EN 1063
EN 1069-1
EN 1069-2
EN 1074-1
ChlorideContent of Fresh Mortar September
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption HalfBurntDolomite August; Supersedes DIN
19621, October 1973 Edition
OfficeFurniture - Screens Part 2: Mechanical
Safety Requirements January
OfficeFurniture - Screens Part 3: Test
Methods January
Windowsand Doors; Air Permeability - Test
Method September; Supersedes DIN EN
42,January 1981 Edition
Windowsand Doors; Watertightness - Test
Method September; Supersedes DIN EN
86,January 1981 Edition
Safetyof Machinery Safety Requirements for
the Design and Construction of PaperMaking
and Finishing Machines Part 1: Common
Requirements October
Safetyof Machinery Safety Requirements for
the Design and Construction of PaperMaking
and Finishing Machines Part 3: Winders and
Slitters, Plying MachinesJanuary
SecureStorage Units - Classification and
Methods of Tests for Resistance to FirePart
2: Data Rooms and Data Containers February
Methodsof Test for Masonry; Part 4:
Determination of Shear Strength Including
aDamp-Proof Course September
TimberStructures Product Requirements for
Prefabricated Trussess Using PunchedMetal
Plate Fasteners January
Glassin Building Security Glazing Testing
and Classification of Resistance
AgainstBullet Attack January; Supersedes
DIN 52290-2 and Parts of DIN 500901,November 1988 Editions
WaterSlides of 2 m Height and More; Part 1:
Safety Requirements and Test
MethodsSeptember; Supersedes March 1996
Edition
WaterSlides of 2 m Height and More; Part 2:
Instructions September; SupercedesMarch
1996 Edition
Valvesfor Water Supply - Fitness for Purpose
Requirements and AppropriateVerification
EN 1074-2
EN 1074-3
EN 1074-4
EN 1082-2
EN 1082-3
EN 1097-8
EN 1097-9
EN1113
EN 1121
EN 1097-2
EN 1147
EN1185
Tests Part 1: General Requirements July
Valvesfor Water Supply - Fitness for Purpose
Requirements and AppropriateVerification
Tests Part 2: Isolating Valves July
Valvesfor Water Supply - Fitness for Purpose
Requirements and Appropriate
VerificationTests Part 3: Check Valves July
Valvesfor Water Supply - Fitness for Purpose
Requirements and AppropriateVerification
Tests Part 4: Air Valves October
Glovesand Arm Guards Protecting Against
Cuts and Stabs by Hand Knives Part
2:Gloves and Arm Guards Made of Material
Other than Chain Mail June
Glovesand Arm Guards Protecting Against
Cuts and Stabs by Hand Knives Part 3:Impact
Cut Test for Fabric, Leather and Other
Materials June
Testsfor Mechanical and Physical Properties
of Aggregates Part 8: Determination ofthe
Polished Stone Value January
Testingfor Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates Part 9:
Determination ofthe Resistance to Wear by
Abrasion from Studded Tyres - Nordic Test
June
ShowerHoese for (PN 10) Sanitary Tapware
March
Doors;Behaviour between Two Different
Climates - Test Method September;
SupersedesDIN EN 79, November 1990
Edition
Testingfor Mechanical and Physical
Properties of Aggregates Part 2: Methods for
theDetermination of Resistance to
Fragmentation June; Supersedes DIN 521151 andDIN 52115-3, August 1988 Editions
PortableLadders for Fire Service Use
September; Supersedes Parts of DIN 147101,September 1988 Edition, DIN V 14710-3,
February 1993 Edition, DIN 14711-1
andDIN 14711-2, August 1988 Editions, DIN
14711-3, A
Starchesand Derived Products; Determination
of Sulfur Dioxide Content by theAcidimetric
Method (ISO 5379: 1983, Modified) (Jan)
EN 1191
EN 1192
EN 1195
EN 1196
EN 1251-1
EN 1251-2
EN 1251-3
EN 1253-4
EN 1265
EN 1288-1
EN 1288-2
EN 1288-3
Windowsand Doors; Resistance to Repeated
Opening and Closing - Test Method August
DoorsClassification of Strength
Requirements June
TimberStructures - Test Methods
Performance of Structural Floor Decking
June
Domesticand Non-Domestic Gas-Fired Air
Heaters Supplementary Requirements
forCondensing Air Heaters July
CryogenicVessels - Transportable Vacuum
Insulated Vessels of not More Than 1000
LitresVolume - Part 1: Fundamental
Requirements March
CryogenicVessels - Transportable Vacuum
Insulated Vessels of Not More Than 1000
LitresVolume Part 2: Design, Fabrication,
Inspection and Testing March
CryogenicVessels - Transportable Vacuum
Insulated Vessels of not More Than 1000
LitresVolume - Part 3: Operational
Requirements March
Gulliesfor Buildings - Part 4: Access Covers
February; This Standard, Together withDIN
EN 1253-1 to DIN EN 1253-3, June 1999
Editions, Supersedes DIN 19599,November
1990 Edition
NoiseTest Code for Foundry Machines and
Equipment February
Glassin Building Determination of the
Bending Strength of Glass; Part
1:Fundamentals of Testing Glass September;
This Standard, Together with DIN EN12882, September 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN
52292-2, Se
Glassin Building Determination of the
Bending Strength of Glass; Part 2:
CoaxialDouble Ring Test on Flat Specimens
with Large Test Surface Areas
September;This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 1288-1, Septemb
Glassin Building Determination of the
Bending Strength of Glass; Part 3: Test
withSpecimen Supported at Two Points (Four
Point Bending) September; SupersedesDIN
52303-1, August 1984 Edition
EN 1288-4
EN 1288-5
EN 1294
EN 1303
EN 1317-3
EN1332-1
EN 1332-3
EN 1332-4
EN 1337-9
EN 1341
EN1342
EN 1343
EN 1361
Glassin Building Determination of the
Bending Strength of Glass; Part 4: Testingof
Channel Shaped Glass September;
Supersedes DIN 52303-2, March 1983
Edition
Glassin Building Determination of the
Bending Strength of Glass; Part 5:
CoaxialDouble Ring Test on Flat Specimens
with Small Test Surface Areas
September;This Standard, Together with DIN
EN 1288-1, Septemb
DoorLeaves Determination of the Behaviour
under Humidity Variations in
SuccessiveUniform Climate July; Supersedes
DIN EN 43, November 1990 Edition
BuildingHardware Cylinders for Locks
Requirements and Test Methods May; This
StandardSupersedes Parts of DIN V 18254,
July 1991 Edition and DIN 18252, March
1991Edition
RoadRestraint Systems Part 3: Performance
Classes, Impact Test AcceptanceCriteria and
Test Methods for Crash Cushions July
IdentificationCard Systems - Man-Machine
Interface Part 1: Design Principles for the
UserInterface January
IdentificationCard Systems - Man-Machine
Interface - Part 3: Key Pads January
IdentificationCard Systems - Man-Machine
Interface Part 4: Coding of User
Requirements forPeople with Special Needs
January
StructuralBearings Part 9: Protection April
Slabsof Natural Stone for External Paving Requirements and Test Methods March
Settsof Natural Stone for External Paving Requirements and Test Methods
March;Supersedes DIN 18502, December
1965 Edition
Kerbsof Natural Stone for External Paving
Requirements and Test Methods
March;Supersedes DIN 482, September 1988
Edition
RubberHoses and Hose Assemblies for
Aviation Fuel Handling; Specification
August
EN 1365-2
EN 1365-3
EN 1367-1
EN 1367-2
EN 1367-4
EN 1374
EN 1380
EN 1381
EN 1382
EN 1383
EN 1420-1
EN 1425
EN 1426
EN 1427
FireResistance Tests for Loadbearing
Elements Part 2: Floors and Roofs
February;Supersedes Parts of DIN 4102-2,
September 1977 Edition
FireResistance Tests for Loadbearing
Elements Part 3: Beams February;
SupersedesParts of DIN 4102-2, September
1977 Edition
Testsfor Thermal and Weathering Properties
of Aggregates Part 1: Determination
ofResistance to Freezing and Thawing
January; Supersedes Parts of DIN 521041,November 1982 Edition
Testsfor Thermal and Weathering Properties
of Aggregates Part 2: Magnesium SulfateTest
May
Testsfor Thermal and Weathering Properties
of Aggregates Part 4: Determination
ofDrying Shrinkage May
AgriculturalMachinery Silos Stationary
Unloaders for Round Silos Safety October
TimberStructures - Test Methods Loadbearing Nailed Joints March
TimberStructures - Test Methods Loadbearing Stapled Joints March
TimberStructures - Test Methods Withdrawal Capacity of Timber Fasteners
March
TimberStructures - Test Methods - PullThrough Resistance of Timber Fasteners
Marc2
Determinationof Odour and Flavour
Assessment of Water in Piping Systems Part
1: TestMethod November
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Characterization of Perceptible Properties
December;Supersedes DIN 52002, June 1989
Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Needle Penetration
December;Supersedes DIN 52010, December
1983 Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Softening Point - Ring and
BallMethod December; Supersedes DIN
52011, October 1986 Edition
EN 1428
EN 1429
EN 1430
EN 1431
EN 1453-1
EN 1454
EN 1458-1
EN 1458-2
EN 1463-2
EN 1487
EN 1488
EN 1489
EN 1490
EN 1491
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders Determination of Water Content in Bitumen
Emulsions- Azeotropic Distillation Method
December; Supersedes DIN 52048,
December1980 Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Residue on Sieving of
BitumenEmulsions, and Determination of
Storage Stability by Sieving December
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Particle Polarity of
BitumenEmulsions December; Supersedes
DIN 52044, December 1980 Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Recovered Binder and Oil
Distillatefrom Bitumen Emulsions by
Distillation December
PlasticPiping Sys stems with Structured-Wall
Pipes for Soil and Waste Discharge(Lowand
High Temperature) Inside Buildings Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC-U)
Part 1: Specifications for Pipes and the
Portable,Hand-Held, Internal Combustion
Cutting-Off Machines; Safety September
DomesticDirect Gas-Fired Tumble Dryers of
Types B22D and B23D' of Nominal Heat
InputNot Exceeding 6 kW Part 1: Safety
December
DomesticDirect Gas-Fired Tumble Dryers of
Types B22D and B23D' of Nominal Heat
InputNot Exceeding 6 kW Part 2: Rational
Use of Energy December
RoadMarking Materials - Retroreflecting
Road Studs - Part 2: Road TestPerformance
Specifications March
BuildingValves - Hydraulic Safety Groups
Tests and Requirements June
BuildingValves - Expansion Groups Tests
and Requirements June
BuildingValves - Pressure Safety Valves
Tests and Requirements June
BuildingValves - Combined Temperature and
Pressure Relief Valves Tests
andRequirements June
BuildingValves - Expansion Valves Tests
and Requirements June
EN 1492-1
EN 1492-2
EN 1501-1
EN 1503-1
EN 1503-2
EN 1515-1
EN 1516
EN 1519-1
EN1523
EN 1529
EN 1530
EN 1533
EN 1534
TextileSlings - Safety Part 1: Flat Woven
Webbing Slings Made of Man-Made
Fibres,for General Purpose Use October;
This Standard, Together With DIN EN 14922,October 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN
61360-1 and
TextileSlings - Safety Part 2: Round Slings
Made of Man-Made Fibres, for
GeneralPurpose Use October; This Standard,
Together With DIN EN 1492-1, October
2000Edition, Supersedes DIN 61360-1 and
DIN 61360-2,
RefuseCollection Vehicles and Their
Associated Lifting Devices General
Requirementsand Safety Requirements Part
1: Rear-End Loaded Refuse Collection
VehiclesJune
Valves- Materials for Bodies, Bonnets and
Covers Part 1: Steels Specified inEuropean
Standards January; Supersedes Parts of DIN
3339, January 1984Edition
Valves- Materials for Bodies, Bonnets and
Covers Part 2: Steels Other Than
ThoseSpecified in European Standards
January
Flangesand Their Joints - Bolting Part 1:
Selection of Bolting January; SupersedesDIN
2507, February 1986 Edition
Surfacesfor Sports Areas Determination of
Resistance to Indentation
September;Supersedes Parts of Din 18032-2,
March 1991 Edition
PlasticsPiping Systems for Soil and Waste
Discharge (Low and High Temperature)
withinthe Building Structure - Polyethylene
(PE) Part 1: Specifications for Pipes,Fittings
and the System January; Supersedes D
Windows,Doors, Shutters and Blinds; Bullet
Resistance - Test Method February
DoorLeaves Height, Width, Thickness and
Squareness - Tolerance Classes June
DoorLeaves General and Local Flatness Tolerance Classes June
Woodand Parquet Flooring Determination of
Bending Properties - Test Methods April
Woodand Parquet Flooring Determination of
EN 1537
EN 1538
EN 1539
EN 1546-1
EN 1546-2
EN 1546-4
EN 1551
EN 1553
EN 1559-2
EN 1564-4
EN 1567
EN 1569
EN 1594
EN 1612-2
EN 1634-1
Resistance to Indentation (Brinell) -Test
Method April
Executionof Special Geotechnical Ground
Anchors January
Executionof Special Geotechnical Works
Diaphragm Walls July; Supersedes Parts of
DIN4126, August 1986 Edition
Dryersand Ovens, in Which Flammable
Substances are Released - Safety
RequirementsMarch
IndentificationCard Systems Inter-Sector
Electronic Purse Part 1: Definitions,
Concepts andStructures March
IdentificationCard Systems - Inter-Sector
Electronic Purse Part 2: Security
ArchitectureOctober
IdentificationCard Systems Inter-Sector
Electronic Purse Part 4: Data Objects August
Safetyof Industrial Trucks Self-Propelled
Trucks Over 10000 kg Capacity January
AgriculturalSelf-Propelled, Mounted, SemiMounted and Trailed Machines Common
SafetyRequirements April; Supersedes Parts
of Din 11000, August 1980 Edition
Founding- Technical Conditions of Delivery
Part 2: Additional Requirements for
SteelCastings April; Supersedes DIN 1690-2,
June 1985 Edition
IdentificationCard Systems - Inter-Sector
Electronic Purse Part 4: Data Objects August
BuildingValves Water Pressure Reducing
Valves and Combination Water Pressure
ReducingValves Requirements and Tests
January
Surfacesfor Sports Areas Determination of
the Behaviour Under a Rolling
LoadSeptember, Supersedes Parts of DIN
18032-2, March 1991 Edition
GasSupply Systems - Pipelines for Maximum
Operating Pressures Over 16 BarFunctional
Requirements September
Rubberand Plastics Machines - Reaction
Moulding Machines Part 2:
SafetyRequirements for Reaction Moulding
Plant September
FireResistance Tests for Door and Shutter
EN 1636-3
EN 1644-2
EN 1645-1
EN 1645-2
EN 1646-1
EN 1646-2
EN 1647
EN 1656
EN 1657
EN 1662
EN 1665
EN 1677-1
EN 1677-2
Assemblies Part 1: Fire Doors andShutters
March; Supersedes Parts of DIN 4102-5,
September 1977 Edition
PlasticsPiping Systems for Non-Pressure
Drainage and Sewerage - GlassReinforcedThermosetting Plastics (GRP)
Based on Unsaturated Polyester Resin (UP)
Part3: Fittings December; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 19565
TestMethods for Nonwoven Compresses for
Medical Use Part 2: Finished
CompressesMarch
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles Caravans
Part 1: Habitation Requirements Relating
toHealth and Safety October
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles Caravans
Part 2: User Payload October
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles Motor
Caravans Part 1: Habitaion Requirements
Relatingto Health and Safety October
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles Motor
Caravans Part 2: User Payload October
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles Caravan
Holiday Homes Habitation Requirements
Relatingto Health and Safety October
QuantitativeSuspension Test for the
Evaluation of Bactericidal Activity of
ChemicalDisinfectants and Antiseptics Used
in the Veterinary Field Test Method
andRequirements (Phase 2/Step 1) April
QuantitativeSuspension Test for the
Evaluation of Fungicidal Activity of
Chemical Disinfectantsand Antiseptics Used
in the Veterinary Field Test Method and
Requirements(Phase 2/Step 1) April
HexagonBolts With Flange - Small Series
February
HexagonBolts With Flange - Heavy Series
February; Supersedes DIN 6921 and DIN
6922,June 1983 Editions
Componentsfor Slings - Safety Part 1: Forged
Steel Components, Grade 8
November;Supersedes DIN 5691, November
1981 Edition
Componentsfor Slings - Safety Part 2: Forged
Steel Lifting Hooks With Latch, Grade
EN 1708-2
EN 1711
EN1725
EN 1730
EN 1736
EN 1737
EN 1738
EN 1742
EN 1744-1
EN 1755
EN 1766
EN 1739
8November
WeldingBasic Weld Joint Details in Steel
Part 2: Not Internally
PressurizedComponents October
Non-DestructiveExamination of Welds Eddy
Current Examination of Welds by Complex
PlaneAnalysis March
DomesticFurniture Beds and Mattresses
Safety Requirements and Test Methods
February
DomesticFurniture Tables Test Methods for
Determination of Strength, Durability
andStability August
RefrigeratingSystems and Heat Pumps
Flexible Pipe Elements, Vibration Isolators
andExpansion Joints - Requirements, Design
and Installation April; SupersedesDIN 89759, October 1983 Edition
Determinationof Shear Strength of Welded
Joints of Reinforcement Mats or Cages
forPrefabricated Components Made of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete or
LightweightAggregate Concrete with Open
Structure June
Determinationof Steel Stresses in Unloaded
Reinforced Components Made of
AutoclavedAerated Concrete June
Determinationof Shear Strength Between
Different Layers of Multilayer Components
Made ofAutoclaved Aerated Concrete or
Lightweight Aggrerate Concrete with
OpenStructure June
Testsfor Chemical Properties of Aggregates
Part 1: Chemical Analysis May
Safetyof Industrial Trucks Operation in
Potentially Explosive Atmospheres - Use
inFlammable Gas, Vapour, Mist and Dust
June
Productsand Systems for the Protectopn and
Repair of Concrete Structures - TestMethods
Reference Concretes for Testing March
Determinationof Shear Strength for In-Plane
Forces of Joints Between
PrefabricatedComponents Made of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete or Lightweight
AggregateConcrete with Open Structure June
EN 1740
EN 1741
EN 1789
EN 1806
EN 1821-2
EN 1822-5
EN 1834-1
EN 1834-2
EN 1834-3
PerformanceTest for Prefabricated
Reinforced Components Made of Autoclaved
AeratedConcrete or Lightweight Aggregate
Concrete with Open Structure
UnderPredominantly Longitudinal Load
(Vertical Components) Ju
Determinationof Shear Strength for Out-OfPlane Forces of Joints Between
PrefabricatedReinforced Components Made
of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete or
LightweightAggregate Concrete with Open
Structure June
MedicalVehicles and their Equipment - Road
Ambulances December; Supersedes
DIN75280-1, May 1987 Edition, and DIN
75080-2 and DIN 75080-3, January
1989Editions
ChimneysClay/Ceramic Flue Blocks for
Single Wall Chimneys Requirements and
TestMethods July
ElectricallyPropelled Road Vehicles Measurement of Road Operating Ability Part
2:Thermal Electric Hybrid Vehicles April
HighEfficiency Particulate Air Filters (HEPA
and ULPA) Part 5: Determining
theEfficiency of Filter Element February;
Together with DIN EN 1822-1 to DIN
EN1822-3, July 1998 Editions, and DIN EN
1822-4, Febru
ReciprocatingInternal Combustion Engines Safety Requirements for Design and
Constructionof Engines for Use in Potentially
Explosive Atmospheres Part 1: Group
IIEngines for Use in Flammable Gas and
Vapour
ReciprocatingInternal Combustion Engines Safety Requirements for Design and
Constructionof Engines for Use in Potentially
Explosive Atmospheres Part 2: Group
IEngines for Use in Underground Workings
Susce
ReciprocatingInternal Combustion Engines Safety Requirements for Design and
Constructionof Engines for Use in Potentially
Explosive Atmospheres Part 3: Group
IIEngines for Use in Flammable Dust
EN 1835
EN 1848-1
EN 1849-1
EN 1850-1
EN 1859
EN 1863-1
EN 1865
EN 1871
EN 1910
EN 1919
EN 1920
EN 1969
Atmosphere
Respiratoryprotective Devices Light Duty
Construction Compressed Air Line
BreathingApparatus Incorporating a Helmet
or a Hood Requirements, Testing,
MarkingApril; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 12419,
Flexiblesheets for waterproofing Determination of length, width and
straightness -Part 1: Bitumen sheets for roof
waterproofing December
FlexibleSheets for Waterproofing Determination of Thickness and Mass Per
Unit AreaPart 1: Bitumen Sheets for Roof
Waterproofing January; Supersedes Parts
ofDIN 52123, August 1985 Edition
FlexibleSheets for Waterproofing Determination of Visible Defects Part 1:
Bitumen Sheetsfor Roof Waterproofing
December; Supersedes Parts of DIN 52123
August 1985Edition
ChimneysMetal Chimneys Test Methods
July; Supersedes DIN 18160-6,July 1982
Edition
Glassin Building Heat Strengthened Soda
Lime Silicate Glass Part 1: Deninition
andDescription March
Specificationsfor Stretchers and Other Patient
Handling Equipment Used in Road
AmbulancesDecember; Supersedes DIN
13025-1, April 1992 Edition, DIN 13025-2
and DIN13043, April 1991 Edition, DIN
13040 May 198
RoadMarking Materials Physical Properties
March
Woodand Parquet Flooring and Wood
Panelling and Cladding Determination
ofDimensional Stability March
TransportableGas Cylinders Cylinders for
Liquefied Gases (Excluding Acetylene and
LPG)Inspection at Time of Filling October
TransportableGas Cylinders Cylinders for
Compressed Gases (Excluding Acetylene)
Inspectionat Time of Filling October
Surfacesfor Sports Areas Determination of
Thickness of Synthetic Sports
EN 1870-9
EN 1877-1
EN 1877-2
EN 1928
EN 1930
EN 1946-4
EN 1946-5
EN 1964-3
EN 1984
SurfacesAugust
Safetyof Woodworking Machines Circular
Sawing Machines Part 9: Double
BladeCircular Sawing Machines for CrossCutting with Integrated Feed and withManual
Loading and/or Unloading September
Productsand Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - TestMethods
Reactive Functions Related to Epoxy Resins
Part 1: Determination ofEpoxy Equivalent
December
Productsand Systems for the Protection and
Repair of Concrete Structures - TestMethods
Reactive Functions Related to Epoxy Resins
Part 2: Determination ofAmine Functions
Using the Total Basicity Number Dece
Flexiblesheets for Waterproofing Bitumen,
Plastic and Rubber Sheets for
RoofWaterproofing Determination of
Watertightness July; Supersedes Parts of
DIN16726, December 1986 Edition, and DIN
52123, August 198
ChildCare Articles - Safety Barriers Safety
Requirements and Test MethodsNovember;
This Standard, Together With DIN EN
12227-1 and DIN EN 12227-2, April2000
Editions, Supersedes DIN 66076, February
1979 Edi
ThermalPerformance of Building Products
and Components; Specific Criteria for
theAssessment of Laboratories Measuring
Heat Transfer Properties; Part
4:Measurements by Hot Box Methods July
ThermalPerformance of Building Products
and Components Specific Criteria for
theAssessment of Laboratories Measuring
Heat Transfer Properties Part
5:Measurements by Pipe Test Methods
September
Specificationfor the Design and Contruction
of Refillable Transportable Seamless Steel
GasCylinders of Water Capacities from 0,5
Litre up to and Including 150 Litres;Part 3:
Cylinders Made of Seamless Steel
IndustrialValves Steel Gate Valves March;
Supersedes DIN 3352-6, DIN 3352-7, DIN
EN 1987-1
EN 1987-3
EN 1989
EN 10028-1
EN 10028-7
EN 10132-1
EN 10132-2
EN 10132-3
EN 10230-1
EN 10246-6
EN 10246-10
3352-9and DIN 3352-10, May 1979 Editions,
and DIN 3352-8, October 1980 Edition,
andParts of DIN 3352-1, May 1979 Edition
ElectricallyPropelled Road Vehicles Specific Requirements for Safety - Part 1:
On-BoardEnergy Storage March
ElectricallyPropelled Road Vehicles Specific Requirements for Safety Part 3:
Protectionof Users Against Electrical
Hazards July
Jointsfor Buried Non-Pressure Sewerage
Applications Test Method for LongTermSealing Performance of Joints with
Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) Seals
byEstimating the Sealing Pressure April
FlatProducts Made from Steel for Pressure
Purposes; Part 1: General RequirementsJuly
FlatProducts Made of Steels for Pressure
Purposes Part 7: Stainless Steels
June;Supersedes DIN 17441, September
1996 Edition and Parts of DIN 17440,
February1997 Edition, and DIN 17460,
September 1992 Editi
Cold-RolledNarrow Steel Strip for Heat
Treatment - Technical Delivery Conditions
Part 1:General May; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN 10132-4, May 2000
Edition,Supersedes DIN 17222,August 1979
Edition
Cold-RolledNarrow Steel Strip for Heat
Treatment - Technical Delivery Conditions
Part 2:Case Hardening Steels May
Cold-RolledNarrow Steel Strip for Heat
Treatment - Technical Delivery Conditions
Part 3:Steels for Quenching and Tempering
May
SteelWire Nails Part 1: Loose Nails for
General Applications January;
SupersedesDIN 1144, DIN 1151, DIN 1152
and DIN 1160, April 1973 Editions
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
6: Automatic Full Peripheral Ultrasonic
Testingof Seamless Steel Tubes for the
Detection of Transverse Imperfections March
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
10: Radiographic Testing of the Weld Seam
EN 10132-4
EN 10222-2
EN 10222-5
EN 10241
EN 10243-1
EN 10243-2
EN 10246-2
EN 10246-3
of AutomaticFusion Arc Welded Steel Tubes
for the Detection of Imperfections July
Cold-RolledNarrow Steel Strip for HeatTreatment - Technical Delivery Conditions
Part 4:Spring Steels and Other Applications
May; This Standard, Together with DIN
EN10132-1, May 2000 Edition, Supersedes
DIN
SteelForgings for Pressure Purposes Part 2:
Ferritic and Martensitic Steels withSpecified
Elevated Temperature Properties (Includes
Corrigendum AC: 2000)April; This Standard
Together with DIN EN 10222-1, Se
SteelForgings for Pressure Purposes Part 5:
Martensitic, Austenitic andAustenitic-Ferritic
Stainless Steels February; Supersedes Parts
of DIN 17440,September 1996 Edition, and
DIN 17460, September 1992 Edit
SteelThreaded Pipe Fittings August;
Supersedes DIN 2980, DIN 2982, DIN 2983,
DIN2986, DIN 2987-1, DIN 2987-2, DIN
2988, DIN 2990, DIN 2991, DIN
2993,September 1977 Edition, and DIN
2981, August 1982 Edition
SteelDie Forgings - Tolerances on
Dimensions Part 1: Drop and Vertical
PressForgings June; This Standard Together
with DIN EN 10243-2, June 2000
Edition,Supersedes DIN 7526, January 1969
Edition
SteelDie Forgings - Tolerances on
Dimensions Part 2: Upset Forgings Made
onHorizontal Forging Machines June; This
Standard Together with DIN EN 102431,June 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN 7526,
January 1969 E
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
2: Automatic Eddy Current Testing of
Seamless andWelded (Except Submerged
Arc-Welded) Austenitic and AusteniticFerritic SteelTubes for Verification of
Hydraulic L
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
3: Automatic Eddy Current Testing of
Seamless andWelded (Except Submerged
Arc-Welded) Steel Tubes for the Detection
EN 10246-4
EN 10246-5
EN 10246-8
EN 10246-9
EN 10246-11
EN10246-12
EN 10246-13
EN 10246-17
EN 10250-4
EN 10256
ofImperfections March
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
4: Automatic Full Peripheral
MagneticTransducer/Flux Leakage Testing of
Seamless Ferromagnetic Steel Tubes for
theDetection of Transverse Imperfections
March
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
5: Automatic Full Peripheral
MagneticTransducer/Flux Leakage Testing of
Seamless and Welded (Except
SubmergedArc-Welded) Ferromagnetic Steel
Tubes for the Detectio
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
8: Automatic Ultrasonic Testing of the Weld
Seamof Electric Welded Steel Tubes for the
Detection of LongitudinalImperfections
March
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
9: Automatic Ultrasonic Testing of the Weld
Seamof Submerged Arc Welded Steel Tubes
for the Detection of Longitudinal
and/orTransverse June
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
11: Liquid Penetrant Testing of Seamless
andWelded Steel Tubes for the Detection of
Surface Imperfections June
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
12: Magnetic Particle Inspection of Seamless
andWelded Ferromagnetic Steel Tubes for
the Detection of Surface ImperfectionsJuly
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
13: Automatic Full Peripheral
UltrasonicThickness of Seamless and Welded
(Except Submerged Arc Welded) Steel
TubesJuly
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
17: Ultrasonic Testing of Tube Ends of
Seamlessand Welded Steel Tubes for the
Detection of Laminar Imperfections July
OpenDie Steel Forgings for General
Engineering Purposes Part 4: Stainless
SteelsFebruary; Supersedes Parts of DIN
17440, September 1996 Edition
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes
Qualification and Competence of Level 1 and
EN 10272
EN 10246-14
EN 10246-15
EN 10246-16
EN 10246-18
EN 10250-1
EN 10254
EN 10273
EN 10276-1
EN 10278
2Non-Destructive Testing Personnel July
StainlessSteel Bars for Pressure Purposes
January; Supersedes Parts of DIN
17440,September 1996 Edition
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
14: Automatic Ultrasonic Testing of
Seamless andWelded (Except Submerged
Arc-Welded) Steel Tubes for the Detection of
LaminarImperfections March
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
15: Automatic Ultrasonic Testing of
Strip/PlateUsed in the Manufacture of
Welded Steel Tubes for the Detection of
LaminarImperfections July
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
16: Automatic Ultrasonic Testing of the
AreaAdjacent to the Weld Seam of Welded
Steel Tubes for the Detection of
LaminarImperfections July
Non-DestructiveTesting of Steel Tubes Part
18: Magnetic Particle Inspection of Tube
Ends ofSeamless and Welded Ferromagnetic
Steel Tubes for the Detection of
LaminarImperfections July
OpenDie Steel Forgings for General
Engineering Purposes Part 1:
GeneralRequirements December; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN 10250-2,
December1999 Edition, Supersedes DIN
17100, January 1980 Edition (W
SteelClosed Die Forgings General Technical
Delivery Conditions April; SupersedesDIN
7521, August 1974 Edition, DIN 7522,
August 1944x Edition, and DIN 75231,January 1972 Edition
HotRolled Weldable Steel Bars for Pressure
Purposes with Specified
ElevatedTemperature Properties April; This
Standard Together with DIN EN 102222,April 2000 Edition,Supersedes DIN 17243,
January 1987 Edit
Determinationof Oxygen in Steel and Iron
Part 1: Sampling and Preparation of Steel
Samplesfor Oxygen Determination August
Dimensionsand Tolerances of Bright Steel
Products December, Supersedes DIN 174,
EN 10279
EN 10284
EN 10291
EN 10292
EN12006-3
EN 12007-1
EN 12007-3
EN 12007-4
EN 12012-1
EN 12013
EN12019
EN 12045
June1969 Edition, DIN 175, October 1981
Edition, DIN 176, Frbruary 1972
Edition,DIN 178 June 1969 Edition, DIN 668
to DIN 671,
HotRolled Steel Channels Tolerances on
Shape, Dimensions and Mass March;
ThisStandard Together with DIN 1026-1;
March 2000 Edition; Supersedes DIN
1026;October 1963 Edition
MalleableCast Iron Fittings with
Compression Ends for Polyethylene (PE)
Piping SystemsAugust
MetallicMaterials Uniaxial Creep Testing in
Tension - Method of Test January;Together
with Supplement 1 to DIN EN 10291,
January 2001 Edition, SupersedesDIN 50118,
January 1982 Edition
ContinuouslyHot-Dip Coated Strip and Sheet
of Steels with Higher Yield Strength for
ColdForming Technical Delivery Conditions
July
Non-ActiveSurgical Implants; Particular
Requirements for Cardiac and Vascular
Implants;Part 3: Endovascular Devices
January
GasSupply Systems - Pipelines for Maximum
Operating Pressure Up to and Including16
Bar Part 1: General Functional
Recommendations August
GasSupply Systems - Pipelines for Maximum
Operating Pressure Up to and Including16
Bar Part 3: Specific Functional
Recommendations for Steel August
GasSupply Systems - Pipelines for Maximum
Operating Pressure Up to and Including16
Bar Part 4: Specific Functional
Recommendations for Renovation August
Rubberand Plastics Machines - Size
Reduction Machines Part 1: Safety
Requirementsfor Blade Granulators June
Rubberand Plastics Machines - Internal
Mixers Safety Requirements October
Zincand Zinc Alloys Optical Emission
Spectrometric Analysis January
Shuttersand Blinds, Power-Operated - Safety
in Use Measurement of the TransmittedForce
EN 12046-2
EN 12051
EN 12056-1
EN 12056-2
EN 12056-3
EN 12056-4
EN 12056-5
EN 12070
EN 12071
EN 12072
December
OperatingForces - Test Method Part 2: Doors
December
BuildingHardware Door and Window Bolts
Requirements and Test Methods December
GravityDrainage Systems Inside Buildings
Part 1: General and
PerformanceRequirements January;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 1986-1, June 1988
Edition, andDIN 1986-2 March 1995 Edition,
and, Together with DIN EN 1
GravityDrainage Systems Inside Buildings
Part 2: Sanitary Pipework, Layout
andCalculation January; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 1986-1, June 1988 Edition, andDIN
1986-2 March 1995 Edition
GravityDrainage Systems Inside Buildings
Part 3: Roof Drainage, Layout
andCalculation January; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 1986-1, June 1988 Edition, andDIN
1986-2 March 1995 Edition
GravityDrainage Systems Inside Buildings
Part 4: Waste Water Lifting Plants Layoutand Calculation January; Together
with DIN EN 12056-1, January 2001
Edition,Supersedes DIN 1986-31, June 1986
Edition
GravityDrainage Systems Inside Buildings
Part 5: Installation and Testing,Instructions
for Operation, Maintenance and Use January;
Supersedes Parts ofDIN 1986-3, July 1982
Edition
WeldingConsumables Wire Electrodes, Wire
and Rods for Arc Welding of CreepResistingSteels Classification January, This
Standard, Together with DIN EN
1599,October 1997 Edition, Supersedes DIN
8575-1, April
WeldingConsumables Tubular Cored
Electrodes for Gas Shielded Metal Arc
Welding ofCreep-Resisting Steels
Classification January
WeldingConsumables Wire Electrodes,
Wires and Rods for Arc Welding of Stainless
andHeat-Resting Steels Classification
January; This Standard, Together with
EN 12073
EN 12074
EN 12077-2
EN 12104
EN 12114
EN 12150-1
EN 12153
EN 12154
EN 12155
EN 12158-1
EN 12158-2
EN 12159
EN 12179
EN 12180
EN 12186
DINEN 1600, October 1997 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 8
WeldingConsumables Tubular Cored
Electrodes for Gas Metal Arc Welding with
orwithout a Gas Shield of Stainless and HeatResisting Steels ClassificationJanuary
WeldingConsumables Quality Requirements
for Manufacture, Supply and Distribution
ofConsumables for Welding and Allied
Processes July
CraneSafety - Requirements for Health and
Safety Part 2: Limiting and
IndicatingDevices May
ResilientFloor Coverings Cork Floor Tiles
Specification October
ThermalPerformance of Buildings Air
Permeability of Building Component and
BuildingElements Laboratory Test Methods
April
Glassin Building Thermally Toughened Soda
Lime Silicate Safety Glass Part 1:Definition
and Description November; Supersedes DIN
1249-12, September 1990Edition, and DIN
52349, August 1977 Edition
CurtainWalling Air Permeability - Test
Method September
CurtainWalling Watertightness Performance Requirements and Classification
June
CurtainWalling Watertightness - Laboratory
Test Under Static Pressure October
Builders'Hoists for Goods Part 1: Hoists with
Accessible Platforms January
Builders'Hoists for Goods Part 2: Inclined
Hoists with Non-Accessible Load
CarryingDevices January
BuildersHoists for Persons and Materials
with Vertically Guided Cages January
CurtainWalling Resistance to Wind Load Test Method September
Non-ActiveSurgical Implants Body
Contouring Implants Specifc Requirements
for MammaryImplants April
GasSupply Systems Gas Pressure Regulating
Stations for Transmission andDistribution
Functional Requirements July
EN 12194
EN 12198-1
EN 12207
EN 12208
EN 12210
EN 12211
EN 12219
EN 12220
EN 12223
EN 12224
EN 12225
EN 12226
EN 12229
EN 12241
Shutters,External and Internal Blinds Misuse
- Test Methods October
SafetyMachinery Assessment and Reduction
of Risks Arising from Radiation Emitted
byMachinery Part 1: General Principles
October
Windowsand Doors Air Permeability Classification June: Supercedes parts of
DIN18055, October 1981 edition
Windowsand Doors Watertightness Classificaton June; Supersedes Parts of DIN
18055,October 1981 Edition
Windowsand Doors Resistance to Wind Load
- Classification June; Supersedes Parts ofDIN
18055, October 1981 Edition
Windowsand Doors Resistance to Wind Load
- test Method December; Supersedes DIN
EN77, January 1981 Edition
DoorsClimatic Influences - Requirements
and Classification June
Ventilationfor Buildings - Ductwork
Dimensions of Circular Flanges for
GeneralVentilation June
Non-DestructiveTesting Ultrasonic
Examination Specification for Calibration
Block No.1January; Supersedes DIN 54120
July 1973 Edition
Geotextilesand Geotextile-Related Products
Determination of the Resistance to
WeatheringNovember; Supersedes DIN V
ENV 12224, December 1996 Edition
Geotextilesand Geotextile-Related Products
Method for Determining the
MicrobiologicalResistance by a Soil Burial
Test December
Geotextilesand Geotextile-Related Products
General Tests for Evaluation
FollowingDurability Testing December
Surfacesfor Sports Areas Procedure for the
Preparation of Synthetic Turf and TextileTest
Pieces July
Touchand Close Fasteners Method for
Closure Prior to Washing and Drying or
DryCleaning December; Supersedes Parts of
DIN 3415-2, June 1990 Edition,Withdrawn
in January 1997
EN 12242
EN 12252
EN 12255-5
EN 12256
EN 12259-3
EN 12259-4
EN 12269-1
EN 12279
EN 12301
EN 12302
EN 12303
EN 12309-2
EN 12310-2
EN 12327
EN 12337-1
EN 12348
Touchand Close Fasteners Determination of
Peel Strength December; SupersedesPartsof
DIN 3415-2, June 1990 Edition, Withdrawn
in January 1997
Equippingof Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
Road Tankers October
Wastewatertreatment plants - Part 5:
Lagooning processes December
ThermoplasticsFittings Test Method for
Mechanical Strength or Flexibility of
FabricatedFittings July
FixedFirefighting Systems Components for
Sprinkler and Water Spray Systems Part
3:Dry Alarm Valve Assemblies August
Componentsfor Sprinkler and Water Spray
Systems Part 4: Water Motor Alarms April
Determinationof the Bond Behaviour
between Reinforcing Steel and Autoclaved
AeratedConcrete by the 'Beam Test' Part 1:
Short-Term Test July
GasSupply Systems Gas Pressure Regulating
Installations on Service LineFunctional
Requirements July
Rubberand Plastics Machines - Calenders
Safety Requirements October
CrudeTar and Crude Benzole Terminology
December
CoalTar Based Oils Terminology December
Gas-FiredAbsorption and Absorption AirConditioning and/or Heat Pump Appliances
with aNet Heat Input not Exceeding 70kW
Part 2: Rational Use of Energy
June;Supersedes Parts of DIN 33830-2, June
1988 Edition
FlexibleSheets for Waterproofing Determination of Resistance to Tearing Part
2:Plastic and Rubber Sheets for Roof
Waterproofing December, Supersedes Partsof
DIN 16726, December 1986 Edition
GasSupply Systems - Pressure Testing,
Commissioning and Decommissioning
ProceduresFunctional Requirements August
Glassin Building Chemically Strengthened
Soda Lime Silicate Glass Part 1:Definition
and Description November
CoreDrilling Machines on Stand Safety
EN 12350-1
EN 12311-2
EN 12316-2
EN 12317-2
EN 12326-2
EN 12329
EN 12330
EN 12350-2
EN 12350-3
EN 12350-4
EN 12350-5
November
TestingFresh Concrete Part 1: Sampling
March; Supersedes Parts of DIN 1048-1 and
DIN1048-5; June 1991 Editions
FlexibleSheets for Waterproofing Determination of Tensile Properties Part
2:Plastic and Rubber Sheets for Roof
Waterproofing December; Supersedes Part
ofDIN 16726, December 1986 Edition
FlexibleSheets for Waterproofing Determination of Peel Resistance of Joints
Part 2:Plastic and Rubber Sheets for Roof
Waterproofing January; Supersedes Parts
ofDIN 16726, December 1986 Edition
FlexibleSheets for Waterproofing Determination of Shear Resistance of Joints
Part2: Plastic and Rubber Sheets for Roof
Waterproofing January; Supersedes Partsof
DIN 16726, December 1986 Edition
Slateand Stone Products for Discontinuous
Roofing and Cladding Part 2: Methods ofTest
June; Supercedes DIN 52201, Din 52204,
May 1985 Editions, and DIN 52206,March
1975 Edition
CorrosionProtection of Metals
Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc with
SupplementaryTreatment on Iron and Steel
September; This Standard Together with DIN
EN12330 and DIN 50961, September 2000
Edition, Supers
CorrosionProtection of Metals
Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium on
Iron or SteelSeptember; This Standard
Together with DIN ENG 12329, September
2000 Edition,Superesedes DIN 50961, June
1987 Edition
TestingFresh Concrete Part 2: Slump Test
March; Supersedes DIN ISO 4109; June
1991Edition
TestingFresh Concrete Part 3: Verbe Test
March; Supersedes DIN ISO 4110; June
1991Edition
TestingFresh Concrete Part 4: Degree of
Compactability June
TestingFresh Concrete part 5: Flow Table
Test June
EN 12350-6
EN 12350-7
EN 12352
EN 12354-1
EN 12354-2
EN 12354-3
EN 12368
EN 12373-11
EN 12373-12
EN 12373-13
EN 12373-14
EN 12373-15
EN 12392
TestingFresh Concrete Part 6: Density
March; Supersedes Parts of DIN 1048-1;
June1991 Edition
TestingFresh Concrete Part 7: Air Content Pressure Methods November
TrafficControl Equipment Warning and
Safety Light Devices April
BuildingAcoustics Estimation of Acoustic
Performance of Building from the
Performanceof Elements Part 1: Airborne
Sound Insulation between Rooms December
BuildingAcoustics - Estimation of Acoustic
Performance of Building from
thePerformance of Elements Part 2: Impact
Sound Insulation between RoomsSeptember
BuildingAcoustics - Estimation of Acoustic
Performance of Buildings from
thePerformance of Elements Part 3: Airborne
Sound Insulation Against OutdoorSound
September
TrafficControl Equipment Signal Heads
March
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys Anodizing Part 11: Measurement of Specular
Reflectanceand Specular Gloss on Anodic
Oxidation Coatings at Angles of 20 Degree,
45Degree, 60 Degree or 85 Degree December
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys Anodizing Part 12: Measurement of
ReflectanceCharacteristics of Aluminium
Surfaces Using Integrating-Sphere
InstrumentsDecember
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys Anodizing Part 13: Measurement of
ReflrctanceCharacteristics of Aluminun
Surface Using a Goniophotometer or an
AbridgedGoniophotometer December
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys Anodizing Part 14: Visual Determination of
ImageClarity of Anodic Oxidation Coatings Chart Scale Method December
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys Anodizing Part 15: Assessment of Resistance
of AnodicOxidation Coatings to Cracking by
Deformation December
Aluminiumand Aluminium Alloys - Wrought
EN 12396-3
EN 12390-4
EN 12407
EN 12409
EN 12414
EN 12418
EN 12424
EN 12425
EN 12426
EN 12427
EN 12428
EN 12434
EN 12442-1
EN 12442-2
Products Special Requirements for
ProductsIntended for the Production of
Pressure Equipment June
Non-FattyFood - Determination of
Dithiocarbamate and Thiuram Disulfide
Residues Part3: UV-Spectrometic
Xanthogenate Method October
TestingHardened Concrete Part 4:
Compressive Strength - Specification for
TestingMachines December; This Standard,
Together with DIN 51302-2, December
2000Edition, Supersedes DIN 51302-2,
August 1986 Editio
NaturalStone Test Methods Petrographic
Examination August
Rubberand plastics machines Thermoforming machines - Safety
requirements December
VehicleParking Control Equipment Pay and
Display Ticket Machines Technical
andFunctional Requirements April
Masonryand Stone Cutting-Off Machines for
the Job Site Safety November
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates; Resistance to Wind Load Classification November
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates; Resistance to Water Penetration Classification November
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates; Air Permeability ClassificationNovember
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates; Air Permeability - Test
MethodNovember
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates; Thermal Transmittance Requirementsfor the Calculation November
CryogenicVessels Cryogenic Flexible Hoses
November
AnimalTissues and Their Derivatives
Utilized in the Manufacture of Medical
DevicesPart 1: Analysis and Management of
Risk January
AnimalTissues and Their Derivatives
Utilized in the Manufacture of Medical
EN 12442-3
EN 12455
EN 12467
EN 12469
EN 12470-1
EN 12470-3
EN 12473
EN 12476
EN 12484-2
EN 12484-3
EN 12487
EN 12489
EN 12492
EN 12495
EN 12504-1
DevicesPart 2: Controls on Sourcing,
Collection and Handling January
AnimalTissues and Their Derivatives
Utilized in the Manufacture of Medical
DevicesPart 3: Validation of the Elimination
and/or Inactivation of Viruses
andTransmissible Agents January
ResilientFloor Coverings Specification for
Corkment Underlay December
Fibre-CementFlat Sheets Product
Specifications and Test Methods September
BiotechnologyPerformance Criteria for
Microbiological Safety Cabinets
September;Supersedes DIN 12950-10,
October 1991 Edition
ClinicalThermometers Part 1: Metallic
Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers with
MaximumDevice April; Supersedes DIN
13100-1, May 1970 Edition
ClinicalThermometers Part 3: Performance of
Compact Electrical Thermometers(NonPredictive) with Maximum Device April
GeneralPrinciples of Cathodic Protection in
Sea Water April
PhosphateConversion Coatings of Metals
Method of Specifying Requirements July
IrrigationTechniques Automatic Turf
Irrigation Systems Part 2: Design and
Definition ofTypical Technical Templates
August
IrrigationTechniques Automatic Turf
Irrigation Systems Part 3: Automatic Control
andSystem Management August
CorrosionProtection of Metals Rinse and
Non-Rinsed Chromate Conversion Coatings
onAluminium and Aluminium Alloys July
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates; Resistance to Water Penetration TestMethod November
MountaineeringEquipment Helmets for
Mountaineers Safety Requirements and Test
Methods July;Supersedes DIN 7948, July
1982 Edition
CathodicProtection for Fixed Steel Offshore
Structures April
TestingConcrete in Structures Part: 1 Cored
EN 12505
EN 12500
EN 12513
EN 12514-1
EN 12514-2
EN 12518
EN 12524
EN 12525
EN 12535
EN 12536
EN 12540
Specimens - Taking, Examining andTesting
in Compression September
FoodProcessing Machinery Centrifugal
Machines for Processing Edible Oils and
FatsSafety and Hygiene Requirements
January
Protectionof Metallic Materials Against
Corrosion; Corrosion Likelihood in
AtmosphericEnvironment; Classification,
Determination and Estimation of Corrosivity
ofAtmospheric Environments December
FoundingAbrasion-Resistant Cast Iron
January; Supersedes DIN 1695 and Suppl 1
to DIN1695, September 1981 Editions
Installationsfor Oil Supply Systems for Oil
Burners Part 1: Safety Requirements and
Tests:Parts, Oil Feed Pumps, Control and
Safety Devices, Supply Tanks
May;Supersedes DIN 4736-1, April 1991
Edition
Installationsfor Oil Supply Systems for Oil
Burners Part 2: Saftey Requirements and
Tests:Parts, Valves, Pipes, Filters, Oil DeAerators, Meters May; Supersedes DIN47362, January 1994 Edition
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption High
Calcium LimeSeptember; Supersedes DIN
19611, April 1983 Edition
BuildingMaterials and Products Hygrothermal Properties Tabulated Designe
ValuesJuly; Supersedes Parts of DIN V
4108-4, October 1998 Edition
AgriculturalMachinery Front Loaders Safety
March
TubularCored Electrodes for Gas Shielded
Metal Arc Wielding of High Strength SteelsClassification April
WeldingConsumables Rods for Gas Welding
of Non-Alloy and Creep-Resisting
SteelsClassification August; Supersedes DIN
8554-1, May 1986 Edition
CorrosionProtection of Metals
Electrodeposited Coatings of Nickel Plus
Chromium,Copper Plus Nickel and Copper
Plus Nickel Plus Chromium July; Supersedes
EN 12543-1
EN 12543-2
EN 12543-3
EN 12543-4
EN 12543-5
EN 12544-2
EN 12545
EN 12546-1
EN 12546-2
EN 12546-3
EN 12566-1
EN 12567
EN 12570
DIN50968, January 1991 Edition
Characteristicsof Focal Spots in Industrial XRay Systems for Use in Non-Destructive
TestingPart 1: Scanning Method December
Characteristicsof Focal Spots in Industrial XRay Systems for Use in Non-Destructive
TestingPart 2: Pinhole Camera Radiographic
Method December
Characteristicsof Focal Spots in Industrial XRay Systems for Use in Non-Destructive
TestingPart 3: Slit Camera Radiographic
Method December
Characteristicsof Focal Spots in Industrial XRay Systems for Use in Non-Destructive
TestingPart 4: Edge Method December
Characteristicsof Focal Spots in Industrial XRay Systems for Use in Non-Destructive
TestingPart 5: Measurement of the Effective
Focal Spot Size of Mini and Micro FocusXRay Tubes December
Non-DestructiveTesting - Measurement and
Evaluation of the X-Ray Tube Voltage Part
2:Constancy Check by the Thick Filter
Method March
Footwear,Leather and Imitation Leather
Goods Manufacturing Machines - Noise Test
CodeCommon Requirements September
Materialsand Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs Insulated Containers for Domestic
UsePart 1: Specification for Vacuum Ware,
Insulated Flasks and Jugs September
Materialsand Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs Insulated Containers for Domestic
UsePart 2 Specification for Insulated Bags
and Boxes September
Materialsand Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs Insulated Containers for Domestic
UsePart 3: Specification for Thermal Packs
September
SmallWastewater Treatment Systems for up
to 50 PT Part 1: Prefabricated SepticTanks
September
IndustrialValves Isolating Valves for LNG
Specification for Suitability and
AppropriateVerification Tests October
IndustrialValves Method for Sizing the
EN 12573-2
EN 12573-3
EN 12573-4
EN 12579
EN 12580
EN 12583
EN 12590
EN 12591
EN 12592
EN 12593
EN 12594
EN 12595
EN 12596
EN 12599
EN 12604
EN 12606-1
Operating Element October; Supersedes Parts
ofDIN 3230-2, April 1974 Edition
WeldedStatic Non-Pressurized Thermoplastic
Tanks Part 2: Calculation of
VerticalCylindrical Tanks December
WeldedStatic Non-Pressurized Thermoplastic
Tanks; Part 2: Design and Calculationfor
Single-Skin Rectangular Tanks December
WeldedStatic Non-Pressurized Thermoplastic
Tanks; Part 4: Design and Calculation
ofFlanged Joints December
SoilImprovers and Growing Media Sampling
January; Supersedes Parts of Din 11540April
1989 Edition
SoilImprovers and Growing Media
Determination of a Quantity January
GasSupply Systems Compressor Stations
Functional Requirements November
IndustrialSewing Threads Made Wholly or
Partly from Synthetic Fibres December
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Specificatins for Paving Grade Bitumens
April
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Solubility April
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of the Fraass Breaking Point
April;Supersedes DIN 52012, August 1985
Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders Preparation
of Test Samples April; Supersedes
DIN52003, June 1989 Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Kinematic Viscosity April
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of Dynamic Viscosity by
Vacuum CapillaryApril
Ventilationfor Buildings Test Procedures and
Measuring Methods for Handing
overInstalled Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Systems August
Industrial,Commercial and Garage Doors and
Gates - Mechanical Aspects
RequirementsAugust
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders
Determination of the Paraffin Wax Content
EN 12606-2
EN 12607-1
EN 12607-2
EN 12607-3
EN 12625-7
EN 12629-1
EN 12639
EN 12640
EN 12641-1
EN 12644-2
EN 12663
EN 12668-1
Part 1:Method by Distillatin April;
Supersedes DIN 52015, December 1980
Edition
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders Determination of the Resistance to Hardening
Underthe Influence of Heat and Air Part
2:TFOT Method April
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders Determination of the Resistance to Hardening
Under theInfluence of Heat and Air Part 1:
RTFOT Method April
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders Determination of the Resistance to Hardening
Underthe Influence of Heat and Air Part 2:
TFOT Method April
Bitumenand Bituminous Binders Determination of the Resistance to Hardening
Underthe Influence of Heat and Air Part
3:RFT Method April; Supersedes DIN
52016,December 1988 Edition
TissuePaper and Tissue Products Part 7:
Determination of Optical Properties October
Machinesfor the Manufacture of
Constructional Products from Concrete
andCalcium-Silicate - Safety Part 1:
Common Requirements January
LiquidPumps and Pump Units Noise Test
Code - Grade 2 and Grade 3 of Accuracy
June;Supersedes DIN 45635-24, March 1980
Edition
Securingof Cargo on Road Vehicles Lashing
Points on Commercial Vehicles for
GoodsTransportation Minimum
Requirements and Testing January;
Supersedes DIN75410-1, April 1990 Edition
SwapBodies - Tarpaulins Part 1: Minimum
Requirements June
Cranes- Information for Use and Testing Part
2: Marking August
RailwayApplications Structural
Requirements of Railway Vehicle Bodies
October
Non-DestructiveTesting - Characterization
and Verification of Ultrasonic
ExaminationEquipment Part 1: Instruments
July
EN 12668-3
EN 12669
EN 12671
EN 12672
EN 12675
EN 12676-1
EN 12676-2
EN 12678
EN 12679
EN 12696
EN 12702
EN 12704
EN 12707
EN 12708
Non-DestructiveTesting - Characterization
and Verification of Ultrasonic
ExaminationEquipment Part 3: Combined
Equipment July; Supersedes DIN 54124-1,
May 1983Edition
DirectGas-Fired Hot Air Blowers for Use in
Greenhouses and SupplementaryNonDomestic Space Heating September;
Supersedes DIN 4793, January 1984Edition
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consuption Chlorine
Dioxide November
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption;
PotassiumPermanganate Supersedes DIN
19619, February 1975 Edition; November
TrafficSignal Controllers; Functional Safety
Requirements December
Anti-GlareSystems for Roads Part 1:
Performance and Characteristics June
Anti-GlareSystem for Roads Part 2: Test
Methods June
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consuption
PotassiumPeroxomonosulfate September
Non-DestructiveTesting - Determination of
the Size of Industrial Radiographic
SourcesRadiographic Method December
CathodicProtection of Steel in Concrete June
Adhesivesfor Paper and Board, Packaging
and Disposable Sanitary Products
Determinationof Blocking Behaviour of
Potentially Adhesive Layers March
Adhesivesfor Paper and Board, Packaging
and Disposable Sanitary Products
Determinationof Foam Formation of
Aqueous Adhesives January
PlasticDrums Non-Removable Head (Tight
Head) Drums with a Nominal Capacity of
210 l,220 l and 225 l March; This Standard;
Together with DIN EN 12708 and DIN
EN12709; March 2000 Editions; Supersedes
DIN 6131
Plug/BungClosure Systems for Plastic
Containers with a Nominal Capacity of 20 l
to 225l March; This Standard; Together with
EN 12709
EN 12711
EN 12712
EN 12713
EN 12714
EN 12715
EN 12723
EN 12726
EN 12728
EN 12732
DIN EN 12707 and DIN EN 12709;
March2000 Editions; Supersedes DIN 61313; August 1
PlasticDrums Non-Removable Head (Tight
Head) Circular Cross Section Drums with
aNominal Capacity of 20 l to 120 l March;
This Standard; Together with DIN EN12707
and DIN EN 12708; March 2000 Editions;
Super
SteelDrums Non-Removable Head (Tight
Head) Drums with a Minimum Total
Capacity of230 l March
PlasticJerricans; Jerricans with a Nominal
Capacity of 20 l to 60 l for
OptimalUtilization of Pallet Sizes 800 mm X
1200 mm, 1000 mm X 1200 mm and 1140
mm X1140 mm March; This Standard;
Together with DIN EN
ScrewCap Closure Systems for Plastic
Containers with a Nominal Capacity of 20 l
to60 l March; This Standard; Together with
DIN EN 12712; March 2000
Edition;Supersedes DIN 6131-1 and DIN
6131-2; August 1989
PlasticDrums Removable Head (Open Head)
Drums with a Nominal Capacity of 25 l to
220l March; Supersedes DIN 6131-4; August
1989 Edition
Executionof Special Geotechnical Work
Grouting October; Supersedes Parts of DIN
4093,September 1987 Edition
LiquidPumps - General Terms for Pumps and
Installations Definitions, Quantities,Letter
Symbols and Units September; Supersedes
DIN 24260-1, September 1986Edition
PackagingCork Mouth finish with a Bore
Diameter of 18,5 mm for Corks and
TamperEvident Capsules August; Supersedes
DIN 6094-4, October 1987 Edition
SurfaceActive Agents Determination of
Foaming Power - Perforated Disc Beating
MethodJanuary; Supersedes DIN 53902-1,
March 1981 Edition
GasSupply Systems - Welding Steel
Pipework Functional Requirements
September; SupersedesDIN 8564-1, April
EN 12746
EN 12755
EN 12763
EN 12734
EN 12766-1
EN 12767
EN 12770
EN 12771
EN 12774
EN 12782
EN 12784
EN 12785
EN 12797
EN 12799
EN 12800
1972 Edition
Footwear- Test Methods for Insoles and
Insocks Water Absorption and Desorption
July
TransportableGas Cylinders Filling
Conditions for Acetylene Bundles February
Fibre-CementPipes and Fittings for
Discharge Systems for Buildings Dimensions
andTechnical Terms of Delivery October;
Supersedes DIN 19840-1 and DIN 198402,May 1989 Edition
IrrigationTechniques Quick Coupling Pipes
for Movable Irrigation Supply
TechnicalCharacteristics and Testing August:
Supersedes DIN 19651, November
1988Edition, and DIN 19654, April 1980
Edition
PetroleumProducts and Used Oils
Determination of PCBs and Related Products
Part 1:Separation and Determination of
Selected PCB Congeners by Gas
Chromatography(GC) Using an Electron
Capture Detector (ECD) No
PassiveSaftey of Support Structures for Road
Equipment Requirements and Test
MethodsJuly
FootwearTest Methods for Outsoles Abrasion
Resistance March
FootwearTest Methods for Outsoles Tear
Strength March
Footware- Test Methods for Outsoles
Determination of Split Tear Strength
andDetermination Resistance April
Footwear- Test Methods for Insoles
Resistance to Stitch Tear April
Footwear- Test Methods for Whole Shoe
Thermal Insulation April
Footware- Test Methods for Whole Shoe
Heal Attachment June
Brazing;Destructive Tests on Brazed Joints
December; Supersedes DIN 8525-1 and
DIN8525-2, November 1977 Editions, and
DIN 8525-3, July 1986 Edition
Brazing;Non-Destructive Examination of
Brazed Joints December
Footwear- Test Methods for Insoles
EN 12801
EN 12802
EN 12803
EN 12814-2
EN 12814-3
EN 12814-5
EN 12814-6
EN 12821
EN 12822
EN 12823-1
EN 12823-2
EN 12826
EN 12838
EN 12842
EN 12862
Dimensional Stability July
Footwear- Test Methods for Insoles, Linig
and Insocks Perspiration Resistance July
RoadMarking Materials Laboratory Methods
for Identification March
Footwear- Test Methods for Outsoles Tensile
Strength and Elongation July
Testingof Welded Joints of Thermoplastics
Semi-Finished Products Part 2: TensileTest
March
Testingof Welded Joints of Thermoplastics
Semi-Finished Products Part 3: TensileCreep
Test March
Testingof Welded Joints of Thermoplastics
Semi-Finished Products Part 5:
MacroscopicExamination October
Testingof Welded Joints of Thermoplastics
Semi-Finished Products Part 6:
LowTemperature Tensile Test March
Foodstuffs- Determination of Vitamin D by
High Performance Liquid
ChromatographyMeasurement of
Cholecalciferol (D3) and Ergocalciferol (D2)
July
Foodstuffs- Determination of Vitamin E by
High Performance Liquid
ChromatographyMeasurement of a-,B-,y-,and
o-Tocopherols July
Foodstuffs- Determination of Vitamin A by
High Performance Liquid Chromatography
Part1: Measurement of All-Trans-Retinol and
13-Cis-Retinol July
Foodstuffs- Determination of Vitamin A by
High Performance Liquid Chromatography
Part2: Measurement of B-Carotene July
Footwear- Test Methods for Lining and
Insocks Static Friction July
Installationsand Equipment for Liquefied
Natural Gas Suitability Testing of LNG
SamplingSystems July
DuctileIron Fittings for PVC-U or PE Piping
Systems Requirements and Test
MethodsAugust
TransportableGas Cylinders Specification for
the Design and Construction of
RefillableTransportable Welded Aluminium
EN 12868
EN 12876
EN 12889
EN 12890
EN 12877-1
EN 12877-2
EN 12877-3
EN 12877-4
EN 12892
EN 12893
EN 12895
EN 12926
EN 12928
Alloy Gas Cylinders August
ChildUse and Care Articles Methods for
Determining the Release of NNitrosaminesand N-Nitrosatable Substances
from Elastomer or Rubber Teats and
SoothersDecember
ChemicalsUsed for Water Intended for
Human Consumption Oxygen September
TrenchlessConstruction and Testing of
Drains and Sewers March
Patterns,Pattern Equipment and Core Boxes
for the Production of Sand Moulds and
SandCores June; Supersedes DIN 1511, April
1978 Edition
Determinationof Colour Stability to Heat
During Processing of Colouring Materials
inPlastics Part 1: General Introduction
January; Together with DIN EN 128772,January 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN
53772, No
Determinationof Colour Stability to Heat
During Processing of Colouring Materials in
PlasticsPart 2: Determination by Injection
Moulding January; Together with DIN
EN12877-1, January 2000 Edition, Supersede
Determinationof Colour Stability to Heat
During Processing of Colouring Materials
inPlastics Part 3: Determination by Oven
Test January; Together With DIN EN128771, January 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN EN
Determinationof Colour Stability to Heat
During Processing of Colouring Materials
inPlastics Part 4: Determination by Two-Roll
Milling January; Together with DINEN
12877-1, January 2000 Edition, Supersedes
Equipmentfor the Production of Lost Patterns
for the Lost Foam Casting Process May
Copperand Copper Alloys Determination of
Spiral Elongation Number May
IndustrialTrucks Electromagnetic
Compatibility January
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption
SodiumPeroxodisulfate December
InsertedFlange Type Closure Systems for
Steel Drums with a Total Capacity of 17 l
EN 12931
EN 12932
EN 12933
EN 12934
EN 12938
EN 12943
EN 12946
EN 12947
EN 12958
EN 12959
EN 12973
EN 12974
EN 12980
EN 12982
to230 l August; Supersedes Parts of DIN
6643-2, February 1987 Edition
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Chemicals forEmergency Use Sodium
Dichloroisocyanurate, Anhydrous September
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Chemicals for EmergencyUse Sodium
Dichloroisocyanurate, Dihydrate September
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Chemicals forEmergency Use
Trichloroisocyanuric Acid September
Featherand Down Composition of Labelling
of Processed Feathers and Down for Use
asSole Filling Material December
Methodsfor the Analysis of Pewter
Determination of Alloying and Impurity
ElementContents by Atomic Spectrometry
October; Includes Corrigendum AC: 2000
FillerMaterials for Thermoplastics Scope,
Designation, Requirements, Tests December
LimingMaterials Determination of Calcium
Content and Magnesium Content Complexometric Method March
LimingMaterials Determination of
Magnesium Content - Atomic
AbsorptionSpectrometric Method September
Footwear- Test Methods for Shanks Fatigue
Resistance July
Footwear- Test Methods for Shanks
Longitudinal Stiffness July
ValueManagement July
SurfaceActive Agents Determination of the
1,4-Dioxane Content inAlkyl-Ethoxy-Sulfate
Products by GLC/Head Space Procedure
February
Materialsand Articles in Contact with
Foodstuffs Non-Metallic Articles for
Cateringand Industrial Use Method of Test
for the Determination of Impact
ResistanceAugust
IndustrialValves End-to-End and Centre-toEnd Dimensions for Butt Welding End
ValvesMarch; Supercedes DIN 3202-2, April
EN 12983-1
EN 13007
EN 13008
EN 13009
EN 13011
EN 13014
EN 13016-1
EN 13016-2
EN 13025
EN 13037
EN 13038
EN 13039
1982 Edition
DomesticCookwear for Use on Top of a
Stove, Cooker or Hob Part 1:
GeneralRequirements October; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 44904, November 1989 Edition
SteelDrums Non-Removable Head (Tight
Head) Drums with a Nominal Capacity of 20
lto 60 l March; Supersedes DIN 6643-4;
February 1987 Edition
SteelDrums Removable Head (Open Head)
Drums with a Nominal Capacity of 15 l to
62l March; Supersedes DIN 6644-3;
February 1987 Edition
HygrothermalPerformance of Building
Materials and Products Determination of
HygricExpansion Coefficient April
TransportationServices Good Transport
Chains System for Declaration of
PerformanceConditions January
Connectionsfor Gas Sampling Tubes to
Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment
March
LiquidPetroleum Products - Vapour Pressure
Part 1: Determination of Air SaturatedVapour
Pressure (ASVP) December
LiquidPetroleum Products - Vapour Pressure
Part 2: Determination of Absolute
VapourPressure (ASVP) between 40 Degrees
Celsius and 100 Degrees Celsius December
LightGauge Metal Packaging Nominal
Filling Volumes for Round Cylindrical
andTapered General Use Metal Containers up
to 40000 ml August; Supersedes DIN2004-1,
DIN 2004-2, DIN 2005-1, DIN 2005-2, and
DIN 2028
SoilImprovers and Growing Media
Determination of PH February; This
Standard;Together with DIN EN 12579 and
DIN EN 12580; January 2000 Editions; and
DINEN 13038 to DIN EN 13041; February
2000 Editions; Super
SoilImprovers and Growing Media
Determination of Electrical Conductivity
February
SoilImprovers and Growing Media
Determination of Organic Matter Content and
EN 13040
EN 13041
EN 13044
EN 13045
EN 13046
EN 13047
EN 13048
EN 13056
EN 13068-1
EN 13068-2
EN 13086
EN 13087-1
EN 13087-2
AshFebruary; This Standard, Together with
DIN EN 12579 and DIN EN 12580,
January2000 Editions, and DIN EN 13037,
Din EN 13038, Din
SoilImprovers and Growing Media Sample
Preparation for Chemical and PhysicalTests,
Determination of Dry Matter Content,
Moisture Content and LaboratoryCompacted
Bulk Density February; This Standard
Together
SoilImprovers and Growing Media
Determination of Physical Properties - Dry
BulkDensity, Air Volume, Water Volume,
Shrinkage Value and Total Pore
SpaceFebruary; This Standard Together with
DIN EN 12579 and D
SwapBodies; Coding, Identification and
Marking December
Packaging;Flexible Cylindrical Plastic Tubes;
Dimensions and Tolerances Supersedes
DIN5061-2, August 1990 Edition; October
PackagingFlexible Cylindrical Metallic
Tubes Dimensions and Tolerances
December;Supersedes DIN 5061-1, April
1985 Edition
Packaging;Flexible Conical Metallic Tubes;
Dimensions and Tolerances Supersedes
DIN5078-1, April 1989 Edition; October
Packaging;Flexible Aluminium Tubes;
Internal Lacquer Film Thickness
Measurement MethodSupersedes DIN
55436-5, August 1983 Edition; October
InlandNavigation Vessels Stairs with
Inclination Angles of 30 Degree to Less
than45 Degree - Requirements, Types July
Non-DestructiveTesting Radioscopic Testing
Part 1: Quantitive Measurement of
ImagingProperties February
Non-DestructiveTesting Radioscopic Testing
Part 2: Check of Long-Term Stability of
ImagingDevices February
Leadand Lead Alloys Lead Oxides October
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 1:
Conditions and Conditioning June
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 2:
Shock Absorption June
EN 13087-3
EN 13087-4
EN 13087-5
EN 13087-6
EN 13087-7
EN 13087-8
EN 13087-10
EN 13090
EN 13091
EN 13092
EN 13095
EN 13100-1
EN 13117-1
EN 13117-2
EN 13131
EN 13133
EN 13134
EN 13158
EN 13178
EN 13179-1
ProtectiveHelmets - TEst Methods Part 3:
Resistance to Penetration June
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 4:
Retention System Effectiveness January
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 5:
Retention System Strength November
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 6:
Field of Vision June
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 7:
Flame Resisitance September
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 8:
Electrical Properties January
ProtectiveHelmets - Test Methods Part 10:
Resistance to Radiant Heat January
Meansfor Resealing Threaded Joints of Gas
Pipework in Buildings January;Supersedes
DIN 30659, July 1980 Edition
Biotechnology- Performance Criteria for
Filter Elements and Filtration Assemblies
February
Biotechnology- Equipment Guidance on
Sampling and Inoculation Procedures
February
Biotechnology- Performance Criteria for OffGas Systems February
Non-DestructiveTesting Of Welded Joints of
Thermoplastics Semi-Finished Products Part
1:Visual Examination January
TransportPackaging Reusable, Rigid Plastics
Distribution Boxes Part 1: General
PurposeApplication August
TransportPackaging Reusable, Rigid Plastics
Distribution Boxes Part 2:
GeneralSpecifications for Testing August
LiquidPetroleum Products; Determination of
Nickel and Vanadium Content AtomicAbsorption Spectrometric Method
December
BrazingBrazer Approval December
Brazing- Procedure Approval December
ProtectiveJackets, Body and Shoulder
Protectors for Horse Riders Requirements
and TestMethods June
PersonalEye Protection Eye Protectors for
Snowmobile Users July
Testsfo Filler Aggregate Used in Bituminous
EN 13179-2
EN 13188
EN 13189
EN 13191-1
EN 13191-2
EN 13193
EN 13194
EN 13196
EN 13199-1
EN 13199-2
EN 13199-3
EN 13202
EN 13215
Mixtures Part 1: Delta Ring and BallTest
November
Testsfor Filler Aggregate Usd in Bituminous
Mixtures; Part 2: Bitumen NumberNovember
Vinegar- Product Made from Liquids of
Agricultural Origin; Definitins,
Requirements,Marking November
AceticAcid, Food Grade - Product Made
from Materials of Non-Agricultural
Origin;Definitions, Requirements, Marking
November
Non-FattyFood - Determination of Bromide
Residues Part 1: Determination of
TotalBromide as Inorganic Bromide October
Non-FattyFood - Determination of Bromide
Residues Part 2: Determination of
InorganicBromide October
Packagingand the Environment Terminology
August
ChemicalsUsed for Treatment of Water
Intended for Human Consumption Acetic
AcidJanuary
Fruitand Vegatable Juices Determination of
Total Sulfur Dioxide by DistillationJuly
PackagingSmall Load Carrier SDystems Part
1: Common Requirements and Test
MethodsOctober; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN 12199-3, October 2000
Edition,Supersedes DIN 30820 1 and 308202, February 1991
PackagingSmall Load Carrier Systems Part 2:
Column Stackable System (CSS) October
PackagingSmall Load Carrier Systems Part 3:
Bond Stackable System (BSS)
October;Together with DIN EN 13199-1,
October 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN
30820-1and DIN 30820-2, February 1991
Editions
Ergonomicsof the Thermal Environment
Temperatures of Touchable Hot Surfaces
Guidancefor Establishing Surface
Temperature Limit Values in Production
Standardswith the Aid of EN 563 September
CondensingUnits for Refrigeration Rating
Conditions, Tolerances and Presentation
ofManufacturer's Performance Data July
EN 13221
EN 13275
EN 13277-1
EN 13277-2
EN 13277-3
EN 13281
EN 13297
EN 13299
EN 13309
EN 13319
EN 13329
EN 13342
EN 13427
EN 13428
EN 13429
EN 13430
EN 13431
High-PressureFlexible Connections for Use
with Medical Gases April
CryogenicVessels Pumps for Cryogenic
Service November
ProtectiveEquipment for Martial Arts Part 1:
General Requirements and Test
MethodsJanuary
ProtectiveEquipment for Martial Arts Part 2:
Additional Requirements and Test
Methodsfor Instep Protectors, Shin Protectors
and Forearm Protectors January
ProtectiveEquipment for Martial Arts Part 3:
Additional Requirements and Test
Methodsfor Trunk Protectors January
InlandNavigation Vessels Safety
Requirements for Walkways and Working
PlacesOctober
TextileFloor Coverings; Classification of
Needled Pile Floor Coverings November
FertilizersDetermination of Flow Rate March
ConstructionMachinery Electromagnetic
Compatibility of Machines With Internal
ElectricalPower Supply November
DivingAccessories - Depth Gauges and
Combined Depth and Time Measuring
DevicesFunctional and Safety Requirements,
Test Methods July; Supersedes DIN
7922,March 1989 Edition
LaminateFloor Coverings Specifications,
Requirements and Test Methods September
Characterizationof Sludges Determination of
Kjeldahl Nitrogen January
Packaging;Requirements for the Use of
European Standards in the Field of Packaging
andPackaging Waste December
Packaging;Requirements Specific to
Manufacturing and Composition; Prevention
by SourceReduction December
Packaging;Reuse December
Packaging;Requirements for Packaging
Recoverable by Material Recycling
December
Packaging;Requirements for Packaging
Recoverable in the Form of Energy
Recovery,Including Specification of
Minimum Inferior Calorific Value December
EN 13432
EN 13503-3
EN 13510
EN 13527
EN 13562
EN 13611
EN 20225
EN 20273
EN 20284
EN 20340
EN 20898 PT 2
EN 21746
EN 22338
Requirementsfor Packaging Recoverable
Through Composting and Biodegradation;
Test Schemeand Evaluation Criteria for the
Final Acceptance of Packaging December
OphthalmicImplants - Intraocular Lenses Part
3: Mechanical Properties and Test
MethodsSeptember; ISO 11979-3 : 1999,
Modified
Earth-MovingMachinery - Roll-Over
Protective Structures Laboratory Tests and
PerformanceRequirements May; ISO 3471 :
1994, Including Amendment 1 : 1997,
Modified;Supersedes DIN ISO 3471, May
1984 Edition
Shuttersand Blinds Measurement of
Operating Force - Test Methods January
Geotextilesand Geotextile-Related Products
Determination of Resistance to Penetration
byWater (Hydrostatic Pressure Test)
Safetyand Control Devices for Gas Burners
and Gas-Burning Appliances;
GeneralRequirements December; Supersedes
DIN 3391, November 1996 Edition
FastenersBolts, Screws, Studs and Nuts;
Symbols and Designations for Dimensioning
(ISO225: 1983) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN ISO
225, January 1984 Edition)
Fasteners;Clearance Holes for Bolts and
Screws (ISO 273:1979) (Supersedes DIN
ISO 273,September 1979 Edition) February
ElectricalConductivity of Conveyor Belts;
Specification and Method of Test (ISO 284
:1982) (May)
Flammabilityof Conveyor Belts;
Specifications and Method of Test (ISO 340 :
1988) (May)
MechanicalProperties of Fasteners; Nuts with
Coarse Pitch Thread and Specified
ProofLoad Values (ISO 898-2:1992) (Feb)
(Supersedes DIN 267 Part 4, August
1983Edition)
Rubberor Plastics Hoses and Tubing;
Bending Tests (ISO 1746 : 1983)
April,Superseded by DIN EN ISO 1746:
September 2000
UnhardenedParallel Pins; (ISO 2338: 1986)
EN 22339
EN 22340
EN 22341
EN 22858
EN 23661
EN 24014
EN 24015
EN 24016
EN 24017
EN 24018
EN 24032
EN 24033
EN 24034
EN 24035
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 7, September
1981Edition)
UnhardenedTaper Pins; (ISO 2339: 1986)
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1, September 1981
Edition)
ClevisPins without Head; (ISO 2340: 1986)
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1443, March
1974Edition)
ClevisPins with Head; (ISO 2341: 1986)
(Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1444, March
1974Edition)
End-SuctionCentrifugal Pumps (Rating 16
Bar); Designation, Nominal Duty Point
andDimensions (ISO 2858;1975) (July)
End-SuctionCentrifugal Pumps; Baseplate
and Installation Dimensions (Aug)
(ISO3661:1977)
HexagonHead Bolts; Product Grades A and
B; (ISO 4014: 1988) (Feb) (Supersedes
DIN931 Part 1, September 1987 Edition, and
DIN ISO 4014, September 1989 Edition)
HexagonHead Bolts with Reduced Shank;
(Shank Diameter = Pitch Diameter);
ProductGrade B (ISO 4015: 1979) (Dec)
HexagonHead Bolts Product Grade C (ISO
4016: 1988) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN
601,September 1987 Edition, and DIN ISO
4016, October 1989 Edition)
HexagonHead Screws; Product Grades A and
B (ISO 4017 : 1988) (Feb) (Supersedes
DIN933, September 1987 Edition, and DIN
ISO 4017, October 1989 Edition)
HexagonHead Screws; Product Grade C (ISO
4018: 1988) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN
558,September 1987 Edition, and DIN ISO
4018, October 1989 Edition)
HexagonNuts, Style 1; Product Grades A and
B; (ISO 4032: 1986) (Feb) (Together
withDIN EN 28673, February 1992 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 934, October 1987Edition,
and DIN ISO 4032, October 1987 Edition)
Style2 Hexagon Nuts; Product Grades A and
B; (ISO 4033 : 1979) (Dec)
HexagonNuts; Product Grade C; (ISO 4034:
1986) (Feb)
HexagonThin Nuts (Chamfered); Product
EN 24036
EN 24641
EN 24671
EN 24672
EN 24766
EN 25353
EN 25663
EN 25667 PT 1
EN 25667 PT 2
EN 25813
EN 25814
EN 26157 PT 1
Grades A and B (ISO 4035: 1986)
(Feb)(Supersedes DIN 439 Part 2, October
1987 Edition)
HexagonThin Nuts; Product Grade B
(Unchamfered): (ISO 4036: 1979) (Feb)
(SupersedesDIN 439 Part 1, October 1987
Edition, and DIN ISO 4036, October 1987
Edition)
RubberHoses for Water Suction and
Discharge Specification (ISO 4641 : 1991)
(July)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses and Hose
Assemblies; Methods of Measurement of
Dimensions(ISO 4671 : 1984) (Apr)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses; Sub-Ambient
Temperature Flexibility Tests (ISO 4672
:1988) (Apr)
SlottedSet Screws with Flat Point; (ISO
4766: 1983) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
551,September 1986 Edition)
Earth-MovingMachinery, and Tractors and
Machinery for Agriculture and Forestry;
SeatIndex Point (ISO 5353 : 1978, A1 : 1981,
A2 : 1984) (Jan)
WaterQuality; Determination of Kjeldahl
Nitrogen in Water After Mineralizationwith
Selenium (ISO 5663:1984) (Nov)
Samplingof Water; Guidance on the Design
of Sampling Programmes (ISO 56671:1980)(Nov)
WaterQuality; Sampling; Guidance on
Sampling Techniques (ISO 5667-2:1991)
(July)
WaterQuality; Determination of Dissolved
Oxygen by the Iodometric Method (ISO
5813: 1983) (Jan)
WaterQuality; Determination of Dissolved
Oxygen by the Electrochemical ProbeMethod
(ISO 5814:1990) (Nov) (Supersedes DIN
38408 Part 22, November 1986Edition)
Fasteners;Surface Discontinuities; Bolts,
Screws and Studs Subject to
GeneralRequirements (ISO 6157-1: 1988)
(Dec) (Together with the December
1991Edition of DIN EN 26157 Part 3,
Supersedes October 1984
EN 26461 PT 1
EN 26461 PT 2
EN 26554
EN 26157 PT 3
EN 26595
EN 26704
EN 26777
EN 26801
EN 26802
EN 26891
EN 26927
EN 26948
EN 27326
WaterQuality; Detection and Enumeration of
Spores of Sulfite-Reducing
Anaerobes(Clostridia) by Enrichment in a
Liquid Medium (ISO 6461-1:1986) (Apr)
WaterQuality; Detection and Enumeration of
Spores of Sulfite-Reducing
Anaerobes(Clostridia) by the Membrane
Filtration Method (ISO 6461-2:1986) (Apr)
FlangedAutomatic Steam Traps; Face-ToFace Dimensions (ISO 6554:1980) (Nov)
Fasteners;Surface Discontinuities; Bolts,
Screws and Studs Subject to
SpecialRequirements (ISO 6157-3: 1988)
(Dec) (Together with the December
1991Edition of DIN EN 26157 Part 1,
Supersedes October 1984
WaterQuality; Determination of Total
Arsenic; by the Silver
DiethyldithiocarbamateSpectrometric
Method (ISO 6595:1982) (Jan) (Supersedes
DIN 38405 Part 12,June 1981 Edition)
AutomaticSteam Traps; Classification (ISO
6704:1982) (Nov)
WaterQuality; Determination of Nitrite by
the Molecular Absorption
SpectrometricMethod (ISO 6777:1984) (Apr)
(Supersedes DIN 38405 Part 10, February
1981Edition)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses; Determination of
Volumetric Expansion (ISO 6801:1983)(Apr)
WireReinforced Rubber and Plastics Hoses
and Hose Assemblies; Hydraulic ImpulseTest
with Flexing (ISO 6802:1991) (Feb)
TimberStructures; Joints Made with
Mechanical Fasteners; General Principles for
theDetermination of Strength and
Deformation Characteristics (ISO
6891:1983)(July)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Sealants; Vocabulary (ISO 6927:1981)
(May)(Supersedes DIN 52460, August 1979
Edition)
AutomaticSteam Traps; Production and
Performance Characteristic Tests (ISO
6948:1981)(Nov)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses; Assessment of
EN 27389
EN 27390
EN 27418
EN 27434
EN 27435
EN 27436
EN 27721
EN 27828
EN 27841
EN 27842
EN 27888
EN 28028
EN 28029
EN 28030
Ozone Resistance Under Static
Conditions(ISO 7326:1991) (July)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Determination of Elastic Recovery
(ISO7389:1987) (May) (Supersedes DIN
52458, April 1987 Edition)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Determination of Resistance to Flow
(ISO7390:1987) (May) (Supersedes DIN
52454, September 1987 Edition)
LeisureAccommodation Vehicles;
Vocabulary (ISO 7418:1989) (Feb)
SlottedSet Screws with Cone Point; (ISO
7434:1983) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
553,September 1986 Edition)
SlottedSet Screws with Long Dog Point;
(ISO 7435:1983) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
417,September 1986 Edition)
SlottedSet Screws with Cup Point; (ISO
7436:1983) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
438,September 1986 Edition)
CountersunkHead Screws; Head
Configuration and Gauging; (ISO 7721:1983)
(Feb)(Supersedes DIN ISO 7721, May 1985
Edition)
Methodsof Biological Sampling of Water;
Guidance on Handnet Sampling of
AquaticBenthic Macro-Invertebrates (ISO
7828:1985) (Mar)
AutomaticSteam Traps; Determination of
Steam Loss; Test Methods (ISO 7841:1988)
(Nov)
AutomaticSteam Traps; Determination of
Discharge Capacity Test Methods (ISO
7842:1988)(Nov)
Determinationof Electrical Conductivity of
Water (ISO 7888:1985) (Nov)
Rubberand Plastics Hose Assemblies for
Airless Paint Spraying; Specification
(ISO8028:1987) (Apr) April; Superseded by
DIN EN ISO 8028, November 2000 Edition
General-PurposeCollapsible Textile
Reinforced Plastics Water Hoses;
Specification (ISO8029:1985) (Apr)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses for Underground
Mining; Method of Test for
EN 28031
EN 28033
EN 28094
EN 28187
EN 28233
EN 28265
EN 28339
EN 28340
EN 28394
EN 28659
EN 28673
EN 28674
EN 28675
Flammability(ISO 8030:1987) (Sept)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses and Hose
Assemblies; Determination of Electrical
Resistance(ISO 8031:1987) (Apr)
Rubberand Plastics Hoses; Determination of
Adhesion Between Components
(ISO8033:1991) (July)
SteelCord Conveyor Belts; Adhesion
Strength Test of the Cover to the Core
Layer(ISO 8094:1984) (May)
HouseholdRefrigerator-Freezers;
Characteristics and Methods of Test (ISO
8187 : 1991)(Jan)
ThermoplasticsValves; Torque Test (ISO
8233:1988) (June)
Designand Use of Quantitative Samplers for
Benthic Macro-Invertebrates on
StonySubstrata in Shallow Freshwaters (ISO
8265:1988) (Mar)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Sealants; Determination of Resistance toFlow
(ISO 8339:1984) (May)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Sealants; Determination of TensileProperties
at Maintained Extension (ISO 8340:1984)
(May) (Supersedes DIN52455 Part 2, July
1987 Edition)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Determination of Extrudability ofOneComponent Sealants (ISO 8394:1988) (May)
ThermoplasticsValves; Testing of Fatigue
Strength (ISO 8659:1989) (June)
HexagonNuts, Style 1, with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Product Grades A and B
(ISO8673:1988) (Feb) (Together with DIN
EN 24032, February 1992
Edition,Supersedes DIN 934, October 1987
Edition, DIN 971 Part 1,
HexagonNuts, Style 2, with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Product Grades A and B
(ISO8674:1988) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN 971
Part 2, October 1987 Edition, and DINISO
8674, January 1990 Edition)
HexagonThin Nuts with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Product Grades A and B
(ISO8675:1988) (Feb) (Together with DIN
EN 28676
EN 28692
EN 28733
EN 28734
EN 28735
EN 28736
EN 28737
EN 28738
EN 28739
EN 28740
EN 28741
EN 28742
EN 24035, February 1992
Edition,Supersedes DIN 439 Part 2, October
1987 Edition and DIN ISO 867
HexagonHead Screws with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Product Grades A and B
(ISO8676:1988) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN 961,
January 1990 Edition, and DIN ISO
8676,January 1990 Edition)
WaterQuality; Fresh Water Algal Growth
Inhibition Test with ScenedesmusSubspicatus
and Selenastrum Capricornutum (ISO
8692:1989) (Supersedes DIN38412 Part 9,
May 1989 Edition)
UnhardenedParallel Pins with Internal Thread
(ISO 8733:1986) (Oct) (Together with
DINEN 28735, October 1992 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 7979, February 1977
Edition)
HardenedParallel Pins (ISO 8734:1987) (Oct)
(Supersedes DIN 6325, October 1971Edition)
HardenedParallel Pins with Internal Thread;
(ISO 8735:1987) (Oct) (Together with
DINEN 28733, October 1992 Edition,
Supersedes DIN 7979, February 1977
Edition)
UnhardenedTaper Pins with Internal Thread
(ISO 8736:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
7978,February 1977 Edition)
UnhardenedTaper Pins with External Thread
(ISO 8737:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
7977,February 1977 Edition)
PlainWashers for Use with Clevis Pins,
Product Grade A (ISO 8738:1986)
(Oct)(Supersedes DIN 1440, July 1974
Edition)
Full-LengthParallel Grooved Pins, with Pilot
(ISO 8739:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
1470,November 1978 Edition)
Full-LengthParallel Grooved Pins, with
Chamfer (ISO 8740:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes
DIN1473, November 1978 Edition)
Half-LengthReverse Taper Grooved Pins
(ISO 8741:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
1474,November 1978 Edition)
Third-LengthCentre Grooved Pins (ISO
8742:1986) (Oct) Supersedes DIN 1475,
EN 28743
EN 28744
EN 28745
EN 28746
EN 28747
EN 28748
EN 28749
EN 28750
EN 28751
EN 28752
EN 28765
EN 28839
EN 28846
EN 28848
EN 28849
EN 28970
November 1978Edition)
Half-LengthCentre Grooved Pins (ISO
8743:1986) (Oct)
Full-LengthCentre Grooved Pins (ISO
8744:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1471,
November 1978Edition)
Half-LengthTaper Grooved Pins (ISO
8745:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1472,
November 1978Edition)
GroovedPins with Round Head (ISO
8746:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN 1476,
November1978 Edition)
GroovedPins with Countersunk Head (ISO
8747:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN
1477,November 1978 Edition)
Coiled,Heavy Duty Spring-Type Straight
Pins; (ISO 8748:1987) (Oct) (Supersedes
DINISO 8748, April 1991 Edition)
Determinationof Shear Strength of Pins (ISO
8749:1986) (Oct) (Supersedes DIN ISO
8749,April 1991 Edition)
Coiled,Standard Duty Spring-Type Straight
Pins; (ISO 8750:1987) (Oct) (SupersedesDIN
ISO 8750, April 1991 Edition)
Coiled,Light Duty Spring-Type Straight Pins;
(ISO 8750:1987) (Oct)
SlottedSpring-Type Straight Pins (ISO
8752:1987) (Aug) (Supersedes DIN
1481,November 1987 Edition)
HexagonHead Bolts with Metric Fine Pitch
Thread; Product Grades A and B
(ISO8765:1988) (Feb) (Supersedes DIN 960,
January 1990 Edition, and DIN ISO
8765,January 1990 Edition)
MechanicalProperties of Fasteners;
Nonferrous Metal Bolts, Screws, Studs and
Nuts (ISO8839:1986) (Dec) (Supersedes
February 1981 Edition of DIN 267 Part 18)
ElectricalDevices for Small Craft; Protection
Against Ignition of Surrounding
FlammableGases (ISO 8846:1990) (Oct)
RemoteSteering Systems for Small Craft
(ISO 8848:1990) (Oct)
ElectricallyOperated Bilge Pumps for Small
Craft (ISO 8849:1990) (Oct)
TimberStructures; Testing of Joints Made
EN 29046
EN 29048
EN 29053
EN 29283
EN 29439
EN 29775
EN 29787
EN 29888
EN 29946
EN 45510-3-1
EN 45510-3-2
EN 45510-3-3
with Mechanical Fasteners; Requirementsfor
Wood Density (ISO 8970:1989) (July)
Sealantsin Building Construction;
Determination of Adhesion/Cohesion
Properties atConstant Temperature (ISO
9046:1987) (May)
JointingProducts in Building Construction;
Determination of Extrudability of
SealantsUsing Standardized Apparatus (ISO
9048:1987) (May) (Supersedes DIN 52456,
May1976 Edition)
Materialsfor Acoustical Applications;
Determination of Airflow Resistance
(ISO9053:1991) (May)
ManipulatingIndustrial Robots; Performance
Criteria and Related Test Methods
(ISO9283:1990, Including Amendment
1:1991) (Apr)
(Cancelled)Evaluationof the 'Ultimate'
Aerobic Biodegradability of Organic
Compounds in an AqueousMedium by
Analysis of Released Carbon Dioxide April;
ISO 9439:1990;SUPERSEDED BY DIN EN
ISO 9439 : October 2
SmallCraft; Remote Steering Systems for
Single Outboard Motors of 15 kW to 40
kWPower (ISO 9775:1990) (Oct)
ManipulatingIndustrial Robots; Coordinate
Systems and Motions; (ISO 9787:1990)
(Sept)
WaterQuality; Evaluation of the Aerobic
Biodegradability of Organic Compounds inan
Aqueous Medium; Static Test (Zahn-Wellens
Method) (ISO 9888:1991) (Apr)Superseded
by EN ISO 9888, November 1999
ManipulatingIndustrial Robots; Presentation
of Characteristics (ISO 9946:1991) (Sept)
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 3-1: Boilers - Water
TubeBoilers January
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 3-2: Boilers - Shell
BoilersJanuary
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 3-3: Boilers - Boilers
withFluidized Bed Firing January
EN 45510-6-4
EN 45510-6-5
EN 45510-6-6
EN 45510-6-8
EN 45510-6-9
EN 45510-7-1
EN 45510-7-2
EN ISO 60
EN ISO 61
EN ISO 105-Z06
EN ISO 140-12
EN ISO 175
EN ISO 179-2
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-4: Turbine Auxiliaries Pumps February
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-5: Turbine Auxiliaries -Dry
Cooling Systems February
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-6: Turbine Auxiliaries Wet and Wet/Dry Cooling Towers February
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-8: Turbine Auxiliaries Cranes February
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Equipment Part 6-9: Turbine Auxiliaries Cooling Water Systems February
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Plant, Equipment, and Systems Part 71:Pipework and Valves - High Pressure
Piping Systems February
Guidefor Procurement of Power Station
Plant, Equipment, and Systems Part 72:Pipework and Valves - Boiler and High
Pressure Piping Valves February
Plastics- Determination of Apparent Density
of Material that Can be Poured from
aSpecified Funnel January; ISO 60:1977;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 53466,February
1984 Edition
Plastics- Determination of Apparent Density
of Moulding Material that Cannot bePoured
from a Specified Funnel January; ISO
61:1976; Supersedes Parts of DIN53466,
February 1984 Edition
Textiles- Tests for Colour Fastness Part Z06:
Evaluation of Dye and Pigment
MigrationDecember; ISO 105-Z06: 1998
Measurementof Sound Insulation in
Buildings and of Building Elements Part 12:
LaboratoryMeasurement of Room-to-Room
Airborne and Impact Sound Insulation of an
AccessFloor March; ISO 140-12:2000
Plastics;Methods of Test for the
Determination of the Effects of Immersion in
LiquidChemicals October
Plastics- Determination of Charpy Impact
Properties Part 2: Instrumented Impact
EN ISO 182-2
EN ISO 389-1
EN ISO 389-5
EN ISO 505
EN ISO 583-1
EN ISO 585
EN ISO 642
EN ISO 662
EN ISO 703-1
EN ISO 734-1
TestJune; ISO 179-2 : 1997, Including
Technical Corrigendum 1 : 1998
Determinationof the Tendency of
Compounds and Products Based on Vinyl
ChlorideHomopolymers and Copolymers to
Evolve Hydrogen Chloride and Any Other
AcidicProducts at Elevated Temperatures
Part 2: pH Metho
ReferenceZero for the Calibration of
Audiometric Equipment Part 1:
ReferenceEquivalent Threshold Sound
Pressure Levels for Pure Tones and SupraAuralEarphones September; ISO 389-1 :
1998; Supersedes DIN E
ReferenceZero for the Calibration of
Audiometric Equipment Part 5:
ReferenceEquivalent Threshhold Sound
Pressure Levels for Pure Tones in the
FrequencyRange 8 kHz to 16 kHz June;
ISO/TR 389-5 : 1998
Mehtodfor the Determination of the Tear
Propagation of Textile Conveyor BeltsApril;
ISO 505 : 1999
ConveyorBelts with a Textile Carcass - Total
Thickness and Thickness of Elements Part1:
Methods of Test March; ISO 583-1: 1999;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 22102-2;April 1991
Edition; and DIN 22109-6; Februar
UnplasticizedCellulose Acetate
Determination of Moisture Content February;
ISO 585:1990;Supersedes DIN 53723-1,
January 1968 Edition
Steel- Hardenability Test by End Quenching
(Jominy Test) January; ISO
642:1999;Supersedes DIN 50191, September
1987 Edition
Animaland Vegetable Fats and Oils
Determination of Moisture and Volatile
MatterContent February; ISO 662: 1998
ConveyorBelts - Transverse Flexibility and
Troughability Part 1: Test Method July;ISO
703-1 : 1999; Supersedes Parts of DIN
22109-6, February 1988 Edition
OilseedResidues - Determination of Oil
Content Part 1: Extraction Method with
Hexane(or Light Petroleum) February; EN
EN ISO 734-2
EN ISO 748
EN ISO 887
EN ISO 1043-1
EN ISO 1043-3
EN ISO 1043-4
EN ISO 1060-1
EN ISO 1060-2
EN ISO 1061
EN ISO 1133
EN ISO 1183-3
EN ISO 1401
EN ISO 1478
ISO 734-1:1998
OilseedResidues - Determination of Oil
Content Part 2: Rapid Extraction
MethodFebruary; EN ISO 734-2:1998
Measurementof Liquid Flow in Open
Channels Velocity-Area Methods March;
ISO 748: 1997
PlainWashers for Metric Bolts, Screws and
Nuts for General Purposes; General
PlanDecember; ISO 887: 2000
Plastics- Symbols and Abbreviated Terms
Part 1: Basic Polymers and Their
SpecialCharacteristics January; ISO 10431:1997; Supersedes DIN 7728-1, January
1988Edition
Plastics- Symbols and Abbreviated Terms
Part 3: Plasticizers January; ISO1043-3:1996;
Supersedes DIN 7723, December 1987
Edition
Plastics- Symbols and Abbreviated Terms
Part 4: Flame Retardants January; ISO10434:1998
Homopolymerand Copolymer Resins of
Vinyl Chloride Part 1: Designation System
and Basisfor Specifications April; ISO 10601 : 1998
Hompolymerand Copolymer Resins of Vinyl
Chloride Part 2: Prepartation of Test
Samplesand Determination of Properties
April; ISO 1060-2 : 1998; Supersedes
DIN7746-2, July 1979 Edition
UnplasticizedCellulose Acetate
Determination of Free Acidity February; ISO
1061:1990;Supersedes DIN 53729,
November 1968 Edition
Determinationof the Melt Mass-Flow Rate
(MFR) and the Melt Volume-Flow Rate
(MVR) ofThermoplastics February; ISO
1133:1997; Supersedes DIN ISO 1133,
February1993 Edition
Methodsfor Determining the Density of NonCellular Plastics Part 3: Gas
PyknometerMethod May; ISO 1183-3 : 1999
RubberHoses for Agricultural Spraying June;
ISO 1401 : 1999
TappingScrew Threads December; ISO 1478:
EN ISO 1518
EN ISO 1567
EN ISO 1599
EN ISO 1600
EN ISO 1628-3
EN ISO 1680
EN ISO 1736
EN ISO 1737
EN ISO 1746
EN ISO 1798
EN ISO 1854
EN ISO 2039-2
EN ISO 2064
1999
Paintsand Varnishes Scratch Test September;
ISO 1518 : 1992
DentistryDenture Base Polymers July; ISO
1567 : 1999
CelluloseAcetate Determination of Viscosity
Loss on Moulding February; ISO 1599:1990
CelluloseAcetate Determination of Light
Absorption on Moulded Specimens Produced
UsingDifferent Periods of Heating May; ISO
1600 : 1990
Plastics- Determination of Viscosity Number
and Limiting Viscosity Numbers Part
3:Polyethylenes and Polypropylenes
December; ISO 1628-3: 1991,
IncludingTechnical Corrigendum 1: 1992;
Supersedes DIN 53728
AcousticsTest Code for the Measurement of
Airborne Noise Emitted by
RotatingElectrical Machines February; ISO
1680: 1999; Supersedes DIN EN 21680-1
andDIN EN 21680-2, November 1991
Editions
DriedMilk and Dried Milk Products
Determination of Fat Content GravimetricMethod (Reference Method)
April; ISO 1736 : 2000
EvaporatedMilk and Sweetened Condensed
Milk Determination of Fat Content GravimetricMethod (Reference Method)
June; ISO 1737 : 1999
Rubberor Plastic Hoses and Tubing Bending
Tests September; ISO 1746 : 1998.Including
Technical Corrigendum 1 : 1999; Supersedes
DIN EN 21746, April 1993Edition
FlexibleCellular Polymeric Materials
Determination of Tensile Strength and
Elongationat Break January; ISO 1798:1997;
Supersedes DIN 53571, January 1986 Edition
WheyCheese Determination of Fat Content Gravimetric Method (Reference
Method)April; ISO 1854 : 1999
Plastics- Determination of Hardness Part 2:
Rockwell Hardness January; ISO 20392:1987
Metallicand Other Inorganic Coatings
EN ISO 2411
EN ISO 2440
EN ISO 1872-2
EN ISO 1873-2
EN ISO 2450
EN ISO 2495
EN ISO 2555
EN ISO 2738
EN ISO 3104
EN ISO 3171
Definitions and Conventions Concerning
theMeasurement of Thickness June; ISO
2064 : 1996
Rubber-or Plastics-Coated Fabrics
Determination of Coating Adhesion August;
ISO2411: 2000
Flexibleand Rigid Cellullar Polymeric
Materials Accelerated Ageing Tests January;
ISO2440: 1997; Supersedes DIN 53578
December 1998 Edition
Polyethylene(PE) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials; Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimensand Determination of Properties
December; ISO 1872-2: 1997,
IncludingAmendment A1: 2000
Polypropylene(PP) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimensand Determination of Properties
December; ISO 1873-2: 1997 + Amendment
A1:2000; Including Amendment A1: 2000
CreamDetermination of Fat Content Gravimetric Method (Reference Method)
June;ISO 2450 : 1999; Supersedes DIN
10312-2, January 1991 Edition
IronBlue Pigments Specifications and
Methods of Test May; ISO 2495 :
1995;Supersedes DIN 55906, November
1971 Edition
Resinsin the Liquid State or as Emulsions or
Dispersions Determination of
ApparentViscosity by the Brookfield Test
Method January; ISO 2555: 1989
SinteredMetal Materials, Excluding
Hardmetals - Permeable Sintered Metal
Materials -Determination of Density, Oil
Content and Open Porosity Frbruary; ISO
2738:1999; Supersedes DIN 30911-3,
October 1990 Edi
PetroleumProducts Determination of
Kinematic Viscosity and Calculation of
DynamicViscosity of Transparent and
Opaque Liquids December; Includes
CorrigendumAC: 1999; ISO 3104: 1994 +
Cor 1: 1997
PetroleumLiquids - Automatic Pipeline
Sampling November, ISO 3171: 1988
EN ISO 3248
EN ISO 3262-14
EN ISO 3262-15
EN ISO 3262-16
EN ISO 3262-17
EN ISO 3262-18
EN ISO 3262-19
EN ISO 3262-20
EN ISO 3262-21
EN ISO 3269
EN ISO 3382
Paintsand Varnishes Determination of the
Effect of Heat September; ISO 3248 :
1998;Supersedes DIN ISO 3248, May 1981
Edition
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test Part 14: Cristobalite
August;ISO 3262-14: 2000; Supersedes DIN
55927: June 1989 Edition
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test Part 15: Vitreous
SilicaAugust; ISO 3262-15: 2000;
Supersedes DIN 55630, June 1989 Edition
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 16:
AluminiumHydroxides ISO 3262-16: 2000;
Supersedes DIN 55628, September 1984
Edition;October
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 17:
PrecipitatedCalcium Silicate ISO 3262-17:
2000; This Standard Together with DIN EN
ISO3262-18 and DIN EN ISO 3262-19,
October 2000 Edit
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 18: Precipitated
SodiumAluminium Silicate ISO 3262-18:
2000; This Standard Together with DIN EN
ISO3262-17 and DIN EN ISO 3262-19,
October
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test; Part 19: Precipitated
SilicaISO 3262-19: 2000; This Standard
Together with DIN EN ISO 3262-17 and
DIN ENISO 3262-18, October 2000 Editions,
Supe
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test Part 20: Fumed
SilicaOctober; ISO 3262-20: 2000
Extendersfor Paints - Specifications and
Methods of Test Part 21: Silica
Sand(Unground Natural Quartz) October;
ISO 3261-21: 2000
Fastners;Acceptance Inspection ISO 3269:
2000; November
Measurementof the Reverberation Time of
Rooms with Reference to Other
EN ISO 3673-2
EN ISO 3735
EN ISO 4049
ENISO 3596-1
EN ISO 3741
EN ISO 3994
EN ISO 4611
EN ISO 4614
EN ISO 4615
EN ISO 4671
EN ISO 4753
AcousticalParameters March, ISO 3382:
1997; Supersedes DIN 52216, August 1965
Edition
EpoxyResins Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimens and Determination of
PropertiesOctober; ISO 3673-2: 1999
CrudePetroleum and Fuel Oils Determination
of Sediment - Extraction MethodDecember;
ISO 3735: 1999
Dentistry- Polymer-Based Filling,
Restorative and Luting Materials January;
ISO 4049:2000; Supersedes DIN EN 24049,
March 1994 Edition
Animaland Vegetable Fats and Oils Determination of Unsaponifiable Matter Part
1:Method Using Diethyl Ether Extraction
(Referenced Method) July; ISO 3596-1
:1988, Including Amendment 1 : 1997
Determinationof Sound Power Levels of
Noise Sources Using Sound Pressure;
PrecisionMethods for Reverberation Rooms
January; ISO 3741: 1999; Supersedes DIN
EN23741 and DIN EN 23742, November
1991 Editions
PlasticsHoses; Helical-ThermoplasticReinforced Thermoplastics Hoses for Suction
andDischarge of Aqueous Materials;
Specification November; ISO 3994:
1998;Supersedes DIN EN 23994, April 1993
Edition
Plastics- Determination of the Effects of
Exposure to Damp Heat, Water Spray and
SaltMist May; ISO 4611 : 1987
Melamine-FormaldehydeMounldings
Determination of Extractable Formaldehyde
May; ISO 4614 : 1977
UnsaturatedPolyesters and Epoxide Resins
Determination of Total Chlorine Content
May;ISO 4615 : 1979
Rubberand Plastics Hoses and Hose
Assemblies Methods of Measurement of
DimensionsSeptember; ISO 4671 : 1999;
Supersedes DIN EN 24671, April 1993
Edition
FastenersEnds of Parts with External ISO
Metric Thread July; ISO 4753 :
EN ISO 4759-3
EN ISO 4869-4
EN ISO 4892-2
EN ISO 4892-3
EN ISO 5183-1
EN ISO 5198
EN ISO 5267-1
EN ISO 5269-1
EN ISO 5269-2
EN ISO 5436-1
EN ISO 5774
1999;Supersedes Parts of DIN 78, December
1983 Edition
Tolerancesfor Fasteners Part 3: Plain
Washers for Bolts, Screws and Nuts ProductGrades A and C September; ISO
4759-3 : 2000; Supersedes DIN 522, march
1990Edition
HearingProtectors Part 4: Measurement of
Effective Sound Pressure Levels forLevelDependent Sound-Restoration Ear-Muffs
October; ISO/TR 4869-4: 1998
Plastics- Methods of Exposure to Laboratory
Light Sources; Part 2: Xenon-Arc
SourcesNovember; ISO 4892-2: 1994;
Supersedes DIN 53387, April 1989 Edition
Plastics- Methods of Exposure to Laboratory
Light Sources; Part 3: Fluorescent UVLamps
ISO 4892-3: 1994; Supersedes DIN 53384,
April 1989 Edition; October
ResistanceWelding Equipment - Electrode
Adaptors, Male Taper 1 : 10 Part 1:
ConicalFixing, Taper 1 : 10 July; ISO 5183-1
: 1998; Supersedes DIN EN 251831,February 1992 Edition
Centrifugal,Mixed flow and Axial Pumps
Code for Hydrualic Performance Tests PrecisionClass December; ISO 5198: 1987
Pulps- Determination of Drainability; Part 1:
Schopper-Riegler Method October; ISO52671: 1999; Supersedes DIN ISO 5267-1,
November 1990 Edition
Pulps- Preparation of Laboratory Sheets for
Physical Testing; Part 1: ConventionalSheetFormer Method October; ISO 5269-1: 1998
Pulps- Preparation of Laboratory Sheets for
Physical Testing; Part 2: RapidKothenMethod October; ISO 5269-2: 1998;
Supersedes DIN 54358-1, February
1981Edition
GPS -Surface Texture: Pofile Method
Measurement Standards Part 1:
MaterialMeasures November; ISO 5436-1:
2000
PlasticsHoses, Textile-Reinforced, for
Compressed Air Specification September;
ISO5774 : 1997
EN ISO 5778
EN ISO 6103
EN ISO 6320
EN ISO 6042
EN ISO 6603-1
EN ISO 6808
EN ISO 6865
EN ISO 6873
EN ISO 6885
EN ISO 6945
EN ISO 7027
EN ISO 7029
Shipsand Marine Technology Small
Weathertight Steel Hatches July; ISO 5778 :
1998;Supersedes Parts of DIN 83404-1, DIN
83404-2, and DIN 83404-3, July
1983Editions
BondedAbrasive Products Permissible
Unbalances of Grinding Wheels as
DeliveredTesting August; ISO 6103: 1999;
Supersedes DIN V 69106, July 1988 Edition
Animaland Vegetable Fats and Oils
Determination of Refractive Index June; ISO
6320: 2000
Shipsand Marine Technology Weathertight
Single-Leaf Steel Doors July; ISO 6042
:1998; Superesedes Parts of DIN 83100-1,
DIN 83100-2, DIN 83100-3, and DIN83101,
August 1985 Editions
PlasticsDetermination of Puncture Impact
Behaviour of Rigid Plastics Part 1:NonInstrumental Impact Testing October; ISO
66003-1: 2000
PlasticsHoses and Hose Assemblies for
Suction and Low-Pressure Discharge of
PetroleumLiquids; Specification November;
ISO 6808: 1999
AnimalFeeding Stuffs Determination of
Crude Fibre Content - Method
withIntermediate Filtration February; ISO
6865: 2000
(Cancelled)DentalGypsum Products July;
ISO 6873 : 1998; Supersedes DIN EN 26873,
January 1992Edition
Animaland Vegetable Fats and Oils;
Determination of Anisidine Value December;
ISO6885: 1998
RubberHoses Determination of Abrasion
Resistance of the Outer Cover August;
ISO6945: 1991, Including Amendment 1:
1998
WaterQuality Determination of Turbidity
April; ISO 7027 : 1990; Supersedes
EN27027, March 1994 Edition
StaticalDistribution of Hearing Thresholds as
a Function of Age January; ISO 7029:2000;
Supersedes DIN EN 27029, March 1992
Edition
EN ISO 7085
EN ISO 7089
EN ISO 7090
EN ISO 7091
EN ISO 7092
EN ISO 7093-1
EN ISO 7093-2
EN ISO 7094
EN ISO 7096
EN ISO 7208
Mechanicaland Performance Requirements of
Case Hardened and Tempered Metric
ThreadRolling Screws January; ISO 7085:
1999; Together with DIN 7500-1,
January2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN 75001, August 1995 E
PlainWashers - Normal Series Product Grade
A November; ISO 7089: 2000; ThisStandard,
Together with DIN EN ISO 7090, November
2000 Edition, SupersedesDIN 125-1 and DIN
125-2, March 1990 Editions
PlainWashers, Chamfered - Normal Series
Product Grade A November; ISO 7090:
2000;This Standard, Together With DIN EN
ISO 7089, November 2000
Edition,Supersedes DIN 125-1 and DIN 1252, March 1990 Editions
PlainWashers - Normal Series Product Grade
C November; ISO 7091: 2000;
SupersedesDIN 126, March 1990 Edition
PlainWashers - Small Series Product Grade
A November; ISO 7092: 2000;
SupersedesDIN 433-1 and DIN 433-2, March
1990 Editions
PlainWashers - Large Series Part 1: Product
Grade A November; ISO 7093-1: 2000;This
Standard, Together With DIN EN ISO 70932, November 2000 Edition,Supersedes DIN
9021, March 1990 Edition
PlainWashers - Large Series Part 2: Product
Grade C November; ISO 7093-2: 2000;This
Standard, Together With DIN EN ISO 70931, November 2000 Edition,Supersedes DIN
9021, March 1990 Edition
PlainWashers - Extra Large Series Product
Grade C December; ISO 7094: 2000;
SupersedesParts of DIN 440, May 1990
Edition
Earth-MovingMachinery - Laboratory
Evaluation of Operator Seat Vibration June;
ISO 7096 :2000; Supersedes DIN ISO 7096,
May 1984 Edition
SkimmedMilk, Whey and Buttermilk
Determination of Fat Content - Gravimetric
Method;Reference Method January 2000;
ISO 7208: 1999: Supersedes DIN 10312-
EN ISO 7214
EN ISO 7328
EN ISO 7393-3
EN ISO 7393-1
EN ISO 7393-2
EN ISO 7493
EN ISO 7822
EN ISO 7823-1
EN ISO 7837
EN ISO 7899-2
EN ISO 7980
6,February 1999 Edition
CellularPlastics - Polyethylene Methods of
Test December 2000; ISO 7214: 1998
Milk-BasedEdible Ices and Ice Mixes
Determination of Fat Content - Gravimetric
Method(Reference Method) May; ISO 7328 :
1999; Supersedes DIN 10312-3, January
1991Edition
WaterQuality - Determination of Free
Chlorine and Total Chlorine Part
3:Lodometric Titration Method for the
Determination of Total Chlorine April;ISO
7393-3 : 1990
WaterQuality - Determination of Free
Chlorine and Total Chlorine Part
1:Titrimetric Method Using N,N-Diethyl-1,4Phenylenediamine April; ISO 7393-1 :1985;
Together with DIN EN ISO 7393-2, April
2000 Edit
WaterQuality - Determination of Free
Chlorine and Total Chlorine Part
2:Colorimetric Method using N,N-Diethyl1,4-Phenylenediamine for RoutineControl
Purposes April; ISO 7393-2 : 1985; Together
with DIN
DentalOperator's Stool October; ISO 7493 :
1997, Including Technical Corrigendum 1:
1999; Supersedes 13935, July 1990 Edition
TextileGlass Reinforced Plastics Determination of Void Content Loss on
Ignition,Mechanical Disintegration and
Statistical Counting Methods January;
ISO7822:1990
Poly(MethylMethacrylate) Sheets - Types,
Dimensions and Characteristics Part 1:
CastSheets December; ISO 7823-1: 1998
Determinationof Bulk Density (Loose) of
Fine-Grained Fertilizers June; ISO 7837 :
1992;Supersedes DIN ISO 7837, September
1986 Edition
WaterQuality Detection and Enumeration of
Intestinal Enterococci Part 2:
MembraneFiltration Method November; ISO
7899-2 : 2000
WaterQauility Determination of Calcium and
Magnesium - Atomic
EN ISO 8028
EN ISO 8249
EN ISO 8321-2
EN ISO 8330
EN ISO 8381
EN ISO 8385
EN ISO 8434-4
EN ISO 8689-1
EN ISO 8689-2
EN ISO 8891
EN ISO 8973
AbsorptionSpectrometric Method July; ISO
7980 : 1986; Supersedes Din 38406-3,
September1982 Edition
Rubberand/or Plastics Hoses and Hose
Assemblies for Airless Paint
SprayingSpecification November; ISO 8028:
1999; Supersedes DIN EN 28028, April
1993Edition
WeldingDetermination of Ferrite Number
(FN) in Austenitic and DuplexFerricAustenitic Cr-Ni Stainless Steel Weld Metals
October; ISO 8249 : 2000
Specificationsfor MAterial, Optical and
Dimensional Properties of Contract Lenses
Part 2:Single-Vision Hydrogel Lenses May;
ISO 8321-2 : 2000; Supersedes DIN
58225,June 1990 Edition
Rubberand Plastics Hoses and Hose
Assemblies Vocabulary October; ISO 8330:
1998
Milk-BasedInfant Foods Determination of
Fat Content - Gravimetric Method
(ReferenceMethod) April; ISO 8381 : 2000
Shipsand Marine Technology Dredgers Classification April; ISO 8385 : 1999
MetallicTube Connections for Fluid Power
and General use Part 4: 24 Degree
ConeConnectors with o-Ring Weld-On
Nipples September; ISO 8434-4 : 1995;
SupersedesParts of DIN 3865, DIN 3942,
DIN 3943, DIN 39
BiologicalClassification of Rivers Part 1:
Guidance on the Interpretation of
BiologicalQuality Data from Surveys of
Benthic Macrovertebrates August; ISO 86891 :2000
BiologicalClassification of Rivers Part 2:
Guidance on the Presentation of
BiologicalQuality Data from Surveys of
Benthic Macroinvertebrates August; ISO
8689-2 :2000
DentalCasting Alloys With Noble Metal
Content of at Least 25% but Less Than
75%November; ISO 8891: 1998
LiquefiedPetroleum Gases Calculation
Method for Density and Vapour Pressure
EN ISO 8980-4
EN ISO 9054
EN ISO 9241-12
EN ISO 8986-2
EN ISO 9241-13
EN ISO 9241-14
EN ISO 9241-16
EN ISO 9241-17
EN ISO 9337-1
EN ISO 9360-1
EN ISO 9363-1
March; ISO8973:1997
UncutFinished Spectacle Lenses Part 4:
Specifications and Test Methods forAntiReflective Coatings September; ISO 8980-4 :
2000
RigidCellular Plastics Test Methods for SelfSkinned, High-Density MaterialsJanuary;
ISO 9054:1990; Supersedes DIN 53432, June
1977 Edition
ErgonomicRequirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) - Part
12:Presentation of Information August; ISO
9241-12 : 1998
Polybutene(PB) Moulding and Extrusion
Materials Part 2: Preparation of Test
Specimensand Determination of Properties
December; ISO 8986-2: 1995 + Amd. 1:
2000,Includes Amendment A1: 2000
ErgonomicRequirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) Part
13:User Guidance August; ISO 9241-13 :
1998
ErgonomicRequirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) Part
14:Menu Dialogues December; ISO 9241-14
: 1997
ErgonomicRequirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) Part
16:Direct Manipulation Dialogues March;
ISO 9241-16:1999
ErgonomicRequirements for Office Work
with Visual Display Terminals (VDTs) Part
17:Form Filling Dialogues April; ISO 924117 : 1998
ContactLenses - Determination of Back
Vertex Power Part 1: Method Using
Focimeterwith Manual Focusing September;
ISO 9337-1:1999; Supersedes DIN 582232,March 1981 Edition
Heatand Moisture Exchangers (HMEs) for
Humidifying Respired Gases in Humans
Part1: HMEs for Use with Minimum Tidal
Volumes of 250 ml April
Determinationof Cytotoxicity of Contact
Lens Material Part 1: Agar Overlay Test and
GrowthInhibition Test December; ISO 9363-
EN ISO 9408
EN ISO 9439
EN ISO 9454-2
EN ISO 9455-10
EN ISO 9606-5
EN ISO 9653
EN ISO 9665
EN ISO 9693
EN ISO 9787
EN ISO 9832
EN ISO 9873
EN ISO 9913-2
1: 1994
Evaluationof Ultimate Aerobic
Biodegradability of Organic Compounds in
an AqueousMedium by Determination of
Oxygen Demand in a Closed Respirometer
December;ISO 9408: 1999; Supersedes DIN
EN 29408, April 19
Evaluationof Ultimate Aerobic
Biodegradability of Organic Compounds in
Aqueous MediumCarbon Dioxide Evolution
Test October; ISO 9439 : 1999; Supersedes
DIN EN29439, April 1993 Edition
SoftSoldering Fluxes - Classification and
Requirements Part 2:
PerformanceRequirements September; ISO
9454-2 : 1998
SoftSoldering Fluxes - Test Methods Part 10:
Flux Efficacy Tests - Solder SpreadMethod
September; ISO 9455-10 : 1998; Supersedes
Parts of DIN 8527-1, August1997 Edition
ApprovalTesting of Welders Fusion Welding
Part 5: Titanium and Titanium
Alloys,Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys
April; ISO 9606-5 : 2000
AdhesivesTest Method for Shear Impact
Strength of Adhesive Bonds October; ISO
9653 :1998; Supersedes DIN EN 29653, May
1994 Edition
AdhesivesAnimal Glues Methods of
Sampling and Testing October; ISO 9665 :
1998
Metal-CeramicDental Restorative Systems
December; ISO 9693: 1999
ManipulatingIndustrial Robots Coordinate
systems and Motion Nomenclatures July;
ISO 9787: 1999; Supersedes DIN EN 29787,
September 1992 Edition
Animaland Vegetable Fats and Oils
Determination of Residual Technical
HexaneContent June; ISO 9832 : 1992,
Including Amendment 1 : 1998
DentalHand Instruments Reusable Mirrors
and Handles July; ISO 9873 :
1998;Supersedes DIN EN 29873, March
1994 Edition
ContactLenses Part 2: Determination of
EN ISO 9946
EN ISO 9997
EN ISO 10075-1
EN ISO 9974-1
EN ISO 9974-2
EN ISO 9974-3
EN ISO 10075-2
EN ISO 10077-1
EN ISO 10079-1
EN ISO 10079-2
Oxygen Permeability and Transmissibility
bythe Coulometric Method April; ISO 99132 : 2000
ManipulatingIndustrial Robots Presentation
of Characteristics July; ISO 9946 :
1999;Supersedes DIN EN 29946, September
1982 Edition
DentalCartridge Syringes August; ISO
9997:1999; Supersedes DIN EN 29997:
November1992 Edition
ErgonomicPrinciples Related to Mental
Workload Part 1: General Terms and
DefinitionsNovember; ISO 10075: 1991;
Supersedes DIN 33405, February 1987
Edition
Connectionsfor General Use and Fluid Power
Ports and Stud Ends with ISO 261 Threads
withElastomeric or Metal-to-Metal Sealing
Part 1: Threaded Ports September; ISO99741 : 1996; Supersedes Parts of DIN 3
Connectionsfor General Use and Fluid Power
Ports and Stud Ends with ISO 261 Threads
withElastomeric or Meatal-to-Metal Sealing
Part 2: Stud Ends with ElastomericSealing
(Type E) September; ISO 9974-2 : 1
Connectionsfor General Use and Fluid Power
Ports and Stud Ends with ISO 261 Threads
withElastomeric or Meatal-to-Metal Sealing
Part 3: Stud Ends with Metal-to-MetalSealing
(Type B) September; ISO 9974-3
ErgonomicPrinciples Related to Mental
Workload Part : Design Principles June;
ISO10075-2: 1996
ThermalPerformance of Windows, Doors and
Shutters - Calculation of
ThermalTransmittance Part 1: Simplified
Method November; ISO 10077-1 :
2000;Supersedes Parts of DIN V 4108-4,
October 1998 Edition
MedicalSuction Equipment Part 1:
Electrically Powered Suction Equipment SafetyRequirements March; ISO 100791:1999; Supersedes November 1996 Edition
MedicalSuction Equipment Part 2: Manually
Powered Suction Equipment March;
ISO10079-2:1999; Supersedes November
EN ISO 10079-3
EN ISO 10082
EN ISO 10360-3
EN ISO 10360-4
EN ISO 10432
EN ISO 10456
EN ISO 10504
EN ISO 10510
EN ISO 10519
EN ISO 10545-16
EN ISO 10555-5
EN ISO 10664
1996 Edition
MedicalSuction Equipment Part 3: Suction
Equipment Powered From a Vacuum or
PressureSource March; ISO 10079-3:1999;
Supersedes November 1996 Edition
PhenolicResins Classification and Test
Methods December; ISO 10082: 1999;
SupersedesDIN ISO 10082, June 1992
Edition
GPS -Acceptance and Reverification Tests
for Coordinate Measuring Machines
(CMM)Part 3: CMMs with the Axis of a
Rotary Table as the Fourth Axis August
GPS -Acceptance and Reverification Tests
for Coordinate Measuring Machines
(CMM)Part 4: CMMs Used in Scanning
Measuring Mode August; ISO 10360-4:2000
Petroleumand Natural Gas Industries
Downhole Equipment Subsurface Saftey
ValveEquipment May; ISO 10432 : 1999
BuildingMaterials and Products Procedures
for Determining Declared and Design
ThermalValues August; ISO 10456: 1999
StarchDerivatives Determination of the
Composition of Glucose Syrups,
FructoseSyrups and Hydrogenated Glucose
Syrups - Method Using High-Performance
LiquidChromatography August; ISO
10504:1998
TappingScrew and Washer Assemblies with
Plain Washers December; Supersedes DIN
6901,December 1990 Edition; ISO 10510:
1999
RapeseedDetermination of Chlorophyll
Content - Spectrometric Method December;
ISO10519: 1997
CeramicTiles Part 16: Determination of
Small Colour Differences December;
ISO10545-16: 1999
Sterile,Single-Use Intravascular Catheters
Part 5: Over-Needle Peripheral
CathetersDecember; ISO 10555-5: 1996 +
Amd. 1: 2000, Includes Corrigendum AC:
1999 andAmendment A1: 2000
HexalobularInternal Driving Feature for
Bolts and Screws January; ISO 10664:1999
EN ISO 10715
EN ISO 10724-2
EN ISO 11064-3
EN ISO 10666
EN ISO 10695
EN ISO 11116-1
EN ISO 11143
EN ISO 11151-1
EN ISO 11151-2
EN ISO 11199-1
EN ISO 11199-2
NaturalGas Sampling Guidelines September;
ISO 10715: 1997; Supersedes Parts of
DIN51853, November 1995 Edition
InjectionMoulding of Test Specimens of
Thermosetting Powder Moulding
Compounds (PMCs)Part 2: Small Plates
December; ISO 10724-2: 1998
ErgonomicDesign of Control Centres Part 3:
Control Room Layout September; ISO110643:1999; Supersedes DIN 33414-1, April 1985
Edition
DrillingScrews with Tapping Screw Thread
Mechanical and Functional
PropertiesFebruary; ISO 10666:1999; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN ISO 15480,
DINEN ISO 15481, DIN EN ISO 15482, and
DIN EN ISO 1548
WaterQuality Determination of Selected
Organic Nitrogen and Phosphorus
Compounds -Gas Chromatographic Mehtods
November; ISO 10695 : 2000; Supersedes
DIN V38407-6, April 1995 Edition
GasCylinders 17E Taper Thread for
Connection of Valves to Gas Cylinders Part
1:Specification January; ISO 11116-1:1999;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 477-1, May1990
Edition
DentalEquipment Amalgam Separators April;
ISO 11143 : 1999
Lasersand Laser-Related Equipment Standard Optical Components Part 1:
Componentsfor the UV, Visible and NearInfrared Spectral Ranges November; ISO
11151-1:2000
Lasersand Laser-Related Equipment Standard Optical Components Part 2:
Componentsfor the Infrared Spectral Range
November; ISO 11151-2: 2000
WalkingAids Manipulated by Both Arms Requirements and Test Methods Part 1:
WalkingFrames September; ISO 11199-1 :
1999; Supersedes DIN 32978-1, April
1991Edition, and DIN 32978-2, April 1994
Edition
WalkingAids Manipulated by Both Arms Requirements and Test Methods Part
EN ISO 11244
ENISO 11245
EN ISO 11254-1
EN ISO 11403-1
EN ISO 11403-2
EN ISO 11469
EN ISO 11737-2
EN ISO 11816-1
EN ISO 11978
EN ISO 11979-1
EN ISO 11979-2
EN ISO 11979-4
EN ISO 11984
EN ISO 11986
2:Rollators September; ISO 11199-2 : 1999
DentalBrazing Investments December; ISO
11244: 1998
DentalRestorations Phosphate-Bonded
Refactory Die Materials October; ISO 11245
:1999
Lasersand Laser-Related Equipment
Determination of Laser-Induced Damage
Thresholdof Optical Surfaces Part 1: 1-on-1
Test November; ISO 11254-1: 2000
Plastics- Acquisition and Presentation of
Comparable Multipoint Data Part
1:Mechanical Properties June; ISO 11403-1:
1994
Plastics- Acquisition and Presentation of
Comparable Multipoint Data Part 2: Thermal
andProcessing Properties June; ISO 11403-2:
1995
PlasticsGeneric Identification and Marking of
Plastics Products October; ISO 11469 :2000;
Supersedes DIN ISO 11469, September 1995
Edition
Sterilizationof Medical Devices Microbiological Methods Part 2:Tests of
SterilityPerformed in the Validation of a
Sterilization Process April; ISO 117372:1998
Milkand Milk Products - Determination of
Alkaline Phosphatase Activity Using
aFlourimetric Method part 1: Milk and MilkBased Drinks July; ISO 11816-1 :1997
ContactLenses and Contact Lens Care
Products Information Supplied by the
ManufacturerAugust; ISO 11978: 2000
OphthalmicImplants - Intraocular Lenses Part
1: Vocabulary July; ISO 11979-1 : 1999;
OphthalmicImplants - Intraocular Lenses part
2: Optical Properties and Test MethodsJuly;
ISO 11979-2 : 1999
OpthalmicImplants - Intraocular Lenses Part
4: Labelling and Information September
ContactLenses Determination of Rigid Lens
Flexure and Breakage December; ISO
11984:1999
ContactLenses and Contact Lens Care
Products; Guidelines for Determination
EN ISO 12020
EN ISO 12086-1
EN ISO 12086-2
EN ISO 12163
EN ISO 12179
EN ISO 12570
EN ISO 12571
EN ISO 12777-2
EN ISO 12945-2
EN ISO 13406-1
EN ISO 13565-3
EN ISO 13694
ofPreservative Uptake and Release
September; ISO 11986: 1999
WaterQuality Determination of Aluminium Atomic Absorption Spectromrytic
MethodsMay; ISO 12020: 1997
FluoropolymerDispersions and Moulding and
Extrusion Materials Part 1: Designation
Systemand Basis for Specification May; ISO
12086-1: 1995
FluoropolymerDispersions and Moulding and
Extrusion Materials Part 2:Preparation of
TestSpecifications and Determination of
Properties May; ISO 12086-2: 1995
DentalBaseplate/Modelling Wax November;
ISO 12163: 1999
GPS -Surface Texture: Profile Method
Calibration of Contact (Stylus)
InstrumentsNovember; ISO 12179 : 2000
HygrothermalPerformance of Building
Materials and Products Determination of
MoistureContent by Drying at Elevated
Temperature April; ISO 12570:2000;
SupersedesParts of DIN 52620. April 1991
Edition
HygrothermalPerformance of Building
Materials and Products Determination of
HygroscopicSorption Properties April; ISO
13702: 1999; Supersedes Parts of DIN
52620,April 1991 Edition
Methodsof Test for Pallet Joints Part 2:
Determination of Withdrawal and HeadPullThrough Resistance of Pallet Nails and
Staples July; ISO 12777-2
Textiles- Determination of Fabric Propensity
to Surface Fuzzing and to Pilling Part2:
Modified Martindale Method November; ISO
12945-2: 2000
ErgonomicRequirements for Work with
Visual Dislays Based on Flat Panels Part
1:Introduction January; ISO 13406-1:1999
GPS -Surface Texture: Profile Method
Surfaces Having Stratified
FunctionalProperties Part 3: Height
Characterization Using the Material
ProbabilityCurve August; ISO 13565-3: 1998
Lasersand Laser-Related Equipment Test
EN ISO 13702
EN ISO 13706
EN ISO 13716
EN ISO 13734
EN ISO 13736
EN ISO 13786
EN ISO 13844
EN ISO 13845
EN ISO 13937-1
EN ISO 13937-3
EN ISO 13937-4
Methods for Laser Beam Power
(Energy)Density Distribution November; ISO
13694: 2000
Petroleumand Natural Gas Industries Control
and Mitigation of Fires ans Explisions
onOffshore Production Installations
Requirements and Guidelines June;
ISO13702: 1999
Petroleumand Natural Gas Industries AirCooled Heat Exchangers December; ISO
13706:2000
Dentistry- Reversible-Irreversible
Hydrocolloid Impression Material Systems
November;ISO 13716: 1999
NaturalGas - Organic Sulfur Compounds
Used as Odorants Requirements and Test
MethodsSeptember; ISO 13734 : 1998
PetroleumProducts and Other Liquids
Determination of Flash Point - Abel Closed
CupMethod April; ISO 13736: 1997
ThermalPerformance of Building
Components Dynamic Thermal
Characteristics -Calculation Methods
December; ISO 13786: 1999
Elastomeric-Sealing-Ring-TypeSocket Joints
of Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVCU) Pipes Test Methodfor Leaktightness
Under Negative Pressure June; ISO 13844:
2000
Elastomeric-Sealing-Ring-TypeSocket Joints
of Unplasticized Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVCU) Pipes Test Methodfor Leaktightness
Under Negative Pressure and with Angular
Deflection June;ISO 13845: 2000
1Textiles- Tear Properties of Fabrics Part 3:
Determination of Tear Force UsingBallistic
Pendulum Method (Elmendorf) June; ISO
13937-1 : 2000; SupersedesDIN 53862,
December 1973 Edition
Textiles- Tear Properties of Fabrics Part 3:
Determination of Tear Force ofWing-Shaped
test Specimins (Single Tear Method) June;
ISO 13937-3 : 2000
Textiles- Tear Properties of Fabrics Part 4:
Determination of Tear Force of TongueShapedTest Specimens (Double Tear Test)
EN ISO 14031
EN ISO 14111
EN ISO 13937-2
EN ISO 14126
EN ISO 14182
EN ISO 14402
EN ISO 14526-1
EN ISO 14526-2
EN ISO 14526-3
EN ISO 14527-1
EN ISO 14527-2
June; ISO 13937-4 : 2000
EnvironmentalManagement - Environmental
Performance Evaluation - Guidelines
February; ISO14031:1999
NaturalGas - Guidelines to Traceability in
Analysis June; ISO 14111 : 1997
Textiles- Tear Properties of Fabrics Part 2:
Determination of Tear Force ofTrouserShaped Test Specimens (Single Tear Method
June; ISO 13937-2 : 2000;Supersedes DIN
53862-2, January 1979 Edition
Fibre-ReinforcedPlastic Composites
Determination of Compressive Properties in
the In-PlaneDirection December; ISO 14126:
1999
AnimalFeeding Stuffs determination of
Residues of Organophosphorus Pesticides GasChromatographic Method June; ISO
14182 : 1999
WaterQuality - Determination of Phenol
Index by Flow Analysis (FIA and
CFA)December; ISO 14402: 1999
PhenolicPowder Moulding Compounds (PFPMCs) Part 1: Designation System and Basis
forSpecifications August; ISO 14526-1:
1999; This Standard, Together With DIN
ENISO 14526-2 and DIN EN ISO 14526-3,
Augus
PhenolicPowder Moulding Compounds (PFPMCs) Part 2: Preparation of Test Specimens
andDetermination of Properties August; ISO
14526-2: 1999; This Standard,Together With
DIN EN ISO 14526-1 and DIN EN ISO
PhenolicPowder Moulding Compounds (PFPMCs) Part 3: Requirements for
SelectedMoulding Compounds August; ISO
14526-3: 1999; This Standard, Together
WithDIN EN ISO 14526-1 and DIN EN ISO
14526-2, August 2
Urea-Formaldehydeand Urea/MelamineFormaldehyde Powder Moulding Compounds
(UF- and UF/MF-PMCs)Part 1: Designation
System and Basis for Specifications August;
ISO 14527-1:1999; This Standard, Together
wi
Urea-Formaldehydeand Urea/Melamine-
EN ISO 14527-3
EN ISO 14528-1
EN ISO 14528-2
EN ISO 14528-3
EN ISO 14529-1
EN ISO 14529-2
EN ISO 14554-1
EN ISO 14554-2
Formaldehyde Powder Moulding Compounds
(UF- and UF/MF-PMCs)Part 2: Preparation
of Test Specimens and Determination of
Properties August;ISO 14527-2:1999; This
Standard
Urea-Formaldehydeand Urea/MelamineFormaldehyde Powder Moulding Compounds
(UF- and UF/MF-PMCs)Part 3:
Requirements for Selected Moulding
Compounds August; ISO 14527-3:1999; This
Standard, Together with
Melamine-FormaldehydePowder Moulding
Compounds (MF-PMCs) Part 1: Designation
System and Basis forSpecifications August;
ISO 14528-1: 1999; This Standard, Together
with DIN ENISO 14528-2, DIN EN ISO
1452
Melamine-FormaldehydePowder Moulding
Compounds (MF-PMCs) Part 2: Preparation
of Test Specimens andDetermination of
Properties August;ISO 14528-2:1999;This
Standard,Togetherwith DIN EN ISO 145281,DIN EN
Melamine-FormaldehydePowder Moulding
Compounds (MF-PMCs) Part 3:
Requirements for SelectedMoulding
Compounds August; ISO 14528-3: 1999;
This Standard, Together withDIN EN ISO
14528-1, DIN EN ISO 14528-2
Melamine/PhenolicPowder Moulding
Compounds (MP-PMCs) Part 1: Designation
System and Basis forSpecifications August;
ISO 14529-1: 1999; This Standard, Together
with DIN ENISO 14529-2, DIN EN ISO
14529-3,
Melamine/PhenolicPowder Moulding
Compounds (MP-PMCs) Part 2: Preparation
of Test Specimens andDetermination of
Properties August;ISO 14529-2:1999;This
Standard,Togetherwith DIN EN ISO 145291,DIN EN ISO
QualityRequirements for Welding Resistance Welding of Metallic Materials
Part 1:Comprehensive Quality Requirements
July; ISO 14554-1: 2000
QualityRequirements for Welding -
EN ISO 14556
EN ISO 14744-4
EN ISO 14529-3
EN ISO 14530-1
EN ISO 14530-2
EN ISO 14530-3
EN ISO 14744-1
EN ISO 14744-2
EN ISO 14744-3
Resistance Welding of Metallic Materials
Part 2:Elementary Quality Requirements
July; ISO 14554-2 : 2000
Steel- Charpy V-Notch Pendulum Impact
Test Instrument Test Method September;
ISO14556 : 2000
AcceptanceInspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines Part 4: Measurement of
WeldingSpeed July; ISO 14744-4: 2000;
Supersedes DIN 32505-4, October 1987
Edition
Melamine/PhenolicPowder Moulding
Compounds (MP-PMCs) Part 3:
Requirements for SelectedMoulding
Compounds August; ISO 14529-3: 1999;
This Standard, Together withDIN EN ISO
14529-1, DIN EN ISO 14529-2, DI
Unsaturated-PolyesterPowder Moulding
Compounds (UP-PMCs) Part 1: Designation
System and Basis forSpecifications August;
ISO 14530-1: 1999; Supersedes Parts of DIN
16911,January 1978 Edition
Unsaturated-PolyesterPowder Moulding
Compounds (UP-PMCs) Part 2: Preparation
of Test Specimens andDetermination of
Properties August; ISO 14530-2: 1999;
Supersedes Parts ofDIN 16911, January 1978
Editio
Unsaturated-PolyesterPowder Moulding
Compounds (UP-PMCs) Part 3:
Requirements for SelectedMoulding
Compounds August; ISO 14530-3: 1999;
Supersedes Parts of DIN 16911,January 1978
Edition
AcceptanceInspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines Part 1: Principles
andAcceptance Conditions July; ISO 147441: 2000; Supersedes DIN 32505-1,October
1987 Edition
AcceptanceInspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines Part 2: Measurement
ofAccelerating Voltage Characteristics July;
ISO 14744-2: 2000; Supersedes DIN32505-2,
August 1988 Edition
AcceptanceInspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines Part 3: Measurement of
EN ISO 14744-5
EN ISO 14744-6
EN ISO 14911
EN ISO 15087-2
EN ISO 15087-3
EN ISO 15087-4
EN ISO 15087-5
EN ISO 15087-6
EN ISO 15225
EN ISO 15330
EN ISO 15480
EN ISO 15606
EN ISO 15620
BeamCurrent Characteristics July; ISO
14744-3: 2000; Supersedes DIN 325053,October 1987 Edition
AcceptanceInspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines Part 5: Measurement of
Run-OutAccuracy July; ISO 14744-5: 2000;
Supersedes DIN 32505-5, April 1989 Edition
AcceptanceInspection of Electron Beam
Welding Machines Part 6: Measurement of
Stabilityof Spot Position July; ISO 14744-6:
2000; Supersedes DIN 32505-6, October
1987Edition
Determinationof Dissolved Li+, Na+4, K+,
Mn2+, Ca2+, Mg2+, Sr2+ and Ba2+ Using
IonChromatography - Method for Water and
Waste Water December; ISO 14911: 1998
DentalElevators Part 2: Warwick James
Elevators October; ISO 15087-2 : 2000
DentalElevators Part 3: Cryer Elevators
October; ISO 15087-3 : 2000; Supersedes
DIN13987, November 1975 Edition
DentalElevators Part 4: Coupland Elevators
October; ISO 15087-4 : 2000
DentalElevators Part 5: Bein Elevators
October; ISO 15087-5 : 2000; Supersedes
DIN13985, November 1975 Edition
DentalElevators Part 6: Flohr Elevators
October; ISO 15087-6 : 2000; Supersedes
DIN13986, November 1975 Edition
Specificationfor a Nonmenclature System for
Medical Devices for the Purpose of
RegulatoryData Exchange November; ISO
15225 : 2000
FastenersPreloading for the Detection of
Hydrogen Embrittlement - Parallel
BearingSurface Method January; ISO
15330:1999
HexagonWasher Head Drilling Screws with
Tapping Screw Thread February;
ISO15480:1999; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN ISO 10666, DIN EN ISO
15481,DIN EN ISO 15482, and DIN EN ISO
15483, February 2000
DentalHandpieces Air Powered Scalers Tips
July; ISO 15606: 1999
WeldingFriction Welding of Metallic
ISO 1008
ISO 8791-4
ISO 10958-2
EN ISO 15481
EN ISO 15482
EN ISO 15483
EN ISO 15528
EN ISO 81714-1
ISO 171
ISO 8600-1
Materials October; ISO 15620 : 2000
Photography- Paper Dimensions Pictorial
Sheets June; ISO 1008 : 1992
Paperand Board Determination of
Roughness/Smoothness (Air Leak Methods)
Part 4:Print-Surf Method July; ISO 8791-4 :
1992
Snowboards- Binding Mounting Area Part 2:
Requirements and Test Methods for
Snowboardswith Inserts September; ISO
10958-2 : 1999
CrossRecessed Pan Head Drilling Screws
with Tapping Screw Thread February;
ISO15481:1999; This Standard, Together
with DIN EN ISO 10666, DIN EN ISO
15480,DIN EN ISO 15482, and DIN EN ISO
15483, February 2
CrossRecessed Countersunk Head Drilling
Screws with Tapping Screw Thread
February;ISO 15482:1999; This Standard,
Together with DIN EN ISO 10666, DIN EN
ISO15480, DIN EN ISO 15481, and DIN EN
ISO 15483, Fe
CrossRecessed Raised Countersunk Head
Drilling Screws with Tapping Screw
ThreadFebruary; ISO 15483:1999; This
Standard, Together with DIN EN ISO 10666,
DINEN ISO 15480, DIN EN ISO 15481, and
DIN EN ISO 15
Paints,Varnishes and Raw Materials for
Paints and Varnishes Sampling November;
ISO15528: 2000; Supersedes DIN EN 21512,
May 1994 Edition, DIN V 532421,December 1986 Edition, DIN 53242-2 and
DIN 53242-3,
Designof Graphical Symbols for Use in the
Technical Documentation of Products Part1:
Basic Rules April; ISO 81714-1: 1999; This
Standard Supersedes DIN ISO 3561-2,March
1988 Edition, DIN V 32831, March
PlasticsDetermination of Bulk Factor of
Moulding Materials June; ISO 171 : 1980;
ThisStandard, Together with DIN EN ISO 60
and DIN EN ISO 61, January 2000Editions,
Supersedes DIN 53466, February 1984 Editio
Opticsand Optical Instruments Medical
ISO 11620
LN 94
LN 9016
LN 9025
LN 9028
LN 9038
LN 9051
LN 9051 SUPPL. 1
LN 9136
LN 9139
LN 9161
LN 9163 PT 1
LN 9163 PT 2
LN 9163 PT 3
LN 9163 PT 4
LN 9163 PT 5
LN 9163 PT 6
LN 9163 PT 7
LN 9163 PT 11
Endoscopes and Endoscopic Accesories Part
1:General Requirements June; ISO 8600-1 :
1997; This standard, Together withDIN
58105, June 2000 Edition, Supersedes DIN
58105
Informationand Documentation Library
Performance Indicators June; ISO 11620 :
1998
Aerospace;Split Pins in Corrosion Resistant
Steel (Apr)
Aerospace;Washers; Bevelled (Apr)
Aerospace;Washers (Apr)
Aerospace;Counterbored Washers (Apr)
Aerospace;Screws, Hexagon Head, Fully
Threaded (Dec)
IdentificationMarking of Controlled
Components in Manufacturing Aircraft and
Space Vehicles(Aug)
IdentificationMarking of Controlled
Components in Manufacturing Aircraft and
SpaceVehicles; Examples (Aug)
Aerospace;Bolts, Countersunk Head, CrossRecessed, Non Magnetic (Dec)
Aerospace;Screws, Round Head, with Cross
Recess; Non-Magnetic (June)
NutsHexagon Flanged; Self-Locking for
Temperatures up to 315 Degrees C and up
to425 Degrees C (May)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Basic
Deviations and Tolerances (Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Selection of
Threads and Allowances for Screws, Bolts
andNuts (Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Selection of
Threads and Allowances for Pipe and
HoseFittings (Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Selection of
Threads and Allowances for
OperatingElements (Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Selection of
Threads and Allowances for Engines (Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Limits (Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Selection of
Threads and Allowances for Structural
Parts(Dec)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Threads; Survey,
LN 9338
LN 9342
LN 9343
LN 9345
LN 9372 PT 1
LN 9372 PT 3
LN 9373
LN 9378
LN 9412
LN 9438
LN 9439
LN 29518
LN 29519
LN 29528
LN 29534 PT 1
LN 29538
LN 29539
LN 29540 PT 1
Designation in Manufacturing Documents
(Dec)
Aerospace;Nuts Hexagon Flanged; SelfLocking for Temperatures up to 235 Degrees
C (Feb)
Aerospace;Nuts, Hexagon, Thin, Steel (Feb)
Aerospace;Nuts, Hexagon (Feb)
Aerospace;Nuts, Castle (Aug)
Aerospace;Hinges; Extruded; Half Hinges
and Hinges (Feb)
Aerospace;Hinges; Extruded; Blanks (Feb)
Aerospace;Pins, Hook Form, for Hinges
(Feb)
ThreadEnds, Projections for Metric Thread
(June)
Aerospace;Wrought Aluminium Alloy
Folded Profiles, Angle with Internally
LippedFlanges; Dimensions, Static Values,
Masses December
Aerospace;Screws, Countersunk Head with
Cross Recess (Nov)
Aerospace;Bolts, Pan Head, Cross Recessed
(Dec)
Studsfor Locking with Serrated Ring with
Minimum Tensile Strength of 90kg/mm2
forTemperatures up to 260 Degrees C (Oct)
Studsfor Locking with Serrated Ring with
Minimum Tensile Strength of 125kg/mm2
forTemperatures up to 700 Degrees C,
Corrosion Resistant (Oct)
Aerospace;Nut Bihexagonal with Flange;
Selflocking for Temperatures up to 235
Degrees Cfor Bolts and Screws with Nominal
Tensile Strength up to 1800 N/mm2 (Nov)
ThreadedInserts; Locked and Self-Locking
for Temperatures up to 800 Degrees
Celsius(Nov)
ThreadInserts for Locking with Serrated
Ring; Internal Thread Locked
forTemperatures up to 260 Degrees C (Oct)
ThreadInserts for Locking with Serrated
Ring; Internal Thread Locked;
CorrosionResistant for Temperatures up to
425 Degrees C (Nov)
ThreadedInserts; Locked and Self-Locking
for Temperatures up to 235 Degrees
LN 29540 PT 2
LN 29551
LN 29558
LN 29559
LN 29580
LN 29638 PT 1
LN 29639 PT 1
LN 29669
LN 29671
LN 29679
LN 29680
LN 29769
LN 29781
LN 29785
LN 29787
LN 29790
LN 29791
LN 29794
C,Corrosion Resistant (May)
ThreadedInserts; Locked and Self-Locking;
Directions for Design and Installation(Oct)
Aerospace;Bolts, Bi-Hexagon for
Temperatures up to 650 Degrees C (Dec)
SerratedLockrings for Temperatures up to
260 Degrees C (June)
SerratedLockrings for Temperatures up to
700 Degrees C; Corrosion Resistant (Oct)
Aerospace;ISO Metric Screws Thread;
Selection of Threads and Limit Dimensions
forScrews and Bolts with Nominal Tensile
Strength Not Less Than 1250 N/mm2 (Dec)
PressNuts; Self-Locking for Temperatures up
to 260 Degrees C (Apr)
PressNuts; Self-Locking, Floating for
Temperatures up to 260 Degrees C (Apr)
Aerospace;Hexagon Nuts for Screws and
Bolts with a Nominal Tensile Strength of
1100N/mm2 (Mar)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Double Lug for
Temperatures up to 235 Degrees C (May)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Floating; Double
Lug for Temperatures up to 235 DegreesC
(July)
Aerospace;Nuts, Plate; Self-Locking,
Floating, Self-Aligning, Double Lug
forTemperatures up to 235 Degrees C (July)
Aerospace;Bolts Bi-Hexagon; Nominal
Tensile Strength of 1250 N/mm2; Medium
ThreadLength (Mar)
Aerospace;Bolts, Pan Head, with TORQ-SET
Recess (Aug)
Aerospace;Screws, Pan Head with TORQSET Recess, Fully Threaded (Dec)
ScrewsCountersunk Head TORQ-SET
Recess; Fully Threaded to Head; Titanium
Alloy(Dec)
NutsHexagon with Captive Washer; SelfLocking for Temperatures up to 235
DegreesC (Oct)
Aerospace;Nuts, Anchor, Right Angle; SelfLocking, Floating for Temperatures up to
235Degrees C (Aug)
Aerospace;Screws, Countersunk Head with
TORQ-SET Recess, Nearly Threaded to the
LN 29795
LN 29796
LN 29797
LN 29798
LN 29855
LN 29856
LN 29858
LN 29859
LN 29905
LN 29908
LN 29910
LN 29930
LN 29934
LN 29940
LN 29942
LN 29943
LN 29951
Head(Mar)
Aerospace;Hexagon Nuts; Self-Aligning;
Self-Locking for Temperatures up to 235
DegreesC (Sept)
Aerospace;Pin, Protruding Head, of Titanium
Alloy for Shear Loads (Sept)
Aerospace;Pins, 100 Degree Countersunk
Head, of Titanium Alloy for Shear Loads
(Sept)
Aerospace;Collars, Threaded; Self-Locking
for Head Pins of Titanium Alloy (Sept)
FittingAssembly, Ring Locked, for
Solderless Pipe Fittings with Coupling
Sleeves;Flareless; Complete Fitting (Nov)
Unions,Ring Locked for Solderless Pipe
Fittings with Coupling Sleeves;
Flareless(Nov)
InternalThread Bosses for Fitting
Assemblies, Ring Locked; Design
Dimensions (Nov)
Unions,Ring Locked for Solderless Pipe
Fittings with Coupling Sleeves;
Flareless;Directions for Installation (Nov)
Aerospace;Washers; Self-Aligning (Apr)
ThreadInserts; Locked and Self-Locking for
Temperatures up to 235 Degrees C (Aug)
Aerospace;Nuts, Plate; Self-Locking,
Floating, Double Lug, Reduced, for
Temperatures upto 235 Degrees C (Oct)
Aerospace;Bolts, Hexagon, Close Tolerance
with Reduced Head and Short Thread
Length(Apr)
Aerospace;Bolts Bi-Hexagon Close
Tolerance; Nominal Tensile Strength of 1550
N/mm2;Medium Thread (Oct)
Aerospace;Countersunk Head Screws, with
TORQ-SET Recess; Non-Magnetizable
(Mar)
Aerospace;Nuts, Bi-Hexagon Flange, Deep
Counterbore, Self-Locking for Temperatures
up to235 Degrees C for Bolts and Screws
with Nominal Tensile Strength of 1550
and1800 N/mm2 (Feb)
Aerospace;Bolts, Hexagon, Close Tolerance,
Short Thread, Titanium Alloy (Dec)
Nuts,Anchor; Self-Locking, Pressure Tight,
LN 29954
LN 29956
LN 29957
LN 29958
LN 29962
LN 29982
LN 29983
LN 29984
LN 29985
LN 29986
LN 29987
LN 29988
LN 29989
LN 29990
Double Lug for Temperatures from -55
to+100 Degrees C (Dec)
Aerospace;Nuts, Anchor; Self-Locking,
Pressure Tight, Double Lug for Temperatures
from-55 to +230 Degrees C (Mar)
Aerospace;Bolts Countersunk Head TORQSET Recess; Short Thread Length; Titanium
Alloy(Aug)
Aerospace;Bolts, Pan Head, Close Tolerance,
with TORQ-SET Recess in Titanium
Alloy;Reduced Thread (Oct)
Aerospace;Screws, Pan Head, with TORQSET Recess in Titanium Alloy; Fully
Threaded(Oct)
Boltsand Accessories; Additional
Procurement Data for Special Designs
andArrangement of Code Letters in
Characteristic Blocks (Apr)
Aerospace;Nuts Anchor; Self-Locking; Deep
Counterbore; Double Lug for Temperatures
upto 235 Degrees C (Mar)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Deep
Counterbore; Double Lug Reduced for
Temperaturesup to 235 Degrees C (July)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Deep
Counterbore; Single Lug for Temperatures up
to 235Degrees C (July)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Floating; Deep
Counterbore; Double Lug for
Temperaturesup to 235 Degrees C (Dec)
AnchorNuts; Self-Locking, Floating, Deep
Counterbore, Double Lug, Miniature,
forTemperatures up to 235 Degrees C (May)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Floating; Deep
Counterbore; Single Lug for Temperaturesup
to 235 Degrees C (Dec)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Deep
Counterbore; Corner Lug for Temperatures
up to 235Degrees C (July)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Deep
Counterbore; Corner Lug Reduced for
Temperaturesup to 235 Degrees C (July)
AnchorNuts; Self-Locking, Deep
Counterbore, Double Lug, for Temperatures
up to 315Degrees C and up to 425 Degrees C
(July)
LN 29991
LN 29992
LN 29993
LN 29996
LN 29999 PT 1
LN 29999 PT 2
LN 29999 PT 3
LN 65009
LN 65010 PT 1
LN 65010 PT 2
LN 65013
LN 65015
LN 65016
LN 65018 PT 1
LN 65018 PT 2
AnchorNuts; Self-Locking, Deep
Counterbore, Double Lug, Miniature for
Temperaturesup to 315 Degrees C and up to
425 Degrees C (July)
Nuts,Anchor; Self-Locking, Deep
Counterbore, Single Lug for Temperatures up
to 315Degrees C and up to 425 Degrees C
(July)
GangChannel Nuts; Deep Counterbore, SelfLocking, Floating for Temperatures up to120
Degrees C (Oct)
NutsAnchor; Self-Locking; Deep
Counterbore; Single Lug Reduced for
Temperaturesup to 315 Degrees C and up to
425 Degrees C (May)
TORQ-SETRecesses; Dimensions (Aug)
TORQ-SETRecesses; Penetration Gauges
(Aug)
TORQ-SETRecesses; Screwdriver Points
(Aug)
Aerospace;Bolts, Steel, with 1100 N/mm2
and 1250 N/mm2 Nominal Tensile Strength,
forTemperature up to 235 Degrees C,
Procurement Specification (May)
Specificationfor Screws and Bolts of
Unalloyed and Low-Alloy Steel with
Minimum TensileStrength up to 900 N/mm2
(Mar)
Specificationfor Screws and Bolts of
Unalloyed and Low-Alloy Steel with
Minimum TensileStrength up to 900 N/mm2,
Minimum Ultimate Tensile Loads, Proof
Loads (Mar)
Specificationfor Steel Fasteners with
Minimum Tensile Strengths of 1550 N/mm2
and 1800N/mm2 for Temperatures up to 260
Degrees C (June)
Nutsfrom Steel for Screws with Minimum
Tensile Strength of 900 N/mm2 and
1100N/mm2; Technical Specification (Dec)
Self-LockingNuts for Temperatures up to 425
Degrees C; Procurement Specification (Dec)
Manufacturer'sAcceptance Certificate for
Screws and Bolts (Sept)
Manufacturer'sAcceptance Certificate for
Nuts and Self-Locking Nuts (Sept)
LN 65019
LN 65020
LN 65022
LN 65047 PT 1
LN 65047 PT 2
LN 65072 PT 1
LN 65100
VI-ETS 300020-1
VI-ETS 300068
V65900-4
VENV 12537-2
VENV 41502
VI-ETS 300020-2
Bolts,Countersunk Head with TORQ-SET
Recess (Dec)
RivetWires and Rivets of Aluminium and
Wrought Aluminium Alloys;
TechnicalSpecification (Jan)
Aerospace;Pan Head Screws with TORQSET Recess; Threaded to Head (Mar)
Aerospace;Bolts, Close Tolerance, in
Titanium Alloy, with Self-Locking Collars
inAluminium Alloy; Procurement
Specification; Bolts (May)
Aerospace;Bolts, Close Tolerance, in
Titanium Alloy, with Self-Locking Collars
inAluminium Alloy; Procurement
Specification; Collars (May)
FastenersMade of Titanium Alloy; Technical
Specification (Dec)
Self-LockingNuts for Temperature Class 650
Degrees C; Procurement Specification (Jan)
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile stationconformance
test system; system simulator specification;
english versionI-ETS 300020-1:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); man-machine interfaceof
the mobile station; english version I-ETS
300068:1992
AerAerospace series; use and selection of
self-locking wire thread inserts;identical with
AECMA-technical report TR
3540:1992ospace series; metallicmaterials;
relationship between AECMA designation
systems; identical withAECMA-technical
report TR 3900:199
Medicalinformatics - Registration of
information objects used for EDI in
healthcare- Part 2: Procedures for the
registration of information objects used
forelectronic data interchange (EDI) in health
Informationsystems interconnection;
character repertoires for information received
fromor transmitted to the Teletex Service or
private information processingsystems using
Teletex technology; english v
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile stationconformance
VI-ETS 300020-2/A1
VI-ETS 300021
VI-ETS 300022-1
VI-ETS 300022-2
VI-ETS 300022-3
VI-ETS 300023
VI-ETS 300024
VI-ETS 300025
VI-ETS 300026
VI-ETS 300027
test system; system simulator specification;
english versionI-ETS 300020-2:1992
European digital cellulartelecommunications
system (phase 1) - Mobile station
conformance test system- System simulator
specification; English version I-ETS 3000202:1992/A1:1995
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); Mobile Station BaseStation System (MS-BSS) interface data
link layer specification; englishversion I-ETS
300021:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1) - Mobile radio
interfacelayer 3 specifications - Part 1:
Generic; english version ETS 300022-1:1993
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile radio interfacelayer
3 specification; part 2: DCS extension;
English version I-ETS300022-2:1993
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Mobile radio
interfacelayer 3 specification - Part 3:
Signalling support of the second
cipheringalgorithm; English version I-ETS
3000
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Point-to-point
shortmessage service support on mobile radio
interface; English version I-ETS300023:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); Short Message ServiceCell
Broadcast (SMSCB) support on mobile radio
interface; english version I-ETS300024:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); rate adaption on theMobile
Station - Base Station System (MS BSS)
interface; english versionI-ETS 300025:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); Radio Link Protocol(RLP)
for data and telematic services on the Mobile
Station - Base StationSystem (MS-BSS)
interface and the Base Stat
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile radio interfacelayer
3 supplementary services specification;
VI-ETS 300028
VI-ETS 300029
VI-ETS 300030
VI-ETS 300031
VI-ETS 300031/A1
VI-ETS 300032
VI-ETS 300033-1
VI-ETS 300033-1/A1
VI-ETS 300033-2
VI-ETS 300033-2/A1
VI-ETS 300034-1
formats and coding; englishversion I-ETS
300027:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile radio interfacelayer
3 call offering supplementary services
specification; english versionI-ETS
300028:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile radio interfacelayer
3 call restriction supplementary services
specification; englishversion I-ETS
300029:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); multiplexing andmultiple
access on the radio path; english version IETS 300030:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); channel coding;
englishversion I-ETS 300031:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1) - Channel coding;English
version I-ETS 300031/A1:1995
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); modulation; englishversion
I-ETS 300032:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Radio transmission
andreception - Part 1: Generic; English
version I-ETS 300033-1:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Radio transmission
andreception - Part 1: Generic; English
version I-ETS 300033-1:1994/A1:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Radio transmission
andreception - Part 2: DCS extension;
English version I-ETS 300033-2:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Radio transmission
andreception - Part 2: DCS extension;
English version I-ETS3000332:1994/A1:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); radio sub-system
linkcontrol; part 1: generic; English version
I-ETS 300034-1:1993
VI-ETS 300034-2
VI-ETS 300035
VI-ETS 300036
VI-ETS 300037
VI-ETS 300038
VI-ETS 300039
VI-ETS 300040
VI-ETS 300041
VI-ETS 300042
VI-ETS 300043
VI-ETS 300044-2
VI-ETS 300045-1
European digital cellulartelecommunications
system (phase 1); radio sub-system link
control; part 2:DCS extension; English
version I-ETS 300034-2:1993
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Radio subsystemsynchronization; English version IETS 300035:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); full-rate speechtranscoding;
english version I-ETS 300036:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); substitution and mutingof
lost frames for full-rate speech traffic
channels; english version I-ETS300037:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); comfort noise aspectsfor
full-rate speech traffic channels; english
version I-ETS 300038:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); discontinuoustransmission
(DTX) for full-rate speech traffic channels;
english versionI-ETS 300039:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); voice activitydetection;
english version I-ETS 300040:1992
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - General on
terminaladaptation functions for mobile
stations; English version I-ETS 300041:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Terminal
adaptationfunctions for services using
asynchronous bearer capabilities;
Englishversion I-ETS 300042:1994
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Terminal
adaptationfunctions for services using
synchronous bearer capabilities; English
versionI-ETS 300043:1994
European digital cellulartelecommunications
system (phase 1); mobile application part
specification;part 2: DCS extension; English
version I-ETS 300044-2:1993
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Subscriber IdentityModule
VI-ETS 300045-2
VI-ETS 300069
VI-ETS 300070
VI-ETS 300071
VI-ETS 300078
VI-ETS 300131
VI-ETS 300219
VI-ETS 300235
VI-ETS 300245-1
VI-ETS 300245-2
- Mobile Equipment (SIM-ME) interface
specification - Part 1: Generic;English
version I-ETS 300045-1:1995
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (Phase 1) - Subscriber Identity
ModuleMobile Equipment (SIM-ME)
interface specification - Part 2: DCS
extension;English version I-ETS 3000452:19
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); technical realizationof the
short message service cell broadcast; english
version I-ETS300069:1992
European digital cellulartelecommunications
system (phase 1); technical realisation of
facsimile group3; transparent; English
version I-ETS 300070:1993
European digital cellulartelecommunications
system (phase 1); technical realisation of
facsimile group3; non-transparent; English
version I-ETS 300071:1993
Europeandigital cellular telecommunications
system (phase 1); MS-BSS layer 1;
generalrequirements; english version I-ETS
300078:1992
RadioEquipment and Systems (RES) Common air interface specification to be
usedfor the interworking between cordless
telephone apparatus in the frequencyband
864,1 MHz to 868,1 MHz, including publi
Radio Equipment and Systems (RES);
landmobile service; technical characteristics
and test conditions for radioequipment
transmitting signals to initiate a specific
response in thereceiver; English v
RadioEquipment and Systems (RES) Technical characteristics, test conditions
andmethods of measurement for radio aspects
of cordless telephones CT1; Eglishversion IETS 300235:1994
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Technical characteristics of
telephonyterminals - Part 1: General; English
version I-ETS 300245-1:1996
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Technical characteristics of
VI-ETS 300245-3
VI-ETS 300245-4
VI-ETS 300245-5
VI-ETS 300245-7
VI-ETS 300245-8
VI-ETS 300281
VI-ETS 300302-1
VI-ETS 300302-2
VI-ETS 300353
telephonyterminals - Part 2: PCM A-law
handset telephony; English version IETS300245-2:1996
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Technical characteristics of
telephonyterminals - Part 3: Pulse Code
Modulation (PCM) A-law, loudspeaking
andhandsfree telephony; English version IETS
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Technical characteristics of
telephonyterminals - Part 4: Additional
Equipment Interface (AEI); English versionIETS 300245-4:1995
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)Technical characteristics of telephony
terminals - Part 5: Wideband (7 kHz)handset
telephony; English version I-ETS 3002455:1995
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)Technical characteristics of telephony
terminals - Part 7: Locallygenerated
information tones; English version I-ETS
300245-7:1995
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Technical characteristics of
telephonyterminals - Part 8: Speech
transmission characteristics when using LowDelayCode-Excited Linear Prediction (LDCEL
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Telephony 7 kHz teleservice Terminalrequirements necessary for end-toend compatibility; English version IETS300281:1994
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)Videotelephony teleservice - Part 1:
Electroacoustic characteristics forhandset
telephony function when using Pulse Code
Modulation (PCM) encoding;Engli
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)Videotelephony teleservice - Part 2:
Electroacoustic characteristics for3,1 kHz
bandwidth loadspeaking and handsfree
terminals; English version I-ETS300
Broadband Integrated Services
VI-ETS 300380
VI-ETS 300400
VI-ETS 300440
VI-ETS 300440 Berichtigung 1
VI-ETS 300442
VI-ETS 300464
VI-ETS 300465
VI-ETS 300480
V4108-4
V16560-2
V16560-3
DigitalNetwork (B-ISDN) - Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) - Adaptation Layer
(AAL)specification; type 1; English version
I-ETS 300353:1995
UniversalPersonal Telecommunication
(UPT) - Access devices - Dual Tone Multi
Frequency(DTMF) sender for acoustical
coupling to the microphone of a
handsettelephone; English version I-ETS
300380:1995
IntegratedServices Digital Network (ISDN) Telephony terminals - Payphones;
Englishversion I-ETS 300400:1995
Radio Equipment and Systems (RES) Shortrange devices - Technical characteristics
and test methods for radioequipment to be
used in the 1 GHz to 25 GHz frequency
range; English versionI-ETS 300440:
Corrigendum to DIN V I-ETS 300440:199607(I-ETS 300440:1995/Corrigendum:1996)
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)Videotelephony teleservice - Terminal
characteristics; English versionI-ETS
300442:1995
BroadbandIntegrated Services Digital
Network (B-ISDN) - Asynchronous Transfer
Mode(ATM) - ATM layer cell transfer
performance for B-ISDN connection
types;English version I-ETS 300464:1996
BroadbandIntegrated Services Digital
Network (B-ISDN) - Availability and
retainabilityperformance for B-ISDN semipermanent connections; English version IETS300465:1996
PublicSwitched Telephone Network (PSTN)
- Testing specification for analoguehandset
telephony; English version I-ETS
300480:1996
Thermalinsulation and energy conservation in
buildings - Characteristic valuesrelating to
thermal insulation and protection against
moisture
EDIFACT- Implementation guide - Part 2:
Interface specificationsEDIFACTALFA/DOUANE; customs clearance
EDIFACT;implementation guide; interface
V16560-12
V17006-100
V17900
V17912
V19224
V38407-11
V44302-2
V55390
V65900-3
V65900-5
V65900-6
V65900-7
V65900-8
V65900-9
specifications EDIFACT-KOBRA; period
exportreport to õ 15 Abs. 5 AWV
EDIFACT;implementation guide; interface
specifications; EDIFACTALFA/DOUANEpresentation ledger
Designationsystems for steel - Additional
symbols (identical to CEN/CR 10260)
Copperand copper alloys - Compendium of
compositions and products (identical
toCEN/CR 13338)
Copperand copper alloys - Provisions and
procedures for the allocation of
materialnumbers and registration of materials
(identical to CEN/CR 12776)
Milestonesand activities during
commissioning of elektrical instrumentation
and controlsystems in the process industry
(Text English)
Germanstandard methods for the examination
of water, waste water and sludge -Substance
group analysis (group F) - Determination of
selected organicpesticides by automated
multiple development (AMD) (F 1
Datacommunication; terms
General requirements for bodies
providingaccreditation of inspection bodies
(ISO/IEC TR 17010:1998)
Aerospaceseries; use and selection of selflocking wire thread inserts; identical
withAECMA-technical report TR 3540:1992
Aerospaceseries; fluid fittings, flanged;
assembly recommendations; identical
withAECMA-Technical Report TR
3634:1993
Aerospace series - Pipe couplings,
looseflanges and seals, in titanium alloy
Assembly recommendations
(AECMATechnical Report TR 4053:1994)
Aerospaceseries - Pipe couplings 60 ø,
spherical, in titanium alloy Assemblyrecommendations (AECMA
Technical Report TR 4052:1995)
Aerospaceseries - Clips, spring tension, three
parts - Assembly recommendations
(AECMATechnical Report TR 4169:1995)
Aerospaceseries - Elements of electrical and
V65900-12
V65900-13
V65900-14
V65900-15
V65900-16
V65900-17
V65900-18
V65900-19
V65900-20
V66221-5
V66291-1
V81833
optical connection - Relationsshipbetween
the numbering systems for parts of EN 2591
(AECMA Technical Report TR4257:1995)
Aerospaceseries - Metallic matrials Relationship between dimensional standards
andmaterial standards (AECMA Technical
Report TR 2410:1996)
Aerospaceseries - Design and construction of
flexible hoses and hose assemblies forfluids
in liquid and gaseous condition - Installation
(AECMA Technical ReportTR 2675:1996 +
Corrigendum 1997)
Aerospaceseries - Design and construction of
pipeline for fluids in liquid or
Gaseouscondition - Rigid lines, installation
(AECMA Technical Report TR 2674:1997)
Aerospace series - Materials forself-locking
nuts, threaded inserts and screw thread inserts
of temperatureclasses <kleiner => 425 øC
(AECMA Technical Report TR 3791:1999)
Aerospace series - Materials for plain,slotted
and self-locking by plastic ring hexagonal
nuts (AECMA Technical ReportTR
3823:1998)
Aerospaceseries - O-ring grooves - Design
criteria for O-ring grooves, basiccalculations
(AECMA Technical Report TR 4271:2000)
Aerospaceseries - Nuts, bihexagonal, selflocking - Torque for technicalspecifications Basic calculations (AECMA Technical
Report TR 4597:2000)
Aerospaceseries - Clips, spring tension Design recommandations (AECMA
TechnicalReport TR 4586:2000)
Aerospaceseries - Clips, spring tension Assembly recommandations (AECMA
TechnicalReport TR 4587:2000)
High-leveldata link control (HDLC)
procedures - Part 5: List of standards that
utilizeHDLC classes of procedures and list of
format identifiers in XID frames;
identicalwith ISO/IEC TR 10171:1994
Chipcardswith digital signatur
application/function according to SigG and
SigV - Part1: Application interface
Componentsfor anchoring equipment -
V81841
V81846
V81847
V81848
V81849
V81850
V81851
V81852
V81853
V81854
V81855
V81856
VENV 1064
VENV 1068
VENV 1545-1
VENV 1545-2
VENV 1613
VENV 1613 Berichtigung 1
VENV 1614
VENV 1805-1
Survey
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Requirements
and test
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Assembly,
proof- and breaking forces
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Shots of
chaim cable
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Common
links
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Enlarged
links
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - End links
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Kenter type
joining shackles
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - End shackles
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Swivel
shackles
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Three link
adapter pieces
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Chain
outboard shots
Anchorchain cables grade K4 - Slip stoppers
Medicalinformatics; standard communication
protocol; computerassistedelectrocardiography; English version
ENV 1064:1993
Medicalinformatics; healthcare information
interchange; registration of codingschemes;
English version ENV 1068:1993
Identificationcard systems - Surface transport
applications - Part 1: General dataelements;
German version ENV 1545-1:1998, text
English
Identificationcard systems - Surface transport
applications - Part 2: Transport
paymentrelated data elements; German
version ENV 1545-2:1998, text English
Medicalinformatics - Messages for exchange
of laboratory information; Englishversion
ENV 1613:1995
Corrigendato DIN V ENV 1613:1995-08
Healthcareinformatics - Structure for
nomenclature, classification, and coding
ofproperties in clinical laboratory sciences;
Englisch version ENV 1614:1995
Datacommunication for HVAC application -
VENV 1828
VENV 1907
VENV 1973
VENV 12005
V65900-11
VENV 12017
VENV 12018
VENV 12052
VENV 12204
VENV 12264
VENV 12381
VENV 12388
VENV 12443
Management net - Part 1:
BuildingAutomation and Control networking
(BACnet); English version ENV 18051:1998
Medicalinformatics - Structure for
classification and coding of surgical
procedures;English version ENV 1828:1995
Safetyrequirements for passenger
transportation by rope - Terminology;
Germanversion ENV 1907:1999
Informationtechnology - European subsets of
ISO/IEC 10646-1; English version
ENV1973:1996
Informationtechnology - Procedure for
European registration of cultural
elements;English version ENV 12005:1996
Aerospace series - Bolts and pins - Materials
(AECMATechnical Report TR 3775:1999)
MedicalInformatics - Medical Informatics
Vocabulary (MIVoc); English version
ENV12017:1997
Identification,administrative, and common
clinical data structure for
intermittentlyconnected devices used in
healthcare (including machine readable
cards);English version ENV 12018:1997
Medicalinformatics - Medical Imaging
Communication (MEDICOM); English
version ENV12052:1997
Avancedmanufacturing technology - Systems
architecture - Constructs for
enterprisemodelling; English version ENV
12204:1996
Medicalinformatics - Categorical structures
of systems of concepts - Model
forrepresentation of sematics; English
version ENV 12264:1997
Healthcare informatics - Time standard for
healthcare specific problems; Englishversion
ENV 12381:1996
Medicalinformatics - Algorithm for digital
signature services in health care;English
version ENV 12388:1996
Medicalinformatics - Healthcare Information
Framework (HIF); English version
ENV12443:1999
VENV 12537-1
VENV 12538
VENV 12251
VENV 12435
VENV 12539
VENV 12610
VENV 12611
VENV 12612
VENV 12623
VENV 12657
VENV 12658
VENV 12922-1
VENV 12924
VENV 12967-1
Medicalinformatics - Registration of
information objects used for EDI in
healthcare- Part 1: The register; English
version ENV 12537-1:1997
Medicalinformatics - Messages for patient
referral and discharge; English versionENV
12538:1997
Health informatics - Secure user
identification forhealth care - Management
and security of authentication by passwords;
Englishversion ENV 12251:2000
Medical Informatics - Expression of the
results ofmeasurements in health sciences;
English version ENV 12435:1999
Medicalinformatics - Request and report
messages for diagnostic service
departments;English version ENV
12539:1997
Medicalinformatics - Medicinal product
identification; English version
ENV12610:1997
Medicalinformatics - Categorial structure of
systems of concepts - Medical
devices;English version ENV 12611:1997
Medicalinformatics - Messages for the
exchange of healthcare
administrativeinformation; English version
ENV 12612:1997
MedicalInformatics - Media Interchange in
Medical Imaging Communications(MIMEDICOM); English version ENV
12623:1997
Geographicinformation - Data description Metadata; German version ENV 12657:1998
Geographicinformation - Data description Transfer; German version ENV 12658:1998
Medicalimage management - Part 1: Storage
commitment service class; English
versionENV 12922-1:1997
Medicalinformatics - Security categorisation
and protection for healthcareinformation
systems; English version ENV 12924:1997
Medicalinformatics - Healthcare Information
System Architecture (HISA) - Part
1:Healthcare Middleware Layer; English
version ENV 12967-1:1998
VENV 13065
VENV 13066
VENV 13154-2
VENV 13321-1
VENV 13154-1
VENV 13606-1
VENV 13606-2
VENV 13606-3
VENV 13606-4
VENV 13607
VENV 13608-1
VENV 13608-2
VENV 13608-3
Barcoding - Test specifications for Bar Code
Masters; English version ENV13065:1998
Barcoding - Test Specifications for Bar Code
Production Software; Englishversion ENV
13066:1998
Datacommunication for HVAC application Field net - Part 2: Protocols; Englishversion
ENV 13154-2:1998
Datacommunication for HVAC application
automation net - Part 1: BACnet,
Profibus,World FIP; English version ENV
13321-1:1999
Data Communication for HVAC Application
- Field net -Part 1: Objects; English version
ENV 13154-1:2000
Health informatics - Electronic
healthcarerecord communication - Part 1:
Extended architecture; English version
ENV13606-1:2000
Health informatics - Electronic
healthcarerecord communication - Part 2:
Domain term list; English version
ENV13606-2:2000
Health informatics - Electronic
healthcarerecord communication - Part 3:
Distribution rules; English version
ENV13606-3:2000
Health informatics - Electronic
healthcarerecord communication - Part 4:
Messages for the exchange of
information;English version ENV 136064:2000
Healthinformatics - Messages for the
exchange of information on
medicineprescriptions; English version ENV
13607:2000
Healthinformatics - Security for healthcare
communication - Part 1: Concepts
andterminology; English version ENV
13608-1:2000
Healthinformatics - Security for healthcare
communication - Part 2: Secure dataobjects;
English version ENV 13608-2:2000
Healthinformatics - Security for healthcare
communication - Part 3: Secure datachannels;
English version ENV 13608-3:2000
VENV 13609-2
VENV 13728
VENV 13729
VENV 13712
VENV 13734
VENV 14014
VENV 41101
VENV 41109
VENV 13735
76-3
238-2
267-30
406-10
406-11
Healthinformatics - Messages for
maintenance of supporting information
inhealthcare systems - Part 2: Updating of
medical laboratory-specificinformation;
English version ENV 13609-2:2000
Healthinformatics - Clinical analyser
interfaces to laboratory information
systems;English version ENV 13728:2000
Healthinformatics - Secure user identification
- Strong authentication usingmicroprocessor
cards; English version ENV 13729:2000
Postal services - Forms - Harmonised
vocabulary; Germanversion ENV
13712:2000
Health informatics - Vital signs
informationrepresentation; English version
ENV 13734:2000
Postalservices - Hybrid mail - Document type
definitions for customers to operator:A
common set of default tags; English version
ENV 14014:2001
Informationsystems interconnection; local
area networks; provision of the
OSIconnection-mode transport service using
connectionless-mode network serviceon a
CSMA/CD single LAN; english version of
ENV 4
Informationsystems interconnection; local
area networks; provision of the
OSIconnection-mode transport service using
connectionless-mode network servicein an
end system on a token ring single LAN; engl
Health informatics - Interoperability of
patientconnected medical devices; English
version ENV 13735:2000
Runouts, Undercutsfor Trapezoidal Threads,
Buttress Threads and Knuckle Threads and
otherThreads of Coarse Pitch
Drill Chuck Mounting Arrangements; Drill
Chuck Tapers
Technical delivery conditions for fasteners Part 30:Metric thread rolling screws of
property class 10.9
Engineering drawing practice; dimensioning;
concepts andgeneral principles
Engineering drawing practice; dimensioning;
VENV 41201
VENV 41202
406-12
1301-3
1317-1
1317-2
1754-1
1754-2
VENV 41501
VENV 41506
VENV 41507
VENV 41509
VENV 41510
principles ofapplication
Privatemessage handling system; user agent
and message transfer agent;
privatemanagement domain to private
management domain; english version
ENV41201:1988
Informationsystems interconnection; message
handling systems; User Agent (UA)
plusMessage Transfer Agent (MTA): access
to an Administration Management
Domain(ADMD); english version ENV
41202:1987
Engineering drawing practice; dimensioning;
tolerancing oflinear and angular dimensions
(modified version of ISO 406:1987)
Units; Conversions of Units No Longer to be
Used
Standard Tuning; Standard Musical Pitch
Standard Tuning; Tuning-fork
Copper Tubes; Seamless Drawn, Dimension
Ranges andCoordination of Tolerances
Copper Tubes; Seamless Drawn, Preferred
Dimensions forGeneral Purposes
Informationsystems interconnection; graphic
character repertoire for informationreceived
from or transmitted to CEPT videotex
services or private videotexsystems; english
version ENV 41501:1991
Informationsystems interconnection; data
stream formats for information received from
ortransmitted to the Teletex service or private
information processing systemsusing Teletex
technology; english ver
Informationsystems interconnection; data
string formats for information receives from
ortransmitted to CEPT videotex services or
private videotex systems; englishversion
ENV 41507:1991
Informationsystems interconnection; office
document architecture (ODA);
documentapplication profile; processable and
formatted documents; basic charactercontent;
english version ENV 41509:1990
Informationsystems interconnection; Office
Document Architecture (ODA),
documentapplication profile, processable and
VENV 41510/A1
VENV 41511
2083-1
2501-1
VENV ISO 10303-1
VENV ISO 10303-11
4102-8
6771-1
10192-1
10229
10371
10372
10477
VENV ISO 10303-21
formatted documents; extended mixedmode;
english version ENV 41510:1990
Informationsystems interconnection; Office
Document Architecture (ODA);
documentapplication profile; processable and
formatted documents; extended mixedmode;
english version ENV 41510:1990/A1:1991
Informationsystems interconnection; office
document architecture (ODA);
documentapplication profile; layout
independent documents; simple messaging
profile;english version ENV 41511:1990
Bearing Sleeves for Milling Machine Arbors,
for MillingCutters with Longitudinal Keyway
Flanges; Connecting Dimensions
Industrialautomation systems and integration
- Product data representation and exchangePart 1: Overview and fundamental principles
(ISO 10303-1:1994); Englishversion ENV
ISO 10303-1:1995
Industrialautomation systems and integration
- Product data representation and exchangePart 11: Description methods: The EXPRESS
language reference manual (ISO1030311:1994); English version E
Fire behaviour of building materials and
components; smallscale test furnace
Title Blocks for Drawings, Plans and Lists
Microbiological analysis of milk;
determination ofbacterial count; reference
method
Determining the water content of spices and
condiments byazeotropic distillation
Determining the glucose, fructose and
sucrose contents oftobacco and tobacco
procuts by high-performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC)
Determining the glycerol, propylene glycol
and sorbitolcontents to tobacco and tobacco
products by high-performance
liquidchromatography (HPLC)
Determining the total ash of milk and milk
products
Industrialautomation systems and integration
- Product data representation and exchangePart 21: Implementation methods: Clear text
VENV ISO 10303-31
VENV ISO 10303-41
VENV ISO 10303-42
VENV ISO 10303-43
VENV ISO 10303-44
VENV ISO 10303-46
VENV ISO 10303-101
VENV ISO 10303-201
VENV ISO 10303-203
encoding of the exchangestructure (ISO
10303-21:1994); Englis
Industrialautomation systems and integration
- Product data representation and exchangePart 31: Conformance testing methodology
and framework: General concepts(ISO
10303-31:1994); English vers
Industrialautomation systems and integration
- Product